Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 23, 2021

Securities Act File No. 333-                    

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM N-2

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

    Pre-Effective Amendment No.   
    Post-Effective Amendment No.   

 

 

Apollo Debt Solutions BDC

(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)

 

 

9 West 57th Street

New York, NY 10019

(212) 515-3450

(Address and telephone number, including area code, of principal executive offices)

 

 

Joseph D. Glatt

Apollo Debt Solutions BDC

9 West 57th Street

New York, NY 10019

(Name and address of agent for service)

 

 

COPIES TO:

David W. Blass, Esq.

Steven Grigoriou, Esq.

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

900 G Street, N.W.

Washington, DC 20001

 

 

Approximate Date of Commencement of Proposed Public Offering: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

 

Check box if the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans.

 

Check box if any securities being registered on this Form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”), other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan.

 

Check box if this Form is a registration statement pursuant to General Instruction A.2 or a post-effective amendment thereto.

 

Check box if this Form is a registration statement pursuant to General Instruction B or a post-effective amendment thereto that will become effective upon filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(e) under the Securities Act.

 

Check box if this Form is a post-effective amendment to a registration statement filed pursuant to General Instruction B to register additional securities or additional classes of securities pursuant to Rule 413(b) under the Securities Act.

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

 

when declared effective pursuant to Section 8(c) of the Securities Act.

If appropriate, check the following box:

 

This [post-effective] amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed [post-effective amendment] [registration statement].

 

This Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is:                 .

 

This Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is:                 .

 

This Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is:                 .

Check each box that appropriately characterizes the Registrant:

 

Registered Closed-End Fund (closed-end company that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“Investment Company Act”)).

 

Business Development Company (closed-end company that intends or has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act).

 

Interval Fund (Registered Closed-End Fund or a Business Development Company that makes periodic repurchase offers under Rule 23c-3 under the Investment Company Act).

 

A.2 Qualified (qualified to register securities pursuant to General Instruction A.2 of this Form).

 

Well-Known Seasoned Issuer (as defined by Rule 405 under the Securities Act).

 

Emerging Growth Company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”).

 

If an Emerging Growth Company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of Securities Act.

 

New Registrant (registered or regulated under the Investment Company Act for less than 12 calendar months preceding this filing).

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Title of Securities Being Registered  

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price(1)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee(1)

Common shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value per share

  $5,000,000,000   $545,500

 

 

(1)

Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933 solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 23, 2021

Preliminary Prospectus

Apollo Debt Solutions BDC

Class S, Class D and Class I Shares

Maximum Offering of $5,000,000,000

 

 

Apollo Debt Solutions BDC is a newly organized Delaware statutory trust that seeks to invest primarily in certain directly originated assets, including debt securities, made to or issued by large private U.S. borrowers, which we generally define as companies with more than $75 million in earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”). Our investment objectives are to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, long-term capital appreciation. Throughout the prospectus, we refer to Apollo Debt Solutions BDC as the “Fund,” “we,” “us” or “our.”

We are a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). We are externally managed by our adviser, Apollo Credit Management, LLC (the “Adviser”). The Adviser is an affiliate of Apollo Global Management, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (“Apollo”). We intend to elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

We are offering on a continuous basis up to $5,000,000,000 of our common shares of beneficial interest (“Common Shares”). We are offering to sell a combination of three separate classes of Common Shares: Class S shares, Class D shares and Class I shares, with a dollar value up to the maximum offering amount. The share classes have different ongoing shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees. Until the release of proceeds from escrow, the per share purchase price for Common Shares in our primary offering will be $25.00 per share. The Fund must sell in this offering or any private placement a minimum number of shares (4,000,000) if any are sold. The underwriters in this offering are not required to sell such minimum number of shares. Thereafter, the purchase price per share for each class of Common Shares will equal our net asset value (“NAV”) per share, as of the effective date of the monthly share purchase date. This is a “best efforts” offering, which means that Apollo Global Securities, LLC, the intermediary manager for this offering, will use its best efforts to sell shares, but is not obligated to purchase or sell any specific amount of shares in this offering.

We will accept purchase orders and hold investors’ funds in an interest-bearing escrow account until we receive purchase orders pursuant to this offering or any private placement for at least $100,000,000, in any combination of purchases of Class S shares, Class D shares and Class I shares and our board of trustees has authorized the release to us of funds in the escrow account.

 

 

Investing in our Common Shares involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 25 of this prospectus. Also consider the following:

 

   

We have no prior operating history and there is no assurance that we will achieve our investment objectives.

 

   

This is a “blind pool” offering and thus you will not have the opportunity to evaluate our investments before we make them.

 

   

You should not expect to be able to sell your shares regardless of how we perform.

 

   

You should consider that you may not have access to the money you invest for an extended period of time.

 

   

We do not intend to list our shares on any securities exchange, and we do not expect a secondary market in our shares to develop prior to any listing.

 

   

Because you may be unable to sell your shares, you will be unable to reduce your exposure in any market downturn.

 

The date of this prospectus is                 , 2021

 


Table of Contents
   

We intend to implement a share repurchase program, but only a limited number of shares will be eligible for repurchase and repurchases will be subject to available liquidity and other significant restrictions.

 

   

An investment in our Common Shares is not suitable for you if you need access to the money you invest. See “Suitability Standards” and “Share Repurchase Program.”

 

   

You will bear substantial fees and expenses in connection with your investment. See “Fees and Expenses.”

 

   

We cannot guarantee that we will make distributions, and if we do we may fund such distributions from sources other than cash flow from operations, including the sale of assets, borrowings or return of capital, and although we generally expect to fund distributions from cash flow from operations, we have not established limits on the amounts we may pay from such sources.

 

   

Distributions may also be funded in significant part, directly or indirectly, from temporary waivers or expense reimbursements borne by the Adviser or its affiliates, that may be subject to reimbursement to the Adviser or its affiliates. The repayment of any amounts owed to our affiliates will reduce future distributions to which you would otherwise be entitled.

 

   

We expect to use leverage, which will magnify the potential for loss on amounts invested in us.

 

   

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Common Shares less attractive to investors.

 

   

We intend to invest in securities that are rated below investment grade by rating agencies or that would be rated below investment grade if they were rated. Below investment grade securities, which are often referred to as “junk,” have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. They may also be illiquid and difficult to value.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. Securities regulators have also not passed upon whether this offering can be sold in compliance with existing or future suitability or conduct standards including the ‘Regulation Best Interest’ standard to any or all purchasers.

The use of forecasts in this offering is prohibited. Any oral or written predictions about the amount or certainty of any cash benefits or tax consequences that may result from an investment in our Common Shares is prohibited. No one is authorized to make any statements about this offering different from those that appear in this prospectus.

 

     Price to the
Public(1)
     Proceeds to Us,
Before Expenses(2)

Maximum Offering(3)

   $ 5,000,000,000      $5,000,000,000

Class S Shares, per Share

   $ 25.00      $1,666,666,667

Class D Shares, per Share

   $ 25.00      $1,666,666,667

Class I Shares, per Share

   $ 25.00      $1,666,666,666

 

(1)

The price per share shown will apply until funds are released to us from the escrow account. Thereafter, shares of each class of our Common Shares will be issued on a monthly basis at a price per share equal to the NAV per share for such class.

(2)

No upfront sales load will be paid with respect to Class S shares, Class D shares or Class I shares, however, if you buy Class S shares or Class D shares through certain financial intermediaries, they may directly charge you transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, in such amount as they may determine, provided that selling agents limit such charges to a 1.5% cap on NAV for Class D shares and 3.5% cap on NAV for Class S shares. Selling agents will not charge such fees on Class I shares. We will also pay the following shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to the intermediary manager, subject to Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) limitations on underwriting compensation: (a) for Class S shares, a shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee equal to 0.85% per annum of the aggregate NAV as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the month for the Class S shares and (b) for Class D shares only, a shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee equal to 0.25% per annum of the aggregate NAV as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the month for the Class D shares, in each case, payable monthly. No shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees will be paid with respect to the Class I shares. The total amount that will be paid over time for other underwriting compensation depends on the average length of time for which shares remain outstanding, the term over which such amount is measured and the performance of our investments. We will also pay or reimburse certain organization and offering expenses, including, subject to FINRA limitations on underwriting compensation, certain wholesaling expenses. See “Plan of Distribution” and “Estimated Use of Proceeds.” The total underwriting compensation and total organization and offering expenses will not exceed 10% and 15%, respectively, of the gross proceeds from this offering. Proceeds are calculated before deducting shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees or organization and offering expenses payable by us, which are paid over time.

(3)

The table assumes that all shares are sold in the primary offering, with 1/3 of the gross offering proceeds from the sale of Class S shares, 1/3 from the sale of Class D shares, and 1/3 from the sale of Class I shares. The number of shares of each class sold and the relative proportions in which the classes of shares are sold are uncertain and may differ significantly from this assumption.


Table of Contents

SUITABILITY STANDARDS

Common Shares offered through this prospectus are suitable only as a long-term investment for persons of adequate financial means such that they do not have a need for liquidity in this investment. We have established financial suitability standards for initial shareholders in this offering which require that a purchaser of shares have either:

 

   

a gross annual income of at least $70,000 and a net worth of at least $70,000, or

 

   

a net worth of at least $250,000.

For purposes of determining the suitability of an investor, net worth in all cases should be calculated excluding the value of an investor’s home, home furnishings and automobiles. In the case of sales to fiduciary accounts, these minimum standards must be met by the beneficiary, the fiduciary account or the donor or grantor who directly or indirectly supplies the funds to purchase the shares if the donor or grantor is the fiduciary.

In addition, we will not sell shares to investors in the states named below unless they meet special suitability standards set forth below:

Alabama—In addition to the suitability standards set forth above, an investment in us will only be sold to Alabama residents that have a liquid net worth of at least 10 times their investment in us and our affiliates.

California—Purchasers residing in California may not invest more than 10% of their net worth in us.

Idaho—Purchasers residing in Idaho must have either (a) a liquid net worth of $85,000 and annual gross income of $85,000 or (b) a liquid net worth of $300,000. Additionally, the total investment in us shall not exceed 10% of their liquid net worth.

Iowa—Iowa investors must (i) have either (a) an annual gross income of at least $100,000 and a net worth of at least $100,000, or (b) a net worth of at least $350,000 (net worth should be determined exclusive of home, auto and home furnishings); and (ii) limit their aggregate investment in this offering and in the securities of other non-traded business development companies (“BDCs”) to 10% of such investor’s liquid net worth (liquid net worth should be determined as that portion of net worth that consists of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable securities).

Kansas—It is recommended by the Office of the Securities Commissioner that Kansas investors limit their aggregate investment in our securities and other non-traded business development companies to not more than 10% of their liquid net worth. For these purposes, liquid net worth shall be defined as that portion of total net worth (total assets minus total liabilities) that is comprised of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable securities.

Kentucky—A Kentucky investor may not invest more than 10% of its liquid net worth in us or our affiliates. “Liquid net worth” is defined as that portion of net worth that is comprised of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable securities.

Maine—The Maine Office of Securities recommends that an investor’s aggregate investment in this offering and similar direct participation investments not exceed 10% of the investor’s liquid net worth. For this purpose, “liquid net worth” is defined as that portion of net worth that consists of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable securities.

Massachusetts—In addition to the suitability standards set forth above, Massachusetts residents may not invest more than 10% of their liquid net worth in us and in other illiquid direct participation programs.

Missouri—In addition to the suitability standards set forth above, Missouri residents may not invest more than 10% of their liquid net worth in us.

 

i


Table of Contents

Nebraska—In addition to the suitability standards set forth above, Nebraska investors must limit their aggregate investment in this offering and the securities of other business development companies to 10% of such investor’s net worth. Investors who are accredited investors as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) are not subject to the foregoing investment concentration limit.

New Jersey—New Jersey investors must have either (a) a minimum liquid net worth of $100,000 and a minimum annual gross income of $85,000, or (b) a minimum liquid net worth of $350,000. For these purposes, “liquid net worth” is defined as that portion of net worth (total assets exclusive of home, home furnishings and automobiles, minus total liabilities) that consists of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable securities. In addition, a New Jersey investor’s investment in us, our affiliates and other non-publicly-traded direct investment programs (including real estate investment trusts, business development companies, oil and gas programs, equipment leasing programs and commodity pools, but excluding unregistered, federally and state exempt private offerings) may not exceed 10% of his or her liquid net worth.

New Mexico—In addition to the general suitability standards listed above, a New Mexico investor may not invest, and we may not accept from an investor more than ten percent (10%) of that investor’s liquid net worth in shares of us, our affiliates and in other non-traded business development companies. Liquid net worth is defined as that portion of net worth which consists of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable securities.

North Dakota—Purchasers residing in North Dakota must have a net worth of at least ten times their investment in us.

Ohio—It is unsuitable for Ohio residents to invest more than 10% of their liquid net worth in us, our affiliates and in any other non-traded BDC. “Liquid net worth” is defined as that portion of net worth (total assets exclusive of primary residence, home furnishings and automobiles, minus total liabilities) comprised of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable securities.

Oklahoma—Purchasers residing in Oklahoma may not invest more than 10% of their liquid net worth in us.

Oregon—In addition to the suitability standards set forth above, Oregon investors may not invest more than 10% of their liquid net worth in us and our affiliates. Liquid net worth is defined as net worth excluding the value of the investor’s home, home furnishings and automobile.

Puerto Rico—Purchasers residing in Puerto Rico may not invest more than 10% of their liquid net worth in us, our affiliates and other non-traded business development companies. For these purposes, “liquid net worth” is defined as that portion of net worth (total assets exclusive of primary residence, home furnishings and automobiles minus total liabilities) consisting of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable securities.

Tennessee—Purchasers residing in Tennessee must have a liquid net worth of at least ten times their investment in us.

Vermont—Accredited investors in Vermont, as defined in 17 C.F.R. §230.501, may invest freely in this offering. In addition to the suitability standards described above, non-accredited Vermont investors may not purchase an amount in this offering that exceeds 10% of the investor’s liquid net worth. For these purposes, “liquid net worth” is defined as an investor’s total assets (not including home, home furnishings or automobiles) minus total liabilities.

The Adviser, those selling shares on our behalf and participating brokers and registered investment advisers recommending the purchase of shares in this offering are required to make every reasonable effort to determine that the purchase of shares in this offering is a suitable and appropriate investment for each investor based on information provided by the investor regarding the investor’s financial situation and investment objectives and must maintain records for at least six years after the information is used to determine that an investment in our

 

ii


Table of Contents

shares is suitable and appropriate for each investor. In making this determination, the participating broker, registered investment adviser, authorized representative or other person selling shares will, based on a review of the information provided by the investor, consider whether the investor:

 

   

meets the minimum income and net worth standards established in the investor’s state;

 

   

can reasonably benefit from an investment in our Common Shares based on the investor’s overall investment objectives and portfolio structure;

 

   

is able to bear the economic risk of the investment based on the investor’s overall financial situation, including the risk that the investor may lose its entire investment; and

 

   

has an apparent understanding of the following:

 

   

the fundamental risks of the investment;

 

   

the lack of liquidity of our shares;

 

   

the background and qualification of our Adviser; and

 

   

the tax consequences of the investment.

In addition to investors who meet the minimum income and net worth requirements set forth above, our shares may be sold to financial institutions that qualify as “institutional investors” under the state securities laws of the state in which they reside. “Institutional investor” is generally defined to include banks, insurance companies, investment companies as defined in the 1940 Act, pension or profit sharing trusts and certain other financial institutions. A financial institution that desires to purchase shares will be required to confirm that it is an “institutional investor” under applicable state securities laws.

In addition to the suitability standards established herein, (i) a participating broker may impose additional suitability requirements and investment concentration limits to which an investor could be subject and (ii) various states may impose additional suitability standards, investment amount limits and alternative investment limitations.

As of June 30, 2020, broker-dealers must comply with Regulation Best Interest, which, among other requirements, enhances the existing standard of conduct for broker-dealers and establishes a “best interest” obligation for broker-dealers and their associated persons when making recommendations of any securities transaction or investment strategy involving securities to a retail customer. The obligations of Regulation Best Interest are in addition to, and may be more restrictive than, the suitability requirements listed above. When making such a recommendation to a retail customer, a broker-dealer must, among other things, act in the best interest of the retail customer at the time a recommendation is made, without placing its interests ahead of its retail customer’s interests. Reasonable alternatives to the Fund, such as listed entities, exist and may have lower expenses, less complexity and/or lower investment risk than the Fund. Certain investments in listed entities may involve lower or no commissions at the time of initial purchase. A broker-dealer may satisfy the best interest standard imposed by Regulation Best Interest by meeting disclosure, care, conflict of interest and compliance obligations. Regulation Best Interest also requires registered investment advisers and registered broker-dealers to provide a brief relationship summary to retail investors. This relationship summary, referred to as Form CRS, is not a prospectus. Investors should refer to the prospectus for detailed information about this offering before deciding to purchase Common Shares. Currently, there is no administrative or case law interpreting Regulation Best Interest and the full scope of its applicability on brokers participating in our offering cannot be determined at this time. Also, beginning on September 1, 2020, the state of Massachusetts requires that a broker-dealer or broker-dealer agent must make any recommendations relating to securities and provide investment advice without regard to the financial or any other interest of any party other than the customer.

 

iii


Table of Contents

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

Please carefully read the information in this prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplements, which we refer to collectively as the “prospectus.” You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. This prospectus may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date later than the date hereof or such other dates as are stated herein or as of the respective dates of any documents or other information incorporated herein by reference.

We will disclose the NAV per share of each class of our Common Shares for each month when available on our website at [        ]. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider that information to be part of this prospectus.

The words “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Fund” refer to Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

Unless otherwise noted, numerical information relating to Apollo is approximate as of December 31, 2020.

Citations included herein to industry sources are used only to demonstrate third-party support for certain statements made herein to which such citations relate. Information included in such industry sources that do not relate to supporting the related statements made herein are not part of this prospectus and should not be relied upon.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about our business, including, in particular, statements about our plans, strategies and objectives. You can generally identify forward-looking statements by our use of forward-looking terminology such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “believe,” “continue” or other similar words. These statements include our plans and objectives for future operations, including plans and objectives relating to future growth and availability of funds, and are based on current expectations that involve numerous risks and uncertainties. Assumptions relating to these statements involve judgments with respect to, among other things, future economic, competitive and market conditions and future business decisions, all of which are difficult or impossible to accurately predict and many of which are beyond our control. Although we believe the assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements, and the forward-looking statements themselves, are reasonable, any of the assumptions could be inaccurate and, therefore, there can be no assurance that these forward-looking statements will prove to be accurate and our actual results, performance and achievements may be materially different from that expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. In light of the significant uncertainties inherent in these forward looking statements, the inclusion of this information should not be regarded as a representation by us or any other person that our objectives and plans, which we consider to be reasonable, will be achieved.

You should carefully review the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that we believe are material to our business, operating results, prospects and financial condition. Except as otherwise required by federal securities laws, we do not undertake to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

iv


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

SUITABILITY STANDARDS

     i  

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

     iv  

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     iv  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

FEES AND EXPENSES

     21  

RISK FACTORS

     25  

ESTIMATED USE OF PROCEEDS

     76  

PLAN OF OPERATION

     79  

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGIES

     89  

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

     104  

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

     112  

ADVISORY AGREEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

     114  

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

     121  

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

     143  

DISTRIBUTIONS

     144  

DESCRIPTION OF OUR SHARES

     146  

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

     158  

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     160  

HOW TO SUBSCRIBE

     165  

SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAM

     168  

DISTRIBUTION REINVESTMENT PLAN

     171  

REGULATION

     172  

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     176  

RESTRICTIONS ON SHARE OWNERSHIP

     182  

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DISTRIBUTION PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR

     184  

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

     185  

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     186  

LEGAL MATTERS

     187  

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     187  

 

v


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This prospectus summary highlights certain information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This is only a summary of all material information and it may not contain all of the information that is important to you. Before deciding to invest in this offering, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including the “Risk Factors” section.

 

Q:

What is Apollo Debt Solutions BDC?

 

A:

We are a newly organized Delaware statutory trust formed on December 4, 2020. We are a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). We are externally managed by our adviser, Apollo Credit Management, LLC (the “Adviser”). The Adviser is an affiliate of Apollo Global Management, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (“Apollo”).

 

Q:

Who is Apollo?

 

A:

Apollo is a longstanding and leading global alternative asset manager with approximately $456 billion of assets under management (“AUM”) as of December 31, 2020. Apollo operates its three primary business segments, private equity, credit and real assets, in a fully integrated manner, which Apollo believes is distinct from other comparable alternative investment managers. By collaborating across disciplines, with each business unit contributing to, and drawing from, Apollo’s shared information and experience, Apollo believes the Fund is well-positioned to invest across asset classes. Apollo has developed what it believes to be a differentiated approach to credit investing that allows it to adapt to changing market environments and to source what it believes to be attractive risk-adjusted investment opportunities in both expansionary and recessionary environments. Apollo’s differentiated investment strategy requires a willingness and strength of conviction to go “against the grain” of what other investors may be doing, and a desire and ability to tackle transaction complexity in a variety of forms. Apollo believes that its experience has shown that complexity, whether in the form of business, regulatory or legal complexity, can obscure a company or an investment’s inherent value. By pursuing what Apollo believes to be complex transactions that other investors either are not willing to undertake or do not possess the skill set to understand, Apollo believes it has been able to find opportunities where competition is limited, in turn, generating attractive risk-adjusted returns. The Adviser draws upon Apollo’s more than 30 year history and benefits from the broader firm’s significant capital markets, trading and research expertise developed through investments in many core sectors in over 200 companies since inception.

Our objective is to bring Apollo’s leading credit investment platform to the non-exchange traded BDC industry.

 

Q:

What is a business development company, or BDC?

 

A:

A BDC is a special closed-end investment vehicle that is regulated under the 1940 Act and used to facilitate capital formation by smaller U.S. companies. BDCs are subject to certain restrictions applicable to investment companies under the 1940 Act. As a BDC, at least 70% of our assets must be the type of “qualifying” assets listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, as described herein, which are generally privately-offered securities issued by U.S. private or thinly-traded companies. We may also invest up to 30% of our portfolio in “non-qualifying” portfolio investments, such as investments in non-U.S. companies. See “Investment Objectives and Strategies—Regulation as a BDC.”


 

1


Table of Contents
Q:

What is a regulated investment company, or RIC?

 

A:

We intend to elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

In general, a RIC is a company that:

 

   

is a BDC or registered investment company that combines the capital of many investors to acquire securities;

 

   

offers the benefits of a securities portfolio under professional management;

 

   

satisfies various requirements of the Code, including an asset diversification requirement; and

 

   

is generally not subject to U.S. federal corporate income taxes on its net taxable income that it currently distributes to its shareholders, which substantially eliminates the “double taxation” (i.e., taxation at both the corporate and shareholder levels) that generally results from investments in a C corporation.

 

Q:

What is a non-exchange traded, perpetual-life BDC?

 

A:

A non-exchange traded BDC is a BDC whose shares are not listed for trading on a stock exchange or other securities market. We use the term “perpetual-life BDC” to describe an investment vehicle of indefinite duration, whose common shares of beneficial interest (“Common Shares”) are intended to be sold by the BDC monthly on a continuous basis at a price generally equal to the BDC’s monthly net asset value (“NAV”) per share. In our perpetual-life structure, we may offer to repurchase Common Shares on a quarterly basis, but we are not obligated to offer to repurchase any in any particular quarter in our discretion. We believe that our perpetual nature enables us to execute a patient and strategy and be able to invest across different market environments. This may reduce the risk of the Fund being a forced seller of assets in market downturns compared to non-perpetual funds. While we may consider a liquidity event at any time in the future, we currently do not intend to undertake a liquidity event, and we are not obligated by our charter or otherwise to effect a liquidity event at any time.

 

Q:

What are your investment objectives?

 

A:

Our investment objectives are to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, long-term capital appreciation.

 

Q:

What is your investment strategy?

 

A:

Our investment strategy is focused on sourcing deals directly with large private U.S. borrowers who seek access to financing and who historically relied heavily on bank lending or capital markets. We believe there is a market opportunity for these large private U.S. borrowers. We define large private U.S. borrowers as those companies that generally generate on an annual basis at least $75 million in EBITDA, as may be adjusted for market disruptions, mergers and acquisitions-related charges and synergies, and other items. We believe this opportunity set generates favorable pricing and more rigorous structural protections relative to that offered by investments in the broadly syndicated markets. From time to time, we may also invest in loans and debt securities issued by corporate borrowers outside of the private large borrower space to the extent we believe such investments enhance the overall risk/return profile for our shareholders and help us meet our investment objectives.

Our investment strategy is expected to capitalize on Apollo’s scale and reputation as an attractive financing partner allowing us to source investments at attractive pricing and terms. We also expect to benefit from


 

2


Table of Contents

Apollo’s ability to transact in size with speed and certainty, as well as from its long-standing and extensive relationships with both private equity firms and corporations, where Apollo has a preexisting lending relationship.

 

Q:

What types of investments do you intend to make?

 

A:

We invest primarily in private credit opportunities in directly originated assets, including loans and other debt securities, made to or issued by large private U.S. borrowers, with a strong emphasis on senior secured lending. While most of our investments will be in private U.S. companies (subject to compliance with BDC regulatory requirement to invest at least 70% of its assets in private U.S. companies), we also expect to invest from time to time in European and other non-U.S. companies. Our portfolio may also include equity interests such as common stock, preferred stock, warrants or options, which generally would be obtained as part of providing a broader financing solution. Under normal circumstances, we will invest directly or indirectly at least 80% of our total assets (net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes) in debt instruments of varying maturities.

Most of the debt instruments we invest in are unrated or rated below investment grade, which is often an indication of size, credit worthiness and speculative nature relative to the capacity of the borrower to pay interest and principal. Generally, if our unrated investments were rated, they would be rated below investment grade. These securities, which are often referred to as “junk” or “high yield”, have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. They may also be difficult to value and are illiquid.

We may, but are not required to, enter into interest rate, foreign exchange or other derivative agreements to hedge interest rate, currency, credit or other risks, but we do not generally intend to enter into any such derivative agreements for speculative purposes. Any derivative agreements entered into for speculative purposes are not expected to be material to the Fund’s business or results of operations. These hedging activities, which will be in compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, may include the use of futures, options and forward contracts. We will bear the costs incurred in connection with entering into, administering and settling any such derivative contracts. There can be no assurance any hedging strategy we employ will be successful.

Our investments are subject to a number of risks. See “Investment Objectives and Strategies” and “Risk Factors.”

 

Q:

What is an originated loan?

 

A:

An originated loan is a loan where we lend directly to the borrower and hold the loan generally on our own or only with other Apollo affiliates. These opportunities are typically sourced through direct dialogue with counterparties, as opposed to through intermediaries such as banks or brokers. By holding the majority or all of the loan, we often can drive lender-friendly terms, pricing and execution. This is distinct from a syndicated loan, which is generally originated by a bank and then syndicated, or sold, in several pieces to other investors, where influence on the economics and structure can be limited. Originated loans are generally held until maturity or until they are refinanced by the borrower. Syndicated loans often have liquid markets and can be traded by investors. We believe that the ability to tailor terms to the needs of our borrowers, as well as our ability to ability to compete on the basis of size and certainty of execution, afford us advantages.

 

Q:

What are the Fund’s strategy highlights?

 

A:

Apollo believes the Fund’s investment strategy represents a differentiated approach to private credit investing and seeks to provide investors with attractive, downside-protected returns. More specifically,


 

3


Table of Contents
  Apollo believes that the following characteristics distinguish the Fund as a compelling investment opportunity.

 

   

Significant Current Market Opportunity. Today, there is $2.6 trillion of loans outstanding to large corporate borrowers (both public and private), of which private credit lenders make up only 3%. This is compared to a 16% penetration rate in the $1.2 trillion middle market loan market and a 33% penetration rate in the $400 billion small corporate loan market. (Source: Bank of America Merrill Lynch as of September 2019.) There is currently a dearth of available alternative financing solutions for large corporate issuers outside of the broadly syndicated debt markets, yet a growing demand for streamlined financing solutions irrespective of the market environment. Further, Apollo believes that the current market conditions and uncertain economic backdrop have expanded and accelerated the large corporate direct lending opportunity. Markets face what Apollo believes will be an extended recovery that will progress in phases and be prone to periods of volatility. Broadly syndicated debt markets are highly sensitive to market conditions, and as with prior periods of volatility, the recent crisis related to the novel coronavirus and related respiratory disease (“COVID-19”) has led financing markets to recoil, restricting banks’ ability to provide funding to many large corporate issuers. Apollo believes this will enable the Fund to secure favorable pricing and more rigorous structural protections and driving value for the benefit of the Fund. Apollo believes that this opportunity is only accessible to scaled alternative asset managers with significant relationships and cycle-tested investing expertise, and that the Fund is therefore well-positioned to capitalize on the growing opportunity set.

 

   

Proprietary Sourcing Engine Provides a Significant Barrier to Entry. Across its global platform, Apollo has found that deal flow is often driven by relationships, and that having a strong reputation and an established network can ultimately lead to exclusive investment opportunities. Apollo believes that the Fund will benefit from the expansive networks that have been cultivated by both Apollo’s Private Equity and Credit businesses over the past 30 years. Apollo’s leading private equity franchise has a deep bench of investment professionals and operating executives who have established strong and long-lasting relationships with industry executives and leading management teams. Through Apollo private equity funds’ ownership of over 150 portfolio companies since inception, Apollo has established deep understanding across a variety of businesses, which we believe will enable us to uncover idiosyncratic opportunities, including in out-of-favor industries. At the same time, the scale and breadth of the Apollo Credit platform is expected to be the primary sourcing engine for the Fund. Apollo Global Corporate Credit (“GCC”) oversees over 900 credit relationships and its managed funds are current lenders to approximately 750 companies worldwide. As a result, members of the GCC team are in frequent dialogue with management teams and intermediaries, enabling visibility into a given company’s financing needs as well as opportunities to organically grow existing lending relationships. Apollo believes that its ability to leverage its incumbency to source deals directly with large corporate borrowers creates a meaningful barrier to entry, especially given that we believe direct lending managers primarily rely on the sponsor-backed channel to source opportunities. We believe our deep relationships across both corporate and sponsors will allow us to create a differentiated portfolio. Today, Apollo funds own over $20 billion in loans to portfolio companies of Apollo’s top 30 sponsors as of December 31, 2020. Additionally, Apollo-managed CLOs and CLOs managed by Redding Ridge Asset Management LLC and its affiliates, a CLO manager established by Apollo, have over $18 billion in outstanding CLOs to over 1,500 issuers as of December 31, 2020, further broadening Apollo’s global lending footprint. Importantly, Apollo’s credit business is one of the largest lending counterparties to Wall Street, having traded approximately $95 billion in 2020 alone. This level of trading volume often results in Apollo being provided with an early or first look from the dealer community, which Apollo believes will put the Fund in a position to access challenged syndications at attractive terms during periods of volatility. Through these various touchpoints, Apollo has established a combination of robust networks and proprietary relationships that it believes will enable the Fund to source highly attractive opportunities, often on a proprietary basis.


 

4


Table of Contents
   

Apollo’s Status as a Preferred Lending Counterparty. Apollo has developed a reputation as a differentiated lending partner due to its scale and ability to design creative capital solutions across capital structures, particularly in complex situations. Apollo believes that the Fund will be able to underwrite and commit to large transactions, streamlining the execution process for borrowers and enabling them to only interface with a single counterparty, due to the breadth and scale of Apollo’s capital base, which for this purpose includes numerous long-standing co-investment relationships and syndication capabilities with credit market investors. Apollo’s scale is augmented by Apollo Global Securities, LLC (“AGS” or the “Intermediary Manager”), Apollo’s affiliated broker-dealer and our intermediary manager, which, leveraging its targeted approach and close relationships with large institutional investors, has syndicated approximately $15 billion of debt since 2016. Being the sole or primary lender in size also facilitates alignment and a partnership mentality that is differentiated from traditional lending relationships. Additionally, our underwriting and structuring ability coupled with company and sector-specific insights across the Apollo platform is expected to enable Apollo to embrace complexity and provide bespoke capital solutions tailored to borrowers’ unique financing needs, including greater certainty of funding at specified terms or within compressed timetables. Apollo believes that the Fund augments Apollo’s ability to leverage its reputation as a preferred lending partner to selectively source proprietary opportunities in large corporate direct lending. Based on our experience in the large corporate direct lending market, we believe that the Fund has an advantage in its ability to provide capital in scale with greater certainty of closing as well as to deliver strategic partner-like benefits.

 

   

Focus on Downside Protection. Consistent with Apollo’s value-orientation, the Fund intends to take a conservative investment approach, employing a rigorous, bottom-up, private equity-style underwriting, coupled with detailed transaction structuring to mitigate risk. Apollo has significant structuring experience and believes the Fund will be able to leverage the Apollo Credit platform’s incumbency and status as a preferred lending partner to bilaterally negotiate highly structured, senior secured loans that are tailored to address the unique risks of a given corporate borrower. The Fund intends to invest primarily in senior term loans that, coupled with robust covenant packages restricting incremental debt incurrence and restricted payments, are intended to provide downside protection in the form of a priority, undiluted claim on underlying collateral. Apollo believes that due to the Apollo’s in-house experience with its managed funds investing across the capital structure, the Fund will be able to consider investment structures that are different, and oftentimes more complex, than other investors.

 

   

High Degree of Credit Selectivity. Apollo believes that credit selectivity in every market environment is a critical driver of performance. By virtue of our value-driven investment approach emphasizing downside protection, Apollo’s GCC business has experienced a 0.1% annual average default rate, as compared to a 2.9% annual average default rate within the broader leveraged loan market. Even in an event of default, Apollo’s GCC business has seen substantially higher recovery rates as compared to the broader market, experiencing a 73% recovery rate as compared to 61% for the broader leveraged loan market. Given the size of the market opportunity in large corporate direct lending, Apollo believes that the Fund is well-positioned to exercise quality credit selection in any market environment.

 

   

Strong Alignment with Apollo-affiliated Capital. Apollo has structured the Fund such that the Fund and Apollo-affiliated capital will generally be aligned, leveraging the same monitoring and risk management capabilities within Apollo’s credit business and, except as described below, owning the same loans at the same price. Apollo-affiliated capital includes Apollo-managed funds and accounts, Apollo employee commitments and commitments from Apollo.

 

   

Strong Apollo Sponsorship and Integrated Business Model. Apollo operates its global franchise as an integrated investment platform with each of private equity, credit and real assets contributing to and drawing from Apollo’s information and experience, thereby providing investment opportunities and


 

5


Table of Contents
 

intellectual capital to all of its businesses. In the process of screening, executing and monitoring investments across businesses, Apollo has developed valuable relationships with well-regarded sponsors, leading management teams, consultants and other intermediaries, which further drives high-quality deals and thoughtful insights during the investment process. Apollo believes the Fund will benefit from the wealth of knowledge, experience and capabilities across asset classes, industries and geographies at Apollo, which will widen the Fund’s lens and enable the Fund team to more successfully source, diligence and manage opportunities across market cycles.

 

Q:

What is the market opportunity?

 

A:

Apollo believes there is an opportunity to lend to large private U.S. borrowers who cannot or do not want to access the broadly syndicated loan market or are too big for the private middle market. Apollo believes that a confluence of secular and cyclical changes is giving rise to unmet demand for scaled direct origination solutions among large corporate borrowers. The robust growth in private credit following the Great Financial Crisis (“GFC”) has given rise to the formation of hundreds of private lenders and origination platforms, primarily focused on the competitive middle market, sponsor-backed channel. We believe the influx of capital has led to the degradation of lending standards and credit quality have come to mirror that of the broadly syndicated loan market, resulting in exposure to late cycle market risks. Nonetheless, Apollo believes the conditions that sustained the rapid growth in private credit are still at play today and are migrating toward larger corporate issuers. Banks’ regulations and reduced risk appetite continue to restrict access to efficient financing solutions. The broadly syndicated loan market also continues to exhibit late cycle behavior, further threatening its viability in a distress scenario. Moreover, private equity continues to grow unabated as scaled alternative funding solutions enable companies to stay private longer, a dynamic that is beginning to take hold in credit markets.

 

Q:

Do you intend to invest in liquid credit investments in addition to originated loans?

 

A:

From time to time, we may invest in debt securities issued by corporate borrowers outside of the large private U.S. borrower space to the extent we believe such investments can enhance the overall risk/return profile for our shareholders and help us meet our investment objectives. We do not expect such securities to be a substantial portion of our portfolio. This may include more liquid debt securities which may enable us to prudently manage the overall liquidity profile of the Company while still seeking to provide our shareholders with attractive investment returns.

 

Q:

How will you identify investments?

 

A:

We will employ a sophisticated and disciplined approach with respect to sourcing, evaluating and executing prospective investments, consistent with how Apollo manages its funds’ investments across the firm. Our process is defined by an emphasis on meaningful downside protection and the preservation of capital, which we will seek to achieve through extensive private equity-style due diligence, asset-level and market environment analysis, a systematic approach to identifying risk and structuring and a hands-on approach to driving value and managing investments throughout the ownership period. In this process, the Fund will leverage the collective knowledge and resources of Apollo’s GCC team as well as Apollo’s integrated platform more broadly.

 

Q:

Will you use leverage?

 

A:

Yes. To seek to enhance our returns, we intend to employ leverage as market conditions permit and at the discretion of the Adviser, but in no event will leverage employed exceed the limitations set forth in the 1940 Act, which currently allows us to borrow up to a 2:1 debt to equity ratio. We intend to use leverage in the


 

6


Table of Contents
  form of borrowings, including loans from certain financial institutions and the issuance of debt securities. We may also use leverage in the form of the issuance of preferred shares, but do not currently intend to do so. In determining whether to borrow money, we will analyze the maturity, covenant package and rate structure of the proposed borrowings as well as the risks of such borrowings compared to our investment outlook. Any such leverage, if incurred, would be expected to increase the total capital available for investment by the Fund. See “Risk Factors.”

 

Q:

How will the Fund be allocated investment opportunities?

 

A:

Apollo, including the Adviser, provides investment management services to other BDCs, registered investment companies, investment funds, client accounts and proprietary accounts that Apollo may establish.

The Adviser and its affiliates will share any investment and sale opportunities with its other clients and the Fund in accordance with the Advisers Act and firm-wide allocation policies, which generally provide for sharing pro rata based on targeted acquisition size or targeted sale size. Subject to the Advisers Act and as further set forth in this prospectus, certain other clients may receive certain priority or other allocation rights with respect to certain investments, subject to various conditions set forth in such other clients’ respective governing agreements.

In addition, as a BDC regulated under the 1940 Act, the Fund is subject to certain limitations relating to co-investments and joint transactions with affiliates, which likely in certain circumstances limit the Fund’s ability to make investments or enter into other transactions alongside other clients.

An affiliate of the Adviser has received an exemptive order from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) that permits us, among other things, to co-invest with certain other persons, including certain affiliates of the Adviser and certain funds managed and controlled by the Adviser and its affiliates, subject to certain terms and conditions. Pursuant to such order, the Fund’s board of trustees (the “Board of Trustees” and each member of the Board of Trustees, a “Trustee”) may establish objective criteria (“Board Criteria”) clearly defining co-investment opportunities in which the Fund will have the opportunity to participate with one or more listed or private Apollo-managed BDCs, including us (the “Apollo BDCs”), and other public or private Apollo funds that target similar assets. If an investment falls within the Board Criteria, Apollo must offer an opportunity for the Apollo BDCs to participate. The Apollo BDCs may determine to participate or not to participate, depending on whether Apollo determines that the investment is appropriate for the Apollo BDCs (e.g., based on investment strategy). The co-investment would generally be allocated to us, any other Apollo BDCs (including Apollo Investment Corporation) and the other Apollo funds that target similar assets pro rata based on available capital in the applicable asset class. If the Adviser determines that such investment is not appropriate for us, the investment will not be allocated to us, but the Adviser will be required to report such investment and the rationale for its determination for us to not participate in the investment to the Board of Trustees at the next quarterly board meeting.

 

Q:

How is an investment in your Common Shares different from an investment in listed BDCs?

 

A:

An investment in our Common Shares generally differs from an investment in listed BDCs in a number of ways, including:

 

   

Shares of listed BDCs are priced by the trading market, which is influenced generally by numerous factors, not all of which are related to the underlying value of the entity’s assets and liabilities. Our Board of Trustees, rather than the “market,” determined the initial offering price of our shares in its sole discretion after considering the initial public offering prices per share of other blind pool non-traded BDCs. The estimated value of our assets and liabilities will be used to determine our NAV following the date on which we break escrow for this offering. The NAV of non-traded BDCs may be subject to volatility related to the values of their underlying assets.


 

7


Table of Contents
   

An investment in our shares has limited or no liquidity outside of our share repurchase plan and our share repurchase plan may be modified or suspended. In contrast, an investment in a listed BDC is a liquid investment, as shares can be sold on an exchange at any time the exchange is open.

 

   

Some listed BDCs are often self-managed, whereas our investment operations are managed by the Adviser, which is part of Apollo.

 

   

Listed BDCs may be reasonable alternatives to the Fund, and may be less costly and less complex with fewer and/or different risks than we have. Such listed BDCs will likely have historical performance that investors can evaluate and transactions for listed securities often involve nominal or no commissions.

 

   

Unlike the offering of a listed BDC, this offering will be registered in every state in which we are offering and selling shares. As a result, we include certain limits in our governing documents that are not typically provided for in the charter of a listed BDC. For example, our charter limits the fees we may pay to the Adviser. A listed BDC does not typically provide for these restrictions within its charter. A listed BDC is, however, subject to the governance requirements of the exchange on which its shares are traded, including requirements relating to its Board of Trustees, audit committee, independent Trustee oversight of executive compensation and the Trustee nomination process, code of conduct, shareholder meetings, related party transactions, shareholder approvals and voting rights.

Although we expect to follow many of these same governance guidelines, there is no requirement that we do so unless it is required for other reasons. Both listed BDCs and non-traded BDCs are subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

 

Q:

For whom may an investment in your shares be appropriate?

 

A:

An investment in our shares may be appropriate for you if you:

 

   

meet the minimum suitability standards described above under “Suitability Standards;”

 

   

seek to allocate a portion of your investment portfolio to a direct investment vehicle with an income-oriented portfolio of primarily U.S. credit investments;

 

   

seek to receive current income through regular distribution payments;

 

   

wish to obtain the potential benefit of long-term capital appreciation; and

 

   

are able to hold your shares as a long-term investment and do not need liquidity from your investment quickly in the near future.

We cannot assure you that an investment in our shares will allow you to realize any of these objectives. An investment in our shares is only intended for investors who do not need the ability to sell their shares quickly in the future since we are not obligated to offer to repurchase any of our Common Shares in any particular quarter in our discretion. See “Share Repurchase Program.”

 

Q:

Are there any risks involved in buying your shares?

 

A:

Investing in our Common Shares involves a high degree of risk. If we are unable to effectively manage the impact of these risks, we may not meet our investment objectives and, therefore, you should purchase our shares only if you can afford a complete loss of your investment. An investment in our Common Shares involves significant risks and is intended only for investors with a long-term investment horizon and who do


 

8


Table of Contents
  not require immediate liquidity or guaranteed income. Some of the more significant risks relating to an investment in our Common Shares include those listed below:

 

   

We have no prior operating history and there is no assurance that we will achieve our investment objectives.

 

   

This is a “blind pool” offering and thus you will not have the opportunity to evaluate our investments before we make them.

 

   

You should not expect to be able to sell your shares regardless of how we perform.

 

   

You should consider that you may not have access to the money you invest for an extended period of time.

 

   

We do not intend to list our shares on any securities exchange, and we do not expect a secondary market in our shares to develop prior to any listing.

 

   

Because you may be unable to sell your shares, you will be unable to reduce your exposure in any market downturn.

 

   

We intend to implement a share repurchase program, but only a limited number of shares will be eligible for repurchase and repurchases will be subject to available liquidity and other significant restrictions.

 

   

An investment in our Common Shares is not suitable for you if you need access to the money you invest. See “Suitability Standards” and “Share Repurchase Program.”

 

   

You will bear substantial fees and expenses in connection with your investment. See “Fees and Expenses.”

 

   

We cannot guarantee that we will make distributions, and if we do we may fund such distributions from sources other than cash flow from operations, including the sale of assets, borrowings or return of capital, and although we generally expect to fund distributions from cash flow from operations, we have not established limits on the amounts we may pay from such sources. A return of capital (1) is a return of the original amount invested, (2) does not constitute earnings or profits and (3) will have the effect of reducing the basis such that when a shareholder sells its shares the sale may be subject to taxes even if the shares are sold for less than the original purchase price.

 

   

Distributions may also be funded in significant part, directly or indirectly, from temporary waivers or expense reimbursements borne by the Adviser or its affiliates, that may be subject to reimbursement to the Adviser or its affiliates. The repayment of any amounts owed to our affiliates will reduce future distributions to which you would otherwise be entitled.

 

   

We expect to use leverage, which will magnify the potential for loss on amounts invested in us.

 

   

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”), and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Common Shares less attractive to investors.

 

   

We intend to invest in securities that are rated below investment grade by rating agencies or that would be rated below investment grade if they were rated. Below investment grade securities, which are often referred to as “junk,” have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. They may also be illiquid and difficult to value.

 

Q:

Do you currently own any investments?

 

A:

No. However, on February 22, 2021, we entered into a Facility Agreement (“Facility Agreement”) with Goldman Sachs Bank USA (the “Financing Provider”) (the “Warehousing Transaction”). The Facility


 

9


Table of Contents
  Agreement creates a forward obligation of the Financing Provider to sell, and a forward obligation of us or our designee to purchase certain investments (the “Portfolio Investments”) owned and held by the Financing Provider at our request. It is expected that the Portfolio Investments will generally consist of originated loans to large corporate and sponsor-backed U.S. companies consistent with our investment strategy. Pursuant to the Facility Agreement, we may request the Financing Provider acquire such Portfolio Investments as we may designate from time to time, which the Financing Provider can approve or reject in its sole and absolute discretion. Prior to any sale to us, the Portfolio Investments will be owned and held solely for the account of the Financing Provider. Until such time as we have received subscriptions for our shares of at least $600 million (the “Capital Condition”), we will have no obligation to purchase the Portfolio Investments under the Facility Agreement. After we have met the Capital Condition, we will be obligated to purchase the Portfolio Investments from the Financing Provider on or before February 22, 2022 (the “Facility End Date”). We may also elect but are not obligated to purchase Portfolio Investments prior to the Facility End Date or prior to or without meeting the Capital Condition. In consideration for the forward arrangement provided by the Financing Provider (the amount of the arrangement will not exceed $250 million before May 22, 2021 and $500 million between such date and the Facility End Date (the “Financing Amount”)), we have agreed to pay certain fees and expenses to the Financing Provider, including (i) a facility fee at an annual rate of LIBOR plus 1.77% multiplied by the cash amount paid by the Financing Provider (subject to adjustment for, among other things, cash amounts received by the Financing Provider) for such Portfolio Investment (the “Funded Amount”) while it is being held by the Financing Provider, (ii) an unused fee at an annual rate of 0.50% of the unused Financing Amount minus the greater of (A) the Minimum Utilization Amount and (B) the Funded Amount, and (iii) a minimum utilization fee at an annual rate of 1.77% of (the “Minimum Utilization Amount”) (A) prior to May 22, 2021, 50% of the Financing Amount at such time and (B) on or after May 22, 2021, and prior to the Facility End Date, 75% of the Financing Amount at such time. As a general matter, the price we would pay to purchase any Portfolio Investment from the Financing Provider equals the cash amount paid by the Financing Provider subject to adjustment for, among other things, principal repayments and interest amounts earned by the Financing Provider. Accordingly, shareholders will benefit from any interest paid or accrued on any Portfolio Investment purchased by the Fund. See “Investment Objectives and Strategies – Warehousing Transaction” for a current list of portfolio investments.

 

Q:

What is the role of your Board of Trustees?

 

A:

We operate under the direction of our Board of Trustees, the members of which are accountable to us and our shareholders as fiduciaries. We have five Trustees, four of whom have been determined to be independent of us, the Adviser, Apollo and its affiliates (“independent Trustees”). Our independent Trustees are responsible for reviewing the performance of the Adviser and approving the compensation paid to the Adviser and its affiliates. The names and biographical information of our Trustees are provided under “Management of the Fund—Trustees and Executive Officers.”

 

Q:

What is the difference between the Class S, Class D and Class I Common Shares being offered?

 

A:

We are offering to the public three separate classes of Common Shares: Class S shares, Class D shares and Class I shares. The differences among the share classes relate to ongoing shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees. Subject to Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) limitations on underwriting compensation, we will pay the following shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to the Intermediary Manager:

 

   

For Class S shares, a shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee equal to 0.85% per annum of the aggregate NAV as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the month for the Class S shares and


 

10


Table of Contents
   

For Class D shares, a shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee equal to 0.25% per annum of the aggregate NAV as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the month for the Class D shares, in each case, payable monthly.

 

   

No shareholder servicing or distribution fees will be paid with respect to the Class I shares.

The shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees are similar to sales commissions. In addition, although no upfront sales loads will be paid with respect to Class S shares, Class D shares or Class I shares, if you buy Class S shares or Class D shares through certain financial intermediaries, they may directly charge you transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, in such amount as they may determine, provided that selling agents limit such charges to a 1.5% cap on NAV for Class D shares and 3.5% cap on NAV for Class S shares. Selling agents will not charge such fees on Class I shares. See “Description of Our Shares” and “Plan of Distribution” for a discussion of the differences between our Class S, Class D and Class I shares.

Assuming a constant net asset value per share of $25.00, we expect that a one-time investment in 400 shares of each class of our shares (representing an aggregate net asset value of $10,000 for each class) would be subject to the following shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees:

 

     Annual
Shareholder
Servicing and/or
Distribution Fees
     Total Over Five
Years
 

Class S

   $ 85      $ 425  

Class D

   $ 25      $ 125  

Class I

   $     0      $ 0  

Class S shares are available through brokerage and transaction-based accounts.

Class D shares are generally available for purchase in this offering only:

 

  (1)

through fee-based programs, also known as wrap accounts, that provide access to Class D shares,

 

  (2)

through participating brokers that have alternative fee arrangements with their clients to provide access to Class D shares,

 

  (3)

through transaction/ brokerage platforms at participating brokers,

 

  (4)

through certain registered investment advisers,

 

  (5)

through bank trust departments or any other organization or person authorized to act in a fiduciary capacity for its clients or customers or

 

  (6)

other categories of investors that we name in an amendment or supplement to this prospectus.

Class I shares are generally available for purchase in this offering only:

 

  (1)

through fee-based programs, also known as wrap accounts, that provide access to Class I shares,

 

  (2)

by endowments, foundations, pension funds and other institutional investors,

 

  (3)

through participating intermediaries that have alternative fee arrangements with their clients to provide access to Class I shares,

 

  (4)

through certain registered investment advisers,

 

  (5)

by our executive officers and trustees and their immediate family members, as well as officers and employees of the Adviser, Apollo or other affiliates and their immediate family members, and joint venture partners, consultants and other service providers or

 

  (6)

other categories of investors that we name in an amendment or supplement to this prospectus.


 

11


Table of Contents

In certain cases, where a holder of Class S or Class D shares exits a relationship with a participating broker for this offering and does not enter into a new relationship with a participating broker for this offering, such holder’s shares may be exchanged into an equivalent NAV amount of Class I shares. Before making your investment decision, please consult with your investment adviser regarding your account type and the classes of Common Shares you may be eligible to purchase.

If you are eligible to purchase all three classes of shares, then in most cases you should purchase Class I shares because participating brokers will not charge transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, on Class I shares and Class I shares have no shareholder servicing or distribution fees, which will reduce the NAV or distributions of the other share classes. However, Class I shares will not receive shareholder services.

 

Q:

At what point will the initial proceeds of this offering be released from escrow?

 

A:

We will take purchase orders and hold investors’ funds in an interest-bearing escrow account until we receive purchase orders for at least $100 million (excluding any shares purchased by our Adviser, its affiliates and our Trustees and officers but including any shares purchased in any private placements), and our Board of Trustees has authorized the release of the escrowed purchase order proceeds to us so that we can commence operations. Even if we receive purchase orders for $100 million, our Board of Trustees may elect to wait a substantial amount of time before authorizing, or may elect not to authorize, the release of the escrowed proceeds. If we do not raise the minimum amount and commence operations by [            ], 2022 (one year following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part), this offering will be terminated and our escrow agent will promptly send you a full refund of your investment with interest and without deduction for escrow expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may elect to withdraw your purchase order and request a full refund of your investment with interest and without deduction for escrow expenses at any time before the escrowed funds are released to us. If we break escrow for this offering and commence operations, interest earned on funds in escrow will be released to our account and constitute part of our net assets.

 

Q:

What is the per share purchase price?

 

A:

During the escrow period, the per share purchase price for our Common Shares will be $25.00. After the close of the escrow period, shares will be sold at the then-current NAV per share, as described below.

 

Q:

How will your NAV per share be calculated after the escrow period?

 

A:

At the conclusion of the escrow period, NAV for our shares will be equal to the net proceeds received by us from purchases of shares during the escrow period, less our liabilities. Thereafter, our NAV will be determined based on the value of our assets less our liabilities, including accrued fees and expenses, as of any date of determination.

Investments for which market quotations are readily available will typically be valued at those market quotations. To validate market quotations, we will utilize a number of factors to determine if the quotations are representative of fair value, including the source and number of the quotations. Securities that are not publicly traded or for which market prices are not readily available will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to procedures adopted by, and under the oversight of, the Board of Trustees, based on, among other things, the input of the Adviser and independent third-party valuation firms engaged at the direction of the Board of Trustees to review our investments. The Board of Trustees will review and determine, or (subject to the Board of Trustee’s oversight) delegate to the Adviser to determine, the fair value of each of our investments and our NAV per share each month. See “Determination of Net Asset Value.”


 

12


Table of Contents
Q:

Is there any minimum investment required?

 

A:

The minimum initial investment in Class D and Class S shares is $2,500, and the minimum investment in Class I is $1,000,000. The minimum subsequent investment in our shares is $500 per transaction, except that the minimum subsequent investment amount does not apply to purchases made under our distribution reinvestment plan. In addition, Apollo Global Securities, LLC (the “Intermediary Manager”), an affiliate of the Adviser, may elect to accept smaller investments in its discretion.

 

Q:

What is a “best efforts” offering?

 

A:

This is our initial public offering of our Common Shares on a “best efforts” basis. A “best efforts” offering means the Intermediary Manager and the participating brokers are only required to use their best efforts to sell the shares. When shares are offered to the public on a “best efforts” basis, no underwriter, broker or other person has a firm commitment or obligation to purchase any of the shares. Therefore, we cannot guarantee that any minimum number of shares will be sold.

 

Q:

What is the expected term of this offering?

 

A:

We have registered $5,000,000,000 in Common Shares. It is our intent, however, to conduct a continuous offering for an extended period of time, by filing for additional offerings of our shares, subject to regulatory approval and continued compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and applicable state laws.

We will endeavor to take all reasonable actions to avoid interruptions in the continuous offering of our Common Shares. There can be no assurance, however, that we will not need to suspend our continuous offering while the SEC and, where required, state securities regulators, review such filings for additional offerings of our Common Shares until such filings are declared effective, if at all.

 

Q:

When may I make purchases of shares and at what price?

 

A:

Subscriptions to purchase our Common Shares may be made on an ongoing basis, but after the time we break escrow for this offering, investors may only purchase our Common Shares pursuant to accepted subscription orders effective as of the first day of each month (based on the NAV per share as determined as of the previous day, being the last day of the preceding month), and to be accepted, a subscription request including the full subscription amount must be received in good order at least five business days prior to the first day of the month (unless waived by the Intermediary Manager). During the escrow period, the per share purchase price for our Common Shares will be $25.00.

Notice of each share transaction will be furnished to shareholders (or their financial representatives) as soon as practicable but not later than seven business days after the Fund’s NAV is determined and credited to the shareholder’s account, together with information relevant for personal and tax records. While a shareholder will not know our NAV applicable on the effective date of the share purchase, our NAV applicable to a purchase of shares will be available generally within 20 business days after the effective date of the share purchase; at that time, the number of shares based on that NAV and each shareholder’s purchase will be determined and shares are credited to the shareholder’s account as of the effective date of the share purchase.

See “How to Subscribe” for more details.

 

Q:

When will the NAV per share be available after the escrow period?

 

A:

We will report our NAV per share as of the last day of each month on our website within 20 business days of the last day of each month. Because subscriptions must be submitted at least five business days prior to the first day of each month, you will not know the NAV per share at which you will be subscribing at the time you subscribe.


 

13


Table of Contents

For example, if you are subscribing in October, your subscription must be submitted at least five business days prior to November 1. The purchase price for your shares will be the NAV per share determined as of October 31. The NAV per share as of October 31 will generally be available within 20 business days from October 31.

 

Q:

May I withdraw my subscription request once I have made it?

 

A:

Yes. Subscribers are not committed to purchase shares at the time their subscription orders are submitted and any subscription may be canceled at any time before the time it has been accepted. You may withdraw your purchase request by notifying the transfer agent, through your financial intermediary or directly on our toll-free, automated telephone line, [        ].

 

Q:

When will my subscription be accepted?

 

A:

Completed subscription requests will not be accepted by us any earlier than two business days before the first day of each month.

 

Q:

Will I receive distributions and how often?

 

A:

We expect to pay regular monthly distributions commencing with the first full calendar quarter after the escrow period concludes. Any distributions we make will be at the discretion of our Board of Trustees, considering factors such as our earnings, cash flow, capital needs and general financial condition and the requirements of Delaware law. As a result, our distribution rates and payment frequency may vary from time to time.

Our Board of Trustees’ discretion as to the payment of distributions will be directed, in substantial part, by its determination to cause us to comply with the RIC requirements. To maintain our treatment as a RIC, we generally are required to make aggregate annual distributions to our shareholders of at least 90% of our net investment income. See “Description of our Shares” and “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

The per share amount of distributions on Class S, Class D and Class I shares generally differ because of different class-specific shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees that are deducted from the gross distributions for each share class. Specifically, distributions on Class S shares will be lower than Class D shares, and Class D shares will be lower than Class I shares because we are required to pay higher ongoing shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees with respect to the Class S shares (compared to Class D shares and Class I shares) and we are required to pay higher ongoing shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees with respect to Class D shares (compared to Class I shares).

There is no assurance we will pay distributions in any particular amount, if at all. We may fund any distributions from sources other than cash flow from operations, including the sale of assets, borrowings or return of capital, and although we generally expect to fund distributions from cash flow from operations, we have not established limits on the amounts we may pay from such sources. The extent to which we pay distributions from sources other than cash flow from operations will depend on various factors, including the level of participation in our distribution reinvestment plan, how quickly we invest the proceeds from this and any future offering and the performance of our investments. Funding distributions from the sales of assets, borrowings or return of capital will result in us having less funds available to acquire investments. As a result, the return you realize on your investment may be reduced. Doing so may also negatively impact our ability to generate cash flows. Likewise, funding distributions from the sale of additional securities will dilute your interest in us on a percentage basis and may impact the value of your investment especially if we sell these securities at prices less than the price you paid for your shares. We believe the likelihood that we pay distributions from sources other than cash flow from operations will be higher in the early stages of the offering.


 

14


Table of Contents
Q:

Will the distributions I receive be taxable as ordinary income?

 

A:

Generally, distributions that you receive, including cash distributions that are reinvested pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan, will be taxed as ordinary income to the extent they are paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits. Dividends received will generally not be eligible to be taxed at the lower U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to individuals for “qualified dividends.”

We may designate a portion of distributions as capital gain dividends taxable at capital gain rates to the extent we recognize net capital gains from sales of assets. In addition, a portion of your distributions may be considered return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Amounts considered a return of capital generally will not be subject to tax, but will instead reduce the tax basis of your investment. This, in effect, defers a portion of your tax until your shares are repurchased, you sell your shares or we are liquidated, at which time you generally will be taxed at capital gains rates. Because each investor’s tax position is different, you should consult with your tax advisor. In particular, non-U.S. investors should consult their tax advisors regarding potential withholding taxes on distributions that they receive. See “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

 

Q:

May I reinvest my cash distributions in additional shares?

 

A:

Yes. We have adopted a distribution reinvestment plan whereby shareholders (other than Alabama, Arkansas, Idaho, Kansas, Kentucky, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Nebraska, New Jersey, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Texas, Vermont and Washington investors and clients of certain participating brokers that do not permit automatic enrollment in our distribution reinvestment plan) will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares unless they elect to receive their distributions in cash. Alabama, Arkansas, Idaho, Kansas, Kentucky, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Nebraska, New Jersey, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Texas, Vermont and Washington investors and clients of certain participating brokers that do not permit automatic enrollment in our distribution reinvestment plan will automatically receive their distributions in cash unless they elect to have their cash distributions reinvested in additional Common Shares. If you participate in our distribution reinvestment plan, the cash distributions attributable to the class of shares that you own will be automatically invested in additional Common Shares. The purchase price for shares purchased under our distribution reinvestment plan will be equal to the most recent NAV per share for such shares at the time the distribution is payable. Shareholders will not pay upfront selling commissions when purchasing shares under our distribution reinvestment plan; however, all shares, including those purchased under our distribution reinvestment plan, will be subject to ongoing shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees. Participants may terminate their participation in the distribution reinvestment plan by providing written notice to the Plan Administrator (defined below) five business days in advance of the first calendar day of the next month in order for a shareholder’s termination to be effective for such month. See “Description of Our Shares” and “Distribution Reinvestment Plan.”

 

Q:

Can I request that my shares be repurchased?

 

A:

Yes, subject to limitations. Beginning no later than the first full calendar quarter from the date on which we break escrow for this offering, and at the discretion of our Board of Trustees, we intend to commence a share repurchase program in which we intend to repurchase, in each quarter, up to 5% of our Common Shares outstanding (either by number of shares or aggregate NAV) as of the close of the previous calendar quarter. Our Board of Trustees may amend or suspend the share repurchase program at any time if it deems such action to be in our best interest and the best interest of our shareholders. For example, in accordance with our Board of Trustees’ fiduciary duty to the Fund and shareholders, it may amend or suspend the share repurchase program during periods of market dislocation where selling assets to fund a repurchase could have a materially negative impact on remaining shareholders. As a result, share repurchases may not be available each quarter. Following any such suspension, the Board of Trustees will reinstate the share repurchase program when appropriate and subject to its fiduciary duty to the Fund and shareholders We


 

15


Table of Contents
  intend to conduct such repurchase offers in accordance with the requirements of Rule 13e-4 promulgated under the Exchange Act and the 1940 Act. All shares purchased by us pursuant to the terms of each tender offer will be retired and thereafter will be authorized and unissued shares.

Under our share repurchase plan, to the extent we offer to repurchase shares in any particular quarter, we expect to repurchase shares pursuant to tender offers on or around the last business day of that quarter (the “Repurchase Date”) using a purchase price equal to the NAV per share as of the last calendar day of the applicable quarter, except that shares that have not been outstanding for at least one year will be repurchased at 98% of such NAV (an “Early Repurchase Deduction”). The one-year holding period is measured as of the subscription closing date immediately following the prospective repurchase date. The Early Repurchase Deduction may be waived in the case of repurchase requests arising from the death, divorce or qualified disability of the holder. The Early Repurchase Deduction will be retained by the Fund for the benefit of remaining shareholders.

In the event the amount of shares tendered exceeds the repurchase offer amount, shares will be repurchased on a pro rata basis. All unsatisfied repurchase requests must be resubmitted in the next quarterly tender offer, or upon the recommencement of the share repurchase plan, as applicable.

Most of our assets will consist of instruments that cannot generally be readily liquidated without impacting our ability to realize full value upon their disposition. Therefore, we may not always have sufficient liquid resources to make repurchase offers. In order to provide liquidity for share repurchases, we intend to generally maintain under normal circumstances an allocation to syndicated loans and other liquid investments. We may fund repurchase requests from sources other than cash flow from operations, including the sale of assets, borrowings or return of capital, and although we generally expect to fund distributions from cash flow from operations, we have not established limits on the amounts we may pay from such sources. Should making repurchase offers, in our judgment, place an undue burden on our liquidity, adversely affect our operations or risk having an adverse impact on the company as a whole, or should we otherwise determine that investing our liquid assets in originated loans or other illiquid investments rather than repurchasing our shares is in the best interests of the Fund as a whole, then we may choose to offer to repurchase fewer shares than described above, or none at all. See “Share Repurchase Program.”

 

Q:

Will I be notified of how my investment is doing?

 

A:

Yes. We will provide you with periodic updates on the performance of your investment with us, including:

 

   

three quarterly financial reports and investor statements;

 

   

an annual report;

 

   

in the case of certain U.S. shareholders, an annual Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form 1099-DIV or IRS Form 1099B, if required, and, in the case of non-U.S. shareholders, an annual IRS Form 1042-S;

 

   

confirmation statements (after transactions affecting your balance, except reinvestment of distributions in us and certain transactions through minimum account investment or withdrawal programs); and

 

   

a quarterly statement providing material information regarding your participation in the distribution reinvestment plan and an annual statement providing tax information with respect to income earned on shares under the distribution reinvestment plan for the calendar year.

Depending on legal requirements, we may post this information on our website, [            ], when available, or provide this information to you via U.S. mail or other courier, electronic delivery, or some combination of the foregoing. Information about us will also be available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

In addition, after the escrow period, our monthly NAV per share will be posted on our website promptly after it has become available.


 

16


Table of Contents
Q:

What fees do you pay to the Adviser?

 

A:

Pursuant to the advisory agreement between us and the Adviser (the “Advisory Agreement”), the Adviser is responsible for, among other things, identifying investment opportunities, monitoring our investors and determining the composition of our portfolio. We will pay the Adviser a fee for its services under the Advisory Agreement consisting of two components: a management fee and an incentive fee.

 

   

The management fee is payable monthly in arrears at an annual rate of 1.25% of the value of our net assets as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the applicable month. For the first calendar month in which the Fund has operations, net assets will be measured as the beginning total assets less liabilities as of the date on which the Fund breaks escrow. Substantial additional fees and expenses may also be charged by the Administrator to the Fund, which is an affiliate of the Adviser. In addition, the Adviser has agreed to waive its management fee for the first six months following the date on which we break escrow for this offering. The longer an investor holds our Common Shares during this period, the longer such investor will receive the benefit of this management fee waiver period.

 

   

The incentive fee will consist of two components as follows:

 

   

The first part of the incentive fee is based on income, whereby we will pay the Adviser quarterly in arrears 12.5% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns (as defined below) for each calendar quarter subject to a 5.0% annualized hurdle rate, with a catch-up. The Adviser has agreed to waive the incentive fee based on income for the first six months following the date on which we break escrow for this offering. The longer an investor holds our Common Shares during this period, the longer such investor will receive the benefit of this income based incentive fee waiver period.

 

   

The second part of the incentive fee is based on realized capital gains, whereby we will pay the Adviser at the end of each calendar year in arrears 12.5% of cumulative realized capital gains from inception through the end of such calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid incentive fee on capital gains.

See “Advisory Agreement and Administrative Agreement.”

 

Q:

Who will administer the Fund?

 

A:

Apollo Credit Management, LLC, as our administrator (the “Administrator”), will provide, or oversee the performance of, administrative and compliance services. We will reimburse the Administrator for its costs, expenses and the Fund’s allocable portion of compensation of the Administrator’s personnel and the Administrator’s overhead (including rent, office equipment and utilities) and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its administrative obligations under the administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”). See “Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement—Administration Agreement.”

 

Q:

What are the offering and servicing costs?

 

A:

No upfront sales load will be paid with respect to Class S shares, Class D shares or Class I shares, however, if you buy Class S shares or Class D shares through certain financial intermediaries, they may directly charge you transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, in such amount as they may determine, provided that selling agents limit such charges to a 1.5% cap on NAV for Class D shares and 3.5% cap on NAV for Class S shares. Selling agents will not charge such fees on Class I shares. Please consult your selling agent for additional information.

Subject to Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) limitations on underwriting compensation, we will pay the following shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to the Intermediary Manager:


 

17


Table of Contents
   

For Class S shares, a shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee equal to 0.85% per annum of the aggregate NAV as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the month for the Class S shares and

 

   

For Class D shares, a shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee equal to 0.25% per annum of the aggregate NAV as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the month for the Class D shares, in each case, payable monthly.

 

   

No shareholder servicing or distribution fees will be paid with respect to the Class I shares.

The shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees are similar to sales commissions. The distribution and servicing expenses borne by the participating brokers may be different from and substantially less than the amount of shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees charged. The shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees will be payable to the Intermediary Manager, but the Intermediary Manager anticipates that all or a portion of the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees will be retained by, or reallowed (paid) to, participating brokers. The total amount that will be paid over time for other underwriting compensation depends on the average length of time for which shares remain outstanding, the term over which such amount is measured and the performance of our investments. We will also pay or reimburse certain organization and offering expenses, including, subject to FINRA limitations on underwriting compensation, certain wholesaling expenses. See “Plan of Distribution” and “Estimated Use of Proceeds.” The total underwriting compensation and total organization and offering expenses will not exceed 10% and 15%, respectively, of the gross proceeds from this offering.

The Adviser has agreed to advance all of our organization and offering expenses on our behalf (including legal, accounting, printing, mailing, subscription processing and filing fees and expenses and other offering expenses, including costs associated with technology integration between the Fund’s systems and those of our participating brokers, reasonable bona fide due diligence expenses of participating brokers supported by detailed and itemized invoices, costs in connection with preparing sales materials and other marketing expenses, design and website expenses, fees and expenses of our escrow agent and transfer agent, fees to attend retail seminars sponsored by participating brokers and costs, expenses and reimbursements for travel, meals, accommodations, entertainment and other similar expenses related to meetings or events with prospective investors, brokers, registered investment advisors or financial or other advisors, but excluding the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee) through the date on which we break escrow for this offering. Unless the Adviser elects to cover such expenses pursuant to the Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement we have entered into with the Adviser, we will be obligated to reimburse the Adviser for such advanced expenses upon breaking escrow for this offering. See “Plan of Distribution” and “Plan of Operations—Expenses—Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement.”

 

Q:

What are your expected operating expenses?

 

A:

We expect to incur operating expenses in the form of our management and incentive fees, shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees, interest expense on our borrowings and other expenses, including the expenses we pay to our Administrator. See “Fees and Expenses.”

 

Q:

What are your policies related to conflicts of interests with Apollo and its affiliates?

 

A:

The Adviser, Apollo and their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Firm”) will be subject to certain conflicts of interest with respect to the services the Adviser and the Administrator provide for us and other investment funds, partnerships, limited liability companies, corporations or similar investment vehicles, clients or the assets or investments for the account of any client, or separate account for which, in each case, the Adviser or one or more of its affiliates acts as general partner, manager, managing member, investment adviser, sponsor or in a similar capacity (collectively, including the Fund, “Apollo Clients”). These conflicts will arise primarily from the involvement of the Firm in other activities that may conflict with our activities. You should be aware that individual conflicts will not necessarily be resolved in favor of our interest.


 

18


Table of Contents

See “Potential Conflicts of Interest” for additional information about conflicts of interest that could impact the Fund.

 

Q:

Are there any ERISA considerations in connection with an investment in our shares?

 

A:

We intend to conduct our affairs so that our assets should not be deemed to constitute “plan assets” under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) and certain U.S. Department of Labor regulations promulgated thereunder, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA (the “Plan Asset Regulations”). In this regard, until such time as all classes of the Common Shares are considered “publicly-offered securities” within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations, the Fund intends to limit investment in our Common Shares by “benefit plan investors” to less than 25% of the total value of each class of our Common Shares, within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations.

In addition, each prospective investor that is, or is acting on behalf of any (i) “employee benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (ii) “plan” described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code that is subject to Section 4975 of the Code (including, for example, an individual retirement account and a “Keogh” plan), (iii) plan, account or other arrangement that is subject to the provisions of any other federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of ERISA or the Code (collectively, “Similar Laws”), or (iv) entity whose underlying assets are considered to include the assets of any of the foregoing described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) (each of the foregoing described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) referred to as a “Plan”), must independently determine that our Common Shares are an appropriate investment for the Plan, taking into account its obligations under ERISA, the Code and applicable Similar Laws, and the facts and circumstances of each investing Plan.

Prospective investors should carefully review the matters discussed under Risk Factors—“Risks Related to an Investment in the Shares” and “Restrictions on Share Ownership” and should consult with their own advisors as to the consequences of making an investment in the Fund.

 

Q:

What is the impact of being an “emerging growth company”?

 

A:

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined by the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting and disclosure requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to:

 

   

have an auditor attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley Act”);

 

   

submit certain executive compensation matters to shareholder advisory votes pursuant to the “say on frequency” and “say on pay” provisions (requiring a non-binding shareholder vote to approve compensation of certain executive officers) and the “say on golden parachute” provisions (requiring a non-binding shareholder vote to approve golden parachute arrangements for certain executive officers in connection with mergers and certain other business combinations) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010; or

 

   

disclose certain executive compensation related items, such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company may take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies. This means that an emerging growth company can delay adopting certain accounting standards until such standards are otherwise applicable to private companies.


 

19


Table of Contents

We will remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest of: (1) the last date of the fiscal year during which we had total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more; (2) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt; or (3) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined under Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act.

We do not believe that being an emerging growth company will have a significant impact on our business or this offering. We have elected to opt in to the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards available to emerging growth companies. Also, because we are not a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer under Section 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, and will not be for so long as our Common Shares are not traded on a securities exchange, we will not be subject to auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act even once we are no longer an emerging growth company. In addition, so long as we are externally managed by the Adviser and we do not directly compensate our executive officers, or reimburse the Adviser or its affiliates for the salaries, bonuses, benefits and severance payments for persons who also serve as one of our executive officers or as an executive officer of the Adviser, we do not expect to include disclosures relating to executive compensation in our periodic reports or proxy statements and, as a result, do not expect to be required to seek shareholder approval of executive compensation and golden parachute compensation arrangements pursuant to Section 14A(a) and (b) of the Exchange Act.

 

Q:

When will I get my detailed tax information?

 

A:

In the case of certain U.S. shareholders, we expect your IRS Form 1099-DIV tax information, if required, to be mailed by January 31 of each year.

 

Q:

Who can help answer my questions?

 

A:

If you have more questions about this offering or if you would like additional copies of this prospectus, you should contact your financial adviser or our transfer agent: DST Systems, Inc., 333 W. 11th Street, 5th Floor, Kansas City, MO 64105.


 

20


Table of Contents

FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the costs and expenses that an investor in Common Shares will bear, directly or indirectly. Other expenses are estimated and may vary. Actual expenses may be greater or less than shown.

 

     Class S Shares     Class D Shares     Class I Shares  

Shareholder transaction expenses (fees paid directly from your investment)

      

Maximum sales load(1)

     —       —       —  

Maximum Early Repurchase Deduction(2)

     2.0     2.0     2.0

 

     Class S Shares     Class D Shares     Class I Shares  

Annual expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to our Common Shares)(3)

      

Base management fees(4)

     1.25     1.25     1.25

Incentive fees(5)

     —       —       —  

Shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees(6)

     0.85     0.25     —  

Interest payment on borrowed funds(7)

     4.06     4.06     4.06

Other expenses(8)

     1.45     1.45     1.45

Total annual expenses

     7.61     7.01     6.76

 

(1)

No upfront sales load will be paid with respect to Class S shares, Class D shares or Class I shares, however, if you buy Class S shares or Class D shares through certain financial intermediaries, they may directly charge you transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, in such amount as they may determine, provided that selling agents limit such charges to a 1.5% cap on NAV for Class D shares and 3.5% cap on NAV for Class S shares. Selling agents will not charge such fees on Class I shares. Please consult your selling agent for additional information.

(2)

Under our share repurchase plan, to the extent we offer to repurchase shares in any particular quarter, we expect to repurchase shares pursuant to tender offers on or around the last business day of that quarter using a purchase price equal to the NAV per share as of the last calendar day of the applicable quarter, except that shares that have not been outstanding for at least one year will be repurchased at 98% of such NAV. The one-year holding period is measured as of the subscription closing date immediately following the prospective Repurchase Date. The Early Repurchase Deduction may be waived in the case of repurchase requests arising from the death, divorce or qualified disability of the holder. The Early Repurchase Deduction will be retained by the Fund for the benefit of remaining shareholders.

(3)

Weighted average net assets employed as the denominator for expense ratio computation is $911,000,000. This estimate is based on the assumption that we sell $1,500,000,000 of our Common Shares in the initial 12-month period of the offering following the date we meet the minimum offering requirement. Actual net assets will depend on the number of shares we actually sell, realized gains/losses, unrealized appreciation/ depreciation and share repurchase activity, if any.

(4)

The base management fee paid to our Adviser is calculated at an annual rate of 1.25% on of the value of our net assets as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the applicable month.

(5)

We may have capital gains and investment income that could result in the payment of an incentive fee in the first year of investment operations. The incentive fees, if any, are divided into two parts:

 

   

The first part of the incentive fee is based on income, whereby we will pay the Adviser quarterly in arrears 12.5% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns (as defined below) for each calendar quarter subject to a 5.0% annualized hurdle rate, with a catch-up.

 

   

The second part of the incentive is based on realized capital gains, whereby we will pay the Adviser at the end of each calendar year in arrears 12.5% of cumulative realized capital gains from inception through the end of such calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital

 

21


Table of Contents
 

depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid incentive fee on capital gains.

As we cannot predict whether we will meet the necessary performance targets, we have assumed no incentive fee for this chart. Once fully invested, we expect the incentive fees we pay to increase to the extent we earn greater income or generate capital gains through our investments in portfolio companies. If we achieved an annualized total return of 5% for each quarter made up entirely of net investment income, no incentive fees would be payable to the Adviser because the hurdle rate was not exceeded. If instead we achieved a total return of 5% in a calendar year made up of entirely realized capital gains net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation, an incentive fee equal to 0.63% of our net assets would be payable. See “Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement” for more information concerning the incentive fees.

 

(6)

Subject to FINRA limitations on underwriting compensation, we will also pay the following shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to the Intermediary Manager:

 

   

For Class S shares, a shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee equal to 0.85% per annum of the aggregate NAV as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the month for the Class S shares and

 

   

For Class D shares only, a shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee equal to 0.25% per annum of the aggregate NAV as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the month for the Class D shares, in each case, payable monthly.

 

   

No shareholder servicing fees will be paid with respect to the Class I shares.

The total amount that will be paid over time for other underwriting compensation depends on the average length of time for which shares remain outstanding, the term over which such amount is measured and the performance of our investments. We will cease paying the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee on the Class S shares and Class D shares on the earlier to occur of the following:

 

  (i)

a listing of Class I shares,

 

  (ii)

our merger or consolidation with or into another entity, or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets or

 

  (iii)

the date following the completion of the primary portion of this offering on which, in the aggregate, underwriting compensation from all sources in connection with this offering, including the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee and other underwriting compensation, is equal to 10% of the gross proceeds from our primary offering.

In addition, consistent with the exemptive relief allowing us to offer multiple classes of shares, at the end of the month in which the Intermediary Manager in conjunction with the transfer agent determines that total transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, and shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees paid with respect to the shares held in a shareholder’s account would exceed, in the aggregate, 10% of the gross proceeds from the sale of such shares (or a lower limit as determined by the Intermediary Manager or the applicable selling agent), we will cease paying the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee on the Class S shares and Class D shares in such shareholder’s account. Compensation paid with respect to the shares in a shareholder’s account will be allocated among each share such that the compensation paid with respect to each individual share will not exceed 10% of the offering price of such share. We may modify this requirement in a manner that is consistent with applicable exemptive relief. At the end of such month, the Class S shares or Class D shares in such shareholder’s account will convert into a number of Class I shares (including any fractional shares), with an equivalent aggregate NAV as such Class S or Class D shares. See “Plan of Distribution” and “Estimated Use of Proceeds.” The total underwriting compensation and total organization and offering expenses will not exceed 10% and 15%, respectively, of the gross proceeds from this offering.

(7)

We may borrow funds to make investments, including before we have fully invested the proceeds of this continuous offering. To the extent that we determine it is appropriate to borrow funds to make investments, the costs associated with such borrowing will be indirectly borne by shareholders. The figure in the table

 

22


Table of Contents
  assumes that we borrow for investment purposes an amount equal to 125% of our weighted average net assets in the initial 12-month period of the offering after we meet the minimum offering requirement, and that the average annual cost of borrowings, including the amortization of cost associated with obtaining borrowings and unused commitment fees, on the amount borrowed is 3.25%. Our ability to incur leverage during the 12 months following the commencement of this offering depends, in large part, on whether we meet our minimum offering requirement, the amount of money we are able to raise through the sale of shares registered in this offering and the availability of financing in the market.
(8)

“Other expenses” include, but are not limited to, accounting, legal and auditing fees, reimbursement of expenses to our Administrator, organization and offering expenses and fees payable to our Trustees, as discussed in “Plan of Operation.” The amount presented in the table estimates the amounts we expect to pay during the initial 12-month period of the offering following the date we meet our minimum offering requirement.

We have entered into an Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement with the Adviser. The Adviser may elect to pay certain of our expenses on our behalf, including organization and offering expenses, provided that no portion of the payment will be used to pay any interest expense or shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees of the Fund. Any Expense Payment that the Adviser has committed to pay must be paid by the Adviser to us in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds no later than forty-five days after such commitment was made in writing, and/or offset against amounts due from us to the Adviser or its affiliates. If the Adviser elects to pay certain of our expenses, the Adviser will be entitled to reimbursement of such expenses from us if Available Operating Funds (as defined below) exceed the cumulative distributions accrued to the Fund’s shareholders. See “Plan of Operations—Expenses—Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement” for additional information regarding the Expense Support Agreement. Because the Adviser’s obligation to pay certain of our expenses is voluntary, the table above does not reflect the impact of any expense support from the Adviser.

Example: We have provided an example of the projected dollar amount of total expenses that would be incurred over various periods with respect to a hypothetical $1,000 investment in each class of our Common Shares. In calculating the following expense amounts, we have assumed that:

 

  (1)

that our annual operating expenses and offering expenses remain at the levels set forth in the table above, except to reduce annual expenses upon completion of organization and offering expenses,

 

  (2)

that the annual return before fees and expenses is 5.0%,

 

  (3)

that the net return after payment of fees and expenses is distributed to shareholders and reinvested at NAV and

 

  (4)

your financial intermediary does not directly charge you transaction or other fees.

Class S shares

 

Return Assumption

   1 Year      3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  

You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5.0% annual return from net investment income:

     75        212        343        646  

Total expenses assuming a 5.0% annual return solely from net realized capital gains:

     81        228        366        680  

Class D shares

 

Return Assumption

   1
Year
     3
Years
     5
Years
     10
Years
 

You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5.0% annual return from net investment income:

     69        196        319        610  

Total expenses assuming a 5.0% annual return solely from net realized capital gains:

     75        212        344        647  

 

23


Table of Contents

Class I shares

 

Return Assumption

   1
Year
     3
Years
     5
Years
     10
Years
 

You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5.0% annual return from net investment income:

     67        190        309        594  

Total expenses assuming a 5.0% annual return solely from net realized capital gains:

     73        206        334        632  

While the examples assume a 5.0% annual return on investment before fees and expenses, our performance will vary and may result in an annual return that is greater or less than this. These examples should not be considered a representation of your future expenses. If we achieve sufficient returns on our investments to trigger a quarterly incentive fee on income and/or if we achieve net realized capital gains in excess of 5.0%, both our returns to our shareholders and our expenses would be higher. See “Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement” for information concerning incentive fees.

 

24


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Common Shares involves a number of significant risks. The following information is a discussion of the material risk factors associated with an investment in our Common Shares specifically, as well as those factors generally associated with an investment in a company with investment objectives, investment policies, capital structure or traders markets similar to ours. In addition to the other information contained in this prospectus, you should consider carefully the following information before making an investment in our Common Shares. The risks below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not presently deemed material by us may also impair our operations and performance. If any of the following events occur our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In such cases, the NAV of our Common Shares could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Structure

We are a new company and have no operating history.

The Fund is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that will elect to be regulated as a BDC with no operating history. As a result, prospective investors have no track record or history on which to base their investment decision. We are subject to the business risks and uncertainties associated with recently formed businesses, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objective and the value of a shareholder’s investment could decline substantially or become worthless. Further, the Adviser has not previously offered a non-traded business development company. While we believe that the past professional experiences of the Adviser’s investment team, including investment and financial experience of the Adviser’s senior management, will increase the likelihood that the Adviser will be able to manage the Fund successfully, there can be no assurance that this will be the case.

Our Board of Trustees may change our operating policies and strategies without prior notice or shareholder approval, the effects of which may be adverse to our results of operations and financial condition.

Our Board of Trustees has the authority to modify or waive our current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies without prior notice and without shareholder approval. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies would have on our business, NAV, operating results and value of our shares. However, the effects might be adverse, which could negatively impact our ability to pay you distributions and cause you to lose all or part of your investment. Moreover, we have significant flexibility in investing the net proceeds from our continuous offering and may use the net proceeds from our continuous offering in ways with which investors may not agree or for purposes other than those contemplated in this Registration Statement.

Our Board of Trustees may amend our Declaration of Trust without prior shareholder approval.

Our Board of Trustees may, without shareholder vote, subject to certain exceptions, amend or otherwise supplement the Declaration of Trust by making an amendment, a Declaration of Trust supplemental thereto or an amended and restated Declaration of Trust, including without limitation to classify the Board of Trustees, to impose advance notice bylaw provisions for Trustee nominations or for shareholder proposals, to require super-majority approval of transactions with significant shareholders or other provisions that may be characterized as anti-takeover in nature.

Price declines in the medium- and large-sized U.S. corporate debt market may adversely affect the fair value of our portfolio, reducing our NAV through increased net unrealized depreciation.

Conditions in the medium- and large-sized U.S. corporate debt market may deteriorate, as seen during the recent financial crisis related to COVID-19, which may cause pricing levels to similarly decline or be volatile. As

 

25


Table of Contents

a result, our NAV could decline through an increase in unrealized depreciation and incurrence of realized losses in connection with the sale of our investments, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to achieve our investment objective depends on the ability of the Adviser to manage and support our investment process. If the Adviser or Apollo were to lose any members of their respective senior management teams, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed.

Since we have no employees, we depend on the investment expertise, skill and network of business contacts of the broader networks of the Adviser and its affiliates. The Adviser evaluates, negotiates, structures, executes, monitors and services our investments. Our future success depends to a significant extent on the continued service and coordination of Apollo and its senior management team. The departure of any members of Apollo’s senior management team could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective.

Our ability to achieve our investment objective depends on the Adviser’s ability to identify and analyze, and to invest in, finance and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria. The Adviser’s capabilities in structuring the investment process, providing competent, attentive and efficient services to us, and facilitating access to financing on acceptable terms depend on the employment of investment professionals in an adequate number and of adequate sophistication to match the corresponding flow of transactions. To achieve our investment objective, the Adviser may need to hire, train, supervise and manage new investment professionals to participate in our investment selection and monitoring process. The Adviser may not be able to find investment professionals in a timely manner or at all. Failure to support our investment process could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Advisory Agreement has been approved pursuant to Section 15 of the 1940 Act. In addition, the Advisory Agreement has termination provisions that allow the parties to terminate the agreement. The Advisory Agreement may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by us upon 60 days’ written notice or by the Adviser upon 120 days’ written notice. If the Advisory Agreement is terminated, it may adversely affect the quality of our investment opportunities. In addition, in the event the Advisory Agreement is terminated, it may be difficult for us to replace the Adviser.

Our financial condition, business and results of operations, as well as our ability to meet our payment obligations under future indebtedness, if any, and pay distributions, are likely to be adversely affected, and the value of our Common Shares may decline.

Because our business model depends to a significant extent upon relationships with private equity sponsors, investment banks and commercial banks, the inability of the Adviser to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.

The Adviser depends on the broader Apollo relationships with private equity sponsors, investment banks and commercial banks, and we rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide us with potential investment opportunities. If the Adviser or its organizations fail to maintain their existing relationships or develop new relationships with other sponsors or sources of investment opportunities, we may not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom the Adviser or its broader organizations have relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities, and, therefore, there is no assurance that such relationships will generate investment opportunities for us.

We may face increasing competition for investment opportunities, which could delay deployment of our capital, reduce returns and result in losses.

We will compete for investments with other BDCs and investment funds (including private equity funds, mezzanine funds, performing and other credit funds, and funds that invest in CLOs, structured notes, derivatives

 

26


Table of Contents

and other types of collateralized securities and structured products), as well as traditional financial services companies such as commercial banks and other sources of funding. These other BDCs and investment funds might be reasonable investment alternatives to us and may be less costly or complex with fewer and/or different risks than we have. Moreover, alternative investment vehicles, such as hedge funds, have begun to invest in areas in which they have not traditionally invested, including making investments in large private U.S. companies. As a result of these new entrants, competition for investment opportunities in large private U.S. borrowers may intensify. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of capital and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments than we have. These characteristics could allow our competitors to consider a wider variety of investments, establish more relationships and offer better pricing and more flexible structuring than we are able to do. We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms or structure. If we are forced to match our competitors’ pricing, terms or structure, we may not be able to achieve acceptable returns on our investments or may bear substantial risk of capital loss.

As required by the 1940 Act, a significant portion of our investment portfolio is and will be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith and, as a result, there is and will be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.

Under the 1940 Act, we are required to carry our portfolio investments at market value or, if there is no readily available market value, at fair value as determined pursuant to policies adopted by, and subject to the oversight of, our Board of Trustees. There is not a public market for the securities of the privately-held companies in which we invest. Most of our investments will not be publicly-traded or actively traded on a secondary market. As a result, we value these securities quarterly at fair value as determined in good faith as required by the 1940 Act. In connection with striking a NAV as of the last day of a month that is not also the last day of a calendar quarter, the Fund will consider whether there has been a material change to such investments as to affect their fair value, but such analysis will be more limited than the quarter end process.

As part of our valuation process, we will take into account relevant factors in determining the fair value of the Fund’s investments without market quotations, many of which are loans, including and in combination, as relevant: (i) the estimated enterprise value of a portfolio company, (ii) the nature and realizable value of any collateral, (iii) the portfolio company’s ability to make payments based on its earnings and cash flow, (iv) the markets in which the portfolio company does business, (v) a comparison of the portfolio company’s securities to any similar publicly traded securities, and (vi) overall changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets that may affect the price at which similar investments may be made in the future. Our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these non-traded securities existed. Due to this uncertainty, our fair value determinations may cause our NAV on a given date to materially differ from the value that we may ultimately realize upon the sale of one or more of our investments.

There is a risk that investors in our shares may not receive distributions or that our distributions may decrease over time.

We may not achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified or stable level of cash distributions and our distributions may decrease over time. In addition, due to the asset coverage test applicable to us as a BDC, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions.

The amount of any distributions we may make is uncertain. Our distributions may exceed our earnings, particularly during the period before we have substantially invested the net proceeds from our public offering. Therefore, portions of the distributions that we make may represent a return of capital to you that will lower your tax basis in your shares and reduce the amount of funds we have for investment in targeted assets.

We may fund our cash distributions to shareholders from any sources of funds available to us, including borrowings, net investment income from operations, capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets, non-capital

 

27


Table of Contents

gains proceeds from the sale of assets, dividends or other distributions paid to us on account of preferred and common equity investments in portfolio companies and fee and expense reimbursement waivers from the Adviser or the Administrator, if any. Our ability to pay distributions might be adversely affected by, among other things, the impact of one or more of the risk factors described in this registration statement. In addition, the inability to satisfy the asset coverage test applicable to us as a BDC may limit our ability to pay distributions. All distributions are and will be paid at the discretion of our Board of Trustees and will depend on our earnings, our financial condition, maintenance of our RIC status, compliance with applicable BDC regulations and such other factors as our Board of Trustees may deem relevant from time to time. We cannot assure you that we will continue to pay distributions to our shareholders in the future. In the event that we encounter delays in locating suitable investment opportunities, we may pay all or a substantial portion of our distributions from borrowings or sources other than cash flow from operations in anticipation of future cash flow, which may constitute a return of your capital. A return of capital is a return of your investment, rather than a return of earnings or gains derived from our investment activities.

Our distributions to shareholders may be funded from expense reimbursements or waivers of investment advisory fees that are subject to repayment pursuant to our Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement.

Substantial portions of our distributions may be funded through the reimbursement of certain expenses by our Adviser and its affiliates, including through the waiver of certain investment advisory fees by our Adviser. Any such distributions funded through expense reimbursements or waivers of advisory fees will not be based on our investment performance, and can only be sustained if we achieve positive investment performance in future periods and/or our Adviser and its affiliates continue to make such reimbursements or waivers of such fees. Our future repayments of amounts reimbursed or waived by our Adviser or its affiliates will reduce the distributions that shareholders would otherwise receive in the future. There can be no assurance that we will achieve the performance necessary to be able to pay distributions at a specific rate or at all. Our Adviser and its affiliates have no obligation to waive advisory fees or otherwise reimburse expenses in future periods.

We have not established any limit on the amount of funds we may use from available sources, such as borrowings, if any, or proceeds from this offering, to fund distributions (which may reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in assets).

We intend to generally fund distributions from operating cash flow in the ordinary course. However, shareholders should understand that we may make distributions from sources other than cash flow from operations or relying on fee or expense reimbursement waivers, if any, from the Adviser of the Administrator and that such distributions are not based on our investment performance, and can only be sustained if we achieve positive investment performance in future periods and/or the Adviser or the Administrator continues to makes such expense reimbursements, if any. The extent to which we pay distributions from sources other than cash flow from operations will depend on various factors, including the level of participation in our distribution reinvestment plan, how quickly we invest the proceeds from this and any future offering and the performance of our investments. To the extent that we borrow to fund distributions, the payment of interest on such borrowings will decrease the Fund’s NAV, which would also cause the price per share in this offering to decrease. Shareholders should also understand that our future repayments to the Adviser or any lender will reduce the distributions that they would otherwise receive. Further, the per share amount of distributions on Class S, Class D and Class I shares may differ because of different allocations of class-specific expenses. For example, distributions on Class S and Class D shares will be lower than on Class I shares because Class S and Class D shares are subject to different shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees. There can be no assurance that we will achieve such performance in order to sustain these distributions, or be able to pay distributions at all. The Adviser and the Administrator have no obligation to waive fees or receipt of expense reimbursements, if any.

 

28


Table of Contents

Although we expect to adopt a share repurchase program, we have discretion to not repurchase your shares or to suspend the program.

Our Board of Trustees may amend or suspend the share repurchase program at any time in its discretion. For example, in accordance with our Board of Trustees’ fiduciary duty to the Fund and shareholders, it may amend or suspend the share repurchase program during periods of market dislocation where selling assets to fund a repurchase could have a materially negative impact on remaining shareholders. You may not be able to sell your shares on a timely basis in the event our Board of Trustees amends or suspends the share repurchase program, absent a liquidity event, and we currently do not intend to undertake a liquidity event, and we are not obligated by our charter or otherwise to effect a liquidity event at any time. Following any such suspension, the Board of Trustees will reinstate the share repurchase program when appropriate and subject to its fiduciary duty to the Fund and shareholders. We will notify you of such developments in our quarterly reports or other filings. If less than the full amount of Common Shares requested to be repurchased in any given repurchase offer are repurchased, funds will be allocated pro rata based on the total number of Common Shares being repurchased without regard to class. The share repurchase program has many limitations and should not be considered a guaranteed method to sell shares promptly or at a desired price.

The timing of our repurchase offers pursuant to our share repurchase program may be at a time that is disadvantageous to our shareholders.

In the event a shareholder chooses to participate in our share repurchase program, the shareholder will be required to provide us with notice of intent to participate prior to knowing what the NAV per share of the class of shares being repurchased will be on the Repurchase Date. Although a shareholder will have the ability to withdraw a repurchase request prior to the Repurchase Date, to the extent a shareholder seeks to sell shares to us as part of our periodic share repurchase program, the shareholder will be required to do so without knowledge of what the repurchase price of our shares will be on the Repurchase Date.

As a public company, we are subject to regulations not applicable to private companies, such as provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Efforts to comply with such regulations will involve significant expenditures, and non-compliance with such regulations may adversely affect us.

As a public company, we are subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the related rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC. Our management is required to report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We are required to review on an annual basis our internal control over financial reporting, and on a quarterly and annual basis to evaluate and disclose changes in our internal control over financial reporting. As a relatively new company, developing and maintaining an effective system of internal controls may require significant expenditures, which may negatively impact our financial performance and our ability to make distributions. This process also will result in a diversion of our management’s time and attention. We cannot be certain of when our evaluation, testing and remediation actions will be completed or the impact of the same on our operations. In addition, we may be unable to ensure that the process is effective or that our internal controls over financial reporting are or will be effective in a timely manner. In the event that we are unable to develop or maintain an effective system of internal controls and maintain or achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules, we may be adversely affected.

We are not required to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including the internal control evaluation and certification requirements of Section 404, and will not be required to comply with all of those requirements until we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the 1934 Act for a specified period of time or the date we are no longer an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act. Accordingly, our internal controls over financial reporting do not currently meet all of the standards contemplated by Section 404 that we will eventually be required to meet. We are in the process of addressing our internal controls over financial reporting and are establishing formal procedures, policies, processes and practices related to financial reporting and to the identification of key financial reporting risks, assessment of their potential impact and linkage of those risks to specific areas and activities within the Fund.

 

29


Table of Contents

Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or the date we are no longer an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act. Because we do not currently have comprehensive documentation of our internal controls and have not yet tested our internal controls in accordance with Section 404, we cannot conclude in accordance with Section 404 that we do not have a material weakness in our internal controls or a combination of significant deficiencies that could result in the conclusion that we have a material weakness in our internal controls.

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly results.

We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to a number of factors, including our ability or inability to make investments in companies that meet our investment criteria, the interest rate payable on the loans or other debt securities we originate or acquire, the level of our expenses (including our borrowing costs), variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any previous period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.

General economic conditions could adversely affect the performance of our investments.

The global growth cycle is in a mature phase and signs of slowdown are evident in certain regions around the world, although most economists continue to expect moderate economic growth in the near term, with limited signals of an imminent recession in the U.S. as consumer and government spending remain healthy. Although the broader outlook remains constructive and progress was made on trade, including a phase one deal with China and the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement, geopolitical instability continues to pose risk. In particular, the recent outbreak of COVID-19 in many countries, which is a rapidly evolving situation, has disrupted global travel and supply chains, and has adversely impacted global commercial activity and a number of industries, such as transportation, hospitality and entertainment. The rapid development and fluidity of this situation precludes any prediction as to the ultimate adverse impact of COVID-19, or any future pandemics that may arise, which may have a continued adverse impact on economic and market conditions, and may lead to significant declines in corporate earnings or loan performance, and the ability of corporate borrowers to service their debt, any of which could trigger a period of global economic slowdown, and have an adverse impact on the performance and financial results of the Fund, and the value and the liquidity of the shares.

We may be impacted by general European economic conditions.

The success of our investment activities could be affected by general economic and market conditions in Europe and in the rest of the world, as well as by changes in applicable laws and regulations (including laws relating to taxation of our investments), trade barriers, currency exchange controls, rate of inflation, currency depreciation, asset re-investment, resource self-sufficiency and national and international political and socioeconomic circumstances in respect of the European and other non-U.S. countries in which we may invest. These factors will affect the level and volatility of securities prices and the liquidity of the Fund’s investments, which could impair our profitability or result in losses. General fluctuations in the market prices of securities and interest rates may affect our investment opportunities and the value of our investments. We may maintain substantial trading positions that can be adversely affected by the level of volatility in the financial markets; the larger the positions, the greater the potential for loss. Declines in the performance of national economies or the credit markets in certain jurisdictions have had a negative impact on general economic and market conditions globally, and as a result, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Adviser’s financial condition may be adversely affected by a significant general economic downturn and it may be subject to legal, regulatory, reputational and other unforeseen risks that could have a material adverse effect on the Adviser’s businesses and operations (including those of the Fund). A recession, slowdown and/or sustained downturn in the global economy (or any particular segment thereof) could have a pronounced

 

30


Table of Contents

impact on the Fund and could adversely affect the Fund’s profitability, impede the ability of the Fund’s portfolio companies to perform under or refinance their existing obligations and impair the Fund’s ability to effectively deploy its capital or realize its investments on favorable terms.

In addition, economic problems in a single country are increasingly affecting other markets and economies. A continuation of this trend could adversely affect global economic conditions and world markets and, in turn, could adversely affect the Fund’s performance.

Any of the foregoing events could result in substantial or total losses to the Fund in respect of certain investments, which losses will likely be exacerbated by the presence of leverage in a portfolio company’s capital structure.

It may be difficult to bring suit or foreclosure in non-U.S. countries.

Because the effectiveness of the judicial systems in the countries in which the Fund may invest varies, the Fund (or any portfolio company) may have difficulty in foreclosing or successfully pursuing claims in the courts of such countries, as compared to the United States or other countries. Further, to the extent the Fund or a portfolio company may obtain a judgment but is required to seek its enforcement in the courts of one of these countries in which the Fund invests, there can be no assurance that such courts will enforce such judgment. The laws of other countries often lack the sophistication and consistency found in the United States with respect to foreclosure, bankruptcy, corporate reorganization or creditors’ rights.

The nature of bankruptcy proceedings may impact the value of the Fund’s investments.

A portfolio company may become involved in a reorganization, bankruptcy or other proceeding. In any such event, the Fund may lose its entire investment, may be required to accept cash or securities or assets with a value less than the Fund’s original investment and/or may be required to accept payment over an extended period of time.

In the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of an obligor, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to the Fund’s investments would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before the Fund receives any distributions in respect of its investments. After repaying the senior creditors, such obligor may not have any remaining assets to repay its obligations to the Fund. In the case of debt ranking equally with the loans or debt securities in which the Fund invests, the Fund would have to share on an equal basis any distributions with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant investee company. Each jurisdiction in which the Fund invests has its own insolvency laws. As a result, investments in similarly situated investee companies in different jurisdictions may well confer different rights in the event of insolvency.

A portfolio company that becomes distressed or any distressed asset received by the Fund in a restructuring would require active monitoring. Involvement by the Adviser in a company’s reorganization proceedings could result in the imposition of restrictions limiting the Fund’s ability to liquidate its position therein. Bankruptcy proceedings involve a number of significant risks. Many of the events within a bankruptcy litigation are adversarial and often beyond the control of the creditors. While creditors generally are afforded an opportunity to object to significant actions, there can be no assurance that a bankruptcy court would not approve actions which may be contrary to the interests of the Fund, particularly in those jurisdictions which give a comparatively high priority to preserving the debtor company as a going concern, or to protecting the interests of either creditors with higher ranking claims in bankruptcy or of other stakeholders, such as employees.

Generally, the duration of a bankruptcy case can only be roughly estimated. The reorganization of a company usually involves the development and negotiation of a plan of reorganization, plan approval by creditors and confirmation by the bankruptcy court. This process can involve substantial legal, professional and

 

31


Table of Contents

administrative costs to the company and the Fund; it is subject to unpredictable and lengthy delays, particularly in jurisdictions which do not have specialized insolvency courts or judges and/or may have a higher risk of political interference in insolvency proceedings, all of which may have adverse consequences for the Fund. During such process, the company’s competitive position may erode, key management may depart and the company may not be able to invest adequately. In some cases, the company may not be able to reorganize and may be required to liquidate assets. Although the Fund will invest only in debt, the debt of companies in financial reorganization will, in most cases, not pay current interest, may not accrue interest during reorganization and may be adversely affected by an erosion of the issuer’s fundamental values. Such investments can result in a total loss of principal.

One of the protections offered in certain jurisdictions in bankruptcy proceedings is a stay on required payments by the borrower on loans or other securities. When a portfolio company or other issuer seeks relief under the bankruptcy laws of a particular jurisdiction (or has a petition filed against it), an automatic stay prevents all entities, including creditors, from foreclosing or taking other actions to enforce claims, perfect liens or reach collateral securing such claims. Creditors who have claims against the issuer prior to the date of the bankruptcy filing must generally petition the court to permit them to take any action to protect or enforce their claims or their rights in any collateral. Such creditors may be prohibited from doing so if the court concludes that the value of the property in which the creditor has an interest will be “adequately protected” during the proceedings. If the bankruptcy court’s assessment of adequate protection is inaccurate, a creditor’s collateral may be wasted without the creditor being afforded the opportunity to preserve it. Thus, even if the Fund holds a secured claim, it may be prevented from collecting the liquidation value of the collateral securing its debt, unless relief from the automatic stay is granted by the court. If relief from the stay is not granted, the Fund may not realize a distribution on account of its secured claim until a plan of reorganization or liquidation for the debtor is confirmed. Bankruptcy proceedings are inherently litigious, time consuming, highly complex and driven extensively by facts and circumstances, which can result in challenges in predicting outcomes. The equitable power of bankruptcy judges also can result in uncertainty as to the ultimate resolution of claims. A stay on payments to be made on the assets of the Fund could adversely affect the value of those assets and the Fund itself. Other protections in such proceedings may include forgiveness of debt, the ability to create super-priority liens in favor of certain creditors of the debtor and certain well-defined claims procedures. Additionally, the numerous risks inherent in the insolvency process create a potential risk of loss by the Fund of its entire investment in any particular issuer. Insolvency laws may, in certain jurisdictions, result in a restructuring of the debt without the Fund’s consent under the “cramdown” provisions of applicable insolvency laws and may also result in a discharge of all or part of the debt without payment to the Fund.

Security interests held by creditors are closely scrutinized and frequently challenged in bankruptcy proceedings and may be invalidated for a variety of reasons. For example, security interests may be set aside because, as a technical matter, they have not been perfected properly under applicable law. If a security interest is invalidated, the secured creditor loses the value of the collateral and because loss of the secured status causes the claim to be treated as an unsecured claim, the holder of such claim will be more likely to experience a significant loss of its investment. There can be no assurance that the security interests securing the Fund’s claims will not be challenged vigorously and found defective in some respect, or that the Fund will be able to prevail against the challenge. As such, investments in issuers involved in such proceedings could subject the Fund to certain additional potential liabilities that may exceed the value of the Fund’s original investment therein.

Moreover, under applicable bankruptcy law, debt may be disallowed or subordinated to the claims of other creditors if the creditor is found guilty of certain inequitable conduct resulting in harm to other parties with respect to the affairs of a company or other issuer filing for protection from creditors. In addition, creditors’ claims may be treated as equity if they are deemed to be contributions to capital, or if a creditor attempts to control the outcome of the business affairs of an issuer prior to its filing under such laws. If a creditor is found to have interfered with an issuer’s affairs to the detriment of other creditors or shareholders, the creditor may be held liable for damages to injured parties. There can be no assurance that claims for equitable subordination or creditor liability will not be asserted with respect to the Fund’s portfolio investments.

 

32


Table of Contents

While the challenges to liens and debt normally occur in a bankruptcy proceeding, the conditions or conduct that would lead to an attack in a bankruptcy proceeding could in certain circumstances result in actions brought by other creditors of the debtor, shareholders of the debtor or even the debtor itself in other U.S. state or U.S. federal proceedings, including pursuant to state fraudulent transfer laws. As is the case in a bankruptcy proceeding, there can be no assurance that such claims will not be asserted or that the Fund will be able successfully to defend against them. To the extent that the Fund assumes an active role in any legal proceeding involving the debtor, the Fund may be prevented from disposing of securities issued by the debtor due to the Fund’s possession of material, non-public information concerning the debtor.

U.S. bankruptcy law permits the classification of “substantially similar” claims in determining the classification of claims in a reorganization for purpose of voting on a plan of reorganization. Because the standard for classification is vague, there exists a significant risk that the Fund’s influence with respect to a class of claims can be lost by the inflation of the number and the amount of claims in, or other gerrymandering of, the class. In addition, certain administrative costs and claims that have priority by law over the claims of certain creditors (for example, claims for taxes) may be quite high.

The insolvency of a portfolio company and related proceedings there may be a materially adverse effect on the performance of the Fund.

If a court in a lawsuit brought by a creditor or representative of creditors (such as a trustee in bankruptcy) of a portfolio company were to find that:

 

  (a)

the portfolio company did not receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value for incurring the indebtedness evidenced by the securities that the company issued to the Fund and

 

  (b)

after giving effect to such indebtedness and the use of the proceeds thereof, the portfolio company

 

  (i)

was insolvent,

 

  (ii)

was engaged in a business for which its remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital or

 

  (iii)

intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature, such court could

 

  1.

invalidate, in whole or in part, such indebtedness as a fraudulent conveyance,

 

  2.

subordinate such indebtedness to existing or future creditors of the obligor or

 

  3.

recover amounts previously paid by the portfolio company to the Fund and/or proceeds with respect to such securities previously applied by the Fund, in each case, in satisfaction of such indebtedness.

In addition, upon the insolvency of a portfolio company, payments that such portfolio company made to the Fund may be subject to avoidance, cancellation and/or clawback as a “preference” if made within a certain period of time (which may be as long as two years) before insolvency. There can be no assurance as to what standard a court would apply in order to determine whether the company was “insolvent” or that, regardless of the method of valuation, a court would not determine that the company was “insolvent,” in each case, after giving effect to the indebtedness evidenced by the securities held by the Fund and the use of the proceeds thereof.

In general, if payments are voidable, whether as fraudulent conveyances, extortionate transactions or preferences, such payments may be recaptured either from the initial recipient (such as the Fund) or from subsequent transferees of such payments, including the shareholders. To the extent that any such amounts are recaptured from the Fund, there may be a materially adverse effect on the performance of the Fund.

The above discussion is based upon U.S. federal and state laws. Insofar as investments that are obligations of non-U.S. obligors are concerned, the laws of non-U.S. jurisdictions may provide for avoidance remedies under factual circumstances similar to those described above, with consequences that may or may not be analogous to those described above under U.S. federal and state laws.

 

33


Table of Contents

The Fund may invest in portfolio companies whose capital structures may have significant leverage, which may impair these companies’ ability to finance their future operations and capital needs.

While investments in leveraged companies offer the potential opportunity for capital appreciation, such investments also involve a higher degree of risk as a result of recessions, operating problems and other general business and economic risks that may have a more pronounced effect on the profitability or survival of such companies. Such investments are inherently more sensitive to declines in revenues, competitive pressures and increases in expenses. Moreover, rising interest rates may significantly increase portfolio companies’ interest expense, causing losses and/or the inability to service debt levels. Leverage magnifies gains and losses attributable to other investment policies and practices, such as investing in below investment grade instruments. If a portfolio company cannot generate adequate cash flow to meet debt obligations, the portfolio company may default on its loan agreements or be forced into bankruptcy resulting in a restructuring of the company’s capital structure or liquidation of the company, and the Fund may suffer a partial or total loss of capital invested in the portfolio company. Furthermore, to the extent companies in which the Fund has invested become insolvent, the Fund may determine, in cooperation with other debt holders or on its own, to engage, at the Fund’s expense in whole or in part, counsel and other advisors in connection therewith. In addition to leverage in the capital structure of portfolio companies, the Fund may incur leverage.

We are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our shares less attractive to investors.

We will be and we will remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act until the earlier of:

 

  (a)

the last day of the fiscal year (i) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our initial public offering, (ii) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (iii) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the date of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and

 

  (b)

the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company,” we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We cannot predict if investors will find our shares less attractive because we will rely on some or all of these exemptions. If some investors find our shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our shares and our share price may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the 1933 Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We will take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, which may make it more difficult for investors and securities analysts to evaluate us since our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates and may result in less investor confidence.

Any unrealized losses we experience on our portfolio may be an indication of future realized losses, which could reduce our income available for distribution.

As a BDC, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at the fair value as determined in good faith by our Board of Trustees. Decreases in the market value or fair value

 

34


Table of Contents

of our investments relative to amortized cost will be recorded as unrealized depreciation. Any unrealized losses in our portfolio could be an indication of a portfolio company’s inability to meet its repayment obligations to us with respect to the affected loans. This could result in realized losses in the future and ultimately in reductions of our income available for distribution in future periods. In addition, decreases in the market value or fair value of our investments will reduce our NAV.

Terrorist attacks, acts of war, global health emergencies or natural disasters may adversely affect our operations.

Terrorist acts, acts of war, global health emergencies or natural disasters may disrupt our operations, as well as the operations of the businesses in which we invest. Such acts have created, and continue to create, economic and political uncertainties and have contributed to recent global economic instability. Future terrorist activities, military or security operations, global health emergencies or natural disasters could further weaken the domestic/global economies and create additional uncertainties, which may negatively impact the businesses in which we invest directly or indirectly and, in turn, could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition. Losses from terrorist attacks, global health emergencies or natural disasters are generally uninsurable.

Force Majeure events may adversely affect our operations.

The Fund may be affected by force majeure events (e.g., acts of God, fire, flood, earthquakes, outbreaks of an infectious disease, pandemic or any other serious public health concern, war, terrorism, nationalization of industry and labor strikes). Force majeure events could adversely affect the ability of the Fund or a counterparty to perform its obligations. The liability and cost arising out of a failure to perform obligations as a result of a force majeure event could be considerable and could be borne by the Fund. Certain force majeure events, such as war or an outbreak of an infectious disease, could have a broader negative impact on the global or local economy, thereby affecting the Fund. Additionally, a major governmental intervention into industry, including the nationalization of an industry or the assertion of control, could result in a loss to the Fund if an investment is affected, and any compensation provided by the relevant government may not be adequate.

The current outbreak of the novel coronavirus, or COVID-19, has caused severe disruptions in the U.S. and global economy and is expected to have a materially adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

During the first quarter of 2020, there was a global outbreak of COVID-19, which has spread to over 100 countries, including the United States, and has spread to every state in the United States. On March 11, 2020 the World Health Organization designated COVID-19 as a pandemic, and on March 13, 2020 the United States declared a national emergency with respect to COVID-19. The global impact of the outbreak has been rapidly evolving, and as cases of COVID-19 have continued to be identified in additional countries, many countries have reacted by instituting quarantines, restrictions on travel, closing financial markets and/or restricting trading, and limiting hours of operations of non-essential businesses. Such actions are creating disruption in global supply chains, and adversely impacting a number of industries, including industries in which our portfolio companies operate. The outbreak could have a continued adverse impact on economic and market conditions and has triggered a period of global economic slowdown.

The outbreak of COVID-19 and related effects could have a material adverse impact on our NAV, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, and the businesses of our portfolio companies, among other factors. Negative impacts to our business as a result of the pandemic could exacerbate other risks described in this prospectus, including:

 

   

weakening financial conditions of or the bankruptcy or insolvency of portfolio companies, which may result in the inability of such portfolio companies to meet debt obligations, delays in collecting accounts receivable, defaults, or forgiveness or deferral of interest payments from such portfolio companies;

 

35


Table of Contents
   

significant volatility in the markets for syndicated loans, which could cause rapid and large fluctuations in the values of such investments and adverse effects on the liquidity of any such investments;

 

   

deteriorations in credit and financing market conditions, which may adversely impact our ability to access financing for our investments on favorable terms or at all;

 

   

operational impacts on our Adviser, Administrator and our other third-party advisors, service providers, vendors and counterparties, including independent valuation firms, our lenders and other providers of financing, brokers and other counterparties that we purchase and sell assets to and from, derivative counterparties, and legal and diligence professionals that we rely on for acquiring our investments;

 

   

limitations on our ability to ensure business continuity in the event our, or our third-party advisors’ and service providers’ continuity of operations plan is not effective or improperly implemented or deployed during a disruption;

 

   

the availability of key personnel of the Adviser, Administrator and our other service providers as they face changed circumstances and potential illness during the pandemic;

 

   

difficulty in valuing our assets in light of significant changes in the financial markets, including difficulty in forecasting discount rates and making market comparisons, and circumstances affecting the Adviser’s, Administrator’s and our service providers’ personnel during the pandemic;

 

   

limitations on our ability to raise capital in this offering;

 

   

significant changes to the valuations of pending investments; and

 

   

limitations on our ability to make distributions to our shareholders due to material adverse impacts on our cash flows from operations or liquidity.

The rapid development and fluidity of this situation precludes any prediction as to the ultimate adverse impact of the novel coronavirus on economic and market conditions, and, as a result, present material uncertainty and risk with respect to us and the performance of our investments. The full extent of the impact and effects of COVID-19 will depend on future developments, including, among other factors, the duration and spread of the outbreak, along with related travel advisories, quarantines and restrictions, the recovery time of the disrupted supply chains and industries, the impact of labor market interruptions, the impact of government interventions, and uncertainty with respect to the duration of the global economic slowdown. COVID-19 and the current financial, economic and capital markets environment, and future developments in these and other areas present uncertainty and risk with respect to our performance, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay distributions.

The outbreak of the epidemics/pandemics could adversely affect the performance of our investments.

Certain countries have been susceptible to epidemics/pandemics, most recently COVID-19, which has been designated as a pandemic by world health authorities. The outbreak of such epidemics/pandemics, together with any resulting restrictions on travel or quarantines imposed, has had and will continue to have a negative impact on the economy and business activity globally (including in the countries in which the Fund invests), and thereby is expected to adversely affect the performance of the Fund’s investments. Furthermore, the rapid development of epidemics/pandemics could preclude prediction as to their ultimate adverse impact on economic and market conditions, and, as a result, presents material uncertainty and risk with respect to the Fund and the performance of its investments.

The capital markets are currently in a period of disruption and economic uncertainty. Such market conditions have materially and adversely affected debt and equity capital markets may have a negative impact on our business and operations.

The U.S. capital markets have experienced extreme volatility and disruption following the global outbreak of COVID-19 that began in December 2019, as evidenced by the volatility in global stock markets as a result of,

 

36


Table of Contents

among other things, uncertainty surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic and the fluctuating price of commodities such as oil. Despite actions of the U.S. federal government and foreign governments, these events have contributed to unpredictable general economic conditions that are materially and adversely impacting the broader financial and credit markets and reducing the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole. These conditions could continue for a prolonged period of time or worsen in the future.

Given the ongoing and dynamic nature of the circumstances, it is difficult to predict the full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business. The extent of such impact will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain, including when the coronavirus can be controlled and abated and whether there will be additional economic shutdowns. As the result of the COVID-19 pandemic and the related adverse local and national economic consequences, we could be subject to any of the following risks, any of which could have a material, adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity, and results of operations:

 

   

Current market conditions may make it difficult to raise equity capital because, subject to some limited exceptions, as a BDC, we are generally not able to issue additional shares of our common stock at a price less than our current net asset value per share without first obtaining approval for such issuance from our shareholders and our independent directors. In addition, these market conditions may make it difficult to access or obtain new indebtedness with similar terms to our existing indebtedness.

 

   

Significant changes or volatility in the capital markets may also have a negative effect on the valuations of our prospective investments. While we expect that most of our investments will not bet publicly traded, applicable accounting standards will require us to assume as part of our valuation process that our investments are sold in a principal market to market participants (even if we plan on holding an investment through its maturity).

 

   

Significant changes in the capital markets, such as the recent disruption in economic activity caused by the COVID-19 pandemic may adversely affect the pace of our investment activity and economic activity generally. Additionally, the recent disruption in economic activity caused by the COVID-19 pandemic may have a negative effect on the potential for liquidity events involving our prospective investments. The illiquidity of our prospective investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments to access capital if required, and as a result, we could realize significantly less than the value at which we will record our investments if we were required to sell them for liquidity purposes. An inability to raise or access capital, and any required sale of all or a portion of our investments as a result, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

The current period of capital markets disruption and economic uncertainty may make it difficult to obtain indebtedness and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Current market conditions may make it difficult to obtain indebtedness and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business. The debt capital that will be available to us in the future, if at all, may be at a higher cost and on less favorable terms and conditions than what we currently expect to experience, including being at a higher cost in rising rate environments. If we are unable to raise debt, then our equity investors may not benefit from the potential for increased returns on equity resulting from leverage and we may be limited in our ability to make commitments. An inability to obtain indebtedness could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may face a breach of our cyber security, which could result in adverse consequences to our operations and exposure of confidential information.

Cyber security incidents and cyber-attacks have been occurring globally at a more frequent and severe level and will likely continue to increase in frequency in the future. Apollo and its affiliates and portfolio companies’ and service providers’ information and technology systems may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from

 

37


Table of Contents

cyber security breaches, computer viruses or other malicious code, network failures, computer and telecommunication failures, infiltration by unauthorized persons and other security breaches, or usage errors by their respective professionals or service providers. If unauthorized parties gain access to such information and technology systems, they may be able to steal, publish, delete or modify private and sensitive information, including non-public personal information related to shareholders (and their beneficial owners) and material non-public information. Although Apollo has implemented, and portfolio companies and service providers may implement, various measures to manage risks relating to these types of events, such systems could prove to be inadequate and, if compromised, could become inoperable for extended periods of time, cease to function properly or fail to adequately secure private information. Apollo does not control the cyber security plans and systems put in place by third-party service providers, and such third-party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to Apollo, its affiliates, the Fund, the shareholders and/or a portfolio company, each of which could be negatively impacted as a result. Breaches such as those involving covertly introduced malware, impersonation of authorized users and industrial or other espionage may not be identified even with sophisticated prevention and detection systems, potentially resulting in further harm and preventing them from being addressed appropriately. The failure of these systems and/or of disaster recovery plans for any reason could cause significant interruptions in Apollo’s, its affiliates’, the Fund’s and/or a portfolio company’s operations and result in a failure to maintain the security, confidentiality or privacy of sensitive data, including personal information relating to shareholders (and their beneficial owners), material non-public information and the intellectual property and trade secrets and other sensitive information of Apollo and/or portfolio companies. Apollo, the Fund and/or a portfolio company could be required to make a significant investment to remedy the effects of any such failures, harm to their reputations, legal claims that they and their respective affiliates may be subjected to, regulatory action or enforcement arising out of applicable privacy and other laws, adverse publicity, and other events that may affect their business and financial performance.

We may not be able to obtain all required state licenses or in any other jurisdiction where they may be required in the future.

We may be required to obtain various state licenses in order to, among other things, originate commercial loans, and may be required to obtain similar licenses from other authorities, including outside of the United States, in the future in connection with one or more investments. Applying for and obtaining required licenses can be costly and take several months. There is no assurance that we will obtain all of the licenses that we need on a timely basis. Furthermore, we will be subject to various information and other requirements in order to obtain and maintain these licenses, and there is no assurance that we will satisfy those requirements. Our failure to obtain or maintain licenses might restrict investment options and have other adverse consequences.

The United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union may create significant risks and uncertainty for global markets and the Fund’s investments.

The United Kingdom (the “UK”) formally left the European Union (the “EU”) on January 31, 2020 (commonly known as “Brexit”). The UK-EU trade relationship as it previously existed expired on December 31, 2020. On December 24, 2020, the UK and the EU announced that they had struck a new trade and cooperation deal (the “New UK-EU Trade Agreement”) governing the future relationship between the UK and the EU, which was formally approved by the member states of the EU on December 29, 2020. The EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement was formally approved by the UK parliament on December 30, 2020 and, is expected to be formally ratified by the EU parliament during the first quarter of 2021.

The New UK-EU Trade Agreement provides clarity in respect of the intended shape of the future relationship between the UK and the EU and some detailed matters on future trade cooperation. However, there are unavoidable uncertainties related to Brexit and the new relationship between the UK and EU, which will continue to be developed, and could cause volatility in financial markets worldwide. This will also cause instability in political institutions and regulatory agencies. Any of these effects of Brexit, and others that cannot be anticipated, could adversely affect the value of the euro and the price of the notes.

 

38


Table of Contents

Since the June 2016 referendum in the UK, global financial markets have experienced significant volatility due to the uncertainty around Brexit. There will likely continue to be considerable uncertainty as to the UK’s post-withdrawal and post-transition framework, in particular as to the arrangements which will apply to its relationships with the EU and with other countries. This process and/or the uncertainty associated with it may adversely affect the return on investments economically tied to the UK (and consequently the Fund). This may be due to, among other things:

 

  (i)

increased uncertainty and volatility in UK, EU and other financial markets;

 

  (ii)

fluctuations in asset values;

 

  (iii)

fluctuations in exchange rates;

 

  (iv)

increased illiquidity of investments located, listed or traded within the UK, the EU or elsewhere;

 

  (v)

changes in the willingness or ability of financial and other counterparties to enter into transactions, or the price at which and terms on which they are prepared to transact; and/or

 

  (vi)

changes in legal and regulatory regimes to which the Fund’s investments are or become subject.

We are subject to risks related to corporate social responsibility.

Our business faces increasing public scrutiny related to environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) activities. We risk damage to our brand and reputation if we fail to act responsibly in a number of areas, such as environmental stewardship, corporate governance and transparency and considering ESG factors in our investment processes. Adverse incidents with respect to ESG activities could impact the value of our brand, the cost of our operations and relationships with investors, all of which could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Additionally, new regulatory initiatives related to ESG could adversely affect our business.

Compliance with the SEC’s Regulation Best Interest may negatively impact our ability to raise capital in this offering, which would harm our ability to achieve our investment objectives.

As of June 30, 2020, broker-dealers must comply with Regulation Best Interest, which, among other requirements, enhances the existing standard of conduct for broker-dealers and natural persons who are associated persons of a broker-dealer when recommending to a retail customer any securities transaction or investment strategy involving securities to a retail customer. The impact of Regulation Best Interest on broker-dealers participating in our offering cannot be determined at this time, but it may negatively impact whether broker-dealers and their associated persons recommend this offering to retail customers. Regulation Best Interest imposes a duty of care for broker-dealers to evaluate reasonable alternatives in the best interests of their clients. Reasonable alternatives to the Fund, such as listed entities, exist and may have lower expenses, less complexity and/or lower investment risk than the Fund. Certain investments in listed entities may involve lower or no commissions at the time of initial purchase. Under Regulation Best Interest, broker-dealers participating in the offering must consider such alternatives in the best interests of their clients. If Regulation Best Interest reduces our ability to raise capital in this offering, it would harm our ability to create a diversified portfolio of investments, particularly while the Fund has only satisfied the minimum offering amount, and achieve our investment objectives and would result in our fixed operating costs representing a larger percentage of our gross income.

Risks Related to Our Investments

Our investments in prospective portfolio companies may be risky, and we could lose all or part of our investment.

Our investments may be risky and there is no limit on the amount of any such investments in which we may invest. In addition, investment analyses and decisions by the Fund and the Adviser will often be undertaken on an expedited basis in order for the Fund to take advantage of investment opportunities. In such cases, the information available to the Fund and the Adviser at the time of an investment decision may be limited, and the Fund and the Adviser may not have access to the detailed information necessary for a full evaluation of the

 

39


Table of Contents

investment opportunity. In addition, the financial information available to the Fund and the Adviser may not be accurate or provided based upon accepted accounting methods. The Fund and the Adviser will rely upon independent consultants or advisors in connection with the evaluation of proposed investments. There can be no assurance that these consultants or advisors will accurately evaluate such investments.

Risk Associated with Unspecified Transactions; No Assurance of Investment Return.

As of the date hereof, none of the Fund’s investments have been identified, committed to, settled or traded. Investors will be relying on the ability of the Adviser to source, negotiate, consummate and syndicate Fund originated loans (each, a “loan” and, together with other portfolio investments, the “portfolio investments”) using the investments of shareholders, and there is no assurance that the Adviser will find a sufficient number of attractive opportunities to meet the Fund’s investment objectives or that the Fund will be able to make and realize its investment objective. The realizable value of a highly illiquid investment, at any given time, may be less than its intrinsic value. In addition, certain types of investments held by the Fund may require a substantial length of time to liquidate. Furthermore, to the extent the investment strategy of the Fund relies upon a certain set of market and economic conditions and such conditions do not materialize for an extended period of time, the Fund may not be able to invest a significant portion of the proceeds. There can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to generate returns for its investors or that the returns will be commensurate with the risks of investing in the type of portfolio investments and transactions described herein.

Any information included in any of the Fund’s marketing materials regarding targeted returns for the Fund is provided as an indicator as to how the Fund will be managed and is not intended to be viewed as an indicator of likely performance returns to investors in the Fund. Any targeted return information is based upon projections, estimates and assumptions that a potential investment will yield a return equal to or greater than the target. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Fund’s projections, estimates or assumptions will be realized or that the Adviser will be successful in finding investment opportunities that meet these anticipated return parameters.

Debt Instruments Generally. The Fund will invest in debt and credit-related instruments. Such debt may be unsecured and structurally or contractually subordinated to substantial amounts of senior indebtedness, all or a significant portion of which may be secured. Moreover, such debt investments may not be protected by financial covenants or limitations upon additional indebtedness and there is no minimum credit rating for such debt investments. Other factors may materially and adversely affect the market price and yield of such debt investments, including investor demand, changes in the financial condition of the applicable issuer, government fiscal policy and domestic or worldwide economic conditions. Certain debt instruments in which the Fund may invest may have speculative characteristics.

Generally, speculative investments securities offer a higher return potential than higher-rated securities, but involve greater volatility of price and greater risk of loss of income and principal. The issuers of such instruments (including sovereign issuers) may face significant ongoing uncertainties and exposure to adverse conditions that may undermine the issuer’s ability to make timely payment of interest and principal. Such instruments are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligations and involve major risk exposure to adverse conditions. In addition, an economic recession could severely disrupt the market for most of these instruments and may have an adverse impact on the value of such instruments. It also is likely that any such economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such instruments to repay principal and pay interest thereon and increase the incidence of default for such instruments.

Loans Risk. The loans that the Fund may invest in include loans that are first lien, second lien, third lien or that are unsecured. In addition, the loans the Fund will invest in will usually be rated below investment grade or may also be unrated. Loans are subject to a number of risks described elsewhere in this prospectus, including credit risk, liquidity risk, below investment grade instruments risk and management risk.

 

40


Table of Contents

Although certain loans in which the Fund may invest will be secured by collateral, there can be no assurance that such collateral could be readily liquidated or that the liquidation of such collateral would satisfy the borrower’s obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. In the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of a borrower, the Fund could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing a loan. In the event of a decline in the value of the already pledged collateral, if the terms of a loan do not require the borrower to pledge additional collateral, the Fund will be exposed to the risk that the value of the collateral will not at all times equal or exceed the amount of the borrower’s obligations under the loans. To the extent that a loan is collateralized by stock in the borrower or its subsidiaries, such stock may lose some or all of its value in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the borrower. Those loans that are under-collateralized involve a greater risk of loss.

Further, there is a risk that any collateral pledged by portfolio companies in which the Fund has taken a security interest may decrease in value over time or lose its entire value, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of the portfolio company to raise additional capital. To the extent the Fund’s debt investment is collateralized by the securities of a portfolio company’s subsidiaries, such securities may lose some or all of their value in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the portfolio company. Also, in some circumstances, the Fund’s security interest may be contractually or structurally subordinated to claims of other creditors. In addition, deterioration in a portfolio company’s financial condition and prospects, including its inability to raise additional capital, may be accompanied by deterioration in the value of the collateral for the debt. Secured debt that is under-collateralized involves a greater risk of loss. In addition, second lien debt is granted a second priority security interest in collateral, which means that any realization of collateral will generally be applied to pay senior secured debt in full before second lien debt is paid. Consequently, the fact that debt is secured does not guarantee that the Fund will receive principal and interest payments according to the debt’s terms, or at all, or that the Fund will be able to collect on the debt should it be forced to enforce remedies.

Loans are not registered with the SEC, or any state securities commission, and are not listed on any national securities exchange. There is less readily available or reliable information about most loans than is the case for many other types of securities, including securities issued in transactions registered under the Securities Act or registered under the Exchange Act. No active trading market may exist for some loans, and some loans may be subject to restrictions on resale. A secondary market may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods, which may impair the ability to realize full value and thus cause a material decline in the Fund’s NAV. In addition, the Fund may not be able to readily dispose of its loans at prices that approximate those at which the Fund could sell such loans if they were more widely-traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Fund may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. During periods of limited supply and liquidity of loans, the Fund’s yield may be lower.

Some loans are subject to the risk that a court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws, could subordinate the loans to presently existing or future indebtedness of the borrower or take other action detrimental to lenders, including the Fund. Such court action could under certain circumstances include invalidation of loans.

If legislation of state or federal regulations impose additional requirements or restrictions on the ability of financial institutions to make loans, the availability of loans for investment by the Fund may be adversely affected. In addition, such requirements or restrictions could reduce or eliminate sources of financing for certain borrowers. This would increase the risk of default.

If legislation or federal or state regulations require financial institutions to increase their capital requirements this may cause financial institutions to dispose of loans that are considered highly levered transactions. Such sales could result in prices that, in the opinion of the Adviser, do not represent fair value. If the

 

41


Table of Contents

Fund attempts to sell a loan at a time when a financial institution is engaging in such a sale, the price the Fund could get for the loan may be adversely affected.

The Fund may acquire loans through assignments or participations. The Fund will typically acquire loans through assignment. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the assigning institution and becomes a lender under the credit agreement with respect to the debt obligation; however, the purchaser’s rights can be more restricted than those of the assigning institution, and the Fund may not be able to unilaterally enforce all rights and remedies under the loan and with regard to any associated collateral.

A participation typically results in a contractual relationship only with the institution selling the participation interest, not with the borrower. Sellers of participations typically include banks, broker-dealers, other financial institutions and lending institutions. Certain participation agreements also include the option to convert the participation to a full assignment under agreed upon circumstances. The Adviser has adopted best execution procedures and guidelines to mitigate credit and counterparty risk in the atypical situation when the Fund must acquire a loan through a participation.

In purchasing participations, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement against the borrower, and the Fund may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Fund will be exposed to the credit risk of both the borrower and the institution selling the participation. Further, in purchasing participations in lending syndicates, the Fund will not be able to conduct the due diligence on the borrower or the quality of the loan with respect to which it is buying a participation that the Fund would otherwise conduct if it were investing directly in the loan, which may result in the Fund being exposed to greater credit or fraud risk with respect to the borrower or the loan than the Fund expected when initially purchasing the participation.

The Fund also may originate loans or acquire loans by participating in the initial issuance of the loan as part of a syndicate of banks and financial institutions, or receive its interest in a loan directly from the borrower.

The Adviser has established a counterparty and liquidity sub-committee that regularly reviews each broker-dealer counterparty for, among other things, its quality and the quality of its execution. The established procedures and guidelines require trades to be placed for execution only with broker counterparties approved by the counterparty and liquidity sub-committee of the Adviser. The factors considered by the sub-committee when selecting and approving brokers and dealers include, but are not limited to:

(i) quality, accuracy, and timeliness of execution,

(ii) review of the reputation, financial strength and stability of the financial institution,

(iii) willingness and ability of the counterparty to commit capital,

(iv) ongoing reliability and

(v) access to underwritten offerings and secondary markets.

Loan Origination. The Adviser will originate loans on behalf of the Fund. The level of analytical sophistication, both financial and legal, necessary for successful financing to companies, particularly companies experiencing significant business and financial difficulties, is high. There can be no assurance that the Adviser and the Fund will correctly evaluate the value of the assets collateralizing these loans or the prospects for successful repayment or a successful reorganization or similar action.

In accordance with Apollo’s co-investment order, the Fund’s ability to acquire loans could be dependent on the existence and performance of Apollo’s origination platform, which includes other fund’s managed by Apollo and enables Apollo to commit in size to multiple deals. Therefore, a decrease in Apollo’s origination platform or

 

42


Table of Contents

its inability to acquire investments suitable for the Fund could reduce or possibly eliminate the ability of the Fund to participate in certain loans within the Fund’s investment objective and would have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s performance. Other Apollo funds could be subject to certain restrictions on the types of investments they can make, and such restrictions may in effect limit the types of investments the Fund could make to the extent that the Fund is dependent on Apollo’s origination platform.

Loan origination involves a number of particular risks that may not exist in the case of secondary debt purchases. Apollo may have to rely more on its own resources to conduct due diligence of the borrower, and such borrower may in some circumstances present a higher credit risk and/or could not obtain debt financing in the syndicated markets. As a result, the diligence is likely to be more limited than the diligence conducted for a broadly syndicated transaction involving an underwriter. Loan origination may also involve additional regulatory risks given licensing requirements for certain types of lending in some jurisdictions, and the scope of these regulatory requirements (and certain permitted exemptions) may vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and may change from time to time. In addition, in originating loans, the Fund will compete with a broad spectrum of lenders, some of which may have greater financial resources than the Fund, and some of which may be willing to lend money on better terms (from a borrower’s standpoint) than the Fund. Increased competition for, or a diminution in the available supply of, qualifying loans may result in lower yields on such loans, which could reduce returns to the Fund. The level of analytical sophistication, both financial and legal, necessary for successful financing to companies, particularly companies experiencing significant business and financial difficulties is unusually high. There is no assurance that the Adviser will correctly evaluate the value of the assets collateralizing these loans or the prospects for successful repayment or a successful reorganization or similar action.

Senior Loans. The investment objective of the Fund includes investing in senior secured term loans. As such, the assets of the Fund may include first lien senior secured debt and may also include selected second lien senior secured debt, the latter of which involves a higher degree of risk of a loss of capital.

The factors affecting an issuer’s first and second lien loans, and its overall capital structure, are complex. Some first lien loans may not necessarily have priority over all other unsecured debt of an issuer. For example, some first lien loans may permit other secured obligations (such as overdrafts, swaps or other derivatives made available by members of the syndicate to the company), or involve first liens only on specified assets of an issuer (e.g., excluding real estate). Issuers of first lien loans may have multiple tranches of first lien debt outstanding, each with first liens on separate collateral, or may share first liens on the same collateral. Furthermore, liens with respect to primarily U.S. financings generally only cover U.S. assets, and non-U.S. assets are not included (other than, for example, where a borrower pledges a portion of the stock of first-tier non-U.S. subsidiaries). In the event of Chapter 11 filing by an issuer, the U.S. Bankruptcy Code authorizes the issuer to use a creditor’s collateral and to obtain additional credit by grant of a prior lien on its property, senior even to liens that were first in priority prior to the filing, as long as the issuer provides what the presiding bankruptcy judge considers to be “adequate protection,” which may, but need not always, consist of the grant of replacement or additional liens or the making of cash payments to the affected secured creditor. The imposition of prior liens on the Fund’s collateral would adversely affect the priority of the liens and claims held by the Fund and could adversely affect the Fund’s recovery on its leveraged loans.

Any secured debt is secured only to the extent of its lien and only to the extent of the value of underlying assets or incremental proceeds on already secured assets. Moreover, underlying assets are subject to credit, liquidity, and interest rate risk. Although the amount and characteristics of the underlying assets selected as collateral may allow the Fund to withstand certain assumed deficiencies in payments occasioned by the borrower’s default, if any deficiencies exceed such assumed levels or if underlying assets are sold, it is possible that the proceeds of such sale or disposition will not be sufficient to satisfy the amount of principal and interest owing to the Fund in respect of its investment.

Senior secured credit facilities are generally syndicated to a number of different financial market participants. The documentation governing such facilities typically requires either a majority consent or, in

 

43


Table of Contents

certain cases, unanimous approval for certain actions in respect of the credit, such as waivers, amendments, or the exercise of remedies. In addition, voting to accept or reject the terms of a restructuring of a credit pursuant to a Chapter 11 plan of reorganization is done on a class basis. As a result of these voting regimes, the Fund may not have the ability to control any decision in respect of any amendment, waiver, exercise of remedies, restructuring or reorganization of debts owed to the Fund.

Senior secured loans are also subject to other risks, including:

 

  (i)

the possible invalidation of a debt or lien as a “fraudulent conveyance”;

 

  (ii)

the recovery as a “preference” of liens perfected or payments made on account of a debt in the 90 days before a bankruptcy filing;

 

  (iii)

equitable subordination claims by other creditors;

 

  (iv)

“lender liability” claims by the portfolio company of the obligations; and

 

  (v)

environmental and/or other liabilities that may arise with respect to collateral securing the obligations.

Decisions in bankruptcy cases have held that a secondary loan market assignee can be denied a recovery from the debtor in a bankruptcy if a prior holder of the loans either received and does not return a preference or fraudulent conveyance, or if such prior holder engaged in conduct that would qualify for equitable subordination.

The Fund’s investments may be subject to early redemption features, refinancing options, pre-payment options or similar provisions that, in each case, could result in the portfolio company repaying the principal on an obligation held by the Fund earlier than expected. As a consequence, the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective may be adversely affected.

Equity Investments. We may make select equity investments. In addition, in connection with our debt investments, we on occasion may receive equity interests such as warrants or options as additional consideration. The equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

Preferred Securities. Investments in preferred securities involve certain risks. Certain preferred securities contain provisions that allow an issuer under certain conditions to skip or defer distributions. If the Fund owns a preferred security that is deferring its distribution, the Fund may be required to include the amount of the deferred distribution in its taxable income for tax purposes although it does not currently receive such amount in cash. In order to receive the special treatment accorded to RICs and their shareholders under the Code and to avoid U.S. federal income and/or excise taxes at the Fund level, the Fund may be required to distribute this income to shareholders in the tax year in which the income is recognized (without a corresponding receipt of cash). Therefore, the Fund may be required to pay out as an income distribution in any such tax year an amount greater than the total amount of cash income the Fund actually received, and to sell portfolio securities, including at potentially disadvantageous times or prices, to obtain cash needed for these income distributions. Preferred securities often are subject to legal provisions that allow for redemption in the event of certain tax or legal changes or at the issuer’s call. In the event of redemption, the Fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds at comparable rates of return. Preferred securities are subordinated to bonds and other debt securities in an issuer’s capital structure in terms of priority for corporate income and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than those debt securities. Preferred securities may trade less frequently and in a more limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than many other securities, such as common stocks, corporate debt securities and U.S. government securities.

Non-U.S. Securities. We may invest in non-U.S. securities, which may include securities denominated in U.S. dollars or in non-U.S. currencies, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Because evidence of ownership of

 

44


Table of Contents

such securities usually is held outside the United States, we would be subject to additional risks if we invested in non-U.S. securities, which include possible adverse political and economic developments, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits and adoption of governmental restrictions, which might adversely affect or restrict the payment of principal and interest on the non-U.S. securities to shareholders located outside the country of the issuer, whether from currency blockage or otherwise. Because non-U.S. securities may be purchased with and payable in foreign currencies, the value of these assets as measured in U.S. dollars may be affected unfavorably by changes in currency rates and exchange control regulations.

Subordinated Debt. Our subordinated debt investments will generally rank junior in priority of payment to senior debt and will generally be unsecured. This may result in a heightened level of risk and volatility or a loss of principal, which could lead to the loss of the entire investment. These investments may involve additional risks that could adversely affect our investment returns. To the extent interest payments associated with such debt are deferred, such debt may be subject to greater fluctuations in valuations, and such debt could subject us and our shareholders to non-cash income. Because we will not receive any principal repayments prior to the maturity of some of our subordinated debt investments, such investments will be of greater risk than amortizing loans.

Below Investment Grade Risk. In addition, we intend to invest in securities that are rated below investment grade by rating agencies or that would be rated below investment grade if they were rated. Below investment grade securities, which are often referred to as “junk,” have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. They may also be difficult to value and illiquid. The major risks of below investment grade securities include:

 

   

Below investment grade securities may be issued by less creditworthy issuers. Issuers of below investment grade securities may have a larger amount of outstanding debt relative to their assets than issuers of investment grade securities. In the event of an issuer’s bankruptcy, claims of other creditors may have priority over the claims of holders of below investment grade securities, leaving few or no assets available to repay holders of below investment grade securities.

 

   

Prices of below investment grade securities are subject to extreme price fluctuations. Adverse changes in an issuer’s industry and general economic conditions may have a greater impact on the prices of below investment grade securities than on other higher-rated fixed-income securities.

 

   

Issuers of below investment grade securities may be unable to meet their interest or principal payment obligations because of an economic downturn, specific issuer developments or the unavailability of additional financing.

 

   

Below investment grade securities frequently have redemption features that permit an issuer to repurchase the security from us before it matures. If the issuer redeems below investment grade securities, we may have to invest the proceeds in securities with lower yields and may lose income.

 

   

Below investment grade securities may be less liquid than higher-rated fixed-income securities, even under normal economic conditions. There are fewer dealers in the below investment grade securities market, and there may be significant differences in the prices quoted by the dealers. Judgment may play a greater role in valuing these securities and we may be unable to sell these securities at an advantageous time or price.

 

   

We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting issuer.

The credit rating of a high-yield security does not necessarily address its market value risk. Ratings and market value may change from time to time, positively or negatively, to reflect new developments regarding the issuer.

LIBOR Risk. Changes in the method of determining LIBOR, or the replacement of LIBOR with an alternative reference rate, may adversely affect our credit arrangements and our collateralized loan obligation transactions.

 

45


Table of Contents

On July 27, 2017, the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) announced that it would phase out the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) as a benchmark by the end of 2021. It is unclear whether new methods of calculating LIBOR will be established such that it continues to exist after 2021. The administrator of LIBOR has announced it will consult on its intention to cease the publication of the one week and two month LIBOR settings immediately following the LIBOR publication on December 31, 2021, and the remaining USD LIBOR settings immediately following the LIBOR publication on June 30, 2023. The U.S. Federal Reserve System (“FRS”), Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation have issued guidance encouraging market participants to adopt alternatives to LIBOR in new contracts as soon as practicable and no later than December 31, 2021, and the FCA has indicated that market participants should not rely on LIBOR being available after 2021. As an alternative to LIBOR, for example, the FRS, in conjunction with the Alternative Reference Rates Committee, a steering committee comprised of large U.S. financial institutions, is considering replacing U.S.-dollar LIBOR with the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), a new index calculated by short-term repurchase agreements, backed by Treasury securities. Abandonment of or modifications to LIBOR could have adverse impacts on newly issued financial instruments and our existing financial instruments which reference LIBOR. While some instruments may contemplate a scenario where LIBOR is no longer available by providing for an alternative rate setting methodology, not all instruments may have such provisions and there is significant uncertainty regarding the effectiveness of any such alternative methodologies. Abandonment of or modifications to LIBOR could lead to significant short-term and long-term uncertainty and market instability. If LIBOR ceases to exist, we and our portfolio companies may need to amend or restructure our existing LIBOR-based debt instruments and any related hedging arrangements that extend beyond December 31, 2021, or June 30, 2023, depending on the applicable LIBOR tenor and pending the outcome of the LIBOR administrator’s consultation. Such amendments and restructurings may be difficult, costly and time consuming. In addition, from time to time we invest in floating rate loans and investment securities whose interest rates are indexed to LIBOR. Uncertainty as to the nature of alternative reference rates and as to potential changes or other reforms to LIBOR, or any changes announced with respect to such reforms, may result in a sudden or prolonged increase or decrease in the reported LIBOR rates and the value of LIBOR-based loans and securities, including those of other issuers we or our funds currently own or may in the future own. It remains uncertain how such changes would be implemented and the effects such changes would have on us, issuers of instruments in which we invest and financial markets generally.

The expected discontinuation of LIBOR could have a significant impact on our business. There could be significant operational challenges for the transition away from LIBOR including, but not limited to, amending loan agreements with borrowers on investments that may have not been modified with fallback language and adding effective fallback language to new agreements in the event that LIBOR is discontinued before maturity. Beyond these challenges, we anticipate there may be additional risks to our current processes and information systems that will need to be identified and evaluated by us. Due to the uncertainty of the replacement for LIBOR, the potential effect of any such event on our cost of capital and net investment income cannot yet be determined. In addition, the cessation of LIBOR could:

 

   

Adversely impact the pricing, liquidity, value of, return on and trading for a broad array of financial products, including any LIBOR-linked securities, loans and derivatives that may be included in our assets and liabilities;

 

   

Require extensive changes to documentation that governs or references LIBOR or LIBOR-based products, including, for example, pursuant to time-consuming renegotiations of documentation to modify the terms of investments;

 

   

Result in inquiries or other actions from regulators in respect of our preparation and readiness for the replacement of LIBOR with one or more alternative reference rates;

 

   

Result in disputes, litigation or other actions with portfolio companies, or other counterparties, regarding the interpretation and enforceability of provisions in our LIBOR-based investments, such as fallback language or other related provisions, including, in the case of fallbacks to the alternative

 

46


Table of Contents
 

reference rates, any economic, legal, operational or other impact resulting from the fundamental differences between LIBOR and the various alternative reference rates;

 

   

Require the transition and/or development of appropriate systems and analytics to effectively transition our risk management processes from LIBOR-based products to those based on one or more alternative reference rates, which may prove challenging given the limited history of the proposed alternative reference rates; and

 

   

Cause us to incur additional costs in relation to any of the above factors.

There is no guarantee that a transition from LIBOR to an alternative will not result in financial market disruptions, significant increases in benchmark rates, or borrowing costs to borrowers, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, result of operations, financial condition, and unit price. In addition, the transition to a successor rate could potentially cause (i) increased volatility or illiquidity in markets for instruments that currently rely on LIBOR, (ii) a reduction in the value of certain instruments held by the Fund, or (iii) reduced effectiveness of related Fund transactions, such as hedging. It remains uncertain how such changes would be implemented and the effects such changes would have on the Fund, issuers of instruments in which the Fund invests and financial markets generally.

Junior, Unsecured Securities. Our strategy may entail acquiring securities that are junior or unsecured instruments. While this approach can facilitate obtaining control and then adding value through active management, it also means that certain of the Fund’s investments may be unsecured. If a portfolio company becomes financially distressed or insolvent and does not successfully reorganize, we will have no assurance (compared to those distressed securities investors that acquire only fully collateralized positions) that we will recover any of the principal that we have invested. Similarly, investments in “last out” pieces of unitranche loans will be similar to second lien loans in that such investments will be junior in priority to the “first out” piece of the same unitranche loan with respect to payment of principal, interest and other amounts. Consequently, the fact that debt is secured does not guarantee that we will receive principal and interest payments according to the debt’s terms, or at all, or that we will be able to collect on the debt should it be forced to enforce its remedies.

While such junior or unsecured investments may benefit from the same or similar financial and other covenants as those enjoyed by the indebtedness ranking more senior to such investments and may benefit from cross-default provisions and security over the issuer’s assets, some or all of such terms may not be part of particular Investments. Moreover, our ability to influence an issuer’s affairs, especially during periods of financial distress or following insolvency, is likely to be substantially less than that of senior creditors. For example, under typical subordination terms, senior creditors are able to block the acceleration of the junior debt or the exercise by junior debt holders of other rights they may have as creditors. Accordingly, we may not be able to take steps to protect investments in a timely manner or at all, and there can be no assurance that our rate of return objectives or any particular investment will be achieved. In addition, the debt securities in which we will invest may not be protected by financial covenants or limitations upon additional indebtedness, may have limited liquidity and are not expected to be rated by a credit rating agency.

Early repayments of our investments may have a material adverse effect on our investment objectives. In addition, depending on fluctuations of the equity markets and other factors, warrants and other equity investments may become worthless.

There can be no assurance that attempts to provide downside protection through contractual or structural terms with respect to our investments will achieve their desired effect and potential investors should regard an investment in us as being speculative and having a high degree of risk. Furthermore, we have limited flexibility to negotiate terms when purchasing newly issued investments in connection with a syndication of mezzanine or certain other junior or subordinated investments or in the secondary market.

CLO Risk. Our investments in CLOs may be riskier than a direct investment in the debt or other securities of the underlying companies. When investing in CLOs, we may invest in any level of a CLO’s subordination

 

47


Table of Contents

chain, including subordinated (lower-rated) tranches and residual interests (the lowest tranche). CLOs are typically highly levered and therefore, the junior debt and equity tranches that we may invest in are subject to a higher risk of total loss and deferral or nonpayment of interest than the more senior tranches to which they are subordinated. In addition, we will generally have the right to receive payments only from the CLOs, and will generally not have direct rights against the underlying borrowers or entities that sponsored the CLOs. Furthermore, the investments we make in CLOs are at times thinly traded or have only a limited trading market. As a result, investments in such CLOs may be characterized as illiquid securities.

“Covenant-lite” Obligations. We may invest in, or obtain exposure to, obligations that may be “covenant-lite,” which means such obligations lack certain financial maintenance covenants. While these loans may still contain other collateral protections, a covenant-lite loan may carry more risk than a covenant-heavy loan made by the same borrower, as it does not require the borrower to provide affirmation that certain specific financial tests have been satisfied on a routine basis as is required under a covenant-heavy loan agreement. Should a loan we hold begin to deteriorate in quality, our ability to negotiate with the borrower may be delayed under a covenant-lite loan compared to a loan with full maintenance covenants. This may in turn delay our ability to seek to recover its investment.

Bridge Financings. From time to time, we may lend to portfolio companies on a short-term, unsecured basis or otherwise invest on an interim basis in portfolio companies in anticipation of a future issuance of equity or long-term debt securities or other refinancing or syndication. Such bridge loans would typically be convertible into a more permanent, long-term security; however, for reasons not always in the Fund’s control, such long-term securities issuance or other refinancing or syndication may not occur and such bridge loans and interim investments may remain outstanding. In such event, the interest rate on such loans or the terms of such interim investments may not adequately reflect the risk associated with the position taken by the Fund.

Distressed Investments; Restructurings. The Fund may make investments in companies that subsequently become distressed (e.g., defaulted, out-of-favor or distressed bank loans and debt securities). Certain of the Fund’s investments may, therefore, include specific investments in companies that become highly leveraged with significant burdens on cash flow, and, therefore, involve a high degree of financial risk. Portfolio companies may be facing liquidity challenges due to debt maturities, covenant violations, cyclical challenges or imminent bankruptcy, or they need financing in order to exit bankruptcy. The Fund’s investments may be considered speculative and subject to a high degree of risk, and the ability of the relevant portfolio companies to pay their debts on schedule could be adversely affected by interest rate movements, changes in the general economic climate or the economic factors affecting a particular industry, or specific developments within such companies. Investments in companies operating in workout or bankruptcy modes also present additional legal risks, including fraudulent conveyance, voidable preference and equitable subordination risks. The level of analytical sophistication, both financial and legal, necessary for successful investment in companies experiencing significant business and financial difficulties is unusually high. There is no assurance that the Adviser will correctly evaluate the value of the assets collateralizing the Fund’s loans or the prospects for a successful reorganization or similar action.

Distressed/Defaulted Securities. The Fund may invest in the securities of companies that subsequently become involved in bankruptcy proceedings, reorganizations or financial restructurings, and that may face pending covenant violations or significant debt maturities. In such a case, the Fund may have a more active participation in the affairs of such portfolio companies than is generally assumed by an investor. Such investments could, in certain circumstances, subject the Fund to certain additional potential liabilities, which may exceed the value of the Fund’s original investment therein. For example, under certain circumstances, a lender who has inappropriately exercised control over the management and policies of a debtor may have its claims subordinated or disallowed or may be found liable for damages suffered by parties as a result of such actions. Furthermore, such investments could also subject the Fund to litigation risks or prevent the Fund from disposing of securities. In any reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to a portfolio company or an investment, the Fund may lose its entire investment, may be required to accept cash or securities with a value less than the

 

48


Table of Contents

Fund’s original investment and/or may be required to accept payment over an extended period of time. In addition, under certain circumstances, payments to the Fund and the related distributions by the Fund to the shareholders may be reclaimed if any such payment or distribution is later determined to have been a fraudulent conveyance, preferential payment, or similar transaction under applicable bankruptcy and insolvency laws. As more fully discussed below, in a bankruptcy or other proceeding, the Fund as a creditor may be unable to enforce its rights in any collateral or may have its security interest in any collateral challenged or disallowed, and its claims may be subordinated to the claims of other creditors.

The market for distressed securities is expected to be less liquid than the market for securities of companies that are not distressed. A substantial length of time may be required to liquidate investments in securities that become distressed. Furthermore, at times, a major portion of an issue of distressed securities may be held by relatively few investors, and the market may be limited to a narrow range of potential counterparties, such as other financial institutions. Under adverse market or economic conditions or in the event of adverse changes in the financial condition of the portfolio companies, the Fund may find it more difficult to sell such securities when the Adviser believes it advisable to do so or may only be able to sell such securities at a loss. The Fund may also find it more difficult to determine the fair market value of distressed securities for the purpose of computing the Fund’s net asset value. In some cases, the Fund may be prohibited by contract from selling investments for a period of time.

Non-Performing Debt. Certain debt instruments that the Fund may invest in may be or become nonperforming and possibly in default. The obligor or relevant guarantor may also be in or enter bankruptcy or liquidation. There can be no assurance as to the amount and timing of payments, if any, with respect to any such debt instruments.

Loans may become non-performing for a variety of reasons and borrowers on loans constituting the Fund’s assets may seek the protection afforded by bankruptcy, insolvency and other debtor relief laws. Upon a bankruptcy filing in a U.S. Bankruptcy Court by an issuer of debt, the U.S. Bankruptcy Code imposes an automatic stay on payments of such issuer’s pre-petition debt. A stay on payments to be made on the assets of the Fund could adversely affect the value of those assets and the Fund itself. Other protections in such proceedings may include forgiveness of debt, the ability to create super-priority liens in favor of certain creditors of the debtor and certain well-defined claims procedures. Non-performing debt obligations may require substantial workout negotiations, restructuring or bankruptcy filings that may entail a substantial reduction in the interest rate, deferral of payments and/or a substantial write-down of the principal of a loan or conversion of some or all of the debt to equity. Insolvency laws may, in certain jurisdictions, result in a restructuring of the debt without the Fund’s consent under the “cramdown” provisions of applicable insolvency laws and may also result in a discharge of all or part of the debt without payment to the Fund. If a portfolio company were to file for Chapter 11 reorganization, the U.S. Bankruptcy Code authorizes the issuer to restructure the terms of repayment of a class of debt, even if the class fails to accept the restructuring, as long as the restructured terms are “fair and equitable” to the class and certain other conditions are met.

Such non-performing instruments or loans may also require a substantial amount of workout negotiations or restructuring, which may entail, among other things, a substantial reduction in the interest rate and a substantial writedown of principal. It is possible that the Fud may find it necessary or desirable to foreclose on collateral securing one or more loans purchased by the Fund. The foreclosure process varies jurisdiction by jurisdiction and can be lengthy and expensive. Borrowers often resist foreclosure actions, which often prolongs and complicates an already difficult and time-consuming process. In some states or other jurisdictions, foreclosure actions can take up to several years or more to conclude. During the foreclosure proceedings, a borrower may have the ability to file for bankruptcy, potentially staying the foreclosure action and further delaying the foreclosure process. Foreclosure litigation tends to create a negative public image of the collateral assets and may result in disrupting ongoing management of the company. There can be no assurance as to the amount and timing of payments, if any, with respect to any such debt instruments.

 

49


Table of Contents

Nature of Mezzanine Debt and Other Junior Unsecured Securities. The Fund’s strategy may include acquiring mezzanine debt, which generally will be unrated or have ratings or implied or imputed ratings below investment grade, as well as loans or securities that are junior, unsecured, equity or quasi-equity instruments. Mezzanine debt or securities are generally unsecured and/or subordinated to other obligations of the portfolio company, and tend to have greater credit and liquidity risk than that typically associated with investment grade corporate obligations. The risks associated with mezzanine debt or equity investments include a greater possibility that adverse changes in the financial condition of the obligor or in general economic conditions may adversely affect the obligor’s ability to pay principal and interest on its debt. Many obligors on mezzanine debt or equity investments are highly leveraged. As such, specific developments affecting such obligors, such as reduced cash flow from operations or the inability to refinance debt at maturity, may also adversely affect such obligors’ ability to meet debt service obligations. Mezzanine debt or equity instruments are often issued in connection with leveraged acquisitions or recapitalizations in which the portfolio companies incur a substantially higher amount of indebtedness than the level at which they had previously operated.

Default rates for mezzanine debt and other junior unsecured securities have historically been higher than such rates for investment grade securities. If the Fund makes an investment that is not secured by collateral and if the portfolio company in question does not successfully reorganize, the Fund will have no assurance (as compared to those distressed securities investors that acquire only fully collateralized positions) that it will recover any of the principal that it has invested. While junior, unsecured, equity or quasi-equity investments may benefit from the same or similar financial and other covenants as those enjoyed by the indebtedness ranking more senior to such investments and may benefit from cross-default provisions and security over the portfolio company’s assets, some or all of such terms may not be part of the particular investments. Moreover, the ability of the Fund to influence a portfolio company’s affairs, especially during periods of financial distress or following insolvency, is likely to be substantially less than that of senior creditors. For example, under typical subordination terms, senior creditors are able to block the acceleration of the junior debt or the exercise by junior debt holders of other rights they may have as creditors. Accordingly, the Fund may not be able to take steps to protect its investments in a timely manner or at all and there can be no assurance that the return objectives of the Fund or any particular investment will be achieved. In addition, the debt securities in which the Fund may invest may not be protected by financial covenants or limitations upon additional indebtedness, may have limited liquidity and are not expected to be rated by a credit rating agency.

Convertible Securities. Convertible securities are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted into or exchanged for a specified amount of common stock of the same or different portfolio company within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles its holder to receive interest that is generally paid or accrued on debt or a dividend that is paid or accrued on preferred stock, in each case, until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Convertible securities have unique investment characteristics in that they generally (i) have higher yields than common stocks, but lower yields than comparable non-convertible securities, (ii) are less subject to fluctuation in value than the underlying common stock due to their fixed-income characteristics and (iii) provide the potential for capital appreciation if the market price of the underlying common stock increases.

The value of a convertible security is a function of its “investment value” (determined by its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege) and its “conversion value” (the security’s worth, at market value, if converted into the underlying common stock). The investment value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline. The credit standing of the portfolio company and other factors may also have an effect on the convertible security’s investment value. The conversion value of a convertible security is determined by the market price of the underlying common stock. If the conversion value is low relative to the investment value, the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value. To the extent the market price of the underlying common stock approaches or exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible security will be increasingly influenced by its conversion value. A convertible security generally will sell at a premium over its

 

50


Table of Contents

conversion value by the extent to which investors place value on the right to acquire the underlying common stock while holding a fixed-income security. Generally, the amount of the premium decreases as the convertible security approaches maturity.

A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the portfolio company at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument. If a convertible security held by the Fund is called for redemption, the Fund will be required to permit the portfolio company to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. Any of these actions could have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective.

Investing primarily in large private U.S. borrowers may limit the Fund’s ability to achieve high growth rates during times of economic expansion.

Investing primarily in originated assets made to large private U.S. borrowers may result in the Fund underperforming other segments of the market, particularly during times of economic expansion, because large private U.S. borrowers may be less responsive to competitive challenges and opportunities in the financial markets. As a result, the Fund’s value may not rise at the same rate, if at all, as other funds that invest in smaller market capitalization companies that are more capable of responding to economic and industrial changes.

Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies.

Our portfolio companies may have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the debt in which we invest. By their terms, such debt instruments may entitle the holders to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments with respect to the debt instruments in which we invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any proceeds. After repaying such senior creditors, such portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of debt ranking equally with debt instruments in which we invest, we would have to share on an equal basis any distributions with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company and our portfolio company may not have sufficient assets to pay all equally ranking credit even if we hold senior, first-lien debt.

There could be circumstances in which the Fund may not be able to control the modification, waiver or amendment of the terms and conditions of a loan agreement if a sufficient number of the other lenders act contrary to the Fund’s preferences.

The terms and conditions of loan agreements and related assignments may be amended, modified or waived only by the agreement of the lenders. Generally, any such agreement must include a majority or a supermajority (measured by outstanding loans or commitments) or, in certain circumstances, a unanimous vote of the lenders. The Fund and the Adviser would be expected to have the authority to negotiate any amendments or modifications to the portfolio investments that are loans, but even where they do not have any such authority, they may have the authority to give or withhold consent to amendments or modifications initiated and negotiated by portfolio companies or other lenders. Consequently, there could be circumstances in which the Fund may not be able to control the modification, waiver or amendment of the terms and conditions of a loan agreement if a sufficient number of the other lenders act contrary to the Fund’s preferences. If the Fund invests or holds an investment through participation interests or derivative securities rather than directly, it is possible that the Fund may not be entitled to vote on any such adjustment of terms of such agreements.

The exercise of remedies may also be subject to the vote of a specified percentage of the lenders thereunder. The Fund will have the authority to cause the Fund to consent to certain amendments, waivers or modifications to

 

51


Table of Contents

the investments requested by obligors or the lead agents for loan syndication agreements. The Fund may, in accordance with its investment management standards, cause the Fund to extend or defer the maturity, adjust the outstanding balance of any investment, reduce or forgive interest or fees, release material collateral or guarantees, or otherwise amend, modify or waive the terms of any related loan agreement, including the payment terms thereunder. The Fund will make such determinations in accordance with its investment management standards. Any amendment, waiver or modification of an investment could adversely impact the Fund’s investment returns.

There may be circumstances where our debt investments could be subordinated to claims of other creditors or we could be subject to lender liability claims.

If one of our portfolio companies were to file for bankruptcy, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we actually provided managerial assistance to that portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might re-characterize our debt investment and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors. We may also be subject to lender liability claims for actions taken by us with respect to a borrower’s business or instances where we exercise control over the borrower.

In recent years, a number of judicial decisions in the United States have upheld the right of borrowers to sue lending institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories (collectively termed “lender liability”). Generally, lender liability is founded upon the premise that an institutional lender has violated a duty (whether implied or contractual) of good faith and fair dealing owed to a borrower or has assumed a degree of control over the borrower resulting in a creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. Because of the nature of certain of the Fund’s investments, the Fund could be subject to allegations of lender liability.

In addition, under common law principles that in some cases form the basis for lender liability claims, if a lender or bondholder:

 

  (i)

intentionally takes an action that results in the undercapitalization of a borrower to the detriment of other creditors of such borrower,

 

  (ii)

engages in other inequitable conduct to the detriment of such other creditors,

 

  (iii)

engages in fraud with respect to, or makes misrepresentations to, such other creditors, or

 

  (iv)

uses its influence as a stockholder to dominate or control a borrower to the detriment of other creditors of such borrower, a court may elect to subordinate the claim of the offending lender or bondholder to the claims of the disadvantaged creditor or creditors, a remedy called “equitable subordination.”

The Fund does not intend to engage in conduct that would form the basis for a successful cause of action based upon the equitable subordination doctrine. However, because of the nature of certain of the Fund’s investments, the Fund may be subject to claims from creditors of an obligor that debt obligations of which are held by the Fund should be equitably subordinated.

The preceding discussion regarding lender liability is based upon principles of U.S. federal and state laws. With respect to the Fund’s investments outside the United States, the laws of certain non-U.S. jurisdictions may also impose liability upon lenders or bondholders under factual circumstances similar to those described above, with consequences that may or may not be analogous to those described above under U.S. federal and state laws.

We generally will not control our portfolio companies and, due to the illiquid nature of our holdings in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our interests in our portfolio companies.

We do not expect to control most of our portfolio companies, even though we may have board representation or board observation rights, and our debt agreements with such portfolio companies may contain

 

52


Table of Contents

certain restrictive covenants. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company in which we invest may make business decisions with which we disagree and the management of such company, as representatives of the holders of the company’s common equity, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve our interests as debt investors. Due to the lack of liquidity for our investments in non-traded companies, we may not be able to dispose of our interests in our portfolio companies as readily as we would like or at an appropriate valuation. As a result, a portfolio company may make decisions that could decrease the value of our portfolio holdings.

We will be exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates.

General interest rate fluctuations may have a substantial negative impact on our investments and investment opportunities and, accordingly, may have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective and the rate of return on invested capital. Because we may borrow money to make investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we may borrow funds and the rate at which we may invest these funds. As a result, there can be no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income.

Our debt investments may be based on floating interest rates, such as LIBOR, the Euro Interbank Offered Rate (“EURIBOR”), the Federal Funds Rate or the Prime Rate, that reset on a periodic basis, and that many of our investments will be subject to interest rate floors. A reduction in the interest rates on new investments relative to interest rates on current investments could have an adverse impact on our net investment income, which also could be negatively impacted by our borrowers making prepayments on their loans. On the other hand, an increase in interest rates could increase the interest repayment obligations of our borrowers and result in challenges to their financial performance and ability to repay their obligations. In addition, our cost of funds likely will increase because the interest rates on the majority of amounts we may borrow are likely to be floating, which could reduce our net investment income to the extent any debt investments have fixed interest rates, and the interest rate on investments with an interest rate floor will not increase until interest rates exceed the applicable floor.

Trading prices for debt that pays a fixed rate of return tend to fall as interest rates rise. Trading prices tend to fluctuate more for fixed-rate securities that have longer maturities. Moreover, an increase in interest rates available to investors could make investment in our common stock less attractive if we are not able to increase our dividend rate, which could reduce the value of our common stock. Federal Reserve policy, including with respect to certain interest rates and the decision to end its quantitative easing policy, may also adversely affect the value, volatility and liquidity of dividend- and interest-paying securities. Market volatility, rising interest rates and/or a return to unfavorable economic conditions could adversely affect our business.

We may enter into certain hedging transactions, such as interest rate swap agreements, in an effort to mitigate our exposure to adverse fluctuations in interest rates and we may increase our floating rate investments to position the portfolio for rate increases. However, we cannot assure you that such transactions will be successful in mitigating our exposure to interest rate risk or if we will enter into such interest rate hedges. Hedging transactions may also limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to our portfolio investments.

We do not have a policy governing the maturities of our investments. This means that we are subject to greater risk (other things being equal) than a fund invested solely in shorter-term securities. A decline in the prices of the debt we own could adversely affect our net asset value. Also, an increase in interest rates available to investors could make an investment in our common stock less attractive if we are not able to increase our dividend rate.

To the extent that we make floating rate debt investments, a rise in the general level of interest rates would lead to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates may result in an increase in the amount of the incentive fee payable to the Adviser.

 

53


Table of Contents

Any inaccuracy or incompleteness by a portfolio company or breach of covenants may adversely affect the valuation of the collateral underlying the loans or the ability of the lenders to perfect or effectuate a lien on the collateral securing the loan or the Fund’s ability to otherwise realize on or avoid losses in respect of the investment.

The Fund will seek to make or acquire portfolio investments having structural, covenant and other contractual terms providing adequate downside protection, but there can be no assurance that such attempts to provide downside protection with respect to its investments will achieve their desired effect, and, accordingly, potential investors should regard an investment in the Fund as being speculative and having a high degree of risk. Of paramount concern in making or acquiring a portfolio investment is the possibility of material misrepresentation or omission on the part of the portfolio investment seller, the portfolio company or other credit support providers, or breach of covenant by any such parties. Such inaccuracy or incompleteness or breach of covenants may adversely affect the valuation of the collateral underlying the loans or the ability of the lenders to perfect or effectuate a lien on the collateral securing the loan or the Fund’s ability to otherwise realize on or avoid losses in respect of the investment. The Fund will rely upon the accuracy and completeness of representations made by any such parties to the extent reasonable, but cannot guarantee such accuracy or completeness.

Additionally, of particular concern in portfolio investments in loans or other debt instruments is the possibility of material misrepresentation or omission on the part of the borrower or issuer of such debt instruments. Such inaccuracy or incompleteness may adversely affect the valuation of the collateral underlying the loans, notes or bonds or may adversely affect the ability of the Fund to perfect or effectuate a lien on any collateral securing the investment. The Fund will rely upon the accuracy and completeness of representations made by borrowers or issuers of securities and their respective agents when it makes its investments, but cannot guarantee such accuracy or completeness. Under certain circumstances, payments to the Fund may be reclaimed if any such payment or distribution is later determined to have been a fraudulent conveyance or a preferential payment.

Second priority liens on collateral securing debt investments that we make to our portfolio companies may be subject to control by senior creditors with first priority liens. If there is a default, the value of the collateral may not be sufficient to repay in full both the first priority creditors and us.

Certain debt investments that we make to portfolio companies may be secured on a second priority basis by the same collateral securing first priority debt of such companies. The first priority liens on the collateral will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the company under the agreements governing the loans. The holders of obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of and be entitled to receive proceeds from any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from the sale or sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the debt obligations secured by the second priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds are not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the debt obligations secured by the second priority liens, then we, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against the company remaining assets, if any.

We may also make unsecured debt investments in portfolio companies, meaning that such investments will not benefit from any interest in collateral of such companies. Liens on such portfolio companies’ collateral, if any, will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under its outstanding secured debt and may secure certain future debt that is permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under its secured debt agreements. The holders of obligations secured by such liens will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of such collateral to repay their obligations in full before we are so entitled. In

 

54


Table of Contents

addition, the value of such collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of such collateral would be sufficient to satisfy its unsecured debt obligations after payment in full of all secured debt obligations. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay the outstanding secured debt obligations, then its unsecured claims would rank equally with the unpaid portion of such secured creditors’ claims against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing the debt investments we make to our portfolio companies with senior debt outstanding may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of senior debt. Under such an intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that may be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first priority liens: the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral; the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings; the approval of amendments to collateral documents; releases of liens on the collateral; and waivers of past defaults under collateral documents. We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights are adversely affected.

The portfolio investments in which the Fund invests and Apollo’s portfolio companies will be subject to various laws for the protection of creditors in the jurisdictions of the portfolio companies concerned.

Differences in law may adversely affect the rights of the Fund as a lender with respect to other creditors. Additionally, the Fund, as a creditor, may experience less favorable treatment under different insolvency regimes than those that apply in the United States, including in cases where the Fund seeks to enforce any security it may hold as a creditor.

Limited amortization requirements may extend the expected weighted average life of the investment.

The Fund may invest in loans that have limited mandatory amortization requirements. While these loans may obligate a portfolio company to repay the loan out of asset sale proceeds or with annual excess cash flow, repayment requirements may be subject to substantial limitations that would allow a portfolio company to retain such asset sale proceeds or cash flow, thereby extending the expected weighted average life of the investment. In addition, a low level of amortization of any debt over the life of the investment may increase the risk that the portfolio company will not be able to repay or refinance the loans held by the Fund when it matures.

Economic recessions or downturns could impair our portfolio companies and adversely affect our operating results.

The companies in which we intend to invest may be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay our debt investments during these periods. The recent global outbreak of COVID-19 has disrupted economic markets and the prolonged economic impact is uncertain. Some economists and major investment banks have expressed concern that the continued spread of the virus globally could lead to a world-wide economic downturn. In the past, instability in the global capital markets resulted in disruptions in liquidity in the debt capital markets, significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated credit market and the failure of major domestic and international financial institutions. In particular, in past periods of instability, the financial services sector was negatively impacted by significant write-offs as the value of the assets held by financial firms declined, impairing their capital positions and abilities to lend and invest. In addition, continued uncertainty surrounding the negotiation of trade deals between Britain and the European Union following the United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union and uncertainty between the United States and other countries, including China, with respect to trade policies, treaties, and tariffs, among other factors, have caused disruption in the global markets. There can be no assurance that market conditions will not worsen in the future.

 

55


Table of Contents

In an economic downturn, we may have non-performing assets or non-performing assets are likely to increase, and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during these periods. Adverse economic conditions may also decrease the value of any collateral securing our senior secured debt. A prolonged recession may further decrease the value of such collateral and result in losses of value in our portfolio and a decrease in our revenues, net income and NAV. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us on terms we deem acceptable. These events could prevent us from increasing investments and adversely affect our operating results.

Implementation of the Fund’s strategy is dependent in part on market dislocation impacting the global credit markets.

Implementation of the Fund’s investment strategy will depend, in part, on the extent to which the global credit markets continue to experience disruption, liquidity shortages and financial instability. Prolonged disruption may prevent the Fund from advantageously realizing on or disposing of its investments. A further economic downturn could adversely affect the financial resources and credit quality of the underlying portfolio companies of any debt instruments in which the Fund may invest and result in the inability of such borrowers to make principal and interest payments on, or refinance, outstanding debt when due. In the event of such defaults, the Fund may suffer a partial or total loss of capital invested in such companies, which would, in turn, have an adverse effect on the Fund’s returns. Any such defaults may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s investments. Such marketplace events also may restrict the ability of the Fund to sell or liquidate investments at favorable times or for favorable prices (although such marketplace events may not foreclose the Fund’s ability to hold such investments until maturity). Further, the Fund’s investment strategy may be impacted in part by changes in the conditions in the global financial markets generally and credit markets specifically. In the event of a further market deterioration, the value of the Fund’s investments may not appreciate as projected or may suffer a loss.

A covenant breach or other default by our portfolio companies may adversely affect our operating results.

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its secured assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize a portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt or equity securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants, with a defaulting portfolio company. In addition, lenders in certain cases can be subject to lender liability claims for actions taken by them when they become too involved in the borrower’s business or exercise control over a borrower. It is possible that we could become subject to a lender’s liability claim, including as a result of actions taken if we render significant managerial assistance to the borrower. Furthermore, if one of our portfolio companies were to file for bankruptcy protection, a bankruptcy court might re-characterize our debt holding and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to claims of other creditors, even though we may have structured our investment as senior secured debt. The likelihood of such a re-characterization would depend on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we provided managerial assistance to that portfolio company.

Our portfolio companies may be highly leveraged.

Some of our portfolio companies may be highly leveraged, which may have adverse consequences to these companies and to us as an investor. These companies may be subject to restrictive financial and operating covenants and the leverage may impair these companies’ ability to finance their future operations and capital needs. As a result, these companies’ flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions and to take advantage of business opportunities may be limited. Further, a leveraged company’s income and net assets will tend to increase or decrease at a greater rate than if borrowed money were not used.

 

56


Table of Contents

Loans to private companies involve risks that may not exist in the case of more established and/or publicly traded companies.

These risks include the risk that:

 

   

these companies may have limited financial resources and limited access to additional financing, which may increase the risk of their defaulting on their obligations, leaving creditors, such as the Fund, dependent on any guarantees or collateral that they may have obtained;

 

   

these companies frequently have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which render such companies more vulnerable to competition and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns;

 

   

there will not be as much information publicly available about these companies as would be available for public companies and such information may not be of the same quality;

 

   

these companies are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons; as a result, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on these companies’ ability to meet their obligations;

 

   

these companies generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence, and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance their expansion or maintain their competitive position; and

 

   

these companies may have difficulty accessing the capital markets to meet future capital needs, which may limit their ability to grow or to repay their outstanding indebtedness upon maturity.

We may not realize gains from our equity investments.

Certain investments that we may make could include warrants or other equity securities. In addition, we may make direct equity investments in portfolio companies. Our goal is ultimately to realize gains upon our disposition of such equity interests. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience. We also may be unable to realize any value if a portfolio company does not have a liquidity event, such as a sale of the business, recapitalization or public offering, which would allow us to sell the underlying equity interests. We intend to seek puts or similar rights to give us the right to sell our equity securities back to the portfolio company issuer. We may be unable to exercise these put rights for the consideration provided in our investment documents if the issuer is in financial distress.

An investment strategy focused primarily on privately-held companies presents certain challenges, including, but not limited to, the lack of available information about these companies.

We intend to invest primarily in privately-held companies. Investments in private companies pose significantly greater risks than investments in public companies. First, private companies have reduced access to the capital markets, resulting in diminished capital resources and the ability to withstand financial distress. Second, the depth and breadth of experience of management in private companies tends to be less than that at public companies, which makes such companies more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a smaller group of persons and/or persons with less depth and breadth of experience. Therefore, the decisions made by such management teams and/or the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on our investments and, in turn, on us. Third, the investments themselves tend to be less liquid. As such, we may have difficulty exiting an investment promptly or at a desired price prior to maturity or outside of a normal amortization schedule. As a result, the relative lack of liquidity and the potential diminished capital resources of our target portfolio companies may affect our investment returns.

 

57


Table of Contents

Fourth, little public information generally exists about private companies. Further, these companies may not have third-party debt ratings or audited financial statements. We must therefore rely on the ability of the Adviser to obtain adequate information through due diligence to evaluate the creditworthiness and potential returns from investing in these companies. The Adviser would typically assess an investment in a portfolio company based on the Adviser’s estimate of the portfolio company’s earnings and enterprise value, among other things, and these estimates may be based on limited information and may otherwise be inaccurate, causing the Adviser to make different investment decisions than it may have made with more complete information. These companies and their financial information will generally not be subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other rules that govern public companies. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and we may lose money on our investments.

Our investments in securities or assets of publicly-traded companies are subject to the risks inherent in investing in public securities.

We may invest a portion of our portfolio in publicly-traded assets. For example, it is not expected that we will be able to negotiate additional financial covenants or other contractual rights, which we might otherwise be able to obtain in making privately negotiated investments. In addition, by investing in publicly-traded securities or assets, we will be subject to U.S. federal and state securities laws, as well as non-U.S. securities laws, that may, among other things, restrict or prohibit our ability to make or sell an investment. Moreover, we may not have the same access to information in connection with investments in public securities, either when investigating a potential investment or after making an investment, as compared to privately negotiated investments. Furthermore, we may be limited in its ability to make investments and to sell existing investments in public securities because the Firm may be deemed to have material, non-public information regarding the issuers of those securities or as a result of other internal policies. The inability to sell public securities in these circumstances could materially adversely affect our investment results. In addition, an investment may be sold by us to a public company where the consideration received is a combination of cash and stock of the public company, which may, depending on the securities laws of the relevant jurisdiction, be subject to lock-up periods.

A lack of liquidity in certain of our investments may adversely affect our business.

We intend to invest in certain companies whose securities are not publicly-traded or actively traded on the secondary market, and whose securities are subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will otherwise be less liquid than publicly-traded securities. The illiquidity of certain of our investments may make it difficult for us to sell these investments when desired. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we had previously recorded these investments. The reduced liquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to dispose of them at a favorable price, and, as a result, we may suffer losses. Moreover, investments purchased by us that are liquid at the time of purchase may subsequently become illiquid due to events relating to the issuer, market events, economic conditions or investor perceptions.

Our investments may include original issue discount and payment-in-kind instruments.

To the extent that we invest in original issue discount or payment-in-kind (“PIK”) instruments and the accretion of original issue discount or PIK interest income constitutes a portion of our income, we will be exposed to risks associated with the requirement to include such non-cash income in taxable and accounting income prior to receipt of cash, including the following:

 

   

the higher interest rates on PIK instruments reflect the payment deferral and increased credit risk associated with these instruments, and PIK instruments generally represent a significantly higher credit risk than coupon loans;

 

   

original issue discount and PIK instruments may have unreliable valuations because the accruals require judgments about collectability of the deferred payments and the value of any associated collateral;

 

58


Table of Contents
   

an election to defer PIK interest payments by adding them to the principal on such instruments increases our future investment income which increases our net assets and, as such, increases the Adviser’s future base management fees which, thus, increases the Adviser’s future income incentive fees at a compounding rate;

 

   

market prices of PIK instruments and other zero coupon instruments are affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes, and may be more volatile than instruments that pay interest periodically in cash. While PIK instruments are usually less volatile than zero coupon debt instruments, PIK instruments are generally more volatile than cash pay securities;

 

   

the deferral of PIK interest on an instrument increases the loan-to-value ratio, which is a measure of the riskiness of a loan, with respect to such instrument;

 

   

even if the conditions for income accrual under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) are satisfied, a borrower could still default when actual payment is due upon the maturity of such loan;

 

   

the required recognition of original issue discount or PIK interest for U.S. federal income tax purposes may have a negative impact on liquidity, as it represents a non-cash component of our investment company taxable income that may require cash distributions to shareholders in order to maintain our ability to be subject to tax as a RIC; and

 

   

original issue discount may create a risk of non-refundable cash payments to the Adviser based on non-cash accruals that may never be realized.

The prices of the debt instruments and other securities in which we invest may decline substantially.

For reasons not necessarily attributable to any of the risks set forth herein (for example, supply/demand imbalances or other market forces), the prices of the debt instruments and other securities may decline substantially. In particular, purchasing debt instruments or other assets at what may appear to be “undervalued” or “discounted” levels is no guarantee that these assets will not be trading at even lower levels at a time of valuation or at the time of sale, if applicable. It may not be possible to predict, or to hedge against, such “spread widening” risk. Additionally, the perceived discount in pricing from previous environments described herein may still not reflect the true value of the assets underlying debt instruments in which the Fund invests.

We may enter into a TRS agreement that exposes us to certain risks, including market risk, liquidity risk and other risks similar to those associated with the use of leverage.

A total return swap (“TRS”) is a contract in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in the market value of the assets underlying the TRS, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during a specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate. A TRS effectively adds leverage to a portfolio by providing investment exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Because of the unique structure of a TRS, a TRS often offers lower financing costs than are offered through more traditional borrowing arrangements.

A TRS is subject to market risk, liquidity risk and risk of imperfect correlation between the value of the TRS and the loans underlying the TRS. In addition, we may incur certain costs in connection with the TRS that could in the aggregate be significant. A TRS is also subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations thereunder or that we will not be able to meet our obligations to the counterparty.

We may enter into repurchase agreements.

Subject to our investment objective and policies, we may invest in repurchase agreements as a buyer for investment purposes. Repurchase agreements typically involve the acquisition by the Fund of debt securities

 

59


Table of Contents

from a selling financial institution such as a bank, savings and loan association or broker-dealer. The agreement provides that the Fund will sell the securities back to the institution at a fixed time in the future for the purchase price plus premium (which often reflects the interests). The Fund does not bear the risk of a decline in the value of the underlying security unless the seller defaults under its repurchase obligation. In the event of the bankruptcy or other default of a seller of a repurchase agreement, the Fund could experience both delays in liquidating the underlying securities and losses, including (1) possible decline in the value of the underlying security during the period in which the Fund seeks to enforce its rights thereto; (2) possible lack of access to income on the underlying security during this period; and (3) expenses of enforcing its rights. In addition, as described above, the value of the collateral underlying the repurchase agreement will be at least equal to the repurchase price, including any accrued interest earned on the repurchase agreement. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling financial institution, the Fund generally will seek to liquidate such collateral. However, the exercise of the Fund’s right to liquidate such collateral could involve certain costs or delays and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, the Fund could suffer a loss.

We may enter into securities lending agreements.

We may from time to time make secured loans of our marginable securities to brokers, dealers and other financial institutions if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, would at least equal 150% immediately after each such loan. The risks in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of credit, consist of possible delay in recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. However, such loans will be made only to brokers and other financial institutions that are believed by the Adviser to be of high credit standing. Securities loans are made to broker-dealers pursuant to agreements requiring that loans be continuously secured by collateral consisting of U.S. government securities, cash or cash equivalents (e.g., negotiable certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit) maintained on a daily mark-to-market basis in an amount at least equal at all times to the market value of the securities lent. If the Fund enters into a securities lending arrangement, the Adviser, as part of its responsibilities under the Advisory Agreement, will invest the Fund’s cash collateral in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and strategies. The Fund will pay the borrower of the securities a fee based on the amount of the cash collateral posted in connection with the securities lending program. The borrower will pay to the Fund, as the lender, an amount equal to any dividends or interest received on the securities lent.

The Fund may invest the cash collateral received only in accordance with its investment objectives, subject to the Fund’s agreement with the borrower of the securities. In the case of cash collateral, the Fund expects to pay a rebate to the borrower. The reinvestment of cash collateral will result in a form of effective leverage for the Fund.

Although voting rights or rights to consent with respect to the loaned securities pass to the borrower, the Fund, as the lender, will retain the right to call the loans and obtain the return of the securities loaned at any time on reasonable notice, and it will do so in order that the securities may be voted by the Fund if the holders of such securities are asked to vote upon or consent to matters materially affecting the investment. The Fund may also call such loans in order to sell the securities involved. When engaged in securities lending, the Fund’s performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned and will also reflect the receipt of interest through investment of cash collateral by the Fund in permissible investments.

We may from time to time enter into credit default swaps or other derivative transactions which expose us to certain risks, including credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk and other risks similar to those associated with the use of leverage.

We may from time to time enter into credit default swaps or other derivative transactions that seek to modify or replace the investment performance of a particular reference security or other asset. These transactions are typically individually negotiated, non-standardized agreements between two parties to exchange payments,

 

60


Table of Contents

with payments generally calculated by reference to a notional amount or quantity. Swap contracts and similar derivative contracts are not traded on exchanges; rather, banks and dealers act as principals in these markets. These investments may present risks in excess of those resulting from the referenced security or other asset. Because these transactions are not an acquisition of the referenced security or other asset itself, the investor has no right directly to enforce compliance with the terms of the referenced security or other asset and has no voting or other consensual rights of ownership with respect to the referenced security or other asset. In the event of insolvency of a counterparty, we will be treated as a general creditor of the counterparty and will have no claim of title with respect to the referenced security or other asset.

A credit default swap is a contract in which one party buys or sells protection against a credit event with respect to an issuer, such as an issuer’s failure to make timely payments of interest or principal on its debt obligations, bankruptcy or restructuring during a specified period. Generally, if we sell credit protection using a credit default swap, we will receive fixed payments from the swap counterparty and if a credit event occurs with respect to the applicable issuer, we will pay the swap counterparty par for the issuer’s defaulted debt securities and the swap counterparty will deliver the defaulted debt securities to us. Generally, if we buy credit protection using a credit default swap, we will make fixed payments to the counterparty and if a credit event occurs with respect to the applicable issuer, we will deliver the issuer’s defaulted securities underlying the swap to the swap counterparty and the counterparty will pay us par for the defaulted securities. Alternatively, a credit default swap may be cash settled and the buyer of protection would receive the difference between the par value and the market value of the issuer’s defaulted debt securities from the seller of protection.

Credit default swaps are subject to the credit risk of the underlying issuer. If we are selling credit protection, there is a risk that we will not properly assess the risk of the underlying issuer, a credit event will occur and we will have to pay the counterparty. If we are buying credit protection, there is a risk that we will not properly assess the risk of the underlying issuer, no credit event will occur and we will receive no benefit for the premium paid.

A derivative transaction is also subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations thereunder or that we will not be able to meet our obligations to the counterparty. In some cases, we may post collateral to secure our obligations to the counterparty, and we may be required to post additional collateral upon the occurrence of certain events such as a decrease in the value of the reference security or other asset. In some cases, the counterparty may not collateralize any of its obligations to us. Derivative investments effectively add leverage to a portfolio by providing investment exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. In addition to the risks described above, such arrangements are subject to risks similar to those associated with the use of leverage. See Risk Factors Risks Related to Debt Financing.”

We may acquire various financial instruments for purposes of “hedging” or reducing our risks, which may be costly and ineffective and could reduce our cash available for distribution to our shareholders.

We may seek to hedge against interest rate and currency exchange rate fluctuations and credit risk by using financial instruments such as futures, options, swaps and forward contracts, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. These financial instruments may be purchased on exchanges or may be individually negotiated and traded in over-the-counter markets. Use of such financial instruments for hedging purposes may present significant risks, including the risk of loss of the amounts invested. Defaults by the other party to a hedging transaction can result in losses in the hedging transaction. Hedging activities also involve the risk of an imperfect correlation between the hedging instrument and the asset being hedged, which could result in losses both on the hedging transaction and on the instrument being hedged. Use of hedging activities may not prevent significant losses and could increase our losses. Further, hedging transactions may reduce cash available to pay distributions to our shareholders.

 

61


Table of Contents

Prepayments of our debt investments by our portfolio companies could adversely impact our results of operations and reduce our return on equity.

We are subject to the risk that the investments we make in our portfolio companies may be repaid prior to maturity. When this occurs, we will generally reinvest these proceeds in temporary investments, pending their future investment in new portfolio companies. These temporary investments will typically have substantially lower yields than the debt being prepaid and we could experience significant delays in reinvesting these amounts. Any future investment in a new portfolio company may also be at lower yields than the debt that was repaid. As a result, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected if one or more of our portfolio companies elect to prepay amounts owed to us. Additionally, prepayments, net of prepayment fees, could negatively impact our return on equity. This risk will be more acute when interest rates decrease, as we may be unable to reinvest at rates as favorable as when we made our initial investment.

Technological innovations and industry disruptions.

Current trends in the market generally have been toward disrupting a traditional approach to an industry with technological innovation, and multiple young companies have been successful where this trend toward disruption in markets and market practices has been critical to their success. In this period of rapid technological and commercial innovation, new businesses and approaches may be created that will compete with the Fund and/ or its investments or alter the market practices the Fund’s strategy has been designed to function within and depend on for investment returns. Any of these new approaches could damage the Fund’s investments, significantly disrupt the market in which it operates and subject it to increased competition, which could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of investments.

Syndication of Co-Investments.

From time to time, the Fund may make an investment with the expectation of offering a portion of its interests therein as a co-investment opportunity to third-party investors. There can be no assurance that the Fund will be successful in syndicating any such co-investment, in whole or in part, that the closing of such co-investment will be consummated in a timely manner, that any syndication will take place on terms and conditions that will be preferable for the Fund or that expenses incurred by the Fund with respect to any such syndication will not be substantial. In the event that the Fund is not successful in syndicating any such co-investment, in whole or in part, the Fund may consequently hold a greater concentration and have more exposure in the related investment than initially was intended, which could make the Fund more susceptible to fluctuations in value resulting from adverse economic and/or business conditions with respect thereto. Moreover, an investment by the Fund that is not syndicated to co-investors as originally anticipated could significantly reduce the Fund’s overall investment returns.

To the extent we invest in middle market companies, investments in middle market companies involves a number of significant risks, any one of which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

Investments in middle market companies involve the same risks that apply generally to investments in larger, more established companies. However, such investments have more pronounced risks in that middle market companies:

 

   

may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt securities that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of us realizing on any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment;

 

   

have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tends to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and changing market conditions, as well as general economic downturns;

 

62


Table of Contents
   

are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons; therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on our portfolio company and, in turn, on us;

 

   

generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position. In addition, our executive officers, Trustees and members of the Adviser may, in the ordinary course of business, be named as defendants in litigation arising from our investments in the portfolio companies; and

 

   

may have difficulty accessing the capital markets to meet future capital needs, which may limit their ability to grow or to repay their outstanding indebtedness upon maturity.

Risks Related to the Adviser and Its Affiliates; Conflicts of Interest

The Adviser and its affiliates, including our officers and some of our Trustees, face conflicts of interest caused by compensation arrangements with us and our affiliates, which could result in actions that are not in the best interests of our shareholders.

The Adviser and its affiliates receive substantial fees from us in return for their services, and these fees could influence the advice provided to us. We pay to the Adviser an incentive fee that is based on the performance of our portfolio and an annual base management fee that is based on the value of our net assets as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the applicable month. Because the incentive fee is based on the performance of our portfolio, the Adviser may be incentivized to make investments on our behalf that are riskier or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangement. The way in which the incentive fee is determined may also encourage the Adviser to use leverage to increase the return on our investments. Our compensation arrangements could therefore result in our making riskier or more speculative investments than would otherwise be the case. This could result in higher investment losses, particularly during cyclical economic downturns. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

We may be obligated to pay the Adviser incentive compensation even if we incur a net loss due to a decline in the value of our portfolio.

Our Advisory Agreement entitles the Adviser to receive Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns regardless of any capital losses. In such case, we may be required to pay the Adviser incentive compensation for a fiscal quarter even if there is a decline in the value of our portfolio or if we incur a net loss for that quarter.

In addition, any Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns may be computed and paid on income that may include interest that has been accrued but not yet received. If a portfolio company defaults on a loan that is structured to provide accrued interest, it is possible that accrued interest previously included in the calculation of the incentive fee will become uncollectible. The Adviser is not under any obligation to reimburse us for any part of the incentive fee it received that was based on accrued income that we never received as a result of a default by an entity on the obligation that resulted in the accrual of such income, and such circumstances would result in our paying an incentive fee on income we never received.

There may be conflicts of interest related to obligations that the Adviser’s senior management and Investment Team have to Other Clients.

The members of the senior management and Investment Team of the Adviser serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do, or of investment funds managed by the same personnel. In serving in these multiple capacities, they may have obligations to Other Clients or investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which may not be in our best interests or in the best

 

63


Table of Contents

interest of our shareholders. Our investment objective may overlap with the investment objectives of such investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles. In particular, we will rely on the Adviser to manage our day-to-day activities and to implement our investment strategy. The Adviser and certain of its affiliates are presently, and plan in the future to continue to be, involved with activities that are unrelated to us. As a result of these activities, the Adviser, its officers and employees and certain of its affiliates will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time between us and other activities in which they are or may become involved, including the management of its affiliated equipment funds. The Adviser and its officers and employees will devote only as much of its or their time to our business as the Adviser and its officers and employees, in their judgment, determine is reasonably required, which may be substantially less than their full time.

We rely, in part, on the Adviser to assist with identifying investment opportunities and making investment recommendations to the Adviser. The Adviser and its affiliates are not restricted from forming additional investment funds, entering into other investment advisory relationships or engaging in other business activities. These activities could be viewed as creating a conflict of interest in that the time and effort of the members of the Adviser, its affiliates and their officers and employees will not be devoted exclusively to our business, but will be allocated between us and such other business activities of the Adviser and its affiliates in a manner that the Adviser deems necessary and appropriate. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

The time and resources that individuals employed by the Adviser devote to us may be diverted and we may face additional competition due to the fact that individuals employed by the Adviser are not prohibited from raising money for or managing other entities that make the same types of investments that we target.

The Adviser and individuals employed by the Adviser are generally not prohibited from raising capital for and managing other investment entities that make the same types of investments as those we target. As a result, the time and resources that these individuals may devote to us may be diverted. In addition, we may compete with any such investment entity for the same investors and investment opportunities. We may participate in certain transactions originated by the Adviser or its affiliates under our exemptive relief from the SEC that allows us to engage in co-investment transactions with the Adviser and its affiliates, subject to certain terms and conditions. However, while the terms of the exemptive relief require that the Adviser will be given the opportunity to cause us to participate in certain transactions originated by affiliates of the Adviser, the Adviser may determine that we not participate in those transactions and for certain other transactions (as set forth in guidelines approved by the Board of Trustees) the Adviser may not have the opportunity to cause us to participate. Affiliates of the Adviser, whose primary business includes the origination of investments or investing in non-originated assets, engage in investment advisory business with accounts that compete with us. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Our shares may be purchased by the Adviser or its affiliates.

The Adviser and its affiliates expect to purchase our shares. The Adviser and its affiliates will not acquire any shares with the intention to resell or re-distribute such shares. The purchase of shares by the Adviser and its affiliates could create certain risks, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

the Adviser and its affiliates may have an interest in disposing of our assets at an earlier date so as to recover their investment in our shares; and

 

   

substantial purchases of shares by the Adviser and its affiliates may limit the Adviser’s ability to fulfill any financial obligations that it may have to us or incurred on our behalf.

The Adviser relies on key personnel, the loss of any of whom could impair its ability to successfully manage us.

Our future success depends, to a significant extent, on the continued services of the officers and employees of the Adviser or its affiliates. The loss of services of one or more members of the Adviser’s management team,

 

64


Table of Contents

including members of Apollo’s investment committee (the “Investment Committee”), could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations. The Adviser does not have an employment agreement with any of these key personnel and we cannot guarantee that all, or any particular one, will remain affiliated with us and/or the Adviser. Further, we do not intend to separately maintain key person life insurance on any of these individuals.

The compensation we pay to the Adviser will be determined without independent assessment on our behalf, and these terms may be less advantageous to us than if such terms had been the subject of arm’s-length negotiations.

The Advisory Agreement will not be entered into on an arm’s-length basis with an unaffiliated third party. As a result, the form and amount of compensation we pay the Adviser may be less favorable to us than they might have been had an investment advisory agreement been entered into through arm’s-length transactions with an unaffiliated third party.

The Intermediary Manager’s influence on this offer gives it the ability to increase the fees payable to the Adviser.

The Adviser is paid a base management fee calculated as a percentage of our net assets and unrelated to net income or any other performance base or measure. The Intermediary Manager, an affiliate of the Adviser will be incentivized to raise more proceeds in this offering to increase our net assets, even if it would be difficult for us to efficiently deploy additional capital, which in turn would increase the base management fee payable to the Adviser.

Because the Intermediary Manager is an affiliate of Apollo, you will not have the benefit of an independent review of this prospectus customarily performed in underwritten offerings.

The Intermediary Manager is an affiliate of Apollo and will not make an independent review of us or the offering. Accordingly, you will have to rely on your own broker to make an independent review of the terms of this offering. If your broker does not conduct such a review, you will not have the benefit of an independent review of the terms of this offering. Further, the due diligence investigation of us by the Intermediary Manager cannot be considered to be an independent review and, therefore, may not be as meaningful as a review conducted by an unaffiliated broker-dealer or investment banker. You will not have the benefit of an independent review and investigation of this offering of the type normally performed by an unaffiliated, independent underwriter in an underwritten public securities offering. In addition, we do not, and do not expect to, have research analysts reviewing our performance or our securities on an ongoing basis. Therefore, you will not have an independent review of our performance and the value of our common stock relative to publicly traded companies.

Risks Related to Business Development Companies

The requirement that we invest a sufficient portion of our assets in Qualifying Assets could preclude us from investing in accordance with our current business strategy; conversely, the failure to invest a sufficient portion of our assets in Qualifying Assets could result in our failure to maintain our status as a BDC.

Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in section 55(a) of the 1940 Act described as “qualifying” assets, (“Qualifying Assets”) unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are Qualifying Assets. Therefore, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe are attractive investments if such investments are not Qualifying Assets. Conversely, if we fail to invest a sufficient portion of our assets in Qualifying Assets, we could lose our status as a BDC, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Similarly, these rules could prevent us from making additional investments in existing portfolio companies,

 

65


Table of Contents

which could result in the dilution of our position, or could require us to dispose of investments at an inopportune time to comply with the 1940 Act. If we were forced to sell non-qualifying investments in the portfolio for compliance purposes, the proceeds from such sale could be significantly less than the current value of such investments.

Failure to maintain our status as a BDC would reduce our operating flexibility.

If we do not remain a BDC, we might be regulated as a registered closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act, which would subject us to substantially more regulatory restrictions under the 1940 Act and correspondingly decrease our operating flexibility.

Regulations governing our operation as a BDC and RIC will affect our ability to raise, and the way in which we raise, additional capital or borrow for investment purposes, which may have a negative effect on our growth.

As a result of the annual distribution requirement to qualify as a RIC, we may need to periodically access the capital markets to raise cash to fund new investments. We may issue “senior securities,” as defined under the 1940 Act, including borrowing money from banks or other financial institutions only in amounts such that our asset coverage meets the threshold set forth in the 1940 Act immediately after each such issuance. The 1940 Act currently requires an asset coverage of at least 150% (i.e., the amount of debt may not exceed two-thirds of the value of our assets). Our ability to issue different types of securities is also limited. Compliance with these requirements may unfavorably limit our investment opportunities and reduce our ability in comparison to other companies to profit from favorable spreads between the rates at which we can borrow and the rates at which we can lend. As a BDC, therefore, we intend to continuously issue equity at a rate more frequent than our privately-owned competitors, which may lead to greater shareholder dilution.

We expect to borrow for investment purposes. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy the asset coverage test, which would prohibit us from paying distributions and could prevent us from qualifying as a RIC. If we cannot satisfy the asset coverage test, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our debt financing, repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous.

Under the 1940 Act, we generally are prohibited from issuing or selling our shares at a price per share, after deducting selling commissions, that is below our NAV per share, which may be a disadvantage as compared with other public companies. We may, however, sell our shares, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our shares, at a price below the current NAV of our shares if our Board of Trustees, including our independent Trustees, determine that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our shareholders, and our shareholders, as well as those shareholders that are not affiliated with us, approve such sale. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price that, in the determination of our Board of Trustees, closely approximates the fair value of such securities.

Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates is restricted.

We are prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with certain of our affiliates (including portfolio companies of Other Clients) without the prior approval of a majority of the independent members of our Board of Trustees and, in some cases, the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of our outstanding voting securities will be our affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act and generally we will be prohibited from buying or selling any securities from or to such affiliate, absent the prior approval of our Board of Trustees. However, we may under certain circumstances purchase any such affiliate’s loans or securities in the secondary market, which could create a conflict for the Adviser between our interests and the interests of such affiliate, in that the ability of the Adviser to recommend actions in our best interest may be limited. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain of our affiliates, which could include investments

 

66


Table of Contents

in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or closely related times), without prior approval of our Board of Trustees and, in some cases, the SEC. If a person acquires more than 25% of our voting securities, we will be prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to such person or certain of that person’s affiliates, or entering into prohibited joint transactions (including certain co-investments) with such persons, absent the prior approval of the SEC. Similar restrictions limit our ability to transact business with our officers, Trustees, investment advisers, sub-advisers or their affiliates. As a result of these restrictions, we may be prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to any fund or any portfolio company of a fund managed by the Adviser, or entering into joint arrangements such as certain co-investments with these companies or funds without the prior approval of the SEC, which may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to us.

We have obtained exemptive relief from the SEC that allows us to engage in co-investment transactions with the Adviser and its affiliates, subject to certain terms and conditions. However, while the terms of the exemptive relief require that the Adviser will be given the opportunity to cause us to participate in certain transactions originated by affiliates of the Adviser, the Adviser may determine that we not participate in those transactions and for certain other transactions (as set forth in guidelines approved by the Board of Trustees) the Adviser may not have the opportunity to cause us to participate.

We are uncertain of our sources for funding our future capital needs; if we cannot obtain debt or equity financing on acceptable terms, our ability to acquire investments and to expand our operations will be adversely affected.

The net proceeds from the sale of shares will be used for our investment opportunities, operating expenses and for payment of various fees and expenses such as base management fees, incentive fees and other expenses. Any working capital reserves we maintain may not be sufficient for investment purposes, and we may require debt or equity financing to operate. Accordingly, in the event that we develop a need for additional capital in the future for investments or for any other reason, these sources of funding may not be available to us. Consequently, if we cannot obtain debt or equity financing on acceptable terms, our ability to acquire investments and to expand our operations will be adversely affected. As a result, we would be less able to create and maintain a broad portfolio of investments and achieve our investment objective, which may negatively impact our results of operations and reduce our ability to make distributions to our shareholders.

We are a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, and therefore we are not limited with respect to the proportion of our assets that may be invested in securities of a single issuer.

We are classified as a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, which means that we are not limited by the 1940 Act with respect to the proportion of our assets that we may invest in securities of a single issuer. Under the 1940 Act, a “diversified” investment company is required to invest at least 75% of the value of its total assets in cash and cash items, government securities, securities of other investment companies and other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the total assets of such company and no more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer. As a non-diversified investment company, we are not subject to this requirement. To the extent that we assume large positions in the securities of a small number of issuers, or within a particular industry, our NAV may fluctuate to a greater extent than that of a diversified investment company as a result of changes in the financial condition or the market’s assessment of the issuer. We may also be more susceptible to any single economic or regulatory occurrence than a diversified investment company or to a general downturn in the economy. However, we will be subject to the diversification requirements applicable to RICs under Subchapter M of the Code.

 

67


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Debt Financing

When we borrow money, the potential for loss on amounts invested in us will be magnified and may increase the risk of investing in us. Borrowed money may also adversely affect the return on our assets, reduce cash available for distribution to our shareholders and result in losses.

The use of borrowings, also known as leverage, increases the volatility of investments by magnifying the potential for loss on invested equity capital. If we use leverage to partially finance our investments, through borrowing from banks and other lenders, you will experience increased risks of investing in our shares. If the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause NAV to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged. Similarly, any decrease in our income would cause net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to make distributions to our shareholders. In addition, our shareholders will bear the burden of any increase in our expenses as a result of our use of leverage, including interest expenses and any increase in the management or incentive fees payable to the Adviser.

We expect to use leverage to finance our investments. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on the Adviser’s and our Board of Trustees’ assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. There can be no assurance that leveraged financing will be available to us on favorable terms or at all. However, to the extent that we use leverage to finance our assets, our financing costs will reduce cash available for distributions to shareholders. Moreover, we may not be able to meet our financing obligations and, to the extent that we cannot, we risk the loss of some or all of our assets to liquidation or sale to satisfy the obligations. In such an event, we may be forced to sell assets at significantly depressed prices due to market conditions or otherwise, which may result in losses.

As a BDC, we generally are required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total borrowings and other senior securities, which include all of our borrowings and any preferred shares that we may issue in the future, of at least 150%. If this ratio were to fall below 150%, we could not incur additional debt and could be required to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt when it is disadvantageous to do so. This could have a material adverse effect on our operations and investment activities. Moreover, our ability to make distributions to you may be significantly restricted or we may not be able to make any such distributions whatsoever. The amount of leverage that we will employ will be subject to oversight by our Board of Trustees, a majority of whom are independent Trustees with no material interests in such transactions.

Although borrowings by the Fund have the potential to enhance overall returns that exceed the Fund’s cost of funds, they will further diminish returns (or increase losses on capital) to the extent overall returns are less than the Fund’s cost of funds. In addition, borrowings by the Fund may be secured by the shareholders’ investments as well as by the Fund’s assets and the documentation relating to such borrowing may provide that during the continuance of a default under such borrowing, the interests of the investors may be subordinated to such borrowing.

We may default under our credit facilities.

In the event we default under a credit facility or other borrowings, our business could be adversely affected as we may be forced to sell a portion of our investments quickly and prematurely at what may be disadvantageous prices to us in order to meet our outstanding payment obligations and/or support working capital requirements under such borrowing facility, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, following any such default, the agent for the lenders under such borrowing facility could assume control of the disposition of any or all of our assets which constitute collateral, including the selection of such assets to be disposed and the timing of such disposition, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

68


Table of Contents

Provisions in a credit facility may limit our investment discretion.

A credit facility may be backed by all or a portion of our loans and securities on which the lenders will have a security interest. We may pledge up to 100% of our assets and may grant a security interest in all of our assets under the terms of any debt instrument we enter into with lenders. We expect that any security interests we grant will be set forth in a pledge and security agreement and evidenced by the filing of financing statements by the agent for the lenders. In addition, we expect that the custodian for our securities serving as collateral for such loan would include in its electronic systems notices indicating the existence of such security interests and, following notice of occurrence of an event of default, if any, and during its continuance, will only accept transfer instructions with respect to any such securities from the lender or its designee. If we were to default under the terms of any debt instrument, the agent for the applicable lenders would be able to assume control of the timing of disposition of any or all of our assets securing such debt, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In addition, any security interests and/or negative covenants required by a credit facility may limit our ability to create liens on assets to secure additional debt and may make it difficult for us to restructure or refinance indebtedness at or prior to maturity or obtain additional debt or equity financing. In addition, if our borrowing base under a credit facility were to decrease, we may be required to secure additional assets in an amount sufficient to cure any borrowing base deficiency. In the event that all of our assets are secured at the time of such a borrowing base deficiency, we could be required to repay advances under a credit facility or make deposits to a collection account, either of which could have a material adverse impact on our ability to fund future investments and to make distributions.

In addition, we may be subject to limitations as to how borrowed funds may be used, which may include restrictions on geographic and industry concentrations, loan size, payment frequency and status, average life, collateral interests and investment ratings, as well as regulatory restrictions on leverage which may affect the amount of funding that may be obtained. There may also be certain requirements relating to portfolio performance, including required minimum portfolio yield and limitations on delinquencies and charge-offs, a violation of which could limit further advances and, in some cases, result in an event of default. An event of default under a credit facility could result in an accelerated maturity date for all amounts outstanding thereunder, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. This could reduce our liquidity and cash flow and impair our ability to grow our business.

Changes in interest rates may affect our cost of capital and net investment income.

Since we intend to use debt to finance a portion of our investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income. In periods of rising interest rates when we have debt outstanding, our cost of funds will increase, which could reduce our net investment income. We expect that our long-term fixed-rate investments will be financed primarily with equity and long-term debt. We may use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to limit our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. These techniques may include various interest rate hedging activities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. These activities may limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to the hedged portfolio. Adverse developments resulting from changes in interest rates or hedging transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, we have limited experience in entering into hedging transactions, and we will initially have to purchase or develop such expertise.

A rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates would make it easier for us to meet or exceed the incentive fee hurdle rate and may result in a substantial increase in the amount of incentive fees payable to the Adviser with respect to pre-incentive fee net investment income.

 

69


Table of Contents

We may form one or more CLOs, which may subject us to certain structured financing risks.

To finance investments, we may securitize certain of our secured loans or other investments, including through the formation of one or more CLOs, while retaining all or most of the exposure to the performance of these investments. This would involve contributing a pool of assets to a special purpose entity, and selling debt interests in such entity on a non-recourse or limited-recourse basis to purchasers. It is possible that an interest in any such CLO held by us may be considered a “non-qualifying” portfolio investment for purposes of the 1940 Act.

If we create a CLO, we will depend in part on distributions from the CLO’s assets out of its earnings and cash flows to enable us to make distributions to shareholders. The ability of a CLO to make distributions will be subject to various limitations, including the terms and covenants of the debt it issues. Also, a CLO may take actions that delay distributions in order to preserve ratings and to keep the cost of present and future financings lower or the CLO may be obligated to retain cash or other assets to satisfy over-collateralization requirements commonly provided for holders of the CLO’s debt, which could impact our ability to receive distributions from the CLO. If we do not receive cash flow from any such CLO that is necessary to satisfy the annual distribution requirement for maintaining RIC status, and we are unable to obtain cash from other sources necessary to satisfy this requirement, we may not maintain our qualification as a RIC, which would have a material adverse effect on an investment in the shares.

In addition, a decline in the credit quality of loans in a CLO due to poor operating results of the relevant borrower, declines in the value of loan collateral or increases in defaults, among other things, may force a CLO to sell certain assets at a loss, reducing their earnings and, in turn, cash potentially available for distribution to us for distribution to shareholders. To the extent that any losses are incurred by the CLO in respect of any collateral, such losses will be borne first by us as owner of equity interests in the CLO.

The manager for a CLO that we create may be the Fund, the Adviser or an affiliate, and such manager may be entitled to receive compensation for structuring and/or management services. To the extent the Adviser or an affiliate other than the Fund serves as manager and the Fund is obligated to compensate the Adviser or the affiliate for such services, we, the Adviser or the affiliate will implement offsetting arrangements to assure that we, and indirectly, our shareholders, pay no additional management fees to the Adviser or the affiliate in connection therewith. To the extent we serve as manager, we will waive any right to receive fees for such services from the Fund (and indirectly its shareholders) or any affiliate.

Federal Income Tax Risks

We will be subject to corporate-level income tax if we are unable to qualify as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code or to satisfy RIC distribution requirements.

To obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment under Subchapter M of the Code, we must, among other things, meet annual distribution, income source and asset diversification requirements. If we do not qualify for or maintain RIC tax treatment for any reason and are subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions.

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.

For federal income tax purposes, we may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as zero coupon securities, debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or debt instruments that were issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the

 

70


Table of Contents

obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. We anticipate that a portion of our income may constitute original issue discount or other income required to be included in taxable income prior to receipt of cash. Further, we may elect to amortize market discount and include such amounts in our taxable income in the current year, instead of upon disposition, as an election not to do so would limit our ability to deduct interest expenses for tax purposes.

Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of the accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our shareholders in order to satisfy the annual distribution requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, we may have difficulty meeting the annual distribution requirement necessary to qualify for and maintain RIC tax treatment under Subchapter M of the Code. We may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may not qualify for or maintain RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

We may be impacted by loan origination regulation.

The Fund intends to engage in originating, lending and/or servicing loans, and may therefore be subject to state and federal regulation, borrower disclosure requirements, limits on fees and interest rates on some loans, state lender licensing requirements and other regulatory requirements in the conduct of its business as they pertain to such transactions. The Fund may also be subject to consumer disclosures and substantive requirements on consumer loan terms and other federal regulatory requirements applicable to consumer lending that are administered by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and other applicable regulatory authorities. These state and federal regulatory programs are designed to protect borrowers.

Some of our investments may be subject to corporate-level income tax.

We may invest in certain debt and equity investments through taxable subsidiaries and the taxable income of these taxable subsidiaries will be subject to federal and state corporate income taxes. We may invest in certain foreign debt and equity investments which could be subject to foreign taxes (such as income tax, withholding and value added taxes).

Our portfolio investments may present special tax issues.

The Fund expects to invest in debt securities that are rated below investment grade by rating agencies or that would be rated below investment grade if they were rated. Investments in these types of instruments may present special tax issues for the Fund. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless instruments, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed by the Fund, to the extent necessary, to preserve its status as a RIC and to distribute sufficient income to not become subject to U.S. federal income tax.

Legislative or regulatory tax changes could adversely affect investors.

At any time, the federal income tax laws governing RICs or the administrative interpretations of those laws or regulations may be amended. Any of those new laws, regulations or interpretations may take effect retroactively and could adversely affect the taxation of us or our shareholders. Therefore, changes in tax laws, regulations or administrative interpretations or any amendments thereto could diminish the value of an investment in our shares or the value or the resale potential of our investments.

 

71


Table of Contents

Risks Related to an Investment in the Shares

If we are unable to raise substantial funds, then we will be more limited in the number and type of investments we may make, our expenses may be higher relative to our total assets, and the value of your investment in us may be reduced in the event our assets under-perform.

Amounts that we raise may not be sufficient for us to purchase a broad portfolio of investments. To the extent that less than the maximum number of Common Shares is subscribed for, the opportunity for us to purchase a broad portfolio of investments may be decreased and the returns achieved on those investments may be reduced as a result of allocating all of our expenses among a smaller capital base. If we are unable to raise substantial funds, we may not achieve certain economies of scale and our expenses may represent a larger proportion of our total assets.

We may have difficulty sourcing investment opportunities.

We have not identified the potential investments for our portfolio that we will acquire after breaking escrow. We cannot assure investors that we will be able to locate a sufficient number of suitable investment opportunities to allow us to deploy all investments successfully. In addition, privately-negotiated investments in loans and illiquid securities of large private U.S. borrowers require substantial due diligence and structuring, and we cannot assure investors that we will achieve our anticipated investment pace. As a result, investors will be unable to evaluate any future portfolio company investments prior to purchasing our shares. Additionally, our Adviser will select our investments subsequent to this offering, and our shareholders will have no input with respect to such investment decisions. These factors increase the uncertainty, and thus the risk, of investing in our shares. To the extent we are unable to deploy all investments, our investment income and, in turn, our results of operations, will likely be materially adversely affected.

Risks related to the Warehousing Transaction

We may not be able to consummate or realize the anticipated benefits from the Warehousing Transaction. Under the Warehousing Transaction, we have agreed to purchase assets from the warehouse provider at prices based on cost plus adjustments or fees designed to compensate the warehouse provider for holding the assets before we purchase them from it. As a result, we will pay additional cost in connection with acquiring assets through the warehouse compared to purchasing them directly.

Purchases of assets from the warehouse provider would be at prices determined under the Warehousing Transaction regardless of the assets’ market prices at the time of acquisition. As a result, we may pay more or less than the current market value of such assets when we acquire them. We may purchase such assets even if they are in default.

We may not be able to raise sufficient funds to purchase all of the assets in the Warehousing Transaction. In that case, we may determine to purchase some but not all of the assets held by the warehouse provider. There is no guarantee that the assets we purchase will ultimately be the best performing assets of those available. Additionally, even if we have sufficient funds to purchase the assets in the Warehousing Transaction, we may not have sufficient funds to make other investments. We may also borrow to obtain funds necessary to purchase assets from the Warehousing Transaction. See “Investment Objectives and Strategies—Warehousing Transaction.”

We may have difficulty paying distributions and the tax character of any distributions is uncertain.

We generally intend to distribute substantially all of our available earnings annually by paying distributions on a monthly basis, as determined by the Board of Trustees in its discretion. We cannot assure investors that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions (particularly during the early stages of our operations) or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. Our ability to pay

 

72


Table of Contents

distributions might be adversely affected by the impact of one or more of the risk factors described in this Registration Statement. Due to the asset coverage test applicable to us under the 1940 Act as a BDC, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions. In addition, if we enter into a credit facility or any other borrowing facility, for so long as such facility is outstanding, we anticipate that we may be required by its terms to use all payments of interest and principal that we receive from our current investments as well as any proceeds received from the sale of our current investments to repay amounts outstanding thereunder, which could adversely affect our ability to make distributions.

Furthermore, the tax treatment and characterization of our distributions may vary significantly from time to time due to the nature of our investments. The ultimate tax characterization of our distributions made during a taxable year may not finally be determined until after the end of that taxable year. We may make distributions during a taxable year that exceed our investment company taxable income and net capital gains for that taxable year. In such a situation, the amount by which our total distributions exceed investment company taxable income and net capital gains generally would be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in the shares, with any amounts exceeding such tax basis treated as a gain from the sale or exchange of such shares. A return of capital generally is a return of a shareholder’s investment rather than a return of earnings or gains derived from our investment activities. Moreover, we may pay all or a substantial portion of our distributions from borrowings or sources other than cash flow from operations in anticipation of future cash flow, which could constitute a return of shareholders’ capital and will lower such shareholders’ tax basis in our shares, which may result in increased tax liability to shareholders when they sell such shares.

An investment in our shares will have limited liquidity.

Our shares constitute illiquid investments for which there is not, and will likely not be, a secondary market at any time prior to a public offering and listing of our shares on a national securities exchange. There can be no guarantee that we will conduct a public offering and list our shares on a national securities exchange. Investment in the Fund is suitable only for sophisticated investors and requires the financial ability and willingness to accept the high risks and lack of liquidity inherent in an investment in the Fund. Except in limited circumstances for legal or regulatory purposes, shareholders are not entitled to redeem their shares. Shareholders must be prepared to bear the economic risk of an investment in our shares for an extended period of time.

Certain investors will be subject to 1934 Act filing requirements.

Because our Common Shares will be registered under the 1934 Act, ownership information for any person who beneficially owns 5% or more of our Common Shares will have to be disclosed in a Schedule 13G or other filings with the SEC. Beneficial ownership for these purposes is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and includes having voting or investment power over the securities. In some circumstances, our shareholders who choose to reinvest their dividends may see their percentage stake in the Fund increased to more than 5%, thus triggering this filing requirement. Each shareholder is responsible for determining their filing obligations and preparing the filings. In addition, our shareholders who hold more than 10% of a class of our shares may be subject to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, which recaptures for the benefit of the Fund profits from the purchase and sale of registered stock (and securities convertible or exchangeable into such registered stock) within a six-month period.

Special considerations for certain benefit plan investors.

We intend to conduct our affairs so that our assets should not be deemed to constitute “plan assets” under ERISA and the Plan Asset Regulations. In this regard, until such time as all classes of our Common Shares are considered “publicly-offered securities” within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations, we intend to limit investment in each class of our Common Shares by “benefit plan investors” to less than 25% of the total value of each class of our Common Shares (within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations).

 

73


Table of Contents

If, notwithstanding our intent, the assets of the Fund were deemed to be “plan assets” of any shareholder that is a “benefit plan investor” under the Plan Asset Regulations, this would result, among other things, in (i) the application of the prudence and other fiduciary responsibility standards of ERISA to investments made by the Fund, and (ii) the possibility that certain transactions in which the Fund might seek to engage could constitute “prohibited transactions” under ERISA and the Code. If a prohibited transaction occurs for which no exemption is available, the Adviser and/or any other fiduciary that has engaged in the prohibited transaction could be required to (i) restore to the “benefit plan investor” any profit realized on the transaction and (ii) reimburse the Covered Plan for any losses suffered by the “benefit plan investor” as a result of the investment. In addition, each disqualified person (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) involved could be subject to an excise tax equal to 15% of the amount involved in the prohibited transaction for each year the transaction continues and, unless the transaction is corrected within statutorily required periods, to an additional tax of 100%. The Fiduciary of a “benefit plan investor” who decides to invest in the Fund could, under certain circumstances, be liable for prohibited transactions or other violations as a result of their investment in the Fund or as co-fiduciaries for actions taken by or on behalf of the Fund or the Adviser. With respect to a “benefit plan investor” that is an individual retirement account (an “IRA”) that invests in the Fund, the occurrence of a prohibited transaction involving the individual who established the IRA, or his or her beneficiaries, would cause the IRA to lose its tax-exempt status.

Until such time as all the classes of our Common Shares constitute “publicly traded securities” within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations, we have the power to (a) exclude any shareholder or potential shareholder from purchasing our Common Shares; (b) prohibit any redemption of our Common Shares; and (c) redeem some or all Common Shares held by any holder if, and to the extent that, our Board of Trustees determines that there is a substantial likelihood that such holder’s purchase, ownership or redemption of Common Shares would result in our assets to be characterized as “plan assets,” for purposes of the fiduciary responsibility or prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, and all Common Shares of the Fund shall be subject to such terms and conditions.

Prospective investors should carefully review the matters discussed under “Restrictions on Share Ownership” and should consult with their own advisors as to the consequences of making an investment in the Fund.

No shareholder approval is required for certain mergers.

The Independent Trustees may undertake to approve mergers between us and certain other funds or vehicles. Subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, such mergers will not require shareholder approval so you will not be given an opportunity to vote on these matters unless such mergers are reasonably anticipated to result in a material dilution of the NAV per share of the Fund. These mergers may involve funds managed by affiliates of Apollo. The Independent Trustees may also convert the form and/or jurisdiction of organization, including to take advantage of laws that are more favorable to maintaining board control in the face of dissident shareholders.

Shareholders may experience dilution.

All distributions declared in cash payable to shareholders that are participants in our distribution reinvestment plan will generally be automatically reinvested in our Common Shares. As a result, shareholders that do not participate in our distribution reinvestment plan may experience dilution over time.

Holders of our Common Shares will not have preemptive rights to any shares we issue in the future. Our charter allows us to issue an unlimited number of Common Shares. After you purchase Common Shares in this offering, our Board of Trustees may elect, without shareholder approval, to:

 

  (1)

sell additional shares in this or future public offerings;

 

  (2)

issue Common Shares or interests in any of our subsidiaries in private offerings;

 

74


Table of Contents
  (3)

issue Common Shares upon the exercise of the options we may grant to our independent directors or future employees; or

 

  (4)

subject to applicable law, issue Common Shares in payment of an outstanding obligation to pay fees for services rendered to us.

To the extent we issue additional Common Shares after your purchase in this offering, your percentage ownership interest in us will be diluted. Because of these and other reasons, our shareholders may experience substantial dilution in their percentage ownership of our shares or their interests in the underlying assets held by our subsidiaries.

Investing in our shares involves a high degree of risk.

The investments we make in accordance with our investment objective may result in a higher amount of risk than alternative investment options and volatility or loss of principal. Our investments in portfolio companies may be highly speculative and aggressive and, therefore, an investment in our shares may not be suitable for someone with lower risk tolerance.

The NAV of our shares may fluctuate significantly.

The NAV and liquidity, if any, of the market for our shares may be significantly affected by numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include:

 

   

changes in regulatory policies or tax guidelines, particularly with respect to RICs or BDCs;

 

   

loss of RIC or BDC status;

 

   

changes in earnings or variations in operating results;

 

   

changes in the value of our portfolio of investments;

 

   

changes in accounting guidelines governing valuation of our investments;

 

   

any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by investors;

 

   

departure of either of our adviser or certain of its respective key personnel;

 

   

general economic trends and other external factors;

 

   

loss of a major funding source; and

 

   

the length and duration of the COVID-19 outbreak in the U.S. as well as worldwide and the magnitude of the economic impact of that outbreak.

 

75


Table of Contents

ESTIMATED USE OF PROCEEDS

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to (1) make investments in accordance with our investment strategy and policies, (2) reduce borrowings and repay indebtedness incurred under various financing agreements we may enter into and (3) fund repurchases under our share repurchase plan. Generally, our policy will be to pay distributions and operating expenses from cash flow from operations, however, we are not restricted from funding these items from proceeds from this offering or other sources and may choose to do so, particularly in the earlier part of this offering.

We will seek to invest the net proceeds received in this offering as promptly as practicable after receipt thereof, and in any event generally within 60 days of each subscription closing. However, depending on market conditions and other factors, including the availability of investments that meet our investment objectives, we may be unable to invest such proceeds within the time period we anticipate. Pending such investment, we may have a greater allocation to syndicated loans or other liquid investments than we otherwise would or we may make investments in cash or cash equivalents (such as U.S. government securities or certain high quality debt instruments).

We estimate that we will incur approximately $6.77 million of offering expenses (excluding the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee) in connection with this offering, or approximately 0.14% of the gross proceeds, assuming maximum gross proceeds of $5,000,000,000. The Adviser has agreed to advance all of our organization and offering expenses on our behalf through the date on which we break escrow for this offering. Unless the Adviser elects to cover such expenses pursuant to the Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement we have entered into with the Adviser, we will be obligated to reimburse the Adviser for such advanced expenses upon breaking escrow for this offering. Any reimbursements will not exceed actual expenses incurred by the Adviser and its affiliates.

The following tables sets forth our estimate of how we intend to use the gross proceeds from this offering. Information is provided assuming that the Fund sells the maximum number of shares registered in this offering, or 200,000,000 shares. The amount of net proceeds may be more or less than the amount depicted in the table below depending on the public offering price of our shares and the actual number of shares we sell in this offering. The table below assumes that shares are sold at the current offering price of $25.00 per share. Such amount is subject to increase or decrease based upon our NAV per share.

The following tables present information about the net proceeds raised in this offering for each class, assuming that we sell the maximum primary offering amount of $5,000,000,000. The tables assume that 1/3 of our gross offering proceeds are from the sale of Class S shares, 1/3 of our gross offering proceeds are from the sale of Class D shares and 1/3 of our gross offering proceeds are from the sale of Class I shares. The number of shares of each class sold and the relative proportions in which the classes of shares are sold are uncertain and may differ significantly from what is shown in the tables below. Because amounts in the following tables are estimates, they may not accurately reflect the actual receipt or use of the gross proceeds from this offering. Amounts expressed as a percentage of net proceeds or gross proceeds may be higher or lower due to rounding.

The following table presents information regarding the use of proceeds raised in this offering with respect to Class S shares.

 

     Maximum Offering of
$1,666,666,667 in
Class S Shares
 

Gross Proceeds(1)

   $ 1,666,666,667        100

Upfront Sales Load(2)

   $ —          —  

Organization and Offering Expenses(3)

   $ 2,255,500        0.14
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Proceeds Available for Investment

   $ 1,664,411,167        99.86
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

76


Table of Contents

The following table presents information regarding the use of proceeds raised in this offering with respect to Class D shares.

 

     Maximum Offering of
$1,666,666,667 in
Class D Shares
 

Gross Proceeds(1)

   $ 1,666,666,667        100

Upfront Sales Load(2)

   $ —          —  

Organization and Offering Expenses(3)

   $ 2,255,500        0.14
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Proceeds Available for Investment

   $ 1,664,411,167        99.86
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents information regarding the use of proceeds raised in this offering with respect to Class I shares.

 

     Maximum Offering of
$1,666,666,667 in
Class I Shares
 

Gross Proceeds(1)

   $ 1,666,666,666        100

Upfront Sales Load(2)

   $ —          —  

Organization and Offering Expenses(3)

   $ 2,255,500        0.14
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Proceeds Available for Investment

   $ 1,664,411,167        99.86
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

We intend to conduct a continuous offering of an unlimited number of Common Shares over an unlimited time period by filing a new registration statement prior to the end of the three-year period described in Rule 415 under the Securities Act; however, in certain states this offering is subject to annual extensions.

(2)

No upfront sales load will be paid with respect to Class S shares, Class D shares or Class I shares, however, if you buy Class S shares or Class D shares through certain financial intermediaries, they may directly charge you transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, in such amount as they may determine, provided that selling agents limit such charges to a 1.5% cap on NAV for Class D shares and 3.5% cap on NAV for Class S shares. Selling agents will not charge such fees on Class I shares. We will pay the following shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to the Intermediary Manager, subject to FINRA limitations on underwriting compensation:

 

   

For Class S shares only, a shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee equal to 0.85% per annum of the aggregate NAV for the Class S shares and

 

   

For Class D shares only, a shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee equal to 0.25% per annum of the aggregate NAV for the Class D shares, in each case, payable monthly.

The shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees are similar to sales commissions. The distribution and servicing expenses borne by the participating brokers may be different from and substantially less than the amount of shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees charged. The total amount that will be paid over time for shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees depends on the average length of time for which shares remain outstanding, the term over which such amount is measured and the performance of our investments, and is not expected to be paid from sources other than cash flow from operating activities. We will cease paying the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee on the Class S shares and Class D shares on the earlier to occur of the following:

 

  (i)

a listing of Class I shares,

 

  (ii)

our merger or consolidation with or into another entity, or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets or

 

  (iii)

the date following the completion of the primary portion of this offering on which, in the aggregate, underwriting compensation from all sources in connection with this offering, including the shareholder

 

77


Table of Contents
  servicing and/or distribution fee and other underwriting compensation, is equal to 10% of the gross proceeds from our primary offering. In addition, consistent with the exemptive relief allowing us to offer multiple classes of shares, at the end of the month in which the Intermediary Manager in conjunction with the transfer agent determines that total transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, and shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees paid with respect to the shares held in a shareholder’s account would exceed, in the aggregate, 10% of the gross proceeds from the sale of such shares (or a lower limit as determined by the Intermediary Manager or the applicable selling agent), we will cease paying the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee on the Class S shares and Class D shares in such shareholder’s account. Compensation paid with respect to the shares in a shareholder’s account will be allocated among each share such that the compensation paid with respect to each individual share will not exceed 10% of the offering price of such share. We may modify this requirement in a manner that is consistent with applicable exemptive relief. At the end of such month, the Class S shares or Class D shares in such shareholder’s account will convert into a number of Class I shares (including any fractional shares), with an equivalent aggregate NAV as such Class S or Class D shares. See “Plan of Distribution.”
(3)

The organization and offering expense numbers shown above represent our estimates of expenses to be incurred by us in connection with this offering and include estimated wholesaling expenses reimbursable by us. See “Plan of Distribution” for examples of the types of organization and offering expenses we may incur.

 

78


Table of Contents

PLAN OF OPERATION

The information in this section contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please see “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements. You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a newly organized, externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that has elected to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. Formed as a Delaware statutory trust on December 4, 2020, we are externally managed by the Adviser, which is responsible for sourcing potential investments, conducting due diligence on prospective investments, analyzing investment opportunities, structuring investments and monitoring our portfolio on an ongoing basis. Our Adviser is registered as investment adviser with the SEC. We also intend to elect to be treated, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under the Code.

Under our Advisory Agreement, we have agreed to pay the Adviser an annual management fee as well as an incentive fee based on our investment performance. Also, under the Administration Agreement, we have agreed to reimburse the Administrator for the allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including our allocable portion of the costs of compensation and related expenses of our chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs.

We invest primarily in private credit opportunities in directly originated assets, including loans and other debt securities, made to or issued by large private U.S. borrowers, which we generally define as companies with more than $75 million in EBITDA, as may be adjusted for market disruptions, mergers and acquisitions-related charges and synergies, and other items. While most of our investments will be in private U.S. companies (subject to compliance with BDC regulatory requirement to invest at least 70% of its assets in private U.S. companies), we also expect to invest from time to time in European and other non-U.S. companies. Our portfolio may also include equity interests such as common stock, preferred stock, warrants or options, which generally would be obtained as part of providing a broader financing solution. Under normal circumstances, we will invest directly or indirectly at least 80% of our total assets (net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes) in debt instruments of varying maturities.

Most of the debt instruments we invest in are unrated or rated below investment grade, which is often an indication of size, credit worthiness and speculative nature relative to the capacity of the borrower to pay interest and principal. Generally, if our unrated investments were rated, they would be rated below investment grade. These securities, which are often referred to as “junk” or “high yield”, have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. They may also be difficult to value and are illiquid.

We may, but are not required to, enter into interest rate, foreign exchange or other derivative agreements to hedge interest rate, currency, credit or other risks, but we do not generally intend to enter into any such derivative agreements for speculative purposes. Any derivative agreements entered into for speculative purposes are not expected to be material to the Fund’s business or results of operations. These hedging activities, which will be in compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, may include the use of futures, options and forward contracts. We will bear the costs incurred in connection with entering into, administering and settling any such derivative contracts. There can be no assurance any hedging strategy we employ will be successful.

Most of our investments will be in private U.S. companies, but (subject to compliance with BDCs’ requirement to invest at least 70% of its assets in private U.S. companies), we also expect to invest to some extent in European and other non-U.S. companies, but do not expect to invest in emerging markets. Subject to the

 

79


Table of Contents

limitations of the 1940 Act, we may invest in loans or other securities, the proceeds of which may refinance or otherwise repay debt or securities of companies whose debt is owned by other Apollo funds. From time to time, we may co-invest with other Apollo funds. See “Regulation—Exemptive Relief.”

To seek to enhance our returns, we intend to employ leverage as market conditions permit and at the discretion of the Adviser, but in no event will leverage employed exceed the limitations set forth in the 1940 Act, which currently allows us to borrow up to a 2:1 debt to equity ratio. We intend to use leverage in the form of borrowings, including loans from certain financial institutions and the issuance of debt securities. We may also use leverage in the form of the issuance of preferred shares, but do not currently intend to do so. In determining whether to borrow money, we will analyze the maturity, covenant package and rate structure of the proposed borrowings as well as the risks of such borrowings compared to our investment outlook. Any such leverage, if incurred, would be expected to increase the total capital available for investment by the Fund. See “Risk Factors—Risk Related to Debt Financing.” To finance investments, we may securitize certain of our secured loans or other investments, including through the formation of one or more CLOs, while retaining all or most of the exposure to the performance of these investments. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Debt Financing—We may form one or more CLOs, which may subject us to certain structured financing risks.”

See “Investment Objectives and Strategies” for more information about our investment strategies. Our investments are subject to a number of risks. See “Risk Factors.”

Revenues

We plan to generate revenue in the form of interest income on debt investments, capital gains, and dividend income from our equity investments in our portfolio companies. Our senior and subordinated debt investments are expected to bear interest at a fixed or floating rate. Interest on debt securities is generally payable quarterly or semiannually. In some cases, some of our investments may provide for deferred interest payments or PIK interest. The principal amount of the debt securities and any accrued but unpaid PIK interest generally will become due at the maturity date. In addition, we may generate revenue in the form of commitment and other fees in connection with transactions. Original issue discounts and market discounts or premiums will be capitalized, and we will accrete or amortize such amounts as interest income. We will record prepayment premiums on loans and debt securities as interest income. Dividend income, if any, will be recognized on an accrual basis to the extent that we expect to collect such amounts.

Expenses

Except as specifically provided below, all investment professionals and staff of the Adviser, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory services to us, and the base compensation, bonus and benefits, and the routine overhead expenses, of such personnel allocable to such services, will be provided and paid for by the Adviser. We will bear all other costs and expenses of our operations, administration and transactions, including, but not limited to:

1)    investment advisory fees, including management fees and incentive fees, to the Adviser, pursuant to the Advisory Agreement;

2)    the Fund’s allocable portion of compensation, overhead (including rent, office equipment and utilities) and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its administrative obligations under the Administration Agreement, including but not limited to: (i) the Fund’s chief compliance officer, chief financial officer, chief legal officer and their respective staffs; (ii) investor relations, legal, operations and other non-investment professionals at the Administrator that perform duties for the Fund; and (iii) any personnel of Apollo or any of its affiliates providing non-investment related services to the Fund; and

 

80


Table of Contents

3)    all other expenses of the Fund’s operations, administrations and transactions including, without limitation, those relating to:

(i)    organization and offering expenses associated with this offering (including legal, accounting, printing, mailing, subscription processing and filing fees and expenses and other offering expenses, including costs associated with technology integration between the Fund’s systems and those of participating intermediaries, reasonable bona fide due diligence expenses of participating intermediaries supported by detailed and itemized invoices, costs in connection with preparing sales materials and other marketing expenses, design and website expenses, fees and expenses of the Fund’s escrow agent and transfer agent, fees to attend retail seminars sponsored by participating intermediaries and costs, expenses and reimbursements for travel, meals, accommodations, entertainment and other similar expenses related to meetings or events with prospective investors, intermediaries, registered investment advisors or financial or other advisors, but excluding the shareholder servicing fee);

(ii)    all taxes, fees, costs, and expenses, retainers and/or other payments of accountants, legal counsel, advisors (including tax advisors), administrators, auditors (including with respect to any additional auditing required under The Directive 2011/61/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2011 on Alternative Investment Fund Managers and any applicable legislation implemented by an EEA Member state in connection with such Directive (the “AIFMD”), investment bankers, administrative agents, paying agents, depositaries, custodians, trustees, sub-custodians, consultants (including individuals consulted through expert network consulting firms), engineers, senior advisors, industry experts, operating partners, deal sourcers (including personnel dedicated to but not employed by Apollo), and other professionals (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the costs and charges allocable with respect to the provision of internal legal, tax, accounting, technology or other services and professionals related thereto (including secondees and temporary personnel or consultants that may be engaged on short- or long-term arrangements) as deemed appropriate by the Administrator, with the oversight of the Board of Trustees, where such internal personnel perform services that would be paid by the Fund if outside service providers provided the same services); fees, costs, and expenses herein include (x) costs, expenses and fees for hours spent by its in-house attorneys and tax advisors that provide legal advice and/or services to the Fund or its portfolio companies on matters related to potential or actual investments and transactions and the ongoing operations of the Fund and (y) expenses and fees to provide administrative and accounting services to the Fund or its portfolio companies, and expenses, charges and/or related costs incurred directly by the Fund or affiliates in connection such services (including overhead related thereto), in each case, (I) that are specifically charged or specifically allocated or attributed by the Administrator, with the oversight of the Board of Trustees, to the Fund or its portfolio companies and (II) provided that any such amounts shall not be greater than what would be paid to an unaffiliated third party for substantially similar advice and/or services of the same skill and expertise);

(iii)    the cost of calculating the Fund’s net asset value, including the cost of any third-party valuation services;

(iv)    the cost of effecting any sales and repurchases of the Common Shares and other securities;

(v)    fees and expenses payable under any intermediary manager and selected intermediary agreements, if any;

(vi)    interest and fees and expenses arising out of all borrowings, guarantees and other financings or derivative transactions (including interest, fees and related legal expenses) made or entered into by the Fund, including, but not limited to, the arranging thereof and related legal expenses;

(vii)    all fees, costs and expenses of any loan servicers and other service providers and of any custodians, lenders, investment banks and other financing sources;

(viii)    costs incurred in connection with the formation or maintenance of entities or vehicles to hold the Fund’s assets for tax or other purposes;

(ix)    costs of derivatives and hedging;

 

81


Table of Contents

(x)    expenses, including travel, entertainment, lodging and meal expenses, incurred by the Adviser, or members of its investment team, or payable to third parties, in evaluating, developing, negotiating, structuring and performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies, including such expenses related to potential investments that were not consummated, and, if necessary, enforcing the Fund’s rights;

(xi)    expenses (including the allocable portions of compensation and out-of-pocket expenses such as travel expenses) or an appropriate portion thereof of employees of the Adviser to the extent such expenses relate to attendance at meetings of the Board of Trustees or any committees thereof;

(xii)    all fees, costs and expenses, if any, incurred by or on behalf of the Fund in developing, negotiating and structuring prospective or potential investments that are not ultimately made, including, without limitation any legal, tax, administrative, accounting, travel, meals, accommodations and entertainment, advisory, consulting and printing expenses, reverse termination fees and any liquidated damages, commitment fees that become payable in connection with any proposed investment that is not ultimately made, forfeited deposits or similar payments;

(xiii)    the allocated costs incurred by the Administrator in providing managerial assistance to those portfolio companies that request it;

(xiv)    all brokerage costs, hedging costs, prime brokerage fees, custodial expenses, agent bank and other bank service fees; private placement fees, commissions, appraisal fees, commitment fees and underwriting costs; costs and expenses of any lenders, investment banks and other financing sources, and other investment costs, fees and expenses actually incurred in connection with evaluating, making, holding, settling, clearing, monitoring or disposing of actual investments (including, without limitation, travel, meals, accommodations and entertainment expenses and any expenses related to attending trade association and/or industry meetings, conferences or similar meetings, any costs or expenses relating to currency conversion in the case of investments denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars) and expenses arising out of trade settlements (including any delayed compensation expenses);

(xv)    investment costs, including all fees, costs and expenses incurred in sourcing, evaluating, developing, negotiating, structuring, trading (including trading errors), settling, monitoring and holding prospective or actual investments or investment strategies including, without limitation, any financing, legal, filing, auditing, tax, accounting, compliance, loan administration, travel, meals, accommodations and entertainment, advisory, consulting, engineering, data-related and other professional fees, costs and expenses in connection therewith (to the extent the Adviser is not reimbursed by a prospective or actual issuer of the applicable investment or other third parties or capitalized as part of the acquisition price of the transaction) and any fees, costs and expenses related to the organization or maintenance of any vehicle through which the Fund directly or indirectly participates in the acquisition, holding and/or disposition of investments or which otherwise facilitate the Fund’s investment activities, including without limitation any travel and accommodations expenses related to such vehicle and the salary and benefits of any personnel (including personnel of Adviser or its affiliates) reasonably necessary and/or

(xvi)    advisable for the maintenance and operation of such vehicle, or other overhead expenses (including any fees, costs and expenses associated with the leasing of office space (which may be made with one or more affiliates of Apollo as lessor in connection therewith));

(xvii)    transfer agent, dividend agent and custodial fees;

(xviii)    fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts;

(xix)    federal and state registration fees, franchise fees, any stock exchange listing fees and fees payable to rating agencies;

(xx)    independent trustees’ fees and expenses including reasonable travel, entertainment, lodging and meal expenses, and any legal counsel or other advisors retained by, or at the discretion or for the benefit of, the independent trustees;

 

82


Table of Contents

(xxi)    costs of preparing financial statements and maintaining books and records, costs of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 compliance and attestation and costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents with the SEC, Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and other regulatory bodies and other reporting and compliance costs, including registration and exchange listing and the costs associated with reporting and compliance obligations under the 1940 Act and any other applicable federal and state securities laws, and the compensation of professionals responsible for the foregoing;

(xxii)    all fees, costs and expenses associated with the preparation and issuance of the Fund’s periodic reports and related statements (e.g., financial statements and tax returns) and other internal and third-party printing (including a flat service fee), publishing (including time spent performing such printing and publishing services) and reporting-related expenses (including other notices and communications) in respect of the Fund and its activities (including internal expenses, charges and/or related costs incurred, charged or specifically attributed or allocated by the Fund or the Adviser or its affiliates in connection with such provision of services thereby);

(xxiii)    the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to shareholders (including printing and mailing costs) and the costs of any shareholder or Trustee meetings;

(xxiv)    proxy voting expenses;

(xxv)    costs associated with an exchange listing;

(xxvi)    costs of registration rights granted to certain investors;

(xxvii)    any taxes and/or tax-related interest, fees or other governmental charges (including any penalties incurred where the Adviser lacks sufficient information from third parties to file a timely and complete tax return) levied against the Fund and all expenses incurred in connection with any tax audit, investigation, litigation, settlement or review of the Fund and the amount of any judgments, fines, remediation or settlements paid in connection therewith;

(xxviii)    all fees, costs and expenses of any litigation, arbitration or audit involving the Fund any vehicle or its portfolio companies and the amount of any judgments, assessments fines, remediations or settlements paid in connection therewith, Trustees and officers, liability or other insurance (including costs of title insurance) and indemnification (including advancement of any fees, costs or expenses to persons entitled to indemnification) or extraordinary expense or liability relating to the affairs of the Fund;

(xxix)    all fees, costs and expenses associated with the Fund’s information, obtaining and maintaining technology (including the costs of any professional service providers), hardware/software, data-related communication, market data and research (including news and quotation equipment and services and including costs allocated by the Adviser’s or its affiliates’ internal and third-party research group (which are generally based on time spent, assets under management, usage rates, proportionate holdings or a combination thereof or other reasonable methods determined by the Administrator) and expenses and fees (including compensation costs) charged or specifically attributed or allocated by Adviser and/or its affiliates for data-related services provided to the Fund and/or its portfolio companies (including in connection with prospective investments), each including expenses, charges, fees and/or related costs of an internal nature; provided, that any such expenses, charges or related costs shall not be greater than what would be paid to an unaffiliated third party for substantially similar services) reporting costs (which includes notices and other communications and internally allocated charges), and dues and expenses incurred in connection with membership in industry or trade organizations;

(xxx)    the costs of specialty and custom software for monitoring risk, compliance and the overall portfolio, including any development costs incurred prior to the filing of the Fund’s election to be treated as a BDC;

(xxxi)    costs associated with individual or group shareholders;

 

83


Table of Contents

(xxxii)    fidelity bond, trustees and officers errors and omissions liability insurance and other insurance premiums;

(xxxiii)    direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, copying and secretarial and other staff;

(xxxiv)    all fees, costs and expenses of winding up and liquidating the Fund’s assets;

(xxxv)    extraordinary expenses (such as litigation or indemnification);

(xxxvi)    all fees, costs and expenses related to compliance-related matters (such as developing and implementing specific policies and procedures in order to comply with certain regulatory requirements) and regulatory filings; notices or disclosures related to the Fund’s activities (including, without limitation, expenses relating to the preparation and filing of filings required under the Securities Act, TIC Form SLT filings, Internal Revenue Service filings under FATCA and FBAR reporting requirements applicable to the Fund or reports to be filed with the CFTC, reports, disclosures, filings and notifications prepared in connection with the laws and/or regulations of jurisdictions in which the Fund engages in activities, including any notices, reports and/or filings required under the AIFMD, European Securities and Markets Authority and any related regulations, and other regulatory filings, notices or disclosures of the Adviser relating to the Fund and its affiliates relating to the Fund, and their activities) and/or other regulatory filings, notices or disclosures of the Adviser and its affiliates relating to the Fund including those pursuant to applicable disclosure laws and expenses relating to FOIA requests, but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any expenses incurred for general compliance and regulatory matters that are not related to the Fund and its activities;

(xxxvii)    costs and expenses (including travel) in connection with the diligence and oversight of the Fund’s service providers;

(xxxviii)    costs and expenses, including travel, meals, accommodations, entertainment and other similar expenses, incurred by the Adviser or its affiliates for meetings with existing investors and any intermediaries, registered investment advisors, financial and other advisors representing such existing investors; and

(xxxix)    all other expenses incurred by the Administrator in connection with administering the Fund’s business.

With respect to (i) above, the Adviser has agreed to advance all of our organization and offering expenses on our behalf through the date on which we break escrow for this offering. Unless the Adviser elects to cover such expenses pursuant to the Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement we have entered into with the Adviser, we will be obligated to reimburse the Adviser for such advanced expenses upon breaking escrow for this offering. See “—Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement.” Any reimbursements will not exceed actual expenses incurred by the Adviser and its affiliates.

From time to time, the Adviser, the Administrator or their affiliates may pay third-party providers of goods or services. We will reimburse the Adviser, the Administrator or such affiliates thereof for any such amounts paid on our behalf. From time to time, the Adviser or the Administrator may defer or waive fees and/or rights to be reimbursed for expenses. All of the foregoing expenses will ultimately be borne by our shareholders, subject to the cap on organization and offering expenses described above.

Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement

We have entered into an Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement (the “Expense Support Agreement”) with the Adviser. The Adviser may elect to pay certain of our expenses on our behalf

(each, an “Expense Payment”), provided that no portion of the payment will be used to pay any interest expense or shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees of the Fund. Any Expense Payment that the Adviser has

 

84


Table of Contents

committed to pay must be paid by the Adviser to us in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds no later than forty-five days after such commitment was made in writing, and/or offset against amounts due from us to the Adviser or its affiliates.

Following any calendar month in which Available Operating Funds (as defined below) exceed the cumulative distributions accrued to the Fund’s shareholders based on distributions declared with respect to record dates occurring in such calendar month (the amount of such excess being hereinafter referred to as “Excess Operating Funds”), we shall pay such Excess Operating Funds, or a portion thereof, to the Adviser until such time as all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to the Fund within three years prior to the last business day of such calendar month have been reimbursed. Any payments required to be made by the Fund shall be referred to herein as a “Reimbursement Payment.” Available Operating Funds means the sum of (i) our net investment company taxable income (including net short-term capital gains reduced by net long-term capital losses), (ii) our net capital gains (including the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) and (iii) dividends and other distributions paid to us on account of investments in portfolio companies (to the extent such amounts listed in clause (iii) are not included under clauses (i) and (ii) above).

No Reimbursement Payment for any month will be made if: (1) the “Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share” (as defined below) declared by us at the time of such Reimbursement Payment is less than the Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share at the time the Expense Payment was made to which such Reimbursement Payment relates, or (2) our “Operating Expense Ratio” (as defined below) at the time of such Reimbursement Payment is greater than the Operating Expense Ratio at the time the Expense Payment was made to which such Reimbursement Payment relates. Pursuant to the Expense Support Agreement, “Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share” means the annualized rate (based on a 365 day year) of regular cash distributions per share exclusive of returns of capital, distribution rate reductions due to distribution and shareholder fees, and declared special dividends or special distributions, if any. The “Operating Expense Ratio” is calculated by dividing Operating Expenses, less organizational and offering expenses, base management and incentive fees owed to Adviser, and interest expense, by our net assets.

The Fund’s obligation to make a Reimbursement Payment shall automatically become a liability of the Fund on the last business day of the applicable calendar month, except to the extent the Adviser has waived its right to receive such payment for the applicable month.

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

We expect to generate cash primarily from (i) the net proceeds of the this offering, (ii) cash flows from our operations, (iii) any financing arrangements we may enter into in the future and (iv) any future offerings of our equity or debt securities. Immediately after we meet our minimum offering requirement pursuant to this offering or any private placement, gross subscription funds will total at least $100 million, which will be available to us immediately upon commencing operations. Once our minimum offering requirement has been met, we intend to sell our shares on a continuous basis at a per share price equal to the then-current NAV per share.

Our primary uses of cash will be for (i) investments in portfolio companies and other investments, (ii) the cost of operations (including paying the Adviser and the Administrator), (iii) cost of any borrowings or other financing arrangements and (iv) cash distributions to the holders of our shares.

Net Worth of Sponsors

The NASAA, in its Omnibus Guidelines Statement of Policy adopted on March 29, 1992 and as amended on May 7, 2007 and from time to time (the “Omnibus Guidelines”), requires that our affiliates and Adviser, or our Sponsor as defined under the Omnibus Guidelines, have an aggregate financial net worth, exclusive of home, automobiles and home furnishings, of the greater of either $100,000, or 5.0% of the first $20 million of both the gross amount of securities currently being offered in this offering and the gross amount of any originally issued

 

85


Table of Contents

direct participation program securities sold by our affiliates and sponsors within the past 12 months, plus 1.0% of all amounts in excess of the first $20 million. Based on these requirements, our Adviser and its affiliates, while not liable directly or indirectly for any indebtedness we may incur, have an aggregate financial net worth in excess of those amounts required by the Omnibus Guidelines Statement of Policy.

Critical Accounting Policies

This discussion of our expected operating plans is based upon our expected financial statements, which will be prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements will require our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets and any other parameters used in determining such estimates could cause actual results to differ. In addition to the discussion below, we will describe our critical accounting policies in the notes to our future financial statements.

Fair Value Measurements

The Fund is required to report its investments for which current market values are not readily available at fair value. The Fund values its investments in accordance with FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements (“ASC 820”), which defines fair value as the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the applicable measurement date. ASC 820 prioritizes the use of observable market prices derived from such prices over entity-specific inputs. Due to the inherent uncertainties of valuation, certain estimated fair values may differ significantly from the values that would have been realized had a ready market for these investments existed, and these differences could be material. See “Determination of Net Asset Value” for more information on how we value our investments.

Revenue Recognition

Interest Income

Interest income is recorded on an accrual basis and includes the accretion of discounts and amortizations of premiums. Discounts from and premiums to par value on debt investments purchased are accreted/amortized into interest income over the life of the respective security using the effective interest method. The amortized cost of debt investments represents the original cost, including loan origination fees and upfront fees received that are deemed to be an adjustment to yield, adjusted for the accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums, if any. Upon prepayment of a loan or debt security, any prepayment premiums, unamortized upfront loan origination fees and unamortized discounts are recorded as interest income in the current period.

PIK Income

The Fund may have loans in its portfolio that contain PIK provisions. PIK represents interest that is accrued and recorded as interest income at the contractual rates, increases the loan principal on the respective capitalization dates, and is generally due at maturity. Such income is included in interest income in the Fund’s statement of operations. If at any point the Fund believes PIK is not expected to be realized, the investment generating PIK will be placed on non-accrual status. When a PIK investment is placed on non-accrual status, the accrued, uncapitalized interest is generally reversed through interest income. To maintain the Fund’s status as a RIC, this non-cash source of income must be paid out to shareholders in the form of dividends, even though the Fund has not yet collected cash.

Dividend Income

Dividend income on preferred equity securities is recorded on the accrual basis to the extent that such amounts are payable by the portfolio company and are expected to be collected. Dividend income on common equity securities is recorded on the record date for private portfolio companies or on the ex-dividend date for publicly-traded portfolio companies.

 

86


Table of Contents

Fee Income

The Fund may receive various fees in the ordinary course of business such as structuring, consent, waiver, amendment, syndication fees as well as fees for managerial assistance rendered by the Fund to the portfolio companies. Such fees are recognized as income when earned or the services are rendered.

Non-Accrual Income

Loans are generally placed on non-accrual status when there is reasonable doubt that principal or interest will be collected in full. Accrued interest is generally reversed when a loan is placed on non-accrual status. Additionally, any original issue discount and market discount are no longer accreted to interest income as of the date the loan is placed on non-accrual status. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment regarding collectability. Non-accrual loans are restored to accrual status when past due principal and interest is paid current and, in management’s judgment, are likely to remain current. Management may make exceptions to this treatment and determine to not place a loan on non-accrual status if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection.

Distributions

To the extent that the Fund has taxable income available, the Fund intends to make monthly distributions to its shareholders. Distributions to shareholders are recorded on the record date. All distributions will be paid at the discretion of our Board of Trustees and will depend on our earnings, financial condition, maintenance of our tax treatment as a RIC, compliance with applicable BDC regulations and such other factors as our Board of Trustees may deem relevant from time to time.

Income Taxes

The Fund has elected to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. The Fund also intends to elect to be treated as a RIC under the Code. So long as the Fund maintains its status as a RIC, it generally will not pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that it distributes at least annually to its shareholders as dividends. Rather, any tax liability related to income earned and distributed by the Fund would represent obligations of the Fund’s investors and would not be reflected in the financial statements of the Fund.

The Fund evaluates tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing its financial statements to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” to be sustained by the applicable tax authority. Tax positions not deemed to meet the “more-likely-than-not” threshold are reserved and recorded as a tax benefit or expense in the current year. All penalties and interest associated with income taxes are included in income tax expense. Conclusions regarding tax positions are subject to review and may be adjusted at a later date based on factors including, but not limited to, on-going analyses of tax laws, regulations and interpretations thereof.

To qualify for and maintain qualification as a RIC, the Fund must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements. In addition, to qualify for RIC tax treatment, the Fund must distribute to its shareholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of the sum of (i) its “investment company taxable income” for that year (without regard to the deduction for dividends paid), which is generally its ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of its realized net short-term capital gains over its realized net long-term capital losses and (ii) its net tax-exempt income.

In addition, based on the excise tax distribution requirements, the Fund is subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on undistributed income unless the Fund distributes in a timely manner in each taxable year an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of its ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of capital gain net income (both long-term and short-term) for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year

 

87


Table of Contents

and (3) any income realized, but not distributed, in prior years. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by the Fund that is subject to corporate income tax is considered to have been distributed.

Contractual Obligations

We have entered into the Advisory Agreement with the Adviser to provide us with investment advisory services and the Administration Agreement with the Administrator to provide us with administrative services. Payments for investment advisory services under the Advisory Agreements and reimbursements under the Administration Agreement are described in “Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement.”

We intend to establish one or more credit facilities or enter into other financing arrangements to facilitate investments and the timely payment of our expenses. It is anticipated that any such credit facilities will bear interest at floating rates at to-be-determined spreads over LIBOR. We cannot assure shareholders that we will be able to enter into a credit facility on favorable terms or at all. In connection with a credit facility or other borrowings, lenders may require us to pledge assets, commitments and/or drawdowns (and the ability to enforce the payment thereof) and may ask to comply with positive or negative covenants that could have an effect on our operations.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Other than contractual commitments and other legal contingencies incurred in the normal course of our business, we do not expect to have any off-balance sheet financings or liabilities.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Uncertainty with respect to the economic effects of the COVID-19 outbreak has introduced significant volatility in the financial markets, and the effect of the volatility could materially impact our market risks, including those listed above. We will be subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. A rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to the variable rate investments we may hold and to declines in the value of any fixed rate investments we may hold. A rise in interest rates would also be expected to lead to higher cost on our floating rate borrowings. If deemed prudent, we may use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to minimize our exposure to interest rate fluctuations.

We plan to invest primarily in illiquid debt securities of private companies. Most of our investments will not have a readily available market price, and we will value these investments at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to procedures adopted by, and under the oversight of, the Board in accordance with our valuation policy. There is no single standard for determining fair value in good faith. As a result, determining fair value requires that judgment be applied to the specific facts and circumstances of each portfolio investment while employing a consistently applied valuation process for the types of investments we make. See “Determination of Net Asset Value.”

We may hedge against interest rate and currency exchange rate fluctuations by using standard hedging instruments such as futures, options and forward contracts subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. While hedging activities may insulate us against adverse changes in interest rates, they may also limit our ability to participate in benefits of lower interest rates with respect to our portfolio of investments with fixed interest rates. We may also borrow funds in local currency as a way to hedge our non-U.S. denominated investments.

 

88


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGIES

We were formed on December 4, 2020, as a Delaware statutory trust. We were organized to invest primarily in originated loans and other securities, including syndicated loans, made to or issued by large private U.S. borrowers, which we generally define as companies with more than $75 million in EBITDA.

After filing this Registration Statement, we will file an election to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. We also intend to elect to be treated as soon as reasonably practical, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a BDC and a RIC, we will be required to comply with certain regulatory requirements.

Our investment objectives are to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, long-term capital appreciation. We invest primarily in private credit opportunities in directly originated assets, including loans and other debt securities, made to or issued by large private U.S. borrowers, which we generally define as companies with more than $75 million in EBITDA, as may be adjusted for market disruptions, mergers and acquisitions-related charges and synergies, and other items. While most of our investments will be in private U.S. companies (subject to compliance with BDC regulatory requirement to invest at least 70% of its assets in private U.S. companies), we also expect to invest from time to time in European and other non-U.S. companies. Our portfolio may also include equity interests such as common stock, preferred stock, warrants or options, which generally would be obtained as part of providing a broader financing solution. Under normal circumstances, we will invest directly or indirectly at least 80% of our total assets (net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes) in debt instruments of varying maturities.

Most of the debt instruments we invest in are unrated or rated below investment grade, which is often an indication of size, credit worthiness and speculative nature relative to the capacity of the borrower to pay interest and principal. Generally, if our unrated investments were rated, they would be rated below investment grade. These securities, which are often referred to as “junk” or “high yield”, have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. They may also be difficult to value and are illiquid.

We may, but are not required to, enter into interest rate, foreign exchange or other derivative agreements to hedge interest rate, currency, credit or other risks, but we do not generally intend to enter into any such derivative agreements for speculative purposes. Any derivative agreements entered into for speculative purposes are not expected to be material to the Fund’s business or results of operations. These hedging activities, which will be in compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, may include the use of futures, options and forward contracts. We will bear the costs incurred in connection with entering into, administering and settling any such derivative contracts. There can be no assurance any hedging strategy we employ will be successful.

Our investment strategy is expected to capitalize on Apollo’s scale and reputation in the market as an attractive financing partner to acquire our target investments at attractive pricing. We also expect to benefit from Apollo’s reputation and ability to transact in scale with speed and certainty, and its long-standing and extensive relationships with private equity firms that require financing for their transactions.

As a BDC, at least 70% of our assets must be the type of “qualifying” assets listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, as described herein, which are generally privately-offered securities issued by U.S. private or thinly-traded companies. We may also invest up to 30% of our portfolio in “non-qualifying” portfolio investments, such as investments in non-U.S. companies.

We may, but are not required to, enter into interest rate, foreign exchange or other derivative agreements to hedge interest rate, currency, credit or other risks, but we do not generally intend to enter into any such derivative agreements for speculative purposes. Any derivative agreements entered into for speculative purposes are not expected to be material to the Fund’s business or results of operations. These hedging activities, which will be in

 

89


Table of Contents

compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, may include the use of futures, options and forward contracts. We will bear the costs incurred in connection with entering into, administering and settling any such derivative contracts. There can be no assurance any hedging strategy we employ will be successful.

To seek to enhance our returns, we intend to employ leverage as market conditions permit and at the discretion of the Adviser, but in no event will leverage employed exceed the limitations set forth in the 1940 Act; which currently allows us to borrow up to a 2:1 debt to equity ratio. We intend to use leverage in the form of borrowings, including loans from certain financial institutions and the issuance of debt securities. We may also use leverage in the form of the issuance of preferred shares, but do not currently intend to do so. In determining whether to borrow money, we will analyze the maturity, covenant package and rate structure of the proposed borrowings as well as the risks of such borrowings compared to our investment outlook. Any such leverage, if incurred, would be expected to increase the total capital available for investment by the Fund. See “Risk Factors—Risk Related to Debt Financing.”

We expect to pay regular monthly distributions commencing with the first full calendar quarter after the escrow period concludes. Any distributions we make will be at the discretion of our Board of Trustees, considering factors such as our earnings, cash flow, capital needs and general financial condition and the requirements of Delaware law. As a result, our distribution rates and payment frequency may vary from time to time.

Our investments are subject to a number of risks. See “Risk Factors.”

The Adviser and the Administrator

The Fund’s investment activities will be managed by Apollo Credit Management, LLC, an investment adviser registered with the SEC under the Advisers Act. Our Adviser will be responsible for originating prospective investments, conducting research and due diligence investigations on potential investments, analyzing investment opportunities, negotiating and structuring our investments and monitoring our investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis.

Apollo Credit Management, LLC, as our Administrator, will provide, or oversee the performance of, administrative and compliance services, including, but not limited to, maintaining financial records, overseeing the calculation of NAV, compliance monitoring (including diligence and oversight of our other service providers), preparing reports to shareholders and reports filed with the SEC, preparing materials and coordinating meetings of our Board of Trustees, managing the payment of expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered by others and providing office space, equipment and office services.

The Adviser is an affiliate of Apollo and is led by substantially the same investment personnel as Apollo. As such, our Adviser has access to the broader resources of Apollo, subject to Apollo’s policies and procedures regarding the management of conflicts of interest.

Apollo is a longstanding and leading global alternative asset manager with approximately $456 billion of AUM as of December 31, 2020. Apollo operates its three primary business segments, private equity, credit and real assets, in a fully integrated manner, which Apollo believes is distinct from other comparable alternative investment managers. By collaborating across disciplines, with each business unit contributing to, and drawing from, Apollo’s shared information and experience, Apollo believes the Fund is well-positioned to invest across asset classes. Apollo has developed what it believes to be a differentiated approach to credit investing that allows it to adapt to changing market environments and to source what it believes to be attractive risk-adjusted investment opportunities in both expansionary and recessionary environments. Apollo’s differentiated investment strategy requires a willingness and strength of conviction to go “against the grain” of what other investors may be doing, and a desire and ability to tackle transaction complexity in a variety of forms. Apollo believes that its experience has shown that complexity, whether in the form of business, regulatory or legal complexity, can

 

90


Table of Contents

obscure a company or an investment’s inherent value. By pursuing what Apollo believes to be complex transactions that other investors either are not willing to undertake or do not possess the skill set to understand, Apollo believes it has been able to find opportunities where competition is limited, in turn, generating attractive risk-adjusted returns. The Adviser draws upon Apollo’s more than 30 year history and benefits from the broader firm’s significant capital markets, trading and research expertise developed through investments in many core sectors in over 200 companies since inception.

Our objective is to bring Apollo’s leading credit investment platform to the non-exchange traded BDC industry.

Market Opportunity

Apollo believes there is an opportunity to lend to large private U.S. borrowers who cannot or do not want to access the broadly syndicated loan market or are too big for the private middle market. Apollo believes that a confluence of secular and cyclical changes is giving rise to unmet demand for scaled direct origination solutions among large corporate borrowers. The robust growth in private credit following the GFC has given rise to the formation of hundreds of private lenders and origination platforms, primarily focused on the competitive middle market, sponsor-backed channel. We believe the influx of capital has led to the degradation of lending standards and credit quality have come to mirror that of the broadly syndicated loan market, resulting in exposure to late cycle market risks. Nonetheless, Apollo believes the conditions that sustained the rapid growth in private credit are still at play today and are migrating toward larger corporate issuers. Banks’ regulations and reduced risk appetite continue to restrict access to efficient financing solutions. The broadly syndicated loan market also continues to exhibit late cycle behavior, further threatening its viability in a distress scenario. Moreover, private equity continues to grow unabated as scaled alternative funding solutions enable companies to stay private longer, a dynamic that is beginning to take hold in credit markets.

In addition to investing in senior secured loans generally, we believe that the Fund’s investment strategy represents a differentiated approach to private credit investing and seeks to provide investors with attractive, downside-protected returns. More specifically, Apollo believes that the following characteristics distinguish the Fund as a compelling investment opportunity.

Significant Current Market Opportunity. Today, there is $2.6 trillion of loans outstanding to large corporate borrowers (both public and private), of which private credit lenders make up only 3%. This is compared to a 16% penetration rate in the $1.2 trillion middle market loan market and a 33% penetration rate in the $400 billion small corporate loan market. (Source: Bank of America Merrill Lynch as of September 2019.) There is currently a dearth of available alternative financing solutions for large corporate issuers outside of the broadly syndicated debt markets, yet a growing demand for streamlined financing solutions irrespective of the market environment. Further, Apollo believes that the current market conditions and uncertain economic backdrop have expanded and accelerated the large corporate direct lending opportunity. Markets face what Apollo believes will be an extended recovery that will progress in phases and be prone to periods of volatility. Broadly syndicated debt markets are highly sensitive to market conditions, and as with prior periods of volatility, the recent crisis related to COVID-19 has led financing markets to recoil, restricting banks’ ability to provide funding to many large corporate issuers. Apollo believes this will enable the Fund to secure favorable pricing and more rigorous structural protections and driving value for the benefit of the Fund. Apollo believes that this opportunity is only accessible to scaled alternative asset managers with significant relationships and cycle-tested investing expertise, and that the Fund is therefore well-positioned to capitalize on the growing opportunity set.

Proprietary Sourcing Engine Provides a Significant Barrier to Entry. Across its global platform, Apollo has found that deal flow is often driven by relationships, and that having a strong reputation and an established network can ultimately lead to exclusive investment opportunities. Apollo believes that the Fund will benefit from the expansive networks that have been cultivated by both Apollo’s Private Equity and Credit businesses

 

91


Table of Contents

over the past 30 years. Apollo’s leading private equity franchise has a deep bench of investment professionals and operating executives who have established strong and long-lasting relationships with industry executives and leading management teams. Through Apollo private equity funds’ ownership of over 150 portfolio companies since inception, Apollo has established deep understanding across a variety of businesses, which we believe will enable us to uncover idiosyncratic opportunities, including in out-of-favor industries. At the same time, the scale and breadth of the Apollo Credit platform is expected to be the primary sourcing engine for the Fund. Apollo Global Corporate Credit (“GCC”) oversees over 900 credit relationships and its managed funds are current lenders to approximately 750 companies worldwide. As a result, members of the GCC team are in frequent dialogue with management teams and intermediaries, enabling visibility into a given company’s financing needs as well as opportunities to organically grow existing lending relationships. Apollo believes that its ability to leverage its incumbency to source deals directly with large corporate borrowers creates a meaningful barrier to entry, especially given that we believe direct lending managers primarily rely on the sponsor-backed channel to source opportunities. We believe our deep relationships across both corporate and sponsors will allow us to create a differentiated portfolio. Today, Apollo funds own over $20 billion in loans to portfolio companies of Apollo’s top 30 sponsors as of December 31, 2020. Additionally, Apollo-managed CLOs and CLOs managed by Redding Ridge Asset Management LLC and its affiliates, a CLO manager established by Apollo, have over $18 billion in outstanding CLOs to 1,500 issuers as of December 31, 2020, further broadening Apollo’s global lending footprint. Importantly, Apollo’s credit business is one of the largest lending counterparties to Wall Street, having traded approximately $95 billion in 2020 alone . This level of trading volume often results in Apollo being provided with an early or first look from the dealer community, which Apollo believes will put the Fund in a position to access challenged syndications at attractive terms during periods of volatility. Through these various touchpoints, Apollo has established a combination of robust networks and proprietary relationships that it believes will enable the Fund to source highly attractive opportunities, often on a proprietary basis.

Apollo’s Status as a Preferred Lending Counterparty. Apollo has developed a reputation as a differentiated lending partner due to its scale and ability to design creative capital solutions across capital structures, particularly in complex situations. Apollo believes that the Fund will be able to underwrite and commit to large transactions, streamlining the execution process for borrowers and enabling them to only interface with a single counterparty, due to the breadth and scale of Apollo’s capital base, which for this purpose includes numerous long-standing co-investment relationships and syndication capabilities with credit market investors. Apollo’s scale is augmented by Apollo Global Securities, LLC (“AGS” or the “Intermediary Manager”), Apollo’s affiliated broker-dealer and our intermediary manager, which, leveraging its targeted approach and close relationships with large institutional investors, has syndicated approximately $15 billion of debt since 2016. Being the sole or primary lender in size also facilitates alignment and a partnership mentality that is differentiated from traditional lending relationships. Additionally, our underwriting and structuring ability coupled with company and sector-specific insights across the Apollo platform is expected to enable Apollo to embrace complexity and provide bespoke capital solutions tailored to borrowers’ unique financing needs, including greater certainty of funding at specified terms or within compressed timetables. Apollo believes that the Fund augments Apollo’s ability to leverage its reputation as a preferred lending partner to selectively source proprietary opportunities in large corporate direct lending. Based on our experience in the large corporate direct lending market, we believe that the Fund has an advantage in its ability to provide capital in scale with greater certainty of closing as well as to deliver strategic partner-like benefits.

Focus on Downside Protection. Consistent with Apollo’s value-orientation, the Fund intends to take a conservative investment approach, employing a rigorous, bottom-up, private equity-style underwriting, coupled with detailed transaction structuring to mitigate risk. Apollo has significant structuring experience and believes the Fund will be able to leverage the Apollo Credit platform’s incumbency and status as a preferred lending partner to bilaterally negotiate highly structured, senior secured loans that are tailored to address the unique risks of a given corporate borrower. The Fund intends to invest primarily in senior term loans that, coupled with robust covenant packages restricting incremental debt incurrence and restricted payments, are intended to provide downside protection in the form of a priority, undiluted claim on underlying collateral. Apollo believes that due

 

92


Table of Contents

to the Apollo’s in-house experience with its managed funds investing across the capital structure, the Fund will be able to consider investment structures that are different, and oftentimes more complex, than other investors.

High Degree of Credit Selectivity. Apollo believes that credit selectivity in every market environment is a critical driver of performance. By virtue of our value-driven investment approach emphasizing downside protection, Apollo’s GCC business has experienced a 0.1% annual average default rate, as compared to a 2.9% annual average default rate within the broader leveraged loan market. Even in an event of default, Apollo’s GCC business has seen substantially higher recovery rates as compared to the broader market, experiencing a 73% recovery rate as compared to 61% for the broader leveraged loan market. Given the size of the market opportunity in large corporate direct lending, Apollo believes that the Fund is well-positioned to exercise quality credit selection in any market environment.

Strong Alignment with Apollo-affiliated Capital. Apollo has structured the Fund such that the Fund and Apollo-affiliated capital will generally be aligned, leveraging the same monitoring and risk management capabilities within Apollo’s credit business and, except as described below, owning the same loans at the same price. Apollo-affiliated capital includes Apollo-managed funds and accounts, Apollo employee commitments and commitments from Apollo.

Strong Apollo Sponsorship and Integrated Business Model. Apollo operates its global franchise as an integrated investment platform with each of private equity, credit and real assets contributing to and drawing from Apollo’s information and experience, thereby providing investment opportunities and intellectual capital to all of its businesses. In the process of screening, executing and monitoring investments across businesses, Apollo has developed valuable relationships with well-regarded sponsors, leading management teams, consultants and other intermediaries, which further drives high-quality deals and thoughtful insights during the investment process. Apollo believes the Fund will benefit from the wealth of knowledge, experience and capabilities across asset classes, industries and geographies at Apollo, which will widen the Fund’s lens and enable the Fund team to more successfully source, diligence and manage opportunities across market cycles.

The Board of Trustees

Overall responsibility for the Fund’s oversight rests with the Board of Trustees. We have entered into the Advisory Agreement with the Adviser, pursuant to which the Adviser will manage the Fund on a day-to-day basis. The Board of Trustees is responsible for overseeing the Adviser and other service providers in our operations in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, the Fund’s bylaws and applicable provisions of state and other laws. The Adviser will keep the Board of Trustees well informed as to the Adviser’s activities on our behalf and our investment operations and provide the Board of Trustees information with additional information as the Board of Trustees may, from time to time, request. The Board of Trustees is currently composed of five members, three of whom are Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Fund or the Adviser as defined in the 1940 Act.

Investment Selection

The Fund employs a sophisticated and disciplined approach with respect to sourcing, evaluating and executing prospective investments, consistent with how Apollo manages its funds’ investments across the firm. Our process is defined by an emphasis on meaningful downside protection and the preservation of capital, which we will seek to achieve through extensive private equity-style due diligence, asset-level and market environment analysis, a systematic approach to identifying risk and structuring and a hands-on approach to driving value and managing investments throughout the ownership period. In this process, the Fund will leverage the collective knowledge and resources of Apollo’s GCC team as well as Apollo’s integrated platform more broadly.

Idea Generation and Sourcing. Across its global platform, Apollo has found that deal flow is often driven by relationships and that having a strong reputation and an established network can ultimately lead to exclusive

 

93


Table of Contents

investment opportunities. The Fund expects to benefit from the expansive networks that have been cultivated by both Apollo’s private equity and credit businesses over the past 30 years. Apollo’s leading private equity franchise has a deep bench of investment professionals and operating executives who have established strong relationships with industry executives and leading management teams. Through Apollo private equity funds’ ownership of over 150 portfolio companies since inception, Apollo has established deep sector experience in nine core industries, which we believe will enable the Fund to uncover idiosyncratic opportunities in out-of-favor industries. At the same time, the scale and breadth of the Apollo credit platform will be the primary sourcing engine for the Fund. The Fund will be led by a team of experienced investment professionals (i) within the Apollo Credit Platform (the “Fund Investment Team”) and (ii) who are designated as employees or registered representatives of AGS and/or Apollo Global Funding, LLC (“AGF”) (the “Fund Syndication Team,” and together with the Fund Investment Team, the “Credit Team”). The Fund Investment Team has deep industry knowledge and extensive experience in deal structuring, and the separate debt advisory, capital markets, structuring, syndication and similar services provided by the Fund Syndication Team are expected to complement and be “additive” to the customary investment management services provided by the Fund Investment Team.

With an extensive team of experienced investment professionals, including seasoned portfolio managers, industry teams comprised of specialists within their respective sectors, product analysts with particular experience in private lending and workouts and investment professionals solely focused on sourcing and maintaining relationships within the capital markets community, Apollo has a combination of robust networks and strategic relationships that we believe will enable the Fund to source highly attractive opportunities, often on a proprietary basis.

We believe Apollo’s credit business is also one of the largest lending counterparties to Wall Street, having traded approximately $75 billion in 2019. This level of trading volume often results in Apollo being provided with an early or first look from the dealer community, which we believe puts Apollo in a position to be a price setter of risk during periods of volatility and further affords Apollo differentiated insights and valuable access during periods of forced market selling. The credit team also has a sophisticated perspective on broader market dynamics, which often leads to the identification of attractive market opportunities on which its managed funds can capitalize. The Fund will also leverage its relationships and incumbency in capital structures to proactively propose differentiated origination solutions for sponsors and issuers alike. As mentioned, the Fund’s intention to source opportunities directly from corporate borrowers represents what we believe is one of the strategy’s key competitive advantages and barriers to entry. Apollo’s managed funds and accounts are among the largest owners of corporate credit, currently holding $329 billion in total credit assets as of December 31, 2020 and owning over 750 issuers within the GCC business. We believe this broad-based ownership provides an advantage as incumbency creates organic growth opportunities through follow-on investments. Further, the GCC team covers approximately 900 corporate credits and 3,000 securities. In the process of screening, executing and monitoring investments within this coverage universe, Apollo has a privileged view of issuers’ strategic priorities and lending needs and has developed valuable relationships with leading management teams, consultants and other intermediaries. Apollo believes its active participation within targeted sectors allows Apollo and its managed funds to benefit from high-quality, proprietary deal flow, access to extensive executive-level contacts and a reputation as a preferred provider of capital.

 

94


Table of Contents

Advantage Derived From In-Place Credit Infrastructure, Capabilities and Relationships

 

 

LOGO

Screening and Due Diligence. The Fund has established strict criteria to evaluate an investment’s suitability for the Fund as well as a recurring review to screen potential opportunities in order to quickly ascertain which prospective investments we believe worthy of additional resources and due diligence. Given what we expect will be a robust pipeline for the Fund opportunities, this review process is intended to allow the Fund Investment Team to have an open dialogue and to ensure appropriate prioritization of opportunities to pursue. After this initial screen, investment ideas will be presented to the Fund Investment and Execution Committees with the discussion led by the applicable investment analyst. In such circumstances, the analyst will offer a summary of the business, the perceived merits and risks associated with the prospective investment and (with input from the Fund Syndication Team) preliminary thoughts on structuring and terms. Should the investment be deemed worthwhile to pursue, the Fund Investment Team will employ a more rigorous, private equity-style analysis to assess the applicable company’s cash flow generation and enterprise value. Analysts will seek to identify investments in companies with strong market share, sufficient pricing power, commitment to de-leveraging, strong management teams and sufficient equity support from sponsors and management. Analysts gather relevant information regarding the company, its customers, suppliers and competitors, using a combination of legal, regulatory, accounting and industry reports, alongside the many resources of Apollo’s platform. In addition, the analyst and applicable investment team generally identify and hold discussions with relevant professionals from Apollo’s private equity business who may provide differentiated insight into a particular company, sector or situation.

Institutionalized Monitoring and Risk Management Capabilities. Across its platform, Apollo employs a disciplined and rigorous approach to ongoing monitoring. Because the Fund is expected to initially be the sole or largest lender to a borrower, the Fund expects to benefit from having driven the diligence process and structuring of covenants and loan documents. Importantly, members of the Fund Investment Team who performed the initial underwrite will be responsible for providing ongoing oversight of the investment. The continuity of personnel between those who perform the detailed due diligence and those who monitor and remain involved after origination is important, as it means new developments, risks and opportunities for value creation, can be monitored by those who are most knowledgeable about the business. Further, the Fund expects to benefit from increased transparency, communication and coordination with its borrowers. The Fund Investment Team will seek to maintain active dialogue with the management team and/or sponsor throughout the life of the investment, reviewing financial information and other data in depth. As part of this active monitoring, the Fund Investment

 

95


Table of Contents

Team expects to be poised to identify any material downturn versus the lending case identified during the underwrite and can be in a position to recognize any failure to achieve a milestone that may be critical to the investment case. Should such a deteriorating situation arise, the investment would be put on a watchlist and would undergo enhanced monitoring and an independent review. If the situation were to progress to a full workout, Apollo has an in-house distressed credit team that can assist in seeking to stabilize the situation. Additionally, Apollo’s experience across nine core industries in private equity generates valuable insight in terms of strategic and operational initiatives that may be implemented to create value in a way that regular-way direct lending managers may not be able to.

The Fund expects to manage the risks associated with Fund investments through portfolio construction, continued monitoring and evaluation. The Firm has devoted significant resources in the development of a sophisticated, integrated infrastructure designed to support the investment and risk management process. This includes proprietary systems for the monitoring, accounting and compliance aspects of the Firm’s portfolios, along with trading, clearing and settlement of assets.

Valuation Process. Each quarter, we will value investments in our portfolio, and such values will be disclosed each quarter in reports filed with the SEC. Investments for which market quotations are readily available are recorded at such market quotations. With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, a valuation committee appointed by the Board of Trustees will assist the Board of Trustees in determining the fair value of such investments in good faith, based on procedures adopted by and subject to the supervision of the Board of Trustees.

Managerial Assistance. As a BDC, we must offer, and provide upon request, significant managerial assistance to certain of our portfolio companies except where the Fund purchases securities of an issuer in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group makes available such managerial assistance. This assistance could involve, among other things, monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance, including through the Apollo Advantage program. The Administrator will provide such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance. To the extent fees are paid for these services, we, rather than the Adviser, will retain any fees paid for such assistance.

Warehousing Transaction

On February 22, 2021, we entered into a Facility Agreement (“Facility Agreement”) with Goldman Sachs Bank USA (the “Financing Provider”) (the “Warehousing Transaction”). The Facility Agreement creates a forward obligation of the Financing Provider to sell, and a forward obligation of us or our designee to purchase certain investments (the “Portfolio Investments”) owned and held by the Financing Provider at our request. It is expected that the Portfolio Investments will generally consist of originated loans to large corporate and sponsor-backed U.S. companies consistent with our investment strategy. Pursuant to the Facility Agreement, we may request the Financing Provider acquire such Portfolio Investments as we may designate from time to time, which the Financing Provider can approve or reject in its sole and absolute discretion. Prior to any sale to us, the Portfolio Investments will be owned and held solely for the account of the Financing Provider. Until such time as we have received subscriptions for our shares of at least $600 million (the “Capital Condition”), we will have no obligation to purchase the Portfolio Investments under the Facility Agreement. After we have met the Capital Condition, we will be obligated to purchase the Portfolio Investments from the Financing Provider on or before February 22, 2022 (the “Facility End Date”). We may also elect but are not obligated to purchase Portfolio Investments prior to the Facility End Date or prior to or without meeting the Capital Condition. In consideration for the forward arrangement provided by the Financing Provider (the amount of the arrangement will not exceed

 

96


Table of Contents

$250 million before May 22, 2021 and $500 million between such date and the Facility End Date (the “Financing Amount”)), we have agreed to pay certain fees and expenses to the Financing Provider, including:

 

  (i)

a facility fee at an annual rate of LIBOR plus 1.77% multiplied by the cash amount paid by the Financing Provider (subject to adjustment for, among other things, cash amounts received by the Financing Provider) for such Portfolio Investment (the “Funded Amount”) while it is being held by the Financing Provider,

 

  (ii)

an unused fee at an annual rate of 0.50% of the unused Financing Amount minus the greater of (A) the Minimum Utilization Amount and (B) the Funded Amount, and

 

  (iii)

a minimum utilization fee at an annual rate of 1.77% of (the “Minimum Utilization Amount”) (A) prior to May 22, 2021, 50% of the Financing Amount at such time and (B) on or after May 22, 2021, and prior to the Facility End Date, 75% of the Financing Amount at such time.

As a general matter, the price we would pay to purchase any Portfolio Investment from the Financing Provider equals the cash amount paid by the Financing Provider subject to adjustment for, among other things, principal repayments and interest amounts earned by the Financing Provider. Accordingly, shareholders will benefit from any interest paid or accrued on any Portfolio Investment purchased by the Fund.

As of June 30, 2021, there were two Portfolio Investments that the Financing Provider purchased having an aggregate cost of $160.222 million and an aggregate market value of $160.658 million. As of June 30, 2021, there were no additional Portfolio Investments that the Financing Provider committed to purchasing.

The following is a listing of each portfolio company or its affiliate, together referred to as portfolio companies, in which we had an investment at June 30, 2021.

 

Company Name and
Address of Portfolio

 

Industry

 

Type of
Investment

 

Reference
Rate and
Spread

 

Interest
Rate

 

Maturity
Date

 

%
of Class

 

Par
Amounts/
Units

 

Cost

 

Fair

Value

 

Percentage
of Net
Assets

Ambience Merger Sub, Inc. 1600 East Plano Parkway Plano, Texas 75074   Specialty Retail   Term Loan   1M L+425, 0.50% Floor   4.75%   6/24/2028     7,913,669   7,854,316   7,921,088   4.93%
AxiomSL Group, Inc. 45 Broadway New York, NY 10006   Software   Term Loan   3M L+600, 1.00% Floor   7.00%   12/3/2027     22,028,148   21,587,585   21,587,585   13.44%
AxiomSL Group, Inc. 45 Broadway New York, NY 10006   Software   Unfunded Delayed Draw Term Loan   1.00% Unfunded   1.00%   12/3/2027     1,421,171   (14,212)   (14,212)   -0.01%
AxiomSL Group, Inc. 45 Broadway New York, NY 10006   Software   Unfunded Revolver   0.50% Unfunded   0.50%   12/3/2025     1,550,681   (31,014)   (31,014)   -0.02%
Calabrio, Inc. 241 North 5th Avenue, Suite 1200 Minneapolis, MN 55401   Software   Term Loan   3M L+700, 1.00% Floor   8.00%   4/16/2027     22,312,860   21,755,039   21,755,039   13.54%
Calabrio, Inc. 241 North 5th Avenue, Suite 1200 Minneapolis, MN 55401   Software   Unfunded Revolver   0.50% Unfunded   0.50%   4/16/2027     2,687,140   (67,179)   (67,179)   -0.04%
Gannett Holdings, LLC 7950 Jones Branch Drive McLean, Virginia 22107   Media   Term Loan   3M L+700, 0.75% Floor   7.75%   2/9/2026     24,905,033   25,078,826   25,200,780   15.69%

 

97


Table of Contents

Company Name and
Address of Portfolio

 

Industry

 

Type of
Investment

 

Reference
Rate and
Spread

 

Interest
Rate

 

Maturity
Date

 

%
of Class

 

Par
Amounts/
Units

 

Cost

 

Fair

Value

 

Percentage
of Net
Assets

Liberty Midco Limited 3200 Daresbury Park Daresbury, Warrington, England WA4 4BU   Commercial Services & Supplies   Term Loan   3M L+575 (2.50% PIK Toggle)   5.91%   6/4/2028     22,629,818   22,318,658   22,318,658   13.89%
Liberty Midco Limited 3200 Daresbury Park Daresbury, Warrington, England WA4 4BU   Commercial Services & Supplies   Unfunded Revolver   2.0125% Unfunded   2.01%   6/4/2028     3,300,182   (90,755)   (90,755)   -0.06%
Orbcomm Inc. 395 W. Passaic Street Rochelle Park, New Jersey 07662   Diversified Telecommunication Services   Term Loan   1M L+425, 0.75% Floor   5.00%   6/17/2028     13,020,834   12,955,730   13,012,696   8.10%
Relativity ODA LLC 231 South LaSalle Street, 8th Floor Chicago, IL 60604   Software   Term Loan   3M L+750 PIK, 1.00% Floor   8.50%   5/12/2027     25,194,792   24,375,000   24,564,922   15.29%
Relativity ODA LLC 231 South LaSalle Street, 8th Floor Chicago, IL 60604   Software   Unfunded Revolver   0.50% Unfunded   0.50%   5/12/2027     2,500,000   (62,500)   (62,500)   -0.04%
2U, Inc. 7900 Harkins Road Lanham, MD 20706   Diversified Consumer Services   Term Loan   6M L+575, 0.75% Floor   6.50%   12/30/2024     25,000,000   24,562,500   24,562,500   15.29%

Allocation of Investment Opportunities

General

Apollo, including the Adviser, provides investment management services to other BDCs, registered investment companies, investment funds, client accounts and proprietary accounts that Apollo may establish.

The Adviser and its affiliates will share any investment and sale opportunities with its other clients and the Fund in accordance with the Advisers Act and firm-wide allocation policies, which generally provide for sharing pro rata based on targeted acquisition size or targeted sale size. Subject to the Advisers Act and as further set forth in this prospectus, certain other clients may receive certain priority or other allocation rights with respect to certain investments, subject to various conditions set forth in such other clients’ respective governing agreements.

In addition, as a BDC regulated under the 1940 Act, the Fund is subject to certain limitations relating to co-investments and joint transactions with affiliates, which likely in certain circumstances limit the Fund’s ability to make investments or enter into other transactions alongside other clients.

Co-Investment Relief

An affiliate of the Adviser has received an exemptive order from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) that permits us, among other things, to co-invest with certain other persons, including certain affiliates of the Adviser and certain funds managed and controlled by the Adviser and its affiliates, subject to certain terms and conditions. Pursuant to such order, the Fund’s board of trustees (the “Board of Trustees” and each member of the Board of Trustees, a “Trustee”) may establish objective criteria (“Board Criteria”) clearly defining co-investment opportunities in which the Fund will have the opportunity to participate with one or more listed or private Apollo-managed BDCs, including us (the “Apollo BDCs”), and other public or private Apollo funds that target similar assets. If an investment falls within the Board Criteria, Apollo must offer an opportunity for the Apollo BDCs to participate. The Apollo BDCs may determine to participate or not to participate, depending on whether Apollo determines that the

 

98


Table of Contents

investment is appropriate for the Apollo BDCs (e.g., based on investment strategy). The co-investment would generally be allocated to us, any other Apollo BDCs (including Apollo Investment Corporation) and the other Apollo funds that target similar assets pro rata based on available capital in the applicable asset class. If the Adviser determines that such investment is not appropriate for us, the investment will not be allocated to us, but the Adviser will be required to report such investment and the rationale for its determination for us to not participate in the investment to the Board of Trustees at the next quarterly board meeting.

Competition

We will compete for investments with other BDCs and investment funds (including private equity funds, mezzanine funds, performing and other credit funds, and funds that invest in CLOs, structured notes, derivatives and other types of collateralized securities and structured products), as well as traditional financial services

companies such as commercial banks and other sources of funding. These other BDCs and investment funds might be reasonable investment alternatives to us and may be less costly or complex with fewer and/or different risks than we have. Moreover, alternative investment vehicles, such as hedge funds, have begun to invest in areas in which they have not traditionally invested, including making investments in large private U.S. borrowers. As a result of these new entrants, competition for investment opportunities in large private U.S. borrowers may intensify. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of capital and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments than we have. These characteristics could allow our competitors to consider a wider variety of investments, establish more relationships and offer better pricing and more flexible structuring than we are able to do. We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms or structure. If we are forced to match our competitors’ pricing, terms or structure, we may not be able to achieve acceptable returns on our investments or may bear substantial risk of capital loss. A significant part of our competitive advantage stems from the fact that the market for investments in large private U.S. borrowers is underserved by traditional commercial banks and other financial sources. A significant increase in the number and/or the size of our competitors in this target market could force us to accept less attractive investment terms. Furthermore, many of our competitors have greater experience operating under, or are not subject to, the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC.

Non-Exchange Traded, Perpetual-Life BDC

The Fund is non-exchange traded BDC, meaning its shares are not listed for trading on a stock exchange or other securities market and a perpetual-life BDC, meaning it is an investment vehicle of indefinite duration, whose common shares are intended to be sold by the BDC monthly on a continuous basis at a price generally equal to the BDC’s monthly NAV per share. In our perpetual-life structure, we may offer investors an opportunity to repurchase their shares on a quarterly basis, but we are not obligated to offer to repurchase any in any particular quarter in our discretion. We believe that our perpetual nature enables us to execute a patient strategy and be able to invest across different market environments. This may reduce the risk of the Fund being a forced seller of assets in market downturns compared to non-perpetual funds. While we may consider a liquidity event at any time in the future, we currently do not intend to undertake a liquidity event, and we are not obligated by our charter or otherwise to effect a liquidity event at any time.

Emerging Growth Company

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the “JOBS Act.” As an emerging growth company, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting and disclosure requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to:

 

   

have an auditor attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

99


Table of Contents
   

submit certain executive compensation matters to shareholder advisory votes pursuant to the “say on frequency” and “say on pay” provisions (requiring a non-binding shareholder vote to approve compensation of certain executive officers) and the “say on golden parachute” provisions (requiring a non-binding shareholder vote to approve golden parachute arrangements for certain executive officers in connection with mergers and certain other business combinations) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010; or

 

   

disclose certain executive compensation related items, such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company may take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies. This means that an emerging growth company can delay adopting certain accounting standards until such standards are otherwise applicable to private companies.

We will remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest of: (1) the last date of the fiscal year during which we had total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more; (2) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt; or (3) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined under Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act.

We do not believe that being an emerging growth company will have a significant impact on our business or this offering. As stated above, we have elected to opt in to the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards available to emerging growth companies. Also, because we are not a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer under Section 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, and will not be for so long as our Common Shares are not traded on a securities exchange, we will not be subject to auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act even once we are no longer an emerging growth company. In addition, so long as we are externally managed by the Adviser and we do not directly compensate our executive officers, or reimburse the Adviser or its affiliates for the salaries, bonuses, benefits and severance payments for persons who also serve as one of our executive officers or as an executive officer of the Adviser, we do not expect to include disclosures relating to executive compensation in our periodic reports or proxy statements and, as a result, do not expect to be required to seek shareholder approval of executive compensation and golden parachute compensation arrangements pursuant to Section 14A(a) and (b) of the Exchange Act.

Employees

We do not currently have any employees and do not expect to have any employees. Services necessary for our business are provided by individuals who are employees of the Adviser or its affiliates pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement and the Administrator or its affiliates pursuant to the Administration Agreement. Each of our executive officers described under “Management of the Fund” is employed by the Adviser or its affiliates. Our day-to-day investment operations will be managed by the Adviser. The services necessary for the sourcing and administration of our investment portfolio will be provided by investment professionals employed by the Adviser or its affiliates. The Investment Team will focus on origination, non-originated investments and transaction development and the ongoing monitoring of our investments. In addition, we will reimburse the Administrator for its costs, expenses and allocable portion of overhead, including compensation paid by the Administrator (or its affiliates) to the Fund’s chief compliance officer and chief financial officer and their respective staffs as well as other administrative personnel (based on the percentage of time such individuals devote, on an estimated basis, to the business and affairs of the Fund).

 

100


Table of Contents

Regulation as a BDC

The following discussion is a general summary of the material prohibitions and descriptions governing BDCs generally. It does not purport to be a complete description of all of the laws and regulations affecting BDCs.

Qualifying Assets. Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than Qualifying Assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, Qualifying Assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of Qualifying Assets relevant to our business are any of the following:

(1)    Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an Eligible Portfolio Company (as defined below), or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an Eligible Portfolio Company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An “Eligible Portfolio Company” is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:

(a)    is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;

(b)    is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the BDC) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and

(c)    satisfies any of the following:

(i)    does not have any class of securities that is traded on a national securities exchange;

(ii)    has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange, but has an aggregate market value of outstanding voting and non-voting common equity of less than $250 million;

(iii)    is controlled by a BDC or a group of companies, including a BDC and the BDC has an affiliated person who is a director of the Eligible Portfolio Company; or

(iv)    is a small and solvent company having total assets of not more than $4 million and capital and surplus of not less than $2 million.

(2)    Securities of any Eligible Portfolio Company controlled by the Fund.

(3)    Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.

(4)    Securities of an Eligible Portfolio Company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and the Fund already owns 60% of the outstanding equity of the Eligible Portfolio Company.

(5)    Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described in (1) through (4) above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.

(6)    Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.

In addition, a BDC must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in (1), (2) or (3) above.

Significant Managerial Assistance. A BDC must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described above. However, in order to count portfolio securities as Qualifying Assets for the purpose of the 70% test, the BDC must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities (other than small and solvent companies described above) significant managerial assistance;

 

101


Table of Contents

except that, where the BDC purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group makes available such managerial assistance. Making available significant managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company through monitoring of portfolio company operations, selective participation in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising a portfolio company’s officers or other organizational or financial guidance.

Temporary Investments. Pending investment in other types of Qualifying Assets, as described above, our investments can consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities

maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which are referred to herein, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets would be Qualifying Assets.

Warrants. Under the 1940 Act, a BDC is subject to restrictions on the issuance, terms and amount of warrants, options or rights to purchase shares that it may have outstanding at any time. In particular, the amount of shares that would result from the conversion or exercise of all outstanding warrants, options or rights to purchase shares cannot exceed 25% of the BDC’s total outstanding shares.

Leverage and Senior Securities; Coverage Ratio. We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of shares senior to our Common Shares if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, would at least equal 150% immediately after each such issuance. On August 24, 2020, our sole shareholder approved the adoption of this 150% threshold pursuant to Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act and such election became effective the following day. In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we will be required to make provisions to prohibit any dividend distribution to our shareholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the dividend distribution or repurchase. We will also be permitted to borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes, which borrowings would not be considered senior securities.

We intend to establish one or more credit facilities and/or subscription facilities or enter into other financing arrangements to facilitate investments and the timely payment of our expenses. It is anticipated that any such credit facilities will bear interest at floating rates at to be determined spreads over LIBOR or an alternative reference rate. We cannot assure shareholders that we will be able to enter into a credit facility. Shareholders will indirectly bear the costs associated with any borrowings under a credit facility or otherwise. In connection with a credit facility or other borrowings, lenders may require us to pledge assets, commitments and/or drawdowns (and the ability to enforce the payment thereof) and may ask to comply with positive or negative covenants that could have an effect on our operations. In addition, from time to time, our losses on leveraged investments may result in the liquidation of other investments held by us and may result in additional drawdowns to repay such amounts.

We may enter into a TRS agreement. A TRS is a contract in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in the market value of the assets underlying the TRS, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during a specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate. A TRS effectively adds leverage to a portfolio by providing investment exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Because of the unique structure of a TRS, a TRS often offers lower financing costs than are offered through more traditional borrowing arrangements. The Fund would typically have to post collateral to cover this potential obligation. To the extent the Fund segregates liquid assets with a value equal (on a daily mark-to-market basis) to its obligations under TRS transactions, enters into offsetting transactions or otherwise covers such TRS transactions in accordance with applicable SEC guidance, the leverage incurred through TRS will not be considered a borrowing for purposes of the Fund’s overall leverage limitation.

We may also create leverage by securitizing our assets (including in CLOs) and retaining the equity portion of the securitized vehicle. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Debt Financing—We may form one or more CLOs, which may subject us to certain structured financing risks.” We may also from time to time make secured loans of our marginable securities to brokers, dealers and other financial institutions.

 

102


Table of Contents

Code of Ethics. We and the Adviser have adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act, respectively, that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to the code are permitted to invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. You may read and copy this code of ethics at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. You may also obtain copies of the codes of ethics, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

Affiliated Transactions. We may be prohibited under the 1940 Act from conducting certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our Trustees who are not interested persons and, in some cases, the prior approval of the SEC. We have received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits us, among other things, to co-invest with certain other persons, including certain affiliates of the Adviser and certain funds managed and controlled by the Adviser and its affiliates, subject to certain terms and conditions.

Other. We will be periodically examined by the SEC for compliance with the 1940 Act, and be subject to the periodic reporting and related requirements of the 1934 Act.

We are also required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a BDC, we are prohibited from protecting any Trustee or officer against any liability to our shareholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

We are also required to designate a chief compliance officer and to adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws and to review these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation.

We are not permitted to change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a BDC unless approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities. A majority of the outstanding voting securities of a company is defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of: (i) 67% or more of such company’s shares present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such company are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such company.

 

103


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

Board of Trustees

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board of Trustees. The responsibilities of the Board of Trustees include, among other things, the oversight of our investment activities, the quarterly valuation of our assets, oversight of our financing arrangements and corporate governance activities. Our Board of Trustees consists of five members, four of whom are not “interested persons” of the Fund or of the Adviser as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act and are “independent,” as determined by our Board of Trustees. We refer to these individuals as our independent Trustees. Our Board of Trustees elects our executive officers, who serve at the discretion of the Board of Trustees.

Trustees

Information regarding the Board of Trustees is as follows:

 

Name

  Year of
Birth
  Position   Length of
Time
Served
 

Principal
Occupation
During Past
5 Years

 

Other Public or Investment
Company Directorships
Held by Director*

Independent Trustees

         

Meredith Coffey

  1968   Trustee   Since 2021   From August 2008 to present, Ms. Coffey serves Head of Research and the Co-Head of Public Policy for the Loan & Syndications Trading Association.   None

Christine Gallagher

  1985   Trustee   Since 2021  

From March 2021 to present, Ms. Gallagher serves as a Community Engagement Manager at Leidos, a company that provides information technology, engineering and science services for government and commercial contractors. Ms. Gallagher also serves as president of Military Quality of Life Consulting, LLC, a military support company she founded in 2015. From 2015 to 2019, she served as an agile IT project manager for BAM Technologies, LLC.

 

None

Michael Porter

  1983   Trustee   Since 2021   From December 2014 to present, Mr. Porter has worked at Netflix in Corporate Development and Strategy. In December   None

 

104


Table of Contents

Name

  Year of
Birth
  Position   Length of
Time
Served
 

Principal
Occupation
During Past
5 Years

 

Other Public or Investment
Company Directorships
Held by Director*

        2020, Mr. Porter was appointed to the Board of Directors of Ednovate Charter School.  

Carl J. Rickertsen

  1960   Trustee   Since
2021
  From 2015 to present, Mr. Rickertsen has served as managing partner of Pine Creek Partners, a private equity investment firm.   Director, Apollo Senior Floating Rate Fund Inc. (2011-present); Director, Apollo Tactical Income Fund Inc. (2013-present); Director, Berry Global Inc. (2013-present); Director, MicroStrategy Inc. (2002-present)

Interested Trustees

         

Earl Hunt

  1981   Trustee,
Chairperson
and Chief
Executive
Officer
  Since
2021
 

Mr. Hunt joined Apollo in 2021. From 2015 to 2021, Mr. Hunt served as a Partner in the Global Markets division at Goldman Sachs. He also was a member of Goldman Sach’s Partnership Committee, Global Markets Operating Committee and was co-chair of the Global Markets Inclusion and Diversity Committee.

 

None

 

*

Directorships disclosed under this column do not include directorships disclosed under the column “Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years.”

The address for each trustee is c/o Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, 9 West 57th Street, New York, NY 10019. While we do not intend to list our shares on any securities exchange, if any class of our shares is listed on a national securities exchange, our Board of Trustees will be divided into three classes of trustees serving staggered terms of three years each.

 

105


Table of Contents

Executive Officers Who are Not Trustees

Information regarding our executive officers who are not Trustees is as follows:

 

Name

  

Year of
Birth

  

Position

  

Length of

Time Served

  

Principal Occupation During

Past 5 Years

Amit Joshi    1982    Chief Financial Officer    Since 2021    From 2013 to present, Mr. Joshi has been with Apollo Investment Corporation. Mr. Joshi was appointed Chief Accounting Officer of Apollo Investment Corporation in May 2017 and also serves as the Assistant Treasurer, a role he has held since August 2015.
Joseph Glatt    1974    Chief Legal Officer and Secretary    Since 2021    From 2007 to present, Mr. Glatt has served as General Counsel of Apollo Capital Management, L.P. Since 2014, he has served as Chief Legal Officer of Apollo Investment Corporation. Since 2011, he has served as the Chief Legal Officer of Apollo Senior Floating Rate Fund Inc., and since 2013, he has served as the Chief Legal Officer of Apollo Tactical Income Fund Inc. Since January 2015, Mr. Glatt has served as a director of MidCap FinCo Holdings Limited, a commercial finance firm that provides debt solutions to middle-market companies.
Isabelle Gold    1984    Chief Compliance Officer    Since 2021    From 2016 to present, Ms. Gold has served as the Senior Compliance Officer for the Apollo Credit platform.
Kristin Hester    1980    General Counsel and Assistant Secretary    Since 2021    From 2015 to present, Ms. Hester has served as Senior Counsel for Apollo Global Management, Inc. Ms. Hester is also General Counsel for Apollo Investment Corporation, Apollo Senior Floating Rate Fund Inc. and Apollo Tactical Income Fund Inc.

The address for each officer is c/o Apollo Debt Solutions BDC 9 West 57th Street, New York, NY 10019.

 

106


Table of Contents

Biographical Information

The following is information concerning the business experience of our Board of Trustees and executive officers. Our Trustees have been divided into two groups—interested Trustees and independent Trustees. Interested Trustees are “interested persons” as defined in the 1940 Act.

Interested Trustees

Earl Hunt. Mr. Hunt is our Chief Executive Officer and our Chairperson of the Board of Trustees. Mr. Hunt

has been with Apollo and/or its affiliates since 2021. Prior to joining Apollo, Mr. Hunt was a Partner in the Global Markets division at Goldman Sachs where he was responsible for strategic client cover-age. He also served as a member of Goldman Sachs’s Partnership Committee and Global Markets Operating Committee. Previously, Mr. Hunt was co-head of U.S. Distressed and Par Loan sales at Goldman Sachs. Prior to joining Goldman Sachs in 2015, Mr. Hunt worked at Citi for 11 years, where he was a director in Leveraged Finance sales. Mr. Hunt is a member of the Board of Trustees of Brown University. Mr. Hunt earned a BA in Economics from Brown University.

Independent Trustees

Meredith Coffey. Ms. Coffey is a Trustee, a member of our Audit Committee and Chairperson of our Nominating and Governance Committee. Ms. Coffey is Executive Vice President of the Loan Syndications and Trading Association (“LSTA”), and runs Research Department and co-heads the LSTA’s regulatory and CLO efforts, which help facilitate continued availability of credit and the efficiency of the loan market. In addition, Ms. Coffey heads efforts to analyze current and anticipated loan market developments, helping the LSTA build strategy and improve market efficiency, and providing commentary through weekly newsletters, periodic conferences and webcasts. Ms. Coffey and the analyst team also engage market participants, press and regulators on issues and developments in the global loan market. Ms. Coffey has published analysis on the syndicated loan market in numerous books and periodicals, presents frequently, and has testified several times before Congress on issues pertaining to the loan and CLO markets. Prior to joining the LSTA, Ms. Coffey was Senior Vice President and Director of Analysis focusing on the loan and adjacent markets for Thomson Reuters LPC, working in and running loan research for 15 years. Ms. Coffey has a B.A. in Economics from Swarthmore College and a graduate degree in Economics from New York University.

Christine Gallagher. Ms. Gallagher is a Trustee, a member of our Audit Committee and a member of our Nominating and Governance Committee. Commencing in March 2021, Ms. Gallagher continues to serve as community engagement team manager in the Military and Family Life Counseling Program for Leidos Holdings, Inc., a Fortune 500® information technology, engineering, and science solutions and services leader working to solve the world’s toughest challenges in the defense, intelligence, homeland security, civil, and health markets. She also is currently president of Military Quality of Life Consulting, LLC, a company Ms. Gallagher founded in 2015 that equips professional organizations to execute their goal of supporting the military community through corporate social responsibility, corporate philanthropy and cause marketing. From 2015 to 2019, Ms. Gallagher served as an agile IT project manager for BAM Technologies, LLC. She has served as a program director for multiple national military service organizations during her career. She also was a Lecturer, Faculty Academic Advisor and Adjunct Professor at Troy University and Austin Peay State University in each respective school’s communications department from 2009 to 2016. Ms. Gallagher presently serves on the board of a number of national and local military service organizations that directly support military family quality-of-life efforts. She has an M.S. from the University of Tennessee and a B.S. from the University of Florida.

Michael Porter. Mr. Porter is a Trustee, a member of our Audit Committee and a member of our Nominating and Governance Committee. Mr. Porter currently works in Corporate Development and Strategy for Netflix, a position he has held since December 2014. He also currently serves on the Board of Directors of Ednovate Charter School, joining that board in December 2020. Prior to joining Netflix, Mr. Porter spent two years as an

 

107


Table of Contents

investment associate, including at Vista Equity Partners, focusing on software private equity products. He also worked as an entertainment finance associate in J.P. Morgan Chase’s Entertainment Industries Group. Mr. Porter has fifteen years of finance experience related to equity research, corporate development, investment banking and private equity. Mr. Porter has an MBA from Harvard Business School and a B.A. in international business from the University of California, Berkeley.

Carl J. Rickertsen. Mr. Rickertsen is a Trustee, the Chairperson of our Audit Committee and a member of our Nominating and Governance Committee. Mr. Rickertsen is currently a Managing Partner of Pine Creek Partners, a private equity investment firm, a position he has held since January 2005. From January 1998 to January 2005, Mr. Rickertsen was Chief Operating Officer and a partner at Thayer Capital Partners, a private equity investment firm. From September 1994 to January 1998, Mr. Rickertsen was a Managing Partner at Thayer. Mr. Rickertsen was a founding partner of three Thayer investment funds totaling over $1.4 billion and is a published author. Mr. Rickertsen has been a member of the board of directors of MicroStrategy Incorporated, a publicly-traded software firm, since October 2002 and a member of the board of directors of Berry Plastics Group, Inc., a leading provider of value-added plastic consumer packaging and engineered materials, since January 2013. He also currently serves on the Board of Directors for Apollo Senior Floating Rate Fund Inc. and Apollo Tactical Income Fund Inc., positions he has held since 2011 and 2013, respectively. Mr. Rickertsen was formerly a board member of the following publicly-traded companies: Noranda Aluminum Holding Corporation, an integrated provider of value-added primary aluminum products and rolled aluminum coils, Convera Corporation, a search-engine software company; UAP Holding Corp., a distributor of agriculture products; and Homeland Security Capital Corporation, a specialized technology provider to government and commercial customers. Mr. Rickertsen received a BS from Stanford University and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

Executive Officers Who are not Trustees

Amit Joshi. Mr. Joshi, Chief Financial Officer, joined Apollo’s Finance team in 2013. He is currently the Chief Accounting Officer, Senior Controller, Assistant Treasurer and Vice President of Apollo Investment Corporation, a publicly traded BDC and some of the private funds including CLOs’ , private drawdown funds and operating companies. Mr. Joshi previously worked as a Senior Audit Manager in the Alternative Investments Group at Ernst & Young from January 2008 to September 2013. Prior to that time, Mr. Joshi worked at mid-size accounting firm in New York as Audit Senior from 2006-2008 and in various international offices in roles with increasing responsibility from 2003 to 2006. Mr. Joshi is a Certified Public Accountant, Chartered Financial Analyst and Chartered Accountant. Mr. Joshi graduated first-class honors from Calcutta University, India.

Joseph Glatt. Mr. Glatt is our Chief Legal Officer and Secretary. Mr. Glatt currently serves as General Counsel of Apollo Capital Management, L.P., a position he has held since his arrival to Apollo in 2007. Since 2014, he has served as Chief Legal Officer of Apollo Investment Corporation. Since 2011, he has served as the Chief Legal Officer of Apollo Senior Floating Rate Fund Inc., and since 2013, he has served as the Chief Legal Officer of Apollo Tactical Income Fund Inc. Prior to joining Apollo, Mr. Glatt was associated with the law firms of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP from 1998 to 2003 and Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP from 2003 to 2007, in each case, primarily focusing on mergers and acquisitions, leveraged buyouts and capital markets activities. Since January 2015, Mr. Glatt has served as a director of MidCap FinCo Holdings Limited, a commercial finance firm that provides debt solutions to middle-market companies. Mr. Glatt serves as the Chairman and Co-Founder of the Coalition for Business Development, a trade association that supports small and middle-market firms as an advocate for their ability to grow the economy, create investment opportunities and employment. Mr. Glatt serves as the Chairman of the Credit Managers General Counsel Network, a group of select general counsels, whose mission is to provide a platform to establish a common understanding of credit industry dynamics and legal and organizational issues facing leading credit fund managers. Mr. Glatt is on the Board of Trustees for the Educational Alliance, a New York based community organization dedicated to eliminating economic opportunity gaps via high-quality educational experiences. Mr. Glatt received his JD from University of Pennsylvania Law School and graduated summa cum laude from Rutgers College with a BA in Political Science, Psychology and Hebraic Studies.

 

108


Table of Contents

Isabelle Gold. Ms. Gold is our Chief Compliance Officer. Ms. Gold joined Apollo in 2016 as the Senior Compliance Officer for the Credit platform. Prior to joining Apollo, Ms. Gold was counsel in the Litigation Group at Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, where she represented investment management firms and individuals in relation to civil litigation, regulatory investigations and enforcement proceedings. Ms. Gold graduated from Cornell University with a B.A. in English and received her J.D. from the University of Michigan Law School.

Kristin Hester. Ms. Hester is our General Counsel and Assistant Secretary. Ms. Hester joined Apollo in 2015 and serves as Senior Counsel for Apollo Global Management, Inc. Ms. Hester is also General Counsel for Apollo Investment Corporation, Apollo Senior Floating Rate Fund Inc. and Apollo Tactical Income Fund Inc. Prior to joining Apollo, Ms. Hester was associated with the law firms of Dechert LLP from 2009-2015 and Clifford Chance US LLP from 2006-2009. In each case she primarily advised U.S. registered investment companies, their investment advisers and boards of directors on various matters under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Ms. Hester received her JD from Duke University School of Law and graduated cum laude from Bucknell University with a BS in Business Administration.

Communications with Trustees

Shareholders and other interested parties may contact any member (or all members) of the Board of Trustees by mail. To communicate with the Board of Trustees, any individual Trustees or any group or committee of Trustees, correspondence should be addressed to the Board of Trustees or any such individual Trustees or group or committee of Trustees by either name or title. All such correspondence should be sent to c/o Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, 9 West 57th Street, New York, NY 10019.

Committees of the Board of Trustees

Our Board of Trustees currently has two committees: an audit committee and a nominating and governance committee. We do not have a compensation committee because our executive officers do not receive any direct compensation from us. Under the Declaration of Trust, the Fund is not required to hold annual meetings.

Audit Committee. The audit committee operates pursuant to a charter approved by our Board of Trustees. The charter sets forth the responsibilities of the audit committee. The primary function of the audit committee is to serve as an independent and objective party to assist the Board of Trustees in selecting, engaging and discharging our independent accountants, reviewing the plans, scope and results of the audit engagement with our independent accountants, approving professional services provided by our independent accountants (including compensation therefore), reviewing the independence of our independent accountants and reviewing the adequacy of our internal controls over financial reporting. The audit committee is presently composed of four persons, including Meredith Coffey, Christine Gallagher, Michael Porter and Carl J. Rickertsen, all of whom are considered independent for purposes of the 1940 Act. Mr. Rickertsen serves as the chair of the Audit Committee. Our Board of Trustees has determined that Mr. Rickertsen qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 407 of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act. Each of the members of the audit committee meet the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and, in addition, is not an “interested person” of the Fund or of the Adviser as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

A copy of the charter of the Audit Committee is available in print to any shareholder who requests it, and it will also be available on the Fund’s website at [            ].

Nominating and Governance Committee. The nominating and governance committee operates pursuant to a charter approved by our Board of Trustees. The charter sets forth the responsibilities of the nominating and governance committee, including making nominations for the appointment or election of independent Trustees. The nominating and governance committee consists of four persons, including Meredith Coffey, Christine Gallagher, Michael Porter and Carl J. Rickertsen, all of whom are considered independent for purposes of the 1940 Act. Ms. Coffey serves as the chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee.

 

109


Table of Contents

The Nominating and Governance Committee will consider nominees to the Board of Trustees recommended by a shareholder, if such shareholder complies with the advance notice provisions of our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that a shareholder who wishes to nominate a person for election as a Trustee at a meeting of shareholders must deliver written notice to our Corporate Secretary. This notice must contain, as to each nominee, all of the information relating to such person as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement meeting the requirements of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, and certain other information set forth in the bylaws. In order to be eligible to be a nominee for election as a Trustee by a shareholder, such potential nominee must deliver to our Corporate Secretary a written questionnaire providing the requested information about the background and qualifications of such person and a written representation and agreement that such person is not and will not become a party to any voting agreements, any agreement or understanding with any person with respect to any compensation or indemnification in connection with service on the Board, and would be in compliance with all of our publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and share ownership and trading policies and guidelines.

A copy of charter of the Nominating and Governance Committee is available in print to any shareholder who requests it, and it will also be available on the Fund’s website at [            ].

Compensation of Trustees

Our Trustees who do not also serve in an executive officer capacity for us or the Adviser are entitled to receive annual cash retainer fees, fees for participating in the in-person board and committee meetings and annual fees for serving as a committee chairperson, determined based on our net assets as of the end of each fiscal quarter. These Trustees are Meredith Coffey, Christine Gallagher, Michael Porter and Carl J. Rickertsen. Amounts payable under the arrangement are determined and paid quarterly in arrears as follows:

 

            Annual Committee
Chair
Cash Retainer
        

Annual Cash Retainer

   Board
Meeting Fee
     Audit      Nominating
and
Governance
     Committee
Meeting Fee
 

$50,000 (NAV up to $1 billion)

   $ 2,500      $ 7,500        None      $ 1,000  

$75,000 (NAV $1 billion to $2 billion)

   $ 2,500      $ 7,500        None      $ 1,000  

$100,000 (NAV greater than $2 billion)

   $ 2,500      $ 7,500        None      $ 1,000  

We also reimburse each of the Trustees for all reasonable and authorized business expenses in accordance with our policies as in effect from time to time, including reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending each board meeting and each committee meeting not held concurrently with a board meeting.

We will not pay compensation to our Trustees who also serve in an executive officer capacity for us or the Adviser.

Staffing

We do not currently have any employees and do not expect to have any employees. Services necessary for our business are provided by individuals who are employees of the Adviser, pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement. Our day-to-day investment operations are managed by our Adviser. In addition, we reimburse the Administrator for our allocable portion of expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including our allocable portion of the cost of our officers and their respective staffs.

 

110


Table of Contents

Compensation of Executive Officers

None of our officers will receive direct compensation from us. The compensation of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer will be paid by our Administrator, subject to reimbursement by us of an allocable portion of such compensation for services rendered by them to us. To the extent that our Administrator outsources any of its functions, we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to our Administrator.

Board Leadership Structure

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board of Trustees. Among other things, our Board of Trustees sets broad policies for us and approves the appointment of our investment adviser, administrator and officers. The role of our Board of Trustees, and of any individual Trustee, is one of oversight and not of management of our day-to-day affairs.

Under our bylaws, our Board of Trustees may designate one of our Trustees as chair to preside over meetings of our Board of Trustees and meetings of shareholders, and to perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by our Board of Trustees. The Board of Trustees has appointed Mr. Hunt to serve in the role of chairperson of the Board of Trustees. The chairperson’s role is to preside at all meetings of the Board of Trustees and to act as a liaison with the Adviser, counsel and other Trustees generally between meetings. The chairperson serves as a key point person for dealings between management and the Trustees. The chairperson also may perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Board of Trustees from time to time. The Board of Trustees reviews matters related to its leadership structure annually. The Board of Trustees has determined that its leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board of Trustees to exercise informed and independent judgment over the matters under its purview and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees of Trustees and the full board in a manner that enhances effective oversight.

Our Board of Trustees believes that its leadership structure is the optimal structure for us at this time. Our Board of Trustees, which will review its leadership structure periodically as part of its annual self-assessment process, further believes that its structure is presently appropriate to enable it to exercise its oversight of us.

Board Role in Risk Oversight

Our Board of Trustees performs its risk oversight function primarily through (i) its standing committees, which report to the entire Board of Trustees and are comprised solely of independent Trustees, and (ii) active monitoring of our chief compliance officer and our compliance policies and procedures. Oversight of other risks is delegated to the committees.

Oversight of our investment activities extends to oversight of the risk management processes employed by the Adviser as part of its day-to-day management of our investment activities. The Board of Trustees anticipates reviewing risk management processes at both regular and special board meetings throughout the year, consulting with appropriate representatives of the Adviser as necessary and periodically requesting the production of risk management reports or presentations. The goal of the Board of Trustee’s risk oversight function is to ensure that the risks associated with our investment activities are accurately identified, thoroughly investigated and responsibly addressed. Investors should note, however, that the Board of Trustees’ oversight function cannot eliminate all risks or ensure that particular events do not adversely affect the value of investments.

We believe that the role of our Board of Trustees in risk oversight is effective and appropriate given the extensive regulation to which we are already subject as a BDC. As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements that control the levels of risk in our business and operations. For example, we are limited in our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates, including investing in any portfolio company in which one of our affiliates currently has an investment.

 

111


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Apollo Credit Management, LLC will serve as our investment adviser. The Adviser is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Subject to the overall supervision of our Board of Trustees, the Adviser will manage the day-to-day operations of, and provide investment advisory and management services to, us.

Investment Personnel

The following investment professionals (the “Portfolio Managers”) will have primary responsibility for the day-to-day implementation and management of our investment portfolio:

Robert Givone, Mr. Givone joined Apollo in 2015. He is a Partner and Co-Head of Opportunistic Credit. Before joining Apollo, Mr. Givone was a Senior Research Analyst within the Distressed Credit Opportunity Group at Davidson Kempner from January 2009 to July 2015. Prior to that time, Mr. Givone was a Vice President at Brencourt Advisors from February 2006 to January 2009 and was an Investment Banking Analyst at Lehman Brothers from 2004 to 2006. Mr. Givone graduated from Columbia University with a B.A. degree in Economics. Mr. Givone was a professional tennis player from 1994 to 1999.

James Vanek. Mr. Vanek is a Partner and the co-head of Apollo’s Global Performing Credit business. Mr. Vanek joined the firm in 2008, and before that he was Associate Director, Loan Sales & Trading in the Leveraged Finance group at Bear Stearns. He is a board member of the Loan Syndications and Trading Association, a leading advocate for the US syndicated loan market. Mr. Vanek graduated from Duke University with a BS in economics and a BA in computer science, and received his MBA from Columbia Business School.

In implementing our investment strategy, the Portfolio Managers will have access to the experience and expertise of Mr. John Zito, Mr. Patrick Ryan and Mr. Hunt. Messrs. Zito, Ryan and Hunt are senior executives in the Apollo organization and are primarily responsible for the development and growth of the organization’s credit business. Messrs. Zito, Ryan and Hunt continue to oversee the credit business for various Apollo-sponsored entities and are active in other business operations, but will not have primary responsibility for the Fund’s day-to-day investment activities. Biographies of Mr. Zito, Mr. Ryan and Hunt are included below.

John Zito. John Zito is the Deputy Chief Investment Officer of Credit. Mr. Zito is the Senior Portfolio Manager of multiple products across Apollo’s credit platform, and serves on all of the Firm’s credit investment committees. Mr. Zito joined Apollo in 2012 after five years as a Managing Director and Portfolio Manager at Brencourt Advisors, a multi-strategy hedge fund, where he oversaw all the firm’s credit investments including the Brencourt Credit Opportunities Fund. Prior to that, Mr. Zito was at Veritas Fund Group for five years where he co-managed the flagship capital structure focused high yield fund and the short only credit vehicle. Mr. Zito is a Chartered Financial Analyst charterholder and he graduated cum laude from Amherst College with an A.B. in Economics.

Patrick Ryan. Mr. Ryan joined Apollo in 2015 in Credit as its Chief Credit Officer, responsible for overseeing credit underwriting processes, serving on Investment Committees and assisting with the management of concentration risks across the portfolio. He has over 30 years of banking, risk management and investment experience in all asset classes of the credit markets. Previously, Mr. Ryan was the Chief Risk Officer of Citibank, N.A, responsible for credit, market and operational risks within Citibank’s $1.3 trillion balance sheet. He also served as Citigroup’s Institutional Client Group’s Chief Credit Officer and the Chief Risk Officer of Citi’s Europe, Middle East & Africa region. He began his career at Chemical Bank where he was a Senior Originator in the Middle Market Structured Finance Group, originating, structuring and syndicating leveraged financings. Mr. Ryan is a member of Wesleyan University’s Athletic Advisory Council and is a founder of Staten Island ACHIEVE Dollars for Scholars. He graduated with a BA in history from Wesleyan University and received his MBA from Columbia University.

 

112


Table of Contents

Earl Hunt. Refer to the “Management of the Fund” section to see Mr. Hunt’s biography.

The table below shows the dollar range of Common Shares owned by the Portfolio Managers as of July 23, 2021:

 

Name of Portfolio Manager

   Dollar Range of
Equity Securities
in ADSB(1)

Robert Givone

   $0

James Vanek

   $0

 

(1)

Dollar ranges are as follows: $0, $1 – $10,000, $10,001 – $50,000, $50,001 – $100,000, $100,001 – $500,000, $500,001 – $1,000,000, or over $1,000,000.

Other Accounts Managed by Portfolio Managers

The Portfolio Managers primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund also manage other registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles and other accounts, as indicated below. The following table identifies, as of July 23, 2021: (i) the number of other registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles and other accounts managed by each portfolio manager; (ii) the total assets of such companies, vehicles and accounts; and (iii) the number and total assets of such companies, vehicles and accounts that are subject to an advisory fee based on performance.

Robert Givone

 

Type of Account

   Number of
Accounts
     Assets of
Accounts

(in millions)
     Number of
Accounts
Subject to a
Performance
Fee
     Assets
Subject to a
Performance
Fee

(in millions)
 

Registered investment companies

     —          —          —          —    

Other pooled investment vehicles

     2        1,221        1        394  

Other accounts

     —          —          —          —    

James Vanek

 

Type of Account

   Number of
Accounts
     Assets of
Accounts

(in millions)
     Number of
Accounts
Subject to a
Performance
Fee
     Assets
Subject to a
Performance
Fee

(in millions)
 

Registered investment companies

     2        740        —          —    

Other pooled investment vehicles

     7        23,263        3        2,963  

Other accounts

     3        1,272        1       
515
 

 

113


Table of Contents

ADVISORY AGREEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

Apollo Credit Management LLC is located at 9 West 57th Street, New York, NY 10019. The Adviser is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Subject to the overall supervision of our Board of Trustees and in accordance with the 1940 Act, the Adviser manages our day-to-day operations and provides investment advisory services to us.

Advisory Agreement

The Adviser will provide management services to us pursuant to the Advisory Agreement. Under the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is responsible for the following:

 

   

determining the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes in accordance with our investment objective, policies and restrictions;

 

   

identifying investment opportunities and making investment decisions for us, including negotiating the terms of investments in, and dispositions of, portfolio securities and other instruments on our behalf;

 

   

monitoring our investments;

 

   

performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies;

 

   

exercising voting rights in respect of portfolio securities and other investments for us;

 

   

serving on, and exercising observer rights for, boards of directors and similar committees of our portfolio companies;

 

   

negotiating, obtaining and managing financing facilities and other forms of leverage; and

 

   

providing us with such other investment advisory and related services as we may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of capital.

The Adviser’s services under the Advisory Agreement are not exclusive, and it is free to furnish similar services to other entities, and it intends to do so, so long as its services to us are not impaired.

Compensation of Adviser

We will pay the Adviser a fee for its services under the Advisory Agreement consisting of two components: a management fee and an incentive fee. The cost of both the management fee and the incentive fee will ultimately be borne by the shareholders.

Base Management Fee

The Base Management Fee is payable monthly in arrears at an annual rate of 1.25% of the value of our net assets as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the applicable month. For purposes of the Advisory

Agreement, net assets means our total assets less liabilities determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. For the first calendar month in which the Fund has operations, net assets will be measured as the beginning net assets as of the date on which the Fund breaks escrow. Substantial additional fees and expenses may also be charged by the Administrator to the Fund, which is an affiliate of the Adviser. In addition, the Adviser has agreed to waive its management fee for the first six months following the date on which we break escrow for this offering. The longer an investor holds our Common Shares during this period, the longer such investor will receive the benefit of this management fee waiver period.

Incentive Fee

The Incentive Fee will consist of two components that are independent of each other, with the result that one component may be payable even if the other is not. A portion of the Incentive Fee is based on a percentage of our income and a portion is based on a percentage of our capital gains, each as described below.

 

114


Table of Contents

Incentive Fee Based on Income

The portion based on our income is based on Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns. “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns” means, as the context requires, either the dollar value of, or percentage rate of return on the value of our net assets at the end of the immediate preceding quarter from, interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees (other than fees for providing managerial assistance), such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses accrued for the quarter (including the Base Management Fee, expenses payable under the Administration Agreement entered into between us and the Administrator, and any interest expense or fees on any credit facilities or outstanding debt and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred shares, but excluding the incentive fee and any shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees).

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns include, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with PIK interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns do not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. The impact of expense support payments and recoupments are also excluded from Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns.

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets at the end of the immediate preceding quarter, is compared to a “hurdle rate” of return of 1.25% per quarter (5.0% annualized).

We will pay the Adviser an incentive fee quarterly in arrears with respect to our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns in each calendar quarter as follows:

 

   

No incentive fee based on Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns in any calendar quarter in which our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns do not exceed the hurdle rate of 1.25% per quarter (5.0% annualized);

 

   

100% of the dollar amount of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than a rate of return of 1.43% (5.72% annualized). We refer to this portion of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns (which exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 1.43%) as the “catch-up.” The “catch-up” is meant to provide the Adviser with approximately 12.5% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns as if a hurdle rate did not apply if this net investment income exceeds 1.43% in any calendar quarter; and

 

   

12.5% of the dollar amount of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns, if any, that exceed a rate of return of 1.43% (5.72% annualized). This reflects that once the hurdle rate is reached and the catch-up is achieved, 12.5% of all Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns thereafter are allocated to the Adviser.

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income

(expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets

per quarter)

 

0%    1.25%    1.43%
     
f  0%  g    f  100%  g    f  12.5%  g

Percentage of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income

Allocated to Quarterly Incentive Fee

These calculations are pro-rated for any period of less than three months and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the relevant quarter. You should be aware that a rise in the general level of

 

115


Table of Contents

interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates would make it easier for us to meet or exceed the incentive fee hurdle rate and may result in a substantial increase of the amount of incentive fees payable to the Adviser with respect to Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns. Because of the structure of the incentive fee, it is possible that we may pay an incentive fee in a calendar quarter in which we incur an overall loss taking into account capital account losses. For example, if we receive Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns in excess of the quarterly hurdle rate, we will pay the applicable incentive fee even if we have incurred a loss in that calendar quarter due to realized and unrealized capital losses.

The Adviser has agreed to waive the incentive fee based on income for the first six months following the date on which we break escrow for this offering. The longer an investor holds our Common Shares during this period, the longer such investor will receive the benefit of this income based incentive fee waiver period.

Incentive Fee Based on Capital Gains

The second component of the Incentive Fee, the Capital Gains Incentive Fee, is payable at the end of each calendar year in arrears. The amount payable equals:

 

   

12.5% of cumulative realized capital gains from inception through the end of such calendar, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid incentive fee on capital gains as calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Each year, the fee paid for the capital gains incentive fee is net of the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fee for all prior periods. We will accrue, but will not pay, a capital gains incentive fee with respect to unrealized appreciation because a capital gains incentive fee would be owed to the Adviser if we were to sell the relevant investment and realize a capital gain. In no event will the capital gains incentive fee payable pursuant to the Advisory Agreement be in excess of the amount permitted by the Advisers Act, including Section 205 thereof.

The fees that are payable under the Advisory Agreement for any partial period will be appropriately prorated.

Administration Agreement

Under the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Administrator will provide, or oversee the performance of, administrative and compliance services, including, but not limited to, maintaining financial records, overseeing the calculation of NAV, compliance monitoring (including diligence and oversight of our other service providers), preparing reports to shareholders and reports filed with the SEC and other regulators, preparing materials and coordinating meetings of our Board of Trustees, managing the payment of expenses, the payment and receipt of funds for investments and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered by others and providing office space, equipment and office services. We will reimburse the Administrator for the costs and expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement. Such reimbursement will include the Fund’s allocable portion of compensation, overhead (including rent, office equipment and utilities) and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its administrative obligations under the Administration Agreement, including but not limited to: (i) the Fund’s chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs; (ii) investor relations, legal, operations and other non-investment professionals at the Administrator that perform duties for the Fund; and (iii) any internal audit group personnel of Apollo or any of its affiliates, subject to the limitations described in Advisory and Administration Agreements. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Administrator may delegate its obligations under the Administration Agreement to an affiliate or to a third party and we will reimburse the Administrator for any services performed for us by such affiliate or third party.

 

116


Table of Contents

The Administrator intends to hire a sub-administrator to assist in the provision of administrative services. The sub-administrator will receive compensation for its sub-administrative services under a sub-administration agreement.

The amount of the reimbursement payable to the Administrator will be the lesser of (1) the Administrator’s actual costs incurred in providing such services and (2) the amount that we estimate we would be required to pay alternative service providers for comparable services in the same geographic location. The Administrator will be required to allocate the cost of such services to us based on factors such as assets, revenues, time allocations and/or other reasonable metrics. We will not reimburse the Administrator for any services for which it receives a separate fee, or for rent, depreciation, utilities, capital equipment or other administrative items allocated to a controlling person of the Administrator.

Certain Terms of the Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement

Each of the Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement has been approved by the Board of Trustees. Unless earlier terminated as described below, each of the Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from the date it first becomes effective and will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by a majority of the Board of Trustees or by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities (as defined by the 1940 Act) and, in each case, a majority of the independent Trustees. We may terminate the Advisory Agreement or the Administration Agreement, without payment of any penalty, upon 60 days’ written notice. The decision to terminate the Advisory Agreement may be made by a majority of the Board of Trustees or the shareholders holding a majority of our outstanding voting securities, which means the lesser of (1) 67% or more of the voting securities present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities. In addition, without payment of any penalty, the Adviser may terminate the Advisory Agreement upon 120 days’ written notice and the Administrator may terminate the Administration Agreement upon 60 days’ written notice. The Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate within the meaning of the 1940 Act and related SEC guidance and interpretations in the event of its assignment.

The Adviser and the Administrator shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any act or omission or any loss suffered by the Fund in connection with the matters to which the Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement, respectively, relate, provided that the Adviser and the Administrator shall not be protected against any liability to the Fund or its shareholders to which the Adviser or Administrator would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations (“disabling conduct”). Each of the Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement provide that, absent disabling conduct, each of our Adviser and our Administrator, as applicable, and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) will be entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of our Adviser’s services under the Advisory Agreement and our Administrator’s services under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as adviser or administrator for us. The Adviser and the Administrator shall not be liable under their respective agreements with us or otherwise for any loss due to the mistake, action, inaction, negligence, dishonesty, fraud or bad faith of any broker or other agent; provided, that such broker or other agent shall have been selected, engaged or retained by the Adviser or the Administrator in good faith, unless such action or inaction was made by reason of disabling conduct, or in the case of a criminal action or proceeding, where the Adviser or Administrator had reasonable cause to believe its conduct was unlawful. In addition, we will not provide for indemnification of an Indemnified Party for any liability or loss suffered by such Indemnified Party, nor will we provide that an Indemnified Party be held harmless for any loss or liability suffered by us, unless:

 

  (1)

we have determined, in good faith, that the course of conduct that caused the loss or liability was in our best interest;

 

117


Table of Contents
  (2)

the Indemnified Party was acting on our behalf or performing services for us;

 

  (3)

such liability or loss was not the result of negligence or misconduct, in the case that the Indemnified Party is the Adviser or Administrator, as applicable, an affiliate of the Adviser or Administrator or one of our officers; and

 

  (4)

the indemnification or agreement to hold harmless is recoverable only out of our net assets and not from our shareholders.

Payment of Our Expenses Under the Investment Advisory and Administration Agreements

Except as specifically provided below, all investment professionals and staff of the Adviser, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory services to us, and the base compensation, bonus and benefits, and the routine overhead expenses, of such personnel allocable to such services, will be provided and paid for by the Adviser. We will bear all other costs and expenses of our operations, administration and transactions, including, but not limited to:

1. investment advisory fees, including management fees and incentive fees, to the Adviser, pursuant to the Advisory Agreement;

2. the Fund’s allocable portion of compensation, overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its administrative obligations under the Administration Agreement, including but not limited to: (i) the Fund’s chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs; (ii) investor relations, legal, operations and other non-investment professionals at the Administrator that perform duties for the Fund; and (iii) any internal audit group personnel of Apollo or any of its affiliates, subject to the limitations described in “Advisory and Administration Agreement—Administration Agreement”; and

3. all other expenses of the Fund’s operations and transactions, including those listed in “Plan of Operation—Expenses.”

From time to time, the Adviser, the Administrator or their affiliates may pay third-party providers of goods or services. We will reimburse the Adviser, the Administrator or such affiliates thereof for any such amounts paid on our behalf. From time to time, the Adviser or the Administrator may defer or waive fees and/or rights to be reimbursed for expenses. All of the foregoing expenses will ultimately be borne by our shareholders.

Costs and expenses of the Administrator and the Adviser that are eligible for reimbursement by the Fund will be reasonably allocated to the Fund on the basis of time spent, assets under management, usage rates, proportionate holdings, a combination thereof or other reasonable methods determined by the Administrator.

Board Approval of the Advisory Agreement

Our Board, including our independent Trustees, approved the Advisory Agreement at a meeting held on July 22, 2021. In reaching a decision to approve the Advisory Agreement, the Board reviewed a significant amount of information and considered, among other things:

 

   

the nature, quality and extent of the advisory and other services to be provided to the Fund by the Adviser;

 

   

the proposed investment advisory fee rates to be paid by the Fund to the Adviser;

 

   

the fee structures of comparable externally managed business development companies that engage in similar investing activities;

 

   

our projected operating expenses and expense ratio compared to business development companies with similar investment objectives;

 

118


Table of Contents
   

information about the services to be performed and the personnel who would be performing such services under the Advisory Agreement; and

 

   

the organizational capability and financial condition of the Adviser and its affiliates.

Based on the information reviewed and the discussion thereof, the Board, including a majority of the non-interested trustees, concluded that the investment advisory fee rates are reasonable in relation to the services to be provided and approved the Advisory Agreement as being in the best interests of our shareholders.

Prohibited Activities

Our activities are subject to compliance with the 1940 Act. In addition, our Declaration of Trust prohibits the following activities among us, the Adviser and its affiliates:

 

   

We may not purchase or lease assets in which the Adviser or its affiliates has an interest unless (i) we disclose the terms of the transaction to our shareholders, the terms are reasonable to us and the price does not exceed the lesser of cost or fair market value, as determined by an independent expert or (ii) such purchase or lease of assets is consistent with the 1940 Act or an exemptive order under the 1940 Act issued to us by the SEC;

 

   

We may not invest in general partnerships or joint ventures with affiliates and non-affiliates unless certain conditions are met;

 

   

The Adviser and its affiliates may not acquire assets from us unless (i) approved by our shareholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter or (ii) such acquisition is consistent with the 1940 Act or an exemptive order under the 1940 Act issued to us by the SEC;

 

   

We may not lease assets to the Adviser or its affiliates unless we disclose the terms of the transaction to our shareholders and such terms are fair and reasonable to us;

 

   

We may not make any loans, credit facilities, credit agreements or otherwise to the Adviser or its affiliates except for the advancement of funds as permitted by our Declaration of Trust or unless otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act or applicable guidance or exemptive relief of the SEC;

 

   

We may not acquire assets in exchange for our Common Shares;

 

   

We may not pay a commission or fee, either directly or indirectly to the Adviser or its affiliates, except as otherwise permitted by our Declaration of Trust, in connection with the reinvestment of cash flows from operations and available reserves or of the proceeds of the resale, exchange or refinancing of our assets;

 

   

The Adviser may not charge duplicate fees to us; and

 

   

The Adviser may not provide financing to us with a term in excess of 12 months.

In addition, in the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser agrees that its activities will at all times be in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal and state securities laws governing its operations and investments.

Compliance with the Omnibus Guidelines Published by NASAA

Rebates, Kickbacks and Reciprocal Arrangements

Our Declaration of Trust prohibits our Adviser from: (i) receiving or accepting any rebate, give-ups or similar arrangement that is prohibited under applicable federal or state securities laws, (ii) participating in any reciprocal business arrangement that would circumvent provisions of applicable federal or state securities laws governing conflicts of interest or investment restrictions or (iii) entering into any agreement, arrangement or

 

119


Table of Contents

understanding that would circumvent the restrictions against dealing with affiliates or promoters under applicable federal or state securities laws. In addition, our Adviser may not directly or indirectly pay or award any fees or commissions or other compensation to any person or entity engaged to sell our shares or give investment advice to a potential shareholder; provided, however, that our Adviser may pay a registered broker or other properly licensed agent sales commissions or other compensation (including cash compensation and non-cash compensation (as such terms are defined under FINRA Rule 2310)) for selling or distributing our Common Shares, including out of the Adviser’s own assets, including those amounts paid to the Adviser under the Advisory Agreement.

Commingling

The Adviser may not permit our funds to be commingled with the funds of any other entity.

 

120


Table of Contents

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

The Firm will be subject to certain conflicts of interest with respect to the services the Adviser and the Administrator provide to us. These conflicts will arise primarily from the Firm, in other activities that may conflict with our activities. You should be aware that individual conflicts will not necessarily be resolved in favor of your interest. The foregoing list of conflicts does not purport to be a complete enumeration or explanation of the actual and potential conflicts involved in an investment in the Fund, but does reflect all material conflicts known to the Fund at the time of this filing.

Apollo sponsors, manages or advises and will continue to sponsor, manage or advise other investment funds, partnerships, limited liability companies, corporations or similar investment vehicles, clients or the assets or investments for the account of any client, or separate account for which, in each case, the Adviser or one or more of its affiliates acts as general partner, manager, managing member, investment adviser, sponsor or in a similar capacity (collectively, including the Fund, “Apollo Clients”). Apollo will continue to sponsor, manage or advise new Apollo Clients, whether alone or partnering with others, and will continue to maintain, develop, expand or monetize its investment and advisory and related businesses. Certain current Apollo Clients have, and certain future Apollo Clients are expected to have, investment mandates that overlap, either substantially or in part, with that of the Fund, and Apollo expects that the universe of potential investments and other activities of Apollo’s business could overlap with the investments and activities of the Fund, each of which, as a result, is expected to create conflicts of interest. For clarification, Apollo Clients will not include (a) any alternative investment vehicle, special purpose vehicle, subsidiary of the Fund, vehicles established to structure a co-investment, master, joint or commingled account or investment vehicle, joint venture or other person through which the Fund can make an investment or group of investments or (b) any investment and any portfolio investment or investment of any other Apollo Client or Apollo and its subsidiaries, in each case subject to the 1940 Act, and unless the Adviser determines in its sole discretion that such person should be treated as an Apollo Client under the circumstances.

The following discussion sets forth certain potential conflicts of interest that should be carefully evaluated before making an investment in the Fund. Attention is also drawn to certain risk factors (see “Risk Factors” above) that refer to potential conflicts of interest.

Allocation of Investment Opportunities. Certain inherent conflicts of interest arise from the fact that (i) Apollo provides investment advisory and/or management services to more than one Apollo Client, (ii) Apollo Clients have one or more overlapping investment strategies and (iii) all or a portion of an investment opportunity may be allocated to Apollo in accordance with Apollo’s allocation policies and procedures. Also, the investment strategies employed by Apollo for current and future Apollo Clients could conflict with each other and adversely affect the prices and availability of other securities or instruments held by, or potentially considered for, one or more other Apollo Clients. If participation in specific investment opportunities is appropriate for more than one Apollo Client, participation in such opportunities will be allocated pursuant to Apollo’s allocation policies and procedures and the applicable governing documents of the relevant Apollo Clients. There can be no assurance, however, that the application of such allocation policies and procedures will result in the allocation of a specific investment opportunity to the Fund or that the Fund will participate in all investment opportunities falling within its investment objective or be allocated its investment interest. In addition, the Adviser may in certain situations choose to consult with or obtain the consent of the Board of Trustees with respect to any specific conflict of interest, including with respect to the approvals required under the 1940 Act, including Section 57(f), and the Advisers Act. Such considerations have in the past resulted, and may in the future also result, in allocations of certain investment opportunities (including Platform Investments) among Apollo Clients and Apollo on an other than pari passu basis.

Apollo is committed to allocating investment opportunities in a manner that, over time, is on a fair and equitable basis, and Apollo has established policies and procedures to guide the determination of such allocations. Subject to applicable law, including the 1940 Act, and the Board of Trustees’ oversight, the Adviser will have the power to resolve, or consent to the resolution of, conflicts of interest on behalf of the Fund.

 

121


Table of Contents

Apollo’s allocation policies and procedures have established: (i) the allocations committee of Apollo Global Management, Inc. (“AGM” and such committee, the “AGM Allocations Committee”) to, among other things, review: (a) questions regarding an Apollo Client’s mandate; (b) potential distressed control investments; (c) any opportunities involving potential third-party co-investors; and (d) the actions taken by subcommittees to the AGM Allocations Committee (the “Allocations Sub-Committees”) and conflicts of interest that cannot be resolved by the Allocations Sub-Committees; and (ii) allocation guidelines on which such committees generally base their allocation decisions.

Generally, an investment opportunity will be allocated to an Apollo Client if the opportunity reasonably falls within such Apollo Client’s mandate or is otherwise deemed suitable as determined by the relevant portfolio manager, investment committee, the AGM Allocations Committee or an Allocations Sub-Committee. If an investment opportunity falls within the mandate of, or is otherwise deemed suitable for, two or more Apollo Clients and it is not possible to fully satisfy the investment interest of all such Apollo Clients, the investment opportunity generally will be allocated pro rata based on the size of each Apollo Client’s original investment interest. The size of each Apollo Client’s investment interest will be determined generally based on each Apollo Client’s available capital or net asset value (or, in certain circumstances, the available capital or net asset value ascribed to the applicable strategy). However, a number of additional other factors can influence other allocation decisions, including:

 

  (a)

the relative actual or potential exposure of any particular Apollo Client to the type of investment opportunity in terms of its existing investment portfolio;

 

  (b)

the investment objective of such Apollo Client;

 

  (c)

cash availability, suitability, instructions from an Apollo Client, permitted leverage and available financing for the investment opportunity (including taking into account the levels/rates that would be required to obtain an appropriate return);

 

  (d)

the likelihood of current income;

 

  (e)

the size, liquidity and duration of the investment opportunity;

 

  (f)

the seniority of loan and other capital structure criteria;

 

  (g)

with respect to an investment opportunity originated by a third party, the relationships of a particular Apollo Client (or the portfolio manager) to such third party;

 

  (h)

tax considerations;

 

  (i)

regulatory considerations;

 

  (j)

supply or demand for an investment opportunity at a given price level;

 

  (k)

an Apollo Client’s risk or investment concentration parameters (including parameters such as geography, industry, issuer, volatility, leverage, liability duration or weighted average life, asset class type or other risk metrics);

 

  (l)

whether the investment opportunity is a follow-on investment;

 

  (m)

whether the vehicle is in the process of fundraising, is open to redemptions (in which case notions of net asset value and available capital can be subjectively adjusted to account for anticipated inflows or redemptions) or is close to the end of its investment period (for closed-ended funds);

 

  (n)

whether an Apollo Client’s economic exposure has been swapped to, or otherwise assumed by, one or more other parties;

 

  (o)

the governing documents of an Apollo Client (which could include provisions pursuant to which an Apollo Client is entitled to receive an allocation of a certain type of an investment opportunity on a priority basis, which could result in the Fund not participating in any such investment or participating to a lesser extent); and

 

122


Table of Contents
  (p)

such other criteria as are reasonably related to a reasonable allocation of a particular investment opportunity to one or more Apollo Clients (e.g., in the case of an Apollo Client ramp-up period or when incubating a particular investment strategy or product or the investment period or term of an Apollo Client).

In determining whether an investment opportunity falls within an Apollo Client’s mandate, the relevant portfolio manager, investment committee, the AGM Allocation Committee or an Allocations Sub-Committee, as appropriate, will take into consideration that:

 

  (i)

multiple Apollo Clients have investment objectives that overlap to greater or lesser degrees;

 

  (ii)

the applicable legal documents of each Apollo Client contemplate, to greater or lesser degrees, the obligation to offer such Apollo Client investment opportunities that fall within its investment objective or mandate;

 

  (iii)

Apollo endeavors to not systematically disadvantage any Apollo Client;

 

  (iv)

the investment objective of a particular Apollo Client could change over time;

 

  (v)

the ultimate character of an investment opportunity (i.e., its risk/reward profile) will generally not become clear before a great deal of diligence and analysis has been completed by the portfolio manager pursuing such investment opportunity;

 

  (vi)

investment opportunities that are outcomes of heavily negotiated transactions are capable of being structured in a variety of ways, each of which presents its own particular risk/reward profile, tax, regulatory, legal and other considerations; and

 

  (vii)

an Apollo Client could have more than one mandate.

To the extent that the Fund’s participation in an investment opportunity that is otherwise suitable for the Fund and other Apollo Clients would cause the investment to become subject to requirements and restrictions of any law, rule or regulation that could have an adverse impact on any or all participating Apollo Clients (or underlying investors) in such investment opportunity, Apollo is authorized to exclude the Fund as a whole.

With respect to the Fund, on March 29, 2016, Apollo Investment Management, L.P. (“AIM”) received an exemptive order from the SEC permitting AIM to use greater flexibility to negotiate the terms of co-investment transactions with certain of affiliates, including investment funds, including the Fund, managed by AIM or its affiliates, subject to the conditions included therein (the “Order”). Under the terms of the Order, a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of the Fund’s independent trustees must be able to reach certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the proposed transaction are reasonable and fair to the Fund and its shareholders and do not involve overreaching of the Fund or its shareholders on the part of any person concerned and (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of the shareholders and is consistent with the board of trustees’ approved criteria. In certain situations where co-investment with one or more funds managed by AIM or its affiliates is not covered by the Order, the personnel of AIM or its affiliates will need to decide which fund will proceed with the investment. Such personnel will make these determinations based on allocation policies and procedures, as discussed above, which are designed to reasonably ensure that investment opportunities are allocated fairly and equitably among affiliated funds over time and in a manner that is consistent with applicable laws, rules and regulations. The Order is subject to certain terms and conditions so there can be no assurance that we will be permitted to co-invest with certain of the Fund’s affiliates other than in the circumstances currently permitted by regulatory guidance and the Order.

Apollo’s investment allocation policies and procedures can be revised by Apollo at any time without notice to, or consent from, the shareholders.

Other Participants in Apollo’s Origination Platform. Other Apollo Clients participate in Apollo’s origination platform with the Fund, and certain Apollo Clients’ ability to acquire loans could in certain circumstances be dependent on the existence and performance of such other Apollo Clients. Certain of such other

 

123


Table of Contents

Apollo Clients will have different terms, investors, types of investors and investment mandates than those of the originating fund and the Fund, which could create conflicts between the interests of the originating fund and the Fund, on the one hand, and one or more of such other Apollo Clients, on the other hand, relating to, among other things, Apollo’s decision-making with respect to the relevant investment. Apollo seeks to resolve any and all conflicts in a fair and equitable manner; however, subject to the 1940 Act, there can be no assurance that any particular conflict will be resolved in the best interests of the Fund under the circumstances.

Investments with Respect to Which Other Apollo Clients May Benefit. The Fund can invest in joint ventures and can invest in Platform Investments (defined below), which investment activities may give rise to future investment opportunities (e.g., a forward commitment or other option acquired by the Fund or a relationship developed in connection with the making of an investment by the Fund) from which one or more other Apollo Clients may benefit. The Adviser has an incentive to take such future opportunities and/or benefits into consideration when making investment decisions for the Fund.

In addition, the 1940 Act may limit the Fund’s ability to undertake certain transactions with its affiliates that are registered under the 1940 Act or regulated as business development companies under the 1940 Act. As a result of these restrictions, the Fund may be prohibited from executing “joint” transactions with such affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or different times). These limitations may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to the Fund.

Platform Investments. In addition, as Apollo continues to seek additional sourcing channels for investment opportunities for the Fund and other Apollo Clients, it is also anticipated that there will be opportunities for investments in various companies or businesses, including, among others, financial services companies and investment advisory/management businesses, that would be allocated to Apollo (and not Apollo Clients, including those participating in Apollo’s origination platform) as part of developing investment sourcing opportunities for the platform, including as part of such underlying investment, a commitment to fund or otherwise contemporaneously participate in such sourcing opportunities by Apollo Clients, including those participating in Apollo’s origination platform (such investments, “Platform Investments”). To the extent applicable, any Platform Investments will be made in compliance with the Order.

From time to time, Apollo recruits an existing or newly formed management team to pursue a new “platform” opportunity that is expected to lead to investment opportunities for Apollo Clients, including the Fund. In other cases, a new Platform Investment may be formed and used to recruit an existing or newly formed management team to build such Platform Investment through acquisitions and organic growth. Finally, in order to augment the Fund team’s capabilities and diligence techniques and, in some instances, to operate or service the Fund’s investments, Apollo may partner with, including through joint ventures, Platform Investments or by making investments in, high-quality operators with significant expertise and the requisite skills to operate or service the Fund’s assets. The structure of each Platform Investment and the engagement of each operating partner will vary, including in respect of whether a management or operating team’s services are exclusive to the platform and whether members of the management team are employed directly by such platform or indirectly through a separate management company established to manage such platform, and such structures are subject to change throughout an investment’s hold period, for example, in connection with potential restructurings, refinancings and/or dispositions. Members of the management or operating team for a Platform Investment could include former Apollo personnel, industry advisors, senior advisors and Apollo advisors. The management or operating team of a Platform Investment (or one or more members thereof) may also provide the same or similar services with respect to other Platform Investments of the Fund and/or one or more other Apollo Clients (including predecessor funds and successor funds thereto and co-investment vehicles) or provide the same or similar services for assets owned by third parties. The Fund may realize a Platform Investment (in whole or in part) through sale of the platform or a disposition of assets held through the platform. The services provided by the platform’s management and operating team could be similar to, and overlap with, services provided by Apollo to the Fund or to other Apollo Clients, and the services may be provided exclusively to the Platform Investments.

 

124


Table of Contents

As with the Fund’s other portfolio investments, in respect of all Platform Investments, the Fund will bear the expenses of the management team and/or portfolio entity, as the case may be, including, for example, any overhead expenses, management fees or other fees, employee compensation, diligence expenses or other expenses in connection with backing the management team and/or the build out of the platform entity. Such expenses may be borne directly by the Fund pursuant to the Advisory Agreement or Administration Agreement, as applicable, or indirectly through operational expenses of the Platform Investment. In each case subject to the 1940 Act, the compensation of management of a platform portfolio entity may include management fees (or other fees, including, for example, origination fees) or interests in the profits of the portfolio entity (or other entity in the holdings structure of the Platform Investment), including profits realized in connection with the disposition of an asset and other performance-based compensation. None of the compensation or expenses described above will be offset against any management fees in respect of the Fund and will be borne by the applicable Platform Investment or by the Fund as Fund expenses pursuant to the Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement.

Co-Investments Generally and Co-Investors. The Adviser may, consistent with the Order, offer the opportunity to co-invest alongside the Fund to one or more Co-Investors (as described below). The Adviser can, in its sole discretion, offer the opportunity to co-invest alongside the Fund to (i) other Apollo Clients, (ii) any limited partner of an Apollo Client (or any of its beneficial owners or any other client or account of its advisor or consultant), (iii) management or employees of the relevant portfolio company or issuer to which the Fund makes a loan or in which the Fund invests directly (a “Portfolio Company”), consultants and advisors with respect to such Portfolio Company or pre-existing investors or other persons associated with such Portfolio Company, (iv) any joint venture partner or operating partner, (v) any alternative investment fund or business sponsored, managed or advised by persons other than Apollo or (vi) any other persons or entities, including persons or entities whom the Adviser believes will be of benefit to the Fund or one or more Portfolio Companies or who may provide a strategic, sourcing or similar benefit to Apollo, any Apollo Client, the Fund, a Portfolio Company or one or more of their respective affiliates due to industry expertise, regulatory expertise, end-user expertise or otherwise (including credit or other investment funds sponsored by persons other than Apollo in so-called “club deals” through joint ventures or other entities). “Co-Investors” and any similar terminology are intended to refer to investment opportunities that are allocated to the Fund based on its investment strategy and objectives and with respect to which the Adviser has, in each case, in its sole discretion, determined that it is appropriate to offer the opportunity to co-invest alongside the Fund to one or more such Co-Investors. Some of the Co-Investors with whom the Fund may co-invest have pre-existing investments with Apollo, and the terms of such pre-existing investments may differ from the terms upon which such persons may invest with the Fund in such investment.

As a business development company regulated under the 1940 Act, the Fund is subject to certain limitations relating to co-investments and joint transactions with affiliates, which likely will in certain circumstances limit the Fund’s ability to make investments or enter into other transactions alongside Apollo Clients. There can be no assurance that such regulatory restrictions will not adversely affect the Fund’s ability to capitalize on attractive investment opportunities. However, subject to the 1940 Act and any applicable co-investment order issued by the SEC, the Fund may co-invest with Apollo Clients (including co-investment or other vehicles in which the Firm or its personnel invest and that co-invest with such Apollo Clients) in investments that are suitable for the Fund and one or more of such Apollo Clients. Even if the Fund and any such Apollo Clients and/or co-investment or other vehicles invest in the same securities, conflicts of interest may still arise.

Co-investment Allocations. The Adviser can allocate co-investment opportunities among Co-Investors in any manner it deems appropriate in its sole discretion taking into account those factors that it deems relevant under the circumstances, including:

 

  (i)

the character or nature of the co-investment opportunity (e.g., its size, structure, geographic location, relevant industry, tax characteristics, timing and any contemplated minimum commitment threshold);

 

  (ii)

the level of demand for participation in such co-investment opportunity;

 

  (iii)

the ability of a prospective Co-Investor to analyze or consummate a potential co-investment opportunity, including on an expedited basis;

 

125


Table of Contents
  (iv)

certainty of funding and whether a prospective Co-Investor has the financial resources to provide the requisite capital;

 

  (v)

the investing objectives and existing portfolio of the prospective Co-Investor;

 

  (vi)

as noted above, whether a prospective Co-Investor is a private fund or similar person or business sponsored, managed or advised by persons other than Apollo;

 

  (vii)

the reporting, public relations, competitive, confidentiality or other issues that may also arise as a result of the co-investment;

 

  (viii)

the legal or regulatory constraints to which the proposed investment is expected to give rise or that are applicable to a prospective Co-Investor;

 

  (ix)

the ability of the prospective Co-Investor to make commitments to invest in other Apollo Clients (including contemporaneously with the applicable co-investment);

 

  (x)

Apollo’s own interests;

 

  (xi)

the prospective Co-Investor can provide a strategic, sourcing or similar benefit to Apollo, the Fund, a Portfolio Company or one or more of their respective affiliates due to industry expertise, regulatory expertise, end-user expertise or otherwise;

 

  (xii)

the prospective Co-Investor’s existing or prospective relationship with Apollo; and

 

  (xiii)

with respect to the Fund, the restrictions set forth in the Order.

With respect to allocations influenced by Apollo’s own interests, there may be a variety of circumstances where Apollo will be incentivized to afford co-investment opportunities to one Co-Investor over another. For example, depending on the fee structure of the co-investment opportunity, if any, Apollo may be economically incentivized to offer such co-investment opportunity to certain Co-Investors over others based on its economic arrangement with such Co-Investors in connection with the applicable co-investment opportunity or otherwise. Additionally, Apollo may be contractually incentivized or obligated to offer certain Co-Investors a minimum amount of co-investment opportunities or otherwise bear adverse economic consequences for failure to do so, which consequences may include, a loss of future economic rights, including carried interest or other incentive arrangements.

Apollo may allocate co-investment opportunities to prospective Co-Investors that ultimately decline to participate in the offered co-investment. In such instance, if another Co-Investor is not identified, the certain Apollo Clients may be unable to consummate an investment, or may end up holding a larger portion of an investment than Apollo had initially anticipated. To the extent that this happens, the Apollo Client may have insufficient capital to pursue other opportunities or may not achieve its intended portfolio diversification.

The Fund may co-invest together with other Apollo Clients in some or all of the Fund’s investment opportunities, consistent with the Order. Apollo may also offer co-investment opportunities to Apollo co-investment vehicles (which may include participation by Apollo professionals and employees and other Apollo Clients or entities and other key advisors/relationships of Apollo). In determining the allocation of such co-investment opportunities, Apollo considers a multitude of factors, including its own interest in investing in the opportunity, including the Apollo Co-Investment Percentage. With respect to the Fund, any co-investment expenses shall be paid consistent with the Order. With respect to other Co-Investors that committed to participate in a particular unconsummated co-investment, such Co-Investors shall bear their proportionate share of any fees, costs or expenses related to such unconsummated co-investment, such as reverse break-up fees or broken deal expenses.

Co-Investment Expenses. The Adviser may, but will not be obligated to, endeavor to cause unaffiliated Co-Investors that committed to participate in a particular unconsummated co-investment to bear their proportionate share of any fees, costs or expenses related to such unconsummated co-investment, such as reverse break-up fees or broken deal expenses, subject to the Order and the 1940 Act.

 

126


Table of Contents

Fees and Carried Interest Payable with Respect to Co-Investments. Apollo can in its discretion: (i) receive performance-based compensation (such as carried interest or performance allocations), management fees or other similar fees from Co-Investors, and Apollo may make an investment, or otherwise participate, in any vehicle formed to structure a co-investment to facilitate, among other things, receipt of such performance-based compensation, management fees or other similar fees; and (ii) collect customary fees in connection with actual or contemplated investments that are the subject of such co-investment arrangements, and any such fees will be retained by, and be for the benefit of, the Adviser or any of its respective affiliates with respect to certain Co-Investors. Any such carried interest, incentive allocation, management fees or other similar fees received from Co- Investors with respect to any co-investment may (or may not) differ from those charged to the Fund. Additionally, in those circumstances where the applicable Co-Investors include one or more members of a Portfolio Company’s management group, the Co-Investors who are members of such management group may receive compensation relating to the investment in such Portfolio Company, including incentive compensation arrangements.

Syndications; Syndication Fees: Subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act, it is possible that a portion of the Fund’s Portfolio Investments will be syndicated to Apollo Clients, their portfolio companies, investors in Apollo Clients and other third parties via participations in and/or assignments or sales of loans (or interests therein) that the Fund purchased or originated. Subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act, Apollo, the Adviser and their affiliates and/or Apollo Clients may receive certain fees in connection with any such syndication. While the terms of any such transaction, including the price of the participation, assignment or sale, will not be set by the Apollo, the Adviser or the Fund but rather will be established based on third-party valuations, Apollo will nevertheless have an incentive to determine the amount and timing of each syndication in a manner that takes into account the interests of other Apollo Clients that may participate, as well as the prospect of the fees described above, which will not necessarily be consistent with the interests of the Fund in connection with any particular investment.

Sharing of Services. Subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act, in certain circumstances, in order to create efficiencies and optimize performance, one or more Portfolio Companies of the Fund could determine to share the operational, legal, financial, back-office or other resources of another Portfolio Company of the Fund or a Portfolio Company of an Apollo Client. In connection therewith, the costs and expenses related to such services will be allocated among the relevant entities by Apollo in good faith and in accordance with the 1940 Act and SEC guidance. In addition, it is possible that a Portfolio Company or an affiliated service provider may be in the business of providing services that are, or could be, utilized by another Portfolio Company. In this situation, the Adviser may determine that one or more Portfolio Companies use the other Portfolio Company’s or affiliated service provider’s services, even where these services were previously provided to the investment from a third party. As applicable, the Fund’s Board of Trustees will approve any such services provided by an affiliated service provider. See “Affiliated Loan Origination and/or Servicing Businesses” below.

Allocation of Expenses. Apollo will from time to time incur fees, costs and expenses on behalf of the Fund, one or more other Apollo Clients and itself. To the extent such fees, costs and expenses are incurred for the account or for the benefit of the Fund, one or more other Apollo Clients and itself, the Fund, such other Apollo Clients and Apollo will typically bear an allocable portion of any such fees, costs and expenses (subject to the terms of the Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement) in such manner as the Adviser in good faith determines. In most cases, Apollo’s Expense Allocation Steering Committee, which typically meets on a quarterly basis, is responsible for the overall expense allocations and the related methodologies for Apollo and Apollo Clients. For example, with respect to Apollo’s group professional liability insurance policy, approximately 90% of the premiums are allocated among all Apollo Clients covered under such policy while the remaining portion is borne by Apollo. Although Apollo endeavors to allocate such fees, costs and expenses in good faith over time, there can be no assurance that such fees, costs and expenses will in all cases be allocated appropriately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Apollo may in the future develop policies and procedures to address the allocation of expenses that differ from its current practice.

Apollo anticipates that fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition of Portfolio Investments will typically be borne by the relevant Portfolio Companies. However, it is possible that one or more

 

127


Table of Contents

Portfolio Companies will not agree to pay all or a portion of such amounts, or will not pay such amounts when due. In either such case, such expenses (or portion thereof) will be borne by the applicable Apollo Clients (including the Fund) as operating expenses.

Overhead Allocation. Apollo has in-house accounting, legal, compliance, tax, administrative, operational, finance, risk, reporting, technology, investor servicing and other types of personnel or employees that provide support to Apollo Clients (including the Fund) and their respective subsidiaries and potential and existing portfolio investments on an ongoing basis. These employees assist with, among other things, the legal, compliance, tax, administrative, operational, finance, risk, reporting, technology, investor servicing and other functions of the Adviser, the Administrator, their affiliates and Apollo Clients (including the formation of, and capital raising for, Apollo Clients) and their respective acquisition, due diligence, holding, maintenance, financing, restructuring and disposition of investments, including, without limitation, mergers and acquisitions, financing and accounting, legal, tax and operational support and risk, litigation and regulatory management and compliance. The performance of such functions by Apollo employees could be in addition to or as an alternative to the outsourcing of any such services to third party service providers at market rates, including entities and persons regularly used by Apollo and its affiliates, Apollo Clients and their respective potential and existing portfolio investments. All fees, costs and expenses incurred by Apollo (including allocable compensation of such personnel or employees and related overhead otherwise payable by Apollo in connection with their employment, such as rent and benefits) in connection with services performed by personnel or employees of the Adviser or Administrator or their affiliates that constitute services for or in respect of the Fund, its subsidiaries and its existing and potential portfolio investments, may be allocable to and borne by the Fund pursuant to the Advisory Agreement or Administration Agreement, as applicable. See “Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement” above. Such allocations to the Fund will be based on any of the following methodologies (or any combination thereof), among others: (i) requiring personnel to periodically allocate their historical time spent with respect to the Fund, the Adviser or Administrator, approximating the proportion of certain personnel’s time spent with respect to the Fund (which will be tracked on a weekly or biweekly basis), and, in each case, allocating their compensation and allocable overhead based on such approximations of time spent, or charging such approximations of time spent at market rates, (ii) the assessment of an overall dollar amount (based on a fixed fee or percentage of assets under management) that the Adviser or Administrator, as applicable, determines in good faith represents a fair recoupment of expenses and for such services, or (iii) any other methodology determined by the Adviser or Administrator, as applicable, in good faith to be appropriate and practicable under the circumstances. Further, the methodology utilized for one personnel group could be different from the methodology utilized by another personnel group, and different methodologies may be utilized, including within a single personnel group, at different times or in determining different types of allocations (such as allocations among Apollo Clients, on the one hand, and allocations as between Apollo Clients and Apollo affiliates, on the other hand). Determining such charges based on approximate allocations, rather than time recorded on an hourly or similar basis (which will not be undertaken), could result in the Fund being charged a different amount (including relative to another Apollo Client), which could be higher or lower, than would be the case under a different methodology. In addition, any methodology (including the choice thereof), as well as the application of any approximations it entails, involves inherent conflicts between the interests of the Fund, on the one hand, and any other Apollo Client or Apollo affiliate to which all or a portion of the relevant personnel’s time would otherwise be charged, on the other hand, and could result in incurrence of greater expenses by the Fund and its subsidiaries and potential and existing Portfolio Investments than would be the case if such services were provided by third parties at market rates. Further, some Apollo Clients’ governing documents could restrict or preclude the allocation of any of the foregoing amounts to such Apollo Clients, in which case such Apollo Clients could bear a lesser amount of such expenses relative to the Fund or any other Apollo Client, or not bear any such expenses at all.

Restrictions on Transactions Due to Other Apollo Businesses. From time to time, various potential and actual conflicts of interest will arise from the overall advisory, investment and other activities of Apollo and its personnel. Apollo will endeavor to resolve conflicts of interest with respect to investment opportunities in a manner that it deems equitable to the extent possible under the prevailing facts and circumstances. As discussed

 

128


Table of Contents

further in “Allocation of Investment Opportunities” above, and in “Potential Duties to Other Stakeholders” below, Apollo can invest, on its own behalf, in securities and other instruments that would be appropriate for, held by or fall within the investment guidelines of an Apollo Client. Apollo can give advice or take action for its own account that can differ from, conflict with or be adverse to advice given or action taken for Apollo Clients. These activities will, in certain circumstances, adversely affect the prices and availability of other business opportunities, transactions, securities or instruments held by, available to or potentially considered for one or more Apollo Clients. Potential conflicts of interest also arise due to the fact that Apollo has investments in some Apollo Clients but not in others, or has different levels of investment in the various Apollo Clients, and that the Apollo Clients bear different levels of fees and incentive compensation in favor of Apollo.

Apollo, together with Apollo Clients, engages in a broad range of business activities and invests in businesses and assets whose operations can be substantially similar to, and/or competitive with, the business and assets in which Apollo Clients have invested. The performance and operation of such competing businesses and assets could conflict with and adversely affect the performance and operation of an Apollo Client’s portfolio companies or other operating entities, and could adversely affect the prices and availability of business opportunities, transactions, securities or instruments held by, available to or potentially considered for such portfolio investments. Apollo will seek to resolve conflicts in a manner that Apollo deems to be fair and equitable.

In addition, Apollo can give advice, or take action with respect to, the investments of one or more Apollo Clients that may not be given or taken with respect to other Apollo Clients with similar investment programs, objectives or strategies. Accordingly, Apollo Clients with similar strategies may not hold the same securities or instruments or achieve the same performance. Apollo also advises Apollo Clients with conflicting investment objectives or strategies. These activities also could adversely affect the prices and availability of other securities or instruments held by, available to or potentially considered for one or more Apollo Clients. Apollo has and expects to maintain ongoing relationships with issuers whose securities have been acquired by, or are being considered for investment by, Apollo Clients.

Apollo may also have ongoing relationships with issuers whose securities have been acquired by, or are being considered for investment by, Apollo Clients. From time to time, Apollo may acquire securities or other financial instruments of an issuer for one Apollo Client which are senior or junior to securities or other financial instruments of the same issuer that are held by or acquired for another Apollo Client (e.g., one Apollo Client could acquire senior debt while another Apollo Client acquires subordinated debt). Apollo also advises Apollo Clients with conflicting investment objectives or strategies. For example, in the event such issuer enters bankruptcy, the Apollo Client holding securities that are senior in bankruptcy preference is expected to have the right to pursue the issuer’s assets to fully satisfy the issuer’s indebtedness to such Apollo Client, and Apollo might have an obligation to pursue such remedy on behalf of such Apollo Client. As a result, another Apollo Client holding assets of the same issuer that are more junior in the capital structure might not have access to sufficient assets of the issuer to completely satisfy its bankruptcy claim against the issuer and suffer a loss. These activities also could adversely affect the prices and availability of other securities or instruments held by, available to or potentially considered for one or more Apollo Clients.

Apollo Clients will, from time to time, subject to their governing documents, as applicable, acquire and dispose of securities or other financial instruments in portfolio investments at different times and upon different terms. The interests of Apollo Clients (including the Fund) in such investments will not be aligned in all or any circumstances, and there will be actual or potential conflicts of interests or the appearance thereof. In this regard, actions could, from time to time, be taken by Apollo that are adverse to the Fund. Apollo will also have ongoing relationships with issuers whose securities have been acquired by or are being considered for investment by Apollo Clients. Situations could arise where another Apollo Client acquires or otherwise engages in transactions with respect to securities of an entity in which the Fund has a financial interest (whether in the same or a different class of securities) or otherwise engages in selling, divesting or making further acquisitions or otherwise engages in transactions with respect to securities of such entity, including in

 

129


Table of Contents

connection with and following a co-investment. For example, the Fund can engage assets of other Apollo Clients to provide additional services with respect to the Fund’s Portfolio Companies. To the extent that any transactions involve the sale of securities between Apollo Clients, such transactions will be conducted in accordance with, and subject to, the 1940 Act and its rules and regulations, and to the extent that any such transactions may be viewed as a principal transaction due to the ownership interest by Apollo and its personnel, Apollo will comply with the requirements of Section 206(3) of the Advisers Act and its internal policies.

As described herein, Apollo, together with Apollo Clients, engages in a broad range of business activities and invests in a broad range of businesses and assets. The Adviser may take into account Apollo’s, it affiliates’ and/or other Apollo Clients’ respective interests (including reputational interests) when determining whether to pursue a potential Portfolio Investment for the Fund. As a result, it is possible that the Adviser may choose not to pursue or consummate an investment opportunity for the Fund notwithstanding that such investment may be profitable for the Fund or that the Adviser may choose not to pursue an investment opportunity because of the reputational, financial and/or other interests of Apollo and its Affiliates.

Further, the Fund is prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with certain affiliates (including portfolio companies of Apollo Clients) without the prior approval of a majority of the independent members of the Board of Trustees and, in some cases, the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of the outstanding voting securities will be an affiliate of the Fund for purposes of the 1940 Act and generally the Fund will be prohibited from buying or selling any securities from or to such affiliate, absent the prior approval of the Board of Trustees. However, the Fund may under certain circumstances purchase any such affiliate’s loans or securities in the secondary market, which could create a conflict for the Adviser between the Fund’s interests and the interests of such affiliate, in that the ability of the Adviser to recommend actions in the Fund’s best interest may be limited. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or closely related times), without prior approval of the Board of Trustees and, in some cases, the SEC.

Capital Structure Conflicts. The Fund is permitted to invest in a Portfolio Company in which one or more other Apollo Clients hold an investment in a different class of such Portfolio Company’s debt or equity, or vice versa, subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act. For example, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act with respect to the Fund:

 

  (i)

Apollo can acquire securities or other financial instruments of an issuer for one Apollo Client or itself that are senior or junior to securities or other financial instruments of the same issuer that are held by, or acquired for, another Apollo Client (e.g., one Apollo Client could acquire senior debt while another Apollo Client acquires subordinated debt),

 

  (ii)

Apollo could make a holistic capital solutions proposal to an issuer that involves multiple Apollo Clients (including the Fund) providing financing, in the form of debt or equity, or a combination thereof investing across two or more tranches or series of such issuer’s capital structure,

 

  (iii)

Apollo can permit other Apollo Clients to provide debt or equity financing to a Portfolio Company in which the Fund holds an investment,

 

  (iv)

Apollo can permit the Fund (including together with other Apollo Clients) to provide financing to a portfolio company/portfolio investment of other Apollo Clients or

 

  (v)

Apollo can cause an Apollo Client (including the Fund) to provide financing and/or leverage to another Apollo Client (including the Fund) with respect to investments.

Conflicts of interest are expected to arise under such circumstances. For example, in the event Apollo negotiates a holistic capital solution with an issuer, as described in clause (ii) of the previous sentence, the specific terms and conditions of each tranche or series could be impacted by Apollo’s desire to provide an overall financing package, which could result in the terms and conditions of the tranche or series in which the Fund participates

 

130


Table of Contents

being less favorable to the Fund than could have been the case absent such an overall arrangement. This could be exacerbated if there is no or limited overlap of participating Apollo Clients (including the Fund) in the different tranches or series. Apollo, in its sole discretion, and in response to the desires of an issuer in some cases, could negotiate for enhanced terms or protections for one tranche or series at the expense of another tranche or series, and the issuer’s ultimate approval of the holistic capital solution should not be viewed as dispositive that the terms and conditions of each tranche or series, taken individually, reflect an arms’-length arrangement.

In addition, in the event that any issuer in which Apollo and/or Apollo Clients are invested in different levels of the capital structure enters bankruptcy, Apollo or the Apollo Client(s) holding securities that are senior in bankruptcy preference are expected to have the right to aggressively pursue the issuer’s assets to fully satisfy the issuer’s indebtedness to Apollo or such Apollo Client(s), and Apollo might have an obligation to pursue such remedy on behalf of itself or such Apollo Client(s). As a result, another Apollo Client holding assets of the same issuer that are more junior in the capital structure might not have access to sufficient assets of the issuer to completely satisfy its bankruptcy claim against the issuer and suffer a loss.

Apollo has instituted policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to identify and address such potential conflicts of interest (whether including at the inception of an investment and during the holding or ownership of an investment) and that seek to ensure that Apollo Clients are treated fairly and equitably. The application by Apollo of its policies and procedures will vary based on the particular facts and circumstances surrounding each investment made by Apollo and Apollo Clients (including the Fund), or made by two or more Apollo Clients (including the Fund), in different classes, series or tranches of an issuer’s capital structure (as well as across multiple issuers or borrowers within the same overall capital structure), and, as such, investors should expect some degree of variation, and potentially inconsistency, in the manner in which potential, or actual, conflicts of interest are addressed by Apollo. While Apollo’s policies and procedures for addressing the conflicts between Apollo and Apollo Clients and among multiple Apollo Clients in these situations are intended to resolve the conflicts in an impartial manner, there can be no assurance that Apollo’s own interests will not influence its conduct.

In addressing certain of the potential conflicts of interest described herein, Apollo and/or the Adviser may, but will not be obligated to, take one or more actions on behalf of the Fund or any other Apollo Client, including any one or more of the following:

 

  (i)

causing an Apollo Client (including the Fund) to remain passive in a situation in which it is otherwise entitled to vote, which may mean that the Fund or any other Apollo Client defers to the decision or judgment of an independent, third-party investor in the same class of equity or debt securities or other financial instruments held by the Fund or such other Apollo Client;

 

  (ii)

referring the matter to one or more persons not affiliated with Apollo to review or approve of an intended course of action with respect to such matter;

 

  (iii)

establishing ethical screens or information barriers to separate Apollo investment professionals or assigning different teams of Apollo investment professionals, in each case, who are supported by separate legal counsel and other advisers, to act independently of each other in representing different Apollo Clients or Apollo Clients that hold different classes, series or tranches of an issuer’s capital structure;

 

  (iv)

as between two Apollo Clients, ensuring (or seeking to ensure) that the underlying investors therein own interests in the same securities or financial instruments and in the same proportions so as to preserve an alignment of interest; or

 

  (v)

causing the Fund or another Apollo Client to divest itself of a security, financial instrument or particular class, series or tranche of an issuer’s capital structure it might otherwise have held on to.

Any such step would be subject to the 1940 Act and could have the effect of benefiting other Apollo Clients or Apollo at the expense of the Fund, and there can be no assurance that any of these measures will be feasible or effective in any particular situation, and it is possible that the outcome for the Fund will be less favorable than might otherwise have been the case if Apollo had not had duties to other Apollo Clients.

 

131


Table of Contents

The Adviser, its affiliates and management of a Portfolio Company will be required at times to make decisions that are adverse to the interests of the equity investors in such Portfolio Company while at the same time beneficial to the debt investors in such Portfolio Company, or vice versa (for example, if such Portfolio Company or a subsidiary thereof should file for bankruptcy). For example, should the Adviser and its affiliates or management of a Portfolio Company act in a way that is not in the best interests of the debt investors in such Portfolio Company, then, to the extent that the Adviser and its affiliates or management of such Portfolio Company are directed by Apollo, such decision could subject the Adviser and the Fund, among others, to the risk of claims to which they would not otherwise be subject, including claims of breach of the duty of loyalty or violations of securities law. To the extent that a greater number or proportion of debt investors in a Portfolio Company are Apollo Clients (or Apollo) or are investors in Apollo Clients, Apollo will be incentivized to prioritize the interests of the debt investors in such Portfolio Company (including Apollo itself) over the interests of the equity investors in such Portfolio Company (including Apollo itself), and vice versa, and Apollo will be subject to certain conflicts of interest in connection therewith.

Certain Transactions. Situations may arise where certain assets held by the Fund may be transferred to Apollo Clients and vice versa. Such transactions will be conducted in accordance with, and subject to, the Adviser’s contractual obligations to the Fund and applicable law, including the 1940 Act.

Representing Creditors and Debtors. The Adviser and its affiliates can serve as the controlling persons of Apollo Clients that hold positions in creditors or debtors either in proceedings under relevant bankruptcy or insolvency codes or prior to such filings. From time to time, the Adviser and its affiliates serve as advisers to creditor or equity committees on behalf of such Apollo Clients. This involvement, for which the Adviser and its affiliates could be compensated, could, among other things, limit or preclude the flexibility that the Fund otherwise has to participate in restructurings of investments, or that the Fund requires to liquidate any existing positions of the applicable issuer.

Subdivision of Debt Obligations. Subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act and the conditions under the Order, the Adviser, acting in respect of the Fund and other Apollo Clients, is permitted, from time to time, to subdivide a debt obligation into two or more tranches, each of which has different terms from the original obligation with respect to interest and principal repayment, seniority and subordination, default remedies, rights to collateral and other matters. The owner of the original obligation, which could have been acquired directly from a borrower in a negotiated transaction or in the secondary market, can retain an interest in one or more tranches and elect to dispose of any such interests. The subdivision or “tranching” of debt obligations typically will be undertaken when Apollo determines that it can achieve competitive advantages or other benefits. For example, a borrower would be expected to favor a lender that is prepared to negotiate a single, consolidated credit arrangement, instead of having to negotiate senior and subordinated loans and/or secured and unsecured loans with multiple lenders. Tranching can also facilitate access to debt obligations or other securities having specific features that suit the differing risk and return parameters of different Apollo Clients (including the Fund) on a more customized basis than is available in the market at a particular time. Participation by the Fund in these tranching activities may give rise to a variety of potential conflicts of interest with Apollo and other Apollo Clients. See also “Exercise of Rights and Remedies” and “Bankruptcy and Other Distress Situations” below.

Bankruptcy and Other Distress Situations. When a debtor with different classes of outstanding debt becomes bankrupt or experiences severe financial distress, a resolution of the situation often requires adversarial judicial proceedings or contentious negotiations. If this were to occur with respect to a debtor for which the Fund and other Apollo Clients hold different tranches of debt or other securities, it generally will not be feasible for Apollo to advocate effectively for the interests of all of its clients to the extent that there are conflicting or competing interests among holders of different tranches. As a threshold matter, Apollo expects that in a bankruptcy or other distressed situation, it will generally consider whether it is necessary or appropriate to arrange for separate legal counsel to be engaged on behalf of each separate tranche in order to analyze and identify the available rights, remedies, potential claims and legal strategies for seeking to maximize the recovery potentially available to the tranche, unless the outcome for a particular tranche is clear and certain. It is anticipated that, where feasible, an effort will be made to fashion a compromise solution. Any such effort to

 

132


Table of Contents

reach a compromise solution could result in the Fund and, in turn, other Apollo Clients, experiencing a worse outcome than they might have achieved in the absence of Apollo’s conflicting loyalties. In certain circumstances, Apollo could seek to mitigate the conflict by delegating certain decision-making responsibilities on behalf of the Fund or other Apollo Clients to unaffiliated third parties, or by seeking to dispose in whole or in part of one or more tranches. Alternatively, Apollo can seek to accommodate the competing interests of Apollo Clients by assigning different teams of Apollo investment professionals, supported by separate legal counsel and other advisers, to act independently of each other in representing different tranches. There can be no assurance that any of these measures will be implemented, feasible or effective in any particular situation, and it is possible that the outcome for the Fund, and in turn, the Apollo Client, will be less favorable than might otherwise have been the case if Apollo had not had duties to Apollo Clients holding other tranches.

While Apollo anticipates that, over time, the overall benefits of permitting multiple clients, including the Fund, to participate in different tranches will outweigh the potential disadvantages in particular circumstances, there is no way to predict whether these net benefits will ultimately be achieved. Moreover, Apollo’s own interests will influence how conflicts between clients in these situations will be resolved. For example, Apollo will be perceived to have an incentive to favor the interests of Apollo Clients that invest primarily in more subordinated classes of debt, since Apollo’s compensation from such clients is generally higher than the compensation earned from clients that invest primarily in more senior debt. While Apollo’s policies and procedures for addressing the conflicts between its clients in these situations are intended to resolve the conflicts in an impartial manner, there can be no assurance that Apollo’s own interests will not influence its conduct.

Brokerage Commissions. The Fund’s securities transactions generate brokerage commissions and other compensation, including clearing fees and charges, all of which the Fund, not the Adviser or any of their affiliates, will be obligated to pay. The Adviser has sole discretion in deciding what brokers and dealers the Fund uses, subject to Board approval, and in negotiating the rates of brokerage commissions and other compensation the Fund pays. In selecting brokers and negotiating commission rates, the Adviser (i) will take into account such information it deems appropriate, (ii) need not solicit competitive bids and (iii) does not have any obligation to seek the lowest available commission cost or spread. The Fund buys and sells securities directly from or to brokers each acting as “principals” at prices that include markups or markdowns, and buys securities from underwriters or dealers in public offerings at prices that include compensation to the underwriters and dealers. Any use of commissions or “soft dollars” generated by the Fund to pay for brokerage and research products or services will fall within the safe harbor created by Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act, although the Fund does not intend to use “soft dollars.”

Information Barriers. Apollo currently operates without ethical screens or information barriers that some other investment management firms implement to separate persons who make investment decisions from others who might possess material nonpublic information that could influence such decisions. In an effort to manage possible risks arising from Apollo’s decision not to implement such screens, Apollo maintains a code of ethics (the “Code of Ethics”) and provides training to relevant personnel with respect to conflicts of interest and how such conflicts are identified and resolved under Apollo’s policies and procedures. In addition, Apollo’s compliance department maintains a list of restricted securities with respect to which Apollo could have access to material nonpublic information and in which Apollo Clients are not permitted to trade. In the event that any employee of Apollo obtains such material nonpublic information, Apollo will be restricted in acquiring or disposing of the relevant investments on behalf of Apollo Clients, which could impact the returns generated for such Apollo Clients.

Notwithstanding the maintenance of restricted securities lists and other internal controls, it is possible that the internal controls relating to the management of material nonpublic information could fail and result in Apollo, or one of its investment professionals or other employees, buying or selling a security while, at least constructively, in possession of material nonpublic information. Inadvertent trading on material nonpublic information could have adverse effects on Apollo’s reputation, result in the imposition of regulatory or financial sanctions and, as a consequence, negatively impact Apollo’s ability to provide its investment management services to Apollo Clients. In addition, Apollo’s investment professionals or other employees will acquire, in

 

133


Table of Contents

their capacities as investment professionals or otherwise of one or more Apollo Clients (including the Fund), nonpublic information regarding investment opportunities, business methodologies, strategies and other proprietary information that is shared with and ultimately used for the benefit of other Apollo Clients, including Apollo Clients (other than the Fund) within Apollo’s credit business segment or in Apollo’s private equity or real assets business segments. Although Apollo will endeavor to ensure that such information sharing and use does not prejudice the Fund or one or more other Apollo Clients, there can be no assurance that such endeavors will be sufficient or successful.

While Apollo currently operates without information barriers on an integrated basis, Apollo could be required by certain regulations, or decide that it is advisable, to establish information barriers. In such event, Apollo’s ability to operate as an integrated platform would be impaired, which would limit the Adviser’s access to certain Apollo personnel and could adversely impact its ability to manage the Fund’s investments. The establishment of such information barriers could also lead to operational disruptions and result in restructuring costs, including costs related to hiring additional personnel as existing investment professionals are allocated to either side of such barriers, which could adversely affect Apollo’s business and the Fund.

Management Team. Apollo and its personnel will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time and services among Apollo Clients and personal investment activities. The Adviser’s personnel will work on other projects, including other Apollo Clients and Apollo’s other existing and potential business activities. In addition, Apollo’s personnel will participate in the management of the investment activities of other Apollo Clients concurrently with their obligations to the Fund. In certain circumstances, it is possible that the investments held by such Apollo Clients will be in competition with those of the Fund. None of the shareholders will have an interest in investments made by such other Apollo Clients solely by reason of their investment in the Fund.

Employees of Apollo may, from time to time, serve as directors or as board observers with respect to operating entities, the securities of which are purchased on behalf of Apollo Clients. In the event that Apollo (i) obtains material nonpublic information in such capacity with respect to the issuer of any such securities or (ii) is subject to trading restrictions pursuant to the internal policies of such issuer, Apollo will be restricted from engaging in transactions with respect to the securities or instruments of such issuer. Such a restriction could have an adverse effect on the Fund and other Apollo Clients.

Conflicts of interest are expected to arise because Apollo employees (including personnel dedicated to the Fund) will serve as directors, board observers or management committee members or in a similar capacity, of certain of the operating entities in which the Fund invests. In addition to any fiduciary duties Apollo employees owe to the Fund as directors or management committee members of operating entities, such employees may owe fiduciary duties to the other owners of such entities, which in many cases are other Apollo Clients, and to persons other than the Fund. In general, such director or similar positions are often important to the Fund’s investment strategy and often have the effect of enhancing the ability of Apollo to manage investments. However, such positions could also have the effect of impairing the ability of Apollo to sell the related securities when, and upon the terms, it otherwise desires. In addition, such positions can place Apollo employees in a position where they must make a decision that is either not in the best interests of the Fund or not in the best interests of the other owners of the operating entity where the Fund is not the sole owner of the applicable operating entity. Should an Apollo employee make a decision that is not in the best interest of such owners, such decision could subject Apollo and the Fund to claims that they would not otherwise be subject to as an investor, including claims of breach of the duty of loyalty, securities claims and other director-related claims. In addition, because of the potential conflicting fiduciary duties, Apollo could be restricted in choosing investments for the Fund, which could negatively impact returns received by the Fund.

Apollo’s three founders (the “Founders”) have established family offices (each a “Family Office” and collectively the “Family Offices”) to provide investment advisory, accounting, administrative and other services to their respective family accounts (including certain charitable accounts) in connection with their personal investment activities unrelated to their investments in Apollo entities. The investment activities of the Family

 

134


Table of Contents

Offices and the involvement of the Founders in these activities give rise to potential conflicts between the personal financial interests of the Founders and the interests of the Fund or other Apollo Clients (for example, if the Family Offices were to hold debt obligations or securities in a Portfolio Company in which the Fund or another Apollo Client owned equity or subordinated debt and that was experiencing financial distress). Apollo has adopted certain procedures designed to mitigate some of these potential conflicts (for example, by requiring investment professionals employed by the Family Offices to refrain from making direct investments in portfolio investments that are controlled by the Fund or other Apollo Clients or that are the subject of announced transactions involving the Fund or other Apollo Clients).

Each of the Family Offices employs its own professional staff at its own expense, and each of them conducts its day-to-day operations independently of Apollo. Set forth below is a summary of certain procedures that are currently in place for certain categories of investments in which the Family Offices can participate, in each case subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act and conditions under the Order:

 

   

Liquid Credit Investments. The Founders generally do not participate in decisions to invest in, nor do they have investment discretion with respect to, liquid credit investments by their respective Family Offices. To the extent a Founder does not provide guidance or participate in investment decisions with respect to liquid credit investments, its respective Family Office may participate in such investments provided that the Family Office certifies to Apollo Compliance, on a quarterly basis, that it was not directed by its respective Founder to buy, sell or vote on any such liquid credit investments. To the extent a Founder were to provide guidance or participate in investment decisions with respect to liquid credit investments on behalf of its respective Family Office, such investment opportunities would first be reviewed by Apollo for potential conflicts of interest, including for possible allocation to the Fund or other Apollo Clients.

 

   

Illiquid, Private Investments (Equity and Debt) and Public Equities. The Founders may provide guidance or participate in investment decisions on behalf of their respective Family Offices in connection with illiquid, private investments and public equities. These investment opportunities are reviewed by Apollo for potential conflicts of interest, including for possible allocation to the Fund or other Apollo Clients.

These procedures are designed to seek to mitigate conflicts of interest; however, there will be situations where a Family Office, with respect to certain asset classes, reviews and invests in investment opportunities that overlap with the mandates of the Fund or other Apollo Clients. These procedures can be revised by Apollo at any time without notice to, or consent from, the shareholders.

Affiliated Service Providers. Subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act and SEC guidance, the Fund and/or its existing and potential Portfolio Companies may engage affiliated service providers to perform certain non-advisory services, including those described herein. Affiliated service providers may receive compensation based on, among other things, the performance of the Portfolio Companies that they service. Therefore, it is possible that certain affiliated service providers may receive incentive compensation from the Fund, even though the Fund does not generally bear incentive compensation and even if the Fund, as a whole, does not have net capital appreciation at the time. Such compensation arrangements may create an incentive to make investments or investment decisions that are riskier or more speculative than would be the case if such arrangements were not in effect. Certain of such affiliated service providers and the types of services they provide and the activities in which they engage are described below.

The relationship between Apollo and any affiliated service provider will give rise to conflicts of interest between Apollo and the affiliated service provider, on the one hand, and Apollo Clients (including the Fund), on the other hand, to or with respect to whom such affiliated service provider provides services, or in respect of the Apollo Clients (including the Fund) that have an interest in any potential or existing Portfolio Company or Portfolio Investment to or with respect to which any such affiliated service provider provides services. Certain Apollo professionals and other persons (including persons associated with AGS or AGF (as defined below)) that are involved in providing origination, sourcing, portfolio management, syndication or other services to the Fund

 

135


Table of Contents

on behalf of Apollo (including Apollo investment professionals dedicated to, among other things, corporate credit and direct origination) will also be involved in the business and operations of affiliated service providers, including the activities of AGS and AGF described below. The fees earned by affiliated service providers in respect of services provided by such persons in respect of affiliated service providers are Other Fees (as defined below) and, therefore, will not reduce any management fees payable by any Apollo Client. Such persons will face conflicts of interest in dedicating time and resources to the Fund, which could have a detrimental effect on the Fund’s performance. Apollo seeks to address this conflict of interest by providing in its Code of Ethics that all supervised persons have a duty to act in the best interests of each Apollo Client, including the Fund, and by providing training to supervised persons with respect to conflicts of interest and how such conflicts are identified and resolved under Apollo’s policies and procedures. In addition, an affiliated service provider can provide services to third parties (including corporate borrowers, as described below), including third parties that are competitors of Apollo or one or more of its affiliates, Apollo Clients or their existing or potential Portfolio Companies or Portfolio Investments. In such cases, the affiliated service provider will generally not take into consideration the interests of the Fund or its Portfolio Companies, but rather will take into account its own interests.

Further, conflicts of interest will arise in connection with an affiliated service provider’s provision of services to or in respect of an Apollo Client or an existing or potential Portfolio Company or Portfolio Investment on account of, among other things:

 

  (i)

Apollo, together with the affiliated service provider, viewing the relevant Apollo Client or potential or existing Portfolio Company or Portfolio Investment as a source of revenue (which would in most instances not result in a reduction of management fees payable by the applicable Apollo Client),

 

  (ii)

an existing or potential Portfolio Company or Portfolio Investment engaging an affiliated service provider in an effort to obtain equity, debt or other forms of financing or investment by Apollo Clients (including the Fund), including in connection with services provided or to be provided by an affiliated service provider in respect of a class, tranche or series within such company’s capital structure (or such company’s capital structure as a whole) in which such Apollo Client(s) are not invested or are not expected to invest (and in such circumstance such Apollo Clients are invested or are expected to invested in a different class, tranche or series within such company’s capital structure),

 

  (iii)

the sourcing and approval of potential Fund investments that result in incremental revenue to such affiliated service provider (including in circumstances where such revenue would not have existed but for a potential or existing Portfolio Company’s or Portfolio Investment’s engagement of such affiliated service provider), including as a means to facilitate the engagement of such affiliated service provider by any such company or investment in connection with a contemporaneous investment in such company or investment by an Apollo Client (including the Fund),

 

  (iv)

Apollo compensation arrangements with respect to such revenue and

 

  (v)

the allocation of a given investment opportunity, including the under- or over-commitment of certain Apollo Clients, and/or the inclusion or exclusion of certain Apollo Clients (in whole or in part) from such investment opportunity, as a means to ensure the payment of such revenue.

An affiliated service provider also can come into possession of information that it is prohibited from acting on or disclosing (including on behalf of the Fund) as a result of applicable confidentiality requirements or applicable law, even though such action or disclosure would be in the best interest of the Fund or a Portfolio Company. See also “Information Barriers” above.

AGS and AGF. Apollo Global Securities, LLC (“AGS”), an affiliate of Apollo, which is a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and a member of FINRA, is authorized to perform, among other things, the following services: (i) conduct private placements; (ii) provide services in respect of the underwriting of securities; (iii) provide transaction advisory services, including capital markets advisory and structuring services; (iv) conduct merger and acquisition transactions; and (v) purchase and sell corporate debt securities. Apollo

 

136


Table of Contents

Global Funding, LLC (“AGF”) is a subsidiary of Apollo and an affiliate of AGS, and provides a variety of services with respect to financial instruments, including loans, that are not subject to broker-dealer regulations such as arranging, structuring and syndicating loans and providing debt advisory and other similar services. AGS and AGF are expected to, from time to time, expand the services that they perform and the activities in which they engage. AGF or AGS, as applicable, may be engaged, either by the corporate borrower (or its sponsor) or by the participating Apollo Clients (including the Fund) to provide services, and arrangements are generally made for AGF or AGS, as applicable, to receive its fees directly from the corporate borrower for services rendered (however, if the corporate borrower will not pay or reimburse such fees, the participating Apollo Clients will pay such fees). The Board of Trustees, in its sole discretion, will approve any transactions, subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act, in which a AGF or AGS acts as an underwriter, as broker for the Fund, or as dealer, broker or advisor, on the other side of a transaction with the Fund only where the Board of Trustees believes in good faith that such transactions are appropriate for the Fund. Affiliated Loan Origination and/or Servicing Businesses. Certain Apollo affiliates (such as AGF), Apollo Clients or their existing or potential portfolio investments are engaged in the loan origination and/or servicing businesses. For example, loans, such as term loans and revolvers originated by Apollo affiliates, Apollo Clients and/or their respective portfolio investments could involve the appointment of related parties of Apollo such as MidCap Financial Services, LLC (together with its subsidiaries, “MidCap”), a subsidiary of MidCap FinCo Designated Activity Company, an Apollo Client, as service providers. MidCap is a middle market-focused specialty finance firm that provides senior debt solutions to companies across a wide range of industries and has the ability to, from time to time, provide seller or other forms of financing to a buyer of an existing Portfolio Company that, for example, would be contingent upon the disposition of such Portfolio Company to such buyer. In connection with such activities, conflicts of interest usually arise with respect to, among other things, the role of MidCap or AGF in such transaction, the information available to MidCap or AGF with respect to such transaction and the fees and other terms (including as to whether such terms are at the market rate) on which MidCap or AGF is participating in such transaction. The Fund can acquire loans, structured, arranged and/or placed or arranged by MidCap, AGF or any other related-party loan origination or servicing businesses. To the extent the Adviser makes a determination that the permanent hold of a loan should be reduced from the original amount funded, MidCap, AGF or another affiliated service provider could be engaged by the Apollo Client (including the Fund) or the corporate borrower to provide syndication services and receive a fee for the provision of such services from the Fund to the corporate borrower; however, it is possible that the corporate borrower does not pay for its expenses, in which case such expenses will be borne by the Apollo Client as an operating expense. In connection with their lending activities, MidCap, AGF or any other such loan origination or servicing businesses may receive certain fees and services or other compensation, including arranger, brokerage, placement, syndication, solicitation, underwriting, agency, origination, sourcing, structuring, collateral management or loan administration, advisory, commitment, facility, float or other fees, discounts, spreads, commissions, concessions and other fees received as part of such loan origination or servicing businesses, from the borrower or otherwise, and will also receive reimbursement for costs or expenses from the borrower. Such fees can be charged on a cost reimbursement, cost-plus or other basis. Such fees, compensation or expense reimbursements received by MidCap or any other related-party loan origination or servicing business (including from the Fund or any of its Portfolio Companies) will be retained by, and be for the benefit of, MidCap, such other related-party loan origination or servicing business or any of their respective affiliates or employees, as applicable, in each case, in accordance with the fee arrangements set forth in the Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement. The provision of services by MidCap or any other related-party loan origination and/or servicing business to the Fund or Portfolio Companies will not require the review by, or consent of, the shareholders or any other independent party.

In addition to the specific examples set forth above, the aforementioned and other affiliated service providers will provide the aforementioned services or other services to Apollo Clients and/or their existing or potential portfolio investments (including the Fund and its existing and potential Portfolio Companies). In addition, an affiliated service provider can, from time to time, participate in underwriting syndicates and/or selling groups with respect to the equity and debt instruments issued or acquired by Apollo Clients or their existing or potential portfolio investments and other entities in or through which Apollo Clients or their existing or potential portfolio investments invest, or in connection with an Apollo Client’s disposition of all or a portion

 

137


Table of Contents

of a portfolio investment to a third party such that an affiliated service provider may facilitate or provide seller financing in connection with such disposition. Subject to the 1940 Act and the Order, any such other affiliated service provider may receive fees, other compensation or reimbursements for costs or expenses in connection with providing services to Apollo Clients or their existing or potential portfolio investments or third parties, including the Fund and its Portfolio Companies. Such fees, compensation or reimbursements received by an affiliated service provider (including from the Fund or any of its existing and potential Portfolio Companies) will be retained by and be for the benefit of the applicable affiliated service providers or any of their respective affiliates or employees.

Apollo Employees of Portfolio Companies or Affiliated Service Providers. Apollo will engage an affiliated service provider to provide services to existing and potential Portfolio Companies. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, where Apollo employees are hired or retained by one or more Portfolio Companies or by an affiliated service provider on behalf of a Portfolio Company, any related compensation will be paid, reimbursed or otherwise borne by the applicable Portfolio Company (or affiliated service provider), and a portion of the overhead related to such employee may also be allocated to such Portfolio Company. For the avoidance of doubt, Apollo or the affiliated service provider may subcontract with third parties for the provision of services that may otherwise be provided by an operating affiliate. In addition, the Fund may acquire a Portfolio Company that is externally or internally managed and replace such management with an affiliate of Apollo, a team of professionals (from within or outside of Apollo) or a combination of the foregoing, in which case, for the avoidance of doubt, the compensation for such services or professionals will be borne by the Portfolio Company. The rate paid for such employees may be in excess of the applicable market rate, and any such amounts will not be considered fees received by the Adviser or its affiliates that offset or otherwise reduce a management fee. These types of arrangements will not require the consent of Limited Partners and such rates will not be subject to Limited Partner approval.

Apollo Consulting and Other Consultants. Subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act, SEC guidance, the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement, the Fund may bear the payments, fees, costs or expenses of certain services provided by, and allocable overhead of, Apollo Consulting as well as industry executives, advisors, consultants and operating executives contracted or engaged, directly or indirectly, by the Fund, the Adviser, any Portfolio Company (including with respect to potential portfolio investments of the Fund) or any affiliated service provider. Certain non-employee industry executives, advisors, consultants and operating executives may be exclusive to Apollo. “Apollo Consulting” consists of one of more entities, including Apollo Investment Consulting LLC, established or utilized by affiliates of Apollo, Apollo Clients or their respective portfolio investments, that facilitate strategic arrangements with, or engagements (including on an independent contractor or employment basis) of, any persons that the Adviser determines in good faith to be industry executives, advisors, consultants (including operating consultants and sourcing consultants), operating executives, subject matter experts or other persons acting in a similar capacity, to provide consulting, sourcing or other services (any such person, a “Consultant”) to or in respect of the Fund, Portfolio Companies (including with respect to potential portfolio investments of the Fund) and other Apollo Clients and their investments. To the extent that for legal, tax, accounting, regulatory or similar reasons it is necessary or desirable that the foregoing activities be conducted by, through or with one or more affiliates of the Adviser or other persons other than Apollo Consulting, such activities will be treated for purposes of this definition as if they were conducted by Apollo Consulting.

Apollo Clients (including the Fund) and Portfolio Companies for or in respect of which a Consultant provides services will typically pay, or otherwise bear, such Consultant’s fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with its engagement of such Consultants, as well as any other operating expenses associated with such engagement (including overhead and organizational expenses attributable to Apollo Consulting).

In addition, Consultants may receive other forms of compensation from multiple sources, including the Fund and Portfolio Companies, for services provided for or in respect of the Fund or Portfolio Companies (for example, fees, reimbursement of expenses or compensation received for serving as its director or in a similar capacity or providing analysis of a potential acquisition or sale), and may, as part of their respective

 

138


Table of Contents

arrangements, also be entitled to invest in Portfolio Companies. Any fees, compensation or reimbursements received by Apollo Consulting or any Consultant (including from the Fund or any of its Portfolio Companies) will be retained by, and be for the benefit of, Apollo Consulting, the applicable Consultant or any of their respective affiliates or employees.

While the expertise or responsibilities of a Consultant could be or are similar in certain or substantially all respects to those of a full-time Apollo investment professional employed by Apollo or certain functions that might customarily be performed by an investment professional employed by the manager of a private fund, the fees, costs, expenses or other compensation described above will nonetheless be borne by Apollo Clients or their investments, including the Fund or Portfolio Companies, due to, among other things, factors that distinguish these engagements from those of Apollo investment professionals. Any engagement of the services of Apollo Consulting or any Consultant by the Fund or any of its Portfolio Companies will not require the approval of any Limited Partner or any other independent party. Further, any determinations relating to Apollo Consulting or any Consultant to be engaged by the Fund or any Portfolio Company, will, in each case, be made by Apollo in good faith, which includes Apollo being authorized in its sole discretion to determine that certain functions carried out by Consultants will instead be carried out by Apollo employees, or a mix of Consultants and employees, if, for example, it believes that the ability to offer an employment relationship would provide Apollo with greater flexibility in attracting the personnel it desires.

Operating Partners Generally. With respect to an operating partner, Apollo generally retains, or otherwise enters into a joint venture arrangement with, such operating partner on an ongoing basis through a consulting or joint venture arrangement involving the payment of annual retainer fees or other forms of compensation. Such operating partner may receive success fees, performance-based compensation and other compensation for assistance provided by such operators in sourcing and diligencing investments for the Fund (subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act) and other Apollo Clients. Such annual retainer fees, success fees, performance-based compensation and the other costs of retaining such operating partners may be borne directly by the Fund as fund expenses. None of the compensation or expenses described above will be offset against any management fees or incentive compensation payable to the Adviser in respect of the Fund. Such operating partners (including operating partners in which the Fund may own an interest) may operate assets on behalf of the Fund, as well as other Apollo Clients and may also operate assets for third parties.

Selection of Service Providers. As described above, the Adviser will generally select the Fund’s service providers (including affiliated service providers) and will determine the compensation of such providers without review by or the consent of any shareholders but with Board approval. The Fund, regardless of the relationship to Apollo of the person performing the services, will bear the fees, costs and expenses related to such services. This will create an incentive for the Adviser to select an affiliated service provider, or to otherwise select service providers based on the potential benefit to Apollo or its affiliates rather than to the Fund (subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act and applicable guidance). For example, the Adviser can select service providers that use their or their respective affiliates’ premises, for which the Adviser does not currently, but may in the future, receive overhead, rent or other fees, costs and expenses in connection with such on-site arrangement. Additionally, a Portfolio Company of the Fund may lease space from Apollo, an affiliated service provider or a portfolio investment of another Apollo Client. Furthermore, the Adviser can engage the same service provider to provide services to the Fund that also provides services to Apollo or any such affiliate, which creates a potential conflict of interest to the extent the interests of such parties are not aligned. For example, a law firm can at the same time act as legal counsel to the Fund, the Adviser or any of their respective affiliates. The Adviser and their respective affiliates address these conflicts of interest by using reasonable diligence to ascertain whether each service provider (including law firms) provides its service on a “best execution” basis, taking into account factors such as expertise, operational and regulatory controls, availability and quality of service and the competitiveness of compensation rates in comparison with other service providers satisfying Apollo’s or its affiliates’ service provider selection criteria. In addition, in the event such service providers are affiliates of Apollo (as opposed to third parties), the engagement of such providers must typically comply with any conditions applicable to affiliate transactions described herein. Apollo from time to time enters into arrangements with service providers that

 

139


Table of Contents

provide for fee discounts for services rendered to Apollo and its affiliates. For example, certain law firms retained by Apollo discount their legal fees for certain legal services, such as legal advice in connection with firm operational, compliance and related matters. To the extent such law firms also provide legal services to Apollo Clients and Portfolio Companies with respect to such matters, such Apollo Clients and Portfolio Companies also enjoy the benefit of such fee discount arrangements. Legal services rendered for investment transactions, however, are typically charged to Apollo and Apollo Clients without a discount or at a premium. Legal fees for transactions that are not consummated are also typically charged at a discount.

Apollo Compensation-Related Conflicts. The possibility of performance-based compensation with respect to the Fund or any other Apollo Client to which a portion of certain Portfolio Investments could be syndicated will create an incentive for Apollo to make riskier or more speculative investments on behalf of the Fund (including for eventual syndication to such other Apollo Clients) than it might otherwise make in the absence of such compensation. In addition, the terms of such compensation could incentivize the Adviser to make decisions regarding the timing and structure of realization transactions that may not be in the best interests of investors. In exercising its discretion over investment and related decisions, the Adviser may consider such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests. As such, there can be no assurance that any such conflict will be resolved in a manner that does not adversely affect the Fund or the Shareholders as a whole.

Additionally, the percentage of profits Apollo is entitled to receive and the terms applicable to such performance-based compensation vary among Apollo Clients. Because the opportunity to receive performance-based compensation is based on the success of investments, to the extent the rates or other terms applicable to such compensation differ among Apollo Clients and subject to the 1940 Act, Apollo will be incentivized to dedicate increased resources and allocate more profitable or more attractive investment opportunities to Apollo Clients bearing higher performance compensation rates or to Apollo Clients whose governing documents contain less restrictive terms regarding such compensation. In addition, Apollo will be incentivized to allocate investment opportunities away from Apollo Clients that have suffered losses and have not yet achieved a priority return threshold and, instead, allocate them to Apollo Clients that are more likely to actively generate performance-based compensation. In addition, as contemplated in “Fees and Carried Interest Payable with Respect to Co-Investments” above, the portion of any fees payable in connection with any investment that are allocable to investments by Co-Investors will not reduce management fees paid by any Apollo Client and will be retained by and be for the benefit of the Adviser or any of their respective affiliates or employees. Therefore, the Adviser will be perceived to be incentivized to allocate a greater portion of such investment to Co-Investors than it would have otherwise allocated to Co-Investors in the absence of such arrangements. Apollo has adopted written allocation policies and procedures, as described in “Allocation of Investment Opportunities” above, to help address conflicts arising in the allocation of resources and investment opportunities among Apollo Clients.

Similarly, management fees or higher management fees will be perceived to incentivize Apollo to dedicate increased resources and allocate more profitable or more attractive investment opportunities to Apollo Clients who are charged such management fees or higher management fees. See also “Fees and Carried Interest Payable with Respect to Co-Investments” above.

Finally, the right to receive performance-based compensation also creates a potential conflict of interest in the valuation of investments. Apollo has prepared accounting guidelines regarding the recognition of asset impairment and has also adopted written valuation policies and procedures intended to address conflicts of interests that arise in respect of the valuation of the Fund’s assets. See also “Valuation of Fund Assets” below.

Valuation of Fund Assets. There can be situations in which Apollo is potentially incentivized to influence or adjust the valuation of the Fund’s assets. For example, the Adviser could be incentivized to employ valuation methodologies that improve the Fund’s track record and increase the adjusted cost of investments used to determine the amount of management fees due. Apollo has adopted valuation policies to address these potential conflicts.

 

140


Table of Contents

Fees Paid to Apollo. Certain fees received by the Adviser and the Administrator will not be applied to reduce management fees and a portion of such fees will be retained by and be for the benefit of the Adviser and the Administrator or any of their respective affiliates or employees, in each case, in accordance with the fee arrangements set forth in the Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement, as applicable).

Strategic Relationship with Athene and Athora. Athene Holding Ltd. (together with its subsidiaries, “Athene”) is a retirement services company that issues, reinsures and acquires retirement savings products designed for individuals and institutions seeking to fund retirement needs. The products and services offered by Athene include fixed-income and fixed-indexed annuity products, reinsurance services offered to third-party annuity providers and institutional products, such as funding agreements. Athora Holding Ltd. is a strategic platform that acquires or reinsures blocks of insurance business in the German and broader European life insurance market (together with its subsidiaries, “Athora”). In exchange for an advisory fee, Apollo provides asset management and advisory services to Athene and Athora, including asset allocation services, direct asset management services, asset and liability matching management, mergers and acquisitions, asset diligence hedging and other asset management services. Apollo also provides sub-allocation services with respect to a portion of Athene’s and Athora’s assets and allocates such assets across Apollo Clients in a manner that often characterizes Athene and Athora as captive permanent capital vehicles in relation to Apollo’s business. Additionally, Apollo and Athene (as well as Apollo and Athora) also have considerable overlap in ownership and, as a result, from time to time Apollo is or may be perceived to be able to exercise significant influence over matters requiring shareholder approval relating to Athene’s and Athora’s businesses, including approval of significant corporate transactions, appointment of members of Athene’s and Athora’s management, election of directors, approval of the termination of Athene’s and Athora’s investment management agreements and determination of Athene’s and Athora’s corporate policies. As a result of the relationship between (x) Apollo and Athene and (y) Apollo and Athora, Athene’s and/or Athora’s participation (as well as the respective accounts or assets that they manage) in an Apollo Client (other than the Fund) is typically accompanied by strategic partnership treatment and in connection with investing Athene’s and Athora’s assets across Apollo Clients (other than the Fund), Apollo grants Athene and Athora certain preferential terms, including reduced management fee and carried interest rates that are lower than those applicable to the other fund investors, access to co-investment opportunities and other preferential terms, that in each case, are not subject to “most favored nations” treatment by other fund investors. Furthermore, as stated above, as Apollo provides asset management and advisory services to Athene and Athora, there will be instances where certain transactions (such as, for example, cross-trades among Apollo Clients (other than the Fund), the provision of financing or other transactions between Apollo Clients or potential or existing portfolio companies of Apollo Clients, on the one hand, and Athene and/or Athora, on the other hand, in each case, subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act) present conflicts of interest from the perspective of the involved parties, which would include Apollo itself or through its ownership of or significant influence over Athene and Athora. For example, and without limiting the foregoing, Athene, Athora and/or their affiliates or portfolio companies can serve as a financing or similar source in connection with the acquisition, financing or disposition of the Fund’s investments in existing or potential portfolio companies or in connection with the activities and business operations of such existing or potential portfolio companies (regardless of the type of investment, be it a control, non-control, preferred equity, structured or other type of investment structure). There will not necessarily be third parties involved in any such transaction in order to seek to ensure, among other things, that the terms of such participation by Athene, Athora and/or their affiliates or portfolio companies will reflect customary or market terms and will be subject to the 1940 Act.

Further, as Athene, Athora and/or their affiliates or portfolio companies invest in a number of Apollo Clients (other than the Fund) and may seek to restructure or otherwise modify their respective balance sheet holdings from time to time, they may request to transfer their interests in Apollo Clients to each other, to portfolio companies of Apollo or Apollo Clients or to third parties. Apollo is incentivized to consent to such transfers (notwithstanding that the applicable general partner can grant or withhold its consent in its sole discretion), due to the fact that such transfers may, among other things, relieve the respective balance sheets of Athene, Athora and/or their affiliates or portfolio companies in a manner that allows them to fund other Apollo Clients or Apollo initiatives. Additionally, Athene holds interests in entities within the Apollo corporate structure

 

141


Table of Contents

that are recipients of all or a portion of the fees earned by the Adviser. Apollo, any affiliate thereof or one or more Apollo Clients could acquire interests in, Apollo or an affiliate thereof could enter into advisory arrangements with, or any of the foregoing could otherwise transact or enter into relationships with other businesses (such as, by way of example only and not of limitation, other insurance businesses) in a manner similar to the relationships with Athene, Athora and/or their affiliates or portfolio companies, in which case the conflicts and other issues described in this paragraph could apply, potentially more acutely depending on the nature and degree of the relationship, with respect to each such other business.

Creation of Other Entities; Restructuring. Except as expressly prohibited under a contractual restriction to which Apollo is subject, Apollo will be permitted to market, organize, sponsor, act as general partner or manager or as the primary source for transactions for other pooled investment vehicles or managed accounts, which can be offered on a public or private placement basis, and to restructure and monetize interests in Apollo, or to engage in other investment and business activities. Such activities raise conflicts of interest for which the resolution may not be currently determinable.

Relationship among the Fund, the Adviser and the Investment Team. The Adviser will have a conflict of interest between its responsibility to act in the best interests of the Fund, on the one hand, and any benefit, monetary or otherwise, that could result to it or its affiliates from the operation of the Fund, on the other hand.

The functions performed by the Adviser are not exclusive. The officers and employees of the Adviser and its affiliates will devote such time as the Adviser deems necessary to carry out the operations of the Fund effectively. The Adviser has rendered in the past and will continue to render in the future various services to others (including investment vehicles and accounts that have the ability to participate in similar types of investments as those of the Fund) and perform a variety of other functions that are unrelated to the management of the Fund and the selection and acquisition of the Fund’s investments.

Potential Duties to Other Stakeholders. The Adviser is an affiliate of AGM. The shares of Class A common stock of AGM are publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange. As a result, the Adviser has duties or incentives relating to the interests of AGM’s stockholders that could differ from and that could conflict with the interests of the Fund and its shareholders, such as conflicts arising from the allocation of expenses, special fee offsets and investment opportunities (in particular, opportunities in the financial services industry). Apollo will endeavor to resolve such conflicts in a manner that Apollo determines in good faith to be fair and equitable to the extent possible under the prevailing facts and circumstances. Apollo will seek to allocate investment opportunities in the financial services industry between Apollo and Apollo Clients in accordance with their respective governing documents and will evaluate such opportunities in accordance with its allocation policies and procedures. In the past, the application of such policies has resulted in the allocation by Apollo of certain investment opportunities relating to the alternative investment management business to Apollo rather than to the Apollo Clients, and Apollo expects to allocate such opportunities in a similar manner in the future.

The foregoing list of conflicts does not purport to be a complete enumeration or explanation of the actual and potential conflicts involved in an investment in the Fund. Prospective investors should read this Registration Statement and consult with their own advisors before deciding whether to invest in the Fund. In addition, as the Fund’s investment program develops and changes over time, an investment in the Fund may be subject to additional and different actual and potential conflicts. Although the various conflicts discussed herein are generally described separately, prospective investors should consider the potential effects of the interplay of multiple conflicts.

 

142


Table of Contents

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth, as of July 22, 2021, information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our Common Shares at the time of the satisfaction of the minimum offering requirement by:

 

   

each person known to us to be expected to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding Common Shares;

 

   

each of our Trustees and each executive officers; and

 

   

all of our Trustees and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. There are no Common Shares subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the offering.

 

     Shares Beneficially
Owned
 
Name and Address    Number      Percentage  

Interested Trustees

     

Earl Hunt

     —          —    

Independent Trustees(1)

     

Meredith Coffey

     —          —    

Christine Gallagher

     —          —    

Michael Porter

     —          —    

Carl J. Rickertsen

     —          —    

Executive Officers

     

who are not Trustees(1)

     

Amit Joshi

     —          —    

Joseph Glatt

     —          —    

Isabelle Gold

     —          —    

Kristin Hester

     —          —    

Other

     

Apollo Principal Holdings VIII

     2,000        100

All officers and Trustees as a group (9 persons)

     —          —    

 

*

Represents less than 1%.

(1)

The address for all of the Fund’s officers and Trustees is c/o Apollo Credit Management LLC, 9 West 57th Street, New York, NY 10019.

The following table sets forth the dollar range of our equity securities as of July 22, 2021.

 

Name and Address    Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in
the Fund(1)(2)(3)
     Aggregate Dollar
Range of Equity
Securities in the Fund
Complex(1)(3)
 

Interested Trustees

     

Earl Hunt

     —          None  

Independent Trustees(1)

     

Meredith Coffey

     —          None  

Christine Gallagher

     —          None  

Michael Porter

     —          None  

Carl J. Rickertsen

     —          None  

 

(1)

Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Exchange Act.

(2)

The dollar range of equities securities expected to be beneficially owned by our Trustees is based on the initial public offering price of $25.00 per share.

(3)

The dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned are: none, $1 – $10,000, $10,001 – $50,000, $50,001 – $100,000 or over $100,000.

 

143


Table of Contents

DISTRIBUTIONS

We expect to pay regular monthly distributions commencing with the first full calendar quarter after the escrow period concludes. Any distributions we make will be at the discretion of our Board of Trustees, considering factors such as our earnings, cash flow, capital needs and general financial condition and the requirements of Delaware law. As a result, our distribution rates and payment frequency may vary from time to time.

Our Board of Trustees’ discretion as to the payment of distributions will be directed, in substantial part, by its determination to cause us to comply with the RIC requirements. To maintain our treatment as a RIC, we generally are required to make aggregate annual distributions to our shareholders of at least 90% of our net investment income. See “Description of our Shares” and “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

The per share amount of distributions on Class S, Class D and Class I shares generally differ because of different class-specific shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees that are deducted from the gross distributions for each share class. Specifically, distributions on Class S shares will be lower than Class D shares, and Class D shares will be lower than Class I shares because we are required to pay higher ongoing shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees with respect to the Class S shares (compared to Class D shares and Class I shares) and we are required to pay higher ongoing shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees with respect to Class D shares (compared to Class I shares).

There is no assurance we will pay distributions in any particular amount, if at all. We may fund any distributions from sources other than cash flow from operations, including the sale of assets, borrowings or return of capital, and although we generally expect to fund distributions from cash flow from operations, we have not established limits on the amounts we may pay from such sources. The extent to which we pay distributions from sources other than cash flow from operations will depend on various factors, including the level of participation in our distribution reinvestment plan, how quickly we invest the proceeds from this and any future offering and the performance of our investments. Funding distributions from the sales of assets, borrowings or return of capital will result in us having less funds available to acquire investments. As a result, the return you realize on your investment may be reduced. Doing so may also negatively impact our ability to generate cash flows. Likewise, funding distributions from the sale of additional securities will dilute your interest in us on a percentage basis and may impact the value of your investment especially if we sell these securities at prices less than the price you paid for your shares. We believe the likelihood that we pay distributions from sources other than cash flow from operations will be higher in the early stages of the offering.

From time to time, we may also pay special interim distributions in the form of cash or Common Shares at the discretion of our Board of Trustees.

We have not established limits on the amount of funds we may use from any available sources to make distributions. There can be no assurance that we will achieve the performance necessary to sustain our distributions or that we will be able to pay distributions at a specific rate or at all. The Adviser and its affiliates have no obligation to waive advisory fees or otherwise reimburse expenses in future periods. See “Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement.”

Consistent with the Code, shareholders will be notified of the source of our distributions. Our distributions may exceed our earnings and profits, especially during the period before we have substantially invested the proceeds from this offering. As a result, a portion of the distributions we make may represent a return of capital for tax purposes. The tax basis of shares must be reduced by the amount of any return of capital distributions, which will result in an increase in the amount of any taxable gain (or a reduction in any deductible loss) on the sale of shares.

For a period of time following commencement of this offering, which time period may be significant, we expect substantial portions of our distributions may be funded indirectly through the reimbursement of certain

 

144


Table of Contents

expenses by the Adviser and its affiliates, including through the waiver of certain investment advisory fees by the Adviser, that are subject to conditional reimbursement by us within three years. Any such distributions funded through expense reimbursements or waivers of advisory fees are not based on our investment performance, and can only be sustained if we achieve positive investment performance in future periods and/or the Adviser or its affiliates continues to advance such expenses or waive such fees. Our future reimbursement of amounts advanced or waived by the Adviser and its affiliates will reduce the distributions that you would otherwise receive in the future. Other than as set forth in this prospectus, the Adviser and its affiliates have no obligation to advance expenses or waive advisory fees.

We intend to elect to be treated, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under the Code. To obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment, we must distribute at least 90% of our investment company taxable income (net ordinary taxable income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses), if any, to our shareholders. A RIC may satisfy the 90% distribution requirement by actually distributing dividends (other than capital gain dividends) during the taxable year. In addition, a RIC may, in certain cases, satisfy the 90% distribution requirement by distributing dividends relating to a taxable year after the close of such taxable year under the “spillback dividend” provisions of Subchapter M. If a RIC makes a spillback dividend, the amounts will be included in a shareholder’s gross income for the year in which the spillback dividend is paid.

We currently intend to distribute net capital gains (i.e., net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses), if any, at least annually out of the assets legally available for such distributions. However, we may decide in the future to retain such capital gains for investment and elect to treat such gains as deemed distributions to you. If this happens, you will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as if you had received an actual distribution of the capital gains that we retain and reinvested the net after tax proceeds in us. In this situation, you would be eligible to claim a tax credit (or, in certain circumstances, a tax refund) equal to your allocable share of the tax we paid on the capital gains deemed distributed to you. We can offer no assurance that we will achieve results that will permit the payment of any cash distributions. See “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

If we issue senior securities, we may be prohibited from making distributions if doing so causes us to maintain the asset coverage ratios stipulated by the 1940 Act or if distributions are limited by the terms of any of our borrowings.

We have adopted a distribution reinvestment plan pursuant to which you may elect to have the full amount of your cash distributions reinvested in additional Common Shares. See “Distribution Reinvestment Plan.”

 

145


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR SHARES

The following description is based on relevant portions of Delaware law and on our Declaration of Trust and bylaws. This summary is not necessarily complete, and we refer you to Delaware law, our Declaration of Trust and our bylaws for a more detailed description of the provisions summarized below.

General

The terms of the Declaration of Trust authorize an unlimited number of Common Shares of any class, par value $0.01 per share, of which 2,000 shares were outstanding as of July 22, 2021, and an unlimited number of shares of preferred shares, par value $0.01 per share. The Declaration of Trust provides that the Board of Trustees may classify or reclassify any unissued Common Shares into one or more classes or series of Common Shares or preferred shares by setting or changing the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, or limitations as to dividends, qualifications, or terms or conditions of redemption of the shares. There is currently no market for our Common Shares, and we can offer no assurances that a market for our shares will develop in the future. We do not intend for the shares offered under this prospectus to be listed on any national securities exchange. There are no outstanding options or warrants to purchase our shares. No shares have been authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plans. Under the terms of our Declaration of Trust, shareholders shall be entitled to the same limited liability extended to shareholders of private Delaware for profit corporations formed under the Delaware General Corporation Law, 8 Del. C. § 100, et. seq. Our Declaration of Trust provides that no shareholder shall be liable for any debt, claim, demand, judgment or obligation of any kind of, against or with respect to us by reason of being a shareholder, nor shall any shareholder be subject to any personal liability whatsoever, in tort, contract or otherwise, to any person in connection with the Fund’s assets or the affairs of the Fund by reason of being a shareholder.

None of our shares are subject to further calls or to assessments, sinking fund provisions, obligations of the Fund or potential liabilities associated with ownership of the security (not including investment risks). In addition, except as may be provided by the Board of Trustees in setting the terms of any class or series of Common Shares, no shareholder shall be entitled to exercise appraisal rights in connection with any transaction.

Outstanding Securities

 

Title of Class

   Amount
Authorized
     Amount Held by
Company for its
Account
     Amount
Outstanding as
of July 22, 2021
 

Class S

     Unlimited        —          0  

Class D

     Unlimited        —          0  

Class I

     Unlimited        —          2,000  

Common Shares

Under the terms of our Declaration of Trust, all Common Shares will have equal rights as to voting and, when they are issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Dividends and distributions may be paid to the holders of our Common Shares if, as and when authorized by our Board of Trustees and declared by us out of funds legally available therefore. Except as may be provided by our Board of Trustees in setting the terms of classified or reclassified shares, our Common Shares will have no preemptive, exchange, conversion, appraisal or redemption rights and will be freely transferable, except where their transfer is restricted by federal and state securities laws or by contract and except that, in order to avoid the possibility that our assets could be treated as “plan assets,” we may require any person proposing to acquire Common Shares to furnish such information as may be necessary to determine whether such person is a benefit plan investor or a controlling person, restrict or prohibit transfers of such shares or redeem any outstanding shares for such price and on such other terms and conditions as may be determined by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each share of our Common Shares would be entitled to

 

146


Table of Contents

share pro rata in all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we pay all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our preferred shares, if any preferred shares are outstanding at such time. Subject to the rights of holders of any other class or series of shares, each share of our Common Shares will be entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, including the election of Trustees. Except as may be provided by the Board of Trustees in setting the terms of classified or reclassified shares, and subject to the express terms of any class or series of preferred shares, the holders of our Common Shares will possess exclusive voting power. There will be no cumulative voting in the election of Trustees. Subject to the special rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred shares to elect Trustees, each Trustee will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast with respect to such Trustee’s election except in the case of a “contested election” (as defined in our bylaws), in which case Trustees will be elected by a majority of the votes cast in the contested election of Trustees. Pursuant to our Declaration of Trust, our Board of Trustees may amend the bylaws to alter the vote required to elect trustees.

Class S Shares

No upfront selling commissions are paid for sales of any Class S shares, however, if you purchase Class S shares from certain financial intermediaries, they may directly charge you transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, in such amount as they may determine, provided that selling agents limit such charges to 3.5% cap on NAV for Class S shares.

We pay the Intermediary Manager selling commissions over time as a shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee with respect to our outstanding Class S shares equal to 0.85% per annum of the aggregate NAV of our outstanding Class S shares, including any Class S shares issued pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan. The shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees are paid monthly in arrears. The Intermediary Manager reallows (pays) all or a portion of the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to participating brokers and servicing brokers for ongoing shareholder services performed by such brokers, and will waive shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to the extent a broker is not eligible to receive it for failure to provide such services.

Class D Shares

No upfront selling commissions are paid for sales of any Class D shares, however, if you purchase Class D shares from certain financial intermediaries, they may directly charge you transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, in such amount as they may determine, provided that selling agents limit such charges to 1.5% cap on NAV for Class D shares.

We pay the Intermediary Manager selling commissions over time as a shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee with respect to our outstanding Class D shares equal to 0.25% per annum of the aggregate NAV of all our outstanding Class D shares, including any Class D shares issued pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan. The shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees are paid monthly in arrears. The Intermediary Manager reallows (pays) all or a portion of the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to participating brokers and servicing brokers for ongoing shareholder services performed by such brokers, and will waive shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to the extent a broker is not eligible to receive it for failure to provide such services.

Class D shares are generally available for purchase in this offering only:

 

  (1)

through fee-based programs, also known as wrap accounts, that provide access to Class D shares,

 

  (2)

through participating brokers that have alternative fee arrangements with their clients to provide access to Class D shares,

 

  (3)

through transaction/ brokerage platforms at participating brokers,

 

  (4)

through certain registered investment advisers,

 

  (5)

through bank trust departments or any other organization or person authorized to act in a fiduciary capacity for its clients or customers or

 

  (6)

by other categories of investors that we name in an amendment or supplement to this prospectus.

 

147


Table of Contents

Class I Shares

No upfront selling commissions or shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees are paid for sales of any Class I shares and financial intermediaries will not charge you transaction or other such fees on Class I Shares.

Class I shares are generally available for purchase in this offering only:

 

  (1)

through fee-based programs, also known as wrap accounts, that provide access to Class I shares,

 

  (2)

by endowments, foundations, pension funds and other institutional investors,

 

  (3)

through participating brokers that have alternative fee arrangements with their clients to provide access to Class I shares,

 

  (4)

through certain registered investment advisers,

 

  (5)

by our executive officers and trustees and their immediate family members, as well as officers and employees of the Adviser, Apollo or other affiliates and their immediate family members, and joint venture partners, consultants and other service providers or

 

  (6)

by other categories of investors that we name in an amendment or supplement to this prospectus.

In certain cases, where a holder of Class S or Class D shares exits a relationship with a participating broker for this offering and does not enter into a new relationship with a participating broker for this offering, such holder’s shares may be exchanged into an equivalent NAV amount of Class I shares.

Other Terms of Common Shares

We will cease paying the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee on the Class S shares and Class D shares on the earlier to occur of the following: (i) a listing of Class I shares, (ii) our merger or consolidation with or into another entity, or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets or (iii) the date following the completion of the primary portion of this offering on which, in the aggregate, underwriting compensation from all sources in connection with this offering, including the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee and other underwriting compensation, is equal to 10% of the gross proceeds from our primary offering. [In addition, consistent with the exemptive relief allowing us to offer multiple classes of shares, at the end of the month in which the Intermediary Manager in conjunction with the transfer agent determines that total transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, and shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees paid with respect to the shares held in a shareholder’s account would exceed, in the aggregate, 10% of the gross proceeds from the sale of such shares (or a lower limit as determined by the Intermediary Manager or the applicable selling agent), we will cease paying the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee on the Class S shares and Class D shares in such shareholder’s account. Compensation paid with respect to the shares in a shareholder’s account will be allocated among each share such that the compensation paid with respect to each individual share will not exceed 10% of the offering price of such share. We may modify this requirement in a manner that is consistent with applicable exemptive relief. At the end of such month, the Class S shares or Class D shares in such shareholder’s account will convert into a number of Class I shares (including any fractional shares), with an equivalent aggregate NAV as such Class S or Class D shares. In addition, immediately before any liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each Class S share and Class D share will automatically convert into a number of Class I shares (including any fractional shares) with an equivalent NAV as such share.]

Preferred Shares

This offering does not include an offering of preferred shares. However, under the terms of the Declaration of Trust, our Board of Trustees may authorize us to issue preferred shares in one or more classes or series without shareholder approval, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. The Board of Trustees has the power to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other

 

148


Table of Contents

distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of each class or series of preferred shares. We do not currently anticipate issuing preferred shares in the near future. In the event we issue preferred shares, we will make any required disclosure to shareholders. We will not offer preferred shares to the Adviser or our affiliates except on the same terms as offered to all other shareholders.

Preferred shares could be issued with terms that would adversely affect the shareholders, provided that we may not issue any preferred shares that would limit or subordinate the voting rights of holders of our Common Shares. Preferred shares could also be used as an anti-takeover device through the issuance of shares of a class or series of preferred shares with terms and conditions which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control. Every issuance of preferred shares will be required to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act requires, among other things, that: (1) immediately after issuance and before any dividend or other distribution is made with respect to common shares and before any purchase of common shares is made, such preferred shares together with all other senior securities must not exceed an amount equal to 50% of our total assets after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and (2) the holders of shares of preferred shares, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class voting separately to elect two Trustees at all times and to elect a majority of the Trustees if distributions on such preferred shares are in arrears by two full years or more. Certain matters under the 1940 Act require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of preferred shares (as determined in accordance with the 1940 Act) voting together as a separate class. For example, the vote of such holders of preferred shares would be required to approve a proposal involving a plan of reorganization adversely affecting such securities.

The issuance of any preferred shares must be approved by a majority of our independent Trustees not otherwise interested in the transaction, who will have access, at our expense, to our legal counsel or to independent legal counsel.

Limitation on Liability of Trustees and Officers; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses

Delaware law permits a Delaware statutory trust to include in its declaration of trust a provision to indemnify and hold harmless any trustee or beneficial owner or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever. Our Declaration of Trust provides that our Trustees will not be liable to us or our shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a trustee to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our Declaration of Trust provides for the indemnification of any person to the full extent permitted, and in the manner provided, by Delaware law. In accordance with the 1940 Act, we will not indemnify certain persons for any liability to which such persons would be subject by reason of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

Pursuant to our Declaration of Trust and subject to certain exceptions described therein, we will indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (i) any individual who is a present or former Trustee or officer of the Fund and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity or (ii) any individual who, while a Trustee or officer of the Fund and at the request of the Fund, serves or has served as a trustee, officer, partner or trustee of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity (each such person, an “Indemnitee”), in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we will not provide indemnification for any loss, liability or expense arising from or out of an alleged violation of federal or state securities laws by an Indemnitee unless (i) there has been a successful adjudication on the merits of each count involving alleged securities law violations, (ii) such claims have been dismissed with prejudice on the merits by a court of competent jurisdiction, or (iii) a court of competent jurisdiction approves a settlement of the claims against the Indemnitee and finds that indemnification of the settlement and the related costs should be made and the court considering the request for indemnification has been advised of the position of the SEC and of the published position of any state securities regulatory authority in which securities were offered or sold as to indemnification for violations of securities laws.

 

149


Table of Contents

We will not indemnify an Indemnitee against any liability or loss suffered by such Indemnitee unless (i) the Fund determines in good faith that the course of conduct that caused the loss or liability was in the best interest of the Fund, (ii) the Indemnitee was acting on behalf of or performing services for the Fund, (iii) such liability or loss was not the result of (A) negligence or misconduct, in the case that the party seeking indemnification is a Trustee (other than an independent Trustee), officer, employee, controlling person or agent of the Fund, or (B) gross negligence or willful misconduct, in the case that the party seeking indemnification is an independent Trustee, and (iv) such indemnification or agreement to hold harmless is recoverable only out of assets of the Fund and not from the shareholders.

In addition, the Declaration of Trust permits the Fund to advance reasonable expenses to an Indemnitee, and we will do so in advance of final disposition of a proceeding (a) if the proceeding relates to acts or omissions with respect to the performance of duties or services on behalf of the Fund, (b) the legal proceeding was initiated by a third party who is not a shareholder or, if by a shareholder of the Fund acting in his or her capacity as such, a court of competent jurisdiction approves such advancement and (c) upon the Fund’s receipt of (i) a written affirmation by the trustee or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Fund and (ii) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the Fund, together with the applicable legal rate of interest thereon, if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

Delaware Law and Certain Declaration of Trust Provisions

Organization and Duration

We were formed in Delaware on December 4, 2020, and will remain in existence until dissolved in accordance with our Declaration of Trust or pursuant to Delaware law.

Purpose

Under the Declaration of Trust, we are permitted to engage in any business activity that lawfully may be conducted by a statutory trust organized under Delaware law and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon us pursuant to the agreements relating to such business activity.

Our Declaration of Trust contains provisions that could make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to acquire us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. Our Board of Trustees may, without shareholder action, authorize the issuance of shares in one or more classes or series, including preferred shares; our Board of Trustees may, without shareholder action, amend our Declaration of Trust to increase the number of our Common Shares, of any class or series, that we will have authority to issue; and our Declaration of Trust provides that, while we do not intend to list our shares on any securities exchange, if any class of our shares is listed on a national securities exchange, our Board of Trustees will be divided into three classes of Trustees serving staggered terms of three years each. These provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our Board of Trustees. We believe that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition proposals because, among other things, the negotiation of such proposals may improve their terms.

Sales and Leases to the Fund

Our Declaration of Trust provides that, unless otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act or applicable guidance or exemptive relief of the SEC, except as otherwise permitted under the 1940 Act, we may not purchase or lease assets in which the Adviser or any of its affiliates have an interest unless all of the following conditions are met: (a) the transaction is fully disclosed to the shareholders in a prospectus or in a periodic report; and (b) the assets are sold or leased upon terms that are reasonable to us and at a price not to exceed the lesser of cost or fair market value as determined by an independent expert. However, the Adviser may purchase assets in its own name (and assume loans in

 

150


Table of Contents

connection) and temporarily hold title, for the purposes of facilitating the acquisition of the assets, the borrowing of money, obtaining financing for us, or the completion of construction of the assets, so long as all of the following conditions are met: (i) the assets are purchased by us at a price no greater than the cost of the assets to the Adviser; (ii) all income generated by, and the expenses associated with, the assets so acquired will be treated as belonging to us; and (iii) there are no other benefits arising out of such transaction to the Adviser apart from compensation otherwise permitted by the Omnibus Guidelines, as adopted by the NASAA.

Sales and Leases to our Adviser, Trustees or Affiliates

Our Declaration of Trust provides that, unless otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act or applicable guidance or exemptive relief of the SEC, we may not sell assets to the Adviser or any of its affiliates unless such sale is approved by the holders of a majority of our outstanding Common Shares. Our Declaration of Trust also provides that we may not lease assets to the Adviser or any affiliate thereof unless all of the following conditions are met: (a) the transaction is fully disclosed to the shareholders in a prospectus or in a periodic report; and (b) the terms of the transaction are fair and reasonable to us.

Loans

Our Declaration of Trust provides that, unless otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act or applicable guidance or exemptive relief of the SEC, except for the advancement of indemnification funds, no loans, credit facilities, credit agreements or otherwise may be made by us to the Adviser or any of its affiliates.

Commissions on Financing, Refinancing or Reinvestment

Our Declaration of Trust provides that, unless otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act or applicable guidance or exemptive relief of the SEC, we generally may not pay, directly or indirectly, a commission or fee to the Adviser or any of its affiliates in connection with the reinvestment of cash available for distribution, available reserves, or the proceeds of the resale, exchange or refinancing of assets.

Lending Practices

Our Declaration of Trust provides that, with respect to financing made available to us by the Adviser, the Adviser may not receive interest in excess of the lesser of the Adviser’s cost of funds or the amounts that would be charged by unrelated lending institutions on comparable loans for the same purpose. The Adviser may not impose a prepayment charge or penalty in connection with such financing and the Adviser may not receive points or other financing charges. In addition, the Adviser will be prohibited from providing financing to us with a term in excess of 12 months.

Number of Trustees; Vacancies; Removal

Our Declaration of Trust provides that the number of Trustees will be set by our Board of Trustees in accordance with our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that a majority of our entire Board of Trustees may at any time increase or decrease the number of Trustees. Our Declaration of Trust provides that the number of Trustees generally may not be less than one. Except as otherwise required by applicable requirements of the 1940 Act and as may be provided by our Board of Trustees in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred shares, pursuant to an election under our Declaration of Trust, any and all vacancies on our Board of Trustees may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Trustees in office, even if the remaining Trustees do not constitute a quorum, and any Trustee elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the Trustee for whom the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualified, subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act. Independent Trustees will nominate replacements for any vacancies among the independent Trustees’ positions.

Our Declaration of Trust provides that a Trustee may be removed only for cause and only by a majority of the remaining Trustees (or in the case of the removal of a Trustee that is not an interested person, a majority of the remaining Trustees that are not interested persons).

 

151


Table of Contents

We have a total of five members of our Board of Trustees, four of whom are independent Trustees. Our Declaration of Trust provides that a majority of our Board of Trustees must be independent Trustees except for a period of up to 60 days after the death, removal or resignation of an independent Trustee pending the election of his or her successor. Each Trustee will hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified. While we do not intend to list our shares on any securities exchange, if any class of our shares is listed on a national securities exchange, our Board of Trustees will be divided into three classes of Trustees serving staggered terms of three years each.

Action by Shareholders

Our bylaws provide that shareholder action can be taken only at a special meeting of shareholders or by unanimous consent in lieu of a meeting. The shareholders will only have voting rights as required by the 1940 Act or as otherwise provided for in the Declaration of Trust. Under our Declaration of Trust and bylaws, the Fund is not required to hold annual meetings. Special meetings may be called by the Trustees and certain of our officers, and will be limited to the purposes for any such special meeting set forth in the notice thereof. In addition, our Declaration of Trust provides that, subject to the satisfaction of certain procedural and informational requirements by the shareholders requesting the meeting, a special meeting of shareholders will be called by our secretary upon the written request of shareholders entitled to cast 10% or more of the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting. The secretary shall provide all shareholders, within ten days after receipt of said request, written notice either in person or by mail of the date, time and location of such requested special meeting and the purpose of the meeting. Any special meeting called by such shareholders is required to be held not less than fifteen nor more than 60 days after notice is provided to shareholders of the special meeting. These provisions will have the effect of significantly reducing the ability of shareholders being able to have proposals considered at a meeting of shareholders.

With respect to special meetings of shareholders, only the business specified in our notice of the meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Trustees at a special meeting may be made only (1) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (2) by the Board of Trustees or (3) provided that the Board of Trustees has determined that Trustees will be elected at the meeting, by a shareholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the Declaration of Trust.

Our Declaration of Trust also provides that, subject to the provisions of any class or series of shares then outstanding and the mandatory provisions of any applicable laws or regulations or other provisions of the Declaration of Trust, the following actions may be taken by the shareholders, without concurrence by our Board of Trustees or the Adviser, upon a vote by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote to:

 

   

modify the Declaration of Trust;

 

   

remove the Adviser or appoint a new investment adviser;

 

   

dissolve the Fund; or

 

   

sell all or substantially all of our assets other than in the ordinary course of business.

The purpose of requiring shareholders to give us advance notice of nominations and other business, as set forth in our bylaws, is to afford our Board of Trustees a meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees and the advisability of any other proposed business and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by our Board of Trustees, to inform shareholders and make recommendations about such qualifications or business, as well as to provide a more orderly procedure for conducting meetings of shareholders. Although our Declaration of Trust does not give our Board of Trustees any power to disapprove shareholder nominations for the election of Trustees or proposals recommending certain action, they may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of Trustees or the consideration of shareholder proposals if

 

152


Table of Contents

proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of trustees or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our shareholders.

Our Adviser may not, without the approval of a vote by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such matters:

 

   

amend the investment advisory agreement except for amendments that would not adversely affect the rights of our shareholders;

 

   

except as otherwise permitted under the Advisory Agreement, voluntarily withdraw as our investment adviser unless such withdrawal would not affect our tax status and would not materially adversely affect our shareholders;

 

   

appoint a new investment adviser (other than a sub-adviser pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement and applicable law);

 

   

sell all or substantially all of our assets other than in the ordinary course of business; or

 

   

cause the merger or similar reorganization of the Fund.

Amendment of the Declaration of Trust and Bylaws

Our Declaration of Trust provides that shareholders are entitled to vote upon a proposed amendment to the Declaration of Trust if the amendment would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares held by such shareholders so as to affect them adversely. Approval of any such amendment requires at least a majority of the votes cast by such shareholders at a meeting of shareholders duly called and at which a quorum is present. In addition, amendments to our Declaration of Trust to make our Common Shares a “redeemable security” or to convert the Fund, whether by merger or otherwise, from a closed-end company to an open-end company each must be approved by (a) the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter prior to the occurrence of a listing of any class of our shares on a national securities exchange and (b) the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter upon and following the occurrence of a listing of any class of our shares on a national securities exchange.

Our Declaration of Trust provides that our Board of Trustees has the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of our bylaws and to make new bylaws. Except as described above and for certain provisions of our Declaration of Trust relating to shareholder voting and the removal of trustees, our Declaration of Trust provides that our Board of Trustees may amend our Declaration of Trust without any vote of our shareholders.

Actions by the Board Related to Merger, Conversion, Reorganization or Dissolution

The Board of Trustees may, without the approval of holders of our outstanding shares, approve a merger, conversion, consolidation or other reorganization of the Fund, provided that the resulting entity is a business development company under the 1940 Act. The Fund will not permit the Adviser to cause any other form of merger or other reorganization of the Fund without the affirmative vote by the holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Fund entitled to vote on the matter. The Fund may be dissolved at any time, without the approval of holders of our outstanding shares, upon affirmative vote by a majority of the Trustees.

Derivative Actions

No person, other than a Trustee, who is not a shareholder shall be entitled to bring any derivative action, suit or other proceeding on behalf of the Fund. No shareholder may maintain a derivative action on behalf of the

 

153


Table of Contents

Fund unless holders of at least ten percent (10%) of the outstanding shares join in the bringing of such action. In addition, the Fund’s Declaration of Trust prohibits derivative actions on behalf of the Trust by any person who is not a Trustee or shareholder of the Trust, except that such provision does not apply to any claims asserted under the U.S. federal securities laws including, without limitation, the 1940 Act.

In addition to the requirements set forth in Section 3816 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute, a shareholder may bring a derivative action on behalf of the Fund only if the following conditions are met: (i) the shareholder or shareholders must make a pre-suit demand upon the Board of Trustees to bring the subject action unless an effort to cause the Board of Trustees to bring such an action is not likely to succeed; and a demand on the Board of Trustees shall only be deemed not likely to succeed and therefore excused if a majority of the Board of Trustees, or a majority of any committee established to consider the merits of such action, is composed of Board of Trustees who are not “independent Trustees” (as that term is defined in the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute); and (ii) unless a demand is not required under clause (i) above, the Board of Trustees must be afforded a reasonable amount of time to consider such shareholder request and to investigate the basis of such claim; and the Board of Trustees shall be entitled to retain counsel or other advisors in considering the merits of the request and may require an undertaking by the shareholders making such request to reimburse the Fund for the expense of any such advisors in the event that the Board of Trustees determine not to bring such action. For purposes of this paragraph, the Board of Trustees may designate a committee of one or more Trustees to consider a shareholder demand.

Exclusive Delaware Jurisdiction

Each Trustee, each officer and each person legally or beneficially owning a share or an interest in a share of the Fund (whether through a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing or otherwise), to the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 3804(e) of the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute,

 

  (i)

irrevocably agrees that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs (or similar) doctrine or arising out of or relating in any way to the Fund, the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute or the Declaration of Trust (including, without limitation, any claims, suits, actions or proceedings to interpret, apply or enforce

 

  (A)

the provisions of the Declaration of Trust,

 

  (B)

the duties (including fiduciary duties), obligations or liabilities of the Fund to the shareholders or the Board of Trustees, or of officers or the Board of Trustees to the Fund, to the shareholders or each other,

 

  (C)

the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, the Fund, the officers, the Board of Trustees or the shareholders,

 

  (D)

any provision of the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute or other laws of the State of Delaware pertaining to trusts made applicable to the Fund pursuant to Section 3809 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute or

 

  (E)

any other instrument, document, agreement or certificate contemplated by any provision of the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute or the Declaration of Trust relating in any way to the Fund (regardless, in each case, of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings (x) sound in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, (y) are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds or (z) are derivative or direct claims)), shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, any other court in the State of Delaware with subject matter jurisdiction,

 

  (ii)

irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in connection with any such claim, suit, action or proceeding,

 

154


Table of Contents
  (iii)

irrevocably agrees not to, and waives any right to, assert in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding that

 

  (A)

it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of such courts or any other court to which proceedings in such courts may be appealed,

 

  (B)

such claim, suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or

 

  (C)

the venue of such claim, suit, action or proceeding is improper, (iv) consents to process being served in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding by mailing, certified mail, return receipt requested, a copy thereof to such party at the address in effect for notices hereunder, and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof; provided, nothing in clause (iv) hereof shall affect or limit any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law and (v) irrevocably waives any and all right to trial by jury in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding.

Restrictions on Roll-Up Transactions

In connection with a proposed “roll-up transaction,” which, in general terms, is any transaction involving the acquisition, merger, conversion or consolidation, directly or indirectly, of us and the issuance of securities of an entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction, we will obtain an appraisal of all of our properties from an independent expert. In order to qualify as an independent expert for this purpose, the person or entity must have no material current or prior business or personal relationship with us and must be engaged to a substantial extent in the business of rendering opinions regarding the value of assets of the type held by us, who is qualified to perform such work. Our assets will be appraised on a consistent basis, and the appraisal will be based on the evaluation of all relevant information and will indicate the value of our assets as of a date immediately prior to the announcement of the proposed roll-up transaction. The appraisal will assume an orderly liquidation of our assets over a 12-month period. The terms of the engagement of such independent expert will clearly state that the engagement is for our benefit and the benefit of our shareholders. We will include a summary of the appraisal, indicating all material assumptions underlying the appraisal, in a report to the shareholders in connection with the proposed roll-up transaction. If the appraisal will be included in a prospectus used to offer the securities of the roll-up entity, the appraisal will be filed with the SEC and the states as an exhibit to the registration statement for the offering.

In connection with a proposed roll-up transaction, the person sponsoring the roll-up transaction must offer to the shareholders who vote against the proposal a choice of:

 

   

accepting the securities of the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction offered in the proposed roll-up transaction; or

 

   

one of the following:

 

   

remaining as shareholders and preserving their interests in us on the same terms and conditions as existed previously; or

 

   

receiving cash in an amount equal to their pro rata share of the appraised value of our net assets.

We are prohibited from participating in any proposed roll-up transaction:

 

   

which would result in shareholders having voting rights in the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction that are less than those provided in the charter, including rights with respect to the election and removal of directors, annual and special meetings, amendments to the charter and our dissolution;

 

   

which includes provisions that would operate as a material impediment to, or frustration of, the accumulation of Common Shares by any purchaser of the securities of the entity that would be created

 

155


Table of Contents
 

or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction, except to the minimum extent necessary to preserve the tax status of such entity, or which would limit the ability of an investor to exercise the voting rights of its securities of the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction on the basis of the number of shares held by that investor;

 

   

in which shareholders’ rights to access to records of the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction will be less than those provided in the charter;

 

   

in which we would bear any of the costs of the roll-up transaction if the shareholders reject the roll-up transaction; or

 

   

unless the organizational documents of the entity that would survive the roll-up transaction provide that neither its adviser nor its intermediary-manager may vote or consent on matters submitted to its shareholders regarding the removal of its adviser or any transaction between it and its adviser or any of its affiliates.

Access to Records

Any shareholder will be permitted access to all of our records to which they are entitled under applicable law at all reasonable times and may inspect and copy any of them for a reasonable copying charge. Inspection of our records by the office or agency administering the securities laws of a jurisdiction will be provided upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours. An alphabetical list of the names, addresses and business telephone numbers of our shareholders, along with the number of Common Shares held by each of them, will be maintained as part of our books and records and will be available for inspection by any shareholder or the shareholder’s designated agent at our office. The shareholder list will be updated at least quarterly to reflect changes in the information contained therein. A copy of the list will be mailed to any shareholder who requests the list within ten days of the request. A shareholder may request a copy of the shareholder list for any proper and legitimate purpose, including, without limitation, in connection with matters relating to voting rights and the exercise of shareholder rights under federal proxy laws. A shareholder requesting a list will be required to pay reasonable costs of postage and duplication. Such copy of the shareholder list shall be printed in alphabetical order, on white paper, and in readily readable type size (no smaller than 10 point font).

A shareholder may also request access to any other corporate records. If a proper request for the shareholder list or any other corporate records is not honored, then the requesting shareholder will be entitled to recover certain costs incurred in compelling the production of the list or other requested corporate records as well as actual damages suffered by reason of the refusal or failure to produce the list. However, a shareholder will not have the right to, and we may require a requesting shareholder to represent that it will not, secure the shareholder list or other information for the purpose of selling or using the list for a commercial purpose not related to the requesting shareholder’s interest in our affairs. We may also require that such shareholder sign a confidentiality agreement in connection with the request.

Reports to Shareholders

Within 60 days after each fiscal quarter, we will distribute our quarterly report on Form 10-Q to all shareholders of record. In addition, we will distribute our annual report on Form 10-K to all shareholders within 120 days after the end of each calendar year, which must contain, among other things, a breakdown of the expenses reimbursed by us to the Adviser. These reports will also be available on our website at [            ] and on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Subject to availability, you may authorize us to provide prospectuses, prospectus supplements, annual reports and other information, or documents, electronically by so indicating on your subscription agreement, or by sending us instructions in writing in a form acceptable to us to receive such documents electronically. Unless

 

156


Table of Contents

you elect in writing to receive documents electronically, all documents will be provided in paper form by mail. You must have internet access to use electronic delivery. While we impose no additional charge for this service, there may be potential costs associated with electronic delivery, such as on-line charges. Documents will be available on our website. You may access and print all documents provided through this service. As documents become available, we will notify you of this by sending you an e-mail message that will include instructions on how to retrieve the document. If our e-mail notification is returned to us as “undeliverable,” we will contact you to obtain your updated e-mail address. If we are unable to obtain a valid e-mail address for you, we will resume sending a paper copy by regular U.S. mail to your address of record. You may revoke your consent for electronic delivery at any time and we will resume sending you a paper copy of all required documents. However, in order for us to be properly notified, your revocation must be given to us a reasonable time before electronic delivery has commenced. We will provide you with paper copies at any time upon request. Such request will not constitute revocation of your consent to receive required documents electronically.

Conflict with the 1940 Act

Our Declaration of Trust provide that, if and to the extent that any provision of Delaware law, or any provision of our Declaration of Trust conflicts with any provision of the 1940 Act, the applicable provision of the 1940 Act will control.

 

157


Table of Contents

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

The NAV per share of our outstanding shares of common stock is determined quarterly by dividing the value of our total assets minus our liabilities by the total number of our shares outstanding.

In calculating the value of our total assets, we value investments for which market quotations are readily available at such market quotations if they are deemed to represent fair value. Debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or whose market price is not readily available or whose market quotations are not deemed to represent fair value are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of our Board of Trustees. Market quotations may be deemed not to represent fair value in certain circumstances where the Adviser reasonably believes that facts and circumstances applicable to an issuer, a seller or purchaser or the market for a particular security causes current market quotes not to reflect the fair value of the security. Examples of these events could include cases in which material events are announced after the close of the market on which a security is primarily traded, when a security trades infrequently causing a quoted purchase or sale price to become stale or in the event of a “fire sale” by a distressed seller.

If and when market quotations are deemed not to represent fair value, we typically utilize independent third party valuation firms to assist us in determining fair value. Accordingly, such investments go through our multi-step valuation process as described below. In each case, our independent valuation firms consider observable market inputs together with significant unobservable inputs in arriving at their valuation recommendations for such Level 3 categorized assets.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available or when such market quotations are deemed not to represent fair value, our Board of Trustees has approved a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

(1)    our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals of our Adviser responsible for the portfolio investment;

(2)    preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with senior management of our Adviser;

(3)    independent valuation firms are engaged by our Board of Trustees to conduct independent appraisals by reviewing our Adviser’s preliminary valuations and then making their own independent assessment;

(4)    the Audit Committee of the Board of Trustees reviews the preliminary valuation of our Adviser and the valuation prepared by the independent valuation firm and responds, if warranted, to the valuation recommendation of the independent valuation firms;

(5)    the Board of Trustees discusses valuations and determines in good faith the fair value of each investment in our portfolio based on the input of our Adviser, the applicable independent valuation firm, and the Audit Committee of the Board of Trustees; and

(6)    for Level 3 investments entered into within the current quarter, the cost (purchase price adjusted for accreted original issue discount/amortized premium) or any recent comparable trade activity on the security investment shall be considered to reasonably approximate the fair value of the investment, provided that no material change has since occurred in the issuer’s business, significant inputs or the relevant environment.

Investments are valued utilizing a market approach, an income approach, or both approaches, as appropriate. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities (including a business). The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts (for example, cash flows or earnings) to a single present amount

 

158


Table of Contents

(discounted). The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. In following these approaches, the types of factors that we may take into account in fair value pricing our investments include, as relevant:

 

   

available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables,

 

   

applicable market yields and multiples,

 

   

security covenants,

 

   

seniority of investments in the investee company’s capital structure,

 

   

call protection provisions,

 

   

information rights,

 

   

the nature and realizable value of any collateral,

 

   

the portfolio company’s ability to make payments,

 

   

its earnings and discounted cash flows,

 

   

the markets in which the portfolio company does business,

 

   

comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public,

 

   

M&A comparables,

 

   

our principal market (as the reporting entity) and

 

   

enterprise values, among other factors.

Investments determined by these valuation procedures to have a fair value of less than $1 million during the prior fiscal quarter may be valued based on inputs identified by the Investment Adviser without the necessity of obtaining valuation from an independent valuation firm, if once annually an independent valuation firm using the procedures described herein provides valuation analysis.

Determination of fair values involves subjective judgments and estimates not susceptible to substantiation by auditing procedures. Accordingly, under current auditing standards, the notes to our financial statements incorporated by reference in this prospectus, refer to the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of such valuations, and any change in such valuations, on our financial statements.

Our Board of Trustees reviews the accuracy of the valuations of our portfolio investments quarterly and, no less frequently than annually, the adequacy of our policies and procedures regarding valuations and the effectiveness of their implementation.

Our most recently determined NAV per share for each class of shares will be available on our website: [            ]. We will report our NAV per share as of the last day of each month on our website within 20 business days of the last day of each month.

 

159


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

General

We are offering a maximum of $5,000,000,000 in Common Shares pursuant to this prospectus on a “best efforts” basis through Apollo Global Securities LLC, the Intermediary Manager, a registered broker-dealer affiliated with the Adviser. Because this is a “best efforts” offering, the Intermediary Manager must only use its best efforts to sell the shares, which means that no underwriter, broker or other person will be obligated to purchase any shares. The Intermediary Manager is headquartered at 9 West 57th Street, New York, New York 10019. We are offering a minimum of $100,000,000 pursuant to this offering or any private placement. See “ —Escrow Arrangement.”

The shares are being offered on a “best efforts” basis, which means generally that the Intermediary Manager is required to use only its best efforts to sell the shares and it has no firm commitment or obligation to purchase any of the shares. The Fund intends that the Common Shares offered pursuant to this prospectus will not be listed on any national securities exchange, and neither the Intermediary Manager nor the participating brokers intend to act as market-makers with respect to our Common Shares. Because no public market is expected for the shares, shareholders will likely have limited ability to sell their shares until there is a liquidity event for the Fund.

We are offering to the public three separate classes of Common Shares: Class S shares, Class D shares and Class I shares. We are offering to sell in this offering or any private placement any combination of share classes with a dollar value up to the maximum offering amount. All investors must meet the suitability standards discussed in the section of this prospectus entitled “Suitability Standards.” The share classes have different ongoing shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees.

Class S shares are available through brokerage and transactional-based accounts. Class D shares are generally available for purchase in this offering only:

 

  (1)

through fee-based programs, also known as wrap accounts, that provide access to Class D shares,

 

  (2)

through participating brokers that have alternative fee arrangements with their clients to provide access to Class D shares,

 

  (3)

through transaction/brokerage platforms at participating brokers,

 

  (4)

through certain registered investment advisers,

 

  (5)

through bank trust departments or any other organization or person authorized to act in a fiduciary capacity for its clients or customers or

 

  (6)

other categories of investors that we name in an amendment or supplement to this prospectus.

Class I shares are generally available for purchase in this offering only:

 

  (1)

through fee-based programs, also known as wrap accounts, that provide access to Class I shares,

 

  (2)

by endowments, foundations, pension funds and other institutional investors,

 

  (3)

through participating brokers that have alternative fee arrangements with their clients to provide access to Class I shares,

 

  (4)

through certain registered investment advisers,

 

  (5)

by our executive officers and trustees and their immediate family members, as well as officers and employees of the Adviser, Apollo or other affiliates and their immediate family members, and joint venture partners, consultants and other service providers or

 

  (6)

other categories of investors that we name in an amendment or supplement to this prospectus.

 

160


Table of Contents

In certain cases, where a holder of Class S or Class D shares exits a relationship with a participating broker for this offering and does not enter into a new relationship with a participating broker for this offering, such holder’s shares may be exchanged into an equivalent NAV amount of Class I shares. We may also offer Class I shares to certain feeder vehicles primarily created to hold our Class I shares, which in turn offer interests in themselves to investors; we expect to conduct such offerings pursuant to exceptions to registration under the Securities Act and not as a part of this offering. Such feeder vehicles may have additional costs and expenses, which would be disclosed in connection with the offering of their interests. We may also offer Class I shares to other investment vehicles. The minimum initial investment for Class I shares is $1,000,000, unless waived by the Intermediary Manager. If you are eligible to purchase all three classes of shares, then in most cases you should purchase Class I shares because participating brokers will not charge transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, on Class I shares and Class I shares have no shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees, which will reduce the NAV or distributions of the other share classes. However, Class I shares will not receive shareholder services. Before making your investment decision, please consult with your investment adviser regarding your account type and the classes of Common Shares you may be eligible to purchase. Neither the Intermediary Manager nor its affiliates will directly or indirectly compensate any person engaged as an investment advisor or bank trust department by a potential investor as an inducement for such investment advisor or bank trust department to advise favorably for an investment in us.

The number of shares we have registered pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is the number that we reasonably expect to be offered and sold within two years from the initial effective date of the registration statement. Under applicable SEC rules, we may extend this offering one additional year if all of the shares we have registered are not yet sold within two years. With the filing of a registration statement for a subsequent offering, we may also be able to extend this offering beyond three years until the follow-on registration statement is declared effective. Pursuant to this prospectus, we are offering to the public all of the shares that we have registered. Although we have registered a fixed dollar amount of our shares, we intend effectively to conduct a continuous offering of an unlimited number of Common Shares over an unlimited time period by filing a new registration statement prior to the end of the three-year period described in Rule 415. In such a circumstance, the issuer may also choose to enlarge the continuous offering by including on such new registration statement a further amount of securities, in addition to any unsold securities covered by the earlier registration statement.

This offering must be registered in every state in which we offer or sell shares. Generally, such registrations are for a period of one year. Thus, we may have to stop selling shares in any state in which our registration is not renewed or otherwise extended annually. We reserve the right to terminate this offering at any time and to extend our offering term to the extent permissible under applicable law.

Purchase Price

During the escrow period, the per share purchase price for the class of share being purchased will be $25.00. After the close of the escrow period, shares will be sold at the then-current NAV per share, as described in “Determination of Net Asset Value.” Each class of shares may have a different NAV per share because shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees differ with respect to each class.

Escrow Arrangement

We will take purchase orders and hold investors’ funds in an interest-bearing escrow account until we receive purchase orders for at least $100 million (excluding any shares purchased by our Adviser, its affiliates and our Trustees and officers but including any shares purchased in any private placements), and our Board of Trustees has authorized the release of the escrowed purchase order proceeds to us so that we can commence operations. Even if we receive purchase orders for $100 million, our Board of Trustees may elect to wait a substantial amount of time before authorizing, or may elect not to authorize, the release of the escrowed proceeds. If we do not raise the minimum amount and commence operations by [        ], 2022 (one year following

 

161


Table of Contents

the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part), this offering will be terminated and our escrow agent will promptly send you a full refund of your investment with interest and without deduction for escrow expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may elect to withdraw your purchase order and request a full refund of your investment with interest and without deduction for escrow expenses at any time before the escrowed funds are released to us. If we break escrow for this offering and commence operations, interest earned on funds in escrow will be released to our account and constitute part of our net assets. Our escrow agent is UMD Bank, N.A., 928 Grand Blvd, 12th Floor, Corporate Trust & Escrow Services, Kansas City, MO 64106.

Underwriting Compensation

We entered into an Intermediary Manager Agreement with the Intermediary Manager, pursuant to which the Intermediary Manager agreed to, among other things, manage our relationships with third-party brokers engaged by the Intermediary Manager to participate in the distribution of Common Shares, which we refer to as “participating brokers,” and financial advisors. The Intermediary Manager also coordinates our marketing and distribution efforts with participating brokers and their registered representatives with respect to communications related to the terms of the offering, our investment strategies, material aspects of our operations and subscription procedures. We will not pay referral or similar fees to any accountants, attorneys or other persons in connection with the distribution of our shares.

Upfront Sales Loads

Class S, Class D and Class I Shares. No upfront sales load will be paid with respect to Class S shares, Class D shares or Class I shares, however, if you buy Class S shares or Class D shares through certain financial intermediaries, they may directly charge you transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, in such amount as they may determine, provided that selling agents limit such charges to a 1.5% cap on NAV for Class D shares and 3.5% cap on NAV for Class S shares. Selling agents will not charge such fees on Class I shares.

Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fees — Class S and Class D

The following table shows the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees we pay the Intermediary Manager with respect to the Class S, Class D and Class I on an annualized basis as a percentage of our NAV for such class. The shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees will be paid monthly in arrears, calculated using the NAV of the applicable class as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the month.

 

     Shareholder
Servicing and/or
Distribution Fee as
a % of NAV
 

Class S shares

     0.85

Class D shares

     0.25

Class I shares

     —  

Subject to FINRA and other limitations on underwriting compensation described in “—Limitations on Underwriting Compensation” below, we will pay a shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee equal to 0.85% per annum of the aggregate NAV for the Class S shares and a shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee equal to 0.25% per annum of the aggregate NAV for the Class D shares, in each case, payable monthly.

The shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees will be paid monthly in arrears. The shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees are similar to sales commissions. The distribution and servicing expenses borne by the participating brokers may be different from and substantially less than the amount of shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees charged. The Intermediary Manager will reallow (pay) all or a portion of the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to participating brokers and servicing brokers for ongoing shareholder services

 

162


Table of Contents

performed by such brokers, and will waive shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to the extent a broker is not eligible to receive it for failure to provide such services. Because the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees with respect to Class S shares and Class D shares are calculated based on the aggregate NAV for all of the outstanding shares of each such class, it reduces the NAV with respect to all shares of each such class, including shares issued under our distribution reinvestment plan.

Eligibility to receive the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee is conditioned on a broker providing the following ongoing services with respect to the Class S or Class D shares: assistance with recordkeeping, answering investor inquiries regarding us, including regarding distribution payments and reinvestments, helping investors understand their investments upon their request, and assistance with share repurchase requests. If the applicable broker is not eligible to receive the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee due to failure to provide these services, the Intermediary Manager will waive the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee that broker would have otherwise been eligible to receive. The shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees are ongoing fees that are not paid at the time of purchase.

Other Compensation

We or the Adviser may also pay directly, or reimburse the Intermediary Manager if the Intermediary Manager pays on our behalf, any organization and offering expenses (other than any upfront selling commissions and shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees).

Limitations on Underwriting Compensation

We will cease paying the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee on the Class S shares and Class D shares on the earlier to occur of the following: (i) a listing of Class I shares, (ii) our merger or consolidation with or into another entity, or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets or (iii) the date following the completion of the primary portion of this offering on which, in the aggregate, underwriting compensation from all sources in connection with this offering, including the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee and other underwriting compensation, is equal to 10% of the gross proceeds from our primary offering.

In addition, as required by exemptive relief allowing us to offer multiple classes of shares, at the end of the month in which the Intermediary Manager in conjunction with the transfer agent determines that total transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, and shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees paid with respect to any single share held in a shareholder’s account would exceed, in the aggregate, 10% of the gross proceeds from the sale of such share (or a lower limit as determined by the Intermediary Manager or the applicable selling agent), we will cease paying the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee on either (i) each such share that would exceed such limit or (ii) all Class S shares and Class D shares in such shareholder’s account. We may modify this requirement if permitted by applicable exemptive relief. At the end of such month, the applicable Class S shares or Class D shares in such shareholder’s account will convert into a number of Class I shares (including any fractional shares), with an equivalent aggregate NAV as such Class S or Class D shares.

This offering is being made in compliance with FINRA Rule 2310. Under the rules of FINRA, all items of underwriting compensation, including any upfront selling commissions, Intermediary Manager fees, reimbursement fees for bona fide due diligence expenses, training and education expenses, non-transaction based compensation paid to registered persons associated with the Intermediary Manager in connection with the wholesaling of our offering and all other forms of underwriting compensation, will not exceed 10% of the gross offering proceeds (excluding shares purchased through our distribution reinvestment plan).

Term of the Intermediary Manager Agreement

Either party may terminate the Intermediary Manager Agreement upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party or immediately upon notice to the other party in the event such other party failed to comply with a material

 

163


Table of Contents

provision of the Intermediary Manager Agreement. Our obligations under the Intermediary Manager Agreement to pay the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees with respect to the Class S and Class D shares distributed in this offering as described therein shall survive termination of the agreement until such shares are no longer outstanding (including such shares that have been converted into Class I shares, as described above).

Indemnification

To the extent permitted by law and our charter, we will indemnify the participating brokers and the Intermediary Manager against some civil liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act, and liabilities arising from an untrue statement of material fact contained in, or omission to state a material fact in, this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, blue sky applications or approved sales literature.

Supplemental Sales Material

In addition to this prospectus, we will use sales material in connection with the offering of shares, although only when accompanied by or preceded by the delivery of this prospectus. Some or all of the sales material may not be available in certain jurisdictions. This sales material may include information relating to this offering and the past performance of the Adviser and its affiliates. In addition, the sales material may contain quotes from various publications without obtaining the consent of the author or the publication for use of the quoted material in the sales material.

We are offering shares only by means of this prospectus. Although the information contained in the sales material will not conflict with any of the information contained in this prospectus, the sales material does not purport to be complete and should not be considered as a part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, or as incorporated by reference in this prospectus or the registration statement, or as forming the basis of the offering of the Common Shares.

Share Distribution Channels

We expect our Intermediary Manager to use multiple distribution channels to sell our shares. These channels may charge different brokerage fees for purchases of our shares. Our Intermediary Manager is expected to engage participating brokers in connection with the sale of the shares of this offering in accordance with participating broker agreements.

 

164


Table of Contents

HOW TO SUBSCRIBE

You may buy or request that we repurchase Common Shares through your financial advisor, a participating broker or other financial intermediary that has a selling agreement with the Intermediary Manager. Because an investment in our Common Shares involves many considerations, your financial advisor or other financial intermediary may help you with this decision. Due to the illiquid nature of investments in originated loans, our Common Shares are only suitable as a long-term investment. Because there is no public market for our shares, shareholders may have difficulty selling their shares if we choose to offer to repurchase only some, or even none, of the shares that investors desire to have repurchased in a particular quarter, or if our Board of Trustees modifies or suspends the share repurchase program.

Investors who meet the suitability standards described herein may purchase Common Shares. See “Suitability Standards” in this prospectus. Investors seeking to purchase Common Shares must proceed as follows:

 

   

Read this entire prospectus and any appendices and supplements accompanying this prospectus.

 

   

Complete the execution copy of the subscription agreement. A specimen copy of the subscription agreement, including instructions for completing it, is included in this prospectus as Appendix A. Subscription agreements may be executed manually or by electronic signature except where the use of such electronic signature has not been approved by the Intermediary Manager. Should you execute the subscription agreement electronically, your electronic signature, whether digital or encrypted, included in the subscription agreement is intended to authenticate the subscription agreement and to have the same force and effect as a manual signature.

 

   

Deliver a check, submit a wire transfer, instruct your broker to make payment from your brokerage account or otherwise deliver funds for the full purchase price of the Common Shares being subscribed for along with the completed subscription agreement to the participating broker. During the escrow period, checks should be made payable, or wire transfers directed, to “UMD Bank, N.A., as Escrow Agent for Apollo Debt Solutions BDC.” After the escrow period, checks should be made payable, or wire transfers directed, to “Apollo Debt Solutions BDC.” For Class S and Class D shares, after you have satisfied the applicable minimum purchase requirement of $2,500, additional purchases must be in increments of $500. For Class I shares, after you have satisfied the applicable minimum purchase requirement of $1,000,000, additional purchases must be in increments of $500, unless such minimums are waived by the Intermediary Manager. The minimum subsequent investment does not apply to purchases made under our distribution reinvestment plan.

 

   

By executing the subscription agreement and paying the total purchase price for the Common Shares subscribed for, each investor attests that he or she meets the suitability standards as stated in the subscription agreement and agrees to be bound by all of its terms. Certain participating brokers may require additional documentation.

A sale of the shares to a subscriber may not be completed until at least five business days after the subscriber receives our final prospectus. Subscriptions to purchase our Common Shares may be made on an ongoing basis, but investors may only purchase our Common Shares pursuant to accepted subscription orders as of the first day of each month (based on the NAV per share as determined as of the previous day, being the last day of the preceding month), and to be accepted, a subscription request must be made with a completed and executed subscription agreement in good order, including satisfying any additional requirements imposed by the subscriber’s broker, and payment of the full purchase price of our Common Shares being subscribed at least five business days prior to the first day of the month (unless waived by the Intermediary Manager). During the escrow period, the per share purchase price for our Common Shares will be $25.00.

For example, if you wish to subscribe for Common Shares in October, your subscription request must be received in good order at least five business days before November 1. Notice of each share transaction will be

 

165


Table of Contents

furnished to shareholders (or their financial representatives) as soon as practicable but not later than seven business days after the Fund’s NAV as of October 31 is determined and credited to the shareholder’s account, together with information relevant for personal and tax records. While a shareholder will not know our NAV applicable on the effective date of the share purchase, our NAV applicable to a purchase of shares will be available generally within 20 business days after the effective date of the share purchase; at that time, the number of shares based on that NAV and each shareholder’s purchase will be determined and shares are credited to the shareholder’s account as of the effective date of the share purchase. In this example, if accepted, your subscription would be effective on the first calendar day of November.

If for any reason we reject the subscription, or if the subscription request is canceled before it is accepted or withdrawn as described below, we will return the subscription agreement and the related funds, without interest or deduction, within ten business days after such rejection, cancellation or withdrawal.

Common Shares purchased by a fiduciary or custodial account will be registered in the name of the fiduciary account and not in the name of the beneficiary. If you place an order to buy shares and your payment is not received and collected, your purchase may be canceled and you could be liable for any losses or fees we have incurred.

You have the option of placing a transfer on death (TOD), designation on your shares purchased in this offering. A TOD designation transfers the ownership of the shares to your designated beneficiary upon your death. This designation may only be made by individuals, not entities, who are the sole or joint owners with right to survivorship of the shares. If you would like to place a TOD designation on your shares, you must check the TOD box on the subscription agreement and you must complete and return a TOD form, which you may obtain from your financial advisor, in order to effect the designation.

Purchase Price

During the escrow period, the per share purchase price for the class of share being purchased will be $25.00. After the close of the escrow period, shares will be sold at the then-current NAV per share, as described in “Determination of Net Asset Value.” Each class of shares may have a different NAV per share because shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees differ with respect to each class.

If you participate in our distribution reinvestment plan, the cash distributions attributable to the class of shares that you purchase in our primary offering will be automatically invested in additional shares of the same class. The purchase price for shares purchased under our distribution reinvestment plan will be equal to the most recent available NAV per share for such shares at the time the distribution is payable.

We will generally adhere to the following procedures relating to purchases of Common Shares in this continuous offering:

 

   

On each business day, our transfer agent will collect purchase orders. Notwithstanding the submission of an initial purchase order, we can reject purchase orders for any reason, even if a prospective investor meets the minimum suitability requirements outlined in our prospectus. Investors may only purchase our Common Shares pursuant to accepted subscription orders as of the first day of each month (based on the NAV per share as determined as of the previous day, being the last day of the preceding month), and to be accepted, a subscription request must be made with a completed and executed subscription agreement in good order and payment of the full purchase price of our Common Shares being subscribed at least five business days prior to the first day of the month. If a purchase order is received less than five business days prior to the first day of the month, unless waived by the Intermediary Manager, the purchase order will be executed in the next month’s closing at the transaction price applicable to that month. As a result of this process, the price per share at which your order is executed may be different than the price per share for the month in which you submitted your purchase order.

 

166


Table of Contents
   

Generally, within 20 business days after the first calendar day of each month, we will determine our NAV per share for each share class as of the last calendar day of the immediately preceding month, which will be the purchase price for shares purchased with that effective date.

 

   

Completed subscription requests will not be accepted by us before two business days before the first calendar day of each month.

 

   

Subscribers are not committed to purchase shares at the time their subscription orders are submitted and any subscription may be canceled at any time before the time it has been accepted as described in the previous sentence. You may withdraw your purchase request by notifying the transfer agent, through your financial intermediary or directly on our toll-free, automated telephone line, [            ].

 

   

You will receive a confirmation statement of each new transaction in your account as soon as practicable but generally not later than seven business days after the shareholder transactions are settled when the applicable NAV per share is determined. The confirmation statement will include information on how to obtain information we have filed with the SEC and made publicly available on our website, [            ], including supplements to the prospectus.

Our NAV may vary significantly from one month to the next. Through our website at [            ], you will have information about the most recently available NAV per share.

In contrast to securities traded on an exchange or over-the-counter, where the price often fluctuates as a result of, among other things, the supply and demand of securities in the trading market, our NAV will be calculated once monthly using our valuation methodology, and the price at which we sell new shares and repurchase outstanding shares will not change depending on the level of demand by investors or the volume of requests for repurchases.

 

167


Table of Contents

SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAM

We do not intend to list our shares on a securities exchange and we do not expect there to be a public market for our shares. As a result, if you purchase our Common Shares, your ability to sell your shares will be limited.

Beginning no later than the first full calendar quarter from the date on which we break escrow for this offering, and at the discretion of our Board of Trustees, we intend to commence a share repurchase program in which we intend to repurchase, in each quarter, up to 5% of our Common Shares outstanding (either by number of shares or aggregate NAV) as of the close of the previous calendar quarter. Our Board of Trustees may amend or suspend the share repurchase program if in its reasonable judgment it deems such action to be in our best interest and the best interest of our shareholders, such as when a repurchase offer would place an undue burden on our liquidity, adversely affect our operations or risk having an adverse impact on the Fund that would outweigh the benefit of the repurchase offer. As a result, share repurchases may not be available each quarter. Should the Board of Trustees suspend the share repurchase program, the Board of Trustees will consider whether the continued suspension of the program is in the best interests of the Fund and shareholders on a quarterly basis. We intend to conduct such repurchase offers in accordance with the requirements of Rule 13e-4 promulgated under the Exchange Act and the 1940 Act. All shares purchased by us pursuant to the terms of each tender offer will be retired and thereafter will be authorized and unissued shares.

Under our share repurchase plan, to the extent we offer to repurchase shares in any particular quarter, we expect to repurchase shares pursuant to tender offers on or around the last business day of that quarter using a purchase price equal to the NAV per share as of the last calendar day of the applicable quarter, except that shares that have not been outstanding for at least one year will be repurchased at 98% of such NAV (an “Early Repurchase Deduction”). The one-year holding period is measured as of the subscription closing date immediately following the prospective repurchase date. The Early Repurchase Deduction may be waived in the case of repurchase requests arising from the death, divorce or qualified disability of the holder. The Early Repurchase Deduction will be retained by the Fund for the benefit of remaining shareholders. We may, from time to time, waive the Early Repurchase Deduction in the following circumstances (subject to the conditions described below):

 

   

repurchases resulting from death, qualifying disability or divorce; or

 

   

in the event that a shareholder’s shares are repurchased because the shareholder has failed to maintain the $500 minimum account balance.

As set forth above, we may waive the Early Repurchase Deduction in respect of repurchase of shares resulting from the death, qualifying disability (as such term is defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the Code) or divorce of a shareholder who is a natural person, including shares held by such shareholder through a trust or an IRA or other retirement or profit-sharing plan, after (i) in the case of death, receiving written notice from the estate of the shareholder, the recipient of the shares through bequest or inheritance, or, in the case of a trust, the trustee of such trust, who shall have the sole ability to request repurchase on behalf of the trust, (ii) in the case of qualified disability, receiving written notice from such shareholder, provided that the condition causing the qualifying disability was not pre-existing on the date that the shareholder became a shareholder or (iii) in the case of divorce, receiving written notice from the shareholder of the divorce and the shareholder’s instructions to effect a transfer of the shares (through the repurchase of the shares by us and the subsequent purchase by the shareholder) to a different account held by the shareholder (including trust or an individual retirement account or other retirement or profit-sharing plan). We must receive the written repurchase request within 12 months after the death of the shareholder, the initial determination of the shareholder’s disability or divorce in order for the requesting party to rely on any of the special treatment described above that may be afforded in the event of the death, disability or divorce of a shareholder. In the case of death, such a written request must be accompanied by a certified copy of the official death certificate of the shareholder. If spouses are joint registered holders of shares, the request to have the shares repurchased may be made if either of the registered holders dies or acquires a qualified disability. If the shareholder is not a natural person, such as certain trusts or a partnership, corporation

 

168


Table of Contents

or other similar entity, the right to waiver of the Early Repurchase Deduction upon death, disability or divorce does not apply.

You may tender all of the Common Shares that you own. There is no repurchase priority for a shareholder under the circumstances of death or disability of such shareholder.

In the event the amount of shares tendered exceeds the repurchase offer amount, shares will be repurchased on a pro rata basis. All unsatisfied repurchase requests must be resubmitted in the next quarterly tender offer, or upon the recommencement of the share repurchase plan, as applicable. We will have no obligation to repurchase shares, including if the repurchase would violate the restrictions on distributions under federal law or Delaware law. The limitations and restrictions described above may prevent us from accommodating all repurchase requests made in any quarter. Our share repurchase program has many limitations, including the limitations described above, and should not in any way be viewed as the equivalent of a secondary market.

We will offer to repurchase shares on such terms as may be determined by our Board of Trustees in its complete and absolute discretion unless, in the judgment of our independent Trustees, such repurchases would not be in the best interests of our shareholders or would violate applicable law. There is no assurance that our board will exercise its discretion to offer to repurchase shares or that there will be sufficient funds available to accommodate all of our shareholders’ requests for repurchase. As a result, we may repurchase less than the full amount of shares that you request to have repurchased. If we do not repurchase the full amount of your shares that you have requested to be repurchased, or we determine not to make repurchases of our shares, you will likely not be able to dispose of your shares, even if we under-perform. Any periodic repurchase offers will be subject in part to our available cash and compliance with the RIC qualification and diversification rules and the 1940 Act. Shareholders will not pay a fee to us in connection with our repurchase of shares under the share repurchase program.

The Fund will repurchase shares from shareholders pursuant to written tenders on terms and conditions that the Board of Trustees determines to be fair to the Fund and to all shareholders. When the Board of Trustees determines that the Fund will repurchase shares, notice will be provided to shareholders describing the terms of the offer, containing information shareholders should consider in deciding whether to participate in the repurchase opportunity and containing information on how to participate. Shareholders deciding whether to tender their shares during the period that a repurchase offer is open may obtain the Fund’s most recent NAV per share on our website at: [            ]. However, our repurchase offers will generally use the NAV on or around the last business day of a calendar quarter, which will not be available until after the expiration of the applicable tender offer, so you will not know the exact price of shares in the tender offer when you make your decision whether to tender your shares.

Repurchases of shares from shareholders by the Fund will be paid in cash promptly after the determination of the relevant NAV per share is finalized. Repurchases will be effective after receipt and acceptance by the Fund of eligible written tenders of shares from shareholders by the applicable repurchase offer deadline. The Fund does not impose any charges in connection with repurchases of shares. All shares purchased by us pursuant to the terms of each tender offer will be retired and thereafter will be authorized and unissued shares.

The majority of our assets will consist of instruments that cannot generally be readily liquidated without impacting our ability to realize full value upon their disposition. Therefore, we may not always have sufficient liquid resources to make repurchase offers. In order to provide liquidity for share repurchases, we intend to generally maintain under normal circumstances an allocation to syndicated loans and other liquid investments. We may fund repurchase requests from sources other than cash flow from operations, including the sale of assets or borrowings, , and although we generally expect to fund distributions from cash flow from operations, we have not established any limits on the amounts we may pay from such sources. Should making repurchase offers, in our judgment, place an undue burden on our liquidity, adversely affect our operations or risk having an adverse impact on the company as a whole, or should we otherwise determine that investing our liquid assets in

 

169


Table of Contents

originated loans or other illiquid investments rather than repurchasing our shares is in the best interests of the Fund as a whole, then we may choose to offer to repurchase fewer shares than described above, or none at all.

In the event that any shareholder fails to maintain the minimum balance of $500 of our shares, we may repurchase all of the shares held by that shareholder at the repurchase price in effect on the date we determine that the shareholder has failed to meet the minimum balance, less any Early Repurchase Deduction. Minimum account repurchases will apply even in the event that the failure to meet the minimum balance is caused solely by a decline in our NAV. Minimum account repurchases are subject to Early Repurchase Deduction.

Payment for repurchased shares may require us to liquidate portfolio holdings earlier than our Adviser would otherwise have caused these holdings to be liquidated, potentially resulting in losses, and may increase our investment-related expenses as a result of higher portfolio turnover rates. Our Adviser intends to take measures, subject to policies as may be established by our Board of Trustees, to attempt to avoid or minimize potential losses and expenses resulting from the repurchase of shares.

 

170


Table of Contents

DISTRIBUTION REINVESTMENT PLAN

We have adopted a distribution reinvestment plan, pursuant to which we will reinvest all cash dividends declared by the Board of Trustees on behalf of our shareholders who do not elect to receive their dividends in cash as provided below. As a result, if the Board of Trustees authorizes, and we declare, a cash dividend or other distribution, then our shareholders who have not opted out of our distribution reinvestment plan will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares as described below, rather than receiving the cash dividend or other distribution. Distributions on fractional shares will be credited to each participating shareholder’s account to three decimal places.

No action is required on the part of a registered shareholder to have his, her or its cash dividend or other distribution reinvested in our shares, except shareholders in certain states. Shareholders can elect to “opt out” of the Fund’s distribution reinvestment plan in their subscription agreements (other than Alabama, Arkansas, Idaho, Kansas, Kentucky, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Nebraska, New Jersey, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Texas, Vermont and Washington investors and clients of certain participating brokers that do not permit automatic enrollment in our distribution reinvestment plan). Alabama, Arkansas, Idaho, Kansas, Kentucky, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Nebraska, New Jersey, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Texas, Vermont and Washington investors and clients of certain participating brokers that do not permit automatic enrollment in our distribution reinvestment plan will automatically receive their distributions in cash unless they elect to have their cash distributions reinvested in additional Common Shares.

If any shareholder initially elects not to participate, they may later become a participant by subsequently completing and executing an enrollment form or any distribution authorization form as may be available from the Fund or the DST Systems Inc. (the “Plan Administrator”). Participation in the distribution reinvestment plan will begin with the next distribution payable after acceptance of a participant’s subscription, enrollment or authorization. Shares will be purchased under the distribution reinvestment plan as of the first calendar day of the month following the record date of the distribution.

If a shareholder seeks to terminate its participation in the distribution reinvestment plan, notice of termination must be received by the Plan Administrator five business days in advance of the first calendar day of the next month in order for a shareholder’s termination to be effective for such month. Any transfer of shares by a participant to a non-participant will terminate participation in the distribution reinvestment plan with respect to the transferred shares. If a participant elects to tender its Common Shares in full, any Shares issued to the participant under the Plan subsequent to the expiration of the tender offer will be considered part of the participant’s prior tender, and participant’s participation in the Plan will be terminated as of the valuation date of the applicable tender offer. Any distributions to be paid to such shareholder on or after such date will be paid in cash on the scheduled distribution payment date.

If you elect to opt out of the distribution reinvestment plan, you will receive any distributions we declare in cash. There will be no upfront selling commissions or Intermediary Manager fees charged to you if you participate in the distribution reinvestment plan. We will pay the Plan Administrator fees under the distribution reinvestment plan. If your shares are held by a broker or other financial intermediary, you may change your election by notifying your broker or other financial intermediary of your election.

Any purchases of our shares pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan are dependent on the continued registration of our securities or the availability of an exemption from registration in the recipient’s home state.

The purchase price for shares purchased under our distribution reinvestment plan will be equal to the most recent available NAV per share for such shares at the time the distribution is payable. Common Shares issued pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan will have the same voting rights as the Common Shares offered pursuant to this prospectus.

See our Distribution Reinvestment Plan, which is filed as an exhibit to our registration statement for this offering, for more information.

 

171


Table of Contents

REGULATION

The following discussion is a general summary of the material prohibitions and descriptions governing BDCs generally. It does not purport to be a complete description of all of the laws and regulations affecting BDCs.

Qualifying Assets

Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as “Qualifying Assets,” unless, at the time the acquisition is made, Qualifying Assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of Qualifying Assets relevant to our business are any of the following:

 

  (1)

Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an Eligible Portfolio Company (as defined below), or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an Eligible Portfolio Company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An “Eligible Portfolio Company” is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:

 

  (a)

is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;

 

  (b)

is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the BDC) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and

 

  (c)

satisfies any of the following:

 

  (i)

does not have any class of securities that is traded on a national securities exchange;

 

  (ii)

has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange, but has an aggregate market value of outstanding voting and non-voting common equity of less than $250 million;

 

  (iii)

is controlled by a BDC or a group of companies including a BDC and the BDC has an affiliated person who is a director of the Eligible Portfolio Company; or

 

  (iv)

is a small and solvent company having total assets of not more than $4 million and capital and surplus of not less than $2 million.

 

  (2)

Securities of any Eligible Portfolio Company controlled by the Fund.

 

  (3)

Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.

 

  (4)

Securities of an Eligible Portfolio Company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and the Fund already owns 60% of the outstanding equity of the Eligible Portfolio Company.

 

  (5)

Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described in (1) through (4) above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.

 

  (6)

Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.

In addition, a BDC must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in (1), (2) or (3) above.

 

172


Table of Contents

Significant Managerial Assistance

A BDC must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described above. However, in order to count portfolio securities as Qualifying Assets for the purpose of the 70% test, the BDC must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities (other than small and solvent companies described above) significant managerial assistance; except that, where the BDC purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group may make available such managerial assistance. Making available significant managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its trustees, officers or employees, offers to provide and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company through monitoring of portfolio company operations, selective participation in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising a portfolio company’s officers or other organizational or financial guidance.

Temporary Investments

Pending investment in other types of Qualifying Assets, as described above, our investments can consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which are referred to herein, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets would be Qualifying Assets.

Warrants

Under the 1940 Act, a BDC is subject to restrictions on the issuance, terms and amount of warrants, options or rights to purchase shares that it may have outstanding at any time. In particular, the amount of shares that would result from the conversion or exercise of all outstanding warrants, options or rights to purchase shares cannot exceed 25% of the BDC’s total outstanding shares.

Leverage and Senior Securities; Coverage Ratio

We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of shares senior to our Common Shares if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, would at least equal 150% immediately after each such issuance. On August 24, 2020, our sole shareholder approved the adoption of this 150% threshold pursuant to Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act and such election became effective the following day. In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we will be required to make provisions to prohibit any dividend distribution to our shareholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the dividend distribution or repurchase. We will also be permitted to borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes, which borrowings would not be considered senior securities.

We intend to establish one or more credit facilities and/or subscription facilities or enter into other financing arrangements to facilitate investments and the timely payment of our expenses. It is anticipated that any such credit facilities will bear interest at floating rates at to be determined spreads over LIBOR. We cannot assure shareholders that we will be able to enter into a credit facility. Shareholders will indirectly bear the costs associated with any borrowings under a credit facility or otherwise. In connection with a credit facility or other borrowings, lenders may require us to pledge assets, commitments and/or drawdowns (and the ability to enforce the payment thereof) and may ask to comply with positive or negative covenants that could have an effect on our operations. In addition, from time to time, our losses on leveraged investments may result in the liquidation of other investments held by us and may result in additional drawdowns to repay such amounts.

We may enter into a total return swap agreement. A TRS is a contract in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in the market value of the assets underlying the TRS,

 

173


Table of Contents

which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during a specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate. A TRS effectively adds leverage to a portfolio by providing investment exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Because of the unique structure of a TRS, a TRS often offers lower financing costs than are offered through more traditional borrowing arrangements. The Fund would typically have to post collateral to cover this potential obligation. To the extent the Fund segregates liquid assets with a value equal (on a daily mark-to-market basis) to its obligations under TRS transactions, enters into offsetting transactions or otherwise covers such TRS transactions in accordance with applicable SEC guidance, the leverage incurred through TRS will not be considered a borrowing for purposes of the Fund’s overall leverage limitation.

We may also create leverage by securitizing our assets (including in CLOs) and retaining the equity portion of the securitized vehicle. We may also from time to time make secured loans of our marginable securities to brokers, dealers and other financial institutions.

Code of Ethics

We and the Adviser have adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act, respectively, that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to the code are permitted to invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. You may read and copy this code of ethics at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. You may also obtain copies of the codes of ethics, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

Affiliated Transactions

We may be prohibited under the 1940 Act from conducting certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our trustees who are not interested persons and, in some cases, the prior approval of the SEC. We have received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits us, among other things, to co-invest with certain other persons, including certain affiliates of the Adviser and certain funds managed and controlled by the Adviser and its affiliates, subject to certain terms and conditions.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to the Adviser. The Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of the Adviser are set forth below. The guidelines will be reviewed periodically by the Adviser, and, accordingly, are subject to change.

As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, has a duty to monitor corporate events and to vote proxies, as well as a duty to cast votes in the best interest of clients and not subrogate client interests to its own interests. Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act places specific requirements on registered investment advisers with proxy voting authority.

Proxy Policies

The Adviser’s policies and procedures are reasonably designed to ensure that the Adviser votes proxies in the best interest of the Fund and addresses how it will resolve any conflict of interest that may arise when voting proxies and, in so doing, to maximize the value of the investments made by the Fund, taking into consideration the Fund’s investment horizons and other relevant factors. It will review on a case-by-case basis each proposal

 

174


Table of Contents

submitted for a shareholder vote to determine its impact on the portfolio securities held by its clients. Although the Adviser will generally vote against proposals that may have a negative impact on its clients’ portfolio securities, it may vote for such a proposal if there exists compelling long-term reasons to do so.

Decisions on how to vote a proxy generally are made by the Adviser. The Investment Committee and the members of the Investment Team covering the applicable security often have the most intimate knowledge of both a company’s operations and the potential impact of a proxy vote’s outcome. Decisions are based on a number of factors which may vary depending on a proxy’s subject matter, but are guided by the general policies described in the proxy policy. In addition, the Adviser may determine not to vote a proxy after consideration of the vote’s expected benefit to clients and the cost of voting the proxy. To ensure that its vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, the Adviser will require the members of the Investment Committee to disclose any personal conflicts of interest they may have with respect to overseeing a Fund’s investment in a particular company.

Proxy Voting Records

You may obtain information, without charge, regarding how we voted proxies with respect to our portfolio securities by making a written request for proxy voting information to: Chief Compliance Officer, Isabelle Gold, 9 West 57th Street, New York, New York 10019.

Other

We will be periodically examined by the SEC for compliance with the 1940 Act, and be subject to the periodic reporting and related requirements of the 1934 Act.

We are also required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a BDC, we are prohibited from protecting any trustee or officer against any liability to our shareholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

We are also required to designate a chief compliance officer and to adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws and to review these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation.

We are not permitted to change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a BDC unless approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities. A majority of the outstanding voting securities of a company is defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of: (i) 67% or more of such company’s shares present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such company are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such company.

Our internet address is [            ]. We make available free of charge on our website our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy statement and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC.

 

175


Table of Contents

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion is a general summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and the purchase, ownership and disposition of our shares. This discussion does not purport to be complete or to deal with all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to shareholders in light of their particular circumstances. Unless otherwise noted, this discussion applies only to U.S. shareholders that hold our shares as capital assets. A U.S. shareholder is an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, a U.S. corporation, a trust if it (a) is subject to the primary supervision of a court in the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person, or any estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source. This discussion is based upon present provisions of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder, and judicial and administrative ruling authorities, all of which are subject to change, or differing interpretations (possibly with retroactive effect). This discussion does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to special classes of taxpayers including, without limitation, financial institutions, insurance companies, investors in pass-through entities, U.S. shareholders whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities or commodities that elect mark to market treatment, or persons that will hold our shares as a position in a “straddle,” “hedge” or as part of a “constructive sale” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, this discussion does not address the application of the Medicare tax on net investment income or the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax, or any tax consequences attributable to persons being required to accelerate the recognition of any item of gross income with respect to our shares as a result of such income being recognized on an applicable financial statement. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors with regard to the U.S. federal tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, or disposition of our shares, as well as the tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, foreign country or other taxing jurisdiction.

Taxation as a Regulated Investment Company

The Fund intends to elect to be treated, and intends to qualify each taxable year thereafter, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.

To qualify for the favorable tax treatment accorded to RICs under Subchapter M of the Code, the Fund must, among other things:

 

  (1)

have an election in effect to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year;

 

  (2)

have filed with its return for the taxable year an election to be a RIC or have made such election for a previous taxable year;

 

  (3)

derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (a) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities, or currencies; and (b) net income derived from an interest in certain publicly-traded partnerships that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that derive less than 90% of their gross income from the items described in (a) above (each, a “Qualified Publicly-Traded Partnership”); and

 

  (4)

diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year of the Fund (a) at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities and securities of other RICs, and other securities for purposes of this calculation limited, in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater in value than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets, and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers which the Fund controls and which are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more Qualified Publicly-Traded Partnerships (described in 3(b) above).

 

176


Table of Contents

As a RIC, the Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, but determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any, that it distributes in each taxable year to its shareholders, provided that it distributes at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income and its net tax-exempt income for such taxable year. Generally, the Fund intends to distribute to its shareholders, at least annually, substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gains, if any.

Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax. To prevent imposition of the excise tax, the Fund must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for the calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of its capital gains in excess of its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period ending October 31 of the calendar year and (iii) any ordinary income and capital gains for previous years that were not distributed during those years. For these purposes, the Fund will be deemed to have distributed any income or gains on which it paid U.S. federal income tax.

A distribution will be treated as paid on December 31 of any calendar year if it is declared by the Fund in October, November or December with a record date in such a month and paid by the Fund during January of the following calendar year. Such distributions will be taxable to shareholders in the calendar year in which the distributions are declared, rather than the calendar year in which the distributions are received.

If the Fund failed to qualify as a RIC or failed to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement in any taxable year, the Fund would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates on its taxable income (including distributions of net capital gain), even if such income were distributed to its shareholders, and all distributions out of earnings and profits would be taxed to shareholders as ordinary dividend income. Such distributions generally would be eligible (i) to be treated as “qualified dividend income” in the case of individual and other non-corporate shareholders and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay taxes and make distributions (which could be subject to interest charges) before requalifying for taxation as a RIC.

While the Fund generally intends to qualify as a RIC for each taxable year, it is possible that as we ramp up our portfolio we may not satisfy the diversification requirements described above, and thus may not qualify as a RIC, for the short taxable year from the date on which we break escrow for this offering . In such case, however, we anticipate that the associated tax liability would not be material, and that such non-compliance would not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, although there can be no assurance in this regard. The remainder of this discussion assumes that the Fund qualifies as a RIC for each taxable year.

Distributions

Distributions to shareholders by the Fund of ordinary income (including “market discount” realized by the Fund on the sale of debt securities), and of net short-term capital gains, if any, realized by the Fund will generally be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income to the extent such distributions are paid out of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits. Distributions, if any, of net capital gains properly reported as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of the length of time the shareholder has owned our shares. A distribution of an amount in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) will be treated by a shareholder as a return of capital which will be applied against and reduce the shareholder’s basis in his or her shares. To the extent that the amount of any such distribution exceeds the shareholder’s basis in his or her shares, the excess will be treated by the shareholder as gain from a sale or exchange of the shares. Distributions paid by the Fund generally will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations or for the reduced rates applicable to certain qualified dividend income received by non-corporate shareholders.

Distributions will be treated in the manner described above regardless of whether such distributions are paid in cash or invested in additional shares pursuant to the distribution reinvestment plan. Shareholders receiving

 

177


Table of Contents

distributions in the form of additional shares will generally be treated as receiving a distribution in the amount of the fair market value of the distributed shares. The additional shares received by a shareholder pursuant to the distribution reinvestment plan will have a new holding period commencing on the day following the day on which the shares were credited to the shareholder’s account.

The Fund may elect to retain its net capital gain or a portion thereof for investment and be taxed at corporate rates on the amount retained. In such case, it may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders, who will be treated as if each received a distribution of his pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will (i) be required to report its pro rata share of such gain on its tax return as long-term capital gain, (ii) receive a refundable tax credit for its pro rata share of tax paid by the Fund on the gain and (iii) increase the tax basis for its shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.

The Internal Revenue Service currently requires that a RIC that has two or more classes of stock allocate to each such class proportionate amounts of each type of its income (such as ordinary income and capital gains) based upon the percentage of total dividends paid to each class for the tax year. Accordingly, if the Fund issues preferred shares, the Fund intends to allocate capital gain dividends, if any, between its common shares and preferred shares in proportion to the total dividends paid to each class with respect to such tax year. Shareholders will be notified annually as to the U.S. federal tax status of distributions, and shareholders receiving distributions in the form of additional shares will receive a report as to the NAV of those shares.

Sale or Exchange of Shares

Upon the sale or other disposition of our shares (except pursuant to a repurchase by the Fund, as described below), a shareholder will generally realize a capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares sold. Such gain or loss will be long-term or short-term, depending upon the shareholder’s holding period for the shares. Generally, a shareholder’s gain or loss will be a long-term gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year. For non-corporate taxpayers, long-term capital gains are currently eligible for reduced rates of taxation.

No loss will be allowed on the sale or other disposition of shares if the owner acquires (including pursuant to the distribution reinvestment plan) or enters into a contract or option to acquire securities that are substantially identical to such shares within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the securities acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Losses realized by a shareholder on the sale or exchange of shares held for six months or less are treated as long-term capital losses to the extent of any distribution of long-term capital gain received (or amounts designated as undistributed capital gains) with respect to such shares.

From time to time, the Fund may offer to repurchase its outstanding shares. Shareholders who tender all shares of the Fund held, or considered to be held, by them will be treated as having sold their shares and generally will realize a capital gain or loss. If a shareholder tenders fewer than all of its shares or fewer than all shares tendered are repurchased, such shareholder may be treated as having received a taxable dividend upon the tender of its shares. In such a case, there is a risk that non-tendering shareholders, and shareholders who tender some but not all of their shares or fewer than all of whose shares are repurchased, in each case whose percentage interests in the Fund increase as a result of such tender, will be treated as having received a taxable distribution from the Fund. The extent of such risk will vary depending upon the particular circumstances of the tender offer, and in particular whether such offer is a single and isolated event or is part of a plan for periodically redeeming shares of the Fund.

Under U.S. Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Internal Revenue Service Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current

 

178


Table of Contents

guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Nature of the Fund’s Investments

Certain of the Fund’s hedging and derivatives transactions are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things:

 

  (i)

disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions,

 

  (ii)

convert lower-taxed long-term capital gain into higher-taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income,

 

  (iii)

convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited),

 

  (iv)

cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash,

 

  (v)

adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur,

 

  (vi)

adversely alter the intended characterization of certain complex financial transactions and

 

  (vii)

produce income that will not be treated as qualifying income for purposes of the 90% gross income test described above.

These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders and the Fund’s status as a RIC. The Fund will monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections in order to mitigate the effect of these provisions.

Below Investment Grade Instruments

The Fund expects to invest in debt securities that are rated below investment grade by rating agencies or that would be rated below investment grade if they were rated. Investments in these types of instruments may present special tax issues for the Fund. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless instruments, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed by the Fund, to the extent necessary, to preserve its status as a RIC and to distribute sufficient income to not become subject to U.S. federal income tax.

Original Issue Discount

For federal income tax purposes, we may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as zero coupon securities, debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or debt instruments that were issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. Because any original issue discount will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of the accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our shareholders in order to satisfy the annual distribution requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, we may have difficulty meeting the annual distribution requirement necessary to qualify for and maintain RIC tax treatment under Subchapter M of the Code. We may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may not qualify for or maintain RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

 

179


Table of Contents

Market Discount

In general, the Fund will be treated as having acquired a security with market discount if its stated redemption price at maturity (or, in the case of a security issued with original issue discount, its revised issue price) exceeds the Fund’s initial tax basis in the security by more than a statutory de minimis amount. The Fund will be required to treat any principal payments on, or any gain derived from the disposition of, any securities acquired with market discount as ordinary income to the extent of the accrued market discount, unless the Fund makes an election to accrue market discount on a current basis. If this election is not made, all or a portion of any deduction for interest expense incurred to purchase or carry a market discount security may be deferred until the Fund sells or otherwise disposes of such security.

Currency Fluctuations

Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the Fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the Fund actually collects such income or receivables or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, certain foreign currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss.

Foreign Taxes

The Fund’s investment in non-U.S. securities may be subject to non-U.S. withholding taxes. In that case, the Fund’s yield on those securities would be decreased. Shareholders will generally not be entitled to claim a credit or deduction with respect to foreign taxes paid by the Fund.

Preferred Shares or Borrowings

If the Fund utilizes leverage through the issuance of preferred shares or borrowings, it may be restricted by certain covenants with respect to the declaration of, and payment of, dividends on shares in certain circumstances. Limits on the Fund’s payments of dividends on shares may prevent the Fund from meeting the distribution requirements described above, and may, therefore, jeopardize the Fund’s qualification for taxation as a RIC and possibly subject the Fund to the 4% excise tax. The Fund will endeavor to avoid restrictions on its ability to make dividend payments.

Backup Withholding

The Fund may be required to withhold from all distributions and redemption proceeds payable to U.S. shareholders who fail to provide the Fund with their correct taxpayer identification numbers or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that they are subject to backup withholding. Certain shareholders specified in the Code generally are exempt from such backup withholding. This backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be refunded or credited against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

Foreign Shareholders

U.S. taxation of a shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual, a foreign trust or estate or a foreign corporation, as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a “foreign shareholder”), depends on whether the income from the Fund is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the shareholder.

If the income from the Fund is not “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the foreign shareholder, distributions of investment company taxable income will be subject to a U.S. tax of 30% (or lower treaty rate), which tax is generally withheld from such distributions. However, dividends paid by the Fund that are “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends” will generally be exempt from such

 

180


Table of Contents

withholding, in each case to the extent the Fund properly reports such dividends to shareholders. For these purposes, interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends generally represent distributions of interest or short-term capital gains that would not have been subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at the source if received directly by a foreign shareholder, and that satisfy certain other requirements. A foreign shareholder whose income from the Fund is not “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business would generally be exempt from U.S. federal income tax on capital gain dividends, any amounts retained by the Fund that are designated as undistributed capital gains and any gains realized upon the sale or exchange of shares. However, a foreign shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual and is physically present in the United States for more than 182 days during the taxable year and meets certain other requirements will nevertheless be subject to a U.S. tax of 30% on such capital gain dividends, undistributed capital gains and sale or exchange gains.

If the income from the Fund is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, then distributions of investment company taxable income, any capital gain dividends, any amounts retained by the Fund that are designated as undistributed capital gains and any gains realized upon the sale or exchange of shares will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, residents or domestic corporations. Foreign corporate shareholders may also be subject to the branch profits tax imposed by the Code.

The Fund may be required to withhold from distributions that are otherwise exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax (or taxable at a reduced treaty rate) unless the foreign shareholder certifies his or her foreign status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption.

The tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may differ from those described herein. Foreign shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.

Additional Withholding Requirements

Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as “FATCA”), a 30% United States federal withholding tax may apply to any dividends that the Fund pays to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined in the Code), whether such foreign financial institution is the beneficial owner or an intermediary, unless such foreign financial institution agrees to verify, report and disclose its United States “account” holders (as specifically defined in the Code) and meets certain other specified requirements or (ii) a non-financial foreign entity, whether such nonfinancial foreign entity is the beneficial owner or an intermediary, unless such entity provides a certification that the beneficial owner of the payment does not have any substantial United States owners or provides the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each such substantial United States owner and certain other specified requirements are met. In certain cases, the relevant foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity may qualify for an exemption from, or be deemed to be in compliance with, these rules. In addition, foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding FATCA and whether it may be relevant to your ownership and disposition of our shares.

Other Taxation

Shareholders may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes on their distributions from the Fund. Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.

 

181


Table of Contents

RESTRICTIONS ON SHARE OWNERSHIP

Each prospective investor that is, or is acting on behalf of, any (i) “employee benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title I of ERISA, (ii) “plan” described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code, subject to Section 4975 of the Code (including for e.g., IRA and a “Keogh” plan), (iii) plan, account or other arrangement that is subject to provisions under any Similar Laws, or (iv) entity whose underlying assets are considered to include the assets of any of the foregoing described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), pursuant to ERISA or otherwise (each of the foregoing described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) referred to herein as a “Plan”), must independently determine that our Common Shares are an appropriate investment, taking into account its obligations under ERISA, the Code and applicable Similar Laws.

In contemplating an investment in the Fund, each fiduciary of the Plan who is responsible for making such an investment should carefully consider, taking into account the facts and circumstances of the Plan, whether such investment is consistent with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code or any Similar Law relating to a fiduciary’s duties to the Plan including, without limitation, the prudence, diversification, delegation of control and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA, the Code and any other applicable Similar Laws. Furthermore, absent an exemption, the fiduciaries of a Plan should not invest in the Fund with the assets of any Plan if the Advisor or any of its affiliates is a fiduciary with respect to such assets of the Plan.

In contemplating an investment in the Fund, fiduciaries of Plans that is a Benefit Plan Investor (defined below) subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code should also carefully consider the definition of the term “plan assets” in ERISA and the Plan Asset Regulations. Under ERISA and the Plan Asset Regulations, when a Benefit Plan Investor invests in an equity interest of an entity that is neither a “publicly-offered security” (within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations) nor a security issued by an investment company registered under the 1940 Act, the Benefit Plan Investors’s assets include both the equity interest and an undivided interest in each of the entity’s underlying assets, unless it is established that the entity is an “operating company” or that equity participation in the entity by “benefit plan investors” (“Benefit Plan Investors”) is not “significant” (each within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations). The term “Benefit Plan Investor” is defined in the Plan Asset Regulations to include (a) any employee benefit plan (as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, (b) any plan described in section 4975(e)(1) of the Code subject to Section 4975 of the Code, and (c) any entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of such an employee benefit plan’s or plan’s investment in the entity.

Under the Plan Asset Regulations, equity participation in an entity by Benefit Plan Investors is “significant” on any date if, immediately after the most recent acquisition of any equity interest in the entity, 25% or more of the total value of any class of equity interests is held by Benefit Plan Investors. For purposes of this determination, the value of equity interests held by a person (other than a Benefit Plan Investor) who has discretionary authority or control with respect to the assets of the entity or that provides investment advice for a fee (direct or indirect) with respect to such assets (or any affiliate of such a person) is disregarded (each such person, a “Controlling Person”).

If the assets of the Fund were deemed to be “plan assets” under the Plan Asset Regulations, this would result, among other things, in (i) the application of the prudence and other fiduciary responsibility standards of ERISA to investments made by the Fund, and (ii) the possibility that certain transactions in which the Fund might seek to engage could constitute “prohibited transactions” under ERISA and the Code. If a prohibited transaction occurs for which no exemption is available, the Adviser and/or any other fiduciary that has engaged in the prohibited transaction could be required to (i) restore to the Covered Plan any profit realized on the transaction and (ii) reimburse the Benefit Plan Investor for any losses suffered by the Benefit Plan Investor as a result of the investment. In addition, each disqualified person (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) involved could be subject to an excise tax equal to 15% of the amount involved in the prohibited transaction for each year the transaction continues and, unless the transaction is corrected within statutorily required periods, to an additional tax of 100%. Fiduciaries of Benefit Plan Investors who decide to invest in the Fund could, under

 

182


Table of Contents

certain circumstances, be liable for prohibited transactions or other violations as a result of their investment in the Fund or as co-fiduciaries for actions taken by or on behalf of the Fund or the Adviser. With respect to an IRA that invests in the Fund, the occurrence of a prohibited transaction involving the individual who established the IRA, or his or her beneficiaries, would cause the IRA to lose its tax-exempt status.

Accordingly, for so long as any class of our Common Shares are not considered “publicly-offered securities” within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations, the Fund intends to limit Benefit Plan Investor investments in each class of our Common Shares to less than 25%, disregarding equity interests held by Controlling Persons, within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations. In this respect, in order to avoid the possibility that our assets could be treated as “plan assets,” within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations, until such time as each class of our Common Shares constitutes “publicly-offered securities” within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations we may require any person proposing to acquire Common Shares to furnish such information as may be necessary to determine whether such person is a Benefit Plan Investor or a Controlling Person and (ii) we will have the power to (a) exclude any shareholder or potential shareholder from purchasing Common Shares; (b) prohibit any redemption of Common Shares; and (c) redeem some or all Common Shares held by any holder if, and to the extent that, our Board of Trustees determines that there is a substantial likelihood that such holder’s purchase, ownership or redemption of Common Shares would result in our assets to be characterized as plan assets, for purposes of the fiduciary responsibility or prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, and all Common Shares of the Fund shall be subject to such terms and conditions.

 

183


Table of Contents

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DISTRIBUTION PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR

Our securities are held under a custody agreement by State Street Bank and Trust Company. The address of the custodian is State Street Bank and Trust Company. DST Systems, Inc. will act as our transfer agent, distribution paying agent and registrar. The principal business address of our transfer agent is 333 W. 11th Street, 5th Floor, Kansas City, MO 64105.

 

184


Table of Contents

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

Since we will generally acquire and dispose of our investments in privately negotiated transactions, we will infrequently use brokers in the normal course of our business. Subject to policies established by our Board of Trustees, if any, our Adviser will be primarily responsible for the execution of any publicly-traded securities portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage commissions. Our Adviser does not expect to execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer, but will seek to obtain the best net results for us, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. While our Adviser generally will seek reasonably competitive trade execution costs, we will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal requirements, our Adviser may select a broker based partly upon brokerage or research services provided to it and us and any other clients. In return for such services, we may pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if our Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

 

185


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The financial statements for Apollo Debt Solutions BDC included in this prospectus as of [        ] have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, and have been so included in reliance on the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

186


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with the Common Shares have been passed upon for the Fund by Richards, Layton & Finger. P.A., Wilmington, Delaware Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, Washington, DC, acts as counsel to the Fund.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2, together with all amendments and related exhibits, under the Securities Act, with respect to the Common Shares offered by this prospectus. The registration statement contains additional information about us and the Common Shares being offered by this prospectus.

We are required to file with or submit to the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information filed electronically by us with the SEC, which are available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

DATA PRIVACY NOTICE

What Information Do We Have About You?

Apollo Credit Management, LLC (“we”) may have collected your personal information in connection with your investment in Apollo Debt Solutions BDC. Additionally, we may collect nonpublic personal information about you via our website, including any information captured through the use of our “cookies.”

With Whom Do We Share Your Personal Information?

We may share the information we collect with our affiliates and nonaffiliated third parties for our everyday business purposes, such as to process your transactions, maintain your investments in the Funds, and to respond to court orders and legal investigations. We also provide such information to our affiliates, attorneys, banks, auditors, securities brokers and service providers as may be necessary to facilitate the acceptance and management of your account or your investments in the Funds and to enable them to perform services on our behalf. We do not sell your personal information to third parties for their independent use.

Protecting the Confidentiality of Our Investor Information

Apollo takes our responsibility to protect the privacy and confidentiality of your personal information very seriously. As such, we maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards that comply with federal standards to guard your nonpublic personal information, although you should be aware that data protection cannot be guaranteed. We restrict access to nonpublic personal information about you to our employees and agents who need to know such information to provide products or services to you. Our control policies, for example, authorize access to investor information only by individuals who need such access to do their work.

Opt-Out Notice

We reserve the right to disclose nonpublic personal information about you to a nonaffiliated third party as discussed above. If you wish to limit the distribution of your personal information with our affiliates and nonaffiliated third parties, as described herein, you may do so by:

 

   

Calling (877) 864-4834; or

 

187


Table of Contents
   

Writing us at the following address:

c/o: Apollo Debt Solutions BDC

9 West 57th Street, 43rd Floor, New York, NY 10019

Attn: Joseph D. Glatt

The ability to opt-out of disclosure of nonpublic personal information about you may not apply to arrangements necessary to effect or administer a transaction in shares of a Fund or maintain or service your account.

If you choose to write or call us, your request should include your name, address, telephone number and account number(s) to which the opt-out applies and the extent to which your personal information shall be withheld. If you are a joint account owner, we will apply those instructions to the entire account. If you have accounts or relationships with our affiliates, you may receive multiple privacy policies from them, and will need to separately notify those companies of your privacy choices for those accounts or relationships.

Please understand that if you limit our sharing or our affiliated companies’ use of personal information, you and any joint account holder(s) may not receive information about our affiliated companies’ products and services, including products or services that could help you manage your financial resources and achieve your investment objectives.

If your shares are held in “street name” at a bank or brokerage, we do not have access to your personal information, and you should refer to your bank’s or broker’s privacy policies for a statement of the treatment of your personal information.

If you have any questions regarding this policy, please feel free to contact privacy@apollo.com. Additionally, information regarding this policy can be found at [            ].

 

188


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A: FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

Not for Execution

Subscription Agreement for Shares of

Apollo Debt Solutions BDC

 

  1.

  

Your Investment

A. Investment Information

Investment Amount $                                                  

B. Investment Method

 

 

By mail: Please make checks payable to [    ], AS ESCROW AGENT FOR APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC and attach to this agreement.*

 

 

By wire: Please wire funds according to the instructions below.

Name: [    ], AS ESCROW AGENT FOR APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC

Bank Name: [    ]

ABA: [    ]

DDA: [    ]

 

 

Broker / Financial advisor will make payment on your behalf

 

*

Cash, cashier’s checks/official bank checks, temporary checks, foreign checks, money orders, third party checks, or travelers checks are not accepted.

C. Share Class Selection

 

  ☐   Share Class S     Share Class D **     Share Class I **
       (The minimum investment is $[2,500])     (The minimum investment is $[2,500])     (The minimum investment is $[1,000,000] (unless waived))

 

**

Available for certain fee-based wrap accounts and other eligible investors as disclosed in the prospectus, as amended and supplemented.

 

  2.

  

Ownership Type (Select only one)

 

A. Taxable Accounts

 

Brokerage Account Number                                         

☐   Individual or Joint Tenant With Rights of Survivorship

☐   Transfer on Death (Optional Designation. Not Available for Louisiana Residents. See Section 3C.)

☐   Tenants in Common

☐   Community Property

☐   Uniform Gift/Transfer to Minors

State of                                                          

Date of Birth                                                  

☐   Trust (Include Certification of Investment Powers Form or 1st and Last page of Trust Documents)

☐   C Corporation

☐   S Corporation

☐   Profit-Sharing Plan

☐   Non-Profit Organization

☐   Limited Liability Corporation

☐   Corporation / Partnership / Other (Corporate Resolution or Partnership Agreement Required)

 

     

B. Non-Taxable Accounts

Custodian Account Number                                         

☐   IRA (Custodian Signature Required)

☐   Roth IRA (Custodian Signature

   Required) SEP IRA (Custodian

   Signature Required)

☐   Rollover IRA (Custodian Signature Required)

☐   Inherited IRA

     Pension Plan (Include Certification of Investment Powers Form)

☐   Other                                                              

   
     

 

C. Custodian Information (To Be Completed By Custodian)

Custodian Name                                                    

Custodian Tax ID #                                              

Custodian Phone #                                                

 

   
   

 

Custodian Stamp Here

 

   
             

 

Apollo Debt Solutions BDC Subscription Agreement – Generic


Table of Contents

D. Entity Name – Retirement Plan / Trust / Corporation / Partnership / Other

Trustee(s) and/or authorized signatory(s) information MUST be provided in Sections 3A and 3B

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  Entity Name    Tax ID Number    Date of Formation    Exemptions
         (See Form W-9 instructions at www.irs.gov)

 

 

 

                                                               

  Entity Address (Legal Address. Required)  
  Entity Type (Select one. Required)  
  ☐  Retirement Plan    ☐  Trust    ☐  S-Corp    ☐  C-Corp    ☐  LLC    ☐  Partnership      Exempt payee code (if any)                                 
  ☐  Other                                           Jurisdiction (if Non-U.S.)                                      
   (Attach a completed applicable Form W-8)   

Exemption from FATCA reporting code (if any)                             

 

  3.

  

Investor Information

A. Investor Name (Investor / Trustee / Executor / Authorized Signatory Information)

Residential street address MUST be provided. See Section 4 if mailing address is different than residential street address

 

    

 

         

 

  First Name   (MI)                     Last Name           Gender

 

    

 

    

 

  Social Security Number / Tax ID        Date of Birth (MM/DD/YYYY)        Daytime Phone Number

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

  Residential Street Address        City             State           Zip Code

 

  Email Address                 

  If you are a non-U.S. citizen, please specify your country of citizenship (required):

☐  Resident Alien        ☐  Non-Resident Alien (Attach a completed Form W-8BEN, Rev. J)

 

 

  
  Country of Citizenship                                                                              

Please specify if you are an Apollo employee/officer/director/affiliate (required):        ☐ Apollo Employee        ☐ Apollo Officer or Director

☐ Immediate Family Member of Apollo Officer or Director         ☐ Apollo Affiliate         ☐ Not Applicable

  B. Co-Investor Name (Co-Investor / Co-Trustee / Co-Authorized Signatory Information, if applicable)

 

 

    

 

         

 

  First Name   (MI)                     Last Name           Gender

 

    

 

    

 

  Social Security Number / Tax ID        Date of Birth (MM/DD/YYYY)        Daytime Phone Number

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

  Residential Street Address        City             State           Zip Code

 

  Email Address                 

  If you are a non-U.S. citizen, please specify country of citizenship (required):

☐  Resident Alien    ☐  Non-Resident Alien (Attach a completed Form W-8BEN, Rev. July 2017)

 

 

  
  Country of Citizenship                                                                              

 

 

Apollo Debt Solutions BDC Subscription Agreement – Generic


Table of Contents

Please specify if you are a Apollo employee/officer/director/affiliate (required):        ☐ Apollo Employee        ☐ Apollo Officer or Director

☐ Immediate Family Member of Apollo Officer or Director         ☐ Apollo Affiliate         ☐ Not Applicable

C. Transfer on Death Beneficiary Information (Individual or Joint Account with rights of survivorship only. Not available for Louisiana residents. Beneficiary date of birth required. Whole percentages only; must equal 100%.)

 

 

    

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

      ☐  Primary
  First Name      (MI)              Last Name              SSN              Date of Birth            ☐  Secondary     %
                      

(MM/DD/YYYY)

     

 

    

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

      ☐  Primary
  First Name      (MI)              Last Name              SSN              Date of Birth            ☐  Secondary     %
                      

(MM/DD/YYYY)

     

 

    

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

      ☐  Primary
  First Name      (MI)              Last Name              SSN              Date of Birth            ☐  Secondary     %
                      

(MM/DD/YYYY)

     

 

    

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

      ☐  Primary
  First Name      (MI)              Last Name              SSN              Date of Birth            ☐  Secondary     %
                      

(MM/DD/YYYY)

     

 

Custodian/Guardian for a minor Beneficiary (required, cannot be same as Investor or Co-Investor):                                                              

 

  D. ERISA Plan Asset Regulations

All investors are required to complete Appendix B attached hereto.

 

  4.    Contact Information (If different than provided in Section 3A)

 

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

  Mailing Address            City            State            Zip Code

 

  5.    Select How You Want to Receive Your Distributions (Please Read Entire Section and Select only one)

You are automatically enrolled in our Distribution Reinvestment Plan, unless you are a resident of ALABAMA, ARKANSAS, IDAHO, KANSAS, KENTUCKY, MAINE, MARYLAND, MASSACHUSETTS, NEBRASKA, NEW JERSEY, OHIO, OKLAHOMA, OREGON, TEXAS, VERMONT OR WASHINGTON.

If you ARE a resident of Alabama, Arkansas, Idaho, Kansas, Kentucky, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Nebraska, New Jersey, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Texas, Vermont or Washington, you are not automatically enrolled in the Distribution Reinvestment Plan. Please check here if you wish to enroll in the Distribution Reinvestment Plan. You will automatically receive cash distributions unless you elect to enroll in the Distribution Reinvestment Plan.

☐ If you are not a resident of the states listed above, you are automatically enrolled in the Distribution Reinvestment Plan; please check here if you DO NOT wish to be enrolled in the Distribution Reinvestment Plan and complete the Cash Distribution Information section below.

ONLY complete the following information if you do not wish to enroll in the Distribution Reinvestment Plan. For custodial held accounts, if you elect cash distributions the funds must be sent to the custodian.

 

  A.      Check

mailed to street address in 3A (only available for non-custodial investors).

 

  B.      Check

mailed to secondary address in 3B (only available for non-custodial investors).

 

  C.      Direct

Deposit by ACH (only available for non-custodial investors). PLEASE ATTACH A PRE-VOIDED CHECK

 

  D.      Check

mailed to Third party Financial Institution (complete section below)

 

Apollo Debt Solutions BDC Subscription Agreement – Generic


Table of Contents

I authorize Apollo Debt Solutions BDC or its agent to deposit my distribution into my checking or savings account. This authority will remain in force until I notify Apollo Debt Solutions BDC in writing to cancel it. In the event that Apollo Debt Solutions BDC deposits funds erroneously into my account, they are authorized to debit my account for an amount not to exceed the amount of the erroneous deposit.

 

               

  Financial Institution Name

 

               Mailing Address                  City                    State                                Zip Code              
  Your Bank’s ABA Routing Number             Your Bank Account Number          
               

 

6.    Broker / Financial Advisor Information (Required Information. All fields must be completed.)

The Financial Advisor must sign below to complete the order. The Financial Advisor hereby warrants that he/she is duly licensed and may lawfully sell shares in the state designated as the investor’s legal residence.

 

         

  Broker

                           
  Financial Advisor Name
 
       

  Advisor Mailing Address

                                             

  City

        State                         Zip Code  

  Financial Advisor Number

              Branch Number                   Telephone Number  
  E-mail Address             Fax Number    
  Operations Contact Name

 

                 Operations Contact Email Address  

Please note that unless previously agreed to in writing by Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, all sales of securities must be made through a Broker, including when an RIA has introduced the sale. In all cases, Section 6 must be completed.

The undersigned confirm(s), which confirmation is made on behalf of the Broker with respect to sales of securities made through a Broker, that they (i) have reasonable grounds to believe that the information and representations concerning the investor identified herein are true, correct and complete in all respects; (ii) have discussed such investor’s prospective purchase of shares with such investor; (iii) have advised such investor of all pertinent facts with regard to the lack of liquidity and marketability of the shares; (iv) have delivered or made available a current prospectus and related supplements, if any, to such investor; (v) have reasonable grounds to believe that the investor is purchasing these shares for his or her own account; (vi) have reasonable grounds to believe that the purchase of shares is a suitable investment for such investor, that such investor meets the suitability standards applicable to such investor set forth in the prospectus and related supplements, if any, and that such investor is in a financial position to enable such investor to realize the benefits of such an investment and to suffer any loss that may occur with respect thereto; and (vii) have advised such investor that the shares have not been registered and are not expected to be registered under the laws of any country or jurisdiction outside of the United States except as otherwise described in the prospectus. The undersigned Broker, Financial Advisor or Financial Representative listed in Section 6 further represents and certifies that, in connection with this subscription for shares, he/she has complied with and has followed all applicable policies and procedures of his or her firm relating to, and performed functions required by, federal and state securities laws, rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including, but not limited to Rule 15l-1 (“Regulation Best Interest”) and FINRA rules and regulations including, but not limited to Know Your Customer, Suitability and PATRIOT Act (Anti Money Laundering, Customer Identification) as required by its relationship with the investor(s) identified on this document.

THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND ALL RIGHTS HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE.

 

Apollo Debt Solutions BDC Subscription Agreement – Generic


Table of Contents

If you do not have another broker or other financial intermediary introducing you to Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, then Apollo Global Securities, LLC (“AGS”) may be deemed to act as your broker of record in connection with any investment in Apollo Debt Solutions BDC. AGS is not a full-service broker-dealer and may not provide the kinds of financial services that you might expect from another financial intermediary, such as holding securities in an account. If AGS is your broker of record, then your shares will be held in your name on the books of Apollo Debt Solutions BDC. AGS will not monitor your investments, and has not and will not make any recommendation regarding your investments. If you want to receive financial advice regarding a prospective investment in the shares, contact your broker or other financial intermediary.

 

      X                 X             
 

Financial Advisor Signature

    

Date

    

Branch Manager Signature

(If required by Broker)

    

Date

 

  7.     Electronic Delivery Form (Optional)

Instead of receiving paper copies of the prospectus, prospectus supplements, annual reports, proxy statements, and other shareholder communications and reports, you may elect to receive electronic delivery of shareholder communications from Apollo Debt Solutions BDC. If you would like to consent to electronic delivery, including pursuant to email, please check the box below for this election.

We encourage you to reduce printing and mailing costs and to conserve natural resources by electing to receive electronic delivery of shareholder communications and statement notifications. By consenting below to electronically receive shareholder communications, including your account-specific information, you authorize said offering(s) to either (i) email shareholder communications to you directly or (ii) make them available on our website and notify you by email when and where such documents are available.

You will not receive paper copies of these electronic materials unless specifically requested, the delivery of electronic materials is prohibited or we, in our sole discretion, elect to send paper copies of the materials.

By consenting to electronic access, you will be responsible for certain costs, such as your customary internet service provider charges, and may be required to download software in connection with access to these materials. You understand this electronic delivery program may be changed or discontinued and that the terms of this agreement may be amended at any time. You understand that there are possible risks associated with electronic delivery such as emails not transmitting, links failing to function properly and system failure of online service providers, and that there is no warranty or guarantee given concerning the transmissions of email, the availability of the website, or information on it, other than as required by law.

I consent to electronic delivery  ☐

 

 

E-mail Address

If blank, the email provided in Section 4 will be used.

 

  8.     Subscriber Signatures

Apollo Debt Solutions BDC is required by law to obtain, verify and record certain personal information from you or persons on your behalf in order to establish the account. Required information includes name, date of birth, permanent residential address and social security/taxpayer identification number. We may also ask to see other identifying documents. If you do not provide the information, Apollo Debt Solutions BDC may not be able to open your account. By signing the Subscription Agreement, you agree to provide this information and confirm that this information is true and correct. If we are unable to verify your identity, or that of another person(s) authorized to act on your behalf, or if we believe we have identified potentially criminal activity, we reserve the right to take action as we deem appropriate which may include closing your account.

 

Apollo Debt Solutions BDC Subscription Agreement – Generic


Table of Contents

Please separately initial each of the representations below. Except in the case of fiduciary accounts, you may not grant any person a power of attorney to make the representations on your behalf. In order to induce Apollo Debt Solutions BDC to accept this subscription, I hereby represent and warrant to you as follows:

8.a. Please Note: All Items in this section 8.a. must be read and initialed

 

       

Primary
Investor
  Initials  

          

Co-

  Investor  
Initials

 

  (i)  I have received the prospectus (as amended or supplemented) for Apollo Debt Solutions BDC at least five business days prior to the date hereof.

                    

 

 

 

    Initials     

 

 

 

    Initials  

  (ii)  I have (A) a minimum net worth (not including home, home furnishings and personal automobiles) of at least $250,000, or (B) a minimum net worth (as previously described) of at least $70,000 and a minimum annual gross income of at least $70,000.

                    

 

 

 

    Initials     

 

 

 

    Initials  

  (iii) In addition to the general suitability requirements described above, I meet the higher suitability requirements, if any, imposed by my state of primary residence as set forth in the prospectus under “SUITABILITY STANDARDS.”

                    

 

 

 

    Initials     

 

 

 

    Initials  

  (iv) If I am an entity that was formed for the purpose of purchasing shares, each individual that owns an interest in such entity meets the general suitability requirements described above.

                    

 

 

 

    Initials     

 

 

 

    Initials  

  (v)   I acknowledge that there is no public market for the shares, shares of this offering are not liquid and appropriate only as a long-term investment.

                    

 

 

 

    Initials     

 

 

 

    Initials  

  (vi) I acknowledge that the shares have not been registered and are not expected to be registered under the laws of any country or jurisdiction outside of the United States except as otherwise described in the prospectus.

                    

 

 

 

    Initials     

 

 

 

    Initials  

  (vii)  I am purchasing the shares for my own account, or if I am purchasing shares on behalf of a trust or other entity of which I am a trustee or authorized agent, I have due authority to execute this subscription agreement and do hereby legally bind the trust or other entity of which I am trustee or authorized agent.

                    

 

 

 

    Initials     

 

 

 

    Initials  

  (viii) I acknowledge that Apollo Debt Solutions BDC may enter into transactions with Apollo affiliates that involve conflicts of interest as described in the prospectus.

                    

 

 

 

    Initials     

 

 

 

    Initials  

  (ix) I acknowledge that subscriptions must be submitted at least five business days prior to first day of each month my investment will be executed as of the first day of the applicable month at the NAV per share as of the day preceding day. I acknowledge that I will not know the NAV per share at which my investment will be executed at the time I subscribe and the NAV per share will generally be made available at [    ] as of the last day of each month within 20 business days of the last day of each month.

                    

 

 

 

    Initials     

 

 

 

    Initials  

  (x)   I acknowledge that my subscription request will not be accepted any earlier than two business days before the first calendar day of each month. I acknowledge that I am not committed to purchase shares at the time my subscription order is submitted and I may cancel my subscription at any time before the time it has been accepted as described in the previous sentence. I understand that I may withdraw my purchase request by notifying the transfer agent, through my financial intermediary or directly on Apollo Debt Solutions BDC’s toll-free, automated telephone line, [    ].

                    
      Initials          Initials  

8.b. If you live in any of the following states, please complete Appendix A to Apollo Debt Solutions BDC Subscription Agreement: Alabama, California, Idaho, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Maine, Massachusetts, Missouri, Nebraska, New Jersey, New Mexico, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Puerto Rico, Tennessee, Texas and Vermont

 

Apollo Debt Solutions BDC Subscription Agreement – Generic


Table of Contents

In the case of sales to fiduciary accounts, the minimum standards in Appendix A shall be met by the beneficiary, the fiduciary, account, or, by the donor or grantor, who directly or indirectly supplies the funds to purchase the shares if the donor or grantor is the fiduciary.

If you do not have another broker or other financial intermediary introducing you to Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, then AGS may be deemed to be acting as your broker of record in connection with any investment in Apollo Debt Solutions BDC. For important information in this respect, see Section 6 above. I declare that the information supplied in this Subscription Agreement is true and correct and may be relied upon by Apollo Debt Solutions BDC. I acknowledge that the Broker / Financial Advisor (Broker / Financial Advisor of record) indicated in Section 6 of this Subscription Agreement and its designated clearing agent, if any, will have full access to my account information, including the number of shares I own, tax information (including the Form 1099) and redemption information. Investors may change the Broker / Financial Advisor of record at any time by contacting Apollo Debt Solutions BDC Investor Relations at the number indicated below.

SUBSTITUTE IRS FORM W-9 CERTIFICATIONS (required for U.S. investors):

Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:

 

(1)

The number shown on this Subscription Agreement is my correct taxpayer identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me); and

(2)

I am not subject to backup withholding because: (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding; and

(3)

I am a U.S. citizen or other U.S. person (including a resident alien) (defined in IRS Form W-9); and

(4)

The FATCA code(s) entered on this form (if any) indicating that I am exempt from FATCA reporting is correct.

Certification instructions. You must cross out item 2 above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding because you have failed to report all interest and dividends on your tax return.

The Internal Revenue Service does not require your consent to any provision of this document other than the certifications required to avoid backup withholding.

 

X                                                               X            
 

Signature of Investor

   

Date

   

Signature of Co-Investor or Custodian (If applicable)

   

Date

(MUST BE SIGNED BY CUSTODIAN OR TRUSTEE IF PLAN IS ADMINISTERED BY A THIRD PARTY)

 

  9.     Miscellaneous

If investors participating in the Distribution Reinvestment Plan or making subsequent purchases of shares of Apollo Debt Solutions BDC experience a material adverse change in their financial condition or can no longer make the representations or warranties set forth in Section 8 above, they are asked to promptly notify Apollo Debt Solutions BDC and the Broker in writing. The Broker may notify Apollo Debt Solutions BDC if an investor participating in the Distribution Reinvestment Plan can no longer make the representations or warranties set forth in Section 8 above, and Apollo Debt Solutions BDC may rely on such notification to terminate such investor’s participation in the Distribution Reinvestment Plan.

No sale of shares may be completed until at least five business days after you receive the final prospectus. To be accepted, a subscription request must be made with a completed and executed subscription agreement in good order and payment of the full purchase price at least five business prior to the first calendar day of the month (unless waived). You will receive a written confirmation of your purchase.

All items on the Subscription Agreement must be completed in order for your subscription to be processed. Subscribers are encouraged to read the prospectus in its entirety for a complete explanation of an investment in the shares of Apollo Debt Solutions BDC.

Return the completed Subscription Agreement to:

            Apollo Debt Solutions BDC

            [     ]

            [     ]

Street and Overnight Address (suite number MUST be included):

            Apollo Debt Solutions BDC

            [     ]

            [     ]

Apollo Debt Solutions BDC Investor Relations: [     ]

 

Apollo Debt Solutions BDC Subscription Agreement – Generic


Table of Contents

Appendix A

For purposes of determining whether you satisfy the standards below, your net worth is calculated excluding the value of your home, home furnishings and automobiles, and, unless otherwise indicated, “liquid net worth” is defined as that portion of net worth that consists of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable investments.

Investors in the following states have the additional suitability standards as set forth below.

 

       

Primary
Investor
Initials

        

Co-
Investor
Initials

 

If I am an Alabama resident, in addition to the suitability standards set forth above, an investment in Apollo Debt Solutions BDC will only be sold to me if I have a liquid net worth of at least 10 times my investment in Apollo Debt Solutions BDC and its affiliates.

                

 

 

 

  Initials   

 

 

 

    Initials  

If I am a California resident, in addition to the suitability standards set forth above, I may not invest more than 10% of my net worth in Apollo Debt Solutions BDC.

                

 

 

 

  Initials   

 

 

 

    Initials  

If I am an Idaho resident, I must have either (a) a liquid net worth of $85,000 and annual gross income of $85,000 or (b) a liquid net worth of $300,000. Additionally, the total investment in Apollo Debt Solutions BDC shall not exceed 10% of my liquid net worth.

                

 

 

 

  Initials   

 

 

 

    Initials  

If I am an Iowa resident, I (i) have either (a) an annual gross income of at least $100,000 and a net worth of at least $100,000, or (b) a net worth of at least $350,000 (net worth should be determined exclusive of home, auto and home furnishings); and (ii) limit my aggregate investment in this offering and in the securities of other non-traded business development companies to 10% of my liquid net worth (liquid net worth should be determined as that portion of net worth that consists of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable securities).

                

 

 

 

  Initials   

 

 

 

    Initials  

If I am a Kansas resident, I understand that it is recommended by the Office of the Securities Commissioner that I limit my total investment in Apollo Debt Solutions BDC’s securities and other non-traded business development companies to not more than 10% of my liquid net worth. For these purposes, liquid net worth shall be defined as that portion of total net worth (total assets minus total liabilities) that is comprised of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable securities.

                

 

 

 

  Initials   

 

 

 

    Initials  

If I am a Kentucky resident, I may not invest more than 10% of my liquid net worth in Apollo Debt Solutions BDC or its affiliates. “Liquid net worth” is defined as that portion of net worth that is comprised of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable securities.

                

 

 

 

  Initials   

 

 

 

    Initials  

If I am a Maine resident, I acknowledge that it is recommended by the Maine Office of Securities that my aggregate investment in this offering and other similar direct participation investments not exceed 10% of my liquid net worth. For this purpose, “liquid net worth” is defined as that portion of net worth that consists of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable securities.

                

 

 

 

  Initials   

 

 

 

    Initials  

If I am a Massachusetts resident, in addition to the suitability standards set forth above, I may not invest more than 10% of my liquid net worth in Apollo Debt Solutions BDC and in other illiquid direct participation programs.

                

 

 

 

  Initials   

 

 

 

    Initials  

If I am a Missouri resident, in addition to the suitability standards set forth above, I may not invest more than 10% of my liquid net worth in Apollo Debt Solutions BDC.

                

 

 

 

  Initials   

 

 

 

    Initials  

If I am a Nebraska resident, in addition to the suitability standards set forth above, I must limit my aggregate investment in this offering and the securities of other business development companies to 10% of such investor’s net worth. Investors who are accredited investors as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933 are not subject to the foregoing investment concentration limit.

                
    Initials        Initials  

 

A-1


Table of Contents

If I am a New Jersey resident, (1) I have either (a) a minimum liquid net worth of at least $100,000 and a minimum annual gross income of not less than $85,000, or (b) a minimum liquid net worth of $350,000. For these purposes, “liquid net worth” is defined as that portion of net worth (total assets exclusive of home, home furnishings, and automobiles, minus total liabilities) that consists of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable securities. In addition, my total investment in Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, its affiliates and other non-publicly traded direct investment programs (including real estate investment trusts, business development companies, oil and gas programs, equipment leasing programs and commodity pools, but excluding unregistered, federally and state exempt private offerings) may not exceed 10% of my liquid net worth, and (2) I acknowledge that although Apollo Credit Management, LLC (the “Adviser”), the investment adviser to Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, will advance all organization and offering expenses of Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, and may elect to pay certain of Apollo Debt Solutions BDC’s expenses, Apollo Debt Solutions BDC is obligated to reimburse the Adviser, and this will reduce the returns available to investors.

              

 

 

 

   Initials   

 

   Initials

If I am a New Mexico resident, in addition to the general suitability standards listed above, I may not invest, and I may not accept from an investor more than ten percent (10%) of my liquid net worth in shares of Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, its affiliates and in other non-traded business development companies. Liquid net worth is defined as that portion of net worth which consists of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable securities.

              

 

 

 

   Initials   

 

   Initials

If I am a North Dakota resident, I have a net worth of at least ten times my investment in Apollo Debt Solutions BDC.

              

 

 

 

   Initials   

 

   Initials

If I am an Ohio resident, it is unsuitable to invest more than 10% of my liquid net worth in the issuer, affiliates of the issuer, and in any other non-traded business development company. “Liquid net worth” is defined as that portion of net worth (total assets exclusive of primary residence, home furnishings and automobiles minus, total liabilities) comprised of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable securities.

              

 

 

 

   Initials   

 

   Initials

If I am an Oklahoma resident, I may not invest more than 10% of my liquid net worth in Apollo Debt Solutions BDC.

              

 

 

 

   Initials   

 

   Initials

If I am an Oregon resident, in addition to the suitability standards set forth above, I may not invest more than 10% of my liquid net worth. Liquid net worth is defined as net worth excluding the value of the investor’s home, home furnishings and automobile.

              

 

 

 

   Initials   

 

   Initials

If I am a Puerto Rico resident, I may not invest more than 10% of my liquid net worth in Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, its affiliates and other non-traded real estate investment programs. For these purposes, “liquid net worth” is defined as that portion of net worth (total assets exclusive of primary residence, home furnishings and automobiles minus total liabilities) consisting of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable securities.

              

 

 

 

   Initials   

 

   Initials

If I am a Tennessee resident, I must have a liquid net worth of at least ten times my investment in Apollo Debt Solutions BDC.

              

 

 

 

   Initials   

 

   Initials

If I am a Texas resident, I must have a minimum annual gross income of $85,000 and a minimum net worth of $85,000 or a minimum net worth of $330,000. Net worth shall be determined exclusive of home, home furnishings, and automobiles. In addition to the higher suitability standards set forth above, my aggregate investment in Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, its affiliates, and other non-traded direct investment programs (including business development companies, oil and gas programs, real estate investment trusts, equipment leasing programs and commodity pools, but excluding unregistered, federally and state exempt private offerings) may not exceed 10% of my liquid net worth, defined as the portion of an investor’s net worth (total assets exclusive of primary residence, home furnishings and automobiles, minus total liabilities) consisting of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable securities.

              

 

 

 

   Initials   

 

   Initials

If I am a Vermont resident and I am an accredited investor in Vermont, as defined in 17 C.F.R. § 230.501, I may invest freely in this offering. In addition to the suitability standards described above, if I am non-accredited Vermont investors, I may not purchase an amount in this offering that exceeds 10% of my liquid net worth. For these purposes, “liquid net worth” is defined as an investor’s total assets (not including home, home furnishings or automobiles) minus total liabilities.

              
     Initials       Initials

 

A-2


Table of Contents

Appendix B: Additional Questionnaire

Instructions: All purchasers please complete this Appendix B in its entirety.

1.                 Are you a “benefit plan investor” within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations1 or will you use the assets of a “benefit plan investor”2 to invest in Apollo Debt Solutions BDC?

☐            Yes                     No

2.                 If Question (1) above is “yes” please indicate what percentage of the purchaser’s assets invested in Apollo Debt Solutions BDC are considered to be the assets of “benefit plan investors” within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations:

            %

3.                 If you are investing the assets of an insurance company general account please indicate what percentage of the insurance company general account’s assets invested in Apollo Debt Solutions BDC are the assets of “benefit plan investors” within the meaning of Section 401(c)(1)(A) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the regulations promulgated thereunder?

            %

4.                 Please indicate if you are “Controlling Person” defined as: (i) a person (including an entity), other than a “benefit plan investor” who has discretionary authority or control with respect to the assets of Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, a person who provides investment advice for a fee (direct or indirect) with respect to such assets, or any “affiliate” of such a person. An “affiliate” of a person includes any person, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” with respect to a person other than an individual, means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of such person.

☐            Yes                     No

 

1                  “Plan Asset Regulations” means the regulations issued by the United States Department of Labor at Section 2510.3-101 of Part 2510 of Chapter XXV, Title 29 of the United States Code of Federal Regulations, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA, as the same may be amended from time to time.

2                 The term “benefit plan investor” includes, for e.g.: (i) an “employee benefit plan” as defined in section 3(3) of the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), that is subject to Title I of ERISA (such as employee welfare benefit plans (generally, plans that provide for health, medical or other welfare benefits) and employee pension benefit plans (generally, plans that provide for retirement or pension income)); (ii) “plans” described in section 4975(e)(1) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), that is subject to section 4975 of the Code (including, for e.g., an “individual retirement account”, an “individual retirement annuity”, a “Keogh” plan, a pension plan, an Archer MSA described in section 220(d) of the Code, a Coverdell education savings account described in section 530 of the Code and a health savings account described in section 223(d) of the Code) and (iii) an entity that is, or whose assets would be deemed to constitute the assets of, one or more “employee benefit plans” or “plans” (such as for e.g., a master trust or a plan assets fund) under ERISA or the Plan Asset Regulations.

 

B-1


Table of Contents

 

 

Apollo Debt Solutions BDC

Maximum Offering of $5,000,000,000 in Common Shares

 

 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. No intermediary, salesperson or other person is authorized to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus and supplemental literature authorized by Apollo Debt Solutions BDC and referred to in this prospectus, and, if given or made, such information and representations must not be relied upon. This prospectus is not an offer to sell nor is it seeking an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of these securities. You should not assume that the delivery of this prospectus or that any sale made pursuant to this prospectus implies that the information contained in this prospectus will remain fully accurate and correct as of any time subsequent to the date of this prospectus.

                    , 2021

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART C

Other Information

Item 25. Financial Statements And Exhibits

(1)    Financial Statements

The following financial statements of Apollo Debt Solutions BDC are included in Part A of this Registration Statement.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT

 

     PAGE  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-[    ]

Balance Sheets

     F-[    ]

Statements of Operations

     F-[    ]

Statements of Changes in Net Assets

     F-[    ]

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-[    ]

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-[    ]

(2)    Exhibits

 

(a)(1)   Declaration of Trust of the Registrant*
(a)(2)   First Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Registrant*
(a)(3)   Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Registrant*
(a)(4)   Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Registrant*
(b)   Form of Bylaws of the Registrant*
(d)   Form of Subscription Agreement (included in the Prospectus as Appendix A)*
(e)   Form of Distribution Reinvestment Plan*
(g)   Form of Advisory Agreement*
(h)(1)   Form of Intermediary Manager Agreement*
(h)(2)   Form of Selected Intermediary Agreement*
(h)(3)   Form of Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Plan of the Registrant*
(j)   Form of Custodian Agreement*
(k)(1)   Form of Administration Agreement*
(k)(2)   Form of Escrow Agreement*
(k)(3)   Form of Agency Agreement*
(k)(4)   Form of Multi-Class Plan*
(k)(5)   Form of Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement by and among the Registrant and Adviser*
(k)(6)   Facility Agreement between Apollo Debt Solutions BDC and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as financing provider, dated February 22, 2021*
(l)   Opinion of Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A.**
(n)   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm**
(p)   Subscription Agreement for Seed Capital**
(r)(1)   Code of Ethics of the Fund*
(r)(2)   Code of Ethics of the Adviser*
(s)   Power of Attorney*

 

*

Filed herewith.

**

To be filed by amendment.

 

C-1


Table of Contents

Item 26. Marketing Arrangements

The information contained under the heading “Plan of Distribution” in this Registration Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 27. Other Expenses Of Issuance And Distribution

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 545,500  

FINRA filing fee

   $ 225,500  

Legal

   $ 2,968,000  

Printing

   $ 713,000  

Accounting

   $ 70,000  

Blue Sky Expenses

   $ 342,815  

Advertising and sales literature

   $ 706,000  

Due Diligence

   $ 318,000  

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

   $ 877,685  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,766,500  
  

 

 

 

Item 28. Persons Controlled By Or Under Common Control

None.

Item 29. Number Of Holders Of Securities

The following table sets forth the number of record holders of the Registrant’s common shares at July 22, 2021.

 

Title of Class    Number of
Record Holders

Common shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value

   1

Item 30. Indemnification

The information contained under the heading “Description of our Shares.” “Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement” and “Plan of Distribution—Indemnification” in this Registration Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to Trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described above, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a Trustee, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of an action suit or proceeding) is asserted by a Trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is again public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Prior to breaking escrow, the Registrant expects to obtain liability insurance for the benefit of its Trustees and officers (other than with respect to claims resulting from the willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office) on a claims-made basis.

 

C-2


Table of Contents

Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Adviser

A description of any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which Apollo Credit Management LLC, and each managing director, director or executive officer of Apollo Credit Management, LLC, is or has been, during the past two fiscal years, engaged in for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee, is set forth in Part A of this Registration Statement in the section entitled “Management of the Fund.” Additional information regarding Apollo Credit Management, LLC and its officers and managing member is set forth in its Form ADV, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC File No. 801-72098), and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records

All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the rules thereunder are maintained at the offices of:

 

  4)

the Registrant;

 

  5)

the transfer agent;

 

  6)

the Custodian;

 

  7)

the Adviser; and

 

  8)

the Administrator.

Item 33. Management Services

Not Applicable.

Item 34. Undertakings

We hereby undertake:

(1)    to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement

(i)    to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

(ii)    to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; and

(iii)    to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2)    that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment will be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of those securities at that time will be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

(3)    to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;

(4)    that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C 17 CFR 230.430C: Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 497(b), (c), (d) or (e) under the Securities Act 17 CFR 230.497(b), (c), (d) or (e) as part of a registration statement relating to an

 

C-3


Table of Contents

offering, other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A under the Securities Act 17 CFR 230.430A, will be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use; and

(5)    that for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities. The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in an offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:

(i)    any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act 17 CFR 230.497;

(ii)    the portion of any advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act 17 CFR 230.482 relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

(iii)    any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

 

C-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the Registrant has caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York on the 23rd day of July.

 

APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC
By:  

/s/ Earl Hunt

Name:   Earl Hunt
Title:   Chairperson, Chief Executive Officer and Trustee

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on Form N-2 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Earl Hunt

Earl Hunt

   Chairperson, Chief Executive Officer and Trustee   July 23, 2021

/s/ Amit Joshi

Amit Joshi

   Chief Financial Officer   July 23, 2021

/s/ Joseph Glatt

Joseph Glatt

   Chief Legal Officer and Secretary   July 23, 2021

/s/ Meredith Coffey*

Meredith Coffey

   Trustee   July 23, 2021

/s/ Christine Gallagher *

Christine Gallagher

   Trustee   July 23, 2021

/s/ Michael Porter*

Michael Porter

   Trustee   July 23, 2021

/s/ Carl J. Rickertsen*

Carl J. Rickertsen

   Trustee   July 23, 2021

 

*By:  

/s/ Earl Hunt

  Earl Hunt
  As Agent or Attorney-in-Fact

July 23, 2021

The original powers of attorney authorizing Earl Hunt, Amit Joshi, Joseph Glatt, Isabelle Gold and Kristin Hester to execute the Registration Statement, and any amendments thereto, for the trustees of the Registrant on whose behalf this Amendment is filed have been executed and filed as an Exhibit hereto.

 

C-5

Exhibit (a)(1)

Execution Version

DECLARATION OF TRUST, dated as of December 4, 2020, is made by the individual trustee identified on the signature page hereto (the “Trustee”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Delaware trustee (the “Delaware Trustee”). The Trustee and the Delaware Trustee hereby agree as follows:

1. The trust formed hereby (the “Trust”) shall be known as “Apollo Debt Solutions BDC” in which name the Trustee may conduct the business of the Trust, make and execute contracts, and sue and be sued.

2. The Trustee hereby acknowledges that he is holding the sum of $10 in trust, which amount shall constitute the initial trust estate. The Trustee hereby declares that he will hold the trust estate in trust for such persons as may become entitled to a beneficial interest in the trust estate. It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Trust created hereby constitute a statutory trust under Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del. Code § 3801 et seq. (the “Statutory Trust Act”), and that this document constitutes the governing instrument of the Trust. The Trustee and the Delaware Trustee are hereby authorized and directed to execute and file a certificate of trust in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in the form attached hereto. The Trust is hereby established by the Trustee for the purpose of becoming a business development company subject to making an election under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and engaging in such other activities as are necessary, convenient or incidental thereto.

3. The Trustee and the Delaware Trustee intend to enter into an amended and restated Declaration of Trust, satisfactory to each party thereto, to provide for the contemplated operation of the Trust formed hereby. Prior to the execution and delivery of such amended and restated Declaration of Trust, the Trustee and the Delaware Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation hereunder or with respect to the trust estate, except as required by law.

4. The Trustee shall be entitled to appoint officers of the Trust with such titles and duties as the Trustee shall designate, each such officer to serve (a) until his or her successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified, (b) until his or her death or (c) until he or she shall have resigned or have been removed, with or without cause, by the Trustee.

5. The Trustee and the officers of the Trust are hereby authorized: (i) to prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) and execute, in each case on behalf of the Trust, as applicable, (a) a Registration Statement on Form N-2 (including any pre-effective or post-effective amendments thereto) relating to the registration of the securities of the Trust under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), (b) subscription documents, including any amendments to such subscription documents, relating to the initial public offering of the securities of the Trust, (c) a Registration Statement on Form 8-A (including any pre-effective or post-effective amendments thereto) relating to the registration of the securities of the Trust under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), (d) the Notice of Intent to Elect to be Subject to Section 55 through 65 of the 1940 Act on Form N-6F, (e) the Notification of Election to be Subject to Section 55 through 65 of the 1940 Act on Form N-54A and (f) any additional filings, including any filings under Rule 424, 462(b), 462(d) and 497 of the 1933 Act, request, report or application or amendment thereto with the Commission that may be required from time to time under the 1940

 

-1-


Act, the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (ii) to cause the Trust to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as may be set forth in a Registration Statement referenced herein; (iii) to prepare, execute and file, in each case on behalf of the Trust, such applications, reports and other papers and documents as may be required by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority; (iv) to prepare, execute and file, in each case on behalf of the Trust, such applications, reports, surety bonds, irrevocable consents, appointments of attorney for service of process and other papers and documents as shall be necessary or desirable to register the securities of the Trust under the securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as the Trustee and officers may deem necessary or desirable; (v) to negotiate the terms of, and execute on behalf of the Trust, such distribution agreements, investment advisory agreements and other contracts among the Trust and any other persons relating to the issuance of the securities of the Trust, satisfactory to each such party and (vi) to make any and all necessary filings and to take any and all actions, including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of any and all documents, amendments, certificates or other instruments, that they, together with and upon the advice of counsel, shall deem necessary or advisable to conduct the business of the Trust, such determination to be conclusively evidenced by the taking of such actions and steps and the execution and delivery of such documents, amendments, certificates or other instruments.

6. The Delaware Trustee is named herein for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Section 3807 of the Statutory Trust Act only. The duties of the Delaware Trustee shall be limited to (i) accepting legal process served on the Trust in the State of Delaware and (ii) the execution of any certificates required to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State which the Delaware Trustee is required to execute under Section 3811 of the Statutory Trust Act.

7. There shall initially be one (1) trustee and thereafter the number of trustees shall be such number as shall be fixed from time to time by a written instrument signed by a majority of the trustees, which may increase or decrease the number of trustees; provided, however, that the number of trustees shall in no event be less than one (1). Subject to the foregoing, the trustees, acting by majority vote, are entitled to appoint or remove without cause any trustee at any time. Any trustee may resign upon 30 days prior notice to the other trustees.

8. (a) The Trustee, the Delaware Trustee and the officers of the Trust (the “Fiduciary Indemnified Persons”) shall not be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Trust, the Trustee, the Delaware Trustee or any holder of the Trust’s securities for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by the Fiduciary Indemnified Persons in good faith on behalf of the Trust and in a manner the Fiduciary Indemnified Persons reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on the Fiduciary Indemnified Persons by this Declaration of Trust or by law, except that the Fiduciary Indemnified Persons shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of the Fiduciary Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or bad faith with respect to such acts or omissions.

(b) The Fiduciary Indemnified Persons shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Trust and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Trust by any person as to matters the Fiduciary Indemnified Persons reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Trust, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any other facts pertinent to the trust estate.

 

-2-


9. The Trust shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law,

(a) indemnify and hold harmless each Fiduciary Indemnified Person from and against any loss, damage, liability, claim, action, suit, tax, penalty, expense or claim of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred by the Fiduciary Indemnified Persons by reason of the creation, operation or termination of the Trust, except that no Fiduciary Indemnified Persons shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage, liability, action, suit or claim incurred by the Fiduciary Indemnified Persons by reason of gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions; and

(b) advance expenses (including legal fees and including costs of enforcing the Trust’s obligations under this Section 9) incurred by a Fiduciary Indemnified Person in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, from time to time, prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt by the Trust of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Fiduciary Indemnified Persons to repay such amount if it shall be determined that such Fiduciary Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in the preceding subsection.

10. The provisions of Section 9 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Fiduciary Indemnified Persons.

11. The Trust may dissolve, wind-up and terminate without issuing any securities at the election of the Trustee.

12. This Declaration of Trust and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to the principles of conflict of laws.

13. Concerning the Delaware Trustee.

(a) No implied obligations shall be inferred from this Declaration of Trust on the part of the Delaware Trustee. The Delaware Trustee shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of the Trustee nor shall the Delaware Trustee be liable for any act or omission by it in good faith in accordance with the directions of the Trustee.

(b) The Delaware Trustee accepts the trusts hereby created and agrees to perform its duties hereunder with respect to the same but only upon the terms of this Declaration of Trust. The Delaware Trustee shall not be personally liable under any circumstances, except for its own willful misconduct or gross negligence. In particular, but not by way of limitation:

(i) The Delaware Trustee shall not be personally liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by an officer or employee of the Delaware Trustee;

 

-3-


(ii) No provision of this Declaration of Trust shall require the Delaware Trustee to expend or risk its personal funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its rights or duties hereunder, if the Delaware Trustee shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured or provided to it;

(iii) Under no circumstance shall the Delaware Trustee be personally liable for any representation, warranty, covenant or indebtedness of the Trust;

(iv) The Delaware Trustee shall not be personally responsible for or in respect of the genuineness, form or value of the Trust property, the validity or sufficiency of this Declaration of Trust or for the due execution hereof by the Trustee; and

(v) In the event that the Delaware Trustee is unsure of the course of action to be taken by it hereunder, the Delaware Trustee may request instructions from the Trustee and to the extent the Delaware Trustee follows such instructions in good faith it shall not be liable to any person. In the event that no instructions are provided within the time requested by the Delaware Trustee, it shall have no duty or liability for its failure to take any action or for any action it takes in good faith.

(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, the Delaware Trustee has duties and liabilities relating thereto to the Trustee or the Trust, the Trustee agrees that such duties and liabilities are replaced by the terms of this Declaration of Trust.

(d) The Delaware Trustee shall incur no liability to anyone in acting upon any document believed by it to be genuine and believed by it to be signed by the proper party or parties. As to any fact or matter the manner of ascertainment of which is not specifically prescribed herein, the Delaware Trustee may for all purposes hereof rely on a certificate, signed by the Trustee, as to such fact or matter, and such certificate shall constitute full protection to the Delaware Trustee for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in reliance thereon.

(e) In the exercise or administration of the trusts hereunder, the Delaware Trustee (i) may act directly or, at the expense of the Trust, through agents or attorneys, and the Delaware Trustee shall not be liable for the default or misconduct of such agents or attorneys if such agents or attorneys shall have been selected by the Delaware Trustee in good faith, and (ii) may, at the expense of the Trust, consult with counsel, accountants and other experts, and it shall not be liable for anything done, suffered or omitted in good faith by it in accordance with the advice or opinion of any such counsel, accountants or other experts.

(f) Except as expressly provided in this Section 13, in accepting and performing the trusts hereby created, the Delaware Trustee acts solely as trustee hereunder and not in its individual capacity, and all persons having any claim against the Delaware Trustee by reason of the transactions contemplated by this Declaration of Trust shall look only to the Trust’s property for payment or satisfaction thereof.

(g) The Delaware Trustee may resign upon thirty (30) days prior notice to the Trustee. If no successor has been appointed within such thirty (30) day period, the Delaware

 

-4-


Trustee may, at the expense of the Trust, petition a court to appoint a successor trustee. Any person into which the Delaware Trustee may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any person resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Delaware Trustee shall be a party, or any person which succeeds to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Delaware Trustee, shall be the successor Delaware Trustee under this Declaration of Trust without the execution, delivery or filing of any paper or instrument or further act to be done on the part of the parties hereto, except as may be required by applicable law.

(h) The Delaware Trustee will be compensated in accordance with a separate fee agreement with the Delaware Trustee.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

-5-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Declaration of Trust to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

TRUSTEE:

/s/ Joseph D. Glatt

Name: Joseph D. Glatt
DELAWARE TRUSTEE:
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ David B. Young

Name:   David B. Young
Title:   Vice President

 

-6-

Exhibit (a)(2)

Execution Version

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST, dated as of February 9, 2021, is made by the individual trustee identified on the signature page hereto (the “Trustee”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Delaware trustee (the “Delaware Trustee”).

WHEREAS, the Trustee and the Delaware Trustee are parties to that certain Declaration of Trust, dated as of December 4, 2020 (the “Original Trust Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Trustee and the Delaware Trustee desire to amend and restate the Original Trust Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Original Trust Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

The Trustee and the Delaware Trustee hereby agree as follows:

1. The trust continued hereby (the “Trust”) shall be known as “Apollo Debt Solutions BDC” in which name the Trustee may conduct the business of the Trust and any Officers of the Trust, make and execute contracts, and sue and be sued.

2. The Trustee hereby acknowledges that he is holding the sum of $10 in trust, which amount shall constitute the initial trust estate. The Trustee hereby declares that he will hold the trust estate in trust for such persons as may become entitled to a beneficial interest in the trust estate. It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Trust created hereby constitute a statutory trust under Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del. Code § 3801 et seq. (the “Statutory Trust Act”), and that this document constitutes the governing instrument of the Trust. The Trust is hereby continued by the Trustee for the purpose of becoming a business development company subject to making an election under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and engaging in such other activities as are necessary, convenient or incidental thereto.

3. The Trustee and the Delaware Trustee intend to enter into a further amended and restated Declaration of Trust (the “Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust”), satisfactory to each party thereto, to provide for the contemplated operation of the Trust formed hereby. Prior to the execution and delivery of such amended and restated Declaration of Trust, the Trustee and the Delaware Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation hereunder or with respect to the trust estate, except as required by law or as contemplated herein.

4. The Trustee shall be entitled to appoint officers of the Trust (each, an “Officer”) with such titles and duties as the Trustee shall designate, each such officer to serve (a) until his or her successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified, (b) until his or her death or (c) until he or she shall have resigned or have been removed, with or without cause, by the Trustee. Apollo Credit Management, LLC shall initially hold 100% of the beneficial interests in the Trust, which beneficial interests shall be uncertificated. In connection with the entering into of the Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust such beneficial interests shall automatically be cancelled unless the Trustee by resolution shall provide otherwise. It shall not be necessary to obtain the approval or consent of any holder of the beneficial interest in the Trust in connection with any of the actions set forth in Sections 5 and 6 hereof.

 

-1-


5. The Trustee and the officers of the Trust are hereby authorized: (i) to prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) and execute, in each case on behalf of the Trust, as applicable, (a) a Registration Statement on Form N-2 (including any pre-effective or post-effective amendments thereto) relating to the registration of the securities of the Trust under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), (b) subscription documents, including any amendments to such subscription documents, relating to the initial public offering of the securities of the Trust, (c) a Registration Statement on Form 8-A (including any pre-effective or post-effective amendments thereto) relating to the registration of the securities of the Trust under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), (d) the Notice of Intent to Elect to be Subject to Section 55 through 65 of the 1940 Act on Form N-6F, (e) the Notification of Election to be Subject to Section 55 through 65 of the 1940 Act on Form N-54A and (f) any additional filings, including any filings under Rule 424, 462(b), 462(d) and 497 of the 1933 Act, request, report or application or amendment thereto with the Commission that may be required from time to time under the 1940 Act, the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (ii) to cause the Trust to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as may be set forth in a Registration Statement referenced herein; (iii) to prepare, execute and file, in each case on behalf of the Trust, such applications, reports and other papers and documents as may be required by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority; (iv) to prepare, execute and file, in each case on behalf of the Trust, such applications, reports, surety bonds, irrevocable consents, appointments of attorney for service of process and other papers and documents as shall be necessary or desirable to register the securities of the Trust under the securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as the Trustee and officers may deem necessary or desirable; (v) to negotiate the terms of, and execute on behalf of the Trust, such distribution agreements, investment advisory agreements and other contracts among the Trust and any other persons relating to the issuance of the securities of the Trust, satisfactory to each such party and (vi) to make any and all necessary filings and to take any and all actions, including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of any and all documents, amendments, certificates or other instruments, that they, together with and upon the advice of counsel, shall deem necessary or advisable to conduct the business of the Trust, such determination to be conclusively evidenced by the taking of such actions and steps and the execution and delivery of such documents, amendments, certificates or other instruments.

6. The Trustee and Officers of the Trust shall have the power and authority, and are duly authorized to cause the Trust to enter into any lending arrangement, including but not limited to the Facility Agreement, to be entered into by and between the Trust and Goldman Sachs Bank USA (the “Facility Agreement”). Any Trustee or Officer of the Trust is authorized to cause the Trust to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under such lending agreements, including the Facility Agreement with such terms as such Trustee or Officer shall approve as evidenced by such person’s execution thereof.

7. The Delaware Trustee is named herein for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Section 3807 of the Statutory Trust Act only. The duties of the Delaware Trustee shall be limited to (i) accepting legal process served on the Trust in the State of Delaware and (ii) the execution of any certificates required to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State which the Delaware Trustee is required to execute under Section 3811 of the Statutory Trust Act.

 

-2-


8. There shall initially be one (1) trustee and thereafter the number of trustees shall be such number as shall be fixed from time to time by a written instrument signed by a majority of the trustees, which may increase or decrease the number of trustees; provided, however, that the number of trustees shall in no event be less than one (1). Subject to the foregoing, the trustees, acting by majority vote, are entitled to appoint or remove without cause any trustee at any time. Any trustee may resign upon 30 days prior notice to the other trustees.

9. (a) The Trustee, the Delaware Trustee and the officers of the Trust (the “Fiduciary Indemnified Persons”) shall not be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Trust, the Trustee, the Delaware Trustee or any holder of the Trust’s securities for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by the Fiduciary Indemnified Persons in good faith on behalf of the Trust and in a manner the Fiduciary Indemnified Persons reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on the Fiduciary Indemnified Persons by this Declaration of Trust or by law, except that the Fiduciary Indemnified Persons shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of the Fiduciary Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or bad faith with respect to such acts or omissions.

(b) The Fiduciary Indemnified Persons shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Trust and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Trust by any person as to matters the Fiduciary Indemnified Persons reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Trust, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any other facts pertinent to the trust estate.

10. The Trust shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law,

(a) indemnify and hold harmless each Fiduciary Indemnified Person from and against any loss, damage, liability, claim, action, suit, tax, penalty, expense or claim of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred by the Fiduciary Indemnified Persons by reason of the creation, operation or termination of the Trust, except that no Fiduciary Indemnified Persons shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage, liability, action, suit or claim incurred by the Fiduciary Indemnified Persons by reason of gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions; and

(b) advance expenses (including legal fees and including costs of enforcing the Trust’s obligations under this Section 9) incurred by a Fiduciary Indemnified Person in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, from time to time, prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt by the Trust of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Fiduciary Indemnified Persons to repay such amount if it shall be determined that such Fiduciary Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in the preceding subsection.

11. The provisions of Sections 9 and 10 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Fiduciary Indemnified Persons.

 

-3-


12. The Trust may dissolve, wind-up and terminate without issuing any securities at the election of the Trustee.

13. This Declaration of Trust and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to the principles of conflict of laws.

14. Concerning the Delaware Trustee.

(a) No implied obligations shall be inferred from this Declaration of Trust on the part of the Delaware Trustee. The Delaware Trustee shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of the Trustee nor shall the Delaware Trustee be liable for any act or omission by it in good faith in accordance with the directions of the Trustee.

(b) The Delaware Trustee accepts the trusts hereby created and agrees to perform its duties hereunder with respect to the same but only upon the terms of this Declaration of Trust. The Delaware Trustee shall not be personally liable under any circumstances, except for its own willful misconduct or gross negligence. In particular, but not by way of limitation:

(i) The Delaware Trustee shall not be personally liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by an officer or employee of the Delaware Trustee;

(ii) No provision of this Declaration of Trust shall require the Delaware Trustee to expend or risk its personal funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its rights or duties hereunder, if the Delaware Trustee shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured or provided to it;

(iii) Under no circumstance shall the Delaware Trustee be personally liable for any representation, warranty, covenant or indebtedness of the Trust;

(iv) The Delaware Trustee shall not be personally responsible for or in respect of the genuineness, form or value of the Trust property, the validity or sufficiency of this Declaration of Trust or for the due execution hereof by the Trustee; and

(v) In the event that the Delaware Trustee is unsure of the course of action to be taken by it hereunder, the Delaware Trustee may request instructions from the Trustee and to the extent the Delaware Trustee follows such instructions in good faith it shall not be liable to any person. In the event that no instructions are provided within the time requested by the Delaware Trustee, it shall have no duty or liability for its failure to take any action or for any action it takes in good faith.

(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, the Delaware Trustee has duties and liabilities relating thereto to the Trustee or the Trust, the Trustee agrees that such duties and liabilities are replaced by the terms of this Declaration of Trust.

(d) The Delaware Trustee shall incur no liability to anyone in acting upon any document believed by it to be genuine and believed by it to be signed by the proper party or

 

-4-


parties. As to any fact or matter the manner of ascertainment of which is not specifically prescribed herein, the Delaware Trustee may for all purposes hereof rely on a certificate, signed by the Trustee, as to such fact or matter, and such certificate shall constitute full protection to the Delaware Trustee for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in reliance thereon.

(e) In the exercise or administration of the trusts hereunder, the Delaware Trustee (i) may act directly or, at the expense of the Trust, through agents or attorneys, and the Delaware Trustee shall not be liable for the default or misconduct of such agents or attorneys if such agents or attorneys shall have been selected by the Delaware Trustee in good faith, and (ii) may, at the expense of the Trust, consult with counsel, accountants and other experts, and it shall not be liable for anything done, suffered or omitted in good faith by it in accordance with the advice or opinion of any such counsel, accountants or other experts.

(f) Except as expressly provided in this Section 13, in accepting and performing the trusts hereby created, the Delaware Trustee acts solely as trustee hereunder and not in its individual capacity, and all persons having any claim against the Delaware Trustee by reason of the transactions contemplated by this Declaration of Trust shall look only to the Trust’s property for payment or satisfaction thereof.

(g) The Delaware Trustee may resign upon thirty (30) days prior notice to the Trustee. If no successor has been appointed within such thirty (30) day period, the Delaware Trustee may, at the expense of the Trust, petition a court to appoint a successor trustee. Any person into which the Delaware Trustee may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any person resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Delaware Trustee shall be a party, or any person which succeeds to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Delaware Trustee, shall be the successor Delaware Trustee under this Declaration of Trust without the execution, delivery or filing of any paper or instrument or further act to be done on the part of the parties hereto, except as may be required by applicable law.

(h) The Delaware Trustee will be compensated in accordance with a separate fee agreement with the Delaware Trustee.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

-5-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

TRUSTEE:

/s/ Joseph D. Glatt

Name: Joseph D. Glatt

DELAWARE TRUSTEE:

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:   /s/ David B. Young
Name:   David B. Young
Title:   Vice President

 

-6-

Exhibit (a)(3)

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST, dated as of July 1, 2021, is made by the individual trustee identified on the signature page hereto (the “Trustee”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Delaware trustee (the “Delaware Trustee”).

WHEREAS, the Trustee and the Delaware Trustee are parties to that certain Declaration of Trust, dated as of December 4, 2020 (the “Original Trust Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Trustee and the Delaware Trustee are parties to that First Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of February 9, 2021 (the “First Amended and Restated Trust Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Trustee and the Delaware Trustee desire to amend and restate the First Amended and Restated Trust Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, the First Amended and Restated Trust Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

The Trustee and the Delaware Trustee hereby agree as follows:

1. The trust continued hereby (the “Trust”) shall be known as “Apollo Debt Solutions BDC” in which name the Trustee may conduct the business of the Trust and any Officers of the Trust, make and execute contracts, and sue and be sued.

2. The Trustee hereby acknowledges that he is holding the sum of $10 in trust, which amount shall constitute the initial trust estate. The Trustee hereby declares that he will hold the trust estate in trust for such persons as may become entitled to a beneficial interest in the trust estate. It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Trust created hereby constitute a statutory trust under Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del. Code § 3801 et seq. (the “Statutory Trust Act”), and that this document constitutes the governing instrument of the Trust. The Trust is hereby continued by the Trustee for the purpose of becoming a business development company subject to making an election under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and engaging in such other activities as are necessary, convenient or incidental thereto.

3. The Trustee and the Delaware Trustee intend to enter into a further amended and restated Declaration of Trust (the “Third Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust”), satisfactory to each party thereto, to provide for the contemplated operation of the Trust formed hereby. Prior to the execution and delivery of such amended and restated Declaration of Trust, the Trustee and the Delaware Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation hereunder or with respect to the trust estate, except as required by law or as contemplated herein.

4. The Trustee shall be entitled to appoint officers of the Trust (each, an “Officer”) with such titles and duties as the Trustee shall designate, each such officer to serve (a) until his or her successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified, (b) until his or her death or (c) until he or she shall have resigned or have been removed, with or without cause, by the Trustee. Apollo Credit Management, LLC shall initially hold 100% of the beneficial interests in the Trust, which beneficial interests shall be uncertificated. In connection with the entering

 

-1-


into of the Third Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust such beneficial interests shall automatically be cancelled unless the Trustee by resolution shall provide otherwise. It shall not be necessary to obtain the approval or consent of any holder of the beneficial interest in the Trust in connection with any of the actions set forth in Sections 5 and 6 hereof.

5. The Trustee and the officers of the Trust are hereby authorized: (i) to prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) and execute, in each case on behalf of the Trust, as applicable, (a) a Registration Statement on Form N-2 (including any pre-effective or post-effective amendments thereto) relating to the registration of the securities of the Trust under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), (b) subscription documents, including any amendments to such subscription documents, relating to the initial public offering of the securities of the Trust, (c) a Registration Statement on Form 8-A (including any pre-effective or post-effective amendments thereto) relating to the registration of the securities of the Trust under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), (d) the Notice of Intent to Elect to be Subject to Section 55 through 65 of the 1940 Act on Form N-6F, (e) the Notification of Election to be Subject to Section 55 through 65 of the 1940 Act on Form N-54A and (f) any additional filings, including any filings under Rule 424, 462(b), 462(d) and 497 of the 1933 Act, request, report or application or amendment thereto with the Commission that may be required from time to time under the 1940 Act, the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (ii) to cause the Trust to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as may be set forth in a Registration Statement referenced herein; (iii) to prepare, execute and file, in each case on behalf of the Trust, such applications, reports and other papers and documents as may be required by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority; (iv) to prepare, execute and file, in each case on behalf of the Trust, such applications, reports, surety bonds, irrevocable consents, appointments of attorney for service of process and other papers and documents as shall be necessary or desirable to register the securities of the Trust under the securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as the Trustee and officers may deem necessary or desirable; (v) to negotiate the terms of, and execute on behalf of the Trust, such distribution agreements, investment advisory agreements and other contracts among the Trust and any other persons relating to the issuance of the securities of the Trust, satisfactory to each such party and (vi) to make any and all necessary filings and to take any and all actions, including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of any and all documents, amendments, certificates or other instruments, that they, together with and upon the advice of counsel, shall deem necessary or advisable to conduct the business of the Trust, such determination to be conclusively evidenced by the taking of such actions and steps and the execution and delivery of such documents, amendments, certificates or other instruments.

6. The Trustee and Officers of the Trust shall have the power and authority, and are duly authorized to cause the Trust to enter into any lending arrangement and any amendments thereof, including but not limited to the Facility Agreement, as amended by the Amended and Restated Facility Agreement (USD), the Facility Agreement (EUR) and the Facility Agreement (GBP), each to be entered into by and between the Trust and Goldman Sachs Bank USA (collectively, the “Facility Agreements”). Any Trustee or Officer of the Trust is authorized to cause the Trust to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under such lending agreements, including the Facility Agreement with such terms as such Trustee or Officer shall approve as evidenced by such person’s execution thereof.

 

-2-


7. The Delaware Trustee is named herein for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Section 3807 of the Statutory Trust Act only. The duties of the Delaware Trustee shall be limited to (i) accepting legal process served on the Trust in the State of Delaware and (ii) the execution of any certificates required to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State which the Delaware Trustee is required to execute under Section 3811 of the Statutory Trust Act.

8. There shall initially be one (1) trustee and thereafter the number of trustees shall be such number as shall be fixed from time to time by a written instrument signed by a majority of the trustees, which may increase or decrease the number of trustees; provided, however, that the number of trustees shall in no event be less than one (1). Subject to the foregoing, the trustees, acting by majority vote, are entitled to appoint or remove without cause any trustee at any time. Any trustee may resign upon 30 days prior notice to the other trustees.

9. (a) The Trustee, the Delaware Trustee and the officers of the Trust (the “Fiduciary Indemnified Persons”) shall not be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Trust, the Trustee, the Delaware Trustee or any holder of the Trust’s securities for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by the Fiduciary Indemnified Persons in good faith on behalf of the Trust and in a manner the Fiduciary Indemnified Persons reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on the Fiduciary Indemnified Persons by this Declaration of Trust or by law, except that the Fiduciary Indemnified Persons shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of the Fiduciary Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or bad faith with respect to such acts or omissions.

(b) The Fiduciary Indemnified Persons shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Trust and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Trust by any person as to matters the Fiduciary Indemnified Persons reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Trust, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any other facts pertinent to the trust estate.

10. The Trust shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law,

(a) indemnify and hold harmless each Fiduciary Indemnified Person from and against any loss, damage, liability, claim, action, suit, tax, penalty, expense or claim of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred by the Fiduciary Indemnified Persons by reason of the creation, operation or termination of the Trust, except that no Fiduciary Indemnified Persons shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage, liability, action, suit or claim incurred by the Fiduciary Indemnified Persons by reason of gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions; and

(b) advance expenses (including legal fees and including costs of enforcing the Trust’s obligations under this Section 9) incurred by a Fiduciary Indemnified Person in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, from time to time, prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt by the Trust of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Fiduciary Indemnified Persons to repay such amount if it shall be determined that such Fiduciary Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in the preceding subsection.

 

-3-


11. The provisions of Sections 9 and 10 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Fiduciary Indemnified Persons.

12. The Trust may dissolve, wind-up and terminate without issuing any securities at the election of the Trustee.

13. This Declaration of Trust and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to the principles of conflict of laws.

14. Concerning the Delaware Trustee.

(a) No implied obligations shall be inferred from this Declaration of Trust on the part of the Delaware Trustee. The Delaware Trustee shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of the Trustee nor shall the Delaware Trustee be liable for any act or omission by it in good faith in accordance with the directions of the Trustee.

(b) The Delaware Trustee accepts the trusts hereby created and agrees to perform its duties hereunder with respect to the same but only upon the terms of this Declaration of Trust. The Delaware Trustee shall not be personally liable under any circumstances, except for its own willful misconduct or gross negligence. In particular, but not by way of limitation:

(i) The Delaware Trustee shall not be personally liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by an officer or employee of the Delaware Trustee;

(ii) No provision of this Declaration of Trust shall require the Delaware Trustee to expend or risk its personal funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its rights or duties hereunder, if the Delaware Trustee shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured or provided to it;

(iii) Under no circumstance shall the Delaware Trustee be personally liable for any representation, warranty, covenant or indebtedness of the Trust;

(iv) The Delaware Trustee shall not be personally responsible for or in respect of the genuineness, form or value of the Trust property, the validity or sufficiency of this Declaration of Trust or for the due execution hereof by the Trustee; and

(v) In the event that the Delaware Trustee is unsure of the course of action to be taken by it hereunder, the Delaware Trustee may request instructions from the Trustee and to the extent the Delaware Trustee follows such instructions in good faith it shall not be liable to any person. In the event that no instructions are provided within the time requested by the Delaware Trustee, it shall have no duty or liability for its failure to take any action or for any action it takes in good faith.

 

-4-


(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, the Delaware Trustee has duties and liabilities relating thereto to the Trustee or the Trust, the Trustee agrees that such duties and liabilities are replaced by the terms of this Declaration of Trust.

(d) The Delaware Trustee shall incur no liability to anyone in acting upon any document believed by it to be genuine and believed by it to be signed by the proper party or parties. As to any fact or matter the manner of ascertainment of which is not specifically prescribed herein, the Delaware Trustee may for all purposes hereof rely on a certificate, signed by the Trustee, as to such fact or matter, and such certificate shall constitute full protection to the Delaware Trustee for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in reliance thereon.

(e) In the exercise or administration of the trusts hereunder, the Delaware Trustee (i) may act directly or, at the expense of the Trust, through agents or attorneys, and the Delaware Trustee shall not be liable for the default or misconduct of such agents or attorneys if such agents or attorneys shall have been selected by the Delaware Trustee in good faith, and (ii) may, at the expense of the Trust, consult with counsel, accountants and other experts, and it shall not be liable for anything done, suffered or omitted in good faith by it in accordance with the advice or opinion of any such counsel, accountants or other experts.

(f) Except as expressly provided in this Section 13, in accepting and performing the trusts hereby created, the Delaware Trustee acts solely as trustee hereunder and not in its individual capacity, and all persons having any claim against the Delaware Trustee by reason of the transactions contemplated by this Declaration of Trust shall look only to the Trust’s property for payment or satisfaction thereof.

(g) The Delaware Trustee may resign upon thirty (30) days prior notice to the Trustee. If no successor has been appointed within such thirty (30) day period, the Delaware Trustee may, at the expense of the Trust, petition a court to appoint a successor trustee. Any person into which the Delaware Trustee may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any person resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Delaware Trustee shall be a party, or any person which succeeds to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Delaware Trustee, shall be the successor Delaware Trustee under this Declaration of Trust without the execution, delivery or filing of any paper or instrument or further act to be done on the part of the parties hereto, except as may be required by applicable law.

(h) The Delaware Trustee will be compensated in accordance with a separate fee agreement with the Delaware Trustee.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

-5-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

TRUSTEE:

/s/ Joseph D. Glatt

Name: Joseph D. Glatt

DELAWARE TRUSTEE:

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:   /s/ David B. Young
Name:   David B. Young
Title:   Vice President

 

CONSENTED TO:

APOLLO CREDIT MANAGEMENT, LLC, as sole beneficial owner
By:   /s/ Joseph D. Glatt
Name:   Joseph D. Glatt
Title:   Vice President

 

-6-

Exhibit (a)(4)

AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST

OF

APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC

July 22, 2021

* * * * * * * * * *

ARTICLE I

NAME; DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Name. The name of the statutory trust is Apollo Debt Solutions BDC (the “Company”). So far as may be practicable, the business of the Company shall be conducted and transacted under that name, which name (and the word “Company” whenever used in this Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”), except where the context otherwise requires) shall refer to the Board of Trustees (as defined herein) collectively but not individually or personally and shall not refer to the Shareholders or to any officers, employees or agents of the Company or of such Trustees. Under circumstances in which the Trustees determine that the use of the name “Apollo Debt Solutions BDC” is not practicable, they may use any other designation or name for the Company, subject to applicable law. Any name change shall become effective upon the execution by a majority of the then Trustees of an instrument setting forth the new name and the filing of a certificate of amendment pursuant to Section 3810(b) of the Statutory Trust Act (as defined below). Any such instrument shall not require the approval of the Shareholders, but shall have the status of an amendment to this Declaration of Trust.

Section 1.2 Definitions. As used in this Declaration of Trust, the following terms shall have the following meanings unless the context otherwise requires:

1940 Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Acquisition Expenses” means expenses, including but not limited to legal fees and expenses, travel and communication expenses, costs regarding determination of creditworthiness and due diligence on prospective portfolio holding companies, non-refundable option payments on assets not acquired, accounting fees and expenses, and miscellaneous expenses relating to the purchase or acquisition of assets, whether or not acquired.

Acquisition Fees” means any and all fees and commissions, exclusive of Acquisition Expenses, paid by any Person to any other Person (including any fees or commissions paid by or to any Affiliate of the Company or the Adviser) in connection with the initial purchase or acquisition of assets by the Company. Included in the computation of such fees or commissions shall be any commission, selection fee, supervision fee, financing fee, non-recurring management fee or any fee of a similar nature, however designated.

Administrator” means Apollo Credit Management, LLC, any Person to whom the Administrator subcontracts any and all such services and any successor to an Administrator who enters into an administrative services agreement with the Company or who subcontracts with a successor Administrator.

Adviser” means Apollo Credit Management, LLC or an affiliated successor in interest thereto, any Person to whom the Adviser subcontracts any and all such services pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement and any successor to an Adviser who enters into an Advisory Agreement with the Company or who subcontracts with a successor Adviser. If the Adviser no longer serves as the investment adviser to the Company, the rights of the Adviser in this Declaration of Trust will become the rights of the Trustees.

Advisory Agreement” means that certain investment advisory agreement between the Company and the Adviser named therein pursuant to which the Adviser will act as the adviser to the Company and provide investment advisory, investment management and other specified services to the Company, including any sub-advisory agreement.


Affiliate” or “Affiliated” means (subject to the limits under the 1940 Act or an exemptive order from the SEC, as each may be applicable) with respect to any specified Person:

(a) any other Person directly or indirectly owning, controlling or holding, with the power to vote, ten percent (10%) or more of the outstanding voting securities of such specified Person;

(b) any other Person ten percent (10%) or more of whose outstanding voting securities are directly or indirectly owned, controlled or held, with the power to vote, by such specified Person;

(c) any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such specified Person;

(d) any officer, director, trustee, partner, copartner or employee of such specified Person; and

(e) if such specified Person is an investment company, any investment adviser thereof or any member of an advisory board thereof.

assessment” means an additional amount of capital that may be mandatorily required of, or paid voluntarily by, a Shareholder beyond his or her subscription commitment excluding deferred payments.

Benefit Plan Investor” means a benefit plan investor as defined in the Plan Asset Regulations.

Bylaws” means the bylaws of the Company, as the same are in effect and may be amended from time to time.

capital contribution” means the total investment, including the original investment and amounts reinvested pursuant to a distribution reinvestment plan in a program by a participant, or by all participants, as the case may be. Unless otherwise specified, capital contributions shall be deemed to include principal amounts to be received on account of deferred payments.

cash available for distribution” means Cash Flow plus cash funds available for distribution from Company reserves less amounts set aside for restoration or creation of reserves.

Cash Flow” means Company cash funds provided from operations, without deduction for depreciation, but after deducting cash funds used to pay all other expenses, debt payments, capital improvements and replacements. Cash withdrawn from reserves is not Cash Flow.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute thereto. Reference to any provision of the Code shall mean such provision as in effect from time to time, as the same may be amended, and any successor provision thereto, as interpreted by any applicable regulations as in effect from time to time.

Common Shares” means the common Shares, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company that may be issued from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Declaration of Trust and applicable law, as described in Article V hereof, including any class or series of Common Shares.

Controlling Person” shall mean (subject to the limits under the 1940 Act or an exemptive order from the SEC, as each may be applicable), all Persons, whatever their titles, who perform functions for the Sponsor similar to those of: (a) chairman or member of the board of directors; (b) executive officers; and (c) those holding ten percent or more equity interest in the Sponsor or a Person having the power to direct or cause the direction of the Sponsor, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

 

2


Covered Security” the term “Covered Security” shall have the meaning set forth in the Securities Act.

Delaware Trustee” has the meaning ascribed to it in Article III hereof and includes any successor Delaware Trustees appointed in accordance with Section 3.3, but that any reference to “Trustee” or “Board of Trustees” in this Declaration of Trust and the Bylaws of the Company shall not be deemed to include or refer to the Delaware Trustee.

DGCL” means Delaware General Corporation Law, 8 Del. C. § 100, et. seq., as amended from time to time, or any successor statute thereto.

ERISA” The term “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

“ERISA Controlling Person” The term “ERISA Controlling Person” means a Person (other than a Benefit Plan Investor) who has discretionary authority or control with respect to the assets of the Company or who provides investment advice for a fee (direct or indirect) with respect to such assets, or any affiliate of such a Person within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. § 2510.3-101(f)(3).

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Front End Fees” means fees and expenses paid by any party for any services rendered to organize the Company and to acquire assets for the Company, including Organization and Offering Expenses, Acquisition Fees, Acquisition Expenses, and any other similar fees, however designated by the Board.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect in the United States of America from time to time or such other accounting basis mandated by the SEC.

Independent Expert” means a Person with no material current or prior business or personal relationship with the Sponsor, who is engaged to a substantial extent in the business of rendering opinions regarding the value of assets of the type held by the Company, and who is qualified to perform such work.

Independent Trustee” means a Trustee who is not an Interested Person.

Interested Person” means a Person who is an “interested person” as that term is defined under Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

Investment in program assets” means the amount of capital contributions actually paid or allocated to the purchase or development of assets acquired by the program (including working capital reserves allocable thereto, except that working capital reserves in excess of three percent shall not be included) and other cash payments such as interest and taxes, but excluding front-end fees.

Liquidity Event” means a Listing or any merger, reorganization, business combination, share exchange, acquisition by any Person or related group of Persons of beneficial ownership of all or substantially all of the Shares of the Company in one or more related transactions, or similar transaction involving the Company pursuant to which the Shareholders receive for their Shares, as full or partial consideration, cash, Listed or non- Listed equity Securities or combination thereof: (a) a Listing; (b) a sale or merger in a transaction that provides Shareholders with cash and/or securities of a publicly traded company; or (c) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company for cash or other consideration.

Listing” means the listing of the Common Shares (or any successor thereof) on a national securities exchange or national securities association registered with the SEC or the receipt by the Shareholders of Securities that are approved for trading on a national securities exchange or national securities association registered with the SEC in exchange for the Common Shares. The term “Listed” shall have the correlative meaning. With regard to the Common Shares, upon commencement of trading of the Common Shares on a national securities exchange or national securities association registered with the SEC, the Common Shares shall be deemed Listed.

 

3


Net Asset Value” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 5.5 hereof.

Net Worth” means the excess of total assets over total liabilities as determined by GAAP.

Omnibus Guidelines” means the Omnibus Guidelines Statement of Policy adopted by the North American Securities Administrators Association on March 29, 1992 and as amended on May 7, 2007 and from time to time.

Organization and Offering Expenses” means any and all costs and expenses incurred by and to be paid from the assets of the Company in connection with and in preparing for the formation, qualification and registration of the Company, and the marketing and distribution of shares, including, without limitation, total underwriting and brokerage discounts and commissions (including fees of the underwriters’ attorneys), expenses for printing, engraving, amending, supplementing, mailing and distributing costs, salaries of employees while engaged in sales activity, telephone and other telecommunications costs, all advertising and marketing expenses (including the costs related to investor and broker-dealer sales meetings), charges of transfer agents, registrars, trustees, escrow agents or holders, depositories, experts, fees, expenses and taxes related to the filing, registration and qualification of the sale of the shares under federal and state laws, including taxes and fees and accountants’ and attorneys’ fees.

Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, estate, trust joint venture, limited liability company or other entity or association.

Plan Asset Regulation” means 29 C.F.R. § 2510.3-101, as modified by section 3(42) of ERISA.

Publicly Offered Securities” means publicly offered securities as defined in 29 C.F.R. § 2510.3-101(b)(2) or any successor regulation thereto.

Roll-Up Entity” means a partnership, trust, corporation, or similar entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of a proposed Roll-Up Transaction.

Roll-Up Transaction” means a transaction involving the acquisition, merger, conversion or consolidation either directly or indirectly of the Company and the issuance of securities of a Roll-Up Entity to the Shareholders. Such term does not include:

(a) a transaction involving Securities of the Company that have been Listed for at least twelve (12) months; or

(b) a transaction involving the conversion to another corporate form or to a trust or association form of only the Company, if, as a consequence of the transaction, there will be no significant adverse change in any of the following:

 

  (i)

Shareholders’ voting rights;

 

  (ii)

the term of existence of the Company;

 

  (iii)

Adviser compensation; or

 

  (iv)

the Company’s investment objective.

SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

4


Securities” means Common Shares, any other Shares or other evidences of equity or beneficial or other interests, voting trust certificates, bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as “securities” or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in, temporary or interim certificates for, receipts for, guarantees of, or warrants, options or rights to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing if and only if any such item is treated as a “security” under the Exchange Act, or applicable state securities laws.

Shareholders” means the registered holders of the Company’s Shares.

Shares” means the unit of beneficial interest in the trust estate of the Company.

specified asset program” means a program where, at the time a securities registration is ordered effective, at least 75% of the net proceeds from the sale of program interests are allocable to the purchase, construction, renovation, or improvement of individually identified assets or assets that provide a reasonably objective basis in conformity with the Guidelines of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants to allow the issuance of prospective financial statements. Reserves shall not be included in the 75%.

Sponsor” means any person directly or indirectly instrumental in organizing, wholly or in part, a program or any person who will control, manage or participate in the management of a program, and any affiliate of such person. Not included is any person whose only relation with the program is that of an independent manager of a portion of program assets, and whose only compensation is as such. “Sponsor” does not include wholly independent third parties such as attorneys, accountants, and underwriters whose only compensation is for professional services rendered in connection with the offering of program interests. A person may also be deemed a Sponsor of the program by:

(a) taking the initiative, directly or indirectly, in founding or organizing the business or enterprise of the program, either alone or in conjunction with one or more other persons;

(b) receiving a material participation in the program in connection with the founding or organizing of the business of the program, in consideration of services or property, or both services and property;

(c) having a substantial number of relationships and contacts with the program;

(d) possessing significant rights to control program properties;

(e) receiving fees for providing services to the program which are paid on a basis that is not customary in the industry; or

(f) providing goods or services to the program on a basis which was not negotiated at arm’s length with the program.

Statutory Trust Act” means Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del. C. § 3801, et seq., as such act may be amended from time to time.

Trustees,” “Board of Trustees” or “Board” means, collectively, the individuals named in Section 4.1 of this Declaration of Trust so long as they continue in office and all other individuals who have been duly elected and qualify as Trustees of the Company hereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, any references to “Trustee” or “Board of Trustee” or “Board” in this Declaration of Trust and the Bylaws of the Company shall not be deemed to include or refer to the Delaware Trustee.

ARTICLE II

NATURE AND PURPOSE

The Company is a Delaware statutory trust within the meaning of the Statutory Trust Act, existing pursuant to this Declaration of Trust and the Company’s certificate of trust filed with the Delaware Secretary of State’s office on December 4, 2020 (which filing is hereby ratified), each as may be amended or amended and restated from time to time.

 

5


The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which trusts may be organized under the Statutory Trust Act as now or hereafter in force, including to conduct, operate and carry on the business of a non-diversified closed-end investment company operating as a business development company, as such terms are defined in the 1940 Act, subject to making an election therefor under the 1940 Act, and to carry on such other business as the Trustees may from time to time determine pursuant to their authority under this Declaration of Trust. In furtherance of the foregoing, it shall be the purpose of the Company to do everything necessary, suitable, convenient or proper for the conduct, promotion and attainment of any businesses and purposes which at any time may be incidental or may appear conducive or expedient for the accomplishment of the business of a business development company regulated under the 1940 Act and which may be engaged in or carried on by a trust organized under the Statutory Trust Act, and in connection therewith the Company shall have the power and authority to engage in the foregoing and may exercise all of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware upon a Delaware statutory trust. The Company may not, without the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities, as such term is defined under Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act, of the Company entitled to vote on the matter, change the nature of the Company’s business so that the Company ceases to be, or withdraws the Company’s election to be, treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act.

Legal title to all of the assets of the Company shall be vested in the Company as a separate legal entity except that the Trustees shall have power to cause legal title to any assets of the Company to be held in the name of any other Person as nominee, custodian or pledgee, on such terms as the Trustees may determine, provided that such arrangement is permitted by the 1940 Act and the interest of the Company therein is appropriately protected.

ARTICLE III

DELAWARE TRUSTEE

Section 3.1 Appointment. Pursuant to Section 3807 of the Statutory Trust Act, the trustee of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be Wilmington Trust, National Association (the “Delaware Trustee”). The address of the principal office of Wilmington Trust, National Association is 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890.

Section 3.2 Concerning the Delaware Trustee.

(a) The Delaware Trustee is appointed to serve as the trustee of the Company in the State of Delaware for the sole purpose of satisfying the requirement pursuant to Section 3807(a) of the Statutory Trust Act that the Company have at least one trustee which has its principal place of business in the State of Delaware. The Company shall have at least one other trustee (other than the Delaware Trustee) to perform all obligations and duties other than fulfilling the Company’s obligations pursuant to Section 3807(a) of the Statutory Trust Act.

(b) The duties of the Delaware Trustee shall be limited to (i) accepting legal process served on the Company in the State of Delaware and (ii) the execution of any certificates required to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State which the Delaware Trustee is required to execute under Section 3811 of the Statutory Trust Act. Except for the purpose of the foregoing sentence, the Delaware Trustee shall not be deemed a trustee, shall not be a member of the Board of Trustees and shall have no management responsibilities or owe any fiduciary duties to the Company or the Shareholders. To the extent that, at law or in equity, the Delaware Trustee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company or the Shareholders, it is hereby understood and agreed by the other parties hereto that such duties and liabilities are replaced by the duties and liabilities of the Delaware Trustee expressly set forth in this Declaration of Trust. The Delaware Trustee shall have no liability for the acts or omissions of any other Person, including, without limitation, the Trustees and the Adviser.

(c) The Delaware Trustee may be removed by the Trustees upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the Delaware Trustee. The Delaware Trustee may resign upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the Trustees. No resignation or removal of the Delaware Trustee shall be effective except upon the appointment of a successor Delaware Trustee appointed by the Trustees or a court of competent jurisdiction. If no successor Delaware Trustee has been appointed within such 30 day period, the Delaware Trustee may, at the expense of the Trust, petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint a successor Delaware Trustee.

 

6


(d) Any Person into which the Delaware Trustee may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Delaware Trustee shall be a party, or any Person which succeeds to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Delaware Trustee, shall be the successor Delaware Trustee under this Declaration of Trust without the execution, delivery or filing of any paper or instrument or further act to be done on the part of the parties hereto, except as may be required by applicable law.

(e) The Delaware Trustee shall be entitled to all of the same rights, protections, indemnities and immunities under this Declaration of Trust and with respect to the Company and the Shareholders as the Trustees. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Declaration of Trust which adversely affects the Delaware Trustee shall be effective against it without its prior written consent.

(f) The Delaware Trustee shall not be liable for supervising or monitoring the performance and the duties and obligations of any other Person, including, without limitation, the Trustees, the Administrator or the Adviser or the Company under this Declaration of Trust or any related document.

(g) The Delaware Trustee shall not be personally liable under any circumstances, except for its own willful misconduct or gross negligence. In particular, but not by way of limitation: (i) the Delaware Trustee shall not be personally liable for any error of judgment made in good faith; (ii) no provision of this Declaration of Trust shall require the Delaware Trustee to expend or risk its personal funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its rights or powers hereunder, if the Delaware Trustee shall have reasonable grounds for believing that the payment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured or provided to it; (iii) under no circumstances shall the Delaware Trustee be personally liable for any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or indebtedness of the Trust; (iv) the Delaware Trustee shall not be personally responsible for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Declaration of Trust or for the due execution hereof by any other party hereto; (v) the Delaware Trustee shall incur no liability to anyone in acting upon any signature, instrument, notice, resolution, request, consent, order, certificate, report, opinion, bond or other document or paper reasonably believed by it to be genuine and reasonably believed by it to be signed by the proper party or parties. The Delaware Trustee may accept a certified copy of a resolution of the board of directors or other governing body of any corporate party as conclusive evidence that such resolution has been duly adopted by such body and that the same is in full force and effect. As to any fact or matter the manner of ascertainment of which is not specifically prescribed herein, the Delaware Trustee may for all purposes hereof rely on a certificate or resolution, signed by a Trustee or an officer of the Company as to such fact or matter, and such certificate shall constitute full protection to the Delaware Trustee for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in reliance thereon; (vi) in the exercise or administration of the Company hereunder, the Delaware Trustee (A) may act directly or through agents or attorneys pursuant to agreements entered into with any of them, and the Delaware Trustee shall not be liable for the default or misconduct of such agents or attorneys if such agents or attorneys shall have been selected by the Delaware Trustee in good faith and (B) may consult with counsel, accountants and other skilled persons to be selected by it in good faith and employed by it, and it shall not be liable for anything done, suffered or omitted in good faith by it in accordance with the advice or opinion of any such counsel, accountants or other skilled persons; (vii) in accepting and performing its express duties hereunder the Delaware Trustee acts solely as Delaware Trustee hereunder and not in its individual capacity, and all persons having any claim against the Delaware Trustee by reason of the transactions contemplated by this Declaration of Trust shall look only to the Company for payment or satisfaction thereof; and (viii) the Delaware Trustee shall incur no liability if, by reason of any provision of any present or future law or regulation thereunder, or by any force majeure event, including but not limited to natural disaster, act of war or terrorism, or other circumstances beyond its reasonable control, the Delaware Trustee shall be prevented or forbidden from doing or performing any act or thing which the terms of this Declaration of Trust provide shall or may be done or performed, or by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any discretion provided for in this Declaration of Trust.

(h) In the event of the appointment of a successor Delaware Trustee, such successor shall cause an amendment to the certificate of trust of the Company to be filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware in accordance with Section 3810 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, indicating the change of the Delaware Trustee’s identity.

 

7


Section 3.3 Compensation and Reimbursement of Expenses; Indemnity. The Company hereby agrees to (i) compensate the Delaware Trustee in accordance with a separate fee agreement with the Delaware Trustee, (ii) reimburse the Delaware Trustee for all reasonable expenses relating to the services of the Delaware Trustee (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and other advisers retained by the Delaware Trustee) and (iii) indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Delaware Trustee, and its employees, agents, officers and trustees (the “Indemnified DE Trustee Parties”) from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, demands, assessments, judgments, losses, liabilities, damages, costs, taxes, and expenses, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and including costs of enforcement of an Indemnified DE Trustee Party’s rights hereunder(collectively, “Expenses”), to the extent that such Expenses arise out of or are imposed upon or asserted at any time against such Indemnified DE Trustee Parties with respect to the performance of any duties contemplated by this Declaration of Trust or from the services provided or functions performed by the Delaware Trustee; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to indemnify any Indemnified DE Trustee Parties for any Expenses which are a result of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnified DE Trustee Parties. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Expenses to be incurred by any Indemnified DE Trustee Parties shall, from time to time, be advanced by, or on behalf of, the Company prior to the final disposition of any matter upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by, or on behalf of, such Indemnified DE Trustee Parties to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Indemnified DE Trustee Parties are not entitled to be indemnified under this Declaration of Trust.

ARTICLE IV

PROVISIONS FOR DEFINING, LIMITING

AND REGULATING CERTAIN POWERS OF THE

COMPANY AND OF THE SHAREHOLDERS AND TRUSTEES

Section 4.1 Number of Trustees. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Trustees (not including the Delaware Trustee). The Board of Trustees shall have full, exclusive and absolute power, control and authority over the Company’s assets and over the business of the Company to the same extent as a board of directors of a Delaware corporation. The Board of Trustees may take any actions as in its sole judgment and discretion are necessary or desirable to conduct the business of the Company. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Declaration of Trust and the Bylaws, each Trustee and officer of the Company shall have duties including fiduciary duties (and liability therefore) identical to those of directors and officers of a private corporation for profit organized under the DGCL and shall not have any other duties, including any fiduciary duties, except for fiduciary duties identical to those of directors and officers of a private corporation for profit organized under the DGCL. The number of Trustees of the Company is five (5), which number may be increased or decreased from time to time only by the Trustees pursuant to the Bylaws, but shall never be less than one (1), except for a period of up to sixty (60) days after the death, removal or resignation of a Trustee pending the election of such Trustee’s successor. The names of the initial Trustees are as follows: Earl Hunt, Meredith Coffey, Christine Gallagher, Michael Porter and Carl J. Rickertsen.

A majority of the Board of Trustees shall be Independent Trustees, except for a period of up to sixty (60) days or such longer period permitted by law, after the death, removal or resignation of an Independent Trustee pending the election of such Independent Trustee’s successor by the remaining Trustees.

Subject to applicable requirements of the 1940 Act, in order that any and all vacancies on the Board may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Trustees in office, even if the remaining Trustees do not constitute a quorum, and any Trustee elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the trusteeship in which such vacancy occurred and until a successor is duly elected and qualified. There shall be no cumulative voting in the election or removal of Trustees. Trustees shall be elected by a plurality of votes.

Section 4.2 Classes of Trustees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective upon and following the occurrence of a Listing of any class of the Company’s Shares, if any: the Board of Trustees shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III, as nearly equal in number as possible, and the term of office of Trustees of one class shall expire at each annual meeting of Shareholders, and in all cases as to each Trustee such term shall extend until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify or until his or earlier resignation,

 

8


removal from office, death or incapacity. Additional trusteeships resulting from an increase in number of Trustees shall be apportioned among the classes as equally as possible. The initial term of office of Trustees of Class I shall expire at the Company’s next annual meeting of Shareholders; the initial term of office of Trustees of Class II shall expire at the Company’s second annual meeting of Shareholders following the occurrence of a Listing of any class of the Company’s Shares, if any; and the initial term of office of Trustees of Class III shall expire at the Company’s third annual meeting of Shareholders following the occurrence of a Listing of any class of the Company’s Shares, if any. Following such initial terms, at each annual meeting of Shareholders, a number of Trustees equal to the number of Trustee of the class whose term expires at the time of such meeting (or, if less, the number of Trustee properly nominated and qualified for election) shall be elected to hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting of Shareholders after their election. Each Trustee may be reelected to an unlimited number of succeeding terms in accordance with these provisions.

If the Board of Trustees is classified, at each annual election, Trustees chosen to succeed those whose terms then expire shall be of the same class as the Trustees they succeed, unless by reason of any intervening changes in the authorized number of Trustees, the Board of Trustees shall designate one or more trusteeships whose term then expires as trusteeships of another class in order to more nearly achieve equality of number of Trustees among the classes.

Notwithstanding the rule that the three classes shall be as nearly equal in number of Trustees as possible, in the event of any change in the authorized number of Trustees, each Trustee then continuing to serve as such shall nevertheless continue as a Trustee of the class of which such Trustee is a member until the expiration of his or her current term, or his or her prior death, resignation or removal. If any newly created trusteeship may, consistently with the rule that the three classes shall be as nearly equal in number of Trustees as possible, be allocated to any class, the Board of Trustees shall allocate it to that of the available class whose term of office is due to expire at the earliest date following such allocation.

The voting procedures and the number of votes required to elect a Trustee shall be as set forth in the Bylaws, which may be amended by the Board.

Section 4.3 Shareholder Voting. Except as provided in Article II, Section 4.9, Section 6.2, Section 6.3, Section 10.2, Section 11.1 and Section 13.2 of this Declaration of Trust, notwithstanding any provision of law permitting any particular action to be approved by the affirmative vote of the Shareholders of the Company entitled to cast a greater number of votes, any such action shall be effective and valid if declared advisable and approved by the Board of Trustees, and approved by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of Shareholders at which a quorum is present. All shares of all classes shall vote together as a single class provided that: (a) as to any matter with respect to which a separate vote of any class is required by the 1940 Act or any orders issued thereunder, such requirement as to a separate vote by that class shall apply in lieu of a general vote of all classes; (b) in the event that separate voting requirements apply with respect to one or more classes, then subject to subparagraph (c), the shares of all other classes not entitled to a separate vote shall vote together as a single class; and (c) as to any matter which in the judgment of the Board (which judgment shall be conclusive) does not affect the interest of a particular class, such class shall not be entitled to any vote and only the holders of shares of the one or more affected classes shall be entitled to vote. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws to the contrary, for such matters that require the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting Shares of the Company under the 1940 Act, such majority vote shall be determined as set forth in Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act. The provisions of this Section 4.3 shall be subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act and other applicable statutes or regulations.

Section 4.4 Quorum. The determination of whether a quorum has been established for a meeting of the Company’s Shareholders shall be as set forth in the Bylaws.

Section 4.5 Preemptive Rights. Except as may be provided by the Board of Trustees in setting the terms of classified or reclassified Shares or as may otherwise be provided by contract approved by the Board, no Shareholder shall, as such Shareholder, have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any additional Shares of the Company or any other Security of the Company that it may issue or sell.

 

9


Section 4.6 Appraisal Rights. Except as may be provided by the Board of Trustees in setting the terms of any class or series of Shares, no Shareholder shall be entitled to exercise appraisal rights in connection with any transaction.

Section 4.7 Determinations by the Board. The determination as to any of the following matters, made in good faith by or pursuant to the direction of the Board of Trustees consistent with this Declaration of Trust shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Company and every Shareholder: (i) the amount of the net income of the Company for any period and the amount of assets at any time legally available for the payment of dividends, redemption or repurchase of its Shares or the payment of other distributions on its Shares; (ii) the amount of stated capital, capital surplus, net assets, other surplus, annual or other net profit, net assets in excess of capital, undivided profits or excess of profits over losses on sales of assets; (iii) the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have been paid or discharged); (iv) any interpretation of the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of any class or series of Shares of the Company; (v) the fair value, or any sale, bid or asked price to be applied in determining the fair value, of any asset owned or held by the Company or any Shares of the Company; (vi) any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets by the Company; or (vii) any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Company or required or permitted by applicable law, this Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws or otherwise to be determined by the Board provided, however, that any determination by the Board as to any of the preceding matters shall not render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to such determination and no Trustee shall be liable for making or failing to make such a determination.

Section 4.8 Sole Discretion; Good Faith; Corporate Opportunities of Adviser.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Declaration of Trust or otherwise applicable law, whenever in this Declaration of Trust the Trustees are permitted or required to make a decision:

(i) in their “discretion” or under a grant of similar authority, the Trustees shall be entitled to consider such interests and factors as they desire, including their own interest, and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Company or any other Person; or

(ii) in their “good faith” or under another express standard, the Trustees shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard.

(b) Unless expressly provided otherwise herein or in the Company’s offering document (as may be amended from time to time), the Adviser and any Affiliate of the Adviser may engage in or possess an interest in other profit-seeking or business ventures of any nature or description, independently or with others, whether or not such ventures are competitive with the Company and the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine. To the extent that the Adviser acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for the Company, it shall not have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to the Company, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and any applicable co-investment order issued by the Commission, and the Adviser shall not be liable to the Company or to the Shareholders for breach of any fiduciary or other duty by reason of the fact that the Adviser pursues or acquires for, or directs such opportunity to, another Person or does not communicate such opportunity or information to the Company. Neither the Company nor any Shareholder shall have any rights or obligations by virtue of this Declaration of Trust or the trust relationship created hereby in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits or losses derived therefrom, and the pursuit of such ventures, even if competitive with the activities of the Company, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper.

Section 4.9 Resignation and Removal of Trustees. Any of the Trustees may resign their trust (without need for prior or subsequent accounting) by an instrument in writing signed by such Trustee and delivered or mailed to the Trustees or the Chairman, if any, and such resignation shall be effective upon such delivery, or at a later date according to the terms of the instrument. Any Trustee, or the entire Board, may be removed from office at any time

 

10


(provided the aggregate number of Trustees after such removal shall not be less than the minimum number required by Section 4.1 hereof) only for cause and only by a majority of the remaining Trustees (or in the case of the removal of a Trustee that is not an Interested Person a majority of the remaining Trustees that are not Interested Persons). Upon the resignation or removal of a Trustee, each such resigning or removed Trustee shall execute and deliver such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose of conveying to the Company or the remaining Trustees any Company property held in the name of such resigning or removed Trustee. Upon the incapacity or death of any Trustee, such Trustee’s legal representative shall execute and deliver on such Trustee’s behalf such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require as provided in the preceding sentence. Except to the extent expressly provided in a written agreement with the Trust, no Trustee resigning and no Trustee removed shall have any right to any compensation for any period following the effective date of his resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of a removal.

Section 4.10 Business Combination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Declaration of Trust or any contrary provision of law, the Board of Trustees may, without Shareholder approval unless such approval is required by the 1940 Act, cause the Company to convert into or merge, reorganize or consolidate with or into one or more trusts, partnerships, limited liability companies, corporations or other business entities, provided that the resulting entity is a business development company under the 1940 Act. Approval of any agreement or applicable certificate of merger, reorganization, consolidation or conversion or certificate may be signed by a majority of the Board of Trustees or an authorized officer of the Company. In accordance with Section 3815(f) of the Statutory Trust Act, but subject to Section 6.2 of this Declaration of Trust, such approval and approval from the Board will effect an amendment to this Declaration of Trust and/or effect the adoption of a new declaration of trust of the Company or change the name of the Company if the Company is the surviving or resulting entity in the merger or consolidation.

Section 4.11 Special Meetings. A majority of the Independent Trustees or the Chief Executive Officer may call a special meeting of the Shareholders.

Section 4.12 Trust Only. It is the intention of the Trustees to create only the relationship of Trustee and beneficiary between the Trustees and each Shareholder from time to time. It is not the intention of the Trustees to create a general partnership, limited partnership, joint stock association, corporation, bailment or any form of legal relationship other than a Delaware statutory trust. Nothing in this Declaration of Trust shall be construed to make the Shareholders, either by themselves or with the Trustees, partners or members of a joint stock association.

Section 4.13 Trustee Action by Written Consent. Any action which may be taken by Trustees by vote may be taken without a meeting if that number of the Trustees, or members of a committee, as the case may be, required for approval of such action at a meeting of the Trustees or of such committee consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with the records of the meetings of Trustees. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Trustees.

Section 4.14 Officers. The Trustees shall elect a Chief Executive Officer, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer and may elect a Chairman who shall serve at the pleasure of the Trustees or until their successors are elected. The Trustees may elect or appoint or may authorize the Chairman, if any, or Chief Executive Officer to appoint such other officers or agents with such powers as the Trustees may deem to be advisable. A Chairman shall, and the Chief Executive Officer, Secretary and Chief Financial Officer may, but need not, be a Trustee. All officers shall owe to the Company and its Shareholders the same fiduciary duties (and only such fiduciary duties) as owed by officers of corporations to such corporations and their stockholders under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 4.15 Principal Transactions. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law and the Omnibus Guidelines, the Trustees may, on behalf of the Company, buy any securities from or sell any securities to, or lend any assets of the Company to, any Trustee or officer of the Company or any firm of which any such Trustee or officer is a member acting as principal, or have any such dealings with any Affiliate of the Company, investment adviser, investment sub-adviser, distributor or transfer agent for the Company or with any Interested Person of such Affiliate or other person; and the Company may employ any such Affiliate or other person, or firm or company in which such Affiliate or other person is an Interested Person, as broker, legal counsel, registrar, investment advisor, investment sub-advisor, distributor, transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent, custodian or in any other capacity upon customary terms.

 

11


Section 4.16 Subsidiaries. Without approval or vote by Shareholders, the Trustees may cause to be organized or assist in organizing one or more corporations, trusts, partnerships, associations or other organizations to take over all of the Company’s property or to carry on any business in which the Company shall directly or indirectly have any interest and to sell, convey, and transfer all or a portion of the Company’s property to any such corporation, trust, limited liability company, association or organization in exchange for the shares or securities thereof, or otherwise, and to lend money to, subscribe for the shares or securities of and enter into any contracts with any such corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, association or organization, or any corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or organization in which the Company holds or is about to acquire shares or any other interests.

Section 4.17 Delegation. The Trustees shall have the power to delegate from time to time to such of their number or to officers, employees or agents of the Company the doing of such things, including any matters set forth in this Declaration of Trust, and the execution of such instruments either in the name of the Company or the names of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient. The Trustees may designate one or more committees which shall have all or such lesser portion of the authority of the entire Board of Trustees as the Trustees shall determine from time to time except to the extent action by the entire Board of Trustees or particular Trustees is required by the 1940 Act.

ARTICLE V

SHARES

Section 5.1 Authorized Shares. The beneficial interest in the Company shall at all times be divided into an unlimited number of Shares. The Shares of the Company shall initially consist of Common Shares, with such par value as may be authorized from time to time by the Trustees in their sole discretion without Shareholder approval. All Common Shares shall be fully paid and nonassessable when issued. Mandatory assessments of Common Shares shall be prohibited and the Company shall not make any mandatory assessment against any Shareholder beyond such Shareholder’s subscription commitment. Any different classes or series shall be established and designated, and the variations in the relative rights and preferences as between the different classes shall be fixed and determined, by the Trustees without Shareholder approval. The Trustees may create a class of preferred shares (the “Preferred Shares”) which may be divided into one or more series of Preferred Shares and with such par value as may be authorized from time to time by the Trustees in their sole discretion without Shareholder approval. The Company is authorized to offer and issue an unlimited number of Common Shares and an unlimited number of Preferred Shares.

Section 5.2 Authorization by Board of Share Issuance. The Board of Trustees may authorize the issuance from time to time Shares of the Company of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, or securities or rights convertible into Shares of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration as the Board may deem advisable (or without consideration in the case of a split of Shares or dividend), subject to such restrictions or limitations, if any, as may be set forth in this Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws.

Section 5.3 Classification or Reclassification by the Board. As contemplated by Section 5.1, the variations in the relative rights and preferences as between any classes of Common Shares and any potential Preferred Shares shall be fixed and determined by the Trustees; provided, that all Common Shares or Preferred Shares of the Company or of any series shall be identical to all other Common Shares or Preferred Shares of the Company or of the same series, as the case may be, except that, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, there may be variations between different classes as to allocation of expenses, rights of redemption, special and relative rights and preferences as to dividends and distributions and on liquidation, conversion rights, and conditions under which the several classes shall have separate voting rights. All of the outstanding Common Shares as of the date hereof issued to the sole initial shareholder shall be classified as Class I Shares with such terms as set forth in the initial prospectus of the Company, as thereafter subsequently modified from time to time. Any class of Preferred Shares shall have such rights and preferences and priorities over the Common Shares as may be established by the terms thereof; provided that the Company may not issue any shares of preferred shares that would limit or subordinate the voting rights of holders of Common Shares as set forth in the Omnibus Guidelines unless required by the 1940 Act.

 

12


The following provisions shall be applicable to any division of Shares of the Company into one or more classes or series:

(a) All provisions herein relating to the Shares, or any class or series of Shares of the Company, including common and preferred shares, shall apply equally to each class of Shares of the Company or of any series of the Company, except as the context requires otherwise.

(b) The number of Shares of each class that may be issued shall be unlimited. The Trustees may classify or reclassify any Shares or any class of any Shares into one or more other classes that may be established and designated from time to time. The Company may purchase and hold Shares as treasury shares, reissue such treasury shares for such consideration and on such terms as the Trustees may determine, or cancel any Shares of any class acquired by the Company at the Trustees’ discretion from time to time.

(c) Liabilities, expenses, costs, charges and reserves related to the distribution of, and other identified expenses that should properly be allocated to, the Shares of a particular class or series within the class may be charged to and borne solely by such class or series, and the bearing of expenses solely by a class of shares or series may be appropriately reflected (in a manner determined by the Trustees) and cause differences in the net asset value attributable to, and the dividend, redemption and liquidation rights of, the Shares of different classes or series. Each allocation of liabilities, expenses, costs, charges and reserves by the Trustees in their reasonable judgment shall be conclusive and binding upon the Shareholders of all classes for all purposes.

(d) The establishment and designation of any class or series of Shares shall be effective upon resolution by a majority of the Trustees, adopting a resolution which sets forth such establishment and designation and the relative rights and preferences of such class or series. Each such resolution shall be incorporated herein by reference upon adoption. The Trustees may, by resolution of a majority of the Trustees, abolish any class or series and the establishment and designation thereof. To the extent the provisions set forth in such resolution conflict with the provisions of this Declaration of Trust with respect to any such rights and privileges of the class or series of Shares, such resolutions shall control.

Section 5.4 Dividends and Distributions.

(a) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Declaration of Trust, the holders of each class or series of Shares shall be entitled to dividends and distributions in such amounts and at such times as may be determined by the Board, and the dividends and distributions paid with respect to the various classes or series of Shares may vary among such classes or series. Expenses related to the distribution of, and other identified expenses that properly should be allocated to the shares of, a particular class or series may be appropriately reflected (in a manner determined by the Board, in its discretion) and cause a difference in the Net Asset Value attributable to, and the dividend, redemption and liquidation rights of, the shares of each such class or series of Shares.

(b) The Trustees may always retain from the net profits such amount as they may deem necessary to pay the debts or expenses of the Company or to meet obligations of the Company, or as they otherwise may deem desirable to use in the conduct of its affairs or to retain for future requirements or extensions of the business. Normally, such amount shall not be less than 1% of the offering proceeds of the Company.

(c) From time to time and not less than quarterly, the Company shall review the Company’s accounts to determine whether cash distributions are appropriate. The Company may, subject to authorization by the Board of Trustees, distribute to the Shareholders funds received by the Company that the Board of Trustees deems unnecessary to retain in the Company. The Board may authorize the Company to declare and pay to Shareholders such dividends or distributions, in cash or other assets of the Company or in Securities of the Company or from any other source, as the Board in its discretion shall determine. The Board shall endeavor to authorize the Company to declare and pay such dividends and distributions: (i) as shall be necessary for the Company to qualify as a “Regulated Investment Company” under the Code and a business development company under the 1940 Act, and (ii) to the extent that the Board deems it unnecessary for the Company to retain funds received by it; provided, however, that in each case Shareholders shall have no right to any dividend or distribution unless and until authorized by the Board and declared by the Company. Distributions pursuant to this Section 5.4 may be among the

 

13


Shareholders of record of the applicable class or series of Shares at the time of declaring a distribution or among the Shareholders of record at such later date as the Trustees shall determine and specify. The exercise of the powers and rights of the Board pursuant to this Section 5.4 shall be subject to the provisions of any class or series of shares at the time outstanding. The receipt by any Person in whose name any shares are registered on the records of the Company or by his or her duly authorized agent shall be a sufficient discharge for all dividends or distributions payable or deliverable in respect of such shares and from all liability to see to the application thereof. Distributions in kind shall not be permitted, except for distributions of readily marketable Securities, distributions of cash from a liquidating trust established for the dissolution of the Company and the liquidation of its assets in accordance with the terms of this Declaration of Trust or distributions in which: (i) the Board advises each Shareholder of the risks associated with direct ownership of the property, (ii) the Board offers each Shareholder the election of receiving such in-kind distributions, and (iii) in-kind distributions are made only to those Shareholders that accept such offer.

(d) Inasmuch as the computation of net income and gains for Federal income tax purposes may vary from the computation thereof on the books, the above provisions shall be interpreted to give the Trustees the power in their discretion to distribute for any fiscal year as ordinary dividends and as capital gains distributions, respectively, additional amounts sufficient to enable the Company to avoid or reduce liability for taxes.

(e) If a declaration of dividends or distributions is made pursuant to this Section then (i) at any time prior to the related payment date, the Board may, in its sole discretion, rescind such declaration or change each of the record date and payment date to a later date or dates (in each case for a period of not greater than 180 days after each of the record date and payment date theretofore in effect and provided the payment date as so changed is not more than 60 days after the record date as so changed).

(f) In no event, however, shall funds be advanced or borrowed for purpose of distributions, if the amount of such distributions would exceed the Company’s accrued and received revenues for the previous four quarters, less paid and accrued operating costs with respect to such revenues and costs shall be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied. Cash distributions from the Company to the Sponsor shall only be made in conjunction with distributions to Shareholders and only out of funds properly allocated to the Sponsor’s account.

Section 5.5 Proportionate Rights. All shares of each particular class shall represent an equal proportionate interest in the assets attributable to the class (subject to the liabilities of that class), and each share of any particular class shall be equal to each other share of that class. The Board of Trustees may, from time to time, divide or combine the shares of any particular class into a greater or lesser number of shares of that class without thereby changing the proportionate interest in the assets attributable to that class or in any way affecting the rights of holders of shares of any other class.

Section 5.6 Distributions in Liquidation. Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Declaration of Trust, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of all classes of Shares of the Company shall be entitled, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Company (as such liability may affect one or more of the classes and series of Shares of the Company), to share ratably in the remaining net assets of the Company.

Section 5.7 Deferred Payments. The Company shall not have authority to make arrangements for deferred payments on account of the purchase price of shares of the Company’s Shares unless all of the following conditions are met: (a) such arrangements are warranted by the Company’s investment objectives; (b) the period of deferred payments coincides with the anticipated cash needs of the Company; (c) the deferred payments shall be evidenced by a promissory note of the Shareholder, which note shall be with recourse, shall not be negotiable, shall be assignable only subject to defenses of the maker and shall not contain a provision authorizing a confession of judgment; and (d) selling commissions and Front End Fees paid upon deferred payments are payable when payment is made on the note. The Company shall not sell or assign the deferred obligation notes at a discount. In the event of default in the payment of deferred payments by a Shareholder, the Shareholder may be subjected to a reasonable penalty.

 

14


Section 5.8 Fractional Shares. The Company shall have authority to issue fractional shares. Any fractional Shares shall carry proportionately all of the rights of a whole share, including, without limitation, the right to vote and the right to receive dividends and other distributions.

Section 5.9 Declaration of Trust and Bylaws. All persons who shall acquire Shares in the Company shall acquire the same subject to the provisions of this Declaration of Trust and the Bylaws.

Section 5.10 Redemptions. Holders of Shares of the Company shall not be entitled to require the Company to repurchase or redeem Shares of the Company.

Section 5.11 Disclosure of Holding. The holders of Shares or other securities of the Company shall upon demand disclose to the Trustees in writing such information with respect to direct and indirect ownership of Shares or other securities of the Company as the Trustees deem necessary to comply with the provisions of the Code, the 1940 Act or other applicable laws or regulations, or to comply with the requirements of any other taxing or regulatory authority.

Section 5.12 Repurchase of Shares. The Trustees shall have the power to issue, sell, repurchase, redeem, retire, cancel, acquire, hold, resell, reissue, dispose of, transfer, and otherwise deal in, Shares, including Shares in fractional denominations, and, to apply to any such repurchase, redemption, retirement, cancellation or acquisition of Shares any funds or property. The Trustees may establish, from time to time, a program or programs by which the Company voluntarily repurchases Shares from the Shareholders; provided, however, that such repurchases do not impair the capital or operations of the Company.

Section 5.13 Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this Article V, the Trustees may prescribe, in their absolute discretion except as may be required by the 1940 Act, such other bases and times for determining the per share asset value of the Company’s Shares or net income, or the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions as they may deem necessary or desirable for any reason, including to enable the Company to comply with any provision of the 1940 Act, federal securities laws, state securities laws, or any securities exchange or association registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any order of exemption issued by the SEC, all as in effect now or hereafter amended or modified.

Section 5.14 ERISA Restrictions. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if and to the extent that any class of Shares do not constitute Publicly Offered Securities, in order to avoid the possibility that the underlying assets of the Company could be treated as assets of Benefit Plan Investor pursuant to the Plan Asset Regulation, the Company, at the direction of the Board of Trustees or any duly-authorized committee of the Board, or, if authorized by the Board, any officer of the Company or the Adviser on behalf of the Company, shall have the power to (1) require any Person proposing to acquire Shares to furnish such information as may be necessary to determine whether such person is (i) a Benefit Plan Investor, or (ii) an ERISA Controlling Person, (2) exclude any shareholder or potential shareholder from purchasing our Common Shares (3) prohibit any repurchase of Shares to any Person, and (4) repurchase any or all outstanding Shares held by a Shareholder for such price and on such other terms and conditions as may be determined by or at the direction of the Board.

ARTICLE VI

AMENDMENTS; CERTAIN EXTRAORDINARY ACTIONS

Section 6.1 Amendments Generally. Subject to Section 6.2, the Board of Trustees reserves the right, without any vote of Shareholders, from time to time to make any amendment to this Declaration of Trust, now or hereafter authorized by law, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in this Declaration of Trust, of any outstanding Shares, provided, however, that if any amendment or new addition to this Declaration of Trust adversely affects the rights of Shareholders, such amendment or addition must be approved by the holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Shares of the Company entitled to vote thereon. All rights and powers conferred by this Declaration of Trust on Shareholders, Trustees and officers are granted subject to this reservation.

 

15


Section 6.2 Approval of Certain Declaration of Trust Amendments. The affirmative vote of the Shareholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds (2/3) of all Shares of the Company entitled to vote on the matter shall be necessary to effect:

(a) Any amendment to this Declaration of Trust to make the Common Shares a “redeemable security” or to convert the Company, whether by merger or otherwise, from a “closed-end company” to an “open-end company” (as such terms are defined in the 1940 Act), except that if the Company’s Shares are not Covered Securities, the affirmative vote of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Shares of the Company entitled to vote on the matter shall be necessary to effect such amendment or addition; and

(b) Any amendment to Section 4.3, 4.9, Section 6.1 or this Section 6.2.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this section, if the Board of Trustees approve a proposal or amendment pursuant to this Section 6.2 by a vote of at least two-thirds of such Board of Trustees (excluding the Delaware Trustee), then only the affirmative vote of the holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Shares of the Company entitled to vote thereon shall be required to approve such matter.

Section 6.3 Approval of Certain Amendments to Bylaws. The Board of Trustees shall have the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of the Bylaws and to make new Bylaws.

Section 6.4 Amendments in Connection with an Exchange Listing. In connection with the occurrence of a Listing of any class of the Company’s Shares, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Trustees may, without the approval or vote of the Shareholders, amend or supplement this Declaration in any manner, including, without limitation to reclassify the Board of Trustees, to permit annual meetings of Shareholders, to impose advance notice provisions for the bringing of Shareholder nominations or proposals, to eliminate the suitability requirements of Section 11.5, to impose super-majority approval for certain types of transactions and to otherwise add or modify provisions that may be deemed to adverse to Shareholders, including those provisions of Section 11.1 and this Article VI.

Section 6.5 Execution of Amendments. Upon obtaining such approvals required by this Declaration of Trust and the Bylaws and without further action or execution by any other Person, including the Delaware Trustee or any Shareholder, (i) any amendment to this Declaration of Trust may be implemented and reflected in a writing executed solely by the requisite members of the Board of Trustees, and (ii) the Delaware Trustee and the Shareholders shall be deemed a party to and bound by such amendment of this Declaration of Trust; provided, however, the Delaware Trustee’s written consent shall be required for any amendment that would affect the Delaware Trustee.

ARTICLE VII

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION AND

ADVANCE OF EXPENSES

Section 7.1 Limitation of Shareholder Liability. Shareholders shall be entitled to the same limited liability extended to Shareholders of private Delaware for profit corporations formed under the DGCL. No Shareholder shall be liable for any debt, claim, demand, judgment or obligation of any kind of, against or with respect to the Company by reason of being a Shareholder, nor shall any Shareholder be subject to any personal liability whatsoever, in tort, contract or otherwise, to any Person in connection with the Company’s assets or the affairs of the Company by reason of being a Shareholder.

Section 7.2 Limitation of Trustee and Officer Liability. To the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, subject to any limitation set forth under the federal securities laws, or in this Article VII, no Trustee or officer of the Company shall be liable to the Company or its Shareholders for money damages. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Section 7.2, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of this Declaration of Trust or Bylaws inconsistent with this Section 7.2, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding sentence with respect to any act or failure to act that occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption. The Company may not incur the cost of that portion of liability insurance which insures the Adviser for any liability as to which the Adviser is prohibited from being indemnified.

 

16


Section 7.3 Indemnification.

(a) Each Person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact:

(i) that he or she is or was a Trustee, officer, employee, Controlling Person or agent of the Company, or

(ii) that he or she, being at the time a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Company, is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (collectively, “another enterprise” or “other enterprise”), whether either in case (i) or in case (ii) the basis of such proceeding is alleged action or inaction (x) in an official capacity as a Trustee, officer, employee, Controlling Person or agent of the Company, or as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of such other enterprise, or (y) in any other capacity related to the Company or such other enterprise while so serving as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent not prohibited by Delaware law and subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, from and against all liability, loss, judgments, penalties, fines, settlements, and reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and amounts paid in settlement and including costs of enforcement of enforcement of rights under this Section) (collectively, “Liability and Losses”) actually incurred or suffered by such Person in connection therewith. The Persons indemnified hereunder are hereinafter referred to as “Indemnitees.” Such indemnification as to such alleged action or inaction shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has after such alleged action or inaction ceased to be a Trustee, officer, employee, Controlling Person or agent of the Company, or director, officer, employee or agent of another enterprise; and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. The right to indemnification conferred under this Article VII: (A) shall be a contract right; (B) shall not be affected adversely as to any Indemnitee by any amendment or repeal of this Declaration of Trust with respect to any action or inaction occurring prior to such amendment or repeal; and (C) shall vest immediately upon election or appointment of such Indemnitee.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company shall not provide any indemnification of an Indemnitee pursuant to paragraph (a) above, unless all of the following conditions are met:

(i) The Indemnitee has determined, in good faith, that any course of conduct of such Indemnitee giving rise to the Liability and Losses was in the best interests of the Company.

(ii) The Indemnitee was acting on behalf of or performing services for the Company.

(iii) Such Liability and Losses were not the result of (1) negligence or misconduct, in the case that the Indemnitee is a Trustee (other than an Independent Trustee), officer, employee, Controlling Person or agent of the Company, or (2) gross negligence or willful misconduct, in the case that the Indemnitee is an Independent Trustee.

(iv) Such indemnification is recoverable only out of the net assets of the Company and not from the Shareholders.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company shall not provide any indemnification of an Indemnitee pursuant to paragraph (a) above for any Liability and Losses arising from or out of an alleged violation of federal or state securities laws by such Indemnitee unless one or more of the following conditions are met: (i) there has been a successful adjudication on the merits of each count involving alleged securities law violations as to the Indemnitee, (ii) such claims have been dismissed with prejudice on the merits by a court of competent jurisdiction as to the Indemnitee or (iii) a court of competent jurisdiction approves a settlement of the

 

17


claims against the Indemnitee and finds that indemnification of the settlement and the related costs should be made, and the court considering the request for indemnification has been advised of the position of the SEC and of the published position of any state securities regulatory authority in which securities were offered or sold as to indemnification for violations of securities laws.

Section 7.4 Payment of Expenses. The Company shall pay or reimburse reasonable legal expenses and other costs incurred by an Indemnitee in advance of final disposition of a proceeding if all of the following are satisfied: (i) the proceeding relates to acts or omissions with respect to the performance of duties or services on behalf of the Company, (ii) the Indemnitee provides the Company with written affirmation of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Company as authorized by Section 7.3 hereof, (iii) the legal proceeding was initiated by a third party who is not a Shareholder or, if by a Shareholder of the Company acting in his or her capacity as such, a court of competent jurisdiction approves such advancement, and (iv) the Indemnitee provides the Company with a written agreement to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the Company, together with the applicable legal rate of interest thereon, if it is ultimately determined by final, non-appealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction, that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.

Section 7.5 Limitations to Indemnification. The provisions of this Article VII shall be subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act.

Section 7.6 Express Exculpatory Clauses in Instruments. Neither the Shareholders nor the Trustees, officers, employees or agents of the Company shall be liable under any written instrument creating an obligation of the Company by reason of their being Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees or agents of the Company, and all Persons shall look solely to the Company’s net assets for the payment of any claim under or for the performance of that instrument. The omission of the foregoing exculpatory language from any instrument shall not affect the validity or enforceability of such instrument and shall not render any Shareholder, Trustee, officer, employee or agent liable thereunder to any third party, nor shall the Trustees or any officer, employee or agent of the Company be liable to anyone as a result of such omission.

Section 7.7 Non-exclusivity. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided or authorized by this Article VII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, by indemnification or otherwise, to which any Indemnitee may be entitled under the Bylaws, a resolution of Shareholders or Trustees, an agreement or otherwise.

Section 7.8 No Bond Required of Trustees. No Trustee shall, as such, be obligated to give any bond or other security for the performance of any of his duties hereunder.

Section 7.9 No Duty of Investigation; No Notice in Trust Instruments, etc. No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person dealing with the Trustees or with any officer, employee or agent of the Company shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trustees or by said officer, employee or agent or be liable for the application of money or property paid, loaned, or delivered to or on the order of the Trustees or of said officer, employee or agent. Every obligation, contract, undertaking, instrument, certificate, Share, other security of the Company, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with the Company shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees under this Declaration of Trust or in their capacity as officers, employees or agents of the Company. The Trustees may maintain insurance for the protection of the Company’s property, the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents in such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment shall deem advisable or is required by the 1940 Act.

Section 7.10 Reliance on Experts, etc. Each Trustee and officer or employee of the Company shall, in the performance of its duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Company, upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Company by any of the Company’s officers or employees or by any advisor, administrator, manager, distributor, selected dealer, accountant, appraiser or other expert or consultant selected with reasonable care by the Trustees, officers or employees of the Company, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a Trustee.

 

18


ARTICLE VIII

ADVISER, ADMINISTRATOR AND CUSTODIAN; DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS

Section 8.1 Supervision of Adviser and Administrator.

(a) Subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Board of Trustees may exercise broad discretion in allowing the Adviser and, if applicable, an Administrator, to administer and regulate the operations of the Company, to act as agent for the Company, to execute documents on behalf of the Company and to make executive decisions that conform to general policies and principles established by the Board. The Board shall monitor the Adviser, or if any, the Administrator, to assure that the administrative procedures, operations and programs of the Company are in the best interests of the Shareholders and are fulfilled and that (i) the expenses incurred are reasonable in light of the investment performance of the Company, its net assets and its net income, (ii) all Front End Fees shall be reasonable and shall not exceed eighteen percent (18%) of the gross proceeds of any offering, regardless of the source of payment, and (iii) the percentage of gross proceeds of any offering committed to investment shall be at least eighty- two percent (82%). All items of compensation to underwriters or dealers, including, but not limited to, selling commissions, expenses, rights of first refusal, consulting fees, finders’ fees and all other items of compensation of any kind or description paid by the Company, directly or indirectly, shall be taken into consideration in computing the amount of allowable Front End Fees.

(b) The Board of Trustees is responsible for determining that compensation paid to the Adviser is reasonable in relation to the nature and quality of services performed and the investment performance of the Company and that the provisions of the Advisory Agreement are being carried out. The Board may consider all factors that they deem relevant in making these determinations. So long as the Company is a business development company under the 1940 Act, compensation to the Adviser shall be considered presumptively reasonable if the incentive fee is limited to the participation in net gains allowed by the 1940 Act.

Section 8.2 Fiduciary Obligations of Adviser. The Advisory Agreement shall provide that the Adviser has a fiduciary responsibility for the safekeeping and use of all funds and assets of the Company, whether or not in the Company’s immediate possession or control, and that the Adviser shall not employ, or permit another to employ, such funds or assets in any manner except for the exclusive benefit of the Company. The Company shall not permit any Shareholder to contract away any fiduciary obligation owed by the Adviser under common law.

Section 8.3 Experience of Adviser. The Board of Trustees shall determine the sufficiency and adequacy of the relevant experience and qualifications for the officers of the Company given the business objective of the Company. The Board shall determine whether any Adviser possesses sufficient qualifications to perform the advisory function for the Company and whether the compensation provided for in its contract with the Company is justified.

Section 8.4 Termination of Advisory Agreement. The Advisory Agreement shall provide that it is terminable (a) by the Company upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Adviser: (i) upon the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote on the matter (as “majority” is defined in Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act) or (ii) by the vote of the Independent Trustees; or (b) by the Adviser upon not less than one hundred twenty (120) days’ written notice to the Company, in each case without cause or penalty. In the event of termination, the Adviser will cooperate with the Company and the Board in making an orderly transition of the advisory function. In addition, if the Company elects to continue its operations following termination of the Advisory Agreement by the Adviser, the Adviser shall pay all direct expenses incurred as a direct result of its withdrawal. Upon termination of the Advisory Agreement, the Company shall pay the Adviser all amounts then accrued but unpaid to the Adviser. The method of payment must be fair and protect the solvency and liquidity of the Company.

Section 8.5 Organization and Offering Expenses Limitation. Unless otherwise provided in any resolution adopted by the Board of Trustees, the Company shall reimburse the Adviser and its Affiliates for Organization and Offering Expenses incurred by the Adviser or its Affiliates; provided, however, that the total amount of all Organization and Offering Expenses shall be reasonable, as determined by the Board, and shall be included in Front End Fees for purposes of the limit on such Front End Fees set forth in Section 8.1.

 

19


Section 8.6 Acquisition Fees. The Company may pay the Adviser and/or its Affiliates fees for the review and evaluation of potential investments; provided, however, that the Board of Trustees shall conclude that the total of all Acquisition Fees and Acquisition Expenses shall be reasonable.

Section 8.7 Reimbursement of Adviser. The Company shall not reimburse the Adviser or its Affiliates for services for which the Adviser or its Affiliates are entitled to compensation in the form of a separate fee. Excluded from the allowable reimbursement shall be: (a) rent or depreciation, utilities, capital equipment, other administrative items of the Adviser; and (b) salaries, fringe benefits, travel expenses and other administrative items incurred or allocated to any Controlling Person of the Adviser.

Section 8.8 Reimbursement of Administrator. In the event the Company executes an agreement for the provision of administrative services, the Company may reimburse the Administrator, at the end of each fiscal quarter, for all expenses of the Company incurred by the Administrator as well as the actual cost of goods and services used for or by the Company and obtained from entities not Affiliated with the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Declaration of Trust, the Administrator may be reimbursed for the administrative services necessary for the prudent operation of the Company performed by it on behalf of the Company; provided, however, the reimbursement shall be an amount equal to the lower of the Administrator’s actual cost or the amount the Company would be required to pay third parties for the provision of comparable administrative services in the same geographic location; and provided, further, that such costs are reasonably allocated to the Company on the basis of assets, revenues, time records or other method conforming with generally accepted accounting principles. Except as otherwise provided herein, no reimbursement shall be permitted for services for which the Administrator is entitled to compensation by way of a separate fee.

Section 8.9 Custodians

(a) The Trustees may employ a custodian or custodians meeting the qualifications for custodians for portfolio securities of investment companies contained in the 1940 Act, as custodian with respect to the assets of the Company. Any custodian shall have authority as agent of the Company as determined by the custodian agreement or agreements, but subject to such restrictions, limitations and other requirements, if any, as may be contained in the Bylaws of the Company and the 1940 Act, including without limitation authority:

(i) to hold the securities owned by the Company and deliver the same upon written order;

(ii) to receive any receipt for any moneys due to the Company and deposit the same in its own banking department (if a bank) or elsewhere as the Trustees may direct;

(iii) to disburse such funds upon orders or vouchers;

(iv) if authorized by the Trustees, to keep the books and accounts of the Company and furnish clerical and accounting services; and

(v) if authorized to do so by the Trustees, to compute the net income or net asset value of the Company; all upon such basis of compensation as may be agreed upon between the Trustees and the custodian.

The Trustees may also authorize each custodian to employ one or more sub-custodians from time to time to perform such of the acts and services of the custodian and upon such terms and conditions, as may be agreed upon between the custodian and such sub-custodian and approved by the Trustees, provided that in every case such sub- custodian shall meet the qualifications for custodians contained in the 1940 Act.

(b) Subject to such rules, regulations and orders as the SEC may adopt, the Trustees may direct the custodian to deposit all or any part of the securities owned by the Company in a system for the central handling of securities established by a national securities exchange or a national securities association registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or such other Person as may be permitted by the SEC, or otherwise in accordance with the 1940 Act, pursuant to which system all securities of any particular class of any issuer deposited within the system are treated as fungible and may be transferred or pledged by bookkeeping entry without physical delivery of such securities, provided that all such deposits shall be subject to withdrawal only upon the order of the Company.

 

20


Section 8.10 Distribution Arrangements. Subject to compliance with the 1940 Act, the Trustees may retain underwriters, distributors and/or placement agents to sell Shares and other securities of the Company. The Trustees may in their discretion from time to time enter into one or more contracts, providing for the sale of securities of the Company, whereby the Company may either agree to sell such securities to the other party to the contract or appoint such other party its sales agent for such securities. In either case, the contract shall be on such terms and conditions as the Trustees may in their discretion determine not inconsistent with the provisions of this Article VIII or the Bylaws; and such contract may also provide for the repurchase or sale of securities of the Company by such other party as principal or as agent of the Company and may provide that such other party may enter into selected dealer agreements and servicing and similar agreements to further the purposes of the distribution or repurchase of the securities of the Company.

ARTICLE IX

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND LIMITATIONS

Section 9.1 Investment Objective. The Company’s investment objective is to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, long-term capital appreciation. The Trustees shall have power with respect to the Company to manage, conduct, operate and carry on the business of a business development company. The Independent Trustees shall review the investment policies of the Company with sufficient frequency (not less often than annually) to determine that the policies being followed by the Company are in the best interests of its Shareholders. Each such determination and the basis therefor shall be set forth in the minutes of the meetings of the Board of Trustees.

Section 9.2 Investments, Generally. All transactions entered into by the Company shall be consistent with the investment permissions and limitations as established for business development companies under the 1940 Act, including any applicable exemptive orders that have been or may be issued in the future by the SEC.

Section 9.3 Investments in Programs. For purposes of this Section, “Program” shall be defined as a limited or general partnership, joint venture, unincorporated association or similar organization, other than a corporation, formed and operated for the primary purpose of investment in and the operation of or gain from and interest in the assets to be acquired by such entity. A Program shall not include (and nothing in this Declaration of Trust shall prevent) investments by the Company directly in a master fund in a master/feeder fund structure permissible under the 1940 Act. A Program shall not include an Eligible Portfolio Company as defined by the 1940 Act.

(a) The Company shall not invest in Programs with non-Affiliates that own and operate specific assets, unless the Company, alone or together with any publicly registered Affiliate of the Company meeting the requirements of subsection (b) below, acquires a controlling interest in such a Program, but in no event shall the Adviser be entitled to duplicate fees; provided, however that the foregoing is not intended to prevent the Company from carrying out its business of investing and reinvesting its assets in Securities of other issuers. For purposes of this Section, “controlling interest” means an equity interest possessing the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the Program, including the authority to: (i) review all contracts entered into by the Program that will have a material effect on its business or assets; (ii) cause a sale or refinancing of the assets or its interest therein subject, in certain cases where required by the Program agreement, to limits as to time, minimum amounts and/or a right of first refusal by the Program or consent of the Program; (iii) approve budgets and major capital expenditures, subject to a stated minimum amount; (iv) veto any sale or refinancing of the assets, or alternatively, to receive a specified preference on sale or refinancing proceeds; and (v) exercise a right of first refusal on any desired sale or refinancing by the Program of its interest in the assets, except for transfer to an Affiliate of the Program.

(b) The Company shall have the authority to invest in Programs with other publicly registered Affiliates of the Company if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the Affiliate and the Company have substantially identical investment objectives; (ii) there are no duplicate fees to the Adviser; (iii) the compensation payable by the Program to the Adviser in each Company that invests in such Program is substantially identical; (iv) each of the Company and the Affiliate has a right of first refusal to buy if the other party wishes to sell assets held in the joint

 

21


venture; (v) the investment of each of the Company and its Affiliate is on substantially the same terms and conditions; and (vi) any prospectus of the Company in use or proposed to be used when such an investment has been made or is contemplated discloses the potential risk of impasse on joint venture decisions since neither the Company nor its Affiliate controls the Program, and the potential risk that while the Company or its Affiliate may have the right to buy the assets from the Program, it may not have the resources to do so.

(c) The Company shall have the authority to invest in Programs with Affiliates other than publicly registered Affiliates of the Company only if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the investment is necessary to relieve the Adviser from any commitment to purchase the assets entered into in compliance with Section 10.1 prior to the closing of the offering period of the Company; (ii) there are no duplicate fees to the Adviser; (iii) the investment of each entity is on substantially the same terms and conditions; (iv) the Company has a right of first refusal to buy if the Adviser wishes to sell assets held in the joint venture; and (v) any prospectus of the Company in use or proposed to be used when such an investment has been made or is contemplated discloses the potential risk of impasse on joint venture decisions.

(d) The Company may be structured to conduct operations through separate single-purpose entities managed by the Adviser (multi-tier arrangements); provided, that the terms of any such arrangements do not result in the circumvention of any of the requirements or prohibitions contained herein or under applicable federal or state securities laws. Any agreements regarding such arrangements shall accompany any prospectus of the Company, if such agreement is then available, and the terms of such agreement shall contain provisions assuring that all of the following restrictions apply: (i) there will be no duplication or increase in Organization and Offering Expenses, fees payable to the Adviser, program expenses or other fees and costs; (ii) there will be no substantive alteration in the fiduciary and contractual relationship between the Adviser, the Company and the Shareholders; and (iii) there will be no diminishment in the voting rights of the Shareholders.

(e) Other than as specifically permitted in subsections (b), (c) and (d) above, the Company shall not invest in Programs with Affiliates.

(f) Unless otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act or applicable guidance or exemptive relief of the SEC, the Company shall be permitted to invest in general partnership interests of limited partnership Programs only if the Company, alone or together with any publicly registered Affiliate of the Company meeting the requirements of subsection (b) above, acquires a “controlling interest” as defined in subsection (a) above, the Adviser is not entitled to any duplicate fees, no additional compensation beyond that permitted under applicable law is paid to the Adviser, and the limited partnership Program agreement or other applicable agreement complies with this Section 9.3(f).

Section 9.4 Other Goods or Services.

(a) The Company may accept other goods or other services provided by the Adviser in connection with the operation of assets, provided that: (i) the Adviser determines such self-dealing arrangement is in the best interest of the Company; (ii) the terms pursuant to which all such goods or services are provided to the Company by the Adviser shall be embodied in a written contract, the material terms of which must be fully disclosed to the Shareholders in the Prospectus; (iii) the written contract may only be modified by vote of a majority of then outstanding Shares and (iv) the contract shall contain a clause allowing termination without penalty on sixty (60) days’ prior notice. Without limitation to the foregoing, arrangements to provide such goods or other services must meet all of the following criteria: (X) the Adviser must be independently engaged in the business of providing such goods or services to persons other than its Affiliates and at least thirty-three percent (33%) of the Adviser’s associated gross revenues must come from persons other than its Affiliates; (Y) the compensation, price or fee charged for providing such goods or services must be comparable and competitive with the compensation, price or fee charged by persons other than the Adviser in the same geographic location who provide comparable goods or services which could reasonably be made available to the Company; and (Z) except in extraordinary circumstances, the compensation and other material terms of the arrangement must be fully disclosed to the Shareholders in the Prospectus. Extraordinary circumstances are limited to instances when immediate action is required and the goods or services are not immediately available from persons other than the Adviser.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing subsection (a)(X), if the Adviser is not engaged in the business to the extent required by such clause, the Adviser may provide to the Company other goods or other services if all of the

 

22


following additional conditions are met: (i) the Adviser can demonstrate the capacity and capability to provide such goods or services on a competitive basis; (ii) the goods or services are provided at the lesser of cost or the competitive rate charged by persons other than the Adviser in the same geographic location who are in the business of providing comparable goods or services; (iii) the cost is limited to the reasonable necessary and actual expenses incurred by the Adviser on behalf of the Company in providing such goods or services, exclusive of expenses of the type which may not be reimbursed under applicable federal or state securities laws; and (iv) expenses are allocated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and are made subject to any special audit required by applicable federal and state securities laws.

Section 9.5 Borrowing Money or Utilizing Leverage. The Trustees shall have the power to cause the Company to borrow money or otherwise obtain credit or utilize leverage to the maximum extent permitted by law or regulation as such may be needed from time to time and to secure the same by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise subjecting as security the assets of the Company, including the lending of portfolio securities, and to endorse, guarantee, or undertake the performance of any obligation, contract or engagement of any other person, firm, association or corporation. In addition and notwithstanding any other provision of this Declaration of Trust, the Company is hereby authorized to borrow funds, incur indebtedness and guarantee obligations of any Person, and in connection therewith, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Trustees, on behalf of the Company, are hereby authorized to pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, assign, transfer or grant security interests in or other liens on (i) the Shareholders’ subscription agreements and the Shareholders’ obligations to make capital contributions thereunder and hereunder, and (ii) any other assets, rights or remedies of the Company or of the Trustees hereunder or under the subscription agreements, including without limitation, the right to issue capital call notices and to exercise remedies upon a default by a Shareholder in the payment of its capital contributions and the right to receive capital contributions and other payments, subject to the terms hereof and thereof. Notwithstanding any provision in this Declaration of Trust, (i) the Company may borrow funds, incur indebtedness and enter into guarantees together with one or more Persons on a joint and several basis or on any other basis that the Board of Trustees, in its sole discretion, determines is fair and reasonable to the Company, and (ii) in connection with any borrowing, indebtedness or guarantee by the Company, all capital contributions shall be payable to the account of the Company designated by the Board of Trustees, which may be pledged to any lender or other credit party of the Company. All rights granted to a lender pursuant to this Section 9.5 shall apply to its agents and its successors and permitted assigns.

ARTICLE X

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

Section 10.1 Sales and Leases to Company. Unless otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act or applicable guidance or exemptive relief of the SEC, the Company shall not purchase or lease assets in which the Adviser or any Affiliate thereof has an interest unless all of the following conditions are met: (a) the transaction is fully disclosed to the Shareholders either in a prospectus or periodic report filed with the SEC or otherwise; and (b) the assets are sold or leased upon terms that are reasonable to the Company and at a price not to exceed the lesser of cost or fair market value as determined by an Independent Expert. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.1, the Adviser may purchase assets in its own name (and assume loans in connection therewith) and temporarily hold title thereto, for the purposes of facilitating the acquisition of the assets, the borrowing of money, obtaining financing for the Company, or the completion of construction of the assets, provided that all of the following conditions are met: (i) the assets are purchased by the Company at a price no greater than the cost of the assets to the Adviser; (ii) all income generated by, and the expenses associated with, the assets so acquired shall be treated as belonging to the Company; and (iii) there are no other benefits arising out of such transaction to the Adviser.

Section 10.2 Sales and Leases to the Adviser, Trustees or Affiliates. Unless otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act or applicable guidance or exemptive relief of the SEC, the Company shall not sell assets to the Adviser or any Affiliate thereof unless such sale is duly approved by the holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities of the Company. The Company shall not lease assets to the Adviser or any Trustee or Affiliate thereof unless all of the following conditions are met: (i) the transaction is fully disclosed to the Shareholders either in a periodic report filed with the SEC or otherwise; and (ii) the terms of the transaction are fair and reasonable to the Company.

 

23


Section 10.3 Loans. Unless otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act or applicable guidance or exemptive relief of the SEC and except for the advancement of funds pursuant to Sections 7.3 and 7.4, no loans, credit facilities, credit agreements or otherwise shall be made by the Company to the Adviser or any Affiliate thereof.

Section 10.4 Commissions on Financing, Refinancing or Reinvestment. Unless otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act or applicable guidance or exemptive relief of the SEC, the Company shall not pay, directly or indirectly, a commission or fee to the Adviser or any Affiliate thereof (except as otherwise specified in this Article X) in connection with the reinvestment of cash available for distribution and available reserves or of the proceeds of the resale, exchange or refinancing of assets.

Section 10.5 Rebates, Kickbacks and Reciprocal Arrangements. The Company shall cause the Adviser to agree that it shall not receive or accept any rebate or give-ups or similar arrangement that is prohibited under applicable federal or state securities laws. The Company shall cause the Adviser to agree that it shall not participate in any reciprocal business arrangement that would circumvent provisions of applicable federal or state securities laws governing conflicts of interest or investment restrictions, or enter into any agreement, arrangement or understanding that would circumvent the restrictions against dealing with affiliates or promoters under applicable federal or state securities laws. The Company shall cause the Adviser to agree that it shall not directly or indirectly pay or award any fees or commissions or other compensation to any Person engaged to sell Shares or give investment advice to a potential Shareholder; provided, however, that this Section 10.5 shall not prohibit the payment to a registered broker-dealer or other properly licensed agent of sales commissions or other compensation (including cash compensation and non-cash compensation (as such terms are defined under FINRA Rule 2310)) for selling or distributing Shares, including out of the Adviser’s own assets, including those amounts paid to the Adviser under the Advisory Agreement.

Section 10.6 Exchanges. The Company may not acquire assets in exchange for Shares of the Company without approval of a majority of the Board of Trustees, including a majority of the Independent Trustees with consideration to an independent appraisal of such assets.

Section 10.7 Other Transactions. Unless otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act or applicable guidance or exemptive relief of the SEC, the Company shall not engage in any other transaction with the Adviser or a Trustee or Affiliate thereof unless: (a) such transaction complies with all applicable law and (b) a majority of the Trustees (including a majority of the Independent Trustees) not otherwise interested in such transaction approve such transaction as fair and reasonable to the Company and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Company than those available from non-Affiliated third parties.

Section 10.8 Lending Practices. On financings made available to the Company by the Adviser, the Adviser may not receive interest in excess of the lesser of the Adviser’s cost of funds or the amounts that would be charged by unrelated lending institutions on comparable loans for the same purpose. The Adviser shall not impose a prepayment charge or penalty in connection with such financings and the Adviser shall not receive points or other financing charges. The Adviser shall be prohibited from providing permanent financing for the Company. For purposes of this Section 10.8, “permanent financing” shall mean any financing with a term in excess of twelve (12) months.

ARTICLE XI

SHAREHOLDERS

Section 11.1 Certain Voting Rights of Shareholders.

(a) Subject to the provisions of any class or series of shares then outstanding and the mandatory provisions of any applicable laws or regulations and subject to the other provisions of this Declaration of Trust (including Section 6.2), the following actions may be taken by the Shareholders, without concurrence by the Board of Trustees, upon a vote by the holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Shares of the Company entitled to vote on the matters:

(i) modify this Declaration of Trust in accordance with Article VI hereof ;

 

24


(ii) remove the Adviser and appoint a new Adviser pursuant to the procedures in Section 8.4; or

(iii) sell all or substantially all of the Company’ assets other than in the ordinary course of the Company’s business.

(b) Without the approval of Shareholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, or such other approval as may be required under the mandatory provisions of any applicable laws or regulations, or other provisions of this Declaration of Trust, the Company shall not permit the Adviser to:

(i) modify this Declaration of Trust except for amendments which do not adversely affect the rights of Shareholders;

(ii) appoint a new Adviser (other than a sub-adviser pursuant to the terms of an Advisory Agreement and applicable law);

(iii) sell all or substantially all of the Company’s assets other than in the ordinary course of the Company’s business or as otherwise permitted by law; or

(iv) except as permitted under the Advisory Agreement, voluntarily withdraw as the Adviser unless such withdrawal would not affect the tax status of the Company and would not materially adversely affect the Shareholders.

Section 11.2 Voting Limitations on Shares Held by the Adviser, Trustees and Affiliates. With respect to shares owned by the Adviser, any Trustees, or any of their respective Affiliates, neither the Adviser, nor such Trustee(s), nor any of their Affiliates may vote or consent on matters submitted to the Shareholders regarding the removal of the Adviser, such Trustee(s) or any of their Affiliates or any transaction between the Company and any of them. In determining the requisite percentage in interest of shares necessary to approve a matter on which the Adviser, such Trustee(s) and any of their Affiliates may not vote or consent, any shares owned by any of them shall not be included.

Section 11.3 Right of Inspection.

(a) Any Shareholder with proper purpose may: (i) in person or by agent, on written request, inspect and obtain copies at all reasonable times the Company’s books and records and ledger; and (ii) present to any officer of the Company or its resident agent a written request for a statement of its affairs.

(b) Any Shareholder with proper purpose may: (i) in person or by agent, on written request, inspect and copy at all reasonable times the books and records and ledger of the Company; (ii) present to any officer or resident agent of the Company a written request for a statement of its affairs; and (iii) in the event the Company does not maintain the original or a duplicate ledger at its principal office, present to any officer or resident agent of the Company a written request for the Shareholder List. As used in this Section 11.3, the term “Shareholder List” means an alphabetical list of names, addresses and business telephone numbers of the Shareholders of the Company along with the number of equity shares held by each of them.

(c) A copy of the Shareholder List, requested in accordance with this Section, shall be mailed within ten (10) days of the request and shall be printed in alphabetical order, on white paper, and in readily readable type size (no smaller than 10 point font). The Shareholder List shall be updated at least quarterly to reflect changes in the information contained therein.

(d) The Company may impose a reasonable charge for expenses incurred in reproduction pursuant to the Shareholder request. A holder of Common Shares may request a copy of the Shareholder List in connection with matters relating to Shareholders’ voting rights, the exercise of Shareholder rights under federal proxy laws or for any other proper and legitimate purpose. Each Shareholder who receives a copy of the Shareholder List shall keep such list confidential and shall sign a confidentiality agreement to the effect that such Shareholder will keep the Shareholder List confidential and share such list only with its employees, representatives or agents who agree in writing to maintain the confidentiality of the Shareholder List.

 

25


(e) If the Adviser or Trustees neglect or refuse to exhibit, produce or mail a copy of the Shareholder List as requested, the Adviser and the Trustees shall be liable to any Shareholder requesting the list for the costs, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by that Shareholder for compelling the production of the Shareholder List, and for actual damages suffered by any Shareholder by reason of such refusal or neglect. It shall be a defense that the actual purpose and reason for the requests for inspection or for a copy of the Shareholder List is to secure such list of Shareholders or other information for the purpose of selling such list or copies thereof, or of using the same for a commercial purpose other than in the interest of the applicant as a Shareholder relative to the affairs of the Company. The Company may require the Shareholder requesting the Shareholder List to represent that the list is not requested for a commercial purpose unrelated to the Shareholder’s interest in the Company. The remedies provided hereunder to Shareholders requesting copies of the Shareholder List are in addition, to and shall not in any way limit, other remedies available to Shareholders under federal law, or the laws of any state.

Section 11.4 Shareholder Reports.

(a) The Trustees, including the Independent Trustees, shall take reasonable steps to insure that the Company shall cause to be prepared and delivered or made available by any reasonable means, including an electronic medium, to each Shareholder as of a record date after the end of the fiscal year within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates an annual report for each fiscal year ending after the commencement of the Company’s initial public offering that shall include: (i) financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP that are audited and reported on by independent certified public accountants; (ii) a report of the activities of the Company during the period covered by the report; and (iii) where forecasts have been provided to the Shareholders, a table comparing the forecasts previously provided with the actual results during the period covered by the report; and (iv) a report setting forth distributions to Shareholders for the period covered thereby and separately identifying distributions from: (A) Cash Flow from operations during the period; (B) Cash Flow from operations during a prior period which have been held as reserves; (C) proceeds from disposition of assets of the Company; and (D) reserves from the gross proceeds. Such annual report must also contain a breakdown of the costs reimbursed to the Adviser.

(b) The Trustees, including the Independent Trustees, shall take reasonable steps to ensure that the Company shall cause to be prepared and filed, as well as delivered or made available to Shareholders, within sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company, a Form 10-Q if required under the Exchange Act.

(c) The Trustees, including the Independent Trustees, shall take reasonable steps to ensure that the Company shall cause to be prepared and delivered or made available within seventy-five (75) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company to each Person who was at any time during such fiscal year a Shareholder all information necessary for the preparation of the Shareholders’ federal income tax returns.

(d) If capital stock has been purchased on a deferred payment basis, on which there remains an unpaid balance during any period covered by any report required by subsections (a) and (b) above; then such report shall contain a detailed statement of the status of all deferred payments, actions taken by the Company in response to any defaults, and a discussion and analysis of the impact on capital requirements of the Company.

(e) The Board of Trustees shall cause the Company, upon request from any state official or agency or official administering the securities laws of such state (a “State Administrator”), to submit to such State Administrator the reports and statements required to be distributed to Shareholders pursuant to this Section 11.4.

Section 11.5 Suitability of Shareholders.

(a) Investor Suitability Standards. During any public offering of its Shares and until the earlier of a Liquidity Event or the date the Company is no longer subject to the Omnibus Guidelines, the Company and those selling shares on its behalf shall, with respect to share offers and sales in which they are broker of record, assure that such shares are offered and sold pursuant only to prospective investors who, in each case, meet the income and Net Worth “Suitability Standards” as specified in the Company’s prospectus for the Shares (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time) and the Omnibus Guidelines.

 

26


(b) The Sponsor or each Person selling Common Shares on behalf of the Company shall make this determination on the basis of information it has obtained from a prospective Shareholder. Relevant information for this purpose will include at least the age, investment objectives, investment experience, income, net worth, financial situation and other investments of the prospective Shareholder, as well as any other pertinent factors.

(c) The Sponsor or each Person selling Common Shares on behalf of the Company shall maintain records of the information used to determine that an investment in Common Shares is suitable and appropriate for a Shareholder. The Sponsor or each Person selling Common Shares on behalf of the Company shall maintain these records for at least six years.

Section 11.6 Other Agreements. Consistent with applicable law (including the 1940 Act), the Company, the Adviser and/or Affiliates of the Adviser may negotiate agreements (“Side Letters”) with certain Shareholders that will result in different investment terms than the terms applicable to other Shareholders and that may have the effect of establishing rights under, or altering or supplementing the terms of, this Declaration of Trust or disclosure contained in any offering document of the Shares. As a result of such Side Letters, certain Shareholders may receive additional benefits which other Shareholders will not receive. Unless agreed otherwise in the Side Letter, in general, the Company, the Adviser and affiliates of the Adviser will not be required to notify any or all of the other Shareholders of any such Side Letters or any of the rights and/or terms or provisions thereof, nor will the Company, the Adviser or affiliates of the Adviser be required to offer such additional and/or different rights and/or terms to any or all of the other Shareholders. The Company, the Adviser and/or affiliates of the Adviser may enter into such Side Letters with any Shareholder as each may determine in its sole discretion at any time. The other Shareholders will have no recourse against the Company, the Trustees, the Adviser and/or any of their affiliates in the event certain investors receive additional and/or different rights and/or terms as a result of Side Letters. Any such exceptions or departures contained in any Side Letter with a Shareholder shall govern with respect to such Shareholder notwithstanding the provisions of the Declaration of Trust (including with respect to amendments to this Declaration of Trust) or any applicable subscription agreements

ARTICLE XII

ROLL-UP TRANSACTIONS

Section 12.1 Roll-up Transactions. In connection with any proposed Roll-Up Transaction, an appraisal of all of the Company’s assets shall be obtained from a competent Independent Expert. The Company’s assets shall be appraised on a consistent basis, and the appraisal shall be based on the evaluation of all relevant information and shall indicate the value of the assets as of a date immediately prior to the announcement of the proposed Roll-Up Transaction. The appraisal shall assume an orderly liquidation of the assets over a twelve-month period. The terms of the engagement of the Independent Expert shall clearly state that the engagement is for the benefit of the Company and the Shareholders. A summary of the appraisal, indicating all material assumptions underlying the appraisal, shall be included in a report to Shareholders in connection with a proposed Roll-Up Transaction. In connection with a proposed Roll-Up Transaction, the Person sponsoring the Roll-Up Transaction shall offer to Shareholders who vote against the proposed Roll-Up Transaction the choice of:

(a) accepting the securities of a Roll-Up Entity offered in the proposed Roll-Up Transaction; or

(b) one of the following:

(i) remaining as Shareholders and preserving their interests therein on the same terms and conditions as existed previously; or

(ii) receiving cash in an amount equal to the Shareholder’s pro rata share of the appraised value of the net assets of the Company.

 

27


The Company is prohibited from participating in any proposed Roll-Up Transaction:

(a) that would result in the Shareholders having voting rights in a Roll-Up Entity that are less than the democracy and other voting rights provided for in Sections 11.1, 11.2 and 13.4 hereof or Section 3(b) of Article II of our Bylaws;

(b) that includes provisions that would operate as a material impediment to, or frustration of, the accumulation of capital stock by any purchaser of the securities of the Roll-Up Entity (except to the minimum extent necessary to preserve the tax status of the Roll-Up Entity), or which would limit the ability of an investor to exercise the voting rights of its securities of the Roll-Up Entity on the basis of the capital stock held by that investor;

(c) in which investor’s rights to access of records of the Roll-Up Entity will be less than those described in Section 11.3 hereof; or

(d) in which any of the costs of the Roll-Up Transaction would be borne by the Company if the Roll-Up Transaction is rejected by the Shareholders.

ARTICLE XIII

DURATION OF THE COMPANY

Section 13.1 Duration of the Company. The Company shall continue perpetually unless terminated pursuant to the provisions contained herein or pursuant to any applicable provision of the Statutory Trust Act.

Section 13.2 Dissolution by the Trustees. The Company may be dissolved at any time upon affirmative vote by a majority of the Trustees. Shareholders of the Company shall not be entitled to vote on the dissolution or plan of liquidation of the Trust under this Article XIII except to the extent required by the 1940 Act.

Section 13.3 Dissolution by Shareholder Vote. The Company may be dissolved at any time, without the necessity for concurrence by the Board, upon affirmative vote by the holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Shares entitled to vote on the matter.

Section 13.3 Liquidation. Upon dissolution of the Company, the Board of Trustees shall cause the Company to liquidate and wind-up in a manner consistent with Section 3808 of the Statutory Trust Act, including the distribution to the Shareholders of any assets of the Company. Upon dissolution and the completion of the winding up of the affairs of the Company, the Company shall be terminated by the executing and filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware by one or more Trustees of a certificate of cancellation of the certificate of trust of the Company.

Section 13.4 Merger or Other Reorganization of the Company. Except for mergers or other reorganization of the Company permissible under Section 4.10, the Company may not permit the Adviser to cause the merger or other reorganization of the Company without the affirmative vote by the holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Shares of the Company entitled to vote on the matter.

ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 14.1 Construction and Governing Law.

(a) This Declaration of Trust and the Bylaws, in combination, shall constitute the governing instrument of the Company, however to the extent that any provision of the Bylaws conflicts with this Declaration of Trust, the terms of this Declaration of Trust shall control. This Declaration of Trust and the Bylaws, and the rights and obligations of the Trustees and Shareholders hereunder, shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the Statutory Trust Act and the laws of the State of Delaware.

(b) reserved

(c) To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Shareholders and the Trustees of the Company shall be deemed to have waived any non-mandatory rights of beneficial owners or trustees under the Statutory Trust Act or

 

28


general trust law; and that the Company, the Shareholders, and the Trustees (including the Delaware Trustee) shall not be subject to any applicable provisions of law pertaining to trusts that, in a manner inconsistent with the express terms of this Declaration of Trust or Bylaws, relate to or regulate (i) the filing with any court or governmental body or agency of trustee accounts or schedules of trustee fees and charges, (ii) affirmative requirements to post bonds for trustees, officers, agents or employees of a trust, (iii) the necessity for obtaining court or other governmental approval concerning the acquisition, holding or disposition of real or personal property, (iv) fees or other sums payable to trustees, officers, agents or employees of a trust, (v) the allocation of receipts and expenditures to income or principal, (vi) restrictions or limitations on the permissible nature, amount or concentration of trust investments or requirements relating to the titling, storage or other manner of holding or investing trust assets, or (vii) the establishment of fiduciary or other standards or responsibilities or limitations on the acts or powers of trustees, which are inconsistent with the limitations or liabilities or authorities and powers of Trustees as set forth or referenced in this Declaration of Trust.

(d) Sections 3540 and 3561 of Title 12 of the Statutory Trust Act shall not apply to the Company.

Section 14.2 Conflicts of Law. To the extent that any provision of the Statutory Trust Act or any provision of this Declaration of Trust or Bylaws conflicts with any provision of the 1940 Act, the applicable provision of the 1940 Act shall control; provided, however, that such conflict shall not affect any of the remaining provisions of this Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws or render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to such determination. If any provision of this Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any, the invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision in such jurisdiction and shall not in any manner affect such provision in any other jurisdiction or any other provision of this Declaration of Trust in any jurisdiction.

Section 14.3 Derivative Actions.

(a) No person, other than a Trustee, who is not a Shareholder shall be entitled to bring any derivative action, suit or other proceeding on behalf of the Company. No Shareholder may maintain a derivative action on behalf of the Company unless holders of at least ten percent (10%) of the outstanding Shares join in the bringing of such action.

(b) In addition to the requirements set forth in Section 3816 of the Statutory Trust Act, a Shareholder may bring a derivative action on behalf of the Company only if the following conditions are met: (i) the Shareholder or Shareholders must make a pre-suit demand upon the Trustees to bring the subject action unless an effort to cause the Trustees to bring such an action is not likely to succeed; and a demand on the Trustees shall only be deemed not likely to succeed and therefore excused if a majority of the Trustees, or a majority of any committee established to consider the merits of such action, is composed of Trustees who are not “independent trustees” (as that term is defined in the Statutory Trust Act); and (ii) unless a demand is not required under clause (i) of this paragraph, the Trustees must be afforded a reasonable amount of time to consider such Shareholder request and to investigate the basis of such claim; and the Trustees shall be entitled to retain counsel or other advisors in considering the merits of the request and may require an undertaking by the Shareholders making such request to reimburse the Company for the expense of any such advisors in the event that the Trustees determine not to bring such action. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, this Section 14.3 shall not apply to any claims asserted under the U.S. federal securities laws including, without limitation, the 1940 Act.

Section 14.4 Direct Actions. To the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, the Shareholders’ right to bring direct actions against the Company and/or its Trustees is eliminated, except for a direct action to enforce an individual Shareholder right to vote or a direct action to enforce an individual Shareholder’s rights under Sections 3805(e) or 3819 of the Statutory Trust Act. To the extent such right cannot be eliminated to this extent as a matter of Delaware law, then the conditions required for the bringing of a derivative action pursuant to Section 14.3 of this Declaration of Trust and Section 3816 of the Statutory Trust Act shall be equally applicable to bringing a direct action.

Section 14.5 Exclusive Delaware Jurisdiction. Each Trustee, each officer, each Shareholder and each Person beneficially owning an interest in a share of the Company (whether through a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing or otherwise), to the fullest extent permitted by law,

 

29


including Section 3804(e) of the Statutory Trust Act, (i) irrevocably agrees that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings arising out of or relating in any way to the Company or its business and affairs, the Statutory Trust Act, this Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws or asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs (or similar) doctrine (including, without limitation, any claims, suits, actions or proceedings to interpret, apply or enforce (A) the provisions of this Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws, or (B) the duties (including fiduciary duties), obligations or liabilities of the Company to the Shareholders or the Trustees, or of officers or the Trustees to the Company, to the Shareholders or each other, or (C) the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, the Company, the officers, the Trustees or the Shareholders, or (D) any provision of the Statutory Trust Act or other laws of the State of Delaware pertaining to trusts made applicable to the Company pursuant to Section 3809 of the Statutory Trust Act, or (E) any other instrument, document, agreement or certificate contemplated by any provision of the Statutory Trust Act, this Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws relating in any way to the Company or (F) the federal securities laws of the United States, including, without limitation, the 1940 Act, or the securities or antifraud laws of any international, national, state, provincial, territorial, local or other governmental or regulatory authority, including, in each case, the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (regardless, in every case, of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings (x) sound in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, (y) are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or (z) are derivative or direct claims)), shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, any other court in the State of Delaware with subject matter jurisdiction, (ii) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in connection with any such claim, suit, action or proceeding, (iii) irrevocably agrees not to, and waives any right to, assert in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding that (A) it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of such courts or any other court to which proceedings in such courts may be appealed, (B) such claim, suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, or (C) the venue of such claim, suit, action or proceeding is improper, (iv) consents to process being served in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding by mailing, certified mail, return receipt requested, a copy thereof to such party at the address in effect for notices hereunder, and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof; provided, nothing in clause (iv) hereof shall affect or limit any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law, and (v) irrevocably waives any and all right to trial by jury in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding. In the event that any claim, suit, action or proceeding is commenced outside of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in contravention of this Section 14.5, all reasonable and documented out of pocket fees, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs, incurred by the prevailing party in such claim, suit, action or proceeding shall be reimbursed by the non-prevailing party.

Section 14.6 Agreement to be Bound. EVERY PERSON, BY VIRTUE OF HAVING BECOME A SHAREHOLDER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS DECLARATION OF TRUST AND THE BYLAWS, AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE EXPRESSLY ASSENTED AND AGREED TO THE TERMS OF, AND SHALL BE BOUND BY, THIS DECLARATION OF TRUST AND THE BYLAWS.

Section 14.7 Delivery by Electronic Transmission or Otherwise. Any notice, proxy, vote, consent, report, instrument or writing of any kind or any signature referenced in, or contemplated by, this Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws may, in the sole discretion of the Trustees, be given, granted or otherwise delivered by electronic transmission (within the meaning of the Statutory Trust Act), including via the internet, or in any other manner permitted by applicable law.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

30


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Declaration to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

/s/ Earl Hunt
Earl Hunt, as Trustee
/s/ Meredith Coffey
Meredith Coffey, as Trustee
/s/ Christine Gallagher
Christine Gallagher, as Trustee
/s/ Michael Porter
Michael Porter, as Trustee
/s/ Carl J. Rickertsen
Carl J. Rickertsen, as Trustee

 

Wilmington Trust, National Association, as
Delaware Trustee
By:   /s/ David B. Young
  Name: David B. Young
  Title: Vice President

 

31

Exhibit (b)

APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC

BYLAWS

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

Section 1. PRINCIPAL OFFICE. The principal office of Apollo Debt Solutions BDC (the “Company”) in the State of Delaware shall be located at such place as the Board of Trustees of the Company (the “Trustees” or the “Board”) may designate from time to time.

Section 2. ADDITIONAL OFFICES. The principal executive office of the Company is at 9 West 57th Street, New York, New York 10019. The Company may have additional offices at such places as the Board may from time to time determine or the business of the Company may require.

ARTICLE II.

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1. PLACE. All meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Company or at such other place as shall be set by the Board and stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 2. ANNUAL MEETING. An annual meeting of shareholders shall not be required in any year in which the election of Trustees is not required to be held under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “1940 Act”). The failure to hold an annual meeting shall not invalidate the Company’s existence or affect any otherwise valid corporate act of the Company.

Section 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS.

(a) General. The (i) chairman of the Board, (ii) chief executive officer, (iii) president, or (iv) a majority of the Board may call a special meeting of the shareholders. Subject to subsection (b) of this Section 3, the secretary of the Company shall call a special meeting of shareholders upon the written request of the shareholders entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting.

(b) Shareholder Requested Special Meetings.

(1) Any shareholder of record seeking to have shareholders request a special meeting shall, by sending written notice to the secretary (the “Record Date Request Notice”) by registered mail, return receipt requested, request the Board to fix a record date to determine the shareholders entitled to request a special meeting (the “Request Record Date”). The Record Date Request Notice shall set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it, shall be signed by one or more shareholders of record as of the date of signature (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the Record Date Request Notice), shall bear the date of signature of each such shareholder (or such agent) and shall set forth all information relating to each such shareholder that must be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of Trustees in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or as otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act. Upon receiving the Record Date Request Notice and subject to Delaware Statutory Trust Act, as amended from time to time, (the “DSTA”), the Board may fix a Request Record Date. The Request Record Date shall not precede and shall not be more than ten (10) days after the close of business on the date on which the resolution fixing the Request Record Date is adopted by the Board. If the Board, within ten (10) days after the date on which a valid Record Date Request Notice is received, fails to adopt a resolution fixing the Request Record Date, the Request Record Date shall be the close of business on the tenth (10th) day after the first date on which the Record Date Request Notice is received by the secretary.


(2) In order for any shareholder to request a special meeting, one or more written requests for a special meeting signed by shareholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the request) as of the Request Record Date entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) (the “Special Meeting Percentage”) of all of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting (the “Special Meeting Request”) shall be delivered to the secretary. In addition, the Special Meeting Request shall set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it (which shall be limited to the matters set forth in the Record Date Request Notice received by the secretary), shall bear the date of signature of each such shareholder (or such agent) signing the Special Meeting Request, shall set forth the name and address, as they appear in the Company’s books, of each shareholder signing such request (or on whose behalf the Special Meeting Request is signed) and the class, series and number of all shares of the Company which are owned by each such shareholder, and the nominee holder for, and number of, shares owned beneficially but not of record, shall be sent to the secretary by registered mail, return receipt requested, and shall be received by the secretary within sixty (60) days after the Request Record Date (the “Special Meeting Request Deadline”). Any requesting shareholder may revoke his, her or its request for a special meeting at any time by written revocation delivered to the secretary (or agent duly authorized in a writing accompanying the revocation or the Special Meeting Request).

(3) If the Special Meeting Percentage is met by the Special Meeting Request Deadline, the secretary shall inform the requesting shareholders of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing the notice of meeting (including the Company’s proxy materials). The secretary shall not be required to call a special meeting upon shareholder request and such meeting shall not be held unless, in addition to the documents required by this subsection, the secretary receives payment of such reasonably estimated cost prior to the mailing of any notice of the meeting.

(4) Except as provided in the next sentence, any special meeting shall be held at such place, date and time as may be designated by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Trustees, whoever has called the meeting. In the case of any special meeting called by the secretary upon the request of shareholders (a “Shareholder Requested Meeting”), such meeting shall be held at such place, date and time as may be designated by the Board of Trustees; provided, however, that the date of any Shareholder Requested Meeting shall be not more than sixty (60) days nor less than fifteen (15) days after the secretary gives notice for such meeting (the “Meeting Record Date”); and provided further that if the Board fails to designate, within ten (10) days after the date that a valid Special Meeting Request is actually received by the secretary (the “Delivery Date”), a date and time for a shareholder requested meeting, then such meeting shall be held at 2:00 p.m. local time on the sixtieth (60th) day after the Meeting Record Date or, if such sixtieth (60th) day is not a Business Day (as defined below), on the first preceding Business Day. The secretary shall provide a notice to all shareholders of such Shareholder Requested Meeting within ten (10) days of the Delivery Date, by person or by mail, of the date, time and location of such Shareholder Requested Meeting and the purpose of the Shareholder Requested Meeting; provided that in the event that the Board fails to designate a place for a shareholder requested meeting within ten (10) days after the Delivery Date, then such meeting shall be held at the principal executive office of the Company. In fixing a date for any special meeting, the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Trustees may consider such factors as the Trustees deem relevant within the good faith exercise of business judgment, including, without limitation, the nature of the matters to be considered, the facts and circumstances surrounding any request for meeting and any plan of the Board to call an annual meeting or a special meeting. In the case of any shareholder requested meeting, the Board shall fix a Meeting Record Date that is a date not later than thirty (30) days after the Delivery Date. The Board of Trustees may revoke the notice for any Shareholder Requested Meeting in the event that the requesting shareholders fail to comply with the provisions of paragraph (3) of this Section 3(b).

(5) If written revocations of requests for the special meeting have been delivered to the secretary and the result is that shareholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in writing), as of the Request Record Date, entitled to cast less than the Special Meeting Percentage have delivered, and not revoked, requests for a special meeting to the secretary, the secretary shall: (i) if the notice of meeting has not already been mailed, refrain from mailing the notice of the meeting and send to all requesting shareholders who have not revoked such requests written notice of any revocation of a request for the special meeting, or (ii) if the notice of meeting has been mailed and if the Secretary first sends to all requesting shareholders who have not revoked requests for a special meeting written notice of any revocation of a request for the special meeting and written notice of the secretary’s intention to revoke the notice of the meeting, revoke the notice of the meeting at any time before ten (10) days before the commencement of the meeting. Any request for a special meeting received after a revocation by the secretary of a notice of a meeting shall be considered a request for a new special meeting.

 

2


(6) The Board, the chairman of the Board, the chief executive officer or the president may appoint independent inspectors of elections to act as the agent of the Company for the purpose of promptly performing a ministerial review of the validity of any purported Special Meeting Request received by the secretary. For the purpose of permitting the inspectors to perform such review, no such purported request shall be deemed to have been delivered to the secretary until the earlier of (i) five (5) Business Days after receipt by the secretary of such purported request and (ii) such date as the independent inspectors certify to the Company that the valid requests received by the secretary represent, as of the Request Record Date, not less than the Special Meeting Percentage. Nothing contained in this subsection (5) shall in any way be construed to suggest or imply that the Company or any shareholder shall not be entitled to contest the validity of any request, whether during or after such five (5) Business Day period, or to take any other action (including, without limitation, the commencement, prosecution or defense of any litigation with respect thereto, and the seeking of injunctive relief in such litigation).

(7) For purposes of these Bylaws, “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

Section 4. NOTICE OF MEETINGS.

(a) Method of Delivery; Minimum Contents; Waiver. Written or printed notice of the purpose or purposes, in the case of a special meeting, and of the time and place of every meeting of the shareholders shall be given by the secretary of the Company to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting and to each other shareholder entitled to notice of the meeting, by: (i) presenting the notice to such shareholder personally, (ii) placing the notice in the mail, (iii) delivering the notice by overnight delivery service, (iv) transmitting the notice by electronic mail or any other electronic means, or (v) any other means permitted by Delaware law, at least ten (10) days, but not more than ninety (90) days, prior to the date designated for the meeting, addressed to each shareholder at such shareholder’s address appearing on the records of the Company or supplied by the shareholder to the Company for the purpose of notice. The notice shall state the time and place of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting or as otherwise maybe required by statute or these Bylaws, the purpose for which the meeting is called. The notice of any meeting of shareholders may be accompanied by a form of proxy approved by the Board in favor of the actions or persons as the Board may select. Notice of any meeting of shareholders shall be deemed waived by any shareholder who attends the meeting in person or by proxy or who before or after the meeting submits a signed waiver of notice that is filed with the records of the meeting.

(b) Scope of Notice. Except as provided in Article II, Section 11, any business of the Company may be transacted at an annual meeting of shareholders without being specifically designated in the notice of such meeting, except such business as is required by any statute to be stated in such notice. No business shall be transacted at a special meeting of shareholders except as specifically designated in the notice of such meeting.

Section 5. ORGANIZATION AND CONDUCT. Every meeting of shareholders shall be conducted by an individual appointed by the Board to be chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such appointment, by the chairman of the board, if any, or, in the case of a vacancy in the office or absence of the chairman of the board, by one of the following officers present at the meeting: the chief executive officer, the president, if any, any vice president, the secretary, the treasurer or, in the absence of such officers, a chairman chosen by the shareholders by the vote of a majority of the votes cast by shareholders present in person or by proxy. The secretary or, in the secretary’s absence, an assistant secretary or, in the absence of both the secretary and assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board or, in the absence of such appointment, an individual appointed by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary. In the event that the secretary presides at a meeting of the shareholders, an assistant secretary, or, in the absence of assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board or the chairman of the meeting, shall record the minutes of the meeting. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of shareholders shall be determined by the chairman of the meeting. The chairman of the meeting may prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and take such action as, in the discretion of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, (a) restricting admission to the time set for the commencement of the meeting; (b) limiting attendance at the meeting to shareholders of record of the Company, their duly authorized proxies or other such individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (c) limiting participation at the meeting on any matter to shareholders of record of the Company entitled to vote on such matter, their duly authorized proxies or other such individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (d) limiting the time allotted to questions or comments by participants; (e) maintaining order and security at the

 

3


meeting; (f) removing any shareholder or any other individual who refuses to comply with meeting procedures, rules or guidelines as set forth by the chairman of the meeting; and (g) recessing or adjourning the meeting to a later date and time and place announced at the meeting. Unless otherwise determined by the chairman of the meeting, meetings of shareholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

Section 6. QUORUM. At any meeting of shareholders, the presence in person or by proxy of the shareholders of the Company holding one third of the outstanding shares of the Company (without regard to class or series) shall constitute a quorum, except with respect to any such matter that, under applicable statutes or regulatory requirements, requires approval by a separate vote of one or more classes of capital shares of the Company, in which case the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of the Company’s capital shares holding one third of the outstanding shares of such class shall constitute a quorum. This Section 6 shall not affect any requirement under any applicable law, any other provisions of these Bylaws or the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Company, as further amended or restated from time to time (the “Declaration of Trust”), for the vote necessary for the adoption of any measure. If such quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the shareholders, then the chairman of the meeting or the shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to a date not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the original record date without further notice other than announcement at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

Section 7. VOTING. A plurality of all votes cast at a meeting of shareholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to elect a Trustee, provided that, in the case where the number of nominees for the trusteeships (or, if applicable, the trusteeships of a particular class of trustees) exceeds the number of such trustees to be elected (a “Contested Election”), a majority of all votes cast shall be required to elect such nominee, provided that if a sufficient number of votes to elect a trustee are not cast in such Contested Election, the incumbent Trustee, if any, shall retain their position. Each share may be voted for as many individuals as there are Trustees to be elected and for whose election the share is entitled to be voted. A majority of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to approve any other matter which may properly come before the meeting, unless more than a majority of the votes cast is required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law, the Declaration of Trust or Article III of these Bylaws. Unless otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust, each outstanding share owned of record on the applicable record date, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders.

Section 8. PROXIES. A shareholder may vote the shares owned of record by the shareholder, either in person or by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or by the shareholder’s duly authorized agent as permitted by law. Such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the Company before or at the meeting.

Section 9. VOTING OF SHARES BY CERTAIN HOLDERS. Shares of the Company registered in the name of a corporation, partnership, trust or other entity, if entitled to be voted, may be voted by the president or a vice president, a general partner or trustee thereof, as the case may be, or a proxy appointed by any of the foregoing individuals, unless some other person who has been appointed to vote such share pursuant to a bylaw or a resolution of the governing body of such corporation or other entity or agreement of the partners of a partnership presents a certified copy of such bylaw, resolution or agreement, in which case such person may vote such share. Any fiduciary may vote shares registered in his or her name as such fiduciary, either in person or by proxy.

Shares of the Company directly owned by it or its subsidiaries shall not be voted at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at any given time, unless they are held by it in a fiduciary capacity, in which case they may be voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.

The Board may adopt by resolution a procedure by which a shareholder may certify in writing to the Company that any shares registered in the name of the shareholder are held for the account of a specified person other than the shareholder. The resolution shall set forth the class of shareholders who may make the certification, the purpose for which the certification may be made, the form of certification and the information to be contained in it; if the certification is with respect to a record date or closing of the shares transfer books, the time after the record date or closing of the shares transfer books within which the certification must be received by the Company; and any other

 

4


provisions with respect to the procedure which the Board considers necessary or desirable. On receipt of such certification, the person specified in the certification shall be regarded as, for the purposes set forth in the certification, the shareholder of record of the specified shares in place of the shareholder who makes the certification.

Section 10. INSPECTORS. The Board in advance of any meeting of shareholders, or the chairman of the meeting at any meeting of shareholders, may, but need not, appoint one or more individual inspectors or one or more entities that designate individuals as inspectors to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Board in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the chairman of the meeting. The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, as defined in this Article II, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, and determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders. Each such report of an inspector shall be in writing and signed by him or her or by a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting. If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors. The report of the inspector or inspectors on the number of shares represented at the meeting and the results of the voting shall be prima facie evidence thereof.

Section 11. ADVANCE NOTICE OF SHAREHOLDER NOMINEES FOR TRUSTEES AND OTHER SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS.

(a) Annual Meetings of Shareholders. To the extent that the Company shall hold an annual meeting of its shareholders:

(1) Nominations of individuals for election to the Board and the proposal of other business to be considered by the shareholders may be made at an annual meeting of shareholders (i) pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board or (iii) by any shareholder of the Company who was a shareholder of record both at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 11(a) and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with this Section 11(a).

(2) For nominations of individuals for election to the Board or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder pursuant to clause (iii) of subsection (a)(1) of this Section 11, the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Company and such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by the shareholders. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice shall set forth all information required under this Section 11 and shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Company not less than one hundred twenty (120) days nor more than one hundred fifty (150) days prior to the first anniversary of the date of mailing of the notice for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the mailing of the notice for the annual meeting is advanced or delayed by more than thirty (30) days from the first anniversary of the date of mailing of the notice for the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the shareholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred fiftieth (150th) day prior to the date of mailing of the notice for such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the date of mailing of the notice for such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of mailing of the notice for such meeting is first made. In no event shall the public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a shareholder’s notice as described above. Such shareholder’s notice shall set forth: (i) as to each individual whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a Trustee, all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of Trustees, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor regulations) under the Exchange Act (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a Trustee if elected ) and whether such shareholder believes any such individual is, or is not, an Interested Person (as such term is defined in the Declaration of Trust) of the Company and information regarding such individual that is sufficient, in the discretion of the Board or any committee thereof or any authorized officer of the Company, to make such determination: (ii) as to any other business that the shareholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such shareholder or any Shareholder Associated Person (as

 

5


defined below) and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (iii) as to the shareholder giving the notice, any Shareholder Associated Person and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, the name and address of such shareholder, as they appear on the Company’s books, of any Shareholder Associated Person and of such beneficial owner and the class and number of shares of the Company which are owned beneficially and of record by such shareholder, Shareholder Associated Person and such beneficial owner.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 11(a)(2) to the contrary, in the event that the number of Trustees to be elected to the Board is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for Trustee or specifying the size of the increased Board made by the Company at least one hundred thirty (130) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a shareholder’s notice required by this Section 11(a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Company.

(4) For purposes of this Section 11, “Shareholder Associated Person” of any shareholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such shareholder, (ii) any beneficial owner (as defined in the Declaration of Trust) of shares of the Company owned of record or beneficially by such shareholder and (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Shareholder Associated Person. For purposes of this Section 11, “control” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2 of the 1940 Act.

(b) Special Meetings of Shareholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting. Nominations of individuals for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of shareholders at which Trustees are to be elected (i) pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board or (iii) provided that the Board has determined that Trustees shall be elected at such special meeting, by any shareholder of the Company who is a shareholder of record both at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 11 and at the time of the special meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 11. In the event the Company calls a special meeting of shareholders for the purpose of electing one or more individuals to the Board, any such shareholder may nominate an individual or individuals (as the case may be) for election as a Trustee as specified in the Company’s notice of meeting, if the shareholder’s notice required by subsection (a)(2) of this Section 11 shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Company not earlier than the one hundred fiftieth (150th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of a special meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a shareholder’s notice as described above.

(c) General.

(1) Upon written request by the secretary or the Board or any committee thereof, any shareholder proposing a nominee for election as a Trustee or any proposal for other business at a meeting of shareholders shall provide, within five (5) Business Days of delivery of such request (or such other period as may be specified in such request), written verification, satisfactory, in the discretion of the Board or any committee thereof or any authorized officer of the Company, to demonstrate the accuracy of any information submitted by the shareholder pursuant to this Section 11. If a shareholder fails to provide such written verification within such period, the information as to which written verification was requested may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 11.

(2) Only such individuals who are nominated in accordance with this Section 11 shall be eligible for election as Trustees, and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 11. The chairman of the meeting shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with this Section 11.

 

6


(3) For purposes of this Section 11, (a) the “date of mailing of the notice” shall mean the date of the proxy statement for the solicitation of proxies for election of Trustees and (b) “public announcement” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press Business Wire, PR Newswire or comparable news service or (ii) in a document publicly filed by the Company with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) pursuant to the Exchange Act or the 1940 Act.

(4) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, a shareholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 11. Nothing in this Section 11 shall be deemed to affect any right of a shareholder to request inclusion of a proposal in, nor the right of the Company to omit a proposal from, the Company’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act.

(d) Nothing in this Section 11 shall be deemed to affect any right of a shareholder to request inclusion of a proposal in, or the right of the Company to omit a proposal from, the Company’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act

Section 12. VOTING BY BALLOT. Voting on any question or in any election may be viva voce unless the presiding officer shall order or any shareholder shall demand that voting be by ballot.

ARTICLE III.

TRUSTEES

Section 1. GENERAL POWERS. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed under the direction of its Board. The Board may designate a chairman of the Board, who may also be an officer of the Company, and who will have such powers and duties as determined by the Board from time to time.

Section 2. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS. At any regular meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose, a majority of the entire Board may establish, increase or decrease the number of Trustees, provided that the number thereof shall never be fewer than one, and further provided that the tenure of office of a Trustee shall not be affected by any decrease in the number of Trustees. A majority of Trustees shall be Independent Trustees (for purposes of these Bylaws, as such term is defined in the Declaration of Trust).

Section 3. ANNUAL AND REGULAR MEETINGS. An annual meeting of the Board shall be held immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of shareholders, if any, no notice other than this Bylaw being necessary. In the event such meeting is not so held, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board. Regular meetings of the Board shall be held from time to time at such places and times as provided by the Board by resolution, without notice other than such resolution.

Section 4. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president or by a majority of the Trustees then in office. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board may fix any place as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board called by them. The Board may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of special meetings of the Board, without notice other than such resolution.

Section 5. NOTICE. Meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Trustees need be stated in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting, and no notice need be given of action proposed to be taken by unanimous written consent.

Section 6. QUORUM. Any time there is more than one Trustee, a quorum for all meetings of the Trustees shall be one-third, but not less than two, of the Trustees. Unless provided otherwise in the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws and except as required under the 1940 Act, any action of the Trustees may be taken at a meeting by vote of a majority of the Trustees present (a quorum being present) or without a meeting by written consent of a


majority of the Trustees. Any committee of the Trustees, including an executive committee, if any, may act with or without a meeting. A quorum for all meetings of any such committee shall be one-third, but not less than two, of the members thereof. Unless provided otherwise in this Declaration, any action of any such committee may be taken at a meeting by vote of a majority of the members present (a quorum being present) or without a meeting by written consent as provided in Section 10. With respect to actions of the Trustees and any committee of the Trustees, Trustees who are Interested Persons in any action to be taken may be counted for quorum purposes under this Section and shall be entitled to vote to the extent not prohibited by the 1940 Act. The Trustees present at a meeting which has been duly called and convened may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Trustees to leave less than a quorum.

Section 7. VOTING. The action of the majority of the Trustees present at a meeting at which a quorum, as defined in Section 6 of this Article III, is present shall be the action of the Board, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable statute or the Declaration of Trust. If enough Trustees have withdrawn from a meeting to leave less than a quorum, as defined in Section 6 of this Article III, but the meeting is not adjourned, the action of the majority of the Trustees still present at such meeting shall be the action of the Board, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable statute or the Declaration of Trust.

Section 8. ORGANIZATION. At each meeting of the Board, the chairman of the Board or, in the absence of the chairman, the chief executive officer shall act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of both the chairman and the chief executive officer, the president, if any, or in the absence of the president, a Trustee chosen by a majority of the Trustees present shall act as chairman of the meeting. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary of the Company, or in the absence of the secretary and all assistant secretaries, a person appointed by the chairman, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 9. TELEPHONE MEETINGS. Trustees may participate in a meeting, and any committee member of any committee established by the Board pursuant to Article IV, by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time; provided however, this Section 9 does not apply to any action of the Trustees pursuant to the 1940 Act, that requires the vote of the Trustees to be cast in person at a meeting. Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 10. WRITTEN CONSENT BY TRUSTEES Any action which may be taken by Trustees by vote may be taken without a meeting if that number of the Trustees, or members of a committee, as the case may be, required for approval of such action at a meeting of the Trustees or of such committee consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with the records of the meetings of Trustees. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Trustees; provided however, this Section 10 does not apply to any action of the Trustees pursuant to the 1940 Act that requires the vote of the Trustees to be cast in person at a meeting.

Section 11. VACANCIES. If for any reason any or all the Trustees cease to be Trustees, such event shall not terminate the Company or affect these Bylaws or the powers of the remaining Trustees hereunder, if any. Subject to applicable requirements of the 1940 Act, except as may be provided by the Board in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred shares, (a) any vacancy on the Board may be filled only by a majority of the remaining Trustees, even if the remaining Trustees do not constitute a quorum, as defined in Section 6 of this Article III, and (b) any Trustee elected to fill a vacancy shall serve until a successor is elected and qualified.

Section 12. COMPENSATION. The Trustees shall have power to pay reasonable compensation from the funds of the Trust to themselves as Trustees. The Trustees shall fix the compensation of all officers, employees and Trustees. The Trustees may pay themselves such compensation for special services, including legal, underwriting, syndicating and brokerage services, as they in good faith may deem reasonable and reimbursement for expenses reasonably incurred by themselves on behalf of the Trust.

Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any Trustees from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

8


Section 13. LOSS OF DEPOSITS. No Trustee shall be liable for any loss which may occur by reason of the failure of the bank, trust company, savings and loan association, or other institution with whom moneys or stock have been deposited.

Section 14. SURETY BONDS. Unless required by law, no Trustee shall be obligated to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of any of his or her duties.

Section 15. RELIANCE. Each Trustee, officer, employee and agent of the Company shall, in the performance of his duties with respect to the Company, be fully justified and protected with regard to any act or failure to act in reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Company, upon an opinion of counsel or upon reports made to the Company by any of its officers or employees or by the advisers, accountants, appraisers or other experts or consultants selected by the Trustees or officers of the Company, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a Trustee. Each Trustee, officer, employee and agent of the Company shall also otherwise be entitled to the benefit of Section 3806(k) of the Delaware Statutory Trust.

Section 16. CERTAIN RIGHTS OF TRUSTEES, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS. The Trustees shall have no responsibility to devote their full time to the affairs of the Company. Any Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Company, in his personal capacity or in a capacity as an affiliate, employee, or agent of any other person, or otherwise, may have business interests and engage in business activities similar to or in addition to those of or relating to the Company, subject to the adoption of any policies relating to such interests and activities adopted by the Trustees and applicable law.

ARTICLE IV.

COMMITTEES

Section 1. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS. The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, appoint from among its members an Audit Committee, a Governance Committee and an Independent Trustees (as such term is defined in the Declaration of Trust) Committee of the Board, and other committees the Board shall determine from time to time to be in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders, each of which shall be composed of one or more Trustees, who will serve at the pleasure of the Board.

Section 2. POWERS. The Board may delegate to committees appointed under Section 1 of this Article any of the powers of the Board, except as prohibited by law.

Section 3. MEETINGS. Each committee, if deemed advisable by the Board, shall have a written charter. Notice of committee meetings shall be given in the same manner as notice for special meetings of the Board. A majority of the members of a committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of such committee. The act of a majority of the committee members present at a meeting shall be the act of such committee. The Board may designate a chairman of any committee, and such chairman or, in the absence of a chairman, any two members of any committee (if there are at least two (2) members of the committee) may fix the time and place of its meeting unless the Board shall otherwise provide. In the absence of any member of any such committee, the members thereof present at any meeting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may appoint another Trustee to act in the place of such absent member. Each committee may fix rules of procedures for its business. Each committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings.

Section 4. VACANCIES. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board shall have the power at any time to change the membership of any committee, to fill all vacancies, to designate alternate members to replace any absent or disqualified member or to dissolve any such committee. Subject to the power of the Board, the members of the committee shall have the power to fill any vacancies on the committee.

 

9


ARTICLE V.

OFFICERS

Section 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS. The officers of the Company shall include a chief executive officer and/or a president, a secretary, a treasurer and/or chief financial officer and to the extent that Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act applies, a chief compliance officer and an anti-money laundering officer, and may include one or more vice presidents, a chief operating officer, a chief investment officer, one or more assistant secretaries and one or more assistant treasurers. In addition, the Board may from time to time elect such other officers with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary or desirable. The officers of the Company shall be elected annually by the Board at the first meeting of the Board following the annual meeting of shareholders and initially at the organizational meeting of the Company, except that the chief executive officer or president may from time to time appoint one or more vice presidents, assistant secretaries, assistant treasurers or other officers. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until death, resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided. Any two (2) or more offices except president and vice president may be held by the same person although any person holding more than one office in the company may not act in more than one capacity to execute, acknowledge or verify an instrument required by law to be executed, acknowledged or verified by more than one officer. In their discretion, the Trustees may leave unfilled any office except that of the chief executive officer, the president, the treasurer, the secretary and the chief compliance officer. Election of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights between the Company and such officer or agent.

Section 2. REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION. Any officer or agent of the Company may be removed, with or without cause, by a majority of the whole Board if in its judgment the best interests of the Company would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer of the Company may resign at any time by giving written notice of his or her resignation to the Board, the chairman of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president or the secretary. Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or, if the time when it shall become effective is specified therein, at such later time specified in the notice of resignation. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation. Such resignation shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Company. In addition, the termination or resignation of the chief compliance officer shall be effected in accordance with Rule 38a-1(4) under the 1940 Act.

Section 3. VACANCIES. A vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board for the balance of the term.

Section 4. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER. The Board may designate a chief executive officer from among its Board or elected officers. In the absence of such designation, the president shall be the chief executive officer of the Company. The chief executive officer shall have general responsibility for implementation of the policies of the Company, as determined by the Board, and for the management of the business and affairs of the Company. He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Trustees or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Company or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed, and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of chief executive officer and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board from time to time.

Section 5. CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER. The Board may designate a chief operating officer. The chief operating officer, under the direction of the chief executive officer, shall have the responsibilities and perform the duties incident to the office of chief operating officer, including general management authority and responsibility for the day-to- day implementation of the policies of the Company and such other responsibilities and duties prescribed by the Board or the chief executive officer from time to time.

Section 6. CHIEF INVESTMENT OFFICER. The Board may designate a chief investment officer. The chief investment officer shall have the responsibilities and duties incident to the office of chief investment officer and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board, the chief executive officer or the president.

Section 7. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. The Board may designate a chief financial officer. The chief financial officer shall have the responsibilities and duties incident to the office of chief financial officer and such other duties as may be prescribed as set forth by the Board, the chief executive officer or the president.

 

10


Section 8. CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER; ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING OFFICER. The Board shall designate a chief compliance officer to the extent required by, and consistent with the requirements of, the 1940 Act. The chief compliance officer, who shall also serve as the anti-money laundering officer and subject to the direction of, and reporting to, the Board, shall be responsible for the oversight of the Company’s compliance with the U.S. federal securities laws and other applicable regulatory requirements. The designation, compensation and removal of the chief compliance officer must be approved by the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees of the Company. The chief compliance officer shall perform such executive, supervisory and management functions and duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board, the chief executive officer or the president.

Section 9. PRESIDENT. In the absence of a designation of a chief executive officer by the Board, the president shall be the chief executive officer. He or she may sign with the secretary or any other proper officer of the Company authorized by the Board, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other instruments which the Board has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Company, or shall be required by law to be otherwise signed or executed, and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board from time to time.

Section 10. VICE PRESIDENTS. In the absence of the chief executive officer, president, the chief operating officer, or in the event of a vacancy in all such offices, the vice president (or in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designated at the time of their election or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the chief executive officer and the president; and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to such vice president by the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer, the president or by the Board. The Board may designate one or more vice presidents as executive vice president, senior vice president or as vice president for particular areas of responsibility.

Section 11. SECRETARY. The secretary shall: (a) keep the minutes of the proceedings of the shareholders, the Board and committees of the Board in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the Company; (d) keep a register of the post office address of each shareholder which shall be furnished to the secretary by such shareholder; (e) have general charge of the shares transfer books of the Company; and (f) in general perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by the chief executive officer, the president or by the Board.

Section 12. TREASURER. In the absence of a designation of a chief financial officer by the Board, the treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Company. In the absence of a designation of a treasurer by the Board, then the chief financial officer shall be responsible for the duties of the treasurer specified in this Section 12. The treasurer shall be responsible for: (a) the custody of the funds and securities of the Company; (b) the keeping of full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company; and (c) the depositing of all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Board.

The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Board, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and Board, at the regular meetings of the Board or whenever it may so require, an account of all his or her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. The treasurer shall, if required by the Board, give bonds for the faithful performance of his duties in such sums and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board.

Section 13. ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURER. The assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers, in general, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the secretary or treasurer, respectively, or by the chief executive officer, the president or the Board. The assistant treasurers shall, if required by the Board, give bonds for the faithful performance of their duties in such sums and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board.

 

11


ARTICLE VI.

CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

Section 1. CONTRACTS. The Board may authorize any officer or agent to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Company and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Any agreement, deed, mortgage, lease or other document shall be valid and binding upon the Company when authorized or ratified by action of the Board and executed by an authorized person.

Section 2. CHECKS AND DRAFTS. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Company shall be signed by such officer or agent of the Company in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

Section 3. DEPOSITS. All funds of the Company not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Company in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board may designate.

Section 4. NO EXCLUSIVE RIGHT TO SELL. The Company shall not grant any exclusive right to sell, or exclusive employment to sell, any assets of the Company.

Section 5. COMMINGLING OF ASSETS. The funds of the Company shall not be commingled with the funds of any other person and the Company funds will be protected from the claims of affiliated companies.

ARTICLE VII.

SHARES

Section 1. CERTIFICATES. The Company will not issue share certificates. A shareholder’s investment in the company will be recorded on the books of the Company. A shareholder wishing to transfer his or her Shares will be required to send a completed and executed form to the Company, such form to be provided upon a shareholder’s request.

Section 2. TRANSFERS. All transfers of shares shall be made on the books of the Company, by the holder of the shares, in person or by his or her attorney, in such manner as the Board of Trustees or any officer of the Company may prescribe.

The Company shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any shares as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, transfers of shares of any class or series of shares will be subject in all respects to the Declaration of Trust of the Company and all of the terms and conditions contained therein.

Section 3. NOTICE OF ISSUANCE OR TRANSFER. Upon issuance or transfer of shares in the Company, the Company shall send the shareholder a written statement that reflects such investment or transfer containing such information, at a minimum, as required by law. The Company, alternatively, may furnish notice that a full statement of the information contained in the foregoing sentence will be provided to any shareholder upon request and without charge.

Section 4. CLOSING OF TRANSFER BOOKS OR FIXING OF RECORD DATE. The Board may set, in advance, a record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any other rights, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose. Such date, in any case, shall not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed and shall be not more than ninety (90) days and, in the case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten (10) days, before the date on which the meeting or particular action requiring such determination of shareholders of record is to be held or taken.

 

12


In the context of fixing a record date, the Board may provide that the shares transfer books shall be closed for a stated period but not longer than twenty (20) days. If the shares transfer books are closed for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, such books shall be closed for at least ten (10) days before the date of such meeting.

If no record date is fixed and the shares transfer books are not closed for the determination of shareholders, (a) the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the day on which the notice of meeting is mailed or the thirtieth (30th) day before the meeting, whichever is the closer date to the meeting; and (b) the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend or an allotment of any other rights shall be the close of business on the day on which the resolution of the Trustees , declaring the dividend or allotment of rights, is adopted.

When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof, except when (i) the determination has been made through the closing of the transfer books and the stated period of closing has expired or (ii) the meeting is adjourned to a date more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the record date fixed for the original meeting, in either of which case a new record date shall be determined as set forth herein.

Section 5. SHARES LEDGER. The Company shall maintain at its principal office or at the office of its counsel, accountants or transfer agent, an original or duplicate share ledger containing the name and address of each shareholder and the number of shares of each class held by such shareholder.

Section 6. FRACTIONAL SHARES; ISSUANCE OF SHARES. The Board may issue fractional shares or provide for the issuance of scrip, all on such terms and under such conditions as they may determine. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, the Board may issue units consisting of different securities of the Company. Any security issued in a unit shall have the same characteristics as any identical securities issued by the Company, except that the Board may provide that for a specified period securities of the Company issued in such unit may be transferred on the books of the Company only in such unit.

ARTICLE VIII.

ACCOUNTING YEAR

The fiscal year of the Company shall end on December 31 of each fiscal year, and may thereafter be changed by duly adopted resolution of the Board from time to time.

ARTICLE IX.

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 1. AUTHORIZATION. Dividends and other distributions upon the shares of the Company may be authorized by the Board, subject to the provisions of law and the Declaration of Trust of the Company. Dividends and other distributions may be paid in cash, property or shares of the Company, subject to the provisions of law and the Declaration of Trust.

Section 2. CONTINGENCIES. Before payment of any dividends or other distributions, there may be set aside out of any assets of the Company available for dividends or other distributions such sum or sums as the Board may from time to time, in its absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund for contingencies, for equalizing dividends or other distributions, for repairing or maintaining any property of the Company or for such other purpose as the Board shall determine to be in the best interest of the Company, and the Board may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

13


ARTICLE X.

SEAL

Section 1. SEAL. The Board may authorize the adoption of a seal by the Company. The Board may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof.

Section 2. AFFIXING SEAL. Whenever the Company is permitted or required to affix its seal to a document, it shall be sufficient to meet the requirements of any law, rule or regulation relating to a seal to place the word “(SEAL)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to execute the document on behalf of the Company.

ARTICLE XI.

WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever any notice is required to be given pursuant to the Declaration of Trust of the Company or these Bylaws or pursuant to applicable law, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any meeting need be set forth in the waiver of notice, unless specifically required by statute. The attendance of any person at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

ARTICLE XII.

INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT

If and to the extent that any provision of the DSTA, or any provision of the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws conflicts with any provision of the 1940 Act, then the applicable provision of the 1940 Act shall control; provided, however, that such conflict shall not affect any of the remaining provisions of these Bylaws or the Declaration of Trust or render invalid or improper any action take or omitted prior to such determination.

ARTICLE XIII.

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

The Board shall have the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of these Bylaws and to make new Bylaws not inconsistent with the Declaration of Trust. To the extent any provisions of the Bylaws conflict with the Declaration of Trust, the Declaration of Trust shall control.

 

14

Exhibit (e)

DISTRIBUTION REINVESTMENT PLAN

Effective [ ], 2021

This Distribution Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”) is adopted by Apollo Debt Solutions BDC (the “Fund”).

 

  1.

Distribution Reinvestment. As agent for the shareholders (the “Shareholders”) of the Fund who (i) purchase Class S shares, Class D shares or Class I shares of the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest (collectively the “Shares”) pursuant to the Fund’s continuous public offering (the “Offering”), or (ii) purchase Shares pursuant to any future offering of the Fund, and who do not opt out of participating in the Plan (or, in the case of Alabama, Arkansas, Idaho, Kansas, Kentucky, Maine, Maryland, Nebraska, New Jersey, Ohio, Oregon, Vermont or Washington investors and clients of participating broker-dealers that do not permit automatic enrollment in the Plan, who opt to participate in the Plan) (the “Participants”), the Fund will apply all dividends and other distributions declared and paid in respect of the Shares held by each Participant and attributable to the class of Shares purchased by such Participant (the “Distributions”), including Distributions paid with respect to any full or fractional Shares acquired under the Plan, to the purchase of additional Shares of the same class for such Participant.

 

  2.

Effective Date. The effective date of this Plan shall be the date that the minimum offering requirements are met in connection with the Offering and the escrowed subscription proceeds are released to the Fund.

 

  3.

Procedure for Participation. Any Shareholder (unless such Shareholder is a resident of Alabama, Arkansas, Idaho, Kansas, Kentucky, Maine, Maryland, Nebraska, New Jersey, Ohio, Oregon, Vermont or Washington or is a client of a participating broker-dealer that does not permit automatic enrollment in the Plan) who has received a Prospectus, as contained in the Fund’s registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), will automatically become a Participant unless they elect not to become a Participant by noting such election on their subscription agreement. Any Shareholder who is a resident of Alabama, Arkansas, Idaho, Kansas, Kentucky, Maine, Maryland, Nebraska, New Jersey, Ohio, Oregon, Vermont or Washington or is a client of a participating broker-dealer that does not permit automatic enrollment in the Plan who has received a Prospectus, as contained in the Fund’s registration statement filed with the SEC, will become a Participant if they elect to become a Participant by noting such election on their subscription agreement. If any Shareholder initially elects not to be a Participant, they may later become a Participant by subsequently completing and executing an enrollment form or any appropriate authorization form as may be available from the Fund or DST Systems, Inc. (the “Plan Administrator”). Participation in the Plan will begin with the next Distribution payable after acceptance of a Participant’s subscription, enrollment or authorization. Shares will be purchased under the Plan as of the first calendar day of the month (the “Purchase Date”) following the record date of the Distribution.

 

1


  4.

Suitability. Each Participant is requested to promptly notify the Fund in writing if the Participant experiences a material change in his or her financial condition, including the failure to meet the income, net worth and investment concentration standards imposed by such Participant’s state of residence and set forth in the Fund’s most recent prospectus. For the avoidance of doubt, this request in no way shifts to the Participant the responsibility of the Fund’s sponsor, or any other person selling shares on behalf of the Fund to the Participant to make every reasonable effort to determine that the purchase of Shares is a suitable and appropriate investment based on information provided by such Participant.

 

  5.

Purchase of Shares.

 

  a.

The Fund shall use newly-issued shares of its Shares to implement the Plan. The number of newly-issued shares to be issued to a Shareholder shall be determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to such Shareholder by a price equal to the net asset value as of the Purchase Date. Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will have the same voting rights as Shares issued pursuant to the Offering. The Fund shall pay the Plan Administrator’s fees under the Plan.

 

  b.

No upfront selling commissions will be payable with respect to shares purchased pursuant to the Plan, but such shares will be subject to ongoing distributor and/or shareholder servicing fees. Participants in the Plan may purchase fractional Shares so that 100% of the Distributions will be used to acquire Shares.

 

  6.

Notice. Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given by any provision of this Plan shall be in writing and addressed to Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, c/o DST Systems, Inc. if to the Plan Administrator, or such other addresses as may be specified by written notice to all Participants. Notices to a Participant may be given by letter addressed to the Participant at the Participant’s last address of record with the Fund. Each Participant shall notify the Fund promptly in writing of any change of address.

 

  7.

Taxes. THE REINVESTMENT OF DISTRIBUTIONS DOES NOT RELIEVE A PARTICIPANT OF ANY INCOME TAX LIABILITY THAT MAY BE PAYABLE ON THE DISTRIBUTIONS. INFORMATION REGARDING POTENTIAL TAX INCOME LIABILITY OF PARTICIPANTS MAY BE FOUND IN THE PUBLIC FILINGS MADE BY THE FUND WITH THE SEC.

 

  8.

Share Certificates. The ownership of the Shares purchased through the Plan will be in book-entry form unless and until the Fund issues certificates for its outstanding Shares.

 

2


  9.

Termination by Participant. A Participant may terminate participation in the Plan at any time, without penalty, by delivering notice to the Plan Administrator. Such notice must be received by the Plan Administrator five business days in advance of the first calendar day of the next month in order for a Participant’s termination to be effective for such month. Any transfer of Shares by a Participant to a non-Participant will terminate participation in the Plan with respect to the transferred Shares. If a Participant elects to tender its Common Shares in full, any Shares issued to the Participant under the Plan subsequent to the expiration of the tender offer will be considered part of the Participant’s prior tender, and Participant’s participation in the Plan will be terminated as of the valuation date of the applicable tender offer. Any distributions to be paid to such Shareholder on or after such date will be paid in cash on the scheduled distribution payment date. If a Participant terminates Plan participation, the Fund may, at its option, ensure that the terminating Participant’s account will reflect the whole number of shares in such Participant’s account and provide a check for the cash value of any fractional share in such account. Upon termination of Plan participation for any reason, future Distributions will be distributed to the Shareholder in cash.

 

  10.

Amendment, Suspension or Termination by the Fund. The Board of Trustees may by majority vote amend any aspect of the Plan; provided that the Plan cannot be amended to eliminate a Participant’s right to terminate participation in the Plan and that notice of any material amendment must be provided to Participants at least 10 business days prior to the effective date of that amendment. The Board of Trustees may by majority vote suspend or terminate the Plan for any reason upon 10 business days’ written notice to the Participants.

 

  11.

Liability of the Fund. The Fund shall not be liable for any act done in good faith, or for any good faith omission to act, including, without limitation, any claims or liability (i) arising out of failure to terminate a Participant’s account upon such Participant’s death prior to timely receipt of notice in writing of such death or (ii) with respect to the time and the prices at which Shares are purchased or sold for a Participant’s account. To the extent that indemnification may apply to liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or the securities laws of a particular state, the Fund has been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC and certain state securities commissioners, such indemnification is contrary to public policy and, therefore, unenforceable.

 

  12.

Applicable Law. These terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

3

Exhibit (g)

INVESTMENT ADVISORY MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC

AND

APOLLO CREDIT MANAGEMENT, LLC

This Investment Advisory Management Agreement made this [ ] day of [ ], 2021, is made by and between Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, a Delaware statutory trust (herein referred to as the “Fund”) and Apollo Credit Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (herein referred to as the “Adviser”) (the “Agreement”).

WHEREAS, the Fund is a closed-end management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Investment Company Act”);

WHEREAS, the Adviser is an investment adviser that has registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”); and

WHEREAS, the Fund desires to retain the Adviser to furnish investment advisory services to the Fund on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and the Adviser wishes to be retained to provide such services.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Duties of the Adviser.

(a) The Fund hereby employs the Adviser to act as the investment adviser to the Fund and to manage the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Fund, subject to the supervision of the Fund’s board of trustees (the “Board of Trustees”), for the period and upon the terms herein set forth, (i) in accordance with the investment objective, policies and restrictions that are set forth in the Fund’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, as the same shall be amended from time to time (as amended, the “Registration Statement”), (ii) in accordance with the Investment Company Act and (iii) during the term of this Agreement, in accordance with all other applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations, and the Fund’s charter and by-laws. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Adviser hereby undertakes and agrees, upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, to provide overall investment advisory services for the Fund and in connection therewith to, in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective, policies and restrictions as in effect from time to time:

(i) determining the composition of the Fund’s portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to the Fund’s portfolio and the manner of implementing


such changes in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective, policies and restrictions;

(ii) identifying investment opportunities and making investment decisions for the Fund, including negotiating the terms of investments in, and dispositions of, portfolio securities and other instruments on the Fund’s behalf;

(iii) monitoring the Fund’s investments;

(iv) performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies;

(v) exercising voting rights in respect of portfolio securities and other investments for the Fund;

(vi) serving on, and exercising observer rights for, boards of directors and similar committees of the Fund’s portfolio companies;

(vii) negotiating, obtaining and managing financing facilities and other forms of leverage; and

(viii) providing the Fund with such other investment advisory and related services as the Fund may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of capital, which may include, without limitation:

(A) making, in consultation with the Board of Trustees, investment strategy decisions for the Fund;

(B) reasonably assisting the Board of Trustees and the Fund’s other service providers with the valuation of the Fund’s assets;

(C) exercising voting rights in respect of the Fund’s portfolio securities and other investments.

In addition, prior to the qualification of the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest (“Shares”) as Covered Securities, as defined in Section 18 of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), the following provisions in Section 1(a)(ix) – (x) shall apply.

(ix) The Adviser shall, upon request by an official or agency administering the securities laws of a state (a “State Administrator”), submit to such State Administrator the reports and statements required to be distributed to the Fund’s shareholders pursuant to this Agreement, any registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and applicable federal and state law.

(x) The Adviser has a fiduciary responsibility and duty to the Fund for the safekeeping and use of all the funds and assets of the Fund, whether or not in the Adviser’s immediate possession or control. The Adviser shall not employ, or permit another to employ, such funds or assets except for the exclusive benefit of the Fund. The Adviser shall not contract away any fiduciary obligation owed by the Adviser to the Fund’s shareholders under common law.

 

2


(b) Subject to the supervision of the Board of Trustees, the Adviser shall have the power and authority on behalf of the Fund to effectuate its investment decisions for the Fund, including the execution and delivery of all documents relating to the Fund’s investments and the placing of orders for other purchase or sale transactions on behalf of the Fund and causing the Fund to pay investment-related expenses. In the event that the Fund determines to acquire debt financing, the Adviser will arrange for such financing on the Fund’s behalf. If it is necessary or appropriate for the Adviser to make investments on behalf of the Fund through a special purpose vehicle, the Adviser shall have authority to create or arrange for the creation of such special purpose vehicle and to make such investments through such special purpose vehicle in accordance with the Investment Company Act.

(c) The Adviser hereby accepts such employment and agrees during the term hereof to render the services described herein for the compensation provided herein.

(d) Subject to the prior approval of a majority of the Board of Trustees, including a majority of the Board of Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Fund and, to the extent required by the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, subject to any applicable guidance or interpretation of the SEC or its staff, by the shareholders of the Fund, as applicable, the Adviser may obtain the services of a sub-adviser(s) to assist the Adviser in fulfilling its responsibilities hereunder. The Adviser, and not the Fund, shall be responsible for any compensation payable to any sub-adviser. Any sub-advisory agreement entered into by the Adviser shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Investment Company Act and other applicable federal and state law. The Fund acknowledges that the Adviser makes no warranty that any investments made by the Adviser hereunder will not depreciate in value or at any time not be affected by adverse tax consequences, nor does it give any warranty as to the performance or profitability of the assets or the success of any investment strategy recommended or used by the Adviser.

(e) The Adviser shall for all purposes herein provided be deemed to be an independent contractor and, except as expressly provided or authorized herein, shall have no authority to act for or represent the Fund in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Fund.

(f) The Adviser shall keep and preserve for the period required by the Investment Company Act any books and records relevant to the provision of its investment advisory services to the Fund and shall specifically maintain all books and records with respect to the Fund’s portfolio transactions and shall render to the Fund’s Board of Trustees such periodic and special reports as the Board may reasonably request. The Adviser agrees that all records that it maintains for the Fund are the property of the Fund and will surrender promptly to the Fund any such records upon the Fund’s request, provided that the Adviser may retain a copy of such records.

 

3


2. Fund Responsibilities and Expenses Payable by the Fund. In connection herewith, the Adviser agrees to maintain a staff within its organization to furnish the above services to the Fund. The Adviser shall bear the expenses arising out of its duties hereunder, except as provided in this Section 2.

Except as specifically provided below and above in Section 1 hereof, the Fund anticipates that all investment professionals and staff of the Adviser, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory services to the Fund, and the base compensation, bonus and benefits, and the routine overhead expenses, of such personnel allocable to such services, will be provided and paid for by the Adviser. The Fund will bear all other costs and expenses of the Fund’s operations, administration and transactions, including, but not limited to:

(a) investment advisory fees, including management fees and incentive fees, to the Adviser, pursuant to this Agreement;

(b) the Fund’s allocable portion of compensation, overhead (including rent, office equipment and utilities) and other expenses incurred by Apollo Credit Management, LLC (the “Administrator”) in performing its administrative obligations under the administration agreement between the Fund and the Administrator (the “Administration Agreement”), including but not limited to: (i) the Fund’s chief compliance officer, chief financial officer, chief legal officer and their respective staffs; (ii) investor relations, legal, operations and other non-investment professionals at the Administrator that perform duties for the Fund; and (iii) any personnel of Apollo Global Management, Inc. (“Apollo”) or any of its affiliates providing non-investment related services to the Fund; and

(c) all other expenses of the Fund’s operations, administrations and transactions including, without limitation, those relating to:

(i) organization and offering expenses associated with this offering (including legal, accounting, printing, mailing, subscription processing and filing fees and expenses and other offering expenses, including costs associated with technology integration between the Fund’s systems and those of participating intermediaries, reasonable bona fide due diligence expenses of participating intermediaries supported by detailed and itemized invoices, costs in connection with preparing sales materials and other marketing expenses, design and website expenses, fees and expenses of the Fund’s escrow agent and transfer agent, fees to attend retail seminars sponsored by participating intermediaries and costs, expenses and reimbursements for travel, meals, accommodations, entertainment and other similar expenses related to meetings or events with prospective investors, intermediaries, registered investment advisors or financial or other advisors, but excluding the shareholder servicing fee);

(ii) all taxes, fees, costs, and expenses, retainers and/or other payments of accountants, legal counsel, advisors (including tax advisors), administrators, auditors (including with respect to any additional auditing required under The Directive 2011/61/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council

 

4


of 8 June 2011 on Alternative Investment Fund Managers and any applicable legislation implemented by an EEA Member state in connection with such Directive (the “AIFMD”), investment bankers, administrative agents, paying agents, depositaries, custodians, trustees, sub-custodians, consultants (including individuals consulted through expert network consulting firms), engineers, senior advisors, industry experts, operating partners, deal sourcers (including personnel dedicated to but not employed by the Administrator or its affiliates in the credit-focused business of Apollo), and other professionals (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the costs and charges allocable with respect to the provision of internal legal, tax, accounting, technology or other services and professionals related thereto (including secondees and temporary personnel or consultants that may be engaged on short- or long-term arrangements) as deemed appropriate by the Administrator, with the oversight of the Board of Trustees, where such internal personnel perform services that would be paid by the Fund if outside service providers provided the same services); fees, costs, and expenses herein include (x) costs, expenses and fees for hours spent by its in-house attorneys and tax advisors that provide legal advice and/or services to the Fund or its portfolio companies on matters related to potential or actual investments and transactions and the ongoing operations of the Fund and (y) expenses and fees to provide administrative and accounting services to the Fund or its portfolio companies, and expenses, charges and/or related costs incurred directly by the Fund or affiliates in connection such services (including overhead related thereto), in each case, (I) that are specifically charged or specifically allocated or attributed by the Administrator, with the oversight of the Board of Trustees, to the Fund or its portfolio companies and (II) provided that any such amounts shall not be greater than what would be paid to an unaffiliated third party for substantially similar advice and/or services of the same skill and expertise);

(iii) the cost of calculating the Fund’s net asset value, including the cost of any third-party valuation services;

(iv) the cost of effecting any sales and repurchases of the Shares and other securities;

(v) fees and expenses payable under any intermediary manager and selected intermediary agreements, if any;

(vi) interest and fees and expenses arising out of all borrowings, guarantees and other financings or derivative transactions (including interest, fees and related legal expenses) made or entered into by the Fund, including, but not limited to, the arranging thereof and related legal expenses;

(vii) all fees, costs and expenses of any loan servicers and other service providers and of any custodians, lenders, investment banks and other financing sources;

 

5


(viii) costs incurred in connection with the formation or maintenance of entities or vehicles to hold the Fund’s assets for tax or other purposes;

(ix) costs of derivatives and hedging;

(x) expenses, including travel, entertainment, lodging and meal expenses, incurred by the Adviser, or members of its investment team, or payable to third parties, in evaluating, developing, negotiating, structuring and performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies, including such expenses related to potential investments that were not consummated, and, if necessary, enforcing the Fund’s rights;

(xi) expenses (including the allocable portions of compensation and out-of-pocket expenses such as travel expenses) or an appropriate portion thereof of employees of the Adviser to the extent such expenses relate to attendance at meetings of the Board of Trustees or any committees thereof;

(xii) all fees, costs and expenses, if any, incurred by or on behalf of the Fund in developing, negotiating and structuring prospective or potential investments that are not ultimately made, including, without limitation any legal, tax, administrative, accounting, travel, meals, accommodations and entertainment, advisory, consulting and printing expenses, reverse termination fees and any liquidated damages, commitment fees that become payable in connection with any proposed investment that is not ultimately made, forfeited deposits or similar payments;

(xiii) the allocated costs incurred by the Adviser and the Administrator in providing managerial assistance to those portfolio companies that request it;

(xiv) all brokerage costs, hedging costs, prime brokerage fees, custodial expenses, agent bank and other bank service fees; private placement fees, commissions, appraisal fees, commitment fees and underwriting costs; costs and expenses of any lenders, investment banks and other financing sources, and other investment costs, fees and expenses actually incurred in connection with evaluating, making, holding, settling, clearing, monitoring or disposing of actual investments (including, without limitation, travel, meals, accommodations and entertainment expenses and any expenses related to attending trade association and/or industry meetings, conferences or similar meetings, any costs or expenses relating to currency conversion in the case of investments denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars) and expenses arising out of trade settlements (including any delayed compensation expenses);

(xv) investment costs, including all fees, costs and expenses incurred in sourcing, evaluating, developing, negotiating, structuring, trading (including trading errors), settling, monitoring and holding prospective or actual investments or investment strategies including, without limitation, any financing, legal, filing,

 

6


auditing, tax, accounting, compliance, loan administration, travel, meals, accommodations and entertainment, advisory, consulting, engineering, data-related and other professional fees, costs and expenses in connection therewith (to the extent the Adviser is not reimbursed by a prospective or actual issuer of the applicable investment or other third parties or capitalized as part of the acquisition price of the transaction) and any fees, costs and expenses related to the organization or maintenance of any vehicle through which the Fund directly or indirectly participates in the acquisition, holding and/or disposition of investments or which otherwise facilitate the Fund’s investment activities, including without limitation any travel and accommodations expenses related to such vehicle and the salary and benefits of any personnel (including personnel of Adviser or its affiliates) reasonably necessary and/or advisable for the maintenance and operation of such vehicle, or other overhead expenses (including any fees, costs and expenses associated with the leasing of office space (which may be made with one or more affiliates of Apollo as lessor in connection therewith));

(xvi) transfer agent, dividend agent and custodial fees;

(xvii) fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts;

(xviii) federal and state registration fees, franchise fees, any stock exchange listing fees and fees payable to rating agencies;

(xix) independent trustees’ fees and expenses including reasonable travel, entertainment, lodging and meal expenses, and any legal counsel or other advisors retained by, or at the discretion or for the benefit of, the independent trustees;

(xx) costs of preparing financial statements and maintaining books and records, costs of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 compliance and attestation and costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents with the SEC, Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and other regulatory bodies and other reporting and compliance costs, including registration and exchange listing and the costs associated with reporting and compliance obligations under the Investment Company Act and any other applicable federal and state securities laws, and the compensation of professionals responsible for the foregoing;

(xxi) all fees, costs and expenses associated with the preparation and issuance of the Fund’s periodic reports and related statements (e.g., financial statements and tax returns) and other internal and third-party printing (including a flat service fee), publishing (including time spent performing such printing and publishing services) and reporting-related expenses (including other notices and communications) in respect of the Fund and its activities (including internal expenses, charges and/or related costs incurred, charged or specifically attributed or allocated by the Fund or the Adviser or its affiliates in connection with such provision of services thereby);

 

7


(xxii) the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to shareholders (including printing and mailing costs) and the costs of any shareholder or Trustee meetings;

(xxiii) proxy voting expenses;

(xxiv) costs associated with an exchange listing;

(xxv) costs of registration rights granted to certain investors;

(xxvi) any taxes and/or tax-related interest, fees or other governmental charges (including any penalties incurred where the Adviser lacks sufficient information from third parties to file a timely and complete tax return) levied against the Fund and all expenses incurred in connection with any tax audit, investigation, litigation, settlement or review of the Fund and the amount of any judgments, fines, remediation or settlements paid in connection therewith;

(xxvii) all fees, costs and expenses of any litigation, arbitration or audit involving the Fund any vehicle or its portfolio companies and the amount of any judgments, assessments fines, remediations or settlements paid in connection therewith, Trustees and officers, liability or other insurance (including costs of title insurance) and indemnification (including advancement of any fees, costs or expenses to persons entitled to indemnification) or extraordinary expense or liability relating to the affairs of the Fund;

(xxviii) all fees, costs and expenses associated with the Fund’s information, obtaining and maintaining technology (including the costs of any professional service providers), hardware/software, data-related communication, market data and research (including news and quotation equipment and services and including costs allocated by the Adviser’s or its affiliates’ internal and third-party research group (which are generally based on time spent, assets under management, usage rates, proportionate holdings or a combination thereof or other reasonable methods determined by the Administrator) and expenses and fees (including compensation costs) charged or specifically attributed or allocated by Adviser and/or its affiliates for data-related services provided to the Fund and/or its portfolio companies (including in connection with prospective investments), each including expenses, charges, fees and/or related costs of an internal nature; provided, that any such expenses, charges or related costs shall not be greater than what would be paid to an unaffiliated third party for substantially similar services) reporting costs (which includes notices and other communications and internally allocated charges), and dues and expenses incurred in connection with membership in industry or trade organizations;

(xxix) the costs of specialty and custom software for monitoring risk, compliance and the overall portfolio, including any development costs incurred prior to the filing of the Fund’s election to be treated as a business development company;

 

8


(xxx) costs associated with individual or group shareholders;

(xxxi) fidelity bond, trustees and officers errors and omissions liability insurance and other insurance premiums;

(xxxii) direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, copying and secretarial and other staff;

(xxxiii) all fees, costs and expenses of winding up and liquidating the Fund’s assets;

(xxxiv) extraordinary expenses (such as litigation or indemnification);

(xxxv) all fees, costs and expenses related to compliance-related matters (such as developing and implementing specific policies and procedures in order to comply with certain regulatory requirements) and regulatory filings; notices or disclosures related to the Fund’s activities (including, without limitation, expenses relating to the preparation and filing of filings required under the Securities Act, TIC Form SLT filings, Internal Revenue Service filings under FATCA and FBAR reporting requirements applicable to the Fund or reports to be filed with the CFTC, reports, disclosures, filings and notifications prepared in connection with the laws and/or regulations of jurisdictions in which the Fund engages in activities, including any notices, reports and/or filings required under the AIFMD, European Securities and Markets Authority and any related regulations, and other regulatory filings, notices or disclosures of the Adviser relating to the Fund and its affiliates relating to the Fund, and their activities) and/or other regulatory filings, notices or disclosures of the Adviser and its affiliates relating to the Fund including those pursuant to applicable disclosure laws and expenses relating to FOIA requests, but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any expenses incurred for general compliance and regulatory matters that are not related to the Fund and its activities;

(xxxvi) costs and expenses (including travel) in connection with the diligence and oversight of the Fund’s service providers;

(xxxvii) costs and expenses, including travel, meals, accommodations, entertainment and other similar expenses, incurred by the Adviser or its affiliates for meetings with existing investors and any intermediaries, registered investment advisors, financial and other advisors representing such existing investors; and

(xxxviii) all other expenses incurred by the Administrator in connection with administering the Fund’s business.

In addition, prior to the qualification of the Shares as Covered Securities, the following provision Section 2(xxxix) shall apply.

(xxxix) In addition to the compensation paid to the Adviser pursuant to Section 5, the Fund shall reimburse the Adviser for all expenses of the Fund

 

9


incurred by the Adviser as well as the actual cost of goods and services used for or by the Fund and obtained from entities not affiliated with the Adviser. The Adviser or its affiliates may be reimbursed for the administrative services performed by it or such affiliates on behalf of the Fund pursuant to any separate administration or co-administration agreement with the Adviser; however, no reimbursement shall be permitted for services for which the Adviser is entitled to compensation by way of a separate fee. Excluded from the allowable reimbursement shall be:

(A) rent or depreciation, utilities, capital equipment, and other administrative items of the Adviser; and

(B) salaries, fringe benefits, travel expenses and other administrative items incurred or allocated to any Controlling Person of the Adviser. The term “Controlling Person” shall mean a person, whatever his or her title, who performs functions for the Adviser similar to those of (a) the chairman or other member of a board of directors, (b) executive officers or (c) those holding 10% or more equity interest in the Adviser, or a person having the power to direct or cause the direction of the Adviser, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

From time to time, the Adviser, the Administrator or their affiliates may pay third-party providers of goods or services. The Fund will reimburse the Adviser, the Administrator or such affiliates thereof for any such amounts paid on the Fund’s behalf. From time to time, the Adviser or the Administrator may defer or waive fees and/or rights to be reimbursed for expenses. All of the foregoing expenses will ultimately be borne by the Fund’s shareholders.

3. Transactions with Affiliates. The Adviser is authorized on behalf of the Fund, from time to time when deemed to be in the best interests of the Fund and to the extent permitted by applicable law, to purchase and/or sell securities in which the Adviser or any of its affiliates underwrites, deals in and/or makes a market and/or may perform or seek to perform investment banking services for issuers of such securities. The Adviser is further authorized, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to select brokers (including any brokers affiliated with the Adviser) for the execution of trades for the Fund.

4. Best Execution; Research Services.

(a) The Adviser is authorized, for the purchase and sale of the Fund’s portfolio securities, to employ such dealers and brokers as may, in the judgment of the Adviser, implement the policy of the Fund to obtain the best results, taking into account such factors as price, including dealer spread, the size, type and difficulty of the transaction involved, the firm’s general execution and operational facilities and the firm’s risk in positioning the securities involved. Consistent with this policy, the Adviser is authorized to direct the execution of the Fund’s portfolio transactions to dealers and brokers furnishing statistical information or research deemed by the Adviser to be useful or valuable to the performance of its investment advisory functions for the Fund. It is

 

10


understood that in these circumstances, as contemplated by Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the commissions paid may be higher than those which the Fund might otherwise have paid to another broker if those services had not been provided. Information so received will be in addition to and not in lieu of the services required to be performed by the Adviser. It is understood that the expenses of the Adviser will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of such information or research. Research services furnished to the Adviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for the Fund may be used by the Adviser in servicing other investment companies, entities or funds and accounts which it manages. Similarly, research services furnished to the Adviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for other investment companies, entities or funds and accounts which the Adviser manages may be used by the Adviser in servicing the Fund. It is understood that not all of these research services are used by the Adviser in managing any particular account, including the Fund.

The Adviser and its affiliates may aggregate purchase or sale orders for the assets with purchase or sale orders for the same security for other clients’ accounts of the Adviser or of its affiliates, the Adviser’s own accounts and hold proprietary positions in accordance with its current aggregation and allocation policy (collectively, the “Advisory Clients”), but only if (x) in the Adviser’s reasonable judgment such aggregation results in an overall economic or other benefit to the assets taking into consideration the advantageous selling or purchase price, brokerage commission and other expenses and factors and (y) the Adviser’s actions with respect to aggregating orders for multiple Advisory Clients, as well as the Fund, are consistent with applicable law. However, the Adviser is under no obligation to aggregate any such orders under any circumstances.

(b) Excess Brokerage Commissions. The Adviser is hereby authorized, to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law, to cause the Fund to pay a member of a national securities exchange, broker or dealer an amount of commission for effecting a securities transaction in excess of the amount of commission another member of such exchange, broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Adviser determines in good faith, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities, that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and/or research services provided by such member, broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or its overall responsibilities with respect to the Fund’s portfolio, and constitutes the best net results for the Fund.

In addition, prior to the qualification of the Shares as Covered Securities, the following Section 4(c) shall apply.

(c) All Front End Fees (as defined in the Fund’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”) shall be reasonable and shall not exceed 18% of the gross proceeds of any offering, regardless of the source of payment and the percentage of gross proceeds of any offering committed to investment shall be at least eighty-two percent (82%). All items of compensation to underwriters or

 

11


dealers, including, but not limited to, selling commissions, expenses, rights of first refusal, consulting fees, finders’ fees and all other items of compensation of any kind or description paid by the Fund, directly or indirectly, shall be taken into consideration in computing the amount of allowable Front End Fees.

5. Compensation of the Adviser. The Fund agrees to pay, and the Adviser agrees to accept, as compensation for the services provided by the Adviser hereunder, a base management fee (“Base Management Fee”) and an incentive fee (“Incentive Fee”) as hereinafter set forth. The Fund shall make any payments due hereunder to the Adviser or to the Adviser’s designee as the Adviser may otherwise direct.

(a) Base Management Fee. The Base Management Fee is payable monthly in arrears at an annual rate of 1.25% of the value of Fund’s net assets as of the beginning of the first business day of the month. For the first calendar month in which the Fund has operations, net assets will be measured as the beginning net assets as of the date on which the Fund breaks escrow.

(b) Incentive Fee. The Incentive Fee will consist of two components that are independent of each other, with the result that one component may be payable even if the other is not. A portion of the Incentive Fee is based on a percentage of the Fund’s income and a portion is based on a percentage of the Fund’s capital gains, each as described below.

(i) Incentive Fee on Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income. The portion based on the Fund’s income is based on Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns. “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns” means, as the context requires, either the dollar value of, or percentage rate of return on the value of the Fund’s net assets at the end of the immediate preceding quarter from, interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that the Fund receives from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus the Fund’s operating expenses accrued for the quarter (including the Base Management Fee, expenses payable under the Administration Agreement, and any interest expense or fees on any credit facilities or outstanding debt and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred shares, but excluding the incentive fee and any distribution or shareholder servicing fees).

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns include, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with pay-in-kind interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that the Fund has not yet received in cash. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns do not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation.

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns, expressed as a rate of return on the value of the Fund’s net assets at the end of the immediate preceding quarter, is compared to a “hurdle rate” of return of 1.25% per quarter (5.0% annualized).

 

12


The Fund will pay the Adviser an incentive fee quarterly in arrears with respect to the Fund’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns in each calendar quarter as follows:

 

   

no incentive fee based on Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns in any calendar quarter in which the Fund’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns do not exceed the hurdle rate of 1.25%;

 

   

100% of the dollar amount of the Fund’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than a rate of return of 1.43% (5.72% annualized). This is referred to as Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns (which exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 1.43%) as the “catch-up”; and

 

   

12.5% of the dollar amount of the Fund’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns, if any, that exceed a rate of return of 1.43% (5.72% annualized).

(ii) Incentive Fee Based on Capital Gains. The second component of the Incentive Fee, the Capital Gains Incentive Fee, is payable at the end of each calendar year in arrears.

The amount payable equals:

 

   

12.5% of cumulative realized capital gains from inception through the end of such calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid incentive fee on capital gains as calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Each year, the fee paid for the capital gains incentive fee is net of the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fee for all prior periods. The Fund will accrue, but will not pay, a capital gains incentive fee with respect to unrealized appreciation because a capital gains incentive fee would be owed to the Adviser if the Fund were to sell the relevant investment and realize a capital gain. In no event will the capital gains incentive fee payable pursuant to this Agreement be in excess of the amount permitted by the Advisers Act, including Section 205 thereof.

The fees that are payable under this Agreement for any partial period will be appropriately prorated.

 

13


6. Representations and Warranties.

(a) The Adviser represents and warrants that it is duly registered and authorized as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act, and the Adviser agrees to maintain effective all material requisite registrations, authorizations and licenses, as the case may be, until the termination of this Agreement.

In addition, prior to the qualification of the Shares as Covered Securities, the following provisions in Sections 6(b) – (h) shall apply.

(b) The Adviser shall prepare or shall cause to be prepared and distributed to shareholders during each year the following reports of the Fund (either included in a periodic report filed with the SEC or distributed in a separate report) (i) within sixty (60) days of the end of each quarter, a report containing the same financial information contained in the Fund’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by the Fund under the Exchange Act and (ii) within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of the Fund’s fiscal year, (a) an annual report that shall include financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP which are audited and reported on by independent certified public accountants; (b) a report of the material activities of the Fund during the period covered by the report; (c) where forecasts have been provided to the Fund’s shareholders, a table comparing the forecasts previously provided with the actual results during the period covered by the report; and (d) a report setting forth distributions to the Fund’s shareholders for the period covered thereby and separately identifying distributions from: (A) cash flow from operations during the period; (B) cash flow from operations during a prior period which have been held as reserves; (C) proceeds from disposition of assets; and (D) reserves from the gross proceeds of the Fund’s offering.

(c) From time to time and not less than quarterly, the Fund shall cause the Adviser to review the Fund’s accounts to determine whether cash distributions are appropriate. The Fund may, subject to authorization by the Board of Trustees, distribute pro rata to the Fund’s shareholders funds which the Board deems unnecessary to retain in the Fund. The Board may from time to time authorize the Fund to declare and pay to the Fund’s shareholders such dividends or other distributions, in cash or other assets of the Fund or in securities of the Fund, including in shares of one class or series payable to the holders of the shares of another class or series, or from any other source as the Board of Trustees in its discretion shall determine. Any such cash distributions to the Adviser shall be made only in conjunction with distributions to shareholders and only out of funds properly allocated to the Adviser’s account. All such cash distributions shall be made only out of funds legally available therefor pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended from time to time.

(d) The Adviser shall, in its sole discretion, temporarily place proceeds from offerings by the Fund of its equity securities into short-term, highly liquid investments which, in its reasonable judgment, afford appropriate safety of principal during such time as it is determining the composition and allocation of the portfolio of the Fund and the nature, timing and implementation of any changes thereto pursuant to Section 1 of the this Agreement; provided however, that the Adviser shall be under no fiduciary obligation to select any such short-term, highly liquid investment based solely on any yield or return of such investment. The Adviser shall cause any proceeds of the offering

 

14


of Fund securities not committed for investment within the later of two years from the date of effectiveness of the Registration Statement or one year from termination of the offering, unless a longer period is permitted by the applicable State Administrator, to be paid as a distribution to the shareholders of the Fund as a return of capital without deduction of a sales load.

7. Limitations on the Employment of the Adviser. The services of the Adviser to the Fund are not exclusive, and the Adviser may engage in any other business or render similar or different services to others including, without limitation, the direct or indirect sponsorship or management of other investment based accounts or commingled pools of capital, however structured, having investment objectives similar to those of the Fund, so long as its services to the Fund hereunder are not impaired thereby, and nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the right of any manager, partner, officer or employee of the Adviser to engage in any other business or to devote his or her time and attention in part to any other business, whether of a similar or dissimilar nature, or to receive any fees or compensation in connection therewith (including fees for serving as a director of, or providing consulting services to, one or more of the Fund’s portfolio companies, subject to applicable law). So long as this Agreement or any extension, renewal or amendment remains in effect, the Adviser shall be the only investment adviser for the Fund, subject to the Adviser’s right to enter into sub-advisory agreements. It is understood that the Adviser shall not have any obligation to recommend for purchase or sale any loans which its principals, affiliates or employees may purchase or sell for its or their own accounts or for any other client or account if, in the opinion of the Adviser, such transaction or investment appears unsuitable, impractical or undesirable for the Fund. Nothing herein shall be construed as constituting the Adviser an agent of the Fund. The Adviser assumes no responsibility under this Agreement other than to render the services called for hereunder. It is understood that directors, officers, employees and shareholders of the Fund are or may become interested in the Adviser and its affiliates, as directors, officers, employees, partners, shareholders, members, managers or otherwise, and that the Adviser and directors, officers, employees, partners, shareholders, members and managers of the Adviser and its affiliates are or may become similarly interested in the Fund as shareholders or otherwise.

The Adviser and its affiliates may face conflicts of interest as described in the Fund’s Registration Statement and/or the Fund’s periodic filings with the SEC (as such disclosures may be updated from time to time) and such disclosures have been provided, and any updates will be provided, to the Board of Trustees in connection with its consideration of this Agreement and any future renewal of this Agreement.

8. Responsibility of Dual Directors, Officers and/or Employees. If any person who is a manager, partner, officer or employee of the Adviser or the Administrator is or becomes a director, officer and/or employee of the Fund and acts as such in any business of the Fund, then such manager, partner, officer and/or employee of the Adviser or the Administrator shall be deemed to be acting in such capacity solely for the Fund, and not as a manager, partner, officer or employee of the Adviser or the Administrator or under the control or direction of the Adviser or the Administrator, even if paid by the Adviser or the Administrator.

 

15


9. Limitation of Liability of the Adviser; Indemnification.

(a) The Adviser and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it (the “Indemnified Parties”) shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any act or omission or any loss suffered by the Fund in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, provided that the Adviser shall not be protected against any liability to the Fund or its shareholders to which the Adviser would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations (“disabling conduct”). An Indemnified Party may consult with counsel and accountants in respect of the Fund’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel and accountants; provided, that such counsel or accountants were selected with reasonable care. Absent disabling conduct, the Fund will indemnify the Indemnified Parties against, and hold them harmless from, any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the Adviser’s services under this Agreement or otherwise as adviser for the Fund. The Indemnified Parties shall not be liable under this Agreement or otherwise for any loss due to the mistake, action, inaction, negligence, dishonesty, fraud or bad faith of any broker or other agent; provided, that such broker or other agent shall have been selected, engaged or retained by the Adviser in good faith, unless such action or inaction was made by reason of disabling conduct, or in the case of a criminal action or proceeding, where the Adviser had reasonable cause to believe its conduct was unlawful.

Indemnification shall be made only following: (i) a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before which the proceeding was brought that the Indemnified Party was not liable by reason of disabling conduct or (ii) in the absence of such a decision, a reasonable determination, based upon a review of the facts, that the Indemnified Party was not liable by reason of disabling conduct by (a) the vote of a majority of a quorum of trustees of the Fund who are neither “interested persons” of the Fund nor parties to the proceeding (“disinterested non-party trustees”) or (b) an independent legal counsel in a written opinion.

An Indemnified Party shall be entitled to advances from the Fund for payment of the reasonable expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the matter as to which it is seeking indemnification in the manner and to the fullest extent permissible under law. Prior to any such advance, the Indemnified Party shall provide to the Fund a written affirmation of its good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Fund has been met and a written undertaking to repay any such advance if it should ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met. In addition, at least one of the following additional conditions shall be met: (a) the Indemnified Party shall provide a security in form and amount acceptable to the Fund for its undertaking; (b) the Fund is insured against losses arising by reason of the advance; or (c) a majority of a quorum of disinterested non-party trustees or independent legal counsel, in a written opinion, shall have determined, based on a review of facts readily available to the Fund at the time the advance is proposed to be made, that there is reason to believe that the Indemnified Party will ultimately be found to be entitled to indemnification.

 

16


The following provisions in Sections 9(b) – (c) shall (i) not apply in respect of Apollo Global Securities, LLC or the Administrator and (ii) apply only prior to the qualification of the Shares as Covered Securities.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 9(a) to the contrary, the Fund shall not provide for indemnification of an Indemnified Party for any liability or loss suffered by an Indemnified Party, nor shall the Fund provide that any of the Indemnified Parties be held harmless for any loss or liability suffered by the Fund, unless all of the following conditions are met:

(i) the Fund has determined, in good faith, that the course of conduct that caused the loss or liability was in the best interests of the Fund;

(ii) the Fund has determined, in good faith, that the Indemnified Party was acting on behalf of or performing services for the Fund;

(iii) the Fund has determined, in good faith, that such liability or loss was not the result of (A) negligence or misconduct, in the case that the Indemnified Party is the Adviser or an Affiliate (as defined in the Declaration of Trust) of the Adviser, or (B) gross negligence or willful misconduct, in the case that the Indemnified Party is a director of the Fund who is not also an officer of the Fund or the Adviser or an Affiliate of the Adviser; and

(iv) such indemnification or agreement to hold harmless is recoverable only out of the Fund’s net assets and not from the Fund shareholders.

Furthermore, the Indemnified Party shall not be indemnified for any losses, liabilities or expenses arising from or out of an alleged violation of federal or state securities laws by such party unless one or more of the following conditions are met:

(A) there has been a successful adjudication on the merits of each count involving alleged material securities law violations as to the Indemnified Party;

(B) such claims have been dismissed with prejudice on the merits by a court of competent jurisdiction as to the Indemnified Party; or

(C) a court of competent jurisdiction approves a settlement of the claims against the Indemnified Party and finds that indemnification of the settlement and the related costs should be made, and the court considering the request for indemnification has been advised of the position of the SEC and of the published position of any state securities regulatory authority in which Shares were offered or sold as to indemnification for violations of securities laws.

 

17


(c) The Fund may pay or reimburse reasonable legal expenses and other costs incurred by the Indemnified Party in advance of final disposition of a proceeding only if all of the following are satisfied:

(i) the proceeding relates to acts or omissions with respect to the performance of duties or services on behalf of the Fund;

(ii) the Indemnified Party provides the Fund with written affirmation of such Indemnified Party’s good faith belief that the Indemnified Party has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Fund;

(iii) the legal proceeding was initiated by a third party who is not a Fund shareholder, or, if by a Fund shareholder acting in his or her capacity as such, a court of competent jurisdiction approves such advancement; and

(iv) the Indemnified Party provides the Fund with a written agreement to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the Fund, together with the applicable legal rate of interest thereon, if it is ultimately determined that the Indemnified Party did not comply with the requisite standard of conduct and is not entitled to indemnification

10. Effectiveness, Duration and Termination of Agreement.

(a) This Agreement shall become effective as of the date first written above. This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, on 60 days’ written notice by the Fund, by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined by the Investment Company Act) or by the vote of the Fund’s trustees or on 120 days’ written notice by the Adviser. The provisions of Section 9 of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and the Adviser shall remain entitled to the benefits thereof, notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement. Further, notwithstanding the termination or expiration of this Agreement as aforesaid, the Adviser shall be entitled to any amounts owed under Sections 2 or 5 through the date of termination or expiration, and Section 9 shall continue in force and effect and apply to the Adviser and its representatives as and to the extent applicable.

(b) This Agreement shall continue in effect for two years from the date hereof, or to the extent consistent with the requirements of the Investment Company Act, from the date of the Fund’s election to be regulated as a BDC under the Investment Company Act, and thereafter shall continue automatically for successive annual periods, provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (i) the vote of the Board of Trustees, or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund and (ii) the vote of a majority of the Fund’s Board of Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or “interested persons” (as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act) of any such party, in accordance with the requirements of the Investment Company Act.

(c) This Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment” (as such term is defined for purposes of Section 15(a)(4) of the Investment Company Act).

 

18


In addition, prior to the qualification of the Shares as Covered Securities, the following Sections 10(d) – (f) shall apply.

(d) After the termination of this Agreement, the Adviser shall not be entitled to compensation for further services provided hereunder, except that it shall be entitled to receive from the Fund within 30 days after the effective date of such termination all unpaid reimbursements and all earned but unpaid fees payable to the Adviser prior to termination of this Agreement, including any deferred fees. The Adviser shall promptly upon termination:

(i) Deliver to the Board a full accounting, including a statement showing all payments collected by it and a statement of all money held by it, covering the period following the date of the last accounting furnished to the Board;

(ii) Deliver to the Board all assets and documents of the Fund then in custody of the Adviser; and

(iii) Cooperate with the Fund to provide an orderly management transition.

(e) Without the approval of holders of a majority of the Shares entitled to vote on the matter, or such other approval as may be required under the mandatory provisions of any applicable laws or regulations, or other provisions of the Declaration of Trust, the Adviser shall not: (i) modify this Agreement except for amendments that do not adversely affect the rights of the shareholders; (ii) appoint a new Adviser (other than a sub-adviser pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and applicable law); (iii) sell all or substantially all of the Fund’s assets other than in the ordinary course of the Fund’s business or as otherwise permitted by law; or (iv) except as otherwise permitted herein, voluntarily withdraw as the Adviser unless such withdrawal would not affect the tax status of the Fund and would not materially adversely affect the shareholders

(f) The Fund may terminate the Adviser’s interest in the Fund’s revenues, expenses, income, losses, distributions and capital by payment of an amount equal to the then present fair market value of the terminated Adviser’s interest, determined by agreement of the terminated Adviser and the Fund. If the Fund and the Adviser cannot agree upon such amount, the parties will submit to binding arbitration which cost will be borne equally by the Adviser and the Fund. The method of payment to the terminated Adviser must be fair and must protect the solvency and liquidity of the Fund.

11. Conflicts of Interest and Prohibited Activities.

Prior to the qualification of the Shares as Covered Securities, the following provisions in this Section 11 shall apply.

(a) The Adviser is not hereby granted or entitled to an exclusive right to sell or exclusive employment to sell assets for the Fund.

(b) The Adviser shall not: (i) receive or accept any rebate, give-up or similar arrangement that is prohibited under applicable federal or state securities laws; (ii) participate in any reciprocal business arrangement that would circumvent provisions of applicable federal or state securities laws governing conflicts of interest or investment restrictions; or (iii) enter into any agreement, arrangement or understanding that would circumvent the restrictions against dealing with affiliates or promoters under applicable federal or state securities laws.

 

19


(c) The Adviser shall not directly or indirectly pay or award any fees or commissions or other compensation to any person engaged to sell Shares or give investment advice to a potential shareholder; provided, however, that this subsection shall not prohibit the payment to a registered broker-dealer or other properly licensed agent of sales commissions or other compensation (including cash compensation and non-cash compensation (as such terms are defined under FINRA Rule 2310)) for selling or distributing Shares, including out of the Adviser’s own assets, including those amounts paid to the Adviser under this Agreement.

(d) The Adviser covenants that it shall not permit or cause to be permitted the Fund’s funds to be commingled with the funds of any other person and the funds will be protected from the claims of affiliated companies.

12. Access to Shareholder List.

Prior to the qualification of the Shares as Covered Securities, the following provision in this Section 12 shall apply.

If a shareholder requests a copy of the Shareholder List pursuant to Section 11.3 of the Fund’s Charter or any successor provision thereto (the “Charter Shareholder List Provision”), the Adviser is hereby authorized to request a copy of the Shareholder List from the Fund’s transfer agent and send a copy of the Shareholder List to any shareholder so requesting in accordance with the Charter Shareholder List Provision. The Adviser and the Board of Trustees shall be liable to any shareholder requesting the list for the costs, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by that shareholder for compelling the production of the Shareholder List, and for actual damages suffered by any shareholder by reason of such refusal or neglect. It shall be a defense that the actual purpose and reason for the requests for inspection or for a copy of the Shareholder List is to secure such list of shareholder or other information for the purpose of selling such list or copies thereof, or of using the same for a commercial purpose other than in the interest of the applicant as a shareholder relative to the affairs of the Fund.

13. Notices. Any notice hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person or by telex or facsimile (followed by delivery in person) to the parties at the addresses set forth below.

If to the Fund:

Apollo Debt Solutions BDC

9 West 57th Street

New York, New York 10019

Attn: Chairman, Trustee and Chief Executive Officer

 

20


If to the Adviser:

Apollo Credit Management, LLC

9 West 57th Street

New York, New York 10019

Attn: Joseph D. Glatt, Vice President

or to such other address as to which the recipient shall have informed the other party in writing.

Unless specifically provided elsewhere, notice given as provided above shall be deemed to have been given, if by personal delivery, on the day of such delivery, and, if by facsimile and mail, on the date on which such facsimile or mail is sent.

14. Amendments. This Agreement may be amended by mutual consent, but the consent of the Fund must be obtained in conformity with the requirements of the Investment Company Act.

15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

16. Entire Agreement; Governing Law. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act. To the extent the applicable laws of the State of New York, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the provisions of the Investment Company Act, the latter shall control.

[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the date above written.

 

APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC
By:  

                     

  Name:
  Title:
APOLLO CREDIT MANAGEMENT, LLC
By:  

                     

  Name:
  Title:

Exhibit (h)(1)

INTERMEDIARY MANAGER AGREEMENT

[ ], 2021

Apollo Global Securities, LLC

9 West 57th Street

New York, NY 10019

This Intermediary Manager Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and between Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Company”) and Apollo Global Securities, LLC (the “Intermediary Manager”).

The Company has filed one or more registration statements with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) that are listed on Schedule 1 to this Agreement (each, a “Registration Statement”), which Schedule 1 shall be amended from time to time by the Company to reflect any additional Registration Statements. The Company shall promptly provide notice to Intermediary Manager of such amendment, pursuant to the notice provisions of Section 14 of this Agreement. In this Agreement, unless explicitly stated otherwise, “the Registration Statement” means, at any given time, each of the registration statements listed on Schedule 1, as such Schedule 1 may be amended from time to time, as each such registration statement is finally amended and revised at the effective date of the registration statement (including at the effective date of any post-effective amendment thereto).

Each Registration Statement shall register an ongoing offering (each, an “Offering”) of the Company’s common shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value per share (“Common Shares”), which may consist of Class S, Class D and/or Class I common shares of beneficial interest (the “Shares”). In this Agreement, unless explicitly stated otherwise, “the Offering” means each Offering covered by a Registration Statement and “Shares” means the Shares being offered in the Offering.

The Offering is and shall be comprised of a maximum amount of Shares set forth in the Prospectus (as defined in Section 1.a. below) that will be issued and sold to the public at the public offering prices per Share set forth in the Prospectus pursuant to a primary offering (the “Primary Shares”). The Company will also issue shares pursuant to its distribution reinvestment plan (the “DRIP Shares”). In connection with the Offering, the minimum purchase by any one person shall be as set forth in the Prospectus (except as otherwise indicated in any letter or memorandum from the Company to the Intermediary Manager).

In this Agreement, unless explicitly stated otherwise, any references to the Registration Statement, the Offering, the Shares or the Prospectus with respect to each other shall mean only those that are all related to the same Registration Statement.

The Company is offering to the public three classes of Shares, Class S shares, Class D shares and Class I shares. The differences between the classes of Shares and the eligibility requirements for each class are described in detail in the Prospectus. The Shares are to be offered and sold to the public as described under the caption “Plan of Distribution” in the Prospectus. Except as otherwise agreed by the Company and the Intermediary Manager, Shares sold through the Intermediary Manager are to be sold through the Intermediary Manager, as the Intermediary Manager, and the brokers (each a “Broker” and collectively, the “Brokers”) with whom the Intermediary Manager has entered into or will enter into a selected intermediary agreement related to the distribution of Shares substantially in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit “A” or such other form as approved by the Company (each a “Selected Intermediary Agreement”) at a purchase price equal to the Company’s then-current net asset value (“NAV”) per share applicable to the class of Shares being purchased. For shareholders who participate in the Company’s distribution reinvestment plan, the cash distributions attributable to the class of Shares that each shareholder owns will be automatically invested in additional shares of the same class. The DRIP Shares are to be issued and sold to shareholders of the Company at a purchase price equal to the most recent available NAV per share for such shares at the time the distribution is payable.


Terms not defined herein shall have the same meaning as in the Prospectus. Now, therefore, the Company hereby agrees with the Intermediary Manager as follows:

1. Representations and Warranties of the Company: The Company represents and warrants to the Intermediary Manager and each Broker participating in an Offering, with respect to such Offering, as applicable, that:

a. A Registration Statement with respect to the Shares has been prepared by the Company in accordance with applicable requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and the applicable rules and regulations (the “Rules and Regulations”) of the SEC promulgated thereunder, covering the Shares. Copies of such Registration Statement and each amendment thereto have been or will be delivered to the Intermediary Manager. The prospectus contained therein, as finally amended and revised at the effective date of the Registration Statement (including at the effective date of any post-effective amendment thereto), is hereinafter referred to as the “Prospectus,” except that if the prospectus or prospectus supplement filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 424B3 under the Securities Act shall differ from the Prospectus on file at the Effective Date, the term “Prospectus” shall also include such prospectus or prospectus supplement filed pursuant to Rule 424B3. “Effective Date” means the applicable date upon which the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto is or was first declared effective by the SEC. “Filing Date” means the applicable date upon which the initial Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto is filed with the SEC.

b. The Company has been duly and validly organized and formed as a statutory trust under the laws of the state of Delaware, with the power and authority to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus.

c. As of the Effective Date or Filing Date, as applicable, the Registration Statement and Prospectus complied or will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations. The Registration Statement, as of the applicable Effective Date, does not and will not contain any untrue statements of material facts or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and the Prospectus as of the applicable Filing Date, does not and will not contain any untrue statements of material facts or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, provided, however, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.c. will not extend to such statements contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement or Prospectus as are primarily within the knowledge of the Intermediary Manager or any of the Brokers and are based upon information furnished by the Intermediary Manager in writing to the Company specifically for inclusion therein.

d. The Company intends to use the funds received from the sale of the Shares as set forth in the Prospectus.

e. No consent, approval, authorization or other order of any governmental authority is required in connection with the execution or delivery by the Company of this Agreement or the issuance and sale by the Company of the Shares, except such as may be required under the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations, by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) or applicable state securities laws.

f. Unless otherwise described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, there are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company at law or in equity or before or by any federal or state commission, regulatory body or administrative agency or other governmental body, domestic or foreign, which will have a material adverse effect on the business or property of the Company.

g. The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated and compliance with the terms of this Agreement by the Company will not conflict with or constitute a default under any charter, by-law, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, rule, regulation, writ, injunction or decree of any government, governmental instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company, except to the extent that the enforceability of the indemnity and/or contribution provisions contained in Section 4 of this Agreement may be limited under applicable securities laws.

h. The Company has full legal right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform the transactions contemplated hereby, except to the extent that the enforceability of the indemnity and/or contribution provisions contained in Section 4 of this Agreement may be limited under applicable securities laws.

 

2


i. At the time of the issuance of the Shares, the Shares will have been duly authorized and, when issued and sold as contemplated by the Prospectus and the Company’s charter, as amended and supplemented, and upon payment therefor as provided by the Prospectus and this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and will conform to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus.

j. The Company has filed all material federal, state and foreign income tax returns, which have been required to be filed, on or before the due date (taking into account all extensions of time to file) and has paid or provided for the payment of all taxes indicated by said returns and all assessments received by the Company to the extent that such taxes or assessments have become due, except where the Company is contesting such assessments in good faith.

k. The financial statements of the Company included in the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company as of the date indicated and the results of its operations for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis.

l. Upon the commencement of the Offering, the Company will be a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the 1940 Act, and has not withdrawn such election, and the SEC has not ordered that such election be withdrawn nor to the Company’s knowledge have proceedings to effectuate such withdrawal been initiated or threatened by the SEC.

m. Any and all printed sales literature or other materials which have been approved in advance in writing by the Company and appropriate regulatory agencies for use in the Offering (“Authorized Sales Materials”) prepared by the Company and any of its affiliates (excluding the Intermediary Manager) specifically for use with potential investors in connection with the Offering, when used in conjunction with the Prospectus, did not at the time provided for use, and, as to later provided materials, will not at the time provided for use, include any untrue statement of a material fact nor did they at the time provided for use, or, as to later provided materials, will they, omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made and when read in conjunction with the Prospectus, not misleading. If at any time any event occurs which is known to the Company as a result of which such Authorized Sales Materials when used in conjunction with the Prospectus would include an untrue statement of a material fact or, in view of the circumstances under which they were made, omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, the Company will notify the Intermediary Manager thereof.

n. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (i) no person is serving or acting as an officer, director or investment adviser of the Company, except in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder, and (ii) to the knowledge of the Company, no director of the Company is an “affiliated person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Intermediary Manager.

o. The issuance and sale of the Shares have been duly authorized by the Company, and, when issued and duly delivered against payment therefor as contemplated by this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

2. Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants and agrees with the Intermediary Manager that:

a. It will, at no expense to the Intermediary Manager, furnish the Intermediary Manager with such number of printed copies of the Registration Statement, including all amendments and exhibits thereto, as the Intermediary Manager may reasonably request. It will similarly furnish to the Intermediary Manager and others designated by the Intermediary Manager as many copies of the following documents as the Intermediary

 

3


Manager may reasonably request: (a) the Prospectus in preliminary and final form and every form of supplemental or amended prospectus; (b) this Agreement; and (c) any other Authorized Sales Materials (provided that the use of said Authorized Sales Materials has been first approved for use by all appropriate regulatory agencies).

b. It will furnish such proper information and execute and file such documents as may be necessary for the Company to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as the Intermediary Manager may reasonably designate and will file and make in each year such statements and reports as may be required. The Company will furnish to the Intermediary Manager upon request a copy of such papers filed by the Company in connection with any such qualification.

c. It will: (a) use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to become effective; (b) furnish copies of any proposed amendment or supplement of the Registration Statement or Prospectus to the Intermediary Manager; (c) file every amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus that may be required by the SEC; and (d) if at any time the SEC shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, it will promptly notify the Intermediary Manager and, to the extent the Company determines such action is in the best interests of the Company, use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the lifting of such order.

d. If at any time when a Prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act any event occurs as a result of which, in the opinion of either the Company or the Intermediary Manager, the Prospectus would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in view of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Intermediary Manager thereof (unless the information shall have been received from the Intermediary Manager) and will effect the preparation of an amended or supplemental Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission. The Company will then promptly prepare such amended or supplemental Prospectus or Prospectuses as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act.

e. It will disclose a per share estimated value of the Shares and related information in accordance with the requirements of FINRA Rule 2310(b)(5).

3. Obligations and Compensation of Intermediary Manager

a. The Company hereby appoints the Intermediary Manager as its agent and principal distributor for the purpose of selling for cash to the public up to the maximum amount of Shares set forth in the Prospectus (subject to the Company’s right of reallocation, as described in the Prospectus) through Brokers, all of whom shall be members of FINRA. The Intermediary Manager hereby accepts such agency and distributorship and agrees to use its best efforts to sell the Shares on said terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus with respect to each Offering and any additional terms or conditions specified in Schedule 2 to this Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time. The Intermediary Manager represents to the Company that it is a member of FINRA and that it and its employees and representatives have all required licenses and registrations to act under this Agreement. With respect to the Intermediary Manager’s participation in the distribution of the Shares in the Offering, the Intermediary Manager agrees to comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of: the Securities Act, the Rules and Regulations, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and all other state or federal laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Offering and the sale of Shares, all applicable state securities or blue sky laws and regulations, and the rules of FINRA applicable to the Offering, from time to time in effect, including, without limitation, FINRA Rules 2040, 2111, 2310, 5110 and 5141.

b. Promptly after the initial Effective Date of the Registration Statement, the Intermediary Manager and the Brokers shall commence the offering of the Shares in the Offering for cash to the public in jurisdictions in which the Shares are registered or qualified for sale or in which such offering is otherwise permitted. The Intermediary Manager and the Brokers will immediately suspend or terminate offering of the Shares upon receipt of notice from the Company at any time and will resume offering the Shares upon subsequent receipt of notice of the Company, as notice is constituted under Section 14 of this Agreement.

 

4


c. Subject to circumstances described in or otherwise provided in this Agreement and under the caption “Plan of Distribution” in the Prospectus, which may be amended and restated from time to time, the Company will pay to the Intermediary Manager Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fees in connection with sales of Class S Primary Shares, and sales of certain Class D Primary Shares (the “Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee”) and the Intermediary Manager may permit Brokers to charge transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, all as described in Schedule 2 to this Agreement . The applicable Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fees payable to the Intermediary Manager will be paid substantially concurrently with the execution by the Company of orders submitted by purchasers of Class S Primary Shares and Class D Primary Shares, as applicable, and all or a portion of the Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fees may be reallowed by the Intermediary Manager to the Brokers who sold the Class S Primary Shares and Class D Primary Shares giving rise to such shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees, as described more fully in the Selected Intermediary Agreement entered into with each such Broker.

d. Except as may be provided in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the Prospectus, which may be amended and restated from time to time, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 3.e. below, the Company will pay to the Intermediary Manager a Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fees with respect to sales of Class S and Class D shares as described in Schedule 2 to this Agreement. The Company will pay the Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee to the Intermediary Manager monthly in arrears. The Intermediary Manager may reallow all or a portion of the Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee to any Brokers who sold the Class S or Class D Shares giving rise to a portion of such Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee to the extent the Selected Intermediary Agreement with such Broker provides for such a reallowance and such Broker is in compliance with the terms of such Selected Intermediary Agreement related to such reallowance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the terms of the Prospectus, at such time as the Broker who sold the Class S or Class D Shares giving rise to a portion of the Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee is no longer the intermediary of record with respect to such Class S or Class D Shares or the Broker no longer satisfies any or all of the conditions in its Selected Intermediary Agreement for the receipt of the Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee, then Broker’s entitlement to the Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fees related to such Class S and/or Class D shares, as applicable, shall cease in, and Broker shall not receive the Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee for, that month or any portion thereof (i.e., Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fees are payable with respect to an entire month without any proration). Intermediary transfers will be made effective as of the start of the first business day of a month.

Thereafter, such Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee may be reallowed to the then-current intermediary of record of the Class S and/or Class D shares, as applicable, if any such interemediary of record has been designated (the “Servicing Broker”), to the extent such Servicing Broker has entered into a Selected Intermediary Agreement or similar agreement with the Intermediary Manager (“Servicing Agreement”), such Selected Intermediary Agreement or Servicing Agreement with the Servicing Broker provides for such reallowance and the Servicing Broker is in compliance with the terms of such agreement related to such reallowance. In this regard, all determinations will be made by the Intermediary Manager in good faith in its sole discretion. The Broker is not entitled to any Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee with respect to Class I shares. The Intermediary Manager may also reallow some or all of the Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee to other intermediaries who provide services with respect to the Shares (who shall be considered additional Servicing Brokers) pursuant to a Servicing Agreement with the Intermediary Manager to the extent such Servicing Agreement provides for such reallowance and such additional Servicing Broker is in compliance with the terms of such agreement related to such reallowance, in accordance with the terms of such Servicing Agreement.

e. The Intermediary Manager shall cease receiving the Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee with respect to any Class S share or Class D share held in a shareholder’s account at the end of the month in which the Intermediary Manager, in conjunction with the transfer agent, determines that total transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, and Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fees paid with respect to the shares held by such shareholder within such account would exceed, in the aggregate, 10% of the gross proceeds from the sale of such shares (including total transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions). At the end of such month, each such Class S share or Class D share (and any shares issued under the DRIP with respect thereto) will convert into a number of Class I shares (including any fractional shares), with an equivalent aggregate NAV as such share. In addition,

 

5


the Intermediary Manager will cease receiving the Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee on Class S shares and Class D shares in connection with an Offering (i.e., pursuant to the Registration Statement for such Offering) upon the earlier to occur of the following: (i) a listing of Class I shares, (ii) the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (iii) the date following the completion of the primary portion of such Offering on which, in the aggregate, underwriting compensation from all sources in connection with such Offering, including selling commissions, Intermediary Manager fees, the Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee and other underwriting compensation, is equal to ten percent (10%) of the gross proceeds from Primary Shares sold in such Offering, as determined in good faith by the Intermediary Manager in its sole discretion. For purposes of this Agreement, the portion of the Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee accruing with respect to Class S and Class D shares of the Company’s common shares issued (publicly or privately) by the Company during the term of a particular Offering, and not issued pursuant to a prior Offering, shall be underwriting compensation with respect to such particular Offering and not with respect to any other Offering.

f. The terms of any reallowance of the Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee shall be set forth in the Selected Intermediary Agreement or Servicing Agreement entered into with the Brokers or Servicing Brokers, as applicable. The Company will not be liable or responsible to any Broker or Servicing Broker for any reallowance of Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee to such Broker or Servicing Broker, it being the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Intermediary Manager for payment of Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee to Brokers and Servicing Brokers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the discretion of the Company, the Company may act as agent of the Intermediary Manager by making direct payment of Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fees to Brokers on behalf of the Intermediary Manager without incurring any liability. Further, the Company is not responsible for any transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, charged by Brokers.

g. In addition to the other items of underwriting compensation set forth in this Section 3, the Company and/or the Adviser shall reimburse the Intermediary Manager for all items for which reimbursement is provided for in the Prospectus, to the extent the Prospectus indicates that they will be paid by the Company or the Advisor, as applicable, and to the extent permitted pursuant to prevailing rules and regulations of FINRA.

h. In addition to reimbursement as provided under Section 3.g, and subject to prevailing rules and regulations of FINRA, the Company shall also pay directly or reimburse the Intermediary Manager for reasonable bona fide due diligence expenses incurred by any Broker as described in the Prospectus. The Intermediary Manager shall obtain from any Broker and provide to the Company a detailed and itemized invoice for any such due diligence expenses. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no payments or reimbursements made by the Company with respect to a particular Offering hereunder shall cause total organization and offering expenses, defined under Omnibus Guidelines (as defined in Section 4.a. below) and FINRA rules, to exceed 10% and 15%, respectively, of gross proceeds from such Offering.

i. The Intermediary Manager represents that it will comply fully with all applicable currency reporting, anti-money laundering, anti-corruption and anti-terrorist laws and regulations, and any other applicable laws, rules, regulations and interpretations of any other applicable regulatory or self-regulatory body.

j. (i) The Intermediary Manager has in place internal controls, policies, and procedures (“AML Program”) that are reasonably designed to detect, identify, and report illegal activity, including money laundering and further represents that it has implemented, complies with and will comply with anti-money laundering policies and procedures that satisfy and will continue to satisfy the requirements of applicable anti-money laundering and “know your customer” laws, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the U.S. International Money Laundering Abatement and Anti-Terrorist Financing Act of 2001, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, the U.S. International Emergency Economic Powers Act, and the U.S. Trading with the Enemy Act, as each may be amended from time to time. (ii) The Intermediary Manager’s AML Program, at a minimum; (1) designates a compliance office to administer and oversee the AML Program; (2) provides ongoing employee training; (3) includes an independent audit function to test the effectiveness of the Program; (4) establishes internal policies, procedures, and controls that are tailored to its particular business; (5) includes a Customer Identification Program (“CIP”) consistent with the rules under Section 326 of the USA

 

6


PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “USA Patriot Act”); (6) provides for the filing of all necessary anti-money laundering reports including, but not limited to, suspicious activity reports and (7) provides for screening Clients against the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) list and any other government list that is or becomes required under the USA Patriot Act. The Intermediary Manager acknowledges and agrees that it is responsible for monitoring and complying with anti-money laundering and CIP requirements applicable to all shareholders. (iii) The Intermediary Manager represents and warrants that it has policies, procedures and internal controls in place that are reasonably designed to comply with the UK Bribery Act, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (“FCPA”), and, where applicable, legislation enacted by member States and signatories implementing the OECD Convention Combating Bribery of Foreign Officials, or any similar statute, rule or policy applicable in any jurisdiction in which Broker engages in any activity hereunder (collectively, the “Anti-Corruption Laws”). The Intermediary Manager represents and warrants that it has, and will maintain at all times during the term of this Agreement, policies, procedures, and internal controls in place that are reasonably designed to comply with applicable Anti-Corruption Laws, including applicable provisions of the FCPA.

k. The Intermediary Manager represents and warrants to the Company and each person and firm that signs the Registration Statement that the information under the caption “Plan of Distribution” in the Prospectus and all other information furnished to the Company by the Intermediary Manager in writing expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

l. The Intermediary Manager and all Brokers will offer and sell the Shares at the public offering prices per share as determined in accordance with the Prospectus.

4. Indemnification.

a. To the extent permitted by the Company’s charter, Section 17(h) and Section 17(i) of the 1940 Act, the provisions of Article II.G of the North American Securities Administrators Association, Inc. Omnibus Guidelines Statement of Policy adopted on March 29, 1992 and as amended on May 7, 2007 and from time to time (the “Omnibus Guidelines”), and subject to the limitations below, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Brokers and the Intermediary Manager, their officers and directors and each person, if any, who controls such Broker or Intermediary Manager within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act (the “Indemnified Persons”) from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (“Losses”), joint or several, to which such Indemnified Persons may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such Losses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (a) any untrue statement of a material fact contained (i) in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any post-effective amendment or supplement to either or (ii) in any blue sky application or other document executed by the Company or on its behalf specifically for the purpose of qualifying any or all of the Shares for sale under the securities laws of any jurisdiction or based upon written information furnished by the Company under the securities laws thereof (any such application, document or information being hereinafter called a “Blue Sky Application”) or (iii) in any Authorized Sales Materials, or (b) the omission to state in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any post-effective amendment or supplement to either or in any Blue Sky Application or Authorized Sales Materials a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Company will reimburse the Intermediary Manager and each Indemnified Person of the Intermediary Manager for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Intermediary Manager or such Indemnified Person in connection with investigating or defending such Loss.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.a., the Company may not indemnify or hold harmless the Intermediary Manager, any Broker or any of their affiliates in any manner that would be inconsistent with the provisions to Article II.G of the Omnibus Guidelines. In particular, but without limitation, the Company may not indemnify or hold harmless the Intermediary Manager, any Broker or any of their affiliates for liabilities arising from or out of a violation of state or federal securities laws, unless one or more of the following conditions are met:

(i) There has been a successful adjudication on the merits of each count involving alleged securities law violations;

 

7


(ii) Such claims have been dismissed with prejudice on the merits by a court of competent jurisdiction; or

(iii) A court of competent jurisdiction approves a settlement of the claims against the indemnitee and finds that indemnification of the settlement and the related costs should be made, and the court considering the request for indemnification has been advised of the position of the Commission and of the published position of any state securities regulatory authority in which the securities were offered as to indemnification for violations of securities laws.

Further notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.a., the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such Loss or expense arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished (x) to the Company by the Intermediary Manager or (y) to the Company or the Intermediary Manager by or on behalf of any Broker specifically for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any post-effective amendment or supplement, any Blue Sky Application or any Authorized Sales Materials, and, further, the Company will not be liable for the portion of any Loss in any such case if it is determined that such Broker or the Intermediary Manager was at fault in connection with such portion of the Loss, expense or action.

The foregoing indemnity agreement of this Section 4.a. is subject to the further condition that, insofar as it relates to any untrue statement or omission made in the Prospectus (or amendment or supplement thereto) that was eliminated or remedied in any subsequent amendment or supplement thereto, such indemnity agreement shall not inure to the benefit of an Indemnified Party from whom the person asserting any Losses purchased the Shares that are the subject thereof, if a copy of the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented was not sent or given to such person at or prior to the time the subscription of such person was accepted by the Company, but only if a copy of the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented had been supplied to the Intermediary Manager or the Broker prior to such acceptance.

b. The Intermediary Manager will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers and directors (including any person named in the Registration Statement, with his consent, as about to become a director), each other person who has signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act (the “Company Indemnified Persons”), from and against any Losses to which any of the Company Indemnified Persons may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such Losses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (a) any untrue statement of a material fact contained (i) in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any post-effective amendment or supplement to either or (ii) in any Blue Sky Application or (iii) in any Authorized Sales Materials; or (b) the omission to state in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any post-effective amendment or supplement to either or in any Blue Sky Application or Authorized Sales Materials a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, provided that clauses (a) and (b) apply, to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Intermediary Manager specifically for use with reference to the Intermediary Manager in the preparation of the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any post-effective amendment or supplement to either or in preparation of any Blue Sky Application or Authorized Sales Materials; or (c) any use of sales literature not authorized or approved by the Company or any use of “broker-dealer use only” materials with members of the public by the Intermediary Manager in the offer and sale of the Shares or any use of sales literature in a particular jurisdiction if such material bears a legend denoting that it is not to be used in connection with the sale of Shares to members of the public in such jurisdiction; or (d) any untrue statement made by the Intermediary Manager or its representatives or agents or omission to state a fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares; or (e) any material violation of this Agreement; or (f) any failure to comply with applicable laws governing privacy issues, money laundering abatement and anti-terrorist financing efforts, including applicable rules of the SEC, FINRA and the USA Patriot Act; or (g) any other failure to comply with applicable rules of FINRA or federal or state securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated

 

8


thereunder; provided further that the Intermediary Manager’s obligation to indemnify the Company shall be limited to the extent of any fees earned and retained by the Intermediary Manager (excluding any fees re-allowed to Brokers) pursuant to this Agreement. The Intermediary Manager will reimburse the aforesaid parties for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending such Loss, expense or action. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that the Intermediary Manager may otherwise have.

c. Each Broker severally will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Intermediary Manager, each of their officers and directors (including any person named in the Registration Statement, with his consent, as about to become a director), each other person who has signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company or the Intermediary Manager within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act (the “Broker Indemnified Persons”) from and against any Losses to which a Broker Indemnified Person may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such Losses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (a) any untrue statement of a material fact contained (i) in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any post-effective amendment or supplement to either or (ii) in any Blue Sky Application or (iii) in any Authorized Sales Materials; or (b) the omission to state in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any post-effective amendment or supplement to either or in any Blue Sky Application or Authorized Sales Materials a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, provided that clauses (a) and (b) apply, to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or the Intermediary Manager by or on behalf of the Broker specifically for use with reference to the Broker in the preparation of the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any post-effective amendment or supplement either or in preparation of any Blue Sky Application or Authorized Sales Materials; or (c) any use of sales literature not authorized or approved by the Company or any use of “broker-dealer use only” materials with members of the public by the Broker in the offer and sale of the Shares or any use of sales literature in a particular jurisdiction if such material bears a legend denoting that it is not to be used in connection with the sale of Shares to members of the public in such jurisdiction; or (d) any untrue statement made by the Broker or its representatives or agents or omission to state a fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares; or (e) any material violation of this Agreement or the Selected Intermediary Agreement entered into between the Intermediary Manager and the Broker; or (f) any failure or alleged failure to comply with all applicable laws, including, without limitation, laws governing privacy issues, money laundering abatement and anti-terrorist financing efforts, including applicable rules of the SEC, FINRA and the USA Patriot Act; or (g) any other failure or alleged failure to comply with applicable rules of FINRA or federal or state securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Each such Broker will reimburse each Broker Indemnified Person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such Loss, expense or action. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that such Broker may otherwise have.

d. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 4 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 4, notify in writing the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof. The failure of an indemnified party to so notify the indemnifying party will relieve the indemnifying party from any liability under this Section 4 as to the particular item for which indemnification is then being sought, but not from any other liability that it may have to any indemnified party. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled, to the extent it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to participate in the defense thereof, with separate counsel. Such participation shall not relieve such indemnifying party of the obligation to reimburse the indemnified party for reasonable legal and other expenses (subject to Section 4.e.) incurred by such indemnified party in defending itself, except for such expenses incurred after the indemnifying party has deposited funds sufficient to effect the settlement, with prejudice, of the claim in respect of which indemnity is sought. Any such indemnifying party shall not be liable to any such indemnified party on account of any settlement of any claim or action effected without the consent of such indemnifying party. Any indemnified party shall not be bound to perform or refrain from performing any act pursuant to the terms of any settlement of any claim or action effected without the consent of such indemnified party

 

9


e. The indemnifying party shall pay all legal fees and expenses of the indemnified party in the defense of such claims or actions; provided, however, that the indemnifying party shall not be obliged to pay legal expenses and fees to more than one law firm in connection with the defense of similar claims arising out of the same alleged acts or omissions giving rise to such claims notwithstanding that such actions or claims are alleged or brought by one or more parties against more than one indemnified party. If such claims or actions are alleged or brought against more than one indemnified party, then the indemnifying party shall only be obliged to reimburse the expenses and fees of the one law firm that has been selected by a majority of the indemnified parties against which such action is finally brought; and in the event a majority of such indemnified parties are unable to agree on which law firm for which expenses or fees will be reimbursable by the indemnifying party, then payment shall be made to the first law firm of record representing an indemnified party against the action or claim. Such law firm shall be paid only to the extent of services performed by such law firm and no reimbursement shall be payable to such law firm on account of legal services performed by another law firm.

f. The indemnity agreements contained in this Section 4 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (a) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Broker, or any person controlling any Broker or by or on behalf of the Company, the Intermediary Manager or any officer or director thereof, or by or on behalf of any person controlling the Company or the Intermediary Manager, (b) delivery of any Shares and payment therefor, and (c) any termination of this Agreement. A successor of any Broker or of any of the parties to this Agreement, as the case may be, shall be entitled to the benefits of the indemnity agreements contained in this Section 4.

5. Survival of Provisions.

a. The respective agreements, representations and warranties of the Company and the Intermediary Manager set forth in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (a) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Intermediary Manager or any Broker or any person controlling the Intermediary Manager or any Broker or by or on behalf of the Company or any person controlling the Company, and (b) the acceptance of any payment for the Shares.

b. The respective agreements of the Company and the Intermediary Manager set forth in Sections 3.c. through 3.h. and Sections 4 through 14 of this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any termination of this Agreement.

6. Applicable Law. This Agreement was executed and delivered in, and its validity, interpretation and construction shall be governed by, the laws of the State of New York; provided however, that causes of action for violations of federal or state securities laws shall not be governed by this Section. Venue for any action brought hereunder shall lie exclusively in New York, New York.

7. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts. Each counterpart, when executed and delivered, shall be an original contract, but all counterparts, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

8. Successors and Amendment.

a. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Intermediary Manager and the Company and their respective successors. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give to any other person any right, remedy or claim, except as otherwise specifically provided herein. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Brokers to the extent set forth in Sections 1 and 4 hereof.

b. This Agreement may be amended by the written agreement of the Intermediary Manager and the Company.

c. Schedule 1 may be amended from time to time with the written consent of the Company and the Intermediary Manager. However, the addition or removal of Registration Statements from Schedule 1 shall only apply prospectively and shall not affect the respective agreements, representations and warranties of the

 

10


Company and the Intermediary Manager prior to such amendments to Schedule 1. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge and agree that, upon the removal of a Registration Statement from Schedule 1, the representations, warranties and covenants in Sections 1 and 2 shall no longer continue to be made with respect to the Offering, the Shares or the Prospectus relating to such Registration Statement.

9. Term and Termination. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date first written above and shall remain in force until the first anniversary of its effective date and shall thereafter continue in effect from year to year, but only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a vote of the board of trustees of the Company, including the vote of a majority of the trustees who are not “interested persons,” as defined by the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder, of the Company and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Company’s Distribution and Servicing Plan (the “Plan”) or any agreements entered into in connection with the Plan (including this Agreement), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose. Any party to this Agreement shall have the right to terminate this Agreement on 60 days’ written notice or immediately upon notice to the other party in the event that such other party shall have failed to comply with any material provision hereof. The Agreement also may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the Company’s trustees who are not “interested persons”, as defined in the 1940 Act, of the Company and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Company’s distribution plan or this Agreement or by vote a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company, on not more than 60 days’ written notice to the Intermediary Manager or the Adviser. This Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act. Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, (a) the Company shall pay to the Intermediary Manager all earned but unpaid compensation and reimbursement for all incurred, accountable compensation to which the Intermediary Manager is or becomes entitled under Section 3 pursuant to the requirements of that Section 3 at such times as such amounts become payable pursuant to the terms of such Section 3, offset by any losses suffered by the Company or any officer or director of the Company arising from the Intermediary Manager’s breach of this Agreement or an action that would otherwise give rise to an indemnification claim against the Intermediary Manager under Section 4.b. herein, and (b) the Intermediary Manager shall promptly deliver to the Company all records and documents in its possession that relate to the Offering other than as required by law to be retained by the Intermediary Manager. Intermediary Manager shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Company to accomplish an orderly transfer of management of the Offering to a party designated by the Company.

10. Confirmation. The Company hereby agrees and assumes the duty to confirm on its behalf and on behalf of Brokers who sell the Shares all orders for purchase of Shares accepted by the Company. Such confirmations will comply with the rules of the SEC and FINRA, and will comply with applicable laws of such other jurisdictions to the extent the Company is advised of such laws in writing by the Intermediary Manager.

11. Prospectus and Authorized Sales Materials. Intermediary Manager agrees that it is not authorized or permitted to give and will not give, any information or make any representation concerning the Shares except as set forth in the Prospectus and any Authorized Sales Materials. The Intermediary Manager further agrees (a) not to deliver any Authorized Sales Materials to any investor or prospective investor, to any intermediary that has not entered into a Selected Intermediary Agreement or Servicing Agreement, or to any representatives or other associated persons of such an intermediary, unless it is accompanied or preceded by the Prospectus as amended and supplemented, (b) not to show or give to any investor or prospective investor or reproduce any material or writing that is supplied to it by the Company and marked “broker only”, “dealer only” or otherwise bearing a legend denoting that it is not to be used in connection with the sale of Shares to members of the public and (c) not to show or give to any investor or prospective investor in a particular jurisdiction (and will similarly require Brokers pursuant to the Selected Intermediary Agreement) any material or writing that is supplied to it by the Company if such material bears a legend denoting that it is not to be used in connection with the sale of Shares to members of the public in such jurisdiction. Intermediary Manager, in its agreements with Brokers, will include requirements and obligations of the Brokers similar to those imposed upon the Intermediary Manager pursuant to this section.

12. Suitability of Investors. The Intermediary Manager, in its agreements with Brokers, will require that the Brokers offer Shares only to persons who meet the financial qualifications set forth in the Prospectus or in any suitability letter or memorandum sent to it by the Company and will only make offers to persons in the jurisdictions in which it is advised in writing that the Shares are qualified for sale or that such qualification is not required. In offering Shares, the Intermediary Manager, in its agreements with Brokers, will require that the Broker comply with

 

11


the provisions of all applicable rules and regulations relating to suitability of investors, including, without limitation, the provisions of Exchange Act Rule 15l-1 (“Regulation Best Interest”) and Article III of the Omnibus Guidelines and applicable laws of the jurisdiction of which such investor is a resident. The Intermediary Manager, in its agreements with Brokers, will require that the Brokers shall sell Shares only to those persons who are eligible to purchase such shares as described in the Prospectus and only through those Brokers who are authorized to sell such shares. The Intermediary Manager, in its agreements with the Brokers, shall require the Brokers to maintain, for at least six years, a record of the information obtained to determine that an investor meets the financial qualification and suitability standards imposed on the offer and sale of the Shares.

13. Submission of Orders. The Intermediary Manager will require in its agreements with each Broker that each Broker comply with the submission of orders procedures set forth in the form of Selected Intermediary Agreement attached as Exhibit “A” to this Agreement. To the extent the Intermediary Manager is involved in the distribution process other than through a Broker, the Intermediary Manager will comply with such submission of orders procedures, and will require each person desiring to purchase Shares in the Offering to complete and execute a subscription agreement in the form filed as an appendix to the Prospectus (a “Subscription Agreement”) in the form provided by the Company to the Intermediary Manager for use in connection with the Offering and to deliver to the Intermediary Manager or as otherwise directed by the Intermediary Manager such completed and executed Subscription Agreement together with a check or wire transfer (“instrument of payment”) in the amount of such person’s purchase, which must be at least the minimum purchase amount set forth in the Prospectus. Subscription Agreements and instruments of payment will be transmitted by the Intermediary Manager to the escrow agent described in the Prospectus and Subscription Agreement for any Offering in which there is a minimum offering contingency described in the Prospectus (“Minimum Offering”) that has not yet been satisfied or, after any such Minimum Offering is satisfied or if no such Minimum Offering is applicable to an Offering, to the Company, as soon as practicable, but in any event by the end of the second business day following receipt by the Intermediary Manager. If the Intermediary Manager receives a Subscription Agreement or instrument of payment not conforming to the instructions set forth in the form of Selected Intermediary Agreement, the Intermediary Manager shall return such Subscription Agreement and instrument of payment directly to such subscriber not later than the end of the next business day following its receipt. Instruments of payment of rejected subscribers will be promptly returned to such subscribers.

14. Notice. Notices and other writings contemplated by this Agreement shall be delivered via (i) hand, (ii) first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, (iii) a nationally recognized overnight courier or (iv) electronic mail. All such notices shall be addressed, as follows:

 

If to the Intermediary Manager:   

Apollo Global Securities, LLC

Attn: [ ]

9 West 57th Street

New York, New York 10019

Email: [ ]

If to the Company:   

Apollo Debt Solutions BDC

Attn: Joseph D. Glatt

9 West 57th Street

New York, New York 10019

Email: jglatt@apollo.com

 

12


If the foregoing correctly sets forth our understanding, please indicate your acceptance thereof in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall constitute a binding agreement between us as of the date first above written.

 

Very truly yours,

APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC

By:

 

/s/ Joseph D. Glatt

 

Name:

 

Joseph D. Glatt

 

Title:

 

[ ]

 

Accepted and agreed to as of the date first above written:

APOLLO GLOBAL SECURITIES, LLC

By:

 

/s/ [ ]

 

Name:

 

[ ]

 

Title:

 

[Authorized Signatory]


Schedule 1

Registration Statement(s)

 

1.

Registration Statement on Form N-2, Registration No. [ ] and [ ].


Schedule 2

Compensation

 

I.

Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fees

The Company will pay to the Intermediary Manager Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fees in amounts of (a) up to 0.85% per annum of the aggregate NAV for the Class S shares as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the month and (b) up to 0.25% per annum of the aggregate NAV for the Class D shares as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the month, in each case, payable monthly. The Company will not pay to the Intermediary Manager any Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fees in respect of the purchase of any Class I shares.

 

II.

Intermediary Manager Fees

The Company will not pay to the Intermediary Manager any Intermediary Manager fees in respect of the purchase of any Class S shares, Class D shares, Class I shares or DRIP Shares.

 

III.

Brokerage Transaction Fees

The Intermediary Manager is authorized to enter into arrangements that allow the Broker to charge a transaction or other fee, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, on sales of Shares, to the extent the Prospectus discloses that such transaction or other fees may be charged for the relevant class of Shares. The Intermediary Manager will required the Broker to represent that Broker is acting solely as an agent for its Customers with respect to their purchase or sale of Shares and is not acting for Broker’s own account. Any transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, charged by Broker in connection with its sale of Shares will be charged in a manner consistent with the Prospectus and applicable law and FINRA rules. Purchases and sales of such shares may only be executed as purchases or repurchases between the customer and the Company. Broker shall not execute trades of shares between customers.


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF SELECTED INTERMEDIARY AGREEMENT

[To be appended]

Exhibit (h)(2)

SELECTED INTERMEDIARY AGREEMENT

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Apollo Global Securities, LLC, as the intermediary manager (“Intermediary Manager”) for Apollo Debt Solutions BDC (the “Company”), a Delaware statutory trust, invites you (the “Broker”) to participate in the distribution of common shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company (“Common Shares”) subject to the following terms:

 

  I.

Intermediary Manager Agreement

The Intermediary Manager has entered into an Amended and Restated Intermediary Manager Agreement (the “Intermediary Manager Agreement”) with the Company dated [    ], 2021, attached hereto as Exhibit “A.” Except as otherwise specifically stated herein, all terms used in this Agreement have the meanings provided in the Intermediary Manager Agreement.

As described in the Intermediary Manager Agreement, the Company has filed one or more registration statements with the SEC that are listed on Schedule 1 to the Intermediary Manager Agreement (each, a “Registration Statement”), which Schedule 1 shall be amended from time to time by the Company to reflect any additional Registration Statements. Any new Registration Statement will be added to Schedule 1 upon its initial effectiveness with the SEC. Each Registration Statement shall register an ongoing offering (each, an “Offering”) of Common Shares, which may consist of Class S, Class D and/or Class I shares of beneficial interest (the “Shares”) or additional share classes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any new Registration Statement is added to Schedule 1 to the Intermediary Manager Agreement, the Intermediary Manager will give the Broker written notice of such addition. Schedule 1 to the Intermediary Manager Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Company. However, the addition or removal of Registration Statements from Schedule 1 to the Intermediary Manager Agreement shall only apply prospectively and shall not affect the respective agreements, representations and warranties of the Company, the Intermediary Manager and the Broker prior to such amendments to Schedule 1 to the Intermediary Manager Agreement. It is possible that more than one Registration Statement may be listed on Schedule 1 during times of transition from one Registration Statement to another, during which time offers or sales may be made pursuant to either Registration Statement. In such event, the Intermediary Manager shall (a) communicate to the Broker details about the transition from one Registration Statement to the next, including when sales may be made pursuant to the most recent Registration Statement and when sales will cease pursuant to the older Registration Statement and (b) provide the Broker with sufficient copies of the appropriate Prospectus and other offering materials in order to continue to make offers and sales throughout such transition period.

In this Agreement, unless explicitly stated otherwise, “the Registration Statement” means, at any given time, each of the registration statements listed on Schedule 1 to the Intermediary Manager Agreement, as such Schedule 1 to the Intermediary Manager Agreement may be amended from time to time, as each such registration statement is finally amended and revised at the effective date of the registration statement (including at the effective date of any post-effective amendment thereto). In this Agreement, unless explicitly stated otherwise, “the Offering” means, at any given time, an offering covered by a Registration Statement and “Shares” means the Shares being offered in an Offering. In this Agreement, unless explicitly stated otherwise, any references to the Registration Statement, the Offering, the Shares or the Prospectus with respect to each other shall mean only those that are all related to the same Registration Statement.

By your acceptance of this Agreement, you will become one of the Brokers referred to in the Intermediary Manager Agreement between the Company and the Intermediary Manager and will be entitled and subject to the indemnification provisions contained in the Intermediary Manager Agreement, including the provisions of Section 4 of the Intermediary Manager Agreement wherein the Brokers severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Intermediary Manager and each officer and director thereof, and each person, if any, who controls the Company or the Intermediary Manager within the meaning of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Broker agrees that the Intermediary Manager Agreement is the sole source of any


indemnification that Broker will receive from the Company or the Intermediary Manager with respect to the Offering. Broker acknowledges that the Intermediary Manager’s liability for the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee is limited solely to the proceeds of the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee receivable from the Company, and Broker hereby waives any and all rights to receive any reallowance of the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee due until such time as the Intermediary Manager is in receipt of the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee from the Company.

The Broker hereby agrees to use its best efforts to sell the Shares for cash on the terms and conditions stated in the Prospectus. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to make the Broker an employee, agent, representative or partner of the Intermediary Manager or of the Company, and the Broker is not authorized to act for the Intermediary Manager or the Company or to make any representations on their behalf except as set forth in the Prospectus and in the Authorized Sales Materials.

 

  II.

Submission of Orders

Each person desiring to purchase Shares in the Offering will be required to complete and execute a Subscription Agreement and to deliver to the Broker such completed and executed Subscription Agreement together with a check or wire transfer (“instrument of payment”) in the amount of such person’s purchase, which must be at least the minimum purchase amount set forth in the Prospectus. Those persons who purchase Shares shall be instructed by the Broker to make their instruments of payment payable to or for the benefit of “Apollo Debt Solutions BDC.” Purchase orders which include (i) instruments of payment received by the Company at least five (5) business days prior to the first calendar day of the month and (ii) a completed and executed Subscription Agreement in good order received by the Company at least five (5) business days prior to the first calendar day of the month (unless waived by the Intermediary Manager) will be executed as of the first calendar day of the month (based on the NAV per share as determined as of the previous day, being the last day of the preceding month). Any tender offer requests must be made in accordance with the applicable procedures described in the Company’s Registration Statement, the Company’s Share Repurchase Program described in the Registration Statement (the “Plan”), and applicable law, rules and regulations. The parties acknowledge and agree that a tender offer is not received in “good order” unless the tender offer and all required documentation is complete and received by the Company’s transfer agent by the applicable tender offer deadline described in the Company’s tender offer documents or otherwise specified by the Company in writing.

If the Broker receives a Subscription Agreement or instrument of payment not conforming to the foregoing instructions, the Broker shall return such Subscription Agreement and instrument of payment directly to such subscriber not later than the end of the next business day following its receipt. Subscription Agreements and instruments of payment received by the Broker which conform to the foregoing instructions shall be transmitted for deposit pursuant to one of the methods described in this Section II. Transmittal of received investor funds will be made in accordance with the following procedures:

 

  (i)

Where, pursuant to the Broker’s internal supervisory procedures, internal supervisory review is conducted at the same location at which Subscription Agreements and instruments of payment are received from subscribers, Subscription Agreements and instruments of payment will be transmitted by the end of the next business day following receipt by the Broker for deposit to the Company or its agent as set forth in the Subscription Agreement or as otherwise directed by the Company.

 

  (ii)

Where, pursuant to the Broker’s internal supervisory procedures, final internal supervisory review is conducted at a different location, Subscription Agreements and instruments of payment will be transmitted by the end of the next business day following receipt by the Broker to the office of the Broker conducting such final internal supervisory review (the “Final Review Office”). The Final Review Office will in turn, by the end of the next business day following receipt by the Final Review Office, transmit such Subscription Agreements and instruments of payment for deposit to the Company or its agent as set forth in the Subscription Agreement or as otherwise directed by the Company.


  III.

Pricing

Except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus, which may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the Primary Shares shall generally be offered to the public at a purchase price payable in cash equal to the Company’s then-current net asset value (“NAV”) per share applicable to the class of Shares being purchased (as calculated in accordance with the procedures described in the Prospectus). Broker may also charge transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, in connection with the sale of Shares as described in Schedule I attached hereto. For shareholders who participate in the Company’s distribution reinvestment plan (“DRIP”), the cash distributions attributable to the class of shares that each shareholder owns will be automatically re-invested in additional shares of the same class. The DRIP Shares will be issued and sold to shareholders of the Company at a purchase price equal to the most recent available NAV per share for such shares at the time the distribution is payable. Except as otherwise indicated in the Prospectus or in any letter or memorandum sent to the Broker by the Company or the Intermediary Manager, (a) a minimum initial purchase of $2,500 in Class S shares and Class D shares is required, and additional investments of such shares may be made in cash in minimal increments of at least $500 in such Shares, and (b) a minimum initial purchase of $1,000,000 in Class I Shares is required, and additional investments may be made in cash in minimal increments of at least $500 in Class I Shares unless such minimums are waived by the Intermediary Manager. The Shares are nonassessable.

 

  IV.

Brokers’ Compensation

Except as may be provided in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the Prospectus, which may be amended or supplemented from time to time, as compensation for completed sales and ongoing shareholder services rendered by Broker hereunder, Broker is entitled, on the terms and subject to the conditions herein, to the compensation set forth on Schedule I hereto.

 

  V.

Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Broker

In addition to the representations and warranties found elsewhere in this Agreement, Broker represents, warrants and agrees that:

 

  (i)

It is duly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the state, commonwealth or other jurisdiction in which Broker is organized.

 

  (ii)

It is empowered under applicable laws and by Broker’s organizational documents to enter into this Agreement and perform all activities and services of the Broker provided for herein and that there are no impediments, prior or existing, or regulatory, self-regulatory, administrative, civil or criminal matters affecting Broker’s ability to perform under this Agreement.

 

  (iii)

The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement; the incurrence of the obligations set forth herein; and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, including the issuance and sale of the Shares, will not constitute a breach of, or default under, any agreement or instrument by which Broker is bound, or to which any of its assets are subject, or any order, rule, or regulation applicable to it of any court, governmental body, or administrative agency having jurisdiction over it.

 

  (iv)

All requisite actions have been taken to authorize Broker to enter into and perform this Agreement.

 

  (v)

It shall notify Intermediary Manager, promptly in writing, of any written claim or complaint or any enforcement action or other proceeding with respect to Shares offered hereunder against Broker or its principals, affiliates, officers, directors, employees or agents, or any person who controls Broker, within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act.

 

  (vi)

Except for those jurisdictions listed on Schedule III hereto, Broker will not offer, sell or distribute Shares, or otherwise make any such Shares available, in any jurisdiction outside of the United States or United States territories unless the Broker receives prior written consent from Intermediary Manager.

 

  (vii)

Broker acknowledges that the Intermediary Manager will enter into similar agreements with other broker-dealers, which does not require the consent of Broker.


  (viii)

Broker represents that it is a broker-dealer registered with FINRA and (effective August 20, 2017) subject to FINRA Rule 2030 (“Rule 2030”). Broker represents that it has policies and procedures to ensure compliance with Rule 2030 and is currently in compliance with Rule 2030. Moreover, Broker represents that neither it nor any of its Covered Associates (i.e., any (i) general partner, managing member or executive officer of Broker, as well as any person with a similar status or function, (ii) any associated person of Broker who engages in distribution or solicitation activities with a government entity, (iii) any associated person of Broker who supervises, directly or indirectly, the government entity distribution or solicitation activities of a person in (ii) above, and (iv) any political action committee controlled by Broker or one of its Covered Associates) has made, directly or indirectly, any contributions that prohibit Broker from engaging in solicitation activities for compensation under Rule 2030 (a “Triggering Contribution”). Broker hereby agrees that neither it nor its Covered Associates will make a Triggering Contribution or violate Rule 2030 while engaged hereunder. If Broker breaches this provision and becomes aware of a Triggering Contribution or a violation of Rule 2030, it shall promptly provide written notice to the Intermediary Manager of the nature of the ban or violation.

 

  (ix)

Broker represents that Broker is acting solely as an agent for its customers with respect to their purchase or sale of Shares and is not acting for Broker’s own account. Any transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, charged by Broker in connection with its sale of Shares will be charged in a manner consistent with the Prospectus and applicable law and FINRA rules.

 

  (x)

Broker further represents, warrants and covenants that neither Broker, nor any person associated with Broker, shall offer or sell Shares in any jurisdiction except to investors who satisfy the investor suitability standards and minimum investment requirements under the most restrictive of the following: (a) applicable provisions described in the Prospectus, including minimum income and net worth standards; (b) applicable laws of the jurisdiction of which such investor is a resident; (c) applicable provisions of Regulation Best Interest; or (d) applicable FINRA rules. The Intermediary Manager agrees to ensure that, in recommending the purchase, sale or exchange of Shares to an investor, Broker, or a person associated with the Broker, shall have reasonable grounds to believe, on the basis of information obtained from the investor (and thereafter maintained in the manner and for the period required by the SEC, any state securities commission, FINRA or the Company) concerning his or her age, investment objectives, other investments, financial situation and needs and any other information known to the Broker, or person associated with the Broker, that (i) the investor can reasonably benefit from an investment in the Shares based on the investor’s overall investment objectives and portfolio structure, (ii) the investor is able to bear the economic risk of the investment based on the investor’s overall financial situation and (iii) the investor has an apparent understanding of (A) the fundamental risks of the investment, (B) the risk that the investor may lose his or her entire investment in the Shares, (C) the lack of liquidity of the Shares, (D) the background and qualifications of the Advisor or the persons responsible for directing and managing the Company and (E) the tax consequences of an investment in the Shares. In the case of sales to fiduciary accounts, the suitability standards must be met by the person who directly or indirectly supplied the funds for the purchase of the Shares or by the beneficiary of such fiduciary account. The Broker further represents, warrants and covenants that the Broker, or a person associated with the Broker, will make every reasonable effort to determine the suitability and appropriateness of an investment in Shares of each proposed investor by reviewing documents and records disclosing the basis upon which the determination as to suitability was reached as to each purchaser of Shares pursuant to a subscription solicited by the Broker, whether such documents and records relate to accounts which have been closed, accounts which are currently maintained or accounts hereafter established.

 

  VI.

Right to Reject Orders or Cancel Sales

All orders, whether initial or additional, are subject to acceptance by and shall only become effective upon confirmation by the Company, which reserves the right to reject any order for any reason or no reason including,


without limitation, orders not accompanied by an executed Subscription Agreement in good order or without the required instrument of payment in full payment for the Shares. Issuance and delivery of the Shares will be made only after actual receipt of payment therefor. If any check is not paid upon presentment, or if the Company is not in actual receipt of clearinghouse funds or cash, certified or cashier’s check or the equivalent in payment for the Shares, the Company reserves the right to cancel the sale without notice.

 

  VII.

Prospectus and Authorized Sales Materials; Compliance with Laws

Broker is not authorized or permitted to give and will not give, any information or make any representation concerning the Shares except as set forth in the Prospectus and any Authorized Sales Materials. The Intermediary Manager will supply Broker with a link to its publicly accessible website ([ ]) where the Broker may obtain the Prospectus, any supplements thereto and any amended Prospectus, as well as any Authorized Sales Materials, for delivery to investors. Broker agrees that it shall have delivered (i) to each investor to whom an offer to sell the Shares is made, as of the time of such offer, a copy of the Prospectus and all supplements thereto and any amended Prospectus that have then been made available to the Broker by the Intermediary Manager and (ii) to each investor that subscribes for an order to purchase Shares, as of the time the Company accepts such investor’s order to purchase the Shares within the timeframes described in the Prospectus, a copy of the Prospectus and all supplements thereto and any amended Prospectus that have then been made available to the Broker by the Intermediary Manager. The Broker agrees that it will not send or give any supplement to the Prospectus or any Authorized Sales Materials to an investor unless it has previously sent or given a Prospectus and all previous supplements thereto and any amended Prospectus to that investor or has simultaneously sent or given a Prospectus and all previous supplements thereto and any amended Prospectus with such supplement to the Prospectus or Authorized Sales Materials. The Broker agrees that it will not show or give to any investor or prospective investor or reproduce any material or writing which is supplied to it by the Intermediary Manager and marked “broker only”, “dealer only” or otherwise bearing a legend denoting that it is not to be used in connection with the sale of Shares to members of the public. The Broker agrees that it will not show or give to any investor or prospective investor in a particular jurisdiction any material or writing that is supplied to it by the Intermediary Manager if such material bears a legend denoting that it is not to be used in connection with the sale of Shares to members of the public in such jurisdiction. Broker agrees that it will not use in connection with the offer or sale of Shares any material or writing which relates to another company supplied to it by the Company or the Intermediary Manager bearing a legend which states that such material may not be used in connection with the offer or sale of any securities other than the company to which it relates. The Broker further agrees that it will not use in connection with the offer or sale of Shares any materials or writings which have not been previously approved by the Intermediary Manager or the Company in writing. The Broker agrees, if the Intermediary Manager so requests, to furnish a copy of any final Prospectuses required for compliance with the provisions of Rule 15c2-8 under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Regardless of the termination of this Agreement, the Broker will deliver a Prospectus in transactions in the Shares for a period of ninety (90) days from the effective date of the Registration Statement or such longer period as may be required by the Exchange Act.

On becoming a Broker, and in offering and selling Shares, the Broker agrees to comply with all the applicable requirements imposed upon it under (a) the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated under both such acts, (b) all applicable state securities laws and regulations as from time to time in effect, (c) any other state, federal, foreign and other laws and regulations applicable to the Offering, the sale of Shares or the activities of the Broker pursuant to this Agreement, including without limitation the privacy standards and requirements of state and federal laws, including the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, as amended (“GLBA”), and the laws governing money laundering abatement and anti-terrorist financing efforts, including the applicable rules of the SEC and FINRA, the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended, the USA Patriot Act, and regulations administered by the Office of Foreign Asset Control at the Department of the Treasury, and (d) this Agreement and the Prospectus as amended and supplemented. Notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement or the payment of any amount to the Broker, the Broker agrees to pay the Broker’s proportionate share of any claim, demand or liability asserted against the Broker and the other Brokers on the basis that such Brokers or any of them constitute an association, unincorporated business or other separate entity, including in each case such Broker’s proportionate share of any expenses incurred in defending against any such claim, demand or liability.


Broker and the Intermediary Manager further agree to the following terms:

 

  (i)

Broker agrees that it (1) will maintain written policies and procedures covering the delivery of electronic offering documents and the use of electronic signatures, (2) will comply with all applicable SEC rules and guidelines pertaining to electronic delivery of the Prospectus and Authorized Sales Materials and electronic signature of the Subscription Agreement, (3) will comply with all of the applicable requirements set forth in the NASAA Statement of Policy Regarding Use of Electronic Offering Documents and Electronic Signatures (the “Statement of Policy”), (4) will comply with such requirements in every U.S. jurisdiction irrespective of whether the jurisdiction has adopted the Statement of Policy, (5) acknowledges that it is acting as an agent of the Company only with respect to the delivery of the Prospectus and Authorized Sales Materials electronically, the administration of the subscription process and the obtainment of electronic signatures and only to the extent its actions are in compliance with the Statement of Policy and the Intermediary Agreement and (6) will also comply, as applicable, with The Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act and the Uniform Electronic Transaction Act and any other applicable law.

 

  (ii)

In consideration of the foregoing, the Intermediary Manager hereby agrees that it will not reject a subscription on account of an electronic signature if such signature was obtained in the manner set forth in this Section 7.e.

 

  VIII.

License and Association Membership

The Broker’s acceptance of this Agreement constitutes a representation to the Company and the Intermediary Manager that the Broker is a properly registered or licensed broker-dealer, duly authorized to sell Shares under federal and state securities laws and regulations, and foreign laws (including the laws of the jurisdictions listed on Schedule III), if applicable, and in all states or jurisdictions where it offers or sells Shares, and that it is a member in good standing of FINRA. This Agreement shall automatically terminate if the Broker ceases to be a member in good standing of FINRA. The Broker agrees to notify the Intermediary Manager immediately if the Broker ceases to be a member in good standing of FINRA. The Broker also hereby agrees to abide by the Rules of FINRA, including FINRA Rules 2040, 2111, 2121, 2310, 5110 and 5141.

 

  IX.

Limitation of Offer; Suitability

The Broker will offer Shares (both at the time of an initial subscription and at the time of any additional subscription, including initial enrollments and increased participations in the DRIP) only to persons who meet the financial qualifications and suitability standards set forth in the Prospectus or in any suitability letter or memorandum sent to it by the Company or the Intermediary Manager and will only make offers to persons in the jurisdictions in which it is advised in writing by the Intermediary Manager that the Shares are qualified for sale or that such qualification is not required and in which the Broker has all required licenses and registrations to offer Shares in such jurisdictions (including the jurisdictions listed on Schedule III). In offering Shares, the Broker will comply with the provisions of the Rules set forth in the FINRA Manual, Exchange Act Rule 15l-1 (“Regulation Best Interest”), as well as all other applicable rules and regulations relating to suitability of investors, including without limitation, the provisions of Article III.C and Article III.E of the Omnibus Guidelines Statement of Policy of the North American Securities Administrators Association, Inc. (the “NASAA Guidelines”) adopted on March 29, 1992 and as amended on May 7, 2007. Nothing contained in this section shall be construed to relieve the Broker of its suitability obligations under Regulation Best Interest, FINRA Rule 2111 or FINRA Rule 2310.

The Broker further represents, warrants and covenants that neither Broker, nor any person associated with the Broker, shall offer or sell Shares in any jurisdiction except to investors who satisfy the investor suitability standards and minimum investment requirements under the most restrictive of the following: (a) applicable provisions described in the Prospectus, including minimum income and net worth standards; (b) applicable laws of the jurisdiction of which such investor is a resident; (c) applicable provisions of Regulation Best Interest; or (d) applicable FINRA rules. The Broker agrees to ensure that, in recommending the purchase, sale or exchange of Shares to an investor, the Broker, or a person associated with the Broker, shall have reasonable grounds to believe, on the basis of information obtained from the investor (and thereafter maintained in the manner and for the period required by the SEC, any state securities commission, FINRA or the Company) concerning his or her age, investment objectives, other investments, financial situation and needs and any other information known to the Broker, or person associated with the Broker, that (i) the investor can reasonably benefit from an investment in the


Shares based on the investor’s overall investment objectives and portfolio structure, (ii) the investor is able to bear the economic risk of the investment based on the investor’s overall financial situation and (iii) the investor has an apparent understanding of (A) the fundamental risks of the investment, (B) the risk that the investor may lose his or her entire investment in the Shares, (C) the lack of liquidity of the Shares, (D) the background and qualifications of the Adviser or the persons responsible for directing and managing the Company and (E) the tax consequences of an investment in the Shares. In the case of sales to fiduciary accounts, the suitability standards must be met by the person who directly or indirectly supplied the funds for the purchase of the Shares or by the beneficiary of such fiduciary account. The Broker further represents, warrants and covenants that the Broker, or a person associated with the Broker, will make every reasonable effort to determine the suitability and appropriateness of an investment in Shares of each proposed investor by reviewing documents and records disclosing the basis upon which the determination as to suitability was reached as to each purchaser of Shares pursuant to a subscription solicited by the Broker, whether such documents and records relate to accounts which have been closed, accounts which are currently maintained or accounts hereafter established.

The Broker will sell Class S shares, Class D shares and Class I shares only to the extent approved by the Intermediary Manager as set forth on Schedule I to this Agreement, and to the extent approved to sell Class D shares and Class I shares pursuant to this Agreement, sell such shares only to those persons who are eligible to purchase Class D shares and Class I shares as described in the Prospectus. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to impose upon the Company or the Intermediary Manager the responsibility of assuring that prospective investors meet the suitability standards in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Prospectus. Broker shall not purchase any Shares for a discretionary account without obtaining the prior written approval of Broker’s customer and such customer’s completed and executed Subscription Agreement. The Broker agrees to comply with the record-keeping requirements imposed by (a) federal and state securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder, (b) the applicable rules of FINRA, and (c) the NASAA Guidelines, including the requirement to maintain records (the “Suitability Records”) of the information used to determine that an investment in Shares is suitable and appropriate for each subscriber for a period of six (6) years from the date of the sale of the Shares. The Broker further agrees to make the Suitability Records available to the Intermediary Manager and the Company upon request and to make them available to representatives of the SEC and FINRA and applicable state securities administrators upon the Broker’s receipt of a subpoena or other appropriate document request from such agency.

[Any relevant jurisdictional selling restrictions to be added as applicable.]

The Broker further represents that it understands that the Shares have not been registered and are not expected to be registered under the laws of any country or jurisdiction outside of the United States except as otherwise described in the Prospectus.

 

  X.

Disclosure Review; Confidentiality of Information

The Broker agrees that it shall have reasonable grounds to believe, based on the information made available to it through the Prospectus or other materials, that all material facts are adequately and accurately disclosed in the Prospectus and provide a basis for evaluating the Shares. In making this determination, the Broker shall evaluate, at a minimum, items of compensation, physical properties, tax aspects, financial stability and experience of the sponsor, conflicts of interest and risk factors, and appraisals and other pertinent reports. If the Broker relies upon the results of any inquiry conducted by another member or members of FINRA, the Broker shall have reasonable grounds to believe that such inquiry was conducted with due care, that the member or members conducting or directing the inquiry consented to the disclosure of the results of the inquiry and that the person who participated in or conducted the inquiry is not the Intermediary Manager or a sponsor or an affiliate of the sponsor of the Company.

It is anticipated that (i) the Broker and Broker’s officers, directors, managers, employees, owners, members, partners, home office diligence personnel or other agents of the Broker that are conducting a due diligence inquiry on behalf of the Broker and (ii) persons or committees, as the case may be, responsible for determining whether the Broker will participate in the Offering ((i) and (ii) are collectively, the “Diligence Representatives”) either have previously or will in the future have access to certain Confidential Information (defined below) pertaining to the Company, the Intermediary Manager, the Advisor, or their respective affiliates. For purposes hereof, “Confidential Information” shall mean and include: (i) trade secrets concerning the business and affairs of the Company, the Intermediary Manager, the Advisor, or their respective affiliates; (ii) confidential data, know-how, current and


planned research and development, current and planned methods and processes, marketing lists or strategies, slide presentations, business plans, however documented, belonging to the Company, the Intermediary Manager, the Advisor, or their respective affiliates; (iii) information concerning the business and affairs of the Company, the Intermediary Manager, the Advisor, or their respective affiliates (including, without limitation, historical financial statements, financial projections and budgets, investment-related information, models, budgets, plans, and market studies, however documented; (iv) any information marked or designated “Confidential—For Due Diligence Purposes Only”; and (v) any notes, analysis, compilations, studies, summaries and other material containing or based, in whole or in part, on any information included in the foregoing. The Broker agrees to keep, and to cause its Diligence Representatives to keep, all such Confidential Information strictly confidential and to not use, distribute or copy the same except in connection with the Broker’s due diligence inquiry. The Broker agrees to not disclose, and to cause its Diligence Representatives not to disclose, such Confidential Information to the public, or to the Broker’s sales staff, financial advisors, or any person involved in selling efforts related to the Offering or to any other third party and agrees not to use the Confidential Information in any manner in the offer and sale of the Shares. The Broker further agrees to use all reasonable precautions necessary to preserve the confidentiality of such Confidential Information, including, but not limited to (a) limiting access to such information to persons who have a need to know such information only for the purpose of the Broker’s due diligence inquiry and (b) informing each recipient of such Confidential Information of the Broker’s confidentiality obligation. The Broker acknowledges that Broker or its Diligence Representatives may previously have received Confidential Information in connection with preliminary due diligence on the Company, and agrees that the foregoing restrictions shall apply to any such previously received Confidential Information. The Broker acknowledges that Broker or its Diligence Representatives may in the future receive Confidential Information either in individual or collective meetings or telephone calls with the Company, and agrees that the foregoing restrictions shall apply to any Confidential Information received in the future through any source or medium. The Broker acknowledges the restrictions and limitations of Regulation F-D promulgated by the SEC and agrees that the foregoing restrictions are necessary and appropriate in order for the Company to comply therewith.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information may be disclosed (a) if approved in writing for disclosure by the Company or the Intermediary Manager, (b) pursuant to a subpoena or as required by law, or (c) as required by regulation, rule, order or request of any governing or self-regulatory organization (including the SEC or FINRA), provided that the Broker shall notify the Intermediary Manager in advance if practicable under the circumstances of any attempt to obtain Confidential Information pursuant to provisions (b) and (c).

 

  XI.

Broker’s Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Rules and Regulations

The Broker hereby represents that it has complied and will comply with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act and the implementing rules and regulations promulgated thereunder in connection with broker/Brokers’ anti-money laundering obligations. The Broker hereby represents that it has adopted and implemented, and will maintain a written anti-money laundering compliance program (“AML Program”) including, without limitation, anti-money laundering policies and procedures relating to customer identification in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, including federal and state securities laws, applicable rules of FINRA, and the USA Patriot Act and the implementing rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In accordance with these applicable laws and regulations and its AML Program, Broker agrees to verify the identity of its new customers; to maintain customer records; and to check the names of new customers against government watch lists, including the Office of Foreign Asset Control’s (OFAC) list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. Additionally, Broker will monitor account activity to identify patterns of unusual size or volume, geographic factors and any other “red flags” described in the USA Patriot Act as potential signals of money laundering or terrorist financing. Broker will submit to the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network any required suspicious activity reports about such activity and further will disclose such activity to applicable federal and state law enforcement when required by law. Upon request by the Intermediary Manager at any time, the Broker hereby agrees to furnish (a) a copy of its AML Program to the Intermediary Manager for review, and (b) a copy of the findings and any remedial actions taken in connection with the Broker’s most recent independent testing of its AML Program. The Broker agrees to notify the Intermediary Manager immediately if the Broker is subject to a FINRA disclosure event or fine from FINRA related to its AML Program.


  XII.

Privacy

The Broker agrees as follows:

The Broker agrees to abide by and comply in all respects with (a) the privacy standards and requirements of the GLBA and applicable regulations promulgated thereunder, (b) the privacy standards and requirements of any other applicable federal or state law, including the Fair Credit Reporting Act, as amended (“FCRA”), and (c) its own internal privacy policies and procedures, each as may be amended from time to time.

The parties hereto acknowledge that from time to time, Broker may share with the Company and the Company may share with Broker nonpublic personal information (as defined under the GLBA) of customers of Broker. This nonpublic personal information may include, but is not limited to a customer’s name, address, telephone number, social security number, account information and personal financial information. Broker shall only be granted access to such nonpublic personal information of each of its customers that pertains to the period or periods during which Broker served as the broker of record for such customer’s account. Broker, the Intermediary Manager and the Company shall not disclose nonpublic personal information of any customers who have opted out of such disclosures, except (a) to service providers (when necessary and as permitted under the GLBA), (b) to carry out the purposes for which one party discloses such nonpublic personal information to another party under this Agreement (when necessary and as permitted under the GLBA), or (c) as otherwise required by applicable law. Any nonpublic personal information that one party receives from another party shall be subject to the limitations on usage described in this Section XII. Except as expressly permitted under the FCRA, Broker agrees that it shall not disclose any information that would be considered a “consumer report” under the FCRA.

Broker shall be responsible for determining which customers have opted out of the disclosure of nonpublic personal information by periodically reviewing and, if necessary, retrieving a list of such customers (the “List”) to identify customers that have exercised their opt-out rights. In the event Broker, the Intermediary Manager or the Company expects to use or disclose nonpublic personal information of any customer for purposes other than as set forth in this Section XII, it must first consult the List to determine whether the affected customer has exercised his or her opt-out rights. The use or disclosure of any nonpublic personal information of any customer that is identified on the List as having opted out of such disclosures, except as set forth in this Section XII, shall be prohibited.

Broker shall implement commercially reasonable measures in compliance with industry best practices designed: (a) to assure the security and confidentiality of nonpublic personal information of all customers; (b) to protect such information against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such information; (c) to protect against unauthorized access to, or use of, such information that could result in material harm to any customer; (d) to protect against unauthorized disclosure of such information to unaffiliated third parties; and (e) to otherwise ensure its compliance with all applicable privacy standards and requirements of federal or state law (including, but not limited to, the GLBA), and any other applicable legal or regulatory requirements. Broker further agrees to cause all its agents, representatives, affiliates, subcontractors, or any other party to whom Broker provides access to or discloses nonpublic personal information of customers to implement appropriate measures designed to meet the objectives set forth in this Section XII.

 

  XIII.

Broker’s Undertaking to Not Facilitate a Secondary Market in the Shares

The Broker acknowledges that there is no public trading market for the Shares and that there are limits on the ownership, transferability and repurchase of the Shares, which significantly limit the liquidity of an investment in the Shares. The Broker also acknowledges that the Plan provides only a limited opportunity for investors to have their Shares purchased by the Company and that the Company’s board of trustees may, in its sole discretion, amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan at any time in accordance with the terms of the Plan. The Broker hereby agrees that so long as the Company is offering Shares under a Registration Statement filed with the SEC and the Company has not listed the Shares on a national securities exchange, the Broker will not engage in any action or transaction that would facilitate or otherwise create the appearance of a secondary market in the Shares without the prior written approval of the Intermediary Manager.


  XIV.

Arbitration

Any dispute, controversy or claim arising between the parties relating to this Agreement (whether such dispute arises under any federal, state or local statute or regulation, or at common law), shall be resolved by final and binding arbitration administered in accordance with the then current commercial arbitration rules of FINRA in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (including the governing law provisions of this Agreement and pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act (9 U.S.C. §§ 1 – 16). The parties will request that the arbitrator or arbitration panel (“Arbitrator”) issue written findings of fact and conclusions of law. The Arbitrator shall not be empowered to make any award or render any judgment for punitive damages, and the Arbitrator shall be required to follow applicable law in construing this Agreement, making awards, and rendering judgments. The decision of the arbitration panel shall be final and binding, and judgment upon any arbitration award may be entered by any court having jurisdiction. All arbitration hearings will be held at the New York City FINRA District Office or at another mutually agreed upon site. The parties may agree on a single arbitrator, or, if the parties cannot so agree, each party will have the right to choose one arbitrator, and the selected arbitrators will choose a third arbitrator. Each arbitrator must have experience and education that qualify him or her to competently address the specific issues to be designated for arbitration. Notwithstanding the preceding, no party will be prevented from immediately seeking provisional remedies in courts of competent jurisdiction, including but not limited to, temporary restraining orders and preliminary injunctions, but such remedies will not be sought as a means to avoid or stay arbitration.

 

  XV.

Termination

The Broker will suspend or terminate its offer and sale of Shares upon the request of the Company or the Intermediary Manager at any time and will resume its offer and sale of Shares hereunder upon subsequent request of the Company or the Intermediary Manager. Any party may terminate this Agreement by written notice. Such termination shall be effective forty-eight (48) hours after the mailing of such notice. This Agreement is the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, if any, between the parties hereto.

This Agreement may be amended at any time by the Intermediary Manager by written notice to the Broker, and any such amendment shall be deemed accepted by the Broker upon placement of an order for sale of Shares by such Broker’s customer after the Broker has received such notice.

This Agreement also may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the Company’s trustees who are not “interested persons”, as defined in the 1940 Act, of the Company and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Company’s distribution plan or this Agreement or by vote a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company, on not more than 60 days’ written notice to the Intermediary Manager or the Adviser. This Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act.

The respective agreements and obligations of the Intermediary Manager and Broker set forth in Sections IV, VI, VII, and XIII through XIX of this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement.

 

  XVI.

Use of Company and Apollo Names

Except as expressly provided herein, nothing herein shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the Intermediary Manager of any consent that would otherwise be required under this Agreement or applicable law prior to the use of Broker of the name or identifying marks of the Company, the Intermediary Manager, “Apollo” (or any combination or derivation thereof, including any name adopted in the future). The Intermediary Manager reserves the right to withdraw its consent to the use of the Company’s name at any time and to request to review any materials generated by the Broker that use the Company’s or Apollo’s name or mark. Any such consent is expressly subject to the continuation of this Agreement and shall terminate with the termination of this Agreement as provided herein.

 

  XVII.

Notice

Notices and other writings contemplated by this Agreement shall be delivered via (i) hand, (ii) first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, (iii) a nationally recognized overnight courier, or (iv) electronic mail. All such notices shall be addressed, as follows:


If to the Intermediary Manager:   

Apollo Global Securities, LLC

Attn:

9 West 57th Street

New York, New York 10019

Email:

 

With a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

 

Apollo Debt Solutions BDC

Attn: Joseph D. Glatt

9 West 57th Street

New York, New York 10019

Email: jglatt@apollo.com

If to the Advisor:   

Apollo Credit Management, LLC

Attn: Joseph D. Glatt

9 West 57th Street

New York, New York 10019

Email: jglatt@apollo.com

If to the Company:   

Apollo Debt Solutions BDC

Attn: Joseph D. Glatt

9 West 57th Street

New York, New York 10019

Email: jglatt@apollo.com

If to Broker:    To the address specified by the Broker herein.

 

  XVIII.

Attorney’s Fees and Applicable Law

In any action to enforce the provisions of this Agreement or to secure damages for its breach, the prevailing party shall recover its costs and reasonable attorney’s fees. This Agreement shall be construed under the laws of the State of New York and shall take effect when signed by the Broker and countersigned by the Intermediary Manager. Venue for any action (including arbitration) shall lie exclusively in New York, New York.

 

  XIX.

No Partnership

Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed or interpreted to constitute the Broker as an employee, agent or representative of, or in association with or in partnership with, the Intermediary Manager, the Company or the other Brokers; instead, this Agreement shall only constitute the Broker as a Broker authorized by the Intermediary Manager to sell the Shares according to the terms set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus as amended and supplemented and in this Agreement.

 

  XX.

Changes; Amendments

Except as specifically provided in this Section XX, this Agreement may be changed or amended only by written instrument signed by all parties.


In the event of a change in law, regulation or other regulatory guidance which affects this Agreement, Broker authorizes the Intermediary Manager to amend this Agreement in order to comply with the requirements of any such law, regulation or other regulatory guidance. Broker agrees that such amendment shall automatically become effective upon the execution of the first transaction Broker or its Customer executes with the Company thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of the amendment (or sooner, if required to comply with applicable law and that the amendment shall not require the signature of Broker in order to be effective).

 

  XXI.

Entire Agreement

This Agreement (including any Schedules and Exhibits hereto) are the entire agreement of the parties and supersede all prior agreements, if any, relating to the subject matter hereof between the parties hereto.

 

  XXII.

Successors and Assigns

No party shall assign this Agreement or any right, interest or benefit under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Intermediary Manager, the Advisor and Broker and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

  XXIII.

Severability.

The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

 

  XXIV.

Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts. Each counterpart, when executed and delivered, shall be an original contract, but all counterparts, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement, including all exhibits. Each party may execute this Agreement by applying an electronic signature using DocuSign or any similar electronic signature program and acknowledges, agrees and confirms that the use of such an electronic signature program (a) shall result in a reliable and valid delivery of such party’s signature to this Agreement; and (b) shall constitute reasonable steps on the part of the other party to this Agreement to verify the reliability of such signature.


THE INTERMEDIARY MANAGER:

APOLLO GLOBAL SECURITIES, LLC

 

Date:

 


We have read the foregoing Agreement and we hereby accept and agree to the terms and conditions therein set forth. We hereby represent that the list below of jurisdictions in which we are registered or licensed as a broker or Broker and are fully authorized to sell securities is true and correct, and we agree to advise you of any change in such list during the term of this Agreement.

 

1.

IDENTITY OF BROKER:

 

Company Name:        
Type of entity:        
   (Corporation, Partnership or Proprietorship)   
Organized in the        
State of:      
Licensed as broker-dealer in all States:   

Yes     No    

        __    __

  
If no, list all States licensed                                  as broker-dealer:   
    
Tax ID #:        

 

2.

Person to receive notices delivered pursuant to the Selected Intermediary Agreement.

 

Name:

       

Company:

       

Address:

       

City, State and Zip:

       

Telephone:

       

Fax:

       

Email:

       


AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED BY THE BROKER:

 

   
 

(Broker’s Firm Name)

By:

   
 

Signature

Name:

   

Title:

   

Date:

   


SCHEDULE I

ADDENDUM

TO

SELECTED INTERMEDIARY AGREEMENT WITH

APOLLO GLOBAL SECURITIES, LLC

 

 

 

Name of Broker:

     

The following reflects the brokerage transaction or fee arrangements and shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees as agreed upon between Apollo Global Securities, LLC (the “Intermediary Manager”) and Broker, effective as of the effective date of the Selected Broker Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Intermediary Manager and Broker in connection with the offering of Shares of Apollo Debt Solutions BDC (the “Company”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Agreement.

Brokerage Transaction Fee

Broker may charge a transaction or other fee, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, on purchases sales of Shares on such Broker’s brokerage platform, as set forth in “Share Class Election” below, to the extent the Prospectus discloses that such brokerage commissions or fees may be charged for the relevant class of Shares. Broker represents that Broker is acting solely as an agent for its customers with respect to their purchase or sale of Shares and is not acting for Broker’s own account. Any transaction or other fee, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, charged by Broker in connection with its sale of Shares will be charged in a manner consistent with the Prospectus and applicable law and FINRA rules. Purchases and sales of such Shares may only be executed as purchases or repurchases between the customer and the Fund. Broker shall not execute trades of Shares between customers.

Terms and Conditions of the Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fees.

The payment of the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee to Broker is subject to terms and conditions set forth herein and the Prospectus as may be amended or supplemented from time to time. If Broker elects to sell Class S shares and/or Class D shares, eligibility to receive the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee with respect to the Class S shares and/or Class D shares, as applicable, sold by the Broker is conditioned upon the Broker acting as broker of record with respect to such Shares and complying with the requirements set forth below, including providing shareholder and account maintenance services with respect to such Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, such services are non-distribution services, other than those primarily intended to result in the sale of Shares.

(i) the existence of an effective Selected Intermediary Agreement or ongoing Servicing Agreement between the Intermediary Manager and the Broker, and

(ii) the provision of the following shareholder and account maintenance services with respect to the Class S shares and/or Class D shares, as applicable, by the Broker:

1. assistance with recordkeeping in accordance with Broker’s then-existing requirements, including maintaining records for and on behalf of Broker’s customers reflecting transactions and balances of Shares owned,

2. answering investor inquiries regarding the Company, including distribution payments and reinvestments,

3. helping investors understand their investments upon their request, and

4. tender offer requests. For the avoidance of doubt, Broker’s customers shall submit tender offers directly to the Company or its agent.


The Broker hereby represents by its acceptance of each payment of the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee that it complies with each of the above requirements and is providing the above-described services.

In the event of termination of the Agreement, the Intermediary Manager and Broker shall promptly enter into a Servicing Agreement on reasonable and customary terms mutually agreed upon by Broker and the Intermediary Manager to provide for the continuation of these services by Broker and the continuation of the payment by the Intermediary Manager of the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee with respect to the shares for which Broker continues to act as broker of record. For the avoidance of doubt, such services are non-distribution services, other than those primarily intended to result in the sale of Shares.

Subject to the conditions described herein, the Intermediary Manager will reallow to Broker the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee in an amount described below, on Class S shares or Class D shares, as applicable, sold by Broker. To the extent payable, the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee will be payable monthly in arrears as provided in the Prospectus. All determinations regarding the total amount and rate of reallowance of the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee, the Broker’s compliance with the listed conditions, and/or the portion retained by the Intermediary Manager will be made by the Intermediary Manager in its sole discretion.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the terms of the Prospectus, at such time as the Broker is no longer the intermediary of record with respect to such Class S or Class D shares or the Broker no longer satisfies any or all of the conditions set forth above, then Broker’s entitlement to the S shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee related to such Class S and/or Class D shares, as applicable, shall cease in, and Broker shall not receive the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee for, that month or any portion thereof (i.e., shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees are payable with respect to an entire month without any proration). Intermediary transfers will be made effective as of the start of the first business day of a month.

Thereafter, such shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee may be reallowed to the then-current intermediaries of record of the Class S and/or Class D shares, as applicable, if any such intermediary of record has been designated (the “Servicing Broker”), to the extent such Servicing Broker has entered into a Selected Intermediary Agreement or similar agreement with the Intermediary Manager (“Servicing Agreement”) and such Selected Intermediary Agreement or Servicing Agreement with the Servicing Broker provides for such reallowance. In this regard, all determinations will be made by the Intermediary Manager in good faith in its sole discretion. The Broker is not entitled to any shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee with respect to Class I shares. The Intermediary Manager may also reallow some or all of the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee to other intermediaries who provide services with respect to the Shares (who shall be considered additional Servicing Brokers) pursuant to a Servicing Agreement with the Intermediary Manager to the extent such Servicing Agreement provides for such reallowance and such additional Servicing Broker is in compliance with the terms of such agreement related to such reallowance, in accordance with the terms of such Servicing Agreement.

Unless otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus, at the end of the month in which the Intermediary Manager in conjunction with the transfer agent determines that total transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, and shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees paid with respect to any single share held in a shareholder’s account would exceed, in the aggregate, 10% of the gross proceeds from the sale of such share (or a lower limit as determined by the Intermediary Manager or Broker), the Intermediary Manager shall cease receiving the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee on the Class S shares and Class D shares in such shareholder’s account. Compensation paid with respect to the shares in a shareholder’s account will be allocated among each share such that the compensation paid with respect each individual share will not exceed 10% of the offering price of such share. The Company may modify this requirement in a manner that is consistent with applicable exemptive relief. At the end of such month, the Class S shares or Class D shares in such shareholder’s account will convert into a number of Class I shares (including any fractional shares), with an equivalent aggregate NAV as such Class S or Class D shares.

In addition, the Company and the Intermediary Manager will cease paying the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee on Class S shares and Class D shares in connection with an Offering upon the earlier to occur of the following: (i) a listing of Class I shares, (ii) the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (iii) the date following the


completion of the primary portion of such Offering on which, in the aggregate, underwriting compensation from all sources in connection with the Offering, including the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees and other underwriting compensation, is equal to 10% of the gross proceeds from the Primary Offering (the “10% Offering Cap”). Broker acknowledges that it will not be entitled to receive any transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, or shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees which would cause the aggregate amount of brokerage commissions, other transaction based fees, and/or shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee and other forms of underwriting compensation (as defined in accordance with applicable FINRA rules) paid from any source in connection with this Offering to exceed the 10% Offering Cap. For purposes of this Schedule A, the portion of the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee accruing with respect to Class S and Class D shares of the Company’s common shares of beneficial interest issued (publicly or privately or pursuant to the DRIP) by the Company during the term of a particular Offering, and not issued pursuant to a prior Offering, shall be underwriting compensation with respect to such particular Offering and not with respect to any other Offering.

General

Shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees due to the Broker pursuant to this Agreement will be paid to the Broker within 30 days after receipt by the Intermediary Manager. The Broker, in its sole discretion, may authorize Intermediary Manager to deposit shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees or other payments due to it pursuant to this Agreement directly to its bank account. If the Broker so elects, the Broker shall provide such deposit authorization and instructions in Schedule II to this Agreement.

The parties hereby agree that the foregoing shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee are not in excess of the usual and customary distributors’ or sellers’ commission received in the sale of securities similar to the Primary Shares, that the Broker’s interest in the Offering is limited to such shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee from the Intermediary Manager and the Broker’s indemnity referred to in Section 4 of the Intermediary Manager Agreement, and that the Company is not liable or responsible for the direct payment of such shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee to the Broker.

Except as otherwise described under “Brokerage Transaction Fee” above, the Broker waives any and all rights to receive compensation, including the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee, until it is paid to and received by the Intermediary Manager. Broker acknowledges and agrees that, if the Company pays shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to the Intermediary Manager, the Company is relieved of any obligation for shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to Broker. The Company may rely on and use the preceding acknowledgement as a defense against any claim by Broker for shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees the Company pays to Intermediary Manager but that Intermediary Manager fails to remit to Broker. The Broker affirms that the Intermediary Manager’s liability for the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee is limited solely to the proceeds of the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee receivable from the Company and Broker hereby waives any and all rights to receive any reallowance of the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee due until such time as the Intermediary Manager is in receipt of the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee from the Company. Notwithstanding the above, Broker affirms that, to the extent that Broker retains transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, as described above under “Brokerage Transaction Fee,” neither the Company nor the Intermediary Manager shall have liability for such brokerage commission or other transaction based fee payable to the Broker, and the Broker is solely responsible for retaining the brokerage commissions or other similar transaction based fees due to the Broker from the subscription funds received by the Broker from its customers for the purchase of Shares in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Broker will not be entitled to receive any transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, or shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee which would cause the aggregate amount of transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, transaction based fees, shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees and other forms of underwriting compensation (as defined in accordance with applicable FINRA rules) paid from any source in connection with this Offering to exceed ten percent (10.0%) of the gross proceeds raised from the sale of Shares in the Offering.

Broker shall furnish Intermediary Manager and the Company with such information as shall reasonably be requested by the Company with respect to the fees paid to Broker pursuant to this Schedule A, and Broker shall notify Intermediary Manager if Broker is not eligible to receive transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees at the time of purchase.


Due Diligence

In addition, as set forth in the Prospectus, the Intermediary Manager or, in certain cases at the option of the Company, the Company, will pay or reimburse the Broker for reasonable bona fide due diligence expenses incurred by the Broker in connection with the Offering. Such due diligence expenses may include customary travel, lodging, meals and other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Broker and its personnel when visiting the Company’s offices verify information relating to the Company. The Broker shall provide a detailed and itemized invoice for any such due diligence expenses and shall obtain the prior written approval from the Intermediary Manager for such expenses, and no such expenses shall be reimbursed absent a detailed and itemized invoice being sent to [ ]@apollo.com and to the attention of [Apollo IR contact] -NY-[ ]@apollo.com. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such payment will be made if such payment would cause the aggregate of such reimbursements to Broker and other brokers, together with all other organization and offering expenses, defined under Omnibus Guidelines and FINRA rules, to exceed ten percent (10%) and fifteen percent (15%) of the Company’s gross proceeds from the Offering. All such reimbursements will be made in accordance with, and subject to the restrictions and limitations imposed under the Prospectus, FINRA rules and other applicable laws and regulations.

Share Class Election

CHECK EACH APPLICABLE BOX BELOW IF THE BROKER ELECTS TO PARTICIPATE IN THE LISTED SHARE CLASS

 

☐ Class S Shares    ☐ Class D Shares    ☐ Class I Shares   

The following reflects the brokerage transaction or other fee arrangements, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, arrangement and shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee as agreed upon between the Intermediary Manager and the Broker for the applicable Share Class.

 

_______    (Initials)    No upfront selling commission but intermediaries may charge transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, up to 3.5% of the NAV per Class S share sold in the Offering    By initialing here, the Broker hereby agrees to the terms of the Agreement and this Schedule I with respect to the Class S shares.
     
_______    (Initials)    Shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee of 0.85% per annum of the aggregate NAV of outstanding Class S shares as of the beginning of the first calendar day of each month    By initialing here, the Broker agrees to the terms of eligibility for the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee set forth in this Schedule I with respect to Class S shares. Should the Broker choose to opt out of this provision, it will not be eligible to receive the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee with respect to Class S shares and initialing is not necessary. The Broker represents by its acceptance of each payment of the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee that it complies with each of the above requirements.


     
_______    (Initials)    No upfront selling commission but intermediaries may charge transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, up to 1.5% of the NAV per Class D share sold in the Offering    By initialing here, the Broker hereby agrees to the terms of the Agreement and this Schedule I with respect to the Class D shares.
     
_______    (Initials)    Shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee of 0.25% per annum of the aggregate NAV of outstanding Class D shares as of the beginning of the first calendar day of each month    By initialing here, the Broker agrees to the terms of eligibility for the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee set forth in this Schedule I with respect to Class D shares. Should the Broker choose to opt out of this provision, it will not be eligible to receive the shareholder servicing and/or
     
          distribution fee with respect to Class D shares and initialing is not necessary. The Broker represents by its acceptance of each payment of the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee that it complies with each of the above requirements.


WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Addendum to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

“INTERMEDIARY MANAGER”

APOLLO GLOBAL SECURITIES, LLC

 

By:

   
   

Name:

   
   

Title:

   

 

“BROKER”

 

(Print Name of Broker)

 

By:

   
   
   

Name:

   
   

Title:

   


SCHEDULE II

TO

SELECTED INTERMEDIARY AGREEMENT WITH

APOLLO GLOBAL SECURITIES, LLC

 

 

NAME OF ISSUER: APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC

NAME OF BROKER:                

SCHEDULE TO AGREEMENT DATED:                

Broker hereby authorizes the Intermediary Manager or its agent to deposit shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee and other payments due to it pursuant to the Selected Intermediary Agreement to its bank account specified below. This authority will remain in force until Broker notifies the Intermediary Manager in writing to cancel it. In the event that the Intermediary Manager deposits funds erroneously into Broker’s account, the Intermediary Manager is authorized to debit the account with no prior notice to Broker for an amount not to exceed the amount of the erroneous deposit.

Bank Name:                

Bank Address:                

Bank Routing Number:                

Account Number:                

 

“BROKER”

 

(Print Name of Broker)

By:

   
 

Name:

   
 

Title:

   
 

Date:

   


SCHEDULE III

TO

SELECTED INTERMEDIARY AGREEMENT WITH

APOLLO GLOBAL SECURITIES, LLC

 

 

[To come]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Addendum to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

“INTERMEDIARY MANAGER”

APOLLO GLOBAL SECURITIES, LLC

 

By:

   
   

Name:

   
   

Title:

   

 

“BROKER”

 

(Print Name of Broker)

 

By:

   
   
   

Name:

   
   

Title:

   

Exhibit (h)(3)

APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC

DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICING PLAN

[ ], 2021

This Distribution and Servicing Plan (the “Plan”) has been adopted on a voluntary basis in conformity with Rule 12b-1 (the “Rule”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), by Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Fund”), with respect to its classes of shares of beneficial interest (each, a “Class”) listed on Appendix A, as amended from time to time, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

1.

Distribution Fee and Shareholder Servicing Fee

a. The Fund may pay to Apollo Global Securities, LLC (the “Distributor”), in its capacity as principal underwriter of the Fund’s shares of beneficial interest, with respect to and at the expense of each Class listed on Appendix A, a fee for (i) distribution and sales support services (the “Distribution Fee”), as applicable, and/or (ii) shareholder services (the “Servicing Fee”), and each as more fully described below (together, the “Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee”), such fee to be paid at the rate per annum of the aggregate NAV as of the beginning of the first calendar day of each applicable month of the Class specified with respect to such Class under the column “Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee” on Appendix A. The Distribution Fee under the Plan will be used primarily to compensate the Distributor for such services provided in connection with the offering and sale of shares of the applicable Class, and to reimburse the Distributor for related expenses incurred, including payments by the Distributor to compensate or reimburse brokers, other financial institutions or other industry professionals (collectively, “Selling Agents”), for distribution services and sales support services provided and related expenses incurred by such Selling Agents. Payments of the Distribution Fee on behalf of a particular Class must be in consideration of services rendered for or on behalf of such Class. However, joint distribution or sales support financing with respect to the shares of the Class (which financing may also involve other investment portfolios or companies that are affiliated persons of such a person, or affiliated persons of the Distributor) are permitted in accordance with applicable law. Payments of the Servicing Fee will be used to compensate the Distributor for personal services and/or the maintenance of shareholder accounts services provided to shareholders in the related Class and to reimburse the Distributor for related expenses incurred, including payments by the Distributor to compensate or reimburse brokers, dealers, other financial institutions or other industry professionals. Payments of the Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee may be made without regard to expenses actually incurred.

 

2.

Calculation and Payment of Fees

The amount of the Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee payable with respect to each Class listed on Appendix A will be calculated at the rate per annum of the aggregate NAV as of the beginning of the first calendar day of each applicable month, payable monthly in arrears, at the applicable annual rates indicated on Appendix A. The Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee will be calculated and paid separately for each Class.


3.

Approval of Plan

The Plan will become effective, as to any Class (including any Class not currently listed on Appendix A), upon its approval by (a) a majority of the Board of Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or in any agreements related to the Plan (“Qualified Trustees”), pursuant to a vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the approval of the Plan, and (b) with respect to Section 1 of the Plan only, if the Plan is adopted for a Class after any public offering of shares of the Class or the sale of shares of the Class to persons who are not affiliated persons of the Fund, affiliated persons of such persons, promoters of the Fund, or affiliated persons of such promoters, a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of such Class.

 

4.

Continuance of the Plan

The Plan will continue in effect with respect to a Class for one year from the date of execution, and from year to year thereafter indefinitely so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Fund’s Board of Trustees in the manner described in Section 3(a) above.

 

5.

Implementation

All agreements with any person relating to implementation of this Plan with respect to any Class shall be in writing, and any agreement related to this Plan with respect to any Class shall provide: (a) that such agreement may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the Qualified Trustees or by a majority vote of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant Class, on not more than 60 days’ written notice to any other party to the agreement; and (b) that such agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

For the purposes of this Agreement, the “affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares” of a Fund means the affirmative vote, at a duly called and held meeting of shareholders of the Fund, (a) of the holders of 67% or more of the shares of the Fund present (in person or by proxy) and entitled to vote at the meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund entitled to vote at the meeting are present in person or by proxy or (b) of the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund entitled to vote at the meeting, whichever is less. For the purposes of this Agreement, the terms “interested person” and “assignment” have their respective meanings defined in the 1940 Act, subject, however, to the Rules and Regulations under the 1940 Act and any applicable guidance or interpretation of the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff; and the term “approve at least annually” will be construed in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations under the 1940 Act and any applicable guidance or interpretation of the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff.


6.

Termination

This Plan may be terminated at any time with respect to the shares of any Class by vote of a majority of the Qualified Trustees, or by a majority vote of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant Class.

 

7.

Amendments

The Plan may not be amended with respect to any Class so as to increase materially the amount of the Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee described in Section 1 above with respect to such Class without approval in the manner described in Section 3(b) above, and all material amendments to this Plan shall be approved in the manner provided for approval of this Plan in Section 3(a) above.

 

8.

Selection of Certain Trustees

While the Plan is in effect, the selection and nomination of the Fund’s Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund will be at the discretion of the Trustees then in office who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund.

 

9.

Written Reports

While the Plan is in effect, the Fund’s Board of Trustees will receive, and the Trustees will review, at least quarterly, written reports complying with the requirements of the Rule, which set out the amounts expended under the Plan and the purposes for which those expenditures were made.

 

10.

Preservation of Materials

The Fund will preserve copies of the Plan, any agreement relating to the Plan and any report made pursuant to Section 9 above, for a period of not less than six years (the first two years in an easily accessible place) from the date of the Plan, agreement or report.

 

11.

Delaware Statutory Trust

A copy of the Certificate of Trust of the Fund is on file with the Secretary of the State of Delaware, and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of the Trustees of the Fund as Trustees and this Agreement has not been executed by such Trustee in his individual capacity and that the obligations of or arising out of this Plan are not binding upon any of the Trustees, officers or shareholders of the Fund individually but are binding only upon the Fund and the assets and property of the Fund, or upon the assets belonging to the series or attributable to the class of the Fund, for the benefit of which the Trustees have caused this Plan to be executed.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Fund has executed this Plan as of the date first above written on behalf of each Class listed on Appendix A.

 

APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


APPENDIX A TO DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICING PLAN

APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC

 

Class of Shares of Beneficial Interest

  

Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee

Class I Shares

   N/A

Class S Shares

   0.85%

Class D Shares

  

0.25%

 

Agreed to and accepted as of [ ], 2021.
APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC

By:

   
 

Name:

 

Title:

Exhibit (j)

CUSTODY AGREEMENT

This Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made as of [•], 2021 (the “Effective Date”) between:

 

(1)

Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, a statutory trust formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, acting through its trustee [Joseph D. Glatt] (the “Client”); and

 

(2)

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, a bank and trust company organized under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, U.S.A. (the “Custodian”).

 

1

Definitions and Interpretation

Defined terms and the general rules of interpretation agreed by the Parties are set forth in Schedule 1.

 

2

Appointment of the Custodian

The Client hereby appoints the Custodian to provide the services set out in Sections 3 through 15 below (the “Services”) subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

3

Safekeeping Securities

 

  3.1

Holding Securities. The Custodian will hold Securities delivered or credited to its account under this Agreement directly or through accounts at Subcustodians or CSDs. In turn, Subcustodians will hold Securities directly or through accounts at CSDs.

 

  3.2

Client Entitlements and Segregation. The Custodian will take the following steps to reflect the Client’s ownership of Securities and to separately identify the Securities of the Client from the proprietary assets of the Custodian, Subcustodians, and CSDs, in accordance with Local Market Practice:

 

  3.2.1

Accounts at the Custodian. Open and maintain on the records of the Custodian one or more securities accounts in the name of the Client or such other name as the Client may reasonably request (each, a “Securities Account”) and credit Securities to them;

 

  3.2.2

Accounts at the Subcustodians or CSDs. Open and maintain securities accounts at the Subcustodians or CSDs in which the Custodian is a direct participant, cause Subcustodians to open and maintain securities accounts at CSDs in which the Subcustodian is a participant, and cause Securities to be credited to the relevant accounts. Such accounts: (i) may be commingled (or omnibus) accounts for Securities of multiple customers of the Custodian (or Subcustodian, in the case of accounts opened by the Subcustodian at a CSD) or, in limited markets, segregated (or separate) accounts for Securities of the Client; and (ii) must not include any proprietary securities of the Custodian, the Subcustodian or the CSD;

 

  3.2.3

Physical Securities. Physically segregate bearer Securities from the proprietary assets of the Custodian, and require that the Subcustodians physically segregate bearer Securities from the Subcustodian’s and the Custodian’s proprietary assets;

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

1


  3.2.4

Registration Names. Register certificated Securities (other than bearer securities) in the name of the Client or in the name of the Custodian, a Subcustodian, a CSD or a nominee of any of them, or otherwise in accordance with Local Market Practice and the laws and regulations applicable to the Custodian; and

 

  3.2.5

Records of Transactions; Reconciliation. Maintain records of the Client’s transactions in the Securities Accounts and reconcile its records of clients’ securities holdings against the records of its Subcustodians and CSDs in which it is a direct participant in accordance with the Custodian’s standard procedures and Local Market Practice. Subcustodians will likewise maintain records of their client’s transactions and reconcile their records of the securities holdings of their clients against the records of the CSDs in which they are a direct participant in accordance with the Subcustodians’ standard procedures and Local Market Practice.

 

  3.3

Securities Interchangeable. Securities of the Client (whether held in separate or commingled accounts) are fungible with all other securities of the same issue held in such accounts by the Custodian and its Subcustodians. This means that the Client’s redelivery rights in respect of the Securities are not in respect of the Securities actually deposited with the Custodian or a Subcustodian from time to time, but rather in respect of Securities of the same number, class, denomination and issue as those Securities.

 

  3.4

Acceptance of Securities. Except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Client, the Custodian will only accept custody of Securities and other assets that it is operationally equipped and licensed to hold in the relevant market where it provides custodial services either directly or through an existing Subcustodian and may decline to accept custody of certain securities or asset types that it determines present an unacceptable risk profile or that it or its Subcustodians are not operationally equipped or permitted to hold under any law or regulation.

 

4

Cash

 

  4.1

Cash Accounts. The Custodian will open and maintain in the name of the Client one or more cash deposit accounts (each a “Cash Account”) in such currencies as may be required in connection with the investment activity of the Client.

 

  4.2

Location of Cash Deposits. Cash received for the Client will be deposited with the Custodian, or with a Subcustodian, depending on the currency and/or the market. The Custodian will designate each currency in a particular market as On Book Cash or Off Book Cash. “On Book Cash” means the currency is maintained in a deposit account with, and recorded as a liability on the balance sheet of, the Custodian (through any of its branches) and “Off Book Cash” means the currency is maintained in a deposit account with, and recorded as a liability on the balance sheet of, a Subcustodian (through any of its branches). The Custodian may change the designation of a currency as On Book or Off Book from time to time. Clients will find the designation of currencies as On Book Cash and Off Book Cash, and any changes to such designations, in the Client Publications.

 

  4.3

Cash Records. The Custodian will reflect Cash balances held in all On Book and Off Book Client deposit accounts on its books and records and report the balances to the Client.

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

2


  4.4

Banking Relationship. In accepting deposits under this Agreement, the Custodian (for On Book Cash) or the relevant Subcustodian (for Off Book Cash) acts as banker and does not hold the money deposited on trust or segregated from its proprietary assets. Accordingly, the Client is an unsecured creditor of the Custodian (for On Book Cash) or the relevant Subcustodian (for Off Book Cash), subject to such rights as may arise in an Insolvency Event as determined under the laws of the jurisdiction of the Custodian or relevant Subcustodian. With respect to Off Book Cash, the Custodian is only responsible for returning the actual amount that the Custodian receives from the Subcustodian.

 

  4.5

Interest and Charges. Cash Accounts may be interest bearing or non-interest bearing and may be subject to charges or fees on the deposit balance or on a per account basis. The Custodian or the relevant Subcustodian will determine on a periodic basis:

 

  4.5.1

the interest rates, if any, (which may be positive, zero or negative) or equivalent charges or fees paid or charged to the Client from time to time with respect to a Cash Account; and

 

  4.5.2

the overdraft rates or equivalent charges or fees and the applicable overdraft thresholds (if any) that will trigger interest charges from time to time for overdrafts,

in each case, acting in their sole discretion, taking into account market conditions and other relevant commercial considerations. Interest and overdraft rates or other account charges or fees will vary by currency. Details on current rates and deposit account charges are available upon request.    

 

  4.6

Overdrafts. The Client must maintain sufficient funds in the Cash Accounts to settle all transactions in the applicable currencies in a timely manner. The Custodian or its Subcustodians may, but are not required to, extend credit under this Agreement. The Custodian reserves the right to decline to process any Proper Instruction or settle any transaction that would result in an overdraft of the Cash Account. If an overdraft arises in the Cash Account, the Client agrees to repay the principal amount of the overdraft upon demand by the Custodian or within five Business Days, whichever is earlier, plus any applicable overdraft fees and interest on the principal overdraft.

 

5

Transaction Settlement

 

  5.1

Settlement. The Custodian will settle all transactions in accordance with Local Market Practice, which may not always be on a delivery-versus-payment or receipt-versus-payment basis. Except as otherwise provided below regarding Contractual Settlement, the Custodian will credit or debit the appropriate Cash Account on an actual settlement or payment basis.

 

  5.2

Contractual Settlement. In order to facilitate transaction settlement, the Custodian may provisionally credit settlement, maturity or redemption proceeds, or income, dividends and other distributions, on a contractual settlement or predetermined income basis (“Contractual Settlement”), for markets, securities and eligible clients as determined and notified by the Custodian in the Client Publications. The Custodian can terminate or suspend Contractual Settlement for markets, securities or particular clients at any time.

 

  5.3

Use of Funds. Where Contractual Settlement applies, the Custodian will credit or debit the appropriate Cash Account on the contractual settlement date or payable date for the relevant transaction. This means that (i) the Client will have use of the funds from the

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

3


  date that a sale was contracted to settle or the payable date, which may be earlier than the date payment actually occurs and (ii) the Custodian will have use of the funds debited from the Cash Account from the date that a purchase was contracted to settle until the date that settlement actually occurs.

 

  5.4

Reversal. The Custodian may reverse any Contractual Settlement credit at any time before actual receipt of the cash payment associated with the credit if the Custodian determines, in its reasonable judgement, that such payment will not be received within 30 days for that transaction or if the Custodian suspends or terminates the provision of Contractual Settlement for those Securities in that market. The Custodian will generally notify the Client two Business Days before any such reversal.

 

  5.5

Secured Liability. To the extent that the Custodian has not received the cash payment associated with a credit, the amount credited remains a Secured Liability under this Agreement.

 

6

Corporate Actions

 

  6.1

Transmit Information. The Custodian will promptly transmit or make available to the Client all material written information customarily provided by a professional global custodian regarding an applicable Corporate Action, or a brief synopsis of that information, affecting Securities then being held under this Agreement, where (i) that information is received directly from issuers of such Securities or from CSDs or Subcustodians or (ii) that information is publicly available in the relevant market from standard vendors routinely used by professional global custodians provided that the Custodian can verify the accuracy of such information. The Custodian will transmit or make available such Corporate Action data it receives from primary sources (issuers, CSDs and Subcustodians) without further review although it will generally note if such information is single sourced. The Custodian generally will not transmit or make available such Corporate Action data it receives from secondary sources (vendors) unless the accuracy of that information can be verified against at least one additional source.

 

  6.2

Exercise. The Custodian will process the Client’s elections with respect to any voluntary Corporate Action at the direction of the Client provided it has actual possession of the relevant Securities and it has received Proper Instructions by the deadline specified in the Custodian’s Corporate Action notification (“Corporate Actions Deadline Date”). The Custodian will use reasonable efforts to effect Proper Instructions received after that deadline but will have no responsibility for any failure to exercise such instructions accurately or timely. In the absence of receiving Proper Instructions by the Corporate Actions Deadline Date, the Custodian may take the default action specified in the corporate action notification. In the event of a mandatory Corporate Action, the Custodian will act without Proper Instructions in accordance with Section 22.10.

 

  6.3

Class Actions. The Custodian will transmit written information received by the Custodian regarding any class action litigation to the extent set out in the Client Publications. The Custodian will not support class action participation by the Client beyond such forwarding of written information. In no event will the Custodian act as a lead plaintiff in a class action.

 

  6.4

Fractional Positions. Fractional positions resulting from Corporate Actions will be dealt with in accordance with the Client Publications.

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

4


7

Proxy Servicing

 

  7.1

Transmit Information. The Custodian will forward to the Client all proxies received by the Custodian relating to the Securities then held under this Agreement, for the markets designated in the Client Publications, unless otherwise instructed by the Client. The Custodian will use an agent to assist in the receipt and distribution of proxies and will share the Client’s position and contact information to facilitate such collection and distribution.

 

  7.2

Voting. The Custodian provides proxy voting services for the markets designated in the Client Publications. The Custodian will cause eligible proxies to be promptly executed by the registered holder in accordance with Proper Instructions and delivered to the issuer of the Securities or its designated agent. In order for the Custodian to provide the voting services, the Custodian must have received such Proper Instructions, must have actual possession of the relevant Securities, and all requirements set out in the Client Publications must have been met, including where applicable receiving an executed power of attorney, in each case by the deadline specified in the Custodian’s proxy notification.

 

8

Income Collection

 

  8.1

Monitoring and Crediting. The Custodian will use reasonable efforts to monitor and collect on a timely basis, in accordance with Local Market Practice, all income and other payments to which the Client is entitled in respect of the Securities held under this Agreement and Securities on loan through the securities lending program sponsored by the Custodian or its Affiliates. The Custodian will credit such amounts to the Cash Account of the Client as received, except where Contractual Settlement applies.

 

  8.2

Repatriation of Income. The Client is responsible for directing the repatriation of income into the base currency of the Portfolio or another currency selected by the Client, and may enter into separate arrangements to do so, as set out in Section 13 of this Agreement.

 

9

Statements and Reports

 

  9.1

Contents. The Custodian will make available reports to the Client regarding the Portfolio on a periodic basis as selected by the Client from certain online tools made available from time to time by the Custodian or as otherwise agreed with the Client. The reports will include Cash balances, an itemized statement of Securities and Cash and Securities transaction activity. Market values contained in these reports are unaudited and based on the Custodian’s standard pricing vendors and practices. These reports will not include net asset value calculations.

 

  9.2

Cash and Securities Not Held. The Custodian may agree to incorporate information in respect of cash or securities not held by the Custodian. In making available such information to the Client, the Custodian will rely upon the information provided by the Client or a third party without any requirement to verify the accuracy of such information. The Custodian will not perform any other Services in relation to such cash or securities.

 

10

Tax Withholding and Tax Relief

 

  10.1

Withholding. The Custodian will withhold (or cause to be withheld) the amount of any tax which is required to be withheld by the Custodian or Subcustodian under the Law applicable to the Custodian or Subcustodian based on the Client’s domicile and entity

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

5


  type in respect of any dividend, interest income or other distribution in relation to any Security, and/or the proceeds or income from the sale or other transfer of any Security held by the Custodian. If the Client has not provided the requisite information and documentation, the Custodian is obligated to arrange for maximum withholding. In certain markets, the Client will be required to hire a local tax agent to calculate withholding, as set out in the Client Publications.

 

  10.2

Tax Relief. The Custodian will apply for a reduction of withholding tax and refund of any tax paid or tax credits in respect of income payments on Securities based on the Client’s entitlement under relevant tax treaties or laws which apply in each market that supports a standard tax reclaim process, in all cases as may be set out from time to time in the Client Publications. The Custodian does not facilitate tax reclaims for tax transparent or pass-through (i.e., multiple-beneficiary) entities such as partnerships, LLCs, common trusts or any other types of entities that are generally ineligible for tax treaty or domestic law tax entitlements, even where the partners or beneficial holders of such entities may be eligible.

 

  10.3

Documentation. In order for the Custodian to perform the services in this Section 10, the Client will provide the Custodian such information and documentation as may be required from time to time by the Custodian for tax purposes, including documentary evidence of its tax domicile, and its entity type and details of any special ruling or treatment to which the Client may be entitled in relation to countries where the Client engages or proposes to engage in investment activity or where Securities are or will be held. The Client is responsible for ensuring the documentation and information provided is true and accurate in all material respects and will promptly provide the Custodian with all necessary corrections or updates upon becoming aware of any changes or inaccuracies in the documentation or information supplied. The provision of documentation and information under this Section 10.3 will be taken to be a Proper Instruction upon which the Custodian will be entitled to rely for all purposes under this Section 10, including calculating withholding and determining available tax relief, without the need to undertake any further inquiries or verification.

 

  10.4

Client Responsible for Taxes. The Client will be liable for all taxes, levies or similar obligations which arise as a result of the Client’s investment activity, including in relation to any Cash or Securities held by the Custodian on behalf of the Client, or any related transactions. If any taxes become payable in relation to any prior payment made to the Client by the Custodian, the Custodian may withhold any credit balance in the Client’s Cash Accounts to the extent necessary to satisfy such tax obligation. The Client will also remain liable for any tax deficiency.

 

  10.5

No Tax Advice. The Client acknowledges that the Custodian is not, and will not be deemed to be, providing tax advice or tax counsel.

 

11

Physical Safekeeping of Investment Documents

 

  11.1

Document Safekeeping. The Custodian may agree to provide physical safekeeping for Investment Documents delivered to it and will return such Investment Documents to the Client upon receipt of Proper Instructions, subject to additional documentation and other requirements as the Custodian may specify from time to time.

 

  11.2

No Other Services. The Custodian will not otherwise perform any other Services in relation to such Investment Documents.

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

6


12

Alternative Asset Servicing

 

  12.1

Alternative Assets. The Custodian may agree to reflect the Client’s Alternative Assets on its books, records or statements. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the Custodian will not perform any other services or assume any obligations in relation to Alternative Assets. The Custodian may, in limited cases, agree to register the Client’s interests in Alternative Assets in the name of the Custodian, subject to additional documentation and other requirements as the Custodian may specify from time to time.

 

13

Foreign Exchange

 

  13.1

Role of Custodian. The role of the Custodian with respect to foreign exchange transactions is limited to facilitating the processing and settlement of such transactions. The Custodian does not have any agency, trust or fiduciary obligation to the Client or any other person in connection with the execution of any foreign exchange transactions, other than the obligation as agent to process the Proper Instructions given by the Client.

 

  13.2

Role of Counterparties. If the Client enters into any foreign exchange transaction with State Street Bank and Trust Company, a Subcustodian or any of their Affiliates, the Client does so on the basis that these entities are acting as a principal dealer and counterparty, and not as fiduciary or agent to the Client, and the execution services are governed by separate arrangements (including pricing) and do not form part of the Services provided by the Custodian under this Agreement. This applies to foreign exchange transactions entered into by the Client directly with the trading desk of these entities or by Proper Instruction to the Custodian using the indirect foreign exchange services described in the Client Publications.

 

14

Subcustodians

 

  14.1

Use of Subcustodians. The Custodian is authorized to utilize Subcustodians in connection with its performance of the Services, and will notify the Client of the Subcustodians so employed from time to time through the Client Publications. 

 

  14.2

Selection and Monitoring. The Custodian will use reasonable skill, care and diligence in the selection, monitoring and continued utilization of Subcustodians by taking the following actions: (i) annually assess the financial condition of each Subcustodian by reviewing their publicly available financial information, (ii) on a daily basis monitoring the performance by each Subcustodian’ of its duties relative to the Services, and (iii) confirming on an annual basis that each Subcustodian is licensed to act as a subcustodian in its relevant market.

 

  14.3

Special Subcustodians. At the request of the Client, the Custodian may agree to appoint one or more qualified banks, trust companies or other entities designated by the Client to act as a subcustodian (each a “Special Subcustodian”) for purposes specified by the Client. In connection with the appointment of a Special Subcustodian, the Custodian shall enter into a tri-party subcustodian agreement with the Special Subcustodian and the Client in form and substance approved the Custodian, provided that such agreement shall comply with Law applicable to the Client and shall be consistent with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, to the extent practicable.

 

  14.4.

Provisions Relating to Rule 17f-5

 

  14.4.1

Delegation. Each Client, by resolution of its Board, delegates to the Custodian, pursuant to Rule 17f-5(b), the obligations to perform as the Client’s Foreign Custody Manager and, unless the Custodian advises the Customer that it does not accept such delegation with respect to a country, the Custodian accepts such delegation. The Custodian acting in this capacity shall be referred to as the “Foreign Custody Manager.”

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

7


  14.4.2

Exercise of Care as Foreign Custody Manager. The Foreign Custody Manager will exercise such reasonable care, prudence and diligence in performing the delegated responsibilities as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of assets of management investment companies registered under the 1940 Act would exercise.

 

  14.4.3

Foreign Custody Arrangements. The Foreign Custody Manager will perform the delegated responsibilities only with respect to Covered Foreign Countries and will provide the Client with a list on Schedule A of the Eligible Foreign Custodian(s) it selects to maintain the Client’s Foreign Assets in each Covered Foreign Country. The Foreign Custody Manager may amend the list from time to time in its sole discretion upon notice to the Client.

 

  14.4.4

Scope of Delegated Responsibilities. The Foreign Custody Manager, when placing and maintaining Foreign Assets in the care of an Eligible Foreign Custodian, will determine that: (i) the Foreign Assets will be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to custodians in the country in which the Foreign Assets will be held by the Eligible Foreign Custodian, after considering all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such assets, including, without limitation the factors specified in Rule 17f-5(c)(1), and (ii) the contract between the Foreign Custody Manager and the Eligible Foreign Custodian governing the foreign custody arrangements will satisfy the requirements of Rule 17f-5(c)(2). The Foreign Custody Manager will establish a system to monitor (a) the appropriateness of maintaining the Foreign Assets with the Eligible Foreign Custodian, and (b) the performance of the contract governing the foreign custody arrangements. The Foreign Custody Manager will notify the Client if it determines that the custody arrangements with an Eligible Foreign Custodian are no longer appropriate and will act in accordance with the Client’s Proper Instructions with respect to the disposition of the affected Foreign Assets.

 

  14.4.5

Reporting Requirements. The Foreign Custody Manager will (i) report the withdrawal of Foreign Assets from an Eligible Foreign Custodian and the placement of Foreign Assets with another Eligible Foreign Custodian by providing to the Client an updated Schedule A at the end of the calendar quarter in which the action has occurred, and (ii) after the occurrence of any other material change in the foreign custody arrangements of the Client, make a written report available to the Client containing a notification of the change.

 

  14.4.6

Representations of Foreign Custody Manager and Client. The Foreign Custody Manager represents to Client that it is a U.S. Bank as defined in Section (a)(7) of Rule 17f-5(a)(7). Client represents to the Custodian that its Board has (i) determined that it is reasonable for the Board to rely on the Custodian to perform the responsibilities delegated pursuant to this Agreement to the Custodian as the Foreign Custody Manager of the Client, and (ii) considered and determined to accept the risk described in the first sentence of Section 18.2 as is incurred by placing and maintaining the Client’s Foreign Assets in each Covered Foreign Country.

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

8


  14.4.7.

Withdrawal of Acceptance of Delegation as Foreign Custody Manager. Upon reasonable prior written notice to the Client, the Foreign Custody Manager may withdraw its acceptance of such delegated responsibilities generally or with respect to a specified Covered Foreign Country, and the Custodian will have no further responsibility in its capacity as Foreign Custody Manager to the Client generally or with respect to the designated Covered Foreign Country, as applicable.

 

  14.4.8.

Settlement Practices. The Custodian will provide to each Client the information with respect to custody and settlement practices in countries in which the Custodian employs an Eligible Foreign Custodian described on Schedule C at the time or times set out on the Schedule. The Custodian may revise Schedule C from time to time, but no revision will result in a Client being provided with substantively less information than had been previously provided on Schedule C.

 

15

Central Securities Depositories

 

  15.1

Use of Central Securities Depositories. The Custodian and its Subcustodians will use CSDs in connection with the performance of the Services, and will notify the Client of the CSDs so employed from time to time through the Client Publications.

 

  15.2

Rules of Central Securities Depositories. Where the Custodian or its Subcustodians use CSDs, the Client acknowledges that they will do so in accordance with the terms and conditions of participation or membership in such CSDs and the rules and procedures governing the operation thereof.

 

  15.3

Provisions Relating to Rule 17f-4. The Custodian may deposit and maintain securities or other financial assets of the Client in a U.S. CSD in compliance with the conditions of Rule 17f-4.

 

  15.4

Provisions Relating to Rule 17f-7. The Custodian will (i) provide the Client or its Investment Manager with an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with the Eligible Securities Depositories set out on Schedule B in accordance with Section (a)(1)(i)(A) of Rule 17f-7, (ii) monitor such risks on a continuing basis and promptly notify the Client or its Investment Manager of any material change in such risks, in accordance with Section (a)(1)(i)(B) of Rule 17f-7, and (iii) exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence in performing the requirements in subsections (i) and (ii) above.

 

16

Delegation

 

  16.1

Use of Delegates. The Custodian will have the right, without prior notice to or the consent of the Client, to employ Delegates to provide or assist it in the provision of any part of the Services other than Services required by Law applicable to either Party to be performed by a qualified custodian or CSD. Unless otherwise agreed in a fee schedule, the Custodian will be responsible for the compensation of its Delegates.

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

9


  16.2

Provision of Information Regarding Delegates. The Custodian will provide or make available to the Client on a quarterly or other periodic basis information regarding its global operating model for the delivery of the Services, which information will include the identities of Delegates affiliated with the Custodian that perform or may perform any part of the Services, and the locations from which such Delegates perform Services, as well as such other information about its Delegates as the Client may reasonably request from time to time.

 

  16.3

Third Parties. Nothing in this Section limits or restricts the Custodian’s right to use Affiliates or third parties to perform or discharge, or assist it in the performance or discharge of, any obligations or duties under this Agreement other than the provision of the Services.

 

17

Standard of Care and Liability

 

  17.1

Standard of Care. The Custodian will at all times exercise the reasonable skill, care and diligence expected of a professional provider of custody services to institutional investors and act in good faith and in accordance with generally applicable industry standards and practices in the performance of its duties under this Agreement.

 

  17.2

Liability for Losses. Subject to the limitations and exclusions of liability in this Agreement, the Custodian will be liable for Losses suffered or incurred by the Client to the extent such Losses are caused by the negligence, wilful default, or fraud of the Custodian in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. The parties agree that “negligence” will mean a breach by the Custodian of its obligation to exercise the standard of care described in Section 17.1 above.

 

  17.3

Responsibility for Subcustodians. The Custodian will be liable to the Client for the acts and omissions of its Subcustodians as if it had committed such acts and omissions itself; provided that:

 

  17.3.1

compliance with the standard of care set out in Section 17.1 will be assessed in accordance with the standards and circumstances prevailing at the time of the act or omission in the local market or jurisdiction in which the Subcustodian is providing the relevant Services; and

 

  17.3.2

the Custodian will have no liability for Losses resulting from the insolvency or other financial default of a Subcustodian that is not an Affiliate of the Custodian except to the extent that such Losses are caused by the failure of the Custodian to exercise reasonable skill, care and diligence in the selection, monitoring and continued utilization of the Subcustodian as required under Section 14.2.

 

  17.4

Responsibility for Special Subcustodians. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 17.3 to the contrary, the Custodian shall not be liable to the Client for Losses suffered or incurred by the Client resulting from the acts or omissions of a Special Subcustodian, except to the extent such Losses are caused by the negligence, wilful default or fraud of the Custodian. In the event of any such Loss, the Custodian shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce such rights as it may have against any Special Subcustodian.

 

  17.5

Responsibility for Delegates. The Custodian will be liable to the Client for the acts and omissions of its Delegates as if it had committed such acts and omissions itself.

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

10


  17.6

Force Majeure. Neither Party will be in breach of this Agreement or liable for Losses arising by reason of the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event that prevents, hinders or delays it from or in performing its obligations under this Agreement, except, in the case of the Custodian, to the extent that such Losses are attributable to its breach of its business continuity obligations under this Agreement.

 

  17.7

No Liability for Certain Losses. The Custodian will not be liable to the Client for any Losses to the extent they arise from or are caused by:

 

  17.7.1

the Custodian acting upon any (i) Proper Instruction or (ii) if a Proper Instruction is not required in a particular circumstance, any other instruction, information, notice, request, consent, certificate, instrument or other writing that the Custodian reasonably believes to be genuine and to be signed or otherwise given by or on behalf of a person authorized to do so;

 

  17.7.2

a delay in processing or any failure to process any Proper Instruction to the extent permitted under Section 22, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set out in that Section, as applicable;

 

  17.7.3

the failure of the Client or any person authorized by it to comply with the Client’s obligations under this Agreement; or

 

  17.7.4

any other acts and omissions of the Client, any person authorized by it or any third party, including any Third Party Agent, Market Participant, Authorized Data Source, CSD, or Financial Market Utility.

 

  17.8

Mutual Exclusion of Indirect and Other Loss. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, neither Party will be liable to the other for: (i) indirect, consequential, speculative, punitive or special Loss or (ii) loss of profit, revenue, opportunity, business, anticipated savings, goodwill and damage to reputation, or Loss of any similar kind; in each case whether or not a Party has been advised of or otherwise could have anticipated the possibility of such losses, except to the extent any such losses cannot be excluded or limited as a matter of Law applicable to either Party.

 

18

Error Correction

 

  18.1

Error Correction. If an error results from an act or omission of the Custodian in performing the services under this Agreement, the Custodian may take such remedial action as it considers appropriate under the circumstances, which may include effecting corrective transactions involving the Client’s assets, where and to the extent reasonably necessary to place the Client in the position (or its equivalent) it would have been had the error not occurred. The Custodian will be responsible for Losses arising from its errors in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and will be entitled to retain gains arising from its errors or related remedial actions unless otherwise prohibited by Law. Where an error results in a series of related Losses and gains, the Custodian will be entitled to net gains against Losses when permitted by Law. The Custodian will have no duty to notify or account to the Client for any Loss or gain associated with an error it has fully remediated.

 

19

Limits on the Scope of the Services

 

  19.1

No Fiduciary or Implied Duties. The Custodian is responsible only for the duties it has expressly undertaken under this Agreement and no other duties will be implied or inferred, including any fiduciary duties, except to the extent such fiduciary duties may not be disclaimed as a matter of Law.

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

11


  19.2

Investment and Other Risk, Client Compliance Matters. The Client bears the risk of investing in Securities or other assets or holding cash denominated in any currency or holding assets in a particular market, including investment risk and risk arising from the political, regulatory, legal or financial infrastructure of such market or otherwise arising from Local Market Practice. The Custodian is not responsible for monitoring or enforcing compliance by the Client or its Investment Manager(s) with any investment or other restriction, guideline or requirement imposed by the Client’s constituent documents or by contract or Law applicable to the Client in connection with investment activity undertaken by or on behalf of the Client.

 

  19.3

Data Accuracy. The Custodian has no responsibility for, or duty to review, verify or otherwise perform any investigation as to the completeness, accuracy or sufficiency of, any data or information provided by or on behalf of the Client, any persons authorized by the Client, any Third Party Agent, any Market Participant or any Authorized Data Sources, except to the extent the Custodian has agreed in writing to perform reconciliations, variance or tolerance checks or other specific forms of data review under this Agreement.

 

  19.4

Title. The Custodian is not responsible for title or entitlement to, validity or genuineness, including good deliverable form, of any asset received by the Custodian.

 

  19.5

Proceedings. The Custodian is not responsible for commencing legal or administrative proceedings on behalf of the Client or relating to the assets held under this Agreement, including in respect of the late payment of income or other payments due to the Client or amounts payable on Securities in default if payment is refused after due demand and presentment.

 

  19.6

Laws Applicable to the Custodian or Subcustodian. Laws applicable to the Custodian or a Subcustodian may from time to time prohibit or cause delays in the Custodian holding assets, acting on Proper Instructions or providing the Services to the Client in the manner contemplated by this Agreement. In such cases, the Custodian or Subcustodian will be entitled to comply with the Law and, where permitted by such Law, the Parties will seek to resolve the situation to the Parties’ mutual satisfaction.

 

  19.7

Securities on Loan. Asset servicing is not generally performed for securities on loan unless otherwise noted in this Agreement or agreed by the Parties in writing. Provision of such services with respect to securities on loan may be covered by a separate securities lending or services agreement.

 

20

Indemnity

 

  20.1

Indemnity by Client. Subject to this Section 20 and the exclusions and limitations of liability elsewhere in this Agreement, including Section 17.8, the Client will indemnify the Custodian against any direct Losses incurred by the Custodian (including Losses incurred by Subcustodians or Delegates for which the Custodian is liable) in connection with the performance of its duties under this Agreement, including acting on Proper Instructions and Losses incurred by virtue of being the holder of record of the Client’s Securities, except, in each case, to the extent such Losses result from the Custodian’s negligence, wilful default or fraud (or that of its Subcustodians or Delegates) in the discharge of the Custodian’s duties under this Agreement.

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

12


  20.2

Indemnity by Custodian. Subject to this Section 20 and the exclusions and limitations of liability elsewhere in this Agreement, including Section 17.7 and 17.8, the Custodian will indemnify the Client against any direct Losses incurred by the Client, in each case, to the extent such Losses result from the negligence, wilful default or fraud of the Custodian (or that of its Subcustodians or Delegates) in the discharge of the Custodian’s duties under this Agreement.

 

  20.3

Duty to Mitigate. Each Party will use reasonable efforts to mitigate any Losses in respect of which it claims indemnification under this Agreement.

 

  20.4

Notice of Claims. A Party seeking indemnification under this Section (“Indemnified Party”) against a third-party claim (“Indemnified Claim”) will promptly provide written notice of such claim to the Party obligated to indemnify (“Indemnifying Party”). The failure to notify the Indemnifying Party will not relieve such Party of any liability under this Section, except to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the investigation and/or defense of the Indemnified Claim.

 

  20.5

Right to Control Third Party Claims. The Indemnifying Party will, at its own expense, be entitled but not obligated to control and direct the investigation and defense of any Indemnified Claim, except where the Custodian is the Indemnified Party and is seeking indemnification from multiple customers for claims based on common facts or otherwise related to the Indemnified Claim, in which case the Custodian will have the right to control and direct the investigation and defense of such claim, at the expense of (i) the Indemnifying Party or (ii) all of the customers from which indemnification is sought, including the Indemnifying Party, pro rata, as appropriate. Where the Indemnifying Party controls and directs the investigation of the defence of the Indemnified Claim, the Indemnified Party may retain separate counsel at its own expense. If a conflict of interest exists between the Parties with respect to the defense of such claim, the reasonable cost of separate counsel will be an indemnified expense.

 

  20.6

Settlement of Claims. Neither Party may settle an Indemnified Claim without the consent of the other Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, provided that the Indemnifying Party will have the right to settle an Indemnified Claim without the consent of the Indemnified Party if such settlement:

 

  20.6.1

involves only the payment of money;

 

  20.6.2

fully and unconditionally releases the Indemnified Party from any liability in exchange for the amount paid in settlement; and

 

  20.6.3

does not include any admission of fault or liability in relation to the Indemnified Party.

 

  20.7

Cooperation. In all cases, each Party will, as applicable, provide reasonable cooperation and assistance to the other Party and keep the other Party apprised as to the status of the Indemnified Claim, including any discussions relating to the settlement of the claim and the details of any settlement offer.

 

21

Obligations of the Client

 

  21.1

Provide Information. The Client will provide or cause to be provided to the Custodian all data, information, documents and instructions concerning the Client and the investment activity of the Client in relation to the Portfolio as may be reasonably necessary or as the Custodian may reasonably request, in each case in a complete, accurate and timely manner, in order to enable the Custodian to discharge its duties under this Agreement.    

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

13


  21.2

AML Compliance. The Client will comply with all applicable anti-money laundering, sanctions or other financial crime legislation applicable to it and will provide the Custodian with all necessary sanctions questionnaires, declarations and other documentation in order for the Custodian to comply with its anti-money laundering policy.

 

  21.3

Pass Through Representations. To the extent that the Custodian is required to give (or is deemed to have given) any representation, warranty or undertaking to a third party relating to the Client in accordance with normal market practice in connection with the execution of transaction documents or the issuance or transmission of trade notifications, confirmations and/or settlement instructions, whether using facsimile transmission, industry messaging or matching utilities and/or the proprietary software of Third Party Agents and Market Participants, CSDs or other Financial Market Utilities, the Client will be deemed to have made such representation, warranty or undertaking to the Custodian.

 

  21.4

Operational Requirements. The Client will adhere to the deadlines and other operational requirements set out in the Client Publications, to facilitate meeting the requirements of CSD’s, Third Party Agents and Market Participants.

 

  21.5

Client Review and Notification. In accordance with standard market practice, the Client will employ commercially reasonable review and control measures with respect to information provided by the Custodian under this Agreement and give the Custodian prompt written notice of any suspected error or omission or the Client’s inability to access any such Information so as to prevent, stem or mitigate any Losses that may arise from the use of inaccurate data or the inaccessibility of data.

 

  21.6

Fees. In consideration for the Services provided by the Custodian, the Client will pay the Fees as agreed in a written fee schedule or otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties from time to time. The Fees and any other amounts payable under this Agreement are stated exclusive of any sales, use, excise, value-added, services, consumption, withholding or other similar tax that is assessed on the supply of the Services under an agreement. Any such tax will be payable by the Client.

 

  21.7

Client Publications. The Client will ensure that it provides the Custodian with and regularly updates, as necessary, e-mail and other contact details for its representatives to enable timely distribution and receipt of the Client Publications.

 

22

Proper Instructions

 

  22.1

Dealings in Cash and Securities. The Custodian will effect all transactions and dealings in Cash and Securities under this Agreement in accordance with Proper Instructions, subject to any other right it may have under this Agreement.

 

  22.2

Appointment of Authorized Persons. The Client and each Investment Manager will provide the Custodian with a list of the names and (if applicable) signatures, of Authorized Persons in a form agreed by the parties from time to time. The Custodian may rely upon the authority of each Authorized Person until it receives written notice to the contrary from the Client and has had a reasonable time to act on such notice.

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

14


  22.3

Authentication Procedures. The Custodian will implement Authentication Procedures. The Client acknowledges that the Authentication Procedures are intended to provide a commercially reasonable degree of protection against unauthorized transactions of certain types and are not designed to detect errors. Any purported Proper Instruction received by the Custodian in accordance with an Authentication Procedure will be taken to have originated from an Authorized Person and will constitute a Proper Instruction under this Agreement for all purposes.

 

  22.4

Security Measures by Client. The Client is responsible for ensuring that appropriate security measures are implemented to prevent unauthorized disclosure or use of any Authentication Procedure made available to it or an Investment Manager in connection with this Agreement.

 

  22.5

No Duty to Verify. Except to the extent the Custodian is required to comply with Authentication Procedures under Section 22.3 above, the Custodian has no duty to verify that personnel of the Client or any Investment Manager engaged in investment activity are authorized to do so or that any instructions received by the Custodian are duly authorized.

 

  22.6

Decline/Delay in Processing. The Custodian reserves the right to decline to process or delay the processing of any purported Proper Instruction where:

 

  22.6.1

the Custodian, in good faith, determines that the instruction may not have been properly authorized;

 

  22.6.2

the instruction is inaccurate, incomplete or unclear;

 

  22.6.3

the instruction conflicts with the terms of this Agreement or any Law applicable to either Party, Local Market Practice or the Custodian’s standard operating procedures; or

 

  22.6.4

the Custodian has not been given a reasonable time period to effect the instruction.

In these circumstances, the Custodian will promptly seek authentication, clarification, correction or amendment of any Proper Instruction, as the case may be.

 

  22.7

Cancellation and Amendment. The Custodian will use reasonable efforts to act on Proper Instructions to cancel or amend previously issued Proper Instructions if:

 

  22.7.1

the Custodian has not already acted on the previously issued Proper Instructions; and

 

  22.7.2

the Proper Instruction to cancel or amend is received before the applicable deadlines specified from time to time in the Client Publications or applicable event notification.

The Custodian is not responsible or liable if the request to cancel or amend cannot be satisfied.

 

  22.8

Oral Instructions. If applicable, the Custodian may act on an oral instruction (given in accordance with an agreed Authentication Procedure) before receipt of any written confirmation and irrespective of whether any subsequent written confirmation conforms to the oral instruction.

 

  22.9

Conflicting Claims. If there is a dispute or conflicting claim with respect to Securities or Cash held by the Custodian under this Agreement, the Custodian is entitled to refuse

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

15


  to act on a Proper Instruction of the Client or any Investment Manager in relation to the particular Securities or Cash until either (i) the dispute or conflicting claims have been finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or settled by agreement between the conflicting parties, and the Custodian has received written evidence satisfactory to it of such determination or agreement, or (ii) the Custodian has received an indemnity, security or both, satisfactory to it and sufficient to hold it harmless from and against any and all Losses which the Custodian may incur as a result of its actions.

 

  22.10

Matters Not Requiring Proper Instructions. The Client authorises the Custodian in the absence of Proper Instructions to attend to all matters which may be necessary or appropriate to discharge its duties and give effect to the terms of this Agreement, including the execution, in the Client’s name or on its behalf, of any affidavits, certificates of ownership and other certificates and documents relating to Securities.

 

23

Creditors Rights

 

  23.1

Security. To secure the full and timely satisfaction of all Secured Liabilities, the Client hereby grants to the Custodian a security interest in and a right of retention, sale and set off, as applicable, against (i) all of the Client’s Cash, Securities, and other assets, whether now existing or hereafter acquired, in the possession or under the control of the Custodian or its Subcustodians pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) any and all cash proceeds of any of the above (collectively, the “Collateral”).

 

  23.2

Rights of the Custodian. In the event that the Client fails to satisfy in full any of the Secured Liabilities as and when due and payable, the Custodian will have, in addition to all other rights and remedies arising under this Agreement or under applicable Law, the rights and remedies of a secured party under applicable Law. Without prejudice to the Custodian’s other rights and remedies, the Custodian will be entitled, in each case as and to the extent reasonably necessary to satisfy in full the Secured Liabilities and any related transaction expenses, to (a) exercise its right of retention and withhold delivery of any Collateral and otherwise refuse to act on any Proper Instruction relating to such Collateral, (b) sell or otherwise realize any Collateral, and (c) set off the net proceeds of such sale or realization of Collateral and/or the amount of any deposit balances standing to the credit of the Client in any Cash Account(s) against such Secured Liabilities.

 

  23.3

Exercise of Rights. The Custodian may exercise its rights and remedies against the Collateral in any manner (including by any method, at any time or place, and on any terms) as it deems, in good faith, to be commercially reasonable under the circumstances, and will use reasonable efforts to effect any sale of Collateral at the prevailing market price in the relevant market. Without limiting the foregoing, the Client acknowledges that it will be commercially reasonable for the Custodian to, among other things: (i) accelerate or cause the acceleration of the maturity of any fixed term deposits comprised in the Collateral and (ii) effect any necessary currency conversions through its own trading desk at such exchange rates as it determines in its reasonable discretion, which rates may include a mark-up from the rates the Custodian receives on the interbank market.

 

  23.4

Notice. The Custodian will use reasonable efforts to give the Client prior notice of any exercise of the right to sell or otherwise realize Collateral set forth above, provided that the Custodian will not be obligated to give prior notice to the Client or delay exercising its rights pending or after the provision of such notice if, in its reasonable judgment, giving such notice or any such delay would prejudice its ability to obtain satisfaction in full of the Secured Liabilities.

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

16


24

Confidentiality and Use of Data

 

  24.1

Confidentiality

 

  24.1.1

No Disclosure Without Consent. Subject to Section 24.2 and Section 24.3, Confidential Information will not be disclosed by the Receiving Party to any third party without the prior consent of the Disclosing Party.

 

  24.1.2

No limitations of obligations under Agreement or at Law. Except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, nothing in this Section 24 will limit the confidentiality and data-protection obligations of the Custodian and its Affiliates under this Agreement and Law applicable to the Custodian.

 

  24.2

Use of Confidential Information and Data

 

  24.2.1

Use of Confidential Information and Data generally. Subject to this Section 24.2 and Section 24.3, all Confidential Information, including Data, will be used by the Receiving Party for the purpose of providing or receiving services, as applicable, pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise discharging its obligations under this Agreement.

 

  24.2.2

Use of Data for Indicators. The Custodian and its Affiliates may use Data to develop, publish or otherwise distribute to third parties certain investor behavior “indicators” or “indices” that represent broad trends in the flow of investment funds into various markets, sectors or investment instruments (collectively, the “Indicators”), but only so long as (i) the Data is combined or aggregated with (A) information relating to other customers of the Custodian and/or (B) information derived from other sources, in each case such that the Indicators do not allow for attribution to or identification of such Data with the Client, (ii) the Data represents less than a statistically meaningful portion of all of the data used to create the Indicators and (iii) the Custodian publishes or otherwise distributes to third parties only the Indicators and under no circumstance publishes, makes available, distributes or otherwise discloses any of the Data to any third party, whether aggregated, anonymized or otherwise, except as expressly permitted under this Agreement.

 

  24.2.3

Economic benefit from Indicators. The Client acknowledges that the Custodian may seek and realize economic benefit from the publication or distribution of the Indicators.

 

  24.3

Disclosure of Confidential Information and Data

 

  24.3.1

Disclosure of Confidential Information to Representatives. The Receiving Party may disclose the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information without the Disclosing Party’s consent to its attorneys, accountants, auditors, consultants and other similar advisors that have a reasonable need to know such Confidential Information (“Representatives”), provided such Confidential Information is disclosed under obligations of confidentiality that prohibit the disclosure or use of such Confidential Information by the Representatives for any purpose other than the specific engagement with the Receiving Party for which the Representative has been retained and that are

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

17


  otherwise no less restrictive than the confidentiality obligations contained in this Agreement. The Parties acknowledge that use of Confidential Information by a Representative to represent its other clients in dealing with the Disclosing Party would constitute a breach of this Section 24.3. Where the Custodian is the Receiving Party, “Representatives” will include its Affiliates and Service Providers (as defined below).

 

  24.3.2

Disclosure and Use of Confidential Information by Custodian. The Custodian may disclose and permit use (as applicable) of Confidential Information of the Client without the Client’s consent:

 

  24.3.2.1

to its Affiliates and any of its third-party agents and service providers (“Service Providers”) in connection with the provision of services, the discharge of its obligations under this Agreement or the carrying out of any Proper Instruction, including in accordance with the standard practices or requirements of any Financial Market Utility or in connection with the settlement, holding or administration of Cash, Securities or other instruments;

 

  24.3.2.2

to its Affiliates in connection with the management of the businesses of the Custodian and its Affiliates, including, but not limited to, financial and operational management and reporting, risk management, legal and regulatory compliance and client service management and marketing.

Where possible, such Confidential Information must be disclosed under obligations of confidentiality or in a manner consistent with industry practice.

 

  24.3.3

Confidential Information and Cloud Computing and Storage. Each Party may store Confidential Information with third-party providers of information technology services, and permit access to Confidential Information by such providers as reasonably necessary for the receipt of cloud computing and storage services and related hardware and software maintenance and support. Such Confidential Information must be disclosed under obligations of confidentiality.

 

  24.3.4

Disclosure of Confidential Information to comply with law. The Receiving Party may disclose the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information to the extent such disclosure is required to satisfy any legal requirement (including in response to court-issued orders, investigative demands, subpoenas or similar processes or to satisfy the requirements of any applicable regulatory authority).

 

  24.3.5

Harm of Unauthorized Disclosure of Confidential Information. Each Party acknowledges that the disclosure to any non-authorized third party of Confidential Information or the use of Confidential Information in breach of this Agreement, may immediately give rise to continuing irreparable injury inadequately compensable in damages at law, and in such cases the Receiving Party agrees to waive any defense that an adequate remedy at law is available if the Disclosing Party seeks to obtain injunctive relief against any such breach or any threatened breach.

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

18


  24.3.6

Responsibility for Representatives. Each Party will be responsible for any use or disclosure of Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party in breach of this Agreement by its Representatives as though such Party had used or disclosed such Confidential Information itself.

 

  24.3.7

No Disclosure to Custodian Asset Manager Division. In no event will the Custodian allow representatives of its asset management division or Affiliates engaged in asset management to have access to or to use Confidential Information of the Client, including Data.

 

25

Term and Termination

 

  25.1

Term. This Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and will continue until terminated in accordance with this Section.

 

  25.2

Termination Rights.

 

  25.2.1

Prior Notice. The Parties agree that:

 

  25.2.1.1

the Client may terminate this Agreement by giving not less than 30 days’ prior written notice to the Custodian; and

 

  25.2.1.2

the Custodian may terminate this Agreement by giving not less than 270 days’ prior written notice to the Client.

 

  25.2.2

Immediate Effect. A Party may terminate this Agreement with immediate effect at any time by written notice to the other Party, if:

 

  25.2.2.1

an Insolvency Event occurs in relation to the other Party;

 

  25.2.2.2

such other Party is the Client and fails to pay any undisputed Fees as and when due and has failed to cure such breach within 30 days of receipt of notice from the Custodian requesting it to do so; or

 

  25.2.2.3

such other Party commits a material breach of an obligation under this Agreement and has failed to cure such breach within 30 days of receipt of notice requesting it to do so.

If the Custodian terminates this Agreement pursuant to sub-sections (a) or (b), the Custodian will continue to provide the Services for a period of up to 270 days subject to payment in full of any overdue undisputed Fees and prepayment of the Fees reasonably expected to be incurred during such 270-day period, or such other financial assurance reasonably acceptable to the Custodian.

 

  25.3

Actions on Termination.

 

  25.3.1

Successor Custodian. Upon termination of the Agreement, the Custodian will deliver the Portfolio to the successor custodian designated by the Client in Proper Instructions.

 

  25.3.2

Remaining Portfolio. If any part of the Portfolio remains in the possession of the Custodian or its Subcustodians after the date of termination because the Client fails to designate a successor custodian or otherwise, the Custodian may continue to provide the Services to the Client in consideration

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

19


  of the Fees, as if the Agreement had not terminated. If no successor custodian has been appointed on or before the termination of this Agreement, then the Custodian will have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company, which is a “bank” as defined in the 1940 Act, doing business in Boston, Massachusetts, or New York, New York, of its own selection, all Cash and Securities of the Client then held by the Custodian, and to transfer to an account of the bank or trust company all of the Securities of the Client held in any CSD. The transfer will be on such terms as are contained in this Agreement or as the Custodian may otherwise reasonably negotiate with the bank or trust company. Any compensation payable to the bank or trust company, and any cost or expense incurred by the Custodian, in connection with the transfer will be for the account of the Client.

 

  25.3.3

Payment of Fees. Upon termination of this Agreement, Fees will become due and payable for the period to the date of such termination, or, if later, to the date at which any part of the Portfolio held by the Custodian has been fully transferred to a successor custodian or to the Client, other than Fees subject to a bona fide good faith dispute.

 

26

Representations and Warranties

 

  26.1

Each Party. Each Party represents and warrants to the other that: (i) it has the power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and (ii) it has duly executed this Agreement by duly authorized persons so as to constitute valid and binding obligations of that Party.

 

  26.2

Client. The Client further represents and warrants to the Custodian that: (i) it is the beneficial owner of the assets comprising the Portfolio or is entitled to deal with the assets comprising the Portfolio under this Agreement as if it were beneficial owner; and (ii) unless otherwise agreed, the Client acts as principal for the purposes of this Agreement and not as agent for another person.

 

  26.3

Custodian. The Custodian further represents and warrants to the Client that: (i) it holds such authorisations and licences as are necessary to lawfully perform its obligations under this Agreement; and (ii) it will seek to maintain such authorisations and licenses for the term of this Agreement.

 

27

Record Retention and Audit Rights

 

  27.1

Records. The Custodian will retain the records it is required to maintain under this Agreement in accordance with the Law applicable to the Custodian.

 

  27.2

Client and Regulator Access. The Custodian will allow the Client and the Client’s regulators or supervisory authorities to perform periodic on-site audits as may be reasonably required to examine the Custodian’s performance of the Services.

 

  27.3

Frequency and Scope. For inspections requested by the Client (such request will include reasonable advance notice) and agreed to by the Custodian, the Custodian reserves the right to impose reasonable limitations on the number, frequency, timing, and scope of such audits.

 

  27.4

Limitations on Disclosure. Nothing contained in this Section will obligate the Custodian to provide access to or otherwise disclose: (i) any information that is

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

20


  unrelated to the Client and the provision of the Services to the Client; (ii) any information that is treated as confidential under the Custodian’s corporate policies, including, without limitation, internal audit reports, compliance or risk management plans or reports, work papers and other reports, and information relating to management functions; or (iii) any other documents, reports, or information that the Custodian is obligated or entitled to maintain in confidence as a matter of law or regulation. In addition, any access provided to technology will be limited to a demonstration by the Custodian of the functionality thereof and a reasonable opportunity to communicate with the Custodian’s personnel regarding such technology.

 

28

Business Continuity, Internal Controls and Information Security

 

  28.1

Business Continuity Plans. The Custodian will at all times maintain a business contingency plan and a disaster recovery plan and will take commercially reasonable measures to maintain and periodically test such plans. The Custodian will implement such plans following the occurrence of an event which results in an interruption or suspension of the Services to be provided by the Custodian.

 

  28.2

Internal Controls Review and Report. The Custodian will retain a firm of independent auditors to perform an annual review of certain internal controls and procedures employed by the Custodian in the provision of the Services and issue a standard System and Organization Controls 1 or equivalent report based on such review. The Custodian will provide a copy of the report to the Client upon request.

 

  28.3

Information Security Systems and Controls. The Custodian will maintain commercially reasonable information security systems and controls, which include administrative, technical, and physical safeguards that are designed to: (i) maintain the security and confidentiality of the Client’s data; (ii) protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of the Client’s data, including appropriate measures designed to meet legal and regulatory requirements applying to the Custodian; and (iii) protect against unauthorized access to or use of the Client’s data.

 

  28.4

Virus Detection. The Custodian will at all times employ a current version of one of the leading commercially available virus detection software programs to test the hardware and software applications used by it to deliver the Services for the presence of any computer code designed to disrupt, disable, harm, or otherwise impede operation.

 

29

General

 

  29.1

Services Not Exclusive; Acting in Various Capacities. The Custodian, its Subcustodians and their Affiliates are part of groups of companies and businesses that, in the ordinary course of their business:

 

  29.1.1

provide a wide range of financial services to many clients of different kinds;

 

  29.1.2

engage in transactions for their own account (including acting as banker as outlined in Section 4.4 and acting as foreign exchange counterparty as outlined in Section 13) or for the account of other clients;

which may result in actual, perceived or potential conflicts between the interests of the Client and the interest of the Custodian, its Subcustodians and their Affiliates or between the interests of clients. The Custodian maintains a conflicts of interest policy, and has implemented procedures and arrangements to identify and manage conflicts of interest.

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

21


  29.2

Disclosure of Conflicts. In connection with the matters outlined in Section 29.1.1, the Custodian, its Subcustodians and their Affiliates:

 

  29.2.1

may do business with each client on different contractual or financial terms;

 

  29.2.2

will seek to profit and is entitled to receive and retain profits and compensation in connection with such activities without any obligation to account to the Client for the same;

 

  29.2.3

may act as principal in its own interests, or as agent for its other clients;

 

  29.2.4

may act or refrain from acting based upon information derived from such activities that is not available to the Client;

 

  29.2.5

are not under a duty to notify or disclose to the Client any information which comes to their notice as a result of such activities; and

 

  29.2.6

do not have an obligation to consider, act in, or provide information to the Client in respect of, the interests of the Client in connection with such activities, except to the extent (if any) expressly agreed in writing with the Client under the contractual arrangements governing those activities.

The Custodian may (but is not required to) make any disclosure or notification in connection with such activities to the Client via publication on MyStateStreet.com or other notification mechanism.

 

  29.3

Notice. Unless otherwise specified, all notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement (other than routine operational communications), will be in writing and will be taken to have been given:

 

  29.3.1

when delivered by hand;

 

  29.3.2

on the next Business Day after being sent by e-mail (unless the sender receives an automated message that the e-mail has not been delivered);

 

  29.3.3

on the next Business Day after being sent by overnight courier service for next Business Day delivery; or

 

  29.3.4

on the third Business Day after being sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested;

in each case to the applicable Party at the address or e-mail address specified on Schedule 2, or such other address or e-mail address as a Party may specify by written notice from time to time.

 

  29.4

Waiver. No failure on the part of any Party to exercise, and no delay on its part in exercising, any right or remedy under this Agreement will operate as a waiver, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise of that right or remedy, or the exercise of any other right or remedy.

 

  29.5

Sole Remedy. Subject to the right to seek relief under the specific circumstances expressly permitted in this Agreement, each of the Custodian and the Client agrees that, to the maximum extent permitted by law, a claim for breach

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

22


  of contract under and consistent with the terms of this Agreement will be the sole and exclusive remedy available for any and all matters arising from or in any way relating to this Agreement, the provision of the Services or any conduct (including omissions and alleged conduct) relating to the Agreement or provision of the Services, whether before, during or after the term of this Agreement. Accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted by law, each of the Custodian and the Client, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, waives any and all other rights and remedies that otherwise would be available to such party in law or equity.

 

  29.6

Assignment and Successors. The terms of this Agreement are binding on the Parties’ representatives, successors and permitted assigns and this Agreement and any rights or obligations under this Agreement may not be assigned or transferred without the prior written consent of the other Party. However, in the event that either Party becomes the subject of an Insolvency Event, then such Party will have the right to assign or transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any entity to which the Party transfers its business and assets (including a bridge bank or similar entity) and the other Party irrevocably consents to such assignment or transfer.

 

  29.7

Entire Agreement. This Agreement is the complete and exclusive agreement of the Parties regarding the Services and supersedes, as of the Effective Date, all prior oral or written agreements, arrangements or understandings between the parties relating to the Services.

 

  29.8

Amendments. This Agreement may be amended by written agreement between the Parties. However, the Custodian may amend this Agreement by giving written notice to the Client of such proposed amendment and the Client will be taken to have consented to the amendment if the Client does not affirmatively object in writing within thirty (30) days.

 

  29.9

Counterparts and Electronic Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which will be an original, but which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Counterparts may be executed in either original or electronically transmitted form (e.g., faxes or emailed portable document format (PDF) form), and the Parties adopt as original any signatures received in electronically transmitted form. This Agreement may be executed by electronic signature (whatever form the electronic signature takes) and the Parties agree that this method of signature is as conclusive of the intention to be bound by this Agreement as if signed by the Parties’ manuscript signatures.

 

  29.10

Severance. In the event that any part of this Agreement will be determined to be void or unenforceable for any reason, the rest of this Agreement will be unaffected (unless the essential purpose hereof is substantially frustrated by such determination) and will be enforceable in accordance with the rest of its terms as if the void or unenforceable part were not a part of this Agreement.

 

  29.11

Survival. The provisions of Sections 10 (Tax Withholding and Tax Relief), 17 (Standard of Care and Liability), 20 (Indemnity), 21 (Obligations of the Client-Fees), 23 (Creditors Rights), 24 (Confidentiality and Use of Data) and 25.3 (Actions on Termination) are continuing obligations and will survive termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

23


  29.12

Governing Law and Jurisdiction. This Agreement is governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and any disputes which may arise out of, under or in connection with this Agreement will be determined by the exclusive jurisdiction of the Massachusetts courts.

 

  29.13

Reserved.

 

  29.14

Qualified Financial Contracts. In the event that the Client is domiciled and organized outside of the United States, such Client and the Custodian hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the QFC addendum attached hereto as Appendix B.

 

  29.15

The Parties; Additional Clients1

 

  29.15.1

All references in this Agreement to the “Client” are to each of the client entities listed on Appendix A, individually, as if this Agreement were between the relevant individual Client and the Custodian. Any reference in this Agreement to “the Parties” shall mean the Custodian and the individual Client as to which the matter relates.

 

  29.15.2

If any entity in addition to those listed on Appendix A would like the Custodian to render Services under the terms of this Agreement, the entity may notify the Custodian in writing. If the Custodian agrees in writing to provide the services, Appendix A will be taken to be amended to include such entity as a Client and that entity (together with the Custodian) will be bound by all Sections of this Agreement] .

 

1 

Drafting note; include bracketed words where there are multiple custodians in a multi -jurisdictional agreement.

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

24


Signed by the Parties:

 

APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC,

acting through its trustee [Joseph D. Glatt]

By:    
Name:    
Title:    
Date:    

 

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

By:    
Name:    
Title:    
Date:    

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

25


Schedule 1

Definitions

In this Agreement:

1940 Act” means the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any person, any other person Controlling, Controlled by, or under common Control with, such person at the time in question. For these purposes. “Control” and its derivatives “Controlled” and “Controlling” mean, with regard to any person: (i) the legal or beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the issued share capital or capital stock of that person (or other ownership interest, if not a corporation); (ii) the ability to control, directly or indirectly, fifty per cent (50%) or more of the voting power in relation to that person; or (iii) the legal power to direct or cause the direction of the general management and policies of that person, provided that where Control is being determined with respect to a person that is a limited partnership, Control shall be determined by reference to the satisfaction of any of the above tests with respect to the general partner of the limited partnership

“Alternative Assets” means derivatives, real estate, commodities, private placements, loans, infrastructure holdings, private equity holdings, hedge fund holdings or such other assets (i) not typically held in book-entry form and (ii) not typically held in accounts registered in the name of the Custodian or a Subcustodian, in each case as determined by the Custodian.

Authentication Procedures” means the use of security codes, passwords, tested communications or other authentication procedures as may be agreed upon in writing by Parties from time to time for purposes of enabling the Custodian to verify that purported Proper Instructions have been originated by an Authorized Person, and will include a Funds Transfer and Transaction Origination Policy Agreement.

Authorized Data Sources means third party sources of data and information utilized by the Custodian in the provision of the Services, including issuer and issuer group data; security characteristics and classifications; security prices (OTC and exchange traded); ratings (issuer and issue); exchange, interest, discount and coupon rates; corporate action, dividend, income and tax data; benchmark, index, composite and indice related data (including values, constituents, weights and performance); and other reference and market data and information necessary for the performance of the Services.

Authorized Person” means a person authorized to give Proper Instructions and otherwise act on the Client’s behalf in connection with this Agreement.

Business Day” means a day on which the Custodian or the relevant Subcustodian is open for business in the market or country in which a transaction or an action by a Party takes place.

Board” means, in relation to a Client, the board of directors, trustees or other governing body of the Client.

Cash” means cash in any currency from time to time deposited with the Custodian or Subcustodian under this Agreement.

Cash Account” has the meaning given to it in Section 4.1.

Client” means the party named in the preamble.

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

26


“Client Publications” means the general client publications of the Custodian from time to time available to clients and their investment managers, including the Investment Managers’ Guide, Client Guide, Guide to Custody in World Markets, and FX Client Guide.

“Collateral” has the meaning given to it in Section 23.1.

“Confidential Information” means all information provided by or on behalf of a party (the “Disclosing Party”) to the other party (the “Receiving Party”), or collected by a Receiving Party, under or pursuant to this Agreement that is marked “confidential”, “restricted”, “proprietary” or with a similar designation, or that the Receiving Party knows or reasonably should know is confidential, proprietary or a trade secret. The terms and conditions of this Agreement (including any related fee schedule or arrangement) and any Fees will be treated as Confidential Information as to which each Party is a Disclosing Party. Confidential Information will not include information that: (i) is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available, other than through a breach of this Agreement: (ii) was known to the Receiving Party (without an obligation of confidentiality) prior to its disclosure; (iii) is independently developed by the Receiving Party without the use of other Confidential Information; (iv) is rightfully obtained on a non-confidential basis from a third party source.

“Contractual Settlement” has the meaning given to it in Section 5.2.

“Corporate Actions” means warrant and option exercises, conversions, exchanges and other capital reorganizations, calls, odd lot tenders/credits, bonus rights, subscription offers/rights, puts, maturities of securities, redemptions, mergers, tender or exchange offers, and rights exercises and expirations. Corporate Actions do not include class actions.

Corporate Actions Deadline Date has the meaning given to it in Section 6.2.

Covered Foreign Country” means a country listed on Schedule A, which list of countries may be amended from time to time at the request of any Client and with the agreement of the Foreign Custody Manager.

CSD” or “Central Securities Depository” means an entity or generally recognised book-entry or other settlement system or clearing house, central clearing counterparty or agency, acting as a local securities depository, central securities depository or international securities depository, the use of which is customary for securities settlement activities in the jurisdiction(s) in which it holds Securities or Cash in connection with this Agreement, and through which the Custodian may transfer, settle, clear, deposit or maintain Securities whether in certificated or uncertificated form and will include any services provided by any network service provider or carriers or settlement banks used by a CSD.

Data” means any Confidential Information of the Client relating to its holdings, transactions or other information that the Custodian obtains with respect to the Client in connection with the provision of the Services under this Agreement or any other agreement.

Delegate” means any agent, subcontractor, consultant and other third party, whether affiliated or unaffiliated with the Custodian. The term Delegate does not include Subcustodians, CSDs, Authorized Data Sources, suppliers of information technology or related services, or Financial Market Utilities.

“Effective Date” has the meaning given to it in the preamble.

Eligible Foreign Custodian” has the meaning set out in Section (a)(1) of Rule 17f-5.

Eligible Securities Depository” has the meaning set out in section (b)(1) of Rule 17f-7.

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

27


Fees” means the fees charged by the Custodian in consideration for providing the Services and the costs, expenses and disbursements of the Custodian to be reimbursed by the Client, as agreed between the parties from time to time in a separate written fee schedule, or as otherwise agreed in writing.

Financial Market Utility means any multilateral system for transferring, clearing, and settling payments, securities, and other financial transactions among or between financial institutions, including payment systems, central securities depositories, securities settlement systems, central counterparties and trade repositories.

Force Majeure Event” means any event or circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the Custodian, including nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, suspension or disruption of the normal procedures and practices, or disruption of the infrastructure, of any securities market or CSD, interruptions in telecommunications or utilities, acts of war or terrorism, riots, revolution, acts of God or other similar events or acts.

Foreign Assets” means a Client’s Securities or other investments (including non-U.S. Cash) for which the primary market is outside the United States, and any cash and cash equivalents that are reasonably necessary to effect transactions in those investments.

Foreign Custody Manager” has the meaning set forth in section (a)(3) of Rule 17f-5.

Foreign Securities System” means an Eligible Securities Depository listed on Schedule B.

Indemnified Claim”, “Indemnified Party and Indemnifying Party each have the meaning given to them in Section 20.4.

Insolvency Event” means the occurrence of any of the following events in relation to any person: (i) the person generally does not pay its debts as such debts become due, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (ii) any proceeding is instituted by or against such person seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property and, where any such proceeding is instituted against (but not by) such person, such person does not promptly seek dismissal of such proceeding or its motion or request to dismiss such proceeding is denied (whether or not on an initial, interim or final basis); or (iii) such person proposes or takes any corporate action to authorize any of the preceding actions or anything analogous to the foregoing events occurs in relation to such person under the laws of any jurisdiction.

Investment Document means any agreement, subscription, assignment or other document evidencing in physical form an investment of the Client, or providing for the ownership by the Client, in each case that is acceptable to the Custodian. For the avoidance of doubt, it does not include any Security, instrument, certificate, title, agreement or other document that is accompanied by a stock power or instrument of assignment, endorsed to the Custodian or in blank.

Investment Manager” means each person specified as such by the Client, including its agents and delegates.

Law” means any statute, ordinance, order, judgment, decree, subordinate legislation, rule or regulation promulgated by any regulatory, administrative or judicial authority or otherwise in force in any jurisdiction, applicable to a Party, that relates to the performance by such Party of the Services or obligations under this Agreement.

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

28


Local Market Practice” means the customary or established practices, procedures and terms in the jurisdiction or market where a transaction occurs, including the rules and procedures of any exchange or over the counter market and any practical constraints that exist with respect to the exercise of shareholder rights, realisation of entitlements or the sale, exchange, purchase, transfer or delivery of Cash or Securities.

Losses” means all direct losses, damages, claims, costs, expenses or other liabilities (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and other litigation expenses).

Market Participant” means any issuer, intermediary, exchange, transaction counterparty or other market participant.

Off Book Cash” has the meaning given to it in Section 4.2.

On Book Cash” has the meaning given to it in Section 4.2.

Parties” means the parties set out at the beginning of this Agreement.

Portfolio” means the Securities and Cash delivered to and held by the Custodian which comprise the assets of the Client over which the Custodian provides the Services pursuant to this Agreement.

Proper Instructions” means instructions (which may be standing instructions and which includes any security trade advice) received by the Custodian through an agreed Authentication Procedure in any of the following forms:

 

(i)

in writing given by an Authorized Person including a facsimile transmission;

 

(ii)

in an electronic communication as may be agreed upon between the Custodian and the Client in writing from time to time; or

 

(i)

by such other means as may be agreed from time to time by the Custodian and the Client .

Rule 17f-4, Rule 17f-5, and Rule17f-7” means Rule 17f-4, Rule 17f-5 and Rule 17f-7 promulgated under the 1940 Act.

Schedule” or “Schedules” are all of the schedules referenced herein and attached to this Agreement.

“Secured Liabilities” means all liabilities or obligations owed by the Client to the Custodian or its Affiliates relating to this Agreement, including: (a) the obligations of the Client to the Custodian or its Affiliates in relation to any advance of cash or securities or any other extension of credit for any purpose; (b) the obligations of the Client to compensate the Custodian for the provision of the Services; and (c) the indemnity obligations of the Client to the Custodian under Section 20.

Securities” means securities and such other similar assets as the Custodian may from time to time accept into custody under this Agreement.

Securities Account” has the meaning given to it in Section 3.2.

Services” means the services to be provided by the Custodian to the Client in accordance with this Agreement.

Special Subcustodian” has the meaning given to it in Section 14.3.

Subcustodian” means any qualified bank, credit institution, trust company or other entity appointed by the Custodian to perform safekeeping, processing and other elements of the Services, including Affiliates or non-Affiliates of the Custodian.

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

29


Third Party Agent” means any provider of services to the Client (other than the Custodian, a Subcustodian or Delegate under this Agreement) including any Investment Manager, adviser or sub-advisor, distributor, broker, dealer, transfer agent, administrator, accounting agent, audit firm, tax firm, or law firm.

UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, as in effect from time to time.

U.S.” shall mean the United States of America.

U.S. CSD” means a CSD authorized by the U.S. Department of the Treasury or a “clearing corporation” as defined in Section 8-102 of the UCC.

Interpretation: Capitalised terms used in this Agreement have the meanings given to them in this Schedule 1 unless otherwise defined. In this Agreement references to “persons” will include legal as well as natural persons or entities, references importing the singular will include the plural (and vice versa), use of the masculine pronoun will include the feminine, use of the terms “include”, “includes” or “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation” and any specific examples given following the use of such terms shall be illustrative and in no way limit the general meaning of the words preceding them and numbered schedules, exhibits or Sections will (unless the contrary intention appears) be construed as references to such schedules and exhibits hereto and Sections herein bearing those numbers and any sub-sections thereof. The schedules and exhibits hereto are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

30


Schedule 2

Notices

(Section 29)

 

CUSTODIAN:    STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY]
Attention:    Senior Vice President – Custody Operations
CC:    Legal Department
Address:    [•]
Telephone No:    [•]
Email:    [•] [Use a corporate inbox e-mail only—-no individual e-mail addresses]
CLIENT:    APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC
Attention:    [•]
Address:    [•]
Telephone No:    [•]
Email:    [•]

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

31


Appendix A

List of Client Entities

 

Fund Name

  

Jurisdiction of Formation

Apollo Debt Solutions BDC

   Delaware

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

32


Appendix B

QFC Addendum

Opt-In to U.S. Special Resolution Regime. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other agreement, the parties hereto expressly acknowledge and agree that:

(a) In the event the Custodian becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer or assignment of this Agreement (and any interest and obligation in or under, and any property securing, this Agreement) by the Custodian will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement (and any interest and obligation in or under, and any property securing, this Agreement) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States; and

(b) In the event the Custodian becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights with respect to this Agreement that may be exercised against the Custodian are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than the Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement (and any interest and obligation in or under, and any property securing, this Agreement) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

Adherence to the ISDA Protocol. At such times as the parties to this Agreement have adhered to the ISDA Protocol and this Agreement is or is deemed modified or amended by the ISDA Protocol, the terms of the ISDA Protocol will supersede the terms of this QFC Addendum as included as part of this Agreement, and in the event of any inconsistency between this QFC Addendum and the ISDA Protocol, the ISDA Protocol will prevail.

Definitions. As used in this QFC Addendum:

“Affiliate” has the meaning given in section 2(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. §1841(k)) and section 225.2(a) of the Federal Reserve Board’s Regulation Y (12 CFR § 225.2(a)).

“Default Right” means any:

(i) right of a party, whether contractual or otherwise (including, without limitation, rights incorporated by reference to any other contract, agreement, or document, and rights afforded by statute, civil code, regulation, and common law), to liquidate, terminate, cancel, rescind, or accelerate such agreement or transactions thereunder, set off or net amounts owing in respect thereto (except rights related to same-day payment netting), exercise remedies in respect of collateral or other credit support or property related thereto (including the purchase and sale of property), demand payment or delivery thereunder or in respect thereof (other than a right or operation of a contractual provision arising solely from a change in the value of collateral or margin or a change in the amount of an economic exposure), suspend, delay, or defer payment or performance thereunder, or modify the obligations of a party thereunder, or any similar rights; and

(ii) right or contractual provision that alters the amount of collateral or margin that must be provided with respect to an exposure thereunder, including by altering any initial amount, threshold amount, variation margin, minimum transfer amount, the margin value of collateral, or any similar amount, that entitles a party to demand the return of any collateral or margin transferred by it to the other party or a custodian or that modifies a transferee’s right to reuse collateral or margin (if such right previously existed), or any similar rights, in each case, other than a right or operation of a contractual provision arising solely from a change in the value of collateral or margin or a change in the amount of an economic exposure.

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

33


“ISDA” refers to the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.

“ISDA Protocol” means the ISDA 2018 U.S. Resolution Stay Protocol as published by ISDA as of July 31, 2018.

“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. §1811–1835a) and regulations promulgated thereunder and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (12 U.S.C. § 5381–5394) and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access

 

34

Exhibit (k)(1)

ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) made as of [ ], 2021 by and between Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, a Delaware statutory trust (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), and Apollo Credit Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (hereinafter referred to as the “Administrator”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company is a newly organized closed-end management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (hereinafter referred to as the “Investment Company Act”);

WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain the Administrator to provide administrative services to the Company in the manner and on the terms hereinafter set forth;

WHEREAS, the Company’s investment adviser, Apollo Credit Management, LLC (the “Adviser”), is the Administrator’s sole member; and

WHEREAS, the Administrator is willing to provide administrative services to the Company on the terms and conditions hereafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants hereinafter contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Administrator hereby agree as follows:

 

1.

Duties of the Administrator

(a) Employment of Administrator. The Company hereby employs the Administrator to act as administrator of the Company, and to furnish, or arrange for others to furnish, the administrative services, personnel and facilities described below, subject to review by and the


overall control of the Board of Trustees of the Company (the “Board”), for the period and on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The Administrator hereby accepts such employment and agrees during such period to render, or arrange for the rendering of, such services and to assume the obligations herein set forth subject to the reimbursement of costs and expenses provided for below. The Administrator and such others shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be independent contractors and shall, unless otherwise expressly provided or authorized herein, have no authority to act for or represent the Company in any way or otherwise be deemed agents of the Company.

(b) Services. The Administrator shall perform (or oversee, or arrange for, the performance of) the administrative services necessary for the operation of the Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator shall provide the Company with office facilities, equipment, clerical, bookkeeping and record keeping services at such facilities and such other services as the Administrator, subject to review by the Board, shall from time to time determine to be necessary or useful to perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Administrator shall also, on behalf of the Company, conduct relations with custodians, depositories, transfer agents, dividend disbursing agents, other shareholder servicing agents, accountants, attorneys, underwriters, brokers and dealers, corporate fiduciaries, insurers, banks and such other persons in any such other capacity deemed to be necessary or desirable. The Administrator shall make reports to the Trustees of its performance of obligations hereunder and furnish advice and recommendations with respect to such other aspects of the business and affairs of the Company as it shall determine to be desirable; provided that nothing herein shall be construed to require the Administrator to, and the Administrator shall not, provide any advice or recommendation relating to the securities and other assets that the Company should purchase,

 

2


retain or sell or any other investment advisory services to the Company. The Administrator shall be responsible for the financial and other records that the Company is required to maintain and shall prepare reports to shareholders, and reports and other materials filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The Administrator will provide on the Company’s behalf significant managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which the Company is required to provide such assistance. In addition, the Administrator will assist the Company in determining and publishing the Company’s net asset value, overseeing the preparation and filing of the Company’s tax returns, and the printing and dissemination of reports to shareholders of the Company, and generally overseeing the payment of the Company’s expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to the Company by others. For the avoidance of any doubt, the parties agree that the Administrator is authorized to enter into one or more sub-administration agreements as the Administrator determines necessary in order to carry out the services set forth in this paragraph, subject to the prior approval of the Company.

 

2.

Records

The Administrator agrees to maintain and keep all books, accounts and other records of the Company that relate to activities performed by the Administrator hereunder and, if required by the Investment Company Act, will maintain and keep such books, accounts and records in accordance with that Act. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the Investment Company Act, the Administrator agrees that all records which it maintains for the Company shall at all times remain the property of the Company, shall be readily accessible during normal business hours, and shall be promptly surrendered upon the termination of the Agreement or otherwise on written request. The Administrator further agrees that all records which it maintains for the Company pursuant to Rule 31a-1 under the Investment Company Act will be preserved for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the Investment Company Act unless any such records are earlier surrendered as provided above. Records shall be surrendered in usable machine-readable form. The Administrator shall have the right to retain copies of such records subject to observance of its confidentiality obligations under this Agreement.

 

3


3.

Confidentiality

The parties hereto agree that each shall treat confidentially all information provided by each party to the other regarding its business and operations. All confidential information provided by a party hereto, including nonpublic personal information pursuant to Regulation S-P of the SEC, shall be used by any other party hereto solely for the purpose of rendering services pursuant to this Agreement and, except as may be required in carrying out this Agreement, shall not be disclosed to any third party, without the prior consent of such providing party. The foregoing shall not be applicable to any information that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available other than through a breach of this Agreement, or that is required to be disclosed by any regulatory authority, any authority or legal counsel of the parties hereto, by judicial or administrative process or otherwise by applicable law or regulation.

 

4.

Compensation; Allocation of Costs and Expenses

In full consideration of the provision of the services of the Administrator, the Company shall reimburse the Administrator for the costs and expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations including the Company’s allocable portion of the costs and expenses of providing personnel and facilities hereunder. Except as specifically provided herein or otherwise in the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Company and the Adviser (the “Advisory Agreement”), the Company anticipates that all investment professionals and staff of the Adviser, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory services to the Company, and the base compensation, bonus and benefits, and the routine overhead expenses, of such personnel allocable to such services, will be provided and paid for by the Adviser. The Company will bear all other costs and expenses of the Company’s operations, administration and transactions, including, but not limited to:

 

4


(a) investment advisory fees, including management fees and incentive fees, to the Adviser, pursuant to the Advisory Agreement;

(b) the Company’s allocable portion of compensation, overhead (including rent, office equipment and utilities) and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its administrative obligations under this Agreement, including but not limited to: (i) the Company’s chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs; (ii) investor relations, legal, operations and other non-investment professionals at the Administrator that perform duties for the Company; and (iii) any internal audit group personnel of Apollo Global Management, Inc. (“Apollo”) or any of its affiliates; and

(c) all other expenses of the Company’s operations, administration and transactions including, without limitation, those relating to:

(i) organization and offering expenses associated with this offering (including legal, accounting, printing, mailing, subscription processing and filing fees and expenses and other offering expenses, including costs associated with technology integration between the Company’s systems and those of the Company’s participating intermediaries, reasonable bona fide due diligence expenses of participating intermediaries supported by detailed and itemized invoices, costs in connection with preparing sales materials and other marketing expenses, design and website expenses, fees and expenses of the Company’s escrow agent and transfer agent, fees to attend retail seminars sponsored by participating intermediaries and costs, expenses and reimbursements for travel, meals, accommodations, entertainment and other similar expenses related to meetings or events with prospective investors, intermediaries, registered investment advisors or financial or other advisors, but excluding the shareholder servicing fee);

 

5


(ii) all taxes, fees, costs, and expenses, retainers and/or other payments of accountants, legal counsel, advisors (including tax advisors), administrators and sub-administrators, auditors (including with respect to any additional auditing required under The Directive 2011/61/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2011 on Alternative Investment Fund Managers and any applicable legislation implemented by an EEA Member state in connection with such Directive (the “AIFMD”), investment bankers, administrative agents, paying agents, depositaries, custodians, trustees, sub-custodians, consultants (including individuals consulted through expert network consulting firms), engineers, senior advisors, industry experts, operating partners, deal sourcers (including personnel dedicated to but not employed by the Administrator, its affiliates in Apollo), and other professionals (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the costs and charges allocable with respect to the provision of internal legal, tax, accounting, technology or other services and professionals related thereto (including secondees and temporary personnel or consultants that may be engaged on short- or long-term arrangements) as deemed appropriate by the Administrator, with the oversight of the Board, where such internal personnel perform services that would be paid by the Company if outside service providers provided the same services); fees, costs, and expenses herein include (x) costs, expenses and fees for hours spent by its in-house attorneys and tax advisors that provide transactional legal advice and/or services to the Company or its portfolio companies on matters related to potential or actual investments and transactions and the ongoing operations of the Company and (y) expenses and fees to provide administrative and accounting services to the Company or its portfolio companies, and expenses,

 

6


charges and/or related costs incurred directly by the Company or affiliates in connection such services (including overhead related thereto), in each case, (I) that are specifically charged or specifically allocated or attributed by the Administrator, with the oversight of the Board, to the Company or its portfolio companies and (II) provided that any such amounts shall not be greater than what would be paid to an unaffiliated third party for substantially similar advice and/or services);

(iii) the cost of calculating the Company’s net asset value, including the cost of any third-party valuation services;

(iv) the cost of effecting any sales and repurchases of the Company’s common shares of beneficial interest and other securities;

(v) fees and expenses payable under any intermediary manager and selected intermediary agreements, if any;

(vi) interest and fees and expenses arising out of all borrowings, guarantees and other financings or derivative transactions (including interest, fees and related legal expenses) made or entered into by the Company, including, but not limited to, the arranging thereof and related legal expenses;

(vii) all fees, costs and expenses of any loan servicers and other service providers and of any custodians, lenders, investment banks and other financing sources;

(viii) costs incurred in connection with the formation or maintenance of entities or vehicles to hold the Company’s assets for tax or other purposes;

 

7


(ix) costs of derivatives and hedging;

(x) expenses, including travel, entertainment, lodging and meal expenses, incurred by the Adviser, or members of its investment team, or payable to third parties, in evaluating, developing, negotiating, structuring and performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies, including such expenses related to potential investments that were not consummated, and, if necessary, enforcing the Company’s rights;

(xi) expenses (including the allocable portions of compensation and out-of-pocket expenses such as travel expenses) or an appropriate portion thereof of employees of the Adviser to the extent such expenses relate to attendance at meetings of the Board or any committees thereof;

(xii) all fees, costs and expenses, if any, incurred by or on behalf of the Company in developing, negotiating and structuring prospective or potential investments that are not ultimately made, including, without limitation any legal, tax, administrative, accounting, travel, meals, accommodations and entertainment, advisory, consulting and printing expenses, reverse termination fees and any liquidated damages, commitment fees that become payable in connection with any proposed investment that is not ultimately made, forfeited deposits or similar payments;

(xiii) the allocated costs incurred by the Administrator in providing managerial assistance to those portfolio companies that request it;

(xiv) all brokerage costs, hedging costs, prime brokerage fees, custodial expenses, agent bank and other bank service fees; private placement fees, commissions, appraisal fees,

 

8


commitment fees and underwriting costs; costs and expenses of any lenders, investment banks and other financing sources, and other investment costs, fees and expenses actually incurred in connection with evaluating, making, holding, settling, clearing, monitoring or disposing of actual investments (including, without limitation, travel, meals, accommodations and entertainment expenses and any expenses related to attending trade association and/or industry meetings, conferences or similar meetings, any costs or expenses relating to currency conversion in the case of investments denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars) and expenses arising out of trade settlements (including any delayed compensation expenses);

(xv) investment costs, including all fees, costs and expenses incurred in sourcing, evaluating, developing, negotiating, structuring, trading (including trading errors), settling, monitoring and holding prospective or actual investments or investment strategies including, without limitation, any financing, legal, filing, auditing, tax, accounting, compliance, loan administration, travel, meals, accommodations and entertainment, advisory, consulting, engineering, data-related and other professional fees, costs and expenses in connection therewith (to the extent the Adviser is not reimbursed by a prospective or actual issuer of the applicable investment or other third parties or capitalized as part of the acquisition price of the transaction) and any fees, costs and expenses related to the organization or maintenance of any vehicle through which the Company directly or indirectly participates in the acquisition, holding and/or disposition of investments or which otherwise facilitate the Company’s investment activities, including without limitation any travel and accommodations expenses related to such vehicle and the salary and benefits of any personnel (including personnel of Adviser or its affiliates) reasonably necessary and/or advisable for the maintenance and operation of such vehicle, or other overhead expenses (including any fees, costs and expenses associated with the leasing of office space (which may be made with one or more affiliates of Apollo as lessor in connection therewith));

 

9


(xvi) transfer agent, dividend agent and custodial fees;

(xvii) fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts;

(xviii) federal and state registration fees, franchise fees, any stock exchange listing fees and fees payable to rating agencies;

(xix) independent trustees’ fees and expenses including reasonable travel, entertainment, lodging and meal expenses, and any legal counsel or other advisors retained by, or at the discretion or for the benefit of, the independent trustees;

(xx) costs of preparing financial statements and maintaining books and records, costs of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 compliance and attestation and costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents with the SEC, Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and other regulatory bodies and other reporting and compliance costs, including registration and exchange listing and the costs associated with reporting and compliance obligations under the Investment Company Act and any other applicable federal and state securities laws, and the compensation of professionals responsible for the foregoing;

(xxi) all fees, costs and expenses associated with the preparation and issuance of the Company’s periodic reports and related statements (e.g., financial statements and tax returns) and other internal and third-party printing (including a flat service fee), publishing (including time spent performing such printing and publishing services) and reporting-related expenses

 

10


(including other notices and communications) in respect of the Company and its activities (including internal expenses, charges and/or related costs incurred, charged or specifically attributed or allocated by the Company or the Adviser or its affiliates in connection with such provision of services thereby);

(xxii) the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to shareholders (including printing and mailing costs) and the costs of any shareholder or Trustee meetings;

(xxiii) proxy voting expenses;

(xxiv) costs associated with an exchange listing;

(xxv) costs of registration rights granted to certain investors;

(xxvi) any taxes and/or tax-related interest, fees or other governmental charges (including any penalties incurred where the Adviser lacks sufficient information from third parties to file a timely and complete tax return) levied against the Company and all expenses incurred in connection with any tax audit, investigation, litigation, settlement or review of the Company and the amount of any judgments, fines, remediation or settlements paid in connection therewith;

(xxvii) all fees, costs and expenses of any litigation, arbitration or audit involving the Company any vehicle or its portfolio companies and the amount of any judgments, assessments fines, remediations or settlements paid in connection therewith, trustees and officers, liability or other insurance (including costs of title insurance) and indemnification (including advancement of any fees, costs or expenses to persons entitled to indemnification) or extraordinary expense or liability relating to the affairs of the Company;

 

11


(xxviii) all fees, costs and expenses associated with the Company’s information, obtaining and maintaining technology (including the costs of any professional service providers), hardware/software, data-related communication, market data and research (including news and quotation equipment and services and including costs allocated by the Adviser’s or its affiliates’ internal and third-party research group (which are generally based on time spent, assets under management, usage rates, proportionate holdings or a combination thereof or other reasonable methods determined by the Administrator) and expenses and fees (including compensation costs) charged or specifically attributed or allocated by Adviser and/or its affiliates for data-related services provided to the Company and/or its portfolio companies (including in connection with prospective investments), each including expenses, charges, fees and/or related costs of an internal nature; provided, that any such expenses, charges or related costs shall not be greater than what would be paid to an unaffiliated third party for substantially similar services) reporting costs (which includes notices and other communications and internally allocated charges), and dues and expenses incurred in connection with membership in industry or trade organizations;

(xxix) the costs of specialty and custom software for monitoring risk, compliance and the overall portfolio, including any development costs incurred prior to the filing of the Company’s election to be treated as a BDC;

(xxx) costs associated with individual or group shareholders;

(xxxi) fidelity bond, trustees and officers errors and omissions liability insurance and other insurance premiums;

(xxxii) direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, copying and secretarial and other staff;

 

12


(xxxiii) all fees, costs and expenses of winding up and liquidating the Company’s assets;

(xxxiv) extraordinary expenses (such as litigation or indemnification);

(xxxv) all fees, costs and expenses related to compliance-related matters (such as developing and implementing specific policies and procedures in order to comply with certain regulatory requirements) and regulatory filings; notices or disclosures related to the Company’s activities (including, without limitation, expenses relating to the preparation and filing of filings required under the Securities Act, TIC Form SLT filings, Internal Revenue Service filings under FATCA and FBAR reporting requirements applicable to the Company or reports to be filed with the CFTC, reports, disclosures, filings and notifications prepared in connection with the laws and/or regulations of jurisdictions in which the Company engages in activities, including any notices, reports and/or filings required under the AIFMD, European Securities and Markets Authority and any related regulations, and other regulatory filings, notices or disclosures of the Adviser relating to the Company and its affiliates relating to the Company, and their activities) and/or other regulatory filings, notices or disclosures of the Adviser and its affiliates relating to the Company including those pursuant to applicable disclosure laws and expenses relating to FOIA requests, but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any expenses incurred for general compliance and regulatory matters that are not related to the Company and its activities;

(xxxvi) costs and expenses (including travel) in connection with the diligence and oversight of the Company’s service providers;

(xxxvii) costs and expenses, including travel, meals, accommodations, entertainment and other similar expenses, incurred by the Adviser or its affiliates for meetings with existing investors and any intermediaries, registered investment advisors, financial and other advisors representing such existing investors; and

 

13


(xxxviii) all other expenses incurred by the Administrator in connection with administering the Company’s business.

From time to time, the Adviser, the Administrator or their affiliates may pay third-party providers of goods or services. The Company will reimburse the Adviser, the Administrator or such affiliates thereof for any such amounts paid on the Company’s behalf. From time to time, the Adviser or the Administrator may defer or waive fees and/or rights to be reimbursed for expenses.

All of the foregoing expenses will ultimately be borne by the Company’s shareholders.

Costs and expenses of the Administrator and the Adviser that are eligible for reimbursement by the Company will be reasonably allocated to the Company on the basis of time spent, assets under management, usage rates, proportionate holdings, a combination thereof or other reasonable methods determined by the Administrator.

 

5.

Limitation of Liability of the Administrator; Indemnification

The Administrator (and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members, and any other person or entity affiliated with the Administrator, including without limitation its sole member, the Adviser) shall not be liable to the Company for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Administrator in connection with the performance of any of its duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as administrator for the Company, and the Company shall indemnify, defend and protect the Administrator (and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members, and any other person or entity affiliated with the Administrator, including without limitation the Adviser, each

 

14


of whom shall be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof) (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) and hold them harmless from and against all damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) incurred by the Indemnified Parties in or by reason of any pending, threatened or completed action, suit, investigation or other proceeding (including an action or suit by or in the right of the Company or its security holders) arising out of or otherwise based upon the performance of any of the Administrator’s duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as administrator for the Company. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence of this Paragraph 5 to the contrary, nothing contained herein shall protect or be deemed to protect the Indemnified Parties against or entitle or be deemed to entitle the Indemnified Parties to indemnification in respect of, any liability to the Company or its security holders to which the Indemnified Parties would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of the Administrator’s duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of the Administrator’s duties and obligations under this Agreement (to the extent applicable, as the same shall be determined in accordance with the Investment Company Act and any interpretations or guidance by the SEC or its staff thereunder).

An Indemnified Party shall be entitled to advances from the Company for payment of the reasonable expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the matter as to which it is seeking indemnification in the manner and to the fullest extent permissible under law. Prior to any such advance, the Indemnified Party shall provide to the Company a written affirmation of its good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Company has been met and a written undertaking to repay any such advance if it should ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been

 

15


met. In addition, at least one of the following additional conditions shall be met: (a) the Indemnified Party shall provide a security in form and amount acceptable to the Company for its undertaking; (b) the Company is insured against losses arising by reason of the advance; or (c) a majority of a quorum of disinterested non-party trustees or independent legal counsel, in a written opinion, shall have determined, based on a review of facts readily available to the Company at the time the advance is proposed to be made, that there is reason to believe that the Indemnified Party will ultimately be found to be entitled to indemnification

 

6.

Activities of the Administrator

The services of the Administrator to the Company are not to be deemed to be exclusive, and the Administrator and each affiliate is free to render services to others. It is understood that trustees, officers, employees and shareholders of the Company are or may become interested in the Administrator and its affiliates, as directors, officers, members, managers, employees, partners, shareholders or otherwise, and that the Administrator and directors, officers, members, managers, employees, partners and shareholders of the Administrator and its affiliates are or may become similarly interested in the Company as shareholders or otherwise.

 

7.

Duration and Termination of this Agreement

This Agreement will become effective as of [ ], 2021. This Agreement shall remain in force with respect to the Company for two years from the date of effectiveness, and thereafter continue from year to year, but only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (i) the Board and (ii) a majority of those Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of any such party.

 

16


This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by vote of the Trustees of the Company, or by the Administrator, upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party. This Agreement may not be assigned by a party without the consent of the other party.

 

8.

Amendments of this Agreement

This Agreement may be amended pursuant to a written instrument by mutual consent of the parties.

 

9.

Governing Law

This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with laws of the State of New York and the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act, if any. To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of New York, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act, if any, the latter shall control.

 

10.

Entire Agreement

This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

11.

Notices

Any notice under this Agreement shall be given in writing, addressed and delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, to the other party at its principal office.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC
By:    

Name:

 

Joseph D. Glatt

Title:

 

Trustee

APOLLO CREDIT MANAGEMENT, LLC
By:    

Name:

 

Joseph D. Glatt

Title:

 

Vice President

 

18

Exhibit (k)(2)

FORM OF ESCROW AGREEMENT

THIS ESCROW AGREEMENT (this “Escrow Agreement”), dated as of [     ], 2021, is entered into by and among Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Fund”), Apollo Global Securities, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as intermediary manager for the Fund (the “Intermediary Manager”), and UMB Bank, N.A., as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”).

WHEREAS, the Fund is registering for sale in a public offering (the “Offering”) a maximum of $5,000,000,000 in shares of its shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value per share, consisting of Class D common shares, Class I common shares and Class S common shares (collectively, the “Shares”), pursuant to the Fund’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. [to be provided]), as amended from time to time;

WHEREAS, the Intermediary Manager has been engaged by the Fund to offer and sell the Shares on a best-efforts basis in the Offering through a network of participating brokers (the “Brokers”);

WHEREAS, the Fund and the Intermediary Manager desire to establish an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) as further described herein and to deposit funds contributed by subscribers subscribing to purchase Shares (“Subscribers”) with the Escrow Agent in the Escrow Account, to be held for the benefit of the Subscribers and the Fund until such time as subscriptions for the Minimum Amount (as defined below) has been deposited into the Escrow Account in accordance with the terms of this Escrow Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Fund hereby directs the Escrow Agent to engage DST Systems, Inc. (the “Processing Agent”) to receive, examine for “good order” and facilitate subscriptions into the Escrow Account as further described herein and to act as record keeper, maintaining on behalf of the Escrow Agent the ownership records for the Escrow Account; and

WHEREAS, the Escrow Agent is willing to accept appointment as escrow agent upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth above and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.

Escrow of Subscriber Funds.

(a) On or before the commencement of the Offering, the Fund shall establish the Escrow Account with the Escrow Agent, which shall be entitled “UMB Bank, N.A., as Escrow Agent for Apollo Debt Solutions BDC” All funds received from Subscribers in payment for the Shares (“Subscriber Funds”) which comply with the instructions set forth in Section 2(a) will be delivered to the Escrow Agent promptly following the day upon which such Subscriber Funds are received by the Processing Agent and such subscription is accepted by the Fund, and shall, upon receipt of good and collected funds by the Escrow Agent, be retained in the Escrow Account for the benefit of the Subscribers and the Fund by the Escrow Agent and invested as stated below. Subscriber Funds also may be wired directly to the Escrow Account using wire instructions provided by the Escrow Agent. Such Subscriber Funds shall be retained in the Escrow Account by the Escrow Agent and shall be deposited within one (1) business day of receipt. The Subscriber Funds shall not be held by the Intermediary Manager at any time.

(b) The Subscriber Funds held in the Escrow Account shall remain uninvested.

(c) Escrow Agent shall have no duty to make any disbursement, investment or other use of Subscriber Funds until and unless it has good and collected funds. In the event that any checks deposited


in the Escrow Account are returned or prove uncollectible after the funds represented thereby have been released by the Escrow Agent, then the Fund shall promptly reimburse the Escrow Agent for any and all reasonable costs incurred for such, upon request, and the Escrow Agent shall deliver the returned checks to the Fund. The Escrow Agent shall be under no duty or responsibility to enforce collection of any check delivered to it hereunder. The Escrow Agent reserves the right to deny, suspend or terminate participation by a Subscriber to the extent the Escrow Agent deems it advisable or necessary to comply with applicable laws.

 

2.

Operation of the Escrow.

(a) Until such time as the Fund has received subscriptions for Shares resulting in gross subscription proceeds equal to the Minimum Offering (as defined below) and the funds in the Escrow Account are disbursed from the Escrow Account in accordance with Section 2(b) hereof, Subscribers will be instructed to make checks, drafts, wires, Automated Clearing House (ACH) or money orders (“Instruments of Payment”) for subscriptions payable to the order of “UMB Bank, N.A., as Escrow Agent for Apollo Debt Solutions BDC”. Instruments of Payment for the purchase price shall be remitted to the address designated for the receipt of such agreements and Instruments of Payment. Any Instruments of Payment made payable to a party other than the Escrow Agent shall be returned to the Fund or the Broker who submitted such Instrument of Payment. When the Broker’s internal supervisory procedures are conducted at the site at which the Instruments of Payment and the Subscription Materials (as defined below) are initially received by the Broker, by the end of the next business day after receipt of any Instruments of Payment and Subscription Materials, the Broker will send to the Escrow Agent such Instruments of Payment along with each Subscriber’s name, address, executed IRS Form W-9, number and class of Shares purchased and purchase price remitted and any other subscription documentation (the “Subscription Materials”). When the Broker’s internal supervisory procedures are conducted at a different location (the “Final Review Office”), the Broker shall transmit the Instruments of Payment and the Subscription Materials to the Final Review Office by the end of the next business day after receipt of any Instruments of Payment and Subscription Materials, and then the Final Review Office will, by the end of the next business day following its receipt of the Instruments of Payment and the Subscription Materials, forward the Instruments of Payment to the Escrow Agent. To the extent that payments are remitted by the Processing Agent, the Fund, the Intermediary Manager or a Broker, the Processing Agent, the Fund, the Intermediary Manager or a Broker, as applicable, will furnish to the Escrow Agent a list detailing information regarding such subscriptions as set forth in Exhibit A. The Processing Agent will promptly deliver all monies received in good order from Subscribers (or from the Fund, the Intermediary Manager or Brokers transmitting monies and subscriptions from Subscribers) for the payment of Shares to the Escrow Agent for deposit in the Escrow Account. Deposits shall be held in the Escrow Account until such funds are disbursed in accordance with Section 2. Prior to disbursement of the funds deposited in the Escrow Account, such funds shall not be subject to claims by creditors of the Fund or any of its affiliates. If any of the Instruments of Payment are returned to the Escrow Agent for nonpayment prior to the satisfaction of the Minimum Amount, the Escrow Agent shall promptly notify the Processing Agent and the Fund in writing via mail, email or facsimile of such nonpayment, and the Escrow Agent is authorized to debit the Escrow Account, as applicable, in the amount of such returned payment as well as any interest earned on the amount of such payment and the Processing Agent shall delete the appropriate account from the records maintained by the Processing Agent. The Processing Agent will maintain a written account of each sale, which account shall set forth, among other things, the following information: (i) the Subscriber’s name and address, (ii) the number and class of Shares purchased by such Subscriber, and (iii) the amount paid by such Subscriber for such Shares. Prior to the satisfaction of the Minimum Amount, neither the Fund nor the Intermediary Manager will be entitled to any funds received into the Escrow Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the satisfaction of the Minimum Amount, upon the written request of a Subscriber (which may be delivered by the Fund or Intermediary Manager) to withdraw their purchase order and request a full refund, the Escrow Agent shall disburse directly to such Subscriber the principal amount of the subscription payment from such Subscriber received by the Escrow Agent.

 

2


(b) If at any time on or prior to the Expiration Date (as defined below), the subscription proceeds received by the Escrow Agent are equal to or greater than the sale of 4,000,000 Shares, excluding Shares purchased by the Fund’s sponsor, its affiliates and the Fund’s officers and trustees (“Minimum Amount”), the Fund, at a time determined by the Fund’s board of trustees, shall deliver to the Escrow Agent a written instruction from an officer of the Fund stating that the Minimum Amount has been timely raised and authorizing the delivery of all Subscriber Funds in the Escrow Account to the Fund. Thereafter, the Escrow Agent shall (i) promptly disburse to or at the written direction of the Fund, by check or wire transfer, the funds in the Escrow Account representing the principal amount of the gross subscription payments from Subscribers received by the Escrow Agent; provided, however, that the Escrow Agent shall not disburse those funds of a Subscriber whose subscription has been rejected or rescinded of which the Escrow Agent has been notified in writing by the Fund, or otherwise in accordance with the Fund’s written request.

(c) After the satisfaction of the provisions of this Section 2 with respect to the disbursement of funds, in the event that the Fund receives subscriptions made payable to the Escrow Agent, subscription proceeds may continue to be received in the Escrow Account, but to the extent that the process shall not be subject to escrow due to the Fund reaching the Minimum Amount, and at the written instruction of the Fund to the Escrow Agent, shall be disbursed as directed by the Fund. The terms of this Section 2(c) shall survive the assignment or termination of this Escrow Agreement and the resignation or removal of the Escrow Agent.

(d) If, as of the close of business on the one year anniversary of the commencement of the Offering (the “Expiration Date”), the funds in the Escrow Account do not equal or exceed the Minimum Amount, within ten (10) days following the Expiration Date, the Fund or Intermediary Manager will give written notice of such occurrence and the Escrow Agent shall promptly thereafter receipt of such written notice return directly to each Subscriber (i) by check or wire transfer, the Subscriber Funds deposited in the Escrow Account on behalf of such Subscriber (unless earlier disbursed in accordance with this Escrow Agreement), or (ii) the Instruments of Payment delivered to the Escrow Agent with respect to such Subscriber’s subscription if such Instrument of Payment has not been processed for collection prior to such time, in either case. The Escrow Agent shall not be required to remit any payments until the Escrow Agent has collected funds represented by such payments.

 

3.

Identity of Subscribers.

The Fund, Processing Agent or the Intermediary Manager shall furnish to the Escrow Agent with each delivery of an Instrument of Payment, a list of the Subscribers who have paid for the Shares showing the name, address, tax identification number, amount and class of Shares subscribed for and the amount paid and deposited with the Escrow Agent. This information comprising the identity of Subscribers shall be provided to the Escrow Agent in the format set forth on Exhibit A to this Escrow Agreement (the “List of Subscribers”). All Subscriber Funds so deposited shall not be subject to any liens or charges by the Fund, the Intermediary Manager or the Escrow Agent, or judgments or creditors’ claims against the Fund, until released to the Fund as hereinafter provided. The Fund understands and agrees that the Fund shall not be entitled to any Subscriber Funds on deposit in the Escrow Account and no such funds shall become the property of the Fund except when released to the Fund pursuant to this Escrow Agreement. Subject to Section 6(g), the Fund, the Intermediary Manager and the Escrow Agent will treat all Subscriber information as confidential. The Escrow Agent shall not be required to accept any funds from Subscribers that are not accompanied by the information on the List of Subscribers.

 

3


4.

Rejected Subscriptions.

In the event the Escrow Agent receives written notice from the Fund or the Intermediary Manager that the Fund or Intermediary Manager has rejected a Subscriber’s subscription, the Escrow Agent shall pay directly to the applicable Subscriber, within ten (10) business days after receiving notice of the rejection, by first class United States Mail at the address appearing on the List of Subscribers, or at such other address or wire instructions as are furnished to the Escrow Agent by the Subscriber in writing, all collected sums paid by the Subscriber for Shares and received by the Escrow Agent.

 

5.

Term of Escrow.

Unless otherwise provided in this Escrow Agreement, final termination of this Escrow Agreement shall occur on the earliest of the date that (a) all funds held in the Escrow Account are distributed either to the Fund or to Subscribers and the Fund has informed the Escrow Agent in writing to close the Escrow Account, (b) all funds held in the Escrow Account are distributed to a successor escrow agent upon written instructions from the Fund or (c) the Escrow Agent receives written notice from the Fund or the Intermediary Manager that the Fund terminated the Offering and any funds held in the Escrow Account are distributed in accordance with this Escrow Agreement. After the termination of this Escrow Agreement, the Fund and the Intermediary Manager shall not deposit, and the Escrow Agent shall not accept, any additional amounts representing payments by prospective Subscribers.

 

6.

Duty and Limitation on Liability of the Escrow Agent.

(a) The Escrow Agent’s rights and responsibilities shall be governed solely by this Escrow Agreement. The Escrow Agent shall at all times comply with applicable securities or other laws in performing its duties pursuant to this Escrow Agreement provided the Escrow Agent shall be deemed in compliance with the foregoing and protected in relying upon the written direction of the Fund and shall have no independent obligation to evaluate whether an act or omission complies with applicable securities or other laws. Neither the Offering documents, nor any other agreement or document shall govern the Escrow Agent even if such other agreement or document is referred to herein, is deposited with, or is otherwise known to, the Escrow Agent.

(b) The Escrow Agent shall be under no duty to determine whether the Fund or the Intermediary Manager is complying with the requirements of the Offering or applicable securities or other laws in tendering the Subscriber Funds to the Escrow Agent. The Escrow Agent shall not be responsible for, or be required to enforce, any of the terms or conditions of any Offering document or other agreement between the Fund or the Intermediary Manager and any other party.

(c) The Escrow Agent may conclusively rely upon and shall be fully protected in acting upon any statement, certificate, notice, request, consent, order, opinion or advice of counsel, or other document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. The Escrow Agent shall have no duty or liability to verify any such statement, certificate, notice, request, consent, order or other document. Upon or before the execution of this Escrow Agreement, the Fund and the Intermediary Manager shall deliver to the Escrow Agent authorized signers’ lists in the form of Exhibit B to this Escrow Agreement. The Escrow Agent shall not be bound by any notice of demand, or any waiver, modification, termination or rescission of this Escrow Agreement or any of the terms hereof, unless evidenced by a writing delivered to the Escrow Agent signed by the proper party or parties and, if the duties or rights of the Escrow Agent are affected, unless it shall give its prior written consent thereto. The Escrow Agent shall not be responsible, may conclusively rely upon and shall be protected, indemnified and held harmless by the Fund and by the Intermediary Manager, acting severally but not jointly, for the sufficiency or accuracy of the form of, or the execution, validity, value or genuineness of any document or property received, held or delivered by it hereunder, or of the signature or endorsement thereon, or for any description therein; nor shall the Escrow Agent be responsible or liable in any respect on account of the identity, authority or rights of the persons executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver any document, property or this Escrow Agreement.

 

4


(d) The Escrow Agent shall be under no obligation to institute and/or defend any action, suit or proceeding in connection with this Escrow Agreement unless first indemnified to its reasonable satisfaction pursuant to the terms herein.

(e) The Escrow Agent may consult outside counsel of its own choice with respect to any question arising under this Escrow Agreement and the Escrow Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted in good faith upon the advice of such counsel.

(f) The Escrow Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the Escrow Agent’s gross negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct was the primary cause of loss.

(g) The Escrow Agent is acting solely as escrow agent hereunder and owes no duties, covenants or obligations, fiduciary or otherwise, to any person by reason of this Escrow Agreement, except as otherwise explicitly set forth in this Escrow Agreement, and no implied duties, covenants or obligations, fiduciary or otherwise shall be read into this Escrow Agreement against the Escrow Agent. The Escrow Agent shall have no duty to enforce any obligation of any person, other than as provided herein. The Escrow Agent shall be under no liability to anyone by reason of any failure on the part of any party hereto or any maker, endorser or other signatory of any document or any other person to perform such person’s obligations under any such document. The Escrow Agent is not responsible or liable in any manner for the sufficiency, correctness, genuineness or validity of this Escrow Agreement or with respect to the form of execution of the same. The Escrow Agent shall keep strictly confidential all information sent to it unless such material is required to be disclosed pursuant to any applicable law, regulation, judicial or administrative order, decree or subpoena, or request by a regulatory organization having authority pursuant to the law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement prohibits, prevents, or limits the Escrow Agent from disclosing any Subscriber information, without notice to or consent of the Fund or Intermediary Manager, if the disclosure is required by law to be made to a supervisory or governmental authority or a self-regulatory organization in the course of any examination, inquiry, or audit of the Escrow Agent or any of the Escrow Agent’s representatives or businesses. The Escrow Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it, or any action suffered by it to be taken or omitted, in good faith, and in the exercise of its own best judgment.

(h) In the event of any disagreement between any of the parties to this Escrow Agreement, or between any of them and any other person, including any Subscriber, resulting in adverse or conflicting claims or demands being made in connection with the matters covered by this Escrow Agreement, or in the event that the Escrow Agent is in doubt as to what action it should take hereunder, the Escrow Agent may, at its option, refuse to comply with any claims or demands on it, or refuse to take any other action hereunder, so long as such disagreement continues or such doubt exists, and in any such event, the Escrow Agent shall not be or become liable in any way or to any person for its failure or refusal to act, and the Escrow Agent shall be entitled to continue so to refrain from acting until (i) the rights of all interested parties shall have been fully and finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction, or (ii) all differences shall have been adjudged and all doubt resolved by agreement among all of the interested persons, and the Escrow Agent shall have been notified thereof in writing signed by all such persons. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Escrow Agent may in its discretion obey the order, judgment, decree or levy of any court, with jurisdiction, and the Escrow Agent is hereby authorized in its sole discretion to comply with and obey any such orders, judgments, decrees or levies. In the event that the Escrow Agent shall become involved in any arbitration or litigation relating to the Subscriber Funds, the Escrow Agent is authorized to comply with any decision reached through such arbitration or litigation.

 

5


(i) In the event that any controversy should arise with respect to this Escrow Agreement, the Escrow Agent shall have the right, at its option, to institute an interpleader action in any court of competent jurisdiction to determine the rights of the parties.

(j) IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ESCROW AGENT BE LIABLE, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL LOSSES OR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOST PROFITS), EVEN IF THE ESCROW AGENT HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSSES OR DAMAGES AND REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION.

(k) The parties agree that the Escrow Agent had no role in the preparation of the Offering documents, has not reviewed any such documents, and makes no representations or warranties with respect to the information contained therein or omitted therefrom.

(l) The Escrow Agent shall have no obligation, duty or liability with respect to compliance with any federal or state securities, disclosure or tax laws concerning the Offering documents or the issuance, offering or sale of the Shares.

(m) The Escrow Agent shall have no duty or obligation to monitor the application and use of the Subscriber Funds once transferred to the Fund, that being the sole obligation and responsibility of the Fund.

 

7.

Escrow Agent’s Fee.

The Escrow Agent shall be entitled to compensation for its services as stated in the fee schedule attached hereto as Exhibit C, which compensation shall be paid by the Fund or any of its affiliates. The fee agreed upon for the services rendered hereunder is intended as full compensation for the Escrow Agent’s services as contemplated by this Escrow Agreement; provided, however, that in the event that the conditions for the disbursement of funds under this Escrow Agreement are not fulfilled, or the Escrow Agent renders any material service not contemplated in this Escrow Agreement with the Fund’s or the Intermediary Manager’s consent or as required by law, or there is any assignment of interest in the subject matter of this Escrow Agreement, or any material modification hereof with the Fund’s consent, or if any material controversy arises hereunder, or the Escrow Agent is made a party to any litigation relating to this Escrow Agreement, or the subject matter hereof, then the Escrow Agent shall be reasonably compensated for such extraordinary services and reimbursed for all reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses, occasioned by any delay, controversy, litigation or event, and the same shall be paid by the Fund or any of its affiliates. The Fund’s obligations under this Section 7 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Escrow Agent and the assignment or termination of this Escrow Agreement.

 

8.

Notices.

All notices, requests, demands, and other communications under this Escrow Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) on the date of service if served personally on the party to whom notice is to be given, (b) on the business day of transmission if sent by facsimile or email to the facsimile number or email given below, with written confirmation from the recipient of receipt, (c) on the business day after delivery to Federal Express or similar overnight courier or the Express Mail service maintained by the United States Postal Service, or (d) on the fifth business day after mailing, if mailed to the party to whom notice is to be given, by first class mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid, and properly addressed, return receipt requested, to the party as follows, provided, however, that notice to the Escrow Agent will be deemed given upon receipt by the Escrow Agent:

 

If to the Fund:   

Apollo Debt Solutions BDC

Attn: Joseph D. Glatt

9 West 57th Street

New York, New York 10019

Email: jglatt@apollo.com

 

6


If to Intermediary Manager:   

Apollo Global Securities, LLC

Attn: [ ]

9 West 57th Street

New York, New York 10019

Email: [ ]

If to Escrow Agent:   

UMB Bank, N.A.
928 Grand Blvd, 12th Floor

Corporate Trust & Escrow Services
Kansas City, MO 64106
Attn: Lara Stevens
Phone: (816) 860-3017
Facsimile: (816) 860-3029

Email: escrows@umb.com

Any party may change its address for purposes of this Section 9 by giving the other party written notice of the new address in the manner set forth above.

 

9.

Indemnification of Escrow Agent.

The Fund and the Intermediary Manager hereby severally but not jointly indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Escrow Agent from and against, any and all loss, liability, cost, damage and expense, including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees and expenses, which the Escrow Agent may suffer or incur by reason of any action, claim or proceeding brought against the Escrow Agent arising out of or relating in any way to this Escrow Agreement or any transaction to which this Escrow Agreement relates unless such loss, liability, cost, damage or expense is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been caused by the gross negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct of the Escrow Agent. The terms of this Section 10 shall survive the assignment or termination of this Escrow Agreement and the resignation or removal of the Escrow Agent.

 

10.

Resignation.

The Escrow Agent may resign upon sixty (60) calendar days’ advance written notice to the Fund. In the event of any such resignation, a successor escrow agent, which shall be a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States of America, shall be appointed by the Fund. Any such successor escrow agent shall deliver to the Fund a written instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon shall succeed to all the rights and duties of the Escrow Agent hereunder and shall be entitled to receive the Subscriber Funds from the Escrow Agent. The Escrow Agent shall promptly pay the Subscription Amounts in the Escrow Account, including interest thereon, to the successor escrow agent. If a successor escrow agent is not appointed within the sixty (60) calendar day period following such notice, the Escrow Agent may petition any court of competent jurisdiction to name a successor escrow agent or interplead the Subscriber Funds with such court, whereupon the Escrow Agent’s duties hereunder shall terminate.

 

7


11.

Removal.

The Escrow Agent may be removed by the Fund at any time by written notice provided to the Escrow Agent, which instrument shall become effective on the date specified in such written notice. The removal of the Escrow Agent shall not deprive the Escrow Agent of its compensation earned prior to such removal. In the event of any such removal, a successor escrow agent, which shall be a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States of America, shall be appointed by the Fund. Any such successor escrow agent shall deliver to the Fund a written instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon shall succeed to all the rights and duties of the Escrow Agent hereunder and shall be entitled to receive the Subscriber Funds from the Escrow Agent. The Escrow Agent shall promptly pay the Subscriber Funds in the Escrow Account, including interest thereon, to the successor escrow agent. If a successor escrow agent is not appointed by the Fund within the thirty (30) day period following such notice, the Escrow Agent may petition any court of competent jurisdiction to name a successor escrow agent.

 

12.

Maintenance of Records.

The Escrow Agent shall maintain accurate records of all transactions hereunder. Promptly after the termination of this Escrow Agreement, and as may from time to time be reasonably requested by the Fund before such termination, the Escrow Agent shall provide the Fund with a copy of such records. The authorized representatives of the Fund and the Intermediary Manager shall also have access to the Escrow Agent’s books and records to the extent relating to its duties hereunder, during normal business hours upon reasonable notice to the Escrow Agent.

 

13.

Successors and Assigns.

Except as otherwise provided in this Escrow Agreement, no party hereto shall assign this Escrow Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto and any such attempted assignment without such prior written consent shall be void and of no force and effect. This Escrow Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto. Any corporation or association into which the Escrow Agent may be converted or merged, or with which it may be consolidated, or to which it may sell or transfer all or substantially all of its corporate trust business and assets in whole or in part, or any corporation or association resulting from any such conversion, sale, merger, consolidation or transfer to which the Escrow Agent is a party, shall be and become the successor escrow agent under this Escrow Agreement and shall have and succeed to the rights, powers, duties, immunities and privileges as its predecessor, without the execution or filing of any instrument or paper or the performance any further act.

 

14.

Governing Law; Jurisdiction.

This Escrow Agreement shall be construed, performed, and enforced in accordance with, and governed by, the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof. Each party hereby consents to the personal jurisdiction and venue of any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of New York.

 

8


15.

Severability.

In the event that any part of this Escrow Agreement is declared by any court or other judicial or administrative body to be null, void, or unenforceable, said provision shall survive to the extent it is not so declared, and all of the other provisions of this Escrow Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

16.

Amendments; Waivers.

This Escrow Agreement may be amended or modified, and any of the terms, covenants, representations, warranties, or conditions hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. Any waiver by any party of any condition, or of the breach of any provision, term, covenant, representation, or warranty contained in this Escrow Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall not be deemed to be nor construed as further or continuing waiver of any such condition, or of the breach of any other provision, term, covenant, representation, or warranty of this Escrow Agreement. The Fund and the Intermediary Manager agree that any requested waiver, modification or amendment of this Escrow Agreement shall be consistent with the terms of the Offering.

 

17.

Entire Agreement.

This Escrow Agreement contains the entire understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the escrow contemplated hereby and supersedes and replaces all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, oral or written, with regard to such escrow.

 

18.

References to Escrow Agent.

No printed or other matter in any language (including, without limitation, the Offering document, any supplement or amendment relating thereto, notices, reports and promotional material) which mentions the Escrow Agent’s name or the rights, powers, or duties of the Escrow Agent shall be issued by the Fund or the Intermediary Manager, or on the Fund’s or Intermediary Manager’s behalf unless the Escrow Agent shall first have given its specific written consent thereto.

 

19.

Section Headings.

The section headings in this Escrow Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Escrow Agreement.

 

20.

Counterparts.

This Escrow Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute the same instrument.

 

21.

Electronic Transactions.

The parties hereto agree that the transactions described herein may be conducted and related documents may be stored by electronic means. Copies, telecopies, facsimiles, electronic files and other reproductions of original executed documents shall be deemed to be authentic and valid counterparts of such original documents for all purposes, including the filing of any claim, action or suit in the appropriate court of law.

 

9


22.

Regulatory Compliance.

The Fund and the Intermediary Manager agree to provide the Escrow Agent completed IRS Forms W-9 (or IRS Forms W-8, in the case of non-U.S. persons) and other forms and documents that the Escrow Agent may reasonably request at the time of execution of this Escrow Agreement and any information reasonably requested by the Escrow Agent to comply with the USA Patriot Act of 2001, and Bank Secrecy Act, as amended from time to time, which information shall be used to verify the identities of the parties to ensure compliance with the terms of such acts. The Escrow Agent, or its agent, shall complete an OFAC search, in compliance with its policy and procedures, of each Payment Instrument and shall inform the Fund if a Payment Instrument fails the OFAC search.

[Signature page follows]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Escrow Agreement to be executed the day and year first set forth above.

 

APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC
 

Name:

Title:

APOLLO GLOBAL SECURITIES, LLC 
 

Name:

Title:

UMB BANK, N.A., as Escrow Agent
 

Name: Lara L. Stevens

Title: Vice President

 

11


EXHIBIT A

LIST OF SUBSCRIBERS

Pursuant to the Escrow Agreement dated [ ], 2021 by and between Apollo Debt Solutions BDC (the “Fund”), Apollo Global Securities, LLC (the “Intermediary Manager”) and UMB Bank, N.A., as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”), the following investors have paid money for the purchase of the Shares in the Fund and the money has been deposited with the Escrow Agent:

 

1.

Name of Subscriber:

Address:

Tax Identification Number:

Amount and class of Securities subscribed for:

Amount of money paid and deposited with Escrow Agent:

 

2.

Name of Subscriber:

Address:

Tax Identification Number:

Amount and class of Securities subscribed for:

Amount of money paid and deposited with Escrow Agent:

 

12


EXHIBIT B

CERTIFICATE AS TO AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES

[To be provided]

The specimen signatures shown below are the specimen signatures of the individuals who have been designated as Authorized Representatives of, and are authorized to initiate and approve transactions of all types for the above-mentioned account on behalf of Apollo Debt Solutions BDC

 

Name/Title      Specimen Signature

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

13


EXHIBIT C

ESCROW AGENT FEE

 

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

$200 per month

 

Acceptance Fee    $2,250/one-time

For initial services including review, execution and delivery of the agreements and all supporting documents, acceptance of the appointment and establish accounts of the agreement and all supporting documents. This is a one-time fee payable at the time of the closing.

 

Escrow Agent Administration Fee    $2,500/per year

For ordinary services of the escrow agent including normal administration of the account, payable annually in advance, with the first installment payable at the time of the closing. This schedule of fees applies to our present understanding of the transaction. Should the transaction terms change, UMB reserves the right to modify our pricing.

 

Transaction Fees     

Outgoing Wires

   $15/per wire

Overnight Delivery/Mailings

   $16.50/per

IRS Tax Reporting

   $10.00/per 1099

Daily BAI File to TA

   $75.00/per month

Wire Ripping File to DST

   $200.00/per month

Acceptance fee and first year Annual Escrow Agent fee will be payable at the initiation of the escrow. Thereafter, the Annual Escrow Agent fees will be billed in advance and transactional fees will be billed quarterly in arrears. Other fees and expenses will be billed as incurred.

Fees specified are for the regular, routine services contemplated by the Escrow Agreement, and any additional or extraordinary services agreed to by the Fund, including, but not limited to disbursements involving a dispute or arbitration, or administration while a dispute, controversy or adverse claim is in existence, will be charged based upon time required at the then standard hourly rate. In addition to the specified fees, all reasonable expenses related to the administration of the Escrow Agreement (other than normal overhead expenses of the regular staff) agreed to by the Fund such as, but not limited to, travel, postage, shipping, courier, telephone, facsimile, supplies, legal fees, accounting fees, etc., will be reimbursable.

 

14

Exhibit (k)(3)

Services Agreement

This Services Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into and effective as of ________ __, 2021 (the “Effective Date”) by and between:

 

1.

DST Systems, Inc., a corporation organized in the state of Delaware (referred to herein as “DST” or the “Transfer Agent”), and

 

2.

Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, a statutory trust organized in the state of Delaware (the “Fund”).

The Fund and DST each may be referred to individually as a “Party” or collectively as “Parties.”

 

1.

Definitions; Interpretation

1.1. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

(a) “Action” means any civil, criminal, regulatory or administrative lawsuit, allegation, demand, claim, counterclaim, action, dispute, sanction, suit, request, inquiry, investigation, arbitration or proceeding, in each case, made, asserted, commenced or threatened by any Person (including any Government Authority).

(b) “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with such Person and “control” of a Person means: (i) ownership of, or possession of the right to vote, more than 25% of the outstanding voting equity of that Person or (ii) the right to control the appointment of the board of directors or analogous governing body, management or executive officers of that Person.

(c) “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday or Sunday on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for business.

(d) “Claim” means any Action arising out of the subject matter of, or in any way related to, this Agreement, its formation or the Services.

(e) “Fund Data” means all information with respect to the Fund’s (or, if a Management entity receives Services, such entity’s) business, financials and customers, including data related to securities trades and other transaction data, investment returns, issue descriptions, and Market Data provided by the Fund and all output and derivatives thereof, necessary to enable DST to perform the Services, but excluding DST Property.

(f) “Confidential Information” means any information about the Fund or DST, including this Agreement, and any third party information that either Party is required to keep confidential, including “nonpublic personal information” under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 and all “personal information” as defined in the Massachusetts Standards for the Protection of Personal Information, except for information that (i) is or becomes part of the public domain without breach of this Agreement by the receiving Party, (ii) was rightfully acquired from a third party, or is developed independently, by the receiving Party, or (iii) is generally known by Persons in the technology, securities, or financial services industries.

(g) “Data Supplier” means a third party supplier of Market Data.

(h) “DST Associates” means DST and each of its Affiliates, members, shareholders, directors, officers, partners, employees, agents, successors or assigns.

 

Transfer Agency Services


(i) “DST Property” means all hardware, software, source code, data, report designs, spreadsheet formulas, information gathering or reporting techniques, know-how, technology and all other property commonly referred to as intellectual property used by DST in connection with its performance of the Services.

(j) “Governing Documents” means the constitutional documents of an entity and, with respect to the Fund, all minutes of meetings of the board of directors or analogous governing body.

(k) “Government Authority” means any relevant administrative, judicial, executive, legislative or other governmental or intergovernmental entity, department, agency, commission, board, bureau or court, and any other regulatory or self-regulatory organizations, in any country or jurisdiction.

(l) “Law” means statutes, rules, regulations, interpretations and orders of any Government Authority that are applicable to the party upon which compliance with such Law is being required or to its business.

(m) “Losses” means any and all compensatory, direct, indirect, special, incidental, consequential, punitive, exemplary, enhanced or other damages, settlement payments, attorneys’ fees, costs, damages, charges, expenses, interest, applicable taxes or other losses of any kind.

(n) “Management” means the Fund’s officers, directors, employees, and the investment adviser (currently [INVESTMENT ADVISER]) and sub-advisor(s) (if any), as well as any officers, directors, employees or agents of the then current investment adviser and sub-advisor(s) (if applicable) who are responsible for the day to day operations and management of the Fund.

(o) “Market Data” means any third party market and reference data.

(p) “Person” means any natural person or corporate or unincorporated entity or organization and that person’s personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

(q) “Services” means the services listed in Schedule A, as may be amended, or under such other service Schedules, which may be added to this Agreement by the Parties from time to time.

(r) “Third Party Claim” means a Claim (i) brought by any Person other than the indemnifying Party or (ii) brought by a Party on behalf of or that could otherwise be asserted by a third party.

1.2. Other capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined in this Section 1 shall have the meanings ascribed thereto.

1.3. Section and Schedule headings shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. This Agreement includes the schedules and appendices hereto. In the event of a conflict between this Agreement and a schedule or appendix, the former shall control, except to the extent that such schedule or appendix expressly provides otherwise as to the services under such schedule or appendix.

1.4. Words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular. The words “including,” “includes,” “included” and “include”, when used, are deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of analogous import shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.

 

2 of 28


1.5. The Parties’ duties and obligations are governed by and limited to the express terms and conditions of this Agreement, and shall not be modified, supplemented, amended or interpreted in accordance with, any industry custom or practice, or any internal policies or procedures of any Party that are not referenced in this Agreement or the applicable Schedule. The Parties have mutually negotiated the terms hereof and there shall be no presumption of law relating to the interpretation of contracts against the drafter.

 

2.

Services and Fees

2.1. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, DST will perform for the Fund the Services set forth in Schedule B and such other service schedules as may be added to this Agreement by the Parties (collectively, the “Service Schedules”). DST shall be under no duty or obligation to perform any service except as specifically listed in the Service Schedules, or take any other action except as specifically listed in a Service Schedules to this Agreement, or this Agreement, and no other duties or obligations, including, valuation related, fiduciary or analogous duties or obligations, shall be implied. Fund requests to change the Services, including those necessitated by a change to the Governing Documents of the Fund or a change in applicable Law, will only be binding on DST when they are reflected in an amendment to the Service Schedules. For clarification, this will include costs related changes to the software, systems or processes used by DST to provide the Services necessitated by change in applicable Law; provided in such case the Fund will only be responsible for its pro-rata share of such cost.

2.2. In carrying out its duties and obligations pursuant to this Agreement, some or all Services may be delegated by DST to one or more of its Affiliates or other Persons (and any Fund consent to such delegation, if any, shall not be unreasonably revoked or withheld in respect of any such delegations), provided that such Persons are selected in good faith and with reasonable care and are monitored by DST. If DST delegates any Services, (i) such delegation shall not relieve DST of its duties and obligations hereunder, (ii) such delegation shall be subject to a written agreement obliging the delegate to comply with the relevant delegated duties and obligations of DST, and (iii) if required by applicable Law, DST will identify such agents and the Services delegated and will update the Fund when making any material changes in sufficient detail to enable the Fund to object to a particular arrangement.

2.3. The Fund agrees to pay, the fees, charges and expenses as set out in the fee schedule agreed upon by the parties in a separate letter (the “Fee Letter”), which may be amended by the Parties from time to time, within thirty (30) days following the receipt of DST’s invoice. The Fee Letter is incorporated by reference into this Agreement and subject to the terms of this Agreement. If an invoice is not paid when due, the Fund shall pay DST RS interest thereon (from the due date to the date of payment) at rate equal to one and one-half percent (1.5%) per month while such amount remained unpaid. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, such interest rate shall be no greater than permitted under applicable state law. After the first year of the Initial Term, the total fee for all services for each succeeding year shall be subject to an annual cost of living increase on the anniversary of the Agreement in an amount not less than the annual percentage of change in the Consumer Price Index for all Urban Consumers (CPI-U) in the Midwest Statistical Area, All Items, Base 1982-1984=100, as last reported by the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics, or, in the event that publication of such Index is terminated, any successor or substitute index, appropriately adjusted, acceptable to both parties.

2.4. Charges attendant to the development of reasonable changes to the TA2000 System requested by the Fund (“Client Requested Software”) shall be at DST’s standard rates and fees in effect at the time and shall be documented by the Parties in a written statement of work under this Agreement. If the cost to DST of operating the TA2000 System is increased by the addition of Client Requested Software, DST shall be entitled to increase its fees by an amount to be mutually agreed upon.

 

3 of 28


2.5. The Fund may request a material modification of the Services provided under this Agreement by providing DST with a written request outlining the scope of such requested changes. DST will respond to such notice as promptly as possible, but no more than 30 days after the request is made, by providing the Fund with (a) an estimate of the project cost and timeframe for completion, or (b) a written explanation of why DST cannot implement the requested service change (“Change Notice Response”). In the event the Fund and/or DST believe that a change in law, regulation, rule, industry practice or other requirement necessitates a material system or service modification, the parties will discuss the potential change and DST may communicate with other similarly situated DST clients and/or industry groups to determine a commercially reasonable option for addressing such change. Any change requested or agreed upon by the Parties under this Section shall not be effective, and DST shall not be obligated to implement, until reflected in a written amendment to, or statement of work under, this Agreement mutually agreed upon and executed by both parties. Nothing in this Section 2.5 shall limit the Fund’s obligation to pay DST fees related to modifications necessary to comply with changes in Law, regulation, rule or industry practice as provided in Section 2.1 above.

 

3.

Responsibilities

3.1. The management and control of the Fund are vested exclusively in the Fund’s governing body (e.g., the board of directors for a company) and its officers, subject to the terms and provisions of the Fund’s Governing Documents. The Fund’s governing body will make all decisions, perform all management functions relating to the operation of the Fund and the Fund’s governing body or its duly appointed officers shall authorize all Transactions. Without limiting the foregoing, the Fund shall:

(a) Designate properly qualified individuals to oversee the Services and establish and maintain internal controls, including monitoring the ongoing activities of the Fund.

(b) Evaluate the accuracy, and accept responsibility for the results, of the Services, review and approve all reports, analyses and records resulting from the Services and inform DST of any errors that it is in a position to identify.

(c) Provide DST with timely and accurate information required by DST in order to perform the Services and its duties and obligations hereunder.

3.2. The Fund and Management is solely and exclusively responsible for ensuring that it complies with Law and its respective Governing Documents. It is the Fund’s responsibility to provide all final Fund Governing Documents as of the Effective Date. The Fund will notify DST in writing of any changes to the Fund Governing Documents that may materially impact the Services prior to such changes taking effect. DST is not responsible for monitoring compliance by the Fund with (i) Law, or (ii) its respective Governing Documents.

3.3. In the event that Market Data is supplied to or through DST Associates in connection with the Services, the Market Data is proprietary to Data Suppliers and is provided on a limited internal-use license basis. Market Data may: (i) only be used by the Fund in connection with the Services and (ii) not be disseminated by the Fund or used to populate internal systems in lieu of obtaining a data license. Access to and delivery of Market Data is dependent on the Data Suppliers and may be interrupted or discontinued with or without notice. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither DST nor any Data Supplier shall be liable to the Fund or any other Person for any Losses with respect to Market Data, reliance by DST Associates or the Fund on Market Data or the provision of Market Data in connection with this Agreement.

 

4 of 28


3.4. The Fund shall deliver, and cause its agents, counsel, advisors, auditors, and any other Persons promptly deliver to DST all Fund Data. The Fund shall arrange with each such Person to deliver such information and materials on a timely basis, and DST will not be required to enter any agreements with that Person in order for DST to obtain information reasonably necessary to provide the Services.

3.5. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, so long as they act in good faith DST Associates shall be entitled to rely on the authenticity, completeness and accuracy of any and all information and communications of whatever nature received by DST Associates from the Fund, its employees, Affiliates or agents in connection with the performance of the Services and DST’s duties and obligations hereunder, without further enquiry or liability.

 

4.

Term

4.1. The initial term of this Agreement will be from the Effective Date through                     , 2026 (“Initial Term”). Thereafter, this Agreement will automatically renew for successive terms of 2 years each unless either DST or the Fund provides the other with a written notice of termination at least 180 calendar days prior to the commencement of any successive term (such periods, in the aggregate, the “Term”).

 

5.

Termination

5.1. DST or the Fund also may, by written notice to the other, terminate this Agreement if any of the following events occur:

(a) The other Party breaches any material term, condition or provision of this Agreement, which breach, if capable of being cured, is not cured within 90 calendar days after the non-breaching Party gives the other Party written notice of such breach.

(b) The other Party (i) terminates or suspends its business, (ii) becomes insolvent, admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they mature, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or becomes subject to direct control of a trustee, receiver or analogous authority, (iii) becomes subject to any bankruptcy, insolvency or analogous proceeding, (iv) where the other Party is the Fundif it becomes subject to a material Action or an Action that DST reasonably determines could cause DST reputational harm, or (v) where the other Party is the Fund, material changes in the Fund’s Governing Documents or the assumptions set forth in Schedule B are determined by DST, in its reasonable discretion, to materially affect the Services or to be materially adverse to DST.

If any such event occurs, the termination will become effective immediately or on the date stated in the written notice of termination, which date shall not be greater than 90 calendar days after the event.

5.2. Upon receipt of a termination notice from the Fund, subject to the receipt by DST of all then-due fees, charges and expenses, DST shall continue to provide the Services up to the effective date of the termination notice; thereafter, DST shall have no obligation to perform any services of any type unless and to the extent set forth in an amendment to this Agreement executed by DST. In the event of the termination of this Agreement, DST shall provide reasonable exit assistance to the Fund in converting the Fund’s records from DST’s systems to whatever services or systems are designated by the Fund or Management (the “Deconversion”); provided that all fees, charges and expenses have been paid, including any fees required under Section 5.3 for the balance of the unexpired portion of the Term. The Deconversion is subject to the recompense of DST for such assistance at its standard rates and fees in effect at the time and to a reasonable time frame for performance as agreed to by the parties. As used

 

5 of 28


herein “reasonable exit assistance” shall not include requiring DST (i) to assist any new service or system provider to modify, to alter, to enhance, or to improve such provider’s system, or to provide any new functionality to such provider’s system, (ii) to disclose any protected information of DST, including the proprietary information of DST or its affiliates, or (iii) to develop Deconversion software, to modify any of DST’s software, or to otherwise alter the format of the data as maintained on any provider’s systems.

5.3. In the event that the Fund wishes to retain DST to perform additional transition or related post-termination services, including providing additional data and reports, the Fund and DST shall agree in writing to the additional services and related fees and expenses in an amendment to this Agreement. To the extent any services are performed by DST for the Fund after the termination of this Agreement, all of the provisions of this Agreement except portions that are inapplicable to such continuing services shall survive the termination of this Agreement for so long as those services are performed. Termination of this Agreement shall not affect: (i) any liabilities or obligations of any Party arising before such termination (including payment of fees and expenses) or (ii) any damages or other remedies to which a Party may be entitled for breach of this Agreement or otherwise. Sections 2.3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13 of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

6.

Standard of Care, Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

6.1. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary DST Associates shall not be liable to the Fund for any action or inaction of any DST Associate except to the extent of direct Losses suffered, incurred or paid by the Fund that are finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of DST or DST Associates in the performance of DST’s duties or obligations under this Agreement. The Fund shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless DST Associates from and against Losses (including legal fees and costs to enforce this provision) that DST Associates suffer, incur, or pay as a result of any Third Party Claim or Claim among the Parties; except to the extent of Losses determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of DST Associates in the performance of DST’s duties or obligations under this Agreement. Any expenses (including legal fees and costs) incurred by DST Associates in defending or responding to any Claims (or in enforcing this provision) shall be paid by the Fund on a quarterly basis prior to the final disposition of such matter upon receipt by the Fund of an undertaking by DST to repay such amount if it shall be determined that a DST Associate is not entitled to be indemnified. The maximum aggregate amount of cumulative liability of DST Associates to the Fund for Losses arising out of the subject matter of, or in any way related to, this Agreement during the Term hereof, shall not exceed the fees (but excluding any expenses) paid by the Fund to DST under this Agreement for the most recent 12 months immediately preceding the date of the event giving rise to the Claim.

6.2. Except with respect to all amounts payable by the Fund as part of its indemnification obligations under this Section 6, under no circumstances shall either party be liable to the other party for Losses that are indirect, special, incidental, consequential, punitive, exemplary or enhanced or that represent lost profits, opportunity costs or diminution of value. The Fund acknowledges and agrees that DST’s out-of-pocket expenses and any judgements awarded against and payable to DST resulting from claims for which DST is entitled to indemnification by the Fund under Section 6 shall be deemed direct damages.

 

7.

Representations and Warranties

7.1. Each Party represents and warrants to each other Party that:

(a) It is a legal entity duly created, validly existing and in good standing under the Law of the jurisdiction in which it is created, and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction where the failure to be in good standing would have a material adverse effect on its business or its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

6 of 28


(b) Subject to Section 3.3 with respect to licenses from a Data Supplier, which may be terminated at any time, it has all necessary legal power and authority to own, lease and operate its assets and to carry on its business as presently conducted and as it will be conducted pursuant to this Agreement and will comply in all material respects with all Law to which it may be subject, and to the best of its knowledge and belief, it is not subject to any Action that would prevent it from performing its duties and obligations under this Agreement.

(c) It has all necessary legal power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the execution of which has been duly authorized and will not violate the terms of any other agreement.

(d) The Person signing on its behalf has the authority to contractually bind it to the terms and conditions in this Agreement and that this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of it, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

 

8.

Fund Data

8.1. The Fund (i) will provide or ensure that other Persons provide all Fund Data to DST in an electronic format that is acceptable to DST (or as otherwise agreed in writing) and (ii) confirm that each has the right to so share such Fund Data. As between DST and the Fund, all Fund Data shall remain the property of the applicable Fund. Fund Data shall not be used or disclosed by DST other than in connection with providing the Services and as permitted under Section 11. DST shall be permitted to act upon instructions from an authorized officer of the Fund or Management with respect to the disclosure or disposition of Fund Data, but may refuse to act upon such instructions where it doubts, in good faith, the authenticity or authority of such instructions.

8.2. DST shall maintain and store material Fund Data used in the official books and records of the Fund for a rolling period of 7 years starting from the Effective Date, or such longer period as required by applicable Law or its internal policies or until such earlier time as it returns such records to the Fund or the Fund’s designee.

 

9.

Data Protection

9.1. From time to time and in connection with the Services DST may obtain access to certain personal information from the Fund. Personal information relating to the Fund, Management and its Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents, current and prospective Fund shareholders, plan sponsors and plan participants may be processed by DST and its Affiliates. Each Fund and Management consents to the transmission and processing of such information within and outside the United States in accordance with applicable Law.

9.2. DST will notify the Fund without undue delay, and in no event more than one (1) business day after confirming a breach of Confidential Information and provide reasonable assistance to the Fund in its notification of that breach to the relevant regulatory authority and those individual impacted, as required by applicable Law. DST will not disclose or use Confidential Information obtained from or on behalf of the Fund except in accordance with this Agreement or the lawful instructions of the Fund to carry out DST’s obligations under, or as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of, its agreements with the Fund and to comply with applicable Law.

 

7 of 28


9.3. The Fund acknowledges that DST intends to develop and offer analytics-based products and services for its customers. In providing such products and services, DST will be using consolidated data across all clients, including data of the Fund, and make such consolidated data available to clients of the analytics products and services. The Fund hereby consents to the use by DST of Fund Confidential Information (including shareholder information) in the offering of such products and services, and to disclose the results of such analytics services to its customers and other third parties, provided the Fund information will be aggregated, anonymized and sometimes enriched with external data sources. DST will not disclose client investor names or other personal identifying information, or information specific to or identifying the Fund or any information in a form or manner which could reasonably be utilized to readily determine the identity of the Fund or its investors.

 

10.

DST Property

10.1 DST Property is and shall remain the property of DST or, when applicable, its Affiliates or suppliers. Neither the Fund nor Management, nor any other Person shall acquire any license or right to use, sell, disclose, or otherwise exploit or benefit in any manner from, any DST Property, except as specifically set forth herein. The Fund shall not (unless required by Law) either before or after the termination of this Agreement, disclose to any Person not authorized by DST to receive the same, any information concerning the DST Property and shall use reasonable efforts to prevent any such disclosure.

 

11.

Confidentiality

11.1 Each Party shall not at any time disclose to any Person any Confidential Information concerning the business, affairs, customers, clients or suppliers of the other Party or its Affiliates, except as permitted by this Section 11.

11.2 Each Party may disclose the other Party’s Confidential Information:

(a) In the case of the Fund , to each of its Affiliates, directors, officers, employees and agents (“Fund Representative”) who need to know such information for the purpose of carrying out its duties under, or receiving the benefits of or enforcing, this Agreement. The Fund shall ensure compliance by Fund Representatives with Section 11.1.

(b) In the case of DST, to Fund and each DST Associate, Fund Representative, investor, Fund bank or broker, Fund or agent thereof, or payment infrastructure provider who needs to know such information for the purpose of carrying out DST’s duties under or enforcing this Agreement. DST shall ensure compliance by DST Associates, and any Affiliate or Person to whom DST has delegated its responsibilities pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Agreement, with this Section 11.

(c) As may be required by Law or pursuant to legal process; provided that the disclosing Party (i) where reasonably practicable and to the extent legally permissible, provides the other Party with prompt written notice of the required disclosure so that the other Party may seek a protective order or take other analogous action, (ii) discloses no more of the other Party’s Confidential Information than reasonably necessary and (iii) reasonably cooperates with actions of the other Party in seeking to protect its Confidential Information at that other Party’s expense.

11.3 Other than pursuant to Section 9.3, neither Party shall use the other Party’s Confidential Information for any purpose other than to perform its obligations under this Agreement. Each Party may retain a record of the other Party’s Confidential Information for the longer of (i) 7 years or (ii) as required by Law or its internal policies.

 

8 of 28


11.4 DST’s ultimate parent company is subject to U.S. federal and state securities Law and may make disclosures as it deems necessary to comply with such Law. DST shall have no obligation to use Confidential Information of, or data obtained with respect to, any other client of DST in connection with the Services. The Fund and its investment adviser are subject to U.S. federal and state securities Law and may make disclosures as either deems necessary to comply with such Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fund and the investment adviser may not include in its disclosures DST’s proprietary fees or fee schedule, without DST’s express written consent.

11.5 Upon the prior written consent of an authorized officer of the Fund or Management, DST shall have the right to identify Fund in connection with its marketing-related activities and in its marketing materials as a client of DST. Upon the prior written consent of DST, Fund or Management shall have the right to identify DST and to describe the Services and the material terms of this Agreement in the offering documents of Fund. This Agreement shall not prohibit DST from using any Fund data (including Client Data) in tracking and reporting on DST’s clients generally or making public statements about such subjects as its business or industry; provided that neither the Fund nor Management is named in such public statements without its prior written consent. If the Services include the distribution by DST of notices or statements to investors, DST may, upon advance notice to Fund, include reasonable notices describing those terms of this Agreement relating to DST and its liability and the limitations thereon; if investor notices are not sent by DST but rather by Fund or some other Person, Fund will reasonably cooperate with any request by DST to include such notices. The Fund shall not, in any communications with any Person, whether oral or written, make any representations stating or implying that DST is (i) providing valuations with respect to the securities, products or services of Fund , or verifying any valuations, (ii) verifying the existence of any assets in connection with the investments, products or services of Fund , or (iii) acting as a fiduciary, investment advisor, tax preparer or advisor, custodian or bailee with respect to Fund, Management or any of their respective assets, investors or customers.

11.6 In the event the Fund obtains information from DST or the TA2000 System which is not intended for the Fund, the Fund agrees to (i) immediately, and in no case more than twenty-four (24) hours after discovery thereof, notify DST that unauthorized information has been made available to the Fund; (ii) not knowingly review, disclose, release, or in any way, use such unauthorized information; (iii) provide DST reasonable assistance in retrieving such unauthorized information and/or destroy such unauthorized information; and (iv) deliver to DST a certificate executed by an authorized officer of the Fund certifying that all such unauthorized information in the Fund’s possession or control has been delivered to DST or destroyed as required by this provision.

 

12.

Notices

12.1 Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices required or permitted under this Agreement or required by Law shall be effective only if in writing and delivered: (i) personally, (ii) by registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, (iii) by receipted prepaid courier, (iv) by any confirmed facsimile or (v) by any electronic mail, to the relevant address or number listed below (or to such other address or number as a Party shall hereafter provide by notice to the other Parties). Notices shall be deemed effective when received by the Party to whom notice is required to be given.

 

9 of 28


If to DST:

DST Systems, Inc.                                                                 Attention: Legal Department

333 W. 11th Street, 5th Floor

Kansas City, MO 64105

If to the Fund:

Apollo Debt Solutions BDC

9 West 57th Street

New York, NY 10019

Attention: _[ ]______________

 

13.

Miscellaneous

13.1 Amendment; Modification. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except in writing signed by an authorized representative of each Party. No DST Associate has authority to bind DST in any way to any oral covenant, promise, representation or warranty concerning this Agreement, the Services or otherwise.

13.2 Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any rights under this Agreement may be assigned or otherwise transferred by the Fund , in whole or in part, whether directly or by operation of Law, without the prior written consent of DST. DST may assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement: (i) to a successor in the event of a change in control of DST, (ii) to an Affiliate or (iii) in connection with an assignment or other transfer of a material part of DST’s business, upon prior written notice to the Fund. Any attempted delegation, transfer or assignment prohibited by this Agreement shall be null and void.

13.3 Choice of Law; Choice of Forum. This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with and governed by the Law of the State of New York. The courts of the State of New York and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Claim. Each Party submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts and waives to the fullest extent permitted by Law all rights to a trial by jury.

13.4 Counterparts; Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which when so executed will be deemed to be an original. Such counterparts together will constitute one agreement. Signatures may be exchanged via facsimile or electronic mail and shall be binding to the same extent as if original signatures were exchanged.

13.5 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including any schedules, attachments, amendments and addenda hereto) contains the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous communications, representations, understandings and agreements, either oral or written, between the Parties with respect thereto. This Agreement sets out the entire liability of DST Associates related to the Services and the subject matter of this Agreement, and no DST Associate shall have any liability to the Fund or any other Person for, and the Fund hereby waives to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law recourse under, tort, misrepresentation or any other legal theory.

13.6 Force Majeure. DST will not be responsible for any Losses of property in DST Associates’ possession or for any failure to fulfill its duties or obligations hereunder if such Loss or failure is caused, directly or indirectly, by war, terrorist or analogous action, the act of any Government Authority or other authority, riot, civil commotion, rebellion, storm, accident, fire, lockout, strike, power failure, computer error or failure, delay or breakdown in communications or electronic transmission systems, or other analogous events beyond DST’s reasonable control. DST shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the effects on the Services of any such event.

 

Transfer Agency Services

10 of 28


DST shall maintain a comprehensive business recovery plan that: (i) is not less protective than the executive summary of the plan provided to the Fund by DST in connection with the inception of the Services; and (ii) is designed to provide for reasonably sufficient recovery of its back office and administrative operations to enable DST, within the time period set forth in the plan, after an event necessitating the use of such plan. DST shall test such business recovery plan no less frequently than annually and upon request, the Fund may participate in such test. Upon request, DST shall provide the Fund with a letter confirming the completion of the most recent business continuity test.

13.7 Non-Exclusivity. The duties and obligations of DST hereunder shall not preclude DST from providing services of a comparable or different nature to any other Person and to receive economic or other benefits in connection therewith. The Fund understands that DST may have commercial relationships with Data Suppliers and other providers of technology, data or other services that are used by the Fund.

13.8 No Partnership. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to, or shall be deemed to, constitute a partnership or joint venture of any kind between or among any of the Parties.

13.9 No Solicitation. During the term of this Agreement and for a period of 12 months thereafter, the Fund will not directly or indirectly solicit the services of, or otherwise attempt to employ or engage any employee of DST or its Affiliates without the consent of DST; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prevent the Fund from soliciting employees through general advertising not targeted specifically at any or all DST Associates. If the Fund employs or engages any DST Associate during the term of this Agreement or the period of 12 months thereafter in contravention of this Section 13.9, the Fund agrees to pay for any fees and expenses (including recruiters’ fees) incurred by DST or its Affiliates in hiring replacement personnel as well as any other remedies available to DST.

13.10 No Warranties. Except as expressly listed herein, DST makes no warranties, whether express, implied, contractual or statutory with respect to the Services. DST disclaims all implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose with respect to the Services. All warranties, conditions and other terms implied by Law are, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, excluded from this Agreement.

13.11 Severance. If any provision (or part thereof) of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the provision shall be deemed modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it valid, legal and enforceable. If such modification is not practical, the relevant provision shall be deemed deleted. Any such modification or deletion of a provision shall not affect the validity, legality and enforceability of the rest of this Agreement. If a Party gives notice to another Party of the possibility that any provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the Parties shall negotiate to amend such provision so that, as amended, it is valid, legal and enforceable and achieves the intended commercial result of the original provision.

13.12 Testimony. If DST is required by a third party subpoena or otherwise, to produce documents, testify or provide other evidence regarding the Services, this Agreement or the operations of the Fund in any Action to which the Fund is a party or otherwise related to the Fund or Management, the Fund shall reimburse DST for all costs and expenses, including the time of its professional staff at DST’s standard rates and the cost of legal representation, that DST reasonably incurs in connection therewith.

 

11 of 28


13.13 Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is entered into for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Parties and will not be interpreted in such a manner as to give rise to or create any rights or benefits of or for any other Person except as set forth with respect to DST Associates.

13.14 Waiver. No failure or delay by a Party to exercise any right or remedy provided under this Agreement or by Law shall constitute a waiver of that or any other right or remedy, nor shall it prevent or restrict the further exercise of that or any other right or remedy. No exercise (or partial exercise) of such right or remedy shall prevent or restrict the further exercise of that or any other right or remedy.

13.15 Insurance. DST shall maintain insurance coverage including, without limitation, errors and omissions, fidelity bond or equivalent crime insurance coverage at levels that are determined by its Board of Directors to be appropriate for its business. Upon request of the Fund, DST shall provide evidence that such coverage is in place. To the extent that DST’s policies of insurance may provide for coverage of claims for liability or indemnity by DST, no provision of this Agreement shall be construed to relieve an insurer of any obligation to pay claims to DST, which would otherwise be a covered claim in the absence of any provision of this Agreement.

[Signatures appear on next page.]

 

12 of 28


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in their names and on their behalf by and through their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

 

DST SYSTEMS, INC.     APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC
By:         By:    
Name:         Name:    
Title:         Title:    

 

13 of 28


Schedule A

Funds

 

14 of 28


Schedule B

Transfer Agency Services

 

A.

General

 

1.

As used in this Schedule A, the following additional terms have the following meanings:

 

  (i)

“ACH” shall mean the Automated Clearing House;

 

  (ii)

“Bank” shall mean a nationally or regionally known banking institution;

 

  (iii)

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

 

  (iv)

“DTCC” shall mean the Depository Trust Clearing Corporation;

 

  (v)

“IRA” shall mean Individual Retirement Account;

 

  (vi)

“Procedures” shall collectively mean DST’s transfer agency procedures manual, third party check procedures, checkwriting draft procedures, Compliance + and identity theft programs and signature guarantee procedures;

 

  (vii)

“Program” shall mean Networking, Fund Serv or other DTCC program; and

 

  (viii)

“TA2000 System” shall mean DST’s TA2000TM computerized data processing system for shareholder accounting.

 

2.

Any references to Law shall be construed to mean the Law as amended to the date of the effectiveness of the applicable provision referencing the Law.

 

3.

The Fund acknowledges that DST’s ability to perform the Services is subject to the following dependencies:

 

  (i)

The Fund and other Persons that are not employees or agents of DST, whose cooperation is reasonably required for DST to provide the Services, providing cooperation, information and, as applicable, instructions to DST promptly, in agreed formats, by agreed media and within agreed timeframes as required to provide the Services.

 

  (ii)

The communications systems operated by the Fund and other Persons that are not employees or agents of DST remaining fully operational.

 

  (iii)

The accuracy and completeness of any the Fund Data or other information provided to DST in connection with the Services by any Person.

 

  (iv)

Any warranty, representation, covenant or undertaking expressly made by the Fund under or in connection with this Agreement being and remaining true, correct and discharged at all relevant times.

 

4.

The following Services will be performed by DST and, as applicable, are contingent on the performance by the Fund of the duties and obligations listed.

 

B.

SERVICES

 

1.

Scope of Agency Services; DST Obligations.

A. DST utilizing the TA2000 System will perform the following services:

(i) issuing, transferring and redeeming book entry shares or cancelling share certificates as applicable;

 

15 of 28


(ii) maintaining shareholder accounts on the records of the Fund on the TA2000 System in accordance with the instructions and information received by DST from the Fund, the Fund’s distributor, manager or managing dealer, the Fund’s investment adviser, the Fund’s sponsor, the Fund’s custodian, or the Fund’s administrator and any other person whom the Fund names on Schedule C (each an “Authorized Person”), broker-dealers or shareholders;

(iii) when and if a Fund participates in the DTCC, and to the extent DST supports the functionality of the applicable DTCC program:

(a) DST will accept and effectuate the registration and maintenance of accounts through the Program and the purchase, redemption, exchange and transfer of shares in such accounts through systems or applications offered via the Program in accordance with instructions transmitted to and received by DST by transmission from DTCC on behalf of broker-dealers and banks which have been established by, or in accordance with the instructions of, an Authorized Person, on the Dealer File maintained by DST,

(b) issuing instructions to the Funds’ banks for the settlement of transactions between the Funds and DTCC (acting on behalf of its broker-dealer and bank participants),

(c) providing account and transaction information from each affected Fund’s records on TA2000 in accordance with the applicable Program’s rules, and

(d) maintaining shareholder accounts on TA2000 through the Programs;

(iv) providing transaction journals;

(v) once annually preparing shareholder meeting lists for use in connection with the annual meeting;

(vi) withholding, as required by federal law, taxes on shareholder accounts, performing and paying backup withholding as required for all shareholders, and preparing, filing and providing, in electronic format, the applicable U.S. Treasury Department information returns or K-1 data file, as applicable, to Fund’s vendor of choice;

(vii) disbursing income dividends and capital gains distributions to shareholders and recording reinvestment of dividends and distributions in shares of the Fund;

(viii) preparing and providing, in electronic format, to Fund’s print vendor of choice:

(a) confirmation forms for shareholders for all purchases and liquidations of shares of the Fund and other confirmable transactions in shareholders’ accounts,

(b) copies of shareholder statements, and

(c) shareholder reports and prospectuses provided by the Fund;

(ix) providing or making available on-line daily and monthly reports as provided by the TA2000 System and as requested by the Fund or its management company;

(x) maintaining those records necessary to carry out DST’s duties hereunder, including all information reasonably required by the Fund to account for all transactions on TA2000 in the Fund shares;

(xi) calculating the appropriate sales charge, if applicable and supported by TA2000, with respect to each purchase of the Fund shares as instructed by an Authorized Person, determining the portion of each sales charge payable to the dealer participating in a sale in accordance with schedules and instructions delivered to DST by the Fund’s managing dealer or distributor or any other Authorized Person from time to time, disbursing dealer commissions collected to such dealers, determining the portion of each sales charge payable to such managing dealer and disbursing such commissions to the managing dealer;

 

16 of 28


(xii) receiving correspondence pertaining to any former, existing or new shareholder account, processing such correspondence for proper recordkeeping, and responding to shareholder correspondence;

(xiii) arranging the mailing to dealers of confirmations of wire order trades;

(xiv) processing, generally on the date of receipt, purchases, redemptions, exchanges, or instructions, as applicable, to settle any mail or wire order purchases, redemptions or exchanges received in proper order as set forth in the prospectus and general exchange privilege applicable, and rejecting any requests not received in proper order (as defined by an Authorized Person or the Procedures as hereinafter defined);

(xv) if a Fund is a registered product, providing to the person designated by an Authorized Person the daily Blue Sky reports generated by the Blue Sky module of TA2000 with respect to purchases of shares of the Funds on TA2000. For clarification, with respect to obligations, the Fund is responsible for any registration or filing with a federal or state government body or obtaining approval from such body required for the sale of shares of the Fund in each jurisdiction in which it is sold. DST’s sole obligation is to provide the Fund access to the Blue Sky module of TA2000 with respect to purchases of shares of the Fund on TA2000. It is the Fund’s responsibility to validate that the Blue Sky module settings are accurate and complete and to validate the output produced thereby and other applicable reports provided by DST, to ensure accuracy. DST is not responsible in any way for claims that the sale of shares of the Fund violated any such requirement (unless such violation results from a failure of the DST Blue Sky module to notify the Fund that such sales do not comply with the parameters set by the Fund for sales to residents of a given state);

(xvi) providing to the Fund escheatment reports as requested by an Authorized Person with respect to the status of accounts and outstanding checks on TA2000;

(xvii) as mutually agreed upon by the parties as to the service scope and fees, answer telephone inquiries during mutually agreed upon times, each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. DST shall answer and respond to inquiries from existing shareholders, prospective shareholders of the Fund and broker-dealers on behalf of such shareholders in accordance with the telephone scripts provided by the Fund to DST, such inquiries may include requests for information on account set-up and maintenance, general questions regarding the operation of the Fund, general account information including dates of purchases, redemptions, exchanges and account balances, requests for account access instructions and literature requests;

(xviii) (where applicable) supporting Fund tender offers, including but not limited to: assistance with shareholder communication plan; coordination of tender offer materials; establishment of informational website; receipt, review and reconciliation of letters of transmittal; daily tracking, reconciliation and reporting of shares tendered; and issuing tax forms.

(xix) in order to assist the Fund with the Fund’s anti-money laundering responsibilities under applicable anti-money laundering laws, DST offers certain risk-based shareholder activity monitoring tools and procedures that are reasonably designed to: (i) promote the detection and reporting of potential money laundering activities; and (ii) assist in the verification of persons opening accounts with the Fund. If the Fund elects to have DST implement the anti-money laundering procedures and delegate the day-to-day operation of such anti-money laundering procedures to DST, the parties will agree to upon the applicable fees and the service scope and execute the attached appendix (“Appendix 1” entitled “AML Delegation”) which may be changed from time to time subject to mutual written agreement between the parties;

 

17 of 28


(xx) as mutually agreed upon by the parties as to the service scope and fees, DST shall carry out certain information requests, analyses and reporting services in support of the Fund’s obligations under Rule 22c-2(a)(2). The parties will agree to such services and terms as stated in the attached appendix (“Appendix 2” entitled “Omnibus Transparency Services”) that may be changed from time to time subject to mutual written agreement between the parties;

(xxi) as mutually agreed upon by the parties as to the service scope and fees, provide any additional related services (i.e., pertaining to escheatments, abandoned property, garnishment orders, bankruptcy and divorce proceedings, Internal Revenue Service or state tax authority tax levies and summonses and all matters relating to the foregoing); and

(xxii) upon request of the Fund and mutual agreement between the parties as to the scope and any applicable fees, DST may provide additional services to the Fund under the terms of this Schedule and the Agreement. Such services and fees shall be set forth in a writing and may be added by an amendment to, or as a statement of work under, this Schedule or the Agreement.

B. At the request of an Authorized Person, DST shall use reasonable efforts to provide the services set forth in Section 1.A of this Schedule A in connection with transactions (i) the processing of which transactions require DST to use methods and procedures other than those usually employed by DST to perform shareholder servicing agent services, (ii) involving the provision of information to DST after the commencement of the nightly processing cycle of the TA2000 System or (iii) which require more manual intervention by DST, either in the entry of data or in the modification or amendment of reports generated by the TA2000 System than is usually required by normal transactions.

C. DST shall use reasonable efforts to provide the same services with respect to any new, additional functions or features or any changes or improvements to existing functions or features as provided for in the Fund’s instructions, prospectus or application as amended from time to time, for the Fund provided DST is advised in advance by the Fund of any changes therein and the TA2000 System and the mode of operations utilized by DST as then constituted supports such additional functions and features. If any new, additional function or feature or change or improvement to existing functions or features or new service or mode of operation measurably increases DST’s cost of performing the services required hereunder at the current level of service, DST shall advise the Fund of the amount of such increase and if the Fund elects to utilize such function, feature or service, DST shall be entitled to increase its fees by the amount of the increase in costs.

D. The Fund acknowledges that DST is currently using, and will continue to use, domestic or foreign DST affiliates to assist with software development and support projects for DST and/or for the Fund. As part of such support, the Fund acknowledges that such affiliates may access the Fund Confidential Information including, but not limited to, personally identifiable shareholder information (shareholder name, address, social security number, account number, etc.).

E. The Fund shall add all new funds to the TA2000 System upon at least 60 days’ prior written notice to DST provided that the requirements of the new funds are generally consistent with services then being provided by DST under the Agreement. If less than 60 days’ prior notice is provided by the Fund, additional ‘rush’ fees may be applied by DST. Rates or charges for additional funds shall be as set forth in Schedule B for the remainder of the contract term except as such funds use functions, features or characteristics for which DST has imposed an additional charge as part of its standard pricing schedule. In the latter event, rates and charges shall be in accordance with DST’s then-standard pricing schedule.

 

18 of 28


F. The parties agree that to the extent that DST provides any services under the Agreement that relate to compliance by the Fund with the Code (or any other applicable tax law), it is the parties’ mutual intent that DST will provide only printing, reproducing, and other mechanical assistance to the Fund and that DST will not make any judgments or exercise any discretion of any kind. The Fund agrees that it will provide express and comprehensive instructions to DST in connection with all of the services that are to be provided by DST under the Agreement that relate to compliance by the Fund with the Code (or any other applicable tax law), including providing responses to requests for direction that may be made from time to time by DST of the Fund in this regard.

G. The Fund instructs and authorizes DST to provide the services as set forth in the Agreement in connection with transactions on behalf of certain IRAs featuring the funds made available by the Fund. The Fund acknowledges and agrees that as part of such services, DST will act as service provider to the custodian for such IRAs.

H. If applicable, DST will make original issues of shares, or if shares are certificated, stock certificates upon written request of an officer of the Fund and upon being furnished with a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing such original issue, evidence regarding the value of the shares, and necessary funds for the payment of any original issue tax.

I. Upon receipt of a Fund’s written request, DST shall provide transmissions of shareholder activity to the print vendor selected by the Fund.

J. If applicable, the Fund will furnish DST with a sufficient supply of blank stock certificates and from time to time will renew such supply upon the request of DST. Such certificates will be signed manually or by facsimile signatures of the officers of the Fund authorized by law and by bylaws to sign stock certificates, and if required, will bear the corporate seal or facsimile thereof. In the event that certificates for shares of the Fund shall be represented to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, DST, upon being furnished with an indemnity bond in such form and amount and with such surety as shall be reasonably satisfactory to it, is authorized to countersign a new certificate or certificates for the number of shares of the Fund represented by the lost or stolen certificate. In the event that certificates of the Fund shall be represented to have been lost, stolen, missing, counterfeited or recovered, DST shall file Form X-17F-1A as required by applicable federal securities laws.

K. Shares of stock will be transferred in accordance with the instructions of the shareholders and, upon receipt of the Fund’s instructions that shares of stock be redeemed and funds remitted therefor, such redemptions will be accomplished and payments dispatched provided the shareholder instructions are deemed by DST to be duly authorized. DST reserves the right to refuse to transfer, exchange, sell or redeem shares as applicable, until it is satisfied that the request is authorized, or instructed by the Fund.

M. Changes and Modifications.

(i) DST shall have the right, at any time, to modify any systems, programs, procedures or facilities used in performing its obligations hereunder; provided that the Fund will be notified as promptly as possible prior to implementation of such modifications and that no such modification or deletion shall materially adversely change or affect the operations and procedures of the Fund in using the TA2000 System hereunder, the Services or the quality thereof, or the reports to be generated by such system and facilities hereunder, unless the Fund is given thirty (30) days’ prior notice to allow the Fund to change its procedures and DST provides the Fund with revised operating procedures and controls.

(ii) All enhancements, improvements, changes, modifications or new features added to the TA2000 System however developed or paid for, including, without limitation, Client Requested

 

19 of 28


Software (collectively, “Deliverables”), shall be, and shall remain, the confidential and exclusive property of, and proprietary to, DST. The parties recognize that during the Term of this Agreement the Fund will disclose to DST Confidential Information and DST may partly rely on such Confidential Information to design, structure or develop one or more Deliverables. Provided that, as developed, such Deliverable(s) contain no Confidential Information that identifies the Fund or any of its investors or which could reasonably be expected to be used to readily determine such identity, (i) the Fund hereby consents to DST’s use of such Confidential Information to design, to structure or to determine the scope of such Deliverable(s) or to incorporate into such Deliverable(s) and that any such Deliverable(s), regardless of who paid for it, shall be, and shall remain, the sole and exclusive property of DST and (ii) the Fund hereby grants DST a perpetual, nonexclusive license to incorporate and retain in such Deliverable(s) Confidential Information of the Fund. All Confidential Information of the Fund shall be and shall remain the property of the Fund.

2. Fund Obligations.

A. The Fund agrees to use its reasonable efforts to deliver to DST in Kansas City, Missouri, as soon as they are available, all of its shareholder account records.

B. The Fund will provide DST written notice of any change in Authorized Personnel as set forth on Schedule C.

C. The Fund will notify DST of material changes to its Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws (e.g. in the case of recapitalization) that impact the services provided by DST under the Agreement.

D. If at any time the Fund receives notice or becomes aware of any stop order or other proceeding in any such state affecting such registration or the sale of the Fund’s shares, or of any stop order or other proceeding under the federal securities laws affecting the sale of the Fund’s shares, the Fund will give prompt notice thereof to DST.

E. The Fund shall not enter into one or more omnibus, third-party sub-agency or sub accounting agreements with (i) unaffiliated third-party broker/dealers or other financial intermediaries who have a distribution agreement with the affected Funds or (ii) third party administrators of group retirement or annuity plans, unless the Fund either (1) provides DST with a minimum of 12 months’ notice before the accounts are deconverted from DST, or (2), if 12 months’ notice is not possible, Fund shall compensate DST by paying a one-time termination fee equal to $0.10 per deconverted account per month for every month short of the 12 months’ notice in connection with each such deconversion.

3. Compliance.

A. DST shall perform the services under this Schedule A in conformance with DST’s present procedures as set forth in its Procedures with such changes or deviations therefrom as may be from time to time required or approved by the Fund, its investment adviser or managing dealer, or its or DST’s counsel and the rejection of orders or instructions not in good order in accordance with the applicable prospectus or the Procedures. Notwithstanding the foregoing, DST’s obligations shall be solely as are set forth in this Schedule and any of other obligations of the Fund under applicable law that DST has not agreed to perform on the Fund’s behalf under this Schedule or the Agreement shall remain the Fund’s sole obligation.

[B. The Fund hereby advises DST that all of the shares of the Fund are sold by broker-dealers who have executed selling group or dealer agreements with the Fund pursuant to which agreements the affected broker-dealer has assumed all obligations and responsibilities under applicable laws with respect to customer identification procedures, identity theft and the red flag regulations and that, therefore, such obligations and responsibilities are not among the obligations and responsibilities that the Fund is employing DST to provide or fulfill. Any requirement to comply with applicable law with respect to any attempt to verify the identity of shareholders of the shares of the Fund shall remain with the Fund and the Fund’s broker-dealers.]

 

20 of 28


4. Bank Accounts.

A. DST, acting as agent for the Fund, is hereby authorized (1) to establish in the name of, and to maintain on behalf of, the Fund, on the usual terms and conditions prevalent in the industry, including limits or caps (based on fees paid over some period of time or a flat amount, as required by the affected Bank on the maximum liability of such Banks into which DST shall deposit the funds DST receives for payment of dividends, distributions, purchases of Fund shares, redemptions of Fund shares, commissions, corporate re-organizations (including recapitalizations or liquidations) or any other disbursements made by DST on behalf of the Fund provided for in this Schedule A, (2) to draw checks upon such accounts, to issue orders or instructions to the Bank for the payment out of such accounts as necessary or appropriate to accomplish the purposes for which such funds were provided to DST, and (3) to establish, to implement and to transact Fund business through ACH, draft processing, wire transfer and any other banking relationships, arrangements and agreements with such Bank as are necessary or appropriate to fulfill DST’s obligations under the Agreement. DST, acting as agent for the Fund, is also hereby authorized to execute on behalf and in the name of the Fund, on the usual terms and conditions prevalent in the industry, including limits or caps (based on fees paid over some period of time or a flat amount, as required by the affected Bank) on the maximum liability of such Banks, agreements with banks for ACH, wire transfer, draft processing services, as well as any other services which are necessary or appropriate for DST to utilize to accomplish the purposes of this Schedule. In each of the foregoing situations the Fund shall be liable on such agreements with the Bank as if it itself had executed the agreement.

B. DST is authorized and directed to stop payment of checks theretofore issued hereunder, but not presented for payment, when the payees thereof allege either that they have not received the checks or that such checks have been mislaid, lost, stolen, destroyed or through no fault of theirs, are otherwise beyond their control, and cannot be produced by them for presentation and collection, and, to issue and deliver duplicate checks in replacement thereof.

5. Records.

DST will maintain customary transfer agent records in connection with its agency in accordance with the transfer agent recordkeeping requirements under applicable federal securities laws. Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, the records to be maintained and preserved by DST on the TA2000 System under the Agreement shall be maintained and preserved in accordance with the following:

A. Annual Purges by August 31: DST and the Fund shall mutually agree upon a date for the annual purge of the appropriate history transactions from the Transaction History (A88) file for accounts (both regular and tax advantaged accounts) that were open as of January 1 of the current year, such purge to be complete no later than August 31. Purges completed after this date will subject the Fund to the Aged History Retention fees set forth in the Fee Schedule attached hereto as Schedule B.

B. Purge Criteria: In order to avoid the Aged History Retention fees, history data for regular or ordinary accounts (that is, non-tax advantaged accounts) must be purged if the confirmation date of the history transaction is prior to January 1 of the current year and history data for tax advantaged accounts (retirement and educational savings accounts) must be purged if the confirmation date of the history transaction is prior to January 1 of the prior year. All purged history information shall be retained on magnetic tape for 7 years.

C. Purged History Retention Options (entail an additional fee): For the additional fees set forth on the Fee Schedule attached hereto as Schedule B, or as otherwise mutually agreed, then Fund may choose (i) to place purged history information on the Purged Transaction History (A19) table or (ii) to retain

 

21 of 28


history information on the Transaction History (A88) file beyond the timeframes defined above. Retaining information on the A19 table allows for viewing of this data through online facilities and E-Commerce applications. This database does not support those histories being printed on statements and reports and is not available for on request job executions.

6. Disposition of Books, Records and Canceled Certificates.

DST may send periodically to the Fund, or to where designated by the Fund, all books, documents, and all records no longer deemed needed for current purposes, upon the understanding that such books, documents, and records will be maintained by the Fund under and in accordance with the requirements of applicable federal securities laws. Such materials will not be destroyed by the Fund without the consent of DST (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld), but will be safely stored for possible future reference.

 

22 of 28


SCHEDULE C

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL

Pursuant to the terms of the Schedule A and the Agreement between the Fund and DST, the Fund authorizes the following Fund personnel to provide instructions to DST, and receive inquiries from DST in connection with Schedule A and the Agreement:

 

Name       Title
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         

This Schedule may be revised by the Fund by providing DST with a substitute Schedule C. Any such substitute Schedule C shall become effective twenty-four (24) hours after DST’s receipt of the document and shall be incorporated into the Agreement.


APPENDIX 1

ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING DELEGATION

 

1.

Delegation.

 

  1.1

In order to assist the Fund with the Fund’s AML responsibilities under applicable AML laws, DST offers certain risk-based AML Procedures that are reasonably designed to: (i) promote the detection and reporting of potential money laundering activities; and (ii) assist in the verification of persons opening accounts with the Fund. The Fund has had an opportunity to review the AML Procedures with DST and desires to implement the AML Procedures as part of the Fund’s overall AML program.

 

  1.2

Accordingly, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Fund hereby instructs and directs DST to implement the AML Procedures as set forth in Section 4 below on the Fund’s behalf and delegates to DST the day-to-day operation of the AML Procedures. The AML Procedures set forth in Section 4 may be amended, from time to time, by mutual agreement of the Fund and DST upon the execution by such parties of a revised Appendix 1 bearing a later date than the date hereof.

 

  1.3

DST agrees to perform such AML Procedures, with respect to the ownership of Shares in the Fund for which DST maintains the applicable shareholder information, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

2.

Consent to Examination. In connection with the performance by DST of the AML Procedures, DST understands and acknowledges that the Fund remains responsible for assuring compliance with the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA PATRIOT Act”) and that the records DST maintains for the Fund relating to the AML Program may be subject, from time to time, to examination and/or inspection by federal regulators in order that the regulators may evaluate such compliance. DST hereby consents to such examination and/or inspection and agrees to cooperate with such federal examiners in connection with their review. For purposes of such examination and/or inspection, DST will use its best efforts to make available, during normal business hours and on reasonable notice all required records and information for review by such examiners.

 

3.

Limitation on Delegation. The Fund acknowledges and agrees that in accepting the delegation hereunder, DST is agreeing to perform only the AML Procedures, as may be amended from time to time, and is not undertaking and shall not be responsible for any other aspect of the AML Program or for the overall compliance by the Fund with the USA PATRIOT Act or for any other matters that have not been delegated hereunder. Additionally, the parties acknowledge and agree that DST shall only be responsible for performing the AML Procedures with respect to the ownership of, and transactions in, Shares in the Fund for which DST maintains the applicable Shareholder information.


4.

AML Procedures1

 

  4.1

Consistent with the services provided by DST and with respect to the ownership of Shares in the Fund for which DST maintains the applicable Shareholder information, DST shall:

(a) On a daily basis, submit all new customer account registrations and registration changes against the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) database, the Politically Exposed Persons (“PEP”) database, and such other lists or databases as may be required from time to time by applicable regulatory authorities;

(b) Submit all account registrations through OFAC database, the PEP database, and such other lists or databases as may be required from time to time by applicable regulatory authorities;

(c) On a daily basis, submit special payee information from checks, outgoing wires and systematic withdrawal files through the OFAC database;

(d) Review certain types of redemption transactions that occur within thirty-four (34) days of an account establishment, registration change, or banking information change (e.g. redemption by wire within 34 days of banking information change; rapid depletion of account balance after establishment; and redemption by check within 34 days of address change);

(e) Review wires sent pursuant to banking instructions other than those on file with DST;

(f) Review accounts with small balances followed by large purchases;

(g) Review accounts with frequent activity within a specified date range followed by a large redemption;

(h) Review purchase and redemption activity by check that meets or exceeds $100,000 threshold on any given day;

(i) Determine when a suspicious activity report (“SAR”) should be filed as required by regulations applicable to mutual funds; prepare and file the SAR; provide the Fund with a copy of the SAR within a reasonable time after filing; and notify the Fund if any further communication is received from the U.S. Department of the Treasury or other law enforcement agencies regarding such filing;

(j) Compare account information to any FinCEN request received by the Fund and provided to DST pursuant to USA PATRIOT Act Sec. 314(a). Provide the Fund with the necessary information for it to respond to such request within required time frame;

 

1 

The accounts, transactions, items and activity reviewed in each case are subject to certain standard exclusions as set forth in written procedures of DST, which have been made available to the Fund and which may be modified from time to time.


(k) (i) Take reasonable steps to verify the identity of any person seeking to become a new customer of the Fund and notify the Fund in the event such person cannot be verified, (ii) Maintain records of the information used to verify the person’s identity, as required, and (iii) Determine whether the person appears on any lists of known or suspected terrorists or terrorist organizations provided to the Fund by any government agency;

(l) Except with respect to any entities excluded under applicable regulation: (i) take reasonable steps to verify the identity of legal entities seeking to become new customers of the Fund, including verifying the identity of the natural person(s) retaining ownership or controlling interest in such legal entity (the “ Beneficial Owner(s)”), as such ownership and controlling interests are defined in 31 C.F.R. 1010.230, (ii) notify the Fund in the event that the identity of such Beneficial Owner(s) is not provided upon request to such entity or cannot be verified, (iii) maintain records of the information used to verify such Beneficial Owners, as required, and (iv) determine whether such persons appear on any lists of known or suspected terrorists or terrorist organizations provided to the Fund by any government agency;

(m) Conduct due diligence and if required, enhanced due diligence in accordance with 31 C.F.R. 103.176(b) for new and existing correspondent accounts for foreign financial institutions (as defined in 31 C.F.R. 103.175). DST will perform an assessment of the money laundering risk presented by the account based on a consideration of relevant factors in accordance with applicable law and information provided by the foreign financial institution in a financial institution questionnaire. If an account is determined to have a medium or above risk-ranking, DST will monitor the account on a monthly basis for unusual activity. In the situation where due diligence cannot be completed with respect to an account, DST will contact the Fund’s AML Officer for further instruction.

(n) Upon the request by the Fund, conduct due diligence to determine if the Fund is involved with any foreign jurisdiction, institution, class of transactions and a type of account designated, from time to time, by the U.S. Department of Justice in order to identify and take certain “special measures” against such entities as required under Section 311 of the USA PATRIOT Act (31 C.F.R. 103.193).

(o) Create and retain records required under 31 CFR 103.33 in connection with the transmittals of funds in amounts equal to or in excess of $3,000, and transmit such information on the transactions to the receiving financial institutions.

4.1 In the event that DST detects activity as a result of the foregoing procedures, which necessitates the filing by DST of a SAR or other similar report or notice to OFAC, then DST shall also immediately notify the Fund, unless prohibited by applicable law.


APPENDIX 2

OMNIBUS TRANSPARENCY SERVICES

 

A.

The Funds shall provide the following information to DST:

 

  1.

The name and contact information for the financial intermediary, with which the Funds have a “shareholder information agreement” (under which the financial intermediary agrees to provide, at the Fund’s request, identity and transaction information about shareholders who hold their shares through an account with the financial intermediary (an “accountlet”)), that is to receive an information request;

 

  2.

The Funds to be included, along with each Fund’s frequency trading policy, under surveillance for the financial intermediary;

 

  3.

The frequency of supplemental data requests from DST;

 

  4.

The duration of supplemental data requests (e.g. 60 days, 90 days); and

 

  5.

The expected turnaround time for a response from the financial intermediary to an information request (including requests for supplemental data)

 

B.

Upon receipt of the foregoing information, the Funds hereby authorize and instruct DST to perform the following services:

 

  1.

Financial Intermediary Surveillance Schedules.

(a) Create a system profile and infrastructure based upon parameters set by the Fund to establish and maintain financial intermediary surveillance schedules and communication protocol/links.

(b) Initiate information requests to the financial intermediaries.

 

1.

 

  2.

Data Management Monitoring

(a) Monitor status of information requests until all supplemental data is received.

(b) If a Financial Intermediary does not respond to a second request from DST, the DST shall notify the Fund for the Fund to follow-up with the financial intermediary.

 

2.

 

  3.

Customized Reporting for Market Timing Analysis

(a) Run information received from the financial intermediaries through TA2000 System functionalities.

(b) Generate exception reports using parameters provided by the Funds.

 

3.

 

  4.

Daily Exception Analysis of Market Timing Policies for Supplemental Data Provided

(a) Review daily short-term trader exceptions, daily excessive trader exceptions, and daily supplemental data reconciliation exceptions.

(b) Analyze Financial Intermediary supplemental data (items), which are identified as “Potential Violations” based on parameters established by the Funds.

(c) Confirm exception trades and if necessary, request additional information regarding Potential Violations.


  5.

Communication and Resolution of Market Timing Exceptions

(a) Communicate results of analysis to the Funds or upon request of the Funds directly to the financial intermediary.

(b) Unless otherwise requested by the Funds and as applicable, instruct the financial intermediary to (i) restrict trading on the accountlet, (ii) cancel a trade, or (iii) prohibit future purchases or exchanges.

(c) Update AWD work object with comments detailing resolution.

(d) Keep a detailed record of all data exceptions and inquires with regards to potential violations.

 

  6.

Management Reporting

(a) Provide periodic reports, in accordance with agreed upon frequency and content parameters, to the Funds. As reasonably requested by the Funds, DST shall furnish ad hoc reports to the Funds.

 

  7.

Support Due Diligence Programs

(a) Update system watch list with pertinent information on trade violators.

(b) Maintain a detailed audit trail of all accounts that are blocked and reason for doing so.

Exhibit (k)(4)

APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC

MULTIPLE CLASS PLAN

[ ], 2021

This Multiple Class Plan (this “Plan”) is adopted pursuant to Rule 18f-3(d) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), by Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Fund”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Fund is a closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company;

WHEREAS, the Fund intends to rely on exemptive relief from the Securities and Exchange Commission that permits it to issue multiple classes of shares, and one of the conditions of this relief is that the Fund must comply with the provisions of Rule 18f-3 under the 1940 Act as though such rule applied to closed-end investment companies;

WHEREAS, the shares of beneficial interest of the Fund (the “Shares”) are divided into one or more separate classes;

WHEREAS, the Fund desires to adopt this Plan in order that the Fund may issue multiple classes of Shares (each, a “Class”); and

WHEREAS, the Board of Trustees of the Fund (the “Board”, and each member, a “Trustee”), including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined by the 1940 Act) of the Fund (the “Independent Trustees”), in considering whether the Fund should adopt and implement this Plan, has evaluated such information and considered such pertinent factors as it deemed necessary to undertake an informed evaluation of this Plan and determination as to whether this Plan should be adopted and implemented, and has determined that the adoption and implementation of this Plan, including the expense allocation contemplated herein, are in the best interests of each Class individually, as well as the best interests of the Fund;

NOW THEREFORE, the Fund adopts this Plan pursuant to Rule 18f-3 under the 1940 Act, on the following terms and conditions:

1. The effective date of this Plan (the “Effective Date”) shall be the date upon which the Fund has an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), with respect to more than one Class.

2. The Fund may issue Shares in one or more Classes, as set forth in Exhibit A. Shares so issued will have the rights and preferences set forth in the Fund’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust and bylaws (each as amended from time to time), any applicable resolutions adopted by the Board from time to time and the Fund’s then current registration statement under the Securities Act relating to the Classes.


3. Shares issued in Classes will be issued subject to, and in accordance with, the terms of Rule 18f-3 under the 1940 Act, including, without limitation:

(a) each Class will have a different arrangement for shareholder services or the distribution of Shares or both, and will pay all of the expenses of that arrangement, as set forth in Exhibit A;

(b) each Class may pay a different share of other expenses, not including advisory or custodial fees or other expenses related to the management of the Fund’s assets, if these expenses are actually incurred in a different amount by that Class, or if the Class receives services of a different kind or to a different degree than other Classes;

(c) each Class may pay a different advisory fee to the extent that any difference in amount paid is the result of the application of the same performance fee provisions in the advisory contract of the Fund to the different investment performance of each Class;

(d) each Class will have exclusive voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders that relates solely to its arrangement;

(e) each Class will have separate voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders in which the interests of one Class differ from the interests of any other Class;

(f) except as otherwise permitted under Rule 18f-3 under the 1940 Act, each Class will have the same rights and obligations as each other Class; and

(g) Shares of one Class may be exchanged, at the shareholder’s option, for Shares of another class of the Fund (an “intra-Fund exchange”), if and to the extent an applicable intra-Fund exchange privilege is disclosed in the Fund’s prospectus as from time to time in effect (together with the Fund’s statement of additional information as from time to time in effect, the “Prospectus”) and subject to the terms and conditions (including the imposition or waiver of any sales load, repurchase fee or early withdrawal charge) set forth in the Prospectus, provided that the shareholder requesting the intra-Fund exchange meets the eligibility requirements of the Class into which such shareholder seeks to exchange.

4. Nothing in this Plan will be deemed to require the Fund to take any action contrary to its Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust or bylaws, each as amended from time to time, or any applicable statutory or regulatory requirement to which it is subject or by which it is bound, or to relieve or deprive the Board of the responsibility for and control of the conduct of the affairs of the Fund.

5. This Plan will continue in effect indefinitely unless terminated by a vote of the Board.

6. This Plan may be amended at any time by the Board, provided that any material amendment of this Plan will be effective only upon approval by a vote of the Board, and a majority of the Independent Trustees.

 

2


7. This Plan will be construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware and the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.

8. If any provision of this Plan is held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Plan will not be affected thereby.

 

3


EXHIBIT A

Classes as of [ ], 2021

 

Class

   Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee (calculated per
annum as a percent of the aggregate NAV as of the beginning of the
first calendar day of each applicable month)

Class I

   N/A

Class S

   0.85%

Class D

   0.25%

 

4

Exhibit (k)(5)

EXPENSE SUPPORT AND CONDITIONAL REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT

This Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made this [ ] day of [ ], 2021, by and between APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Fund”), and APOLLO CREDIT MANAGEMENT, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”).

WHEREAS, the Fund is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”);

WHEREAS, the Fund has retained the Adviser to furnish investment advisory services to the Fund on the terms and conditions set forth in the investment advisory agreement, dated [ ], 2021, entered between the Fund and the Adviser, as may be amended or restated (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Fund and the Adviser have determined that it is appropriate and in the best interests of the Fund that the Adviser may elect to pay a portion of the Fund’s expenses from time to time, which the Fund will be obligated to reimburse to the Adviser at a later date if certain conditions are met.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.

Adviser Expense Payments to the Fund

(a) At such times as the Adviser determines, the Adviser may elect to pay certain expenses of the Fund on the Fund’s behalf (each such payment, an “Expense Payment”). In making an Expense Payment, the Adviser will designate, as it deems necessary or advisable, what type of Expense it is paying (including, whether it is paying organizational or offering expenses); provided that no portion of an Expense Payment will be used to pay any interest expense or distribution and/or servicing fees of the Fund.

(b) The Fund’s right to receive an Expense Payment shall be an asset of the Fund upon the Adviser committing in writing to pay the Expense Payment pursuant to a notice substantially in the form of Appendix A. Any Expense Payment that the Adviser has committed to pay shall be paid by the Adviser to the Fund in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds no later than forty-five days after such commitment was made in writing, and/or offset against amounts due from the Fund to the Adviser or its affiliates.

 

2.

Reimbursement of Expense Payments by the Fund

(a) Following any calendar month in which Available Operating Funds (as defined below) exceed the cumulative distributions accrued to the Fund’s shareholders based on distributions declared with respect to record dates occurring in such calendar month (the amount of such excess being hereinafter referred to as “Excess Operating Funds”), the Fund shall pay such Excess Operating Funds, or a portion thereof in accordance with Sections 2(b), as applicable, to the Adviser until such time as all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to the Fund within three years prior to the last business day of such calendar month have been reimbursed. Any payments required to be made by the Fund pursuant to this Section 2(a) shall be referred to herein as a “Reimbursement Payment.” For purposes of this Agreement, “Available Operating Funds” means the sum of (i) the Fund’s net investment company taxable income (including net short-term capital gains reduced by net long-term capital losses), (ii) the Fund’s net capital gains (including the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) and (iii) dividends and other distributions paid to the Fund on account of investments in portfolio companies (to the extent such amounts listed in clause (iii) are not included under clauses (i) and (ii) above).

(b) The amount of the Reimbursement Payment for any calendar month shall equal the lesser of (i) the Excess Operating Funds in such quarter and (ii) the aggregate amount of all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to the Fund within three years prior to the last business day of such calendar month that have not been previously reimbursed by the Fund to the Adviser; provided that the Adviser may waive its right to receive all or a portion of any Reimbursement Payment in any particular calendar month, in which case such waived amount will remain unreimbursed Expense Payments reimbursable in future months pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.


(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Reimbursement Payment for any month shall be made if: (1) the Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share declared by the Company at the time of such proposed Reimbursement Payment is less than the Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share at the time the Expense Payment was made to which such Reimbursement Payment relates, or (2) the Company’s Operating Expense Ratio at the time of such proposed Reimbursement Payment is greater than the Operating Expense Ratio at the time the Expense Payment was made to which such Reimbursement Payment relates. For purposes of the Agreement, “Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share” means the annualized rate (based on a 365 day year) of regular cash distributions per share exclusive of returns of capital, distribution rate reductions due to distribution and shareholder fees, and declared special dividends or special distributions, if any. The “Operating Expense Ratio” is calculated by dividing Operating Expenses, less organizational and offering expenses, base management and incentive fees owed to the Adviser, and interest expense, by the Company’s net assets.

(d) The Fund’s obligation to make a Reimbursement Payment shall automatically become a liability of the Fund on the last business day of the applicable calendar month, except to the extent the Adviser has waived its right to receive such payment for the applicable month. In connection with any Reimbursement Payment, the Fund may deliver a notice substantially in the form of Appendix A. The Reimbursement Payment for any calendar month shall be paid by the Fund to the Adviser in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds as promptly as possible following such calendar month and in no event later than forty-five days after the end of such calendar month.

(e) All Reimbursement Payments hereunder shall be deemed to relate to the earliest unreimbursed Expense Payments made by the Adviser to the Fund within three years prior to the last business day of the calendar month in which such Reimbursement Payment obligation is accrued.

 

3.

Termination and Survival

(a) This Agreement shall become effective as of the date of this Agreement.

(b) This Agreement may be terminated, without the payment of any penalty, by the Fund or the Adviser at any time, with or without notice.

(c) This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of (i) the termination by the Fund of the Investment Advisory Agreement; (ii) the board of trustees of the Fund makes a determination to dissolve or liquidate the Fund; or (iii) upon a quotation or listing of the Fund’s securities on a national securities exchange (including through an initial public offering) or a sale of all or substantially all of the Fund’s assets to, or a merger or other liquidity transaction with, an entity in which the Fund’s shareholders receive shares of a publicly-traded company which continues to be managed by the Adviser or an affiliate thereof.

(d) Sections 3 and 4 of this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Section 2 of this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement with respect to any Expense Payments that have not been reimbursed by the Fund to the Adviser.

 

4.

Miscellaneous

(a) The captions of this Agreement are included for convenience only and in no way define or limit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

(b) This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(c) Notwithstanding the place where this Agreement may be executed by any of the parties hereto, this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. For so long as the Fund is regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act, this Agreement shall also be construed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act. In such case, to the extent the applicable laws of the State of New York or any of the provisions herein conflict with the provisions of the Investment Company Act, the latter shall control. Further, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to require the Fund to take any action contrary to the Fund’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust or By- Laws, as each may be amended or restated, or to relieve or deprive the board of trustees of the Fund of its responsibility for and control of the conduct of the affairs of the Fund.

 

2


(d) If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby and, to this extent, the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be severable.

(e) The Fund shall not assign this Agreement or any right, interest or benefit under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Adviser.

(f) This Agreement may be amended in writing by mutual consent of the parties. This Agreement may be executed by the parties on any number of counterparts, delivery of which may occur by facsimile or as an attachment to an electronic communication, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first written above.

 

APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC
By:   /s/ [ ]
Name:   [ ]
Title:   [ ]
APOLLO CREDIT MANAGEMENT, LLC
By:   /s/ Joseph D. Glatt
Name:   Joseph D. Glatt
Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page to Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement]

 

4


Appendix A

Form of Notice of Expense Payment or Reimbursement Payment

Expense Payment

Expense Payment Effective Date:                                                                          

Expense Payment Amount:

Organizational Expense:                                                                          

Offering Expense:                                                                          

Management Fee:                                                                         

Incentive Fee:                                                                          

Other:                                                                          

Total:                                                                          

All Expense Payments are subject to reimbursement pursuant to the terms of the Agreement.

Reimbursement Payment

Reimbursement Payment Effective Date:                

Reimbursement Payment Amount:

Organizational Expense:                                                                          

Offering Expense:                                                                          

Management Fee:                                                                          

Incentive Fee:                                                                          

Other:                                                                          

Total:                                                                          

 

5

Exhibit (k)(6)

 

 

 

FACILITY AGREEMENT

dated as of February 22, 2021

between

APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC

and

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I        1  

ARTICLE II THE PORTFOLIO INVESTMENTS

     17  

SECTION 2.01.

  Purchases of Portfolio Investments      17  

SECTION 2.02.

  Procedures for Purchases      17  

SECTION 2.03.

  Conditions to Purchases      17  

SECTION 2.04.

  Sales of Portfolio Investments; No Liens on Portfolio Investments      18  

SECTION 2.05.

  Voting of Portfolio Investments      19  

SECTION 2.06.

  Documentation, Reports, etc      20  

SECTION 2.07.

  Accelerated Sale Events      20  

SECTION 2.08.

  Principal and Interest Proceeds; Sale Gain Amounts      22  

ARTICLE III FACILITY SALES

     23  

SECTION 3.01.

  Facility Sales      23  

SECTION 3.02.

  Documentation      24  

SECTION 3.03.

  Non-Cash Receipts      24  

SECTION 3.04.

  Capital Condition      25  

ARTICLE IV FACILITY PAYMENTS

     25  

SECTION 4.01.

  Fee Amounts; Received Interest Amounts      25  

SECTION 4.02.

  Expenses; Portfolio Investment Sale Losses      25  

SECTION 4.03.

  Payments Generally; Default Interest; Right of Set-off      27  

SECTION 4.04.

  Makewhole Amount Payment      27  

SECTION 4.05.

  Received Interest Amounts Report      27  

ARTICLE V CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     28  

SECTION 5.01.

  Representations and Warranties      28  

ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

     29  

SECTION 6.01.

  Representations and Warranties      29  

ARTICLE VII EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     31  

SECTION 7.01.

  Events of Default      31  

SECTION 7.02.

  Remedies      32  

ARTICLE VIII MISCELLANEOUS

     33  

SECTION 8.01.

  Notices      33  

SECTION 8.02.

  No Waiver      33  

SECTION 8.03.

  Indemnity; Damage Waiver      34  

SECTION 8.04.

  Amendments      34  

SECTION 8.05.

  Successors; Assignments      34  

SECTION 8.06.

  Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Etc      35  

SECTION 8.07.

  Counterparts      35  

SECTION 8.08.

  Headings      35  

SECTION 8.09.

  Confidentiality      35  

SECTION 8.10.

  Bankruptcy Code; Dodd-Frank Title VII      37  

SECTION 8.11.

  Inconsistency      37  

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page

Schedules

  

Schedule 1 Form of Purchase Request

  

Schedule 2 Terms of Distressed Facility Sale Confirmation

  

Schedule 3 Terms of Par/Near Par Facility Sale Confirmation

  

Exhibit

  

Exhibit A Form of Distressed Facility Sale Confirmation

  

Exhibit B Form of Par/Near Par Facility Sale Confirmation

  

 

 

-ii-


FACILITY AGREEMENT (this Agreement”) dated as of February 22, 2021 (the “Closing Date”) between APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Company”) and GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA (the “Financing Provider”).

For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Defined Terms. When used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Accelerated Sale Date” means, with respect to any Portfolio Investment:

(a)    in respect of an Accelerated Sale Event pursuant to clause (a) of the definition thereof, the date of such event;

(b)    in respect of an Accelerated Sale Event pursuant to clause (b) of the definition thereof, the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date on which the Company provides notice of such event to the Financing Provider; and

(c)    in respect of an Accelerated Sale Event pursuant to any clause other than (a) or (b) of the definition thereof the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date on which the Financing Provider provides written notice of such event to the Company ( or if no Parent Rating Event has occurred and is continuing, the tenth (10th) Business Day after the date on which the Financing Provider provides written notice of such event to the Company).

Accelerated Sale Event” means, with respect to any Portfolio Investment, any of the following (together with, in the case of (b)-(g) below, the giving of notice under Section 2.07):

(a)    a Facility Acceleration Event;

(b)    an election by the Company to declare an Accelerated Sale Event pursuant to Section 2.04 or 2.07(b);

(c)    an event of default that has occurred and is continuing under the Underlying Documentation for such Portfolio Investment, unless the Company has made a Collateralization Election and complied with the terms of Section 2.07(c) in relation to such Portfolio Investment;

(d)    a Conversion Event has occurred and is continuing in respect of such Portfolio Investment, unless the Company has made a Collateralization Election and complied with the terms of Section 2.07(c) in relation to such Portfolio Investment;

(e)    an Adverse Claim Event has occurred and is continuing in respect of such Portfolio Investment, unless in case of clause (a) of the definition of Adverse Claim Event the Company has made a Collateralization Election and complied with the terms of Section 2.07(c) in relation to such Portfolio Investment;

 

1


(f)    an Illegality Event has occurred and is continuing in respect of such Portfolio Investment; or

(g)    such Portfolio Investment becomes and continues to be an Ineligible Investment.

Additional Funded Amount” means, with respect to any Portfolio Investment that is a Delayed Draw Term Loan or Revolving Loan, on any date, an amount, for each Additional Funding in respect of such Portfolio Investment after the Relevant Settlement Date and on or prior to the date of determination, equal to the aggregate net amount funded by the Financing Provider in respect of such Additional Funding (for the avoidance of doubt, giving effect to any “original issue discount” in respect of such funding (except to the extent already taken into account in determining the Initial Value) and any fees and expenses net funded). For the avoidance of doubt, the Additional Funded Amount shall not include any amounts in the Initial Value.

Additional Funding” means, with respect to any Portfolio Investment that is a Delayed Draw Term Loan or Revolving Loan, each additional net funding of loans by the Financing Provider made after the Relevant Settlement Date in respect of unfunded delayed draw or revolving commitments for such Portfolio Investment, as applicable (for the avoidance of doubt, giving effect to any “original issue discount” in respect of such funding (except to the extent already taken into account in determining the Initial Value) and any fees and expenses net funded).

Adverse Claim Event” means, with respect to any Portfolio Investment, (a) the existence of any lien, claim, security interest or other encumbrance ranking, in whole or in part, in priority to the Financing Provider’s interest in and to such Portfolio Investment (other than (and without permitting the following under the last sentence of Section 2.04) any lien, claim, security interest or encumbrance (i) created by the Financing Provider, (ii) in favor of any creditor or other person on account of any obligations of the Financing Provider or any of its Affiliates or (iii) which arises pursuant to, or which is permitted under, the terms of the relevant credit documentation) or (b) the commencement of any legal proceedings against the Financing Provider by any person on account of an obligation owed to such Person by the Company (and, for the avoidance of doubt, not any creditor or other person on account of any obligations of the Financing Provider or any of its Affiliates) in respect of any claim respecting the Financing Provider’s ownership of such Portfolio Investment which, if such claim were to be upheld by a court having the requisite jurisdiction, would impugn, negate or subordinate, in whole or in part, the Financing Provider’s legal and beneficial ownership of such Portfolio Investment or which would subject or subordinate, in whole or in part, the Financing Provider’s ownership of such Portfolio Investment to any lien, claim, security interest or encumbrance in favor of any other party. For the avoidance of doubt, restrictions on assignments or transfers, drag-along, tag-along, rights of first refusal and other similar rights pursuant to the Underlying Documentation of such Portfolio Investment shall not be deemed to be a “Adverse Claim Event.”

Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, a Person (a “Controlled Person”) shall be deemed to be “controlled by” another Person (a “Controlling Person”) if the Controlling Person possesses, directly or indirectly, power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the Controlled Person whether by contract or otherwise. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the term “Affiliate” shall not include any Person that constitutes (or is an obligor under) a Portfolio Investment held by the Company or any of its Affiliates in the ordinary course of business.

 

2


Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

Applicable Margin” means a rate per annum equal to 1.77%.

Applicable Purchaser” means, on any date, (a) if the Capital Condition is not satisfied on such date (and not waived by the Company), the Initial Purchaser, and (b) if the Capital Condition is satisfied on such date (or waived by the Company), the Company; provided, however, that the Initial Purchaser and the Company may elect by written notice to the Financing Provider to each act as Applicable Purchaser in relation to separate portions of the Investment Commitment Amount for a particular Portfolio Investment (adding up to 100% of such Investment Commitment Amount), in which case “Applicable Purchaser” shall refer to each of the Initial Purchaser and the Company separately in relation to such separate portions of the Investment Commitment Amount.

Average Financing Amount” means, with respect to any Facility Fee Period, the sum of the Financing Amount on each day in that period divided by the actual number of days in that period.

Average Unused Amount” means, with respect to any Facility Fee Period, the sum of the Unused Amount on each day in that period divided by the actual number of days in that period.

Business Day” means any day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments in New York City.

Capital Condition” means a condition that shall be satisfied on and after the date on which the Company (a) receives aggregate subscriptions of $600,000,000 or greater deposited from escrow into its custody account or (b) provides written notice to the Financing Provider that is has been satisfied.

Cash means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

Commitment Amount” means on any date (a) prior to May 22, 2021, $250,000,000, (b) on or after May 22, 2021, and prior to the Facility End Date, $500,000,000 and (c) on or after the Facility End Date, zero. Notwithstanding the foregoing, on any date, the Company may by written notice to the Financing Provider make an irrevocable election to reduce the Commitment Amount by an amount up to the Portfolio Refusal Amount on such date, without payment of any Makewhole Amount; provided that the Commitment Amount may not be reduced by the Company on any date to less than the actual Financing Amount (excluding any deduction of the amount of any Cash Collateral in the calculation thereof) on such date.

Company” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

Company Parties” means the Company and the Guarantor.

 

3


Conversion Event” means, with respect to any Portfolio Investment:

(a)    such Portfolio Investment is restructured by way of an amendment or modification to the Underlying Documents after such Portfolio Investment was approved by the Financing Provider pursuant to a Purchase Request in any way such that the Portfolio Investment ceases to be, in the reasonable determination of the Financing Provider, an Eligible Loan (as applicable based on the characterization of such Portfolio Investment immediately prior to such restructuring); or

(b)    the principal amount of such Portfolio Investment is, by way of an amendment or modification to the Underlying Documents after such Portfolio Investment was approved by the Financing Provider pursuant to a Purchase Request, converted into any non-cash assets or securities (whether of the relevant obligor or any other entity or person), including options, warrants and income trust units or depository receipts representing such securities, irrespective of whether the Financing Provider may have consented to such conversion.

Default” means any event that, with notice or lapse of time or both hereunder, would constitute an Event of Default.

Delayed Draw Term Loan” means a loan obligation that (a) requires the holder thereof to make one or more future advances to the borrower under the instrument or agreement pursuant to which such loan obligation was issued or created, (b) specifies a maximum amount that can be borrowed during a fixed borrowing period and (c) does not permit the re-borrowing of any amount previously repaid.

Default Sale” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02(a)(iv).

Designated Assignee” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01.

Distressed Facility Sale Confirmation” means the LSTA Distressed Trade Confirmation attached as Exhibit A hereto.

Distressed Loan” means a loan, the purchase and sale of which would, in accordance with market convention in effect as of the date of determination, as determined by the Financing Provider in its reasonable discretion, settle on distressed documents rather than par documents; provided that with respect to any loan which trades in the U.S. secondary loan market, if the LSTA has conducted a shift poll in respect of whether the market has shifted to utilizing distressed documents for purposes of settling trades in the relevant loan, the determination of such shift poll shall be determinative of whether such loan constitutes a Distressed Loan.

Eligibility Criteria” means, with respect to any loan obligation or Portfolio Investment, such loan obligation or Portfolio Investment, as applicable, (a)(i) is a First Lien Loan or Second Lien Loan, (ii) is denominated in U.S. dollars, (iii) at the time of origination thereof has a calculated senior secured net leverage ratio of less than 5.00 to 1.00 and (iv) has customary limitations on the ability of the obligor thereof to incur additional senior secured indebtedness for borrowed money, and (b) otherwise satisfies such criteria as mutually agreed upon in writing by the Financing Provider and the Company on or prior to the related Purchase Request being made.

Eligible Loan” means a loan obligation that satisfies the Eligibility Criteria.

 

4


Event of Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01.

Facility Acceleration Event” means (a) the occurrence of any Event of Default set forth in Section 7.01(d) or 7.01(e) or (b) the Financing Provider electing to declare a Facility Acceleration Event pursuant to Section 7.01 following the occurrence and during the continuance of any other Event of Default.

Facility Documents” means this Agreement and the Facility Guaranty.

Facility End Date” means the earliest of (i) the Scheduled Facility End Date, (ii) any date designated as such by the Financing Provider while a Facility Acceleration Event has occurred and is continuing and (iii) any date designated by the Company upon at least five (5) Business Days’ irrevocable prior written notice to Financing Provider, provided that if the Facility End Date occurs prior to October 22, 2021, the Company shall pay the Makewhole Amount on such Facility End Date.

Facility Fee Amount” means, with respect to any Facility Fee Period, an amount equal to the product of:

(a)    the Average Financing Amount for such Facility Fee Period;

(b)    the Facility Fee Rate for such Facility Fee Period; and

(c)    the actual number of days in such Facility Fee Period divided by 360.

Facility Fee Period” means the period from, and including, the previous Facility Fee Period End Date to, but excluding, the next occurring Facility Fee Period End Date, provided that:

(a)    the initial Facility Fee Period shall begin on (and include) the Closing Date; and

(b)    the final Facility Fee Period shall end on (but exclude) the Termination Date.

Facility Fee Period End Date” means (a) the 22nd calendar day of March, June, September and December until the Termination Date, beginning June 22, 2021, (b) the Facility End Date and (c) the Termination Date.

Facility Fee Rate” means, with respect to any Facility Fee Period, a per annum rate equal to the sum of (a) the LIBOR Rate in respect of such Facility Fee Period and (b) the Applicable Margin.

Facility Guaranty” means that certain Guarantee Agreement entered into on the Initial Closing Date by and between the Guarantor and the Financing Provider.

Facility Payment Amount” as defined in Section 4.01.

Facility Purchase Price” means, with respect to a Portfolio Investment and a Facility Sale Transaction, the percentage equal to:

(a)    the sum of (i) the Initial Value plus (ii) the Additional Funded Amount minus (iii) the Principal Repayment Amount divided by

 

5


(b)    the Investment Commitment Amount.

Facility Sale Date” means, with respect to any Portfolio Investment, the date on which a Facility Sale Transaction in respect of such Portfolio Investment becomes effective between the Company Party and the Financing Provider, pursuant to which the Financing Provider will settle the sale of such Portfolio Investment to the Company Party on the terms set forth herein (provided that settlement of such transaction may be effected by and with a Designated Assignee as provided in Section 3.01), which date shall be the earliest to occur of (a) the Facility Sale Settlement Date, (b) the Accelerated Sale Date (if any) in respect of such Portfolio Investment and (c) five (5) Business Days prior to the Facility End Date.

Facility Sale Settlement Date” means, with respect to any Portfolio Investment, the date on which settlement occurs under the applicable Trade Confirmation governing the terms of the Facility Sale Transaction in respect of such Portfolio Investment.

Facility Sale Transaction” means a binding transaction entered into between the Financing Provider and a Company Party pursuant to which such Company Party agrees to buy from the Financing Provider, and the Financing Provider agrees to sell to the Company Party, the relevant Portfolio Investment on and in accordance with the terms set forth in this Agreement; provided that settlement of such transaction may be effected by and with a Designated Assignee as provided in Section 3.01.

Failed Settlement Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a)(iii).

Financing Amount” means, on any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of the Relevant Principal Amount on such date for each Portfolio Investment minus the amount of any Cash Collateral held pursuant to Section 2.07(c).

Financing Provider” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

First Lien Loan” means a senior secured term loan, including any Delayed Draw Term Loan or Revolving Loan, documented by way of a loan or credit agreement which trades as a “first lien loan” as reasonably determined by the Financing Provider under then-current trading practices in the primary or secondary loan market, as the case may be and which is not a Distressed Loan.

Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc., also known as Fitch Ratings, and its successors.

Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, municipal, national or other government, governmental department, commission, board, bureau, court, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision thereof or any entity, officer or examiner exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to any government or any court, in each case whether associated with a state of the United States, the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union or any other foreign entity or government (including any successor to any of the foregoing).

Governmental Authorization” means any permit, license, authorization, plan, directive, consent order or consent decree of or from any Governmental Authority.

 

6


GS Fee Letter” means the GS Fee Letter, dated as of February 22, 2021 between the Company and the Financing Provider.

Guarantor” means Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. and its permitted successors and assigns.

Illegality Event” means, with respect to any Portfolio Investment and not as a result of any action or inaction of the Financing Provider or any of its Affiliates, the determination by the Financing Provider (in its reasonable discretion) that due to the adoption of or any change in any applicable law or regulation (or the generally accepted interpretation thereof) or the issuance of any order, judgment, ruling, administrative guideline or policy of or by any Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction, it is illegal or unlawful, or there is a substantial likelihood that it will become illegal or unlawful, for the Financing Provider to maintain ownership or dispose of such Portfolio Investment.

Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money (including in connection with deposits or advances), (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding current accrued expenses incurred and current accounts payable, in each case in the ordinary course of business), (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (f) all guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all obligations required to be accounted for as a finance or capital lease (and not an operating lease) on both the balance sheet and income statement for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, (h) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty and (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing “Indebtedness” shall not include (v) indebtedness of such Person on account of the sale by such Person of the first out tranche of any first lien loan that arises solely as an accounting matter under ASC 860, (w) purchase price holdbacks arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset or investment to satisfy unperformed obligations of the seller of such asset or investment, (x) a commitment arising in the ordinary course of business to make a future portfolio investment (including Portfolio Investments) or fund the delayed draw or unfunded portion of any existing portfolio investment (including Portfolio Investments), (y) any accrued incentive, management or other fees to an investment manager or its affiliates (regardless of any deferral in payment thereof), or (z) non-recourse liabilities for participations sold by any person in any loan.

Ineligibility Sale Settlement Date” means, with respect to any Portfolio Investment, the later to occur of (a) the settlement of the sale by the Financing Provider of such Portfolio Investment pursuant to clauses (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) of Section 2.04 and (b) the date on which the Company

 

7


has paid the Sale Loss Amount (if any) to the Financing Provider in accordance with Section 4.02(b) in respect of an event pursuant to clauses (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) of Section 2.04 (except that the Ineligibility Sale Settlement Date may occur despite this clause (b) if elected by the Financing Provider).

Ineligible Investment” means, with respect to any Portfolio Investment at any time of determination, such Portfolio Investment fails, at such time, to satisfy the Eligibility Criteria.

Initial Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in the Guarantee.

Initial Value” means, with respect to any Portfolio Investment, (a) if such Portfolio Investment is a Primary Market Investment, the net amount actually funded by the Financing Provider on the initial funding date (for the avoidance of doubt, (i) after giving effect to any “original issue discount” in respect of the funded or unfunded loans and any fees and expenses net funded and (ii) excluding any unfunded commitments in respect of such Portfolio Investment) and otherwise (b) an amount equal to the initial amount of cash proceeds actually paid by the Financing Provider to acquire such Portfolio Investment. For the avoidance of doubt, the Initial Value will not include the Additional Funded Amount.

Interest Proceeds” means, with respect to a Portfolio Investment, all payments, including, without limitation, interest, fees, dividends, distributions, make-wholes, premiums and other amounts, if any, actually received by the Financing Provider in its capacity as holder of such Portfolio Investment (other than Principal Proceeds) (whether paid by the obligor, an insurer, guarantor or other obligor or as a result of enforcement of security).

Investment Commitment Amount” means, with respect to a Portfolio Investment and a Facility Sale Transaction, the sum as of the Facility Sale Settlement Date of (a) the Outstanding Funded Amount and (b) the Outstanding Unfunded Amount. For the avoidance of doubt, the Investment Commitment Amount may change between the Trade Date and the Facility Sale Settlement Date as a result of any increase, decrease, termination or expiration of commitments applicable under the terms of the Portfolio Investment to the Investment Commitment Amount that is applicable on the Trade Date.

LIBOR Rate” means, with respect to any Facility Fee Period, (i) the rate per annum appearing on Reuters Pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 (or on any successor or substitute page(s) of such service, or any successor to or substitute for such service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such service, as determined by the Financing Provider in its reasonable discretion from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to Dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Facility Fee Period, as the rate for U.S. dollar deposits with a maturity of three (3) months or (ii) if the rate referenced in the preceding clause (i) is not available, the rate per annum equal to the offered quotation rate to first class banks in the London interbank market by a leading bank in the London interbank market (selected by the Financing Provider in its reasonable discretion) for U.S. dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Facility Fee Period) of amounts in same day funds comparable to the Financing Amount in effect at such time for periods comparable to such Facility Fee Period as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Facility Fee Period; provided that, if less than 0.0%, the LIBOR Rate shall be deemed to be 0.0% for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

8


LSTA” means the Loan Syndications and Trading Association, Inc.

LSTA Distressed Trade Confirmation” means the Distressed Trade Confirmation and the Purchase and Sale Agreement for Distressed Trades as supplemented by the Standard Terms and Conditions applicable thereto, each as published by the LSTA as of March 16, 2020 (or as subsequently published by the LSTA).

LSTA Par/Near Par Trade Confirmation” means the Par/Near Par Trade Confirmation as supplemented by the Standard Terms and Conditions for Par/Near Par Trade Confirmation, each as published by the LSTA as of March 16, 2020 (or as subsequently published by the LSTA).

Makewhole Amount” means the Facility Fee Amount, if any, that would have accrued during the Makewhole Period based on a Financing Amount equal to the Minimum Utilization and a Facility Fee Rate equal to the Applicable Margin.

Makewhole Period” means the period, if any, beginning on (and including) the Facility End Date and ending on (and excluding) October 22, 2021.

Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, properties, assets or financial condition of the Company or the Guarantor in each case taken as a whole (excluding in any case a decline in the net asset value of the Company or the Guarantor or their respective subsidiaries, a change in general market conditions or values of the investments of the Company or the Guarantor and their respective subsidiaries taken as a whole); (b) the ability of any Company Party to fully and timely perform its Obligations; (c) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against a Company Party of a Facility Document to which it is a party; or (d) the rights, remedies and benefits available to, or conferred upon, the Financing Provider under any Facility Document.

Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness for borrowed money of any Company Party that is (a) outstanding under the same agreement in a principal amount exceeding $100,000,000 and (b) is either (i) public Indebtedness for borrowed money or (ii) Indebtedness for borrowed money owed to the Financing Provider or any Affiliate thereof.

Minimum Utilization” on any date (a) prior to May 22, 2021, 50% of the Commitment Amount at such time, (b) on or after May 22, 2021, and prior to the Facility End Date, 75% of the Commitment Amount at such time and (c) on or after the Facility End Date, zero.

Minimum Utilization Fee Amount” means in relation to each Facility Fee Period the sum of the following amounts in relation to each day falling during such Facility Fee Period of the product of:

(a)    the greater of (i) zero and (ii) (A) the Minimum Utilization minus (B) the Financing Amount

(b)    the Applicable Margin; and

 

9


(c)    1/360.

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., together with its successors.

Obligations” means all obligations and liabilities (including interest accruing on any overdue amounts and interest accruing after the filing of any petition of bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Company, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding), of the Company to the Financing Provider, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which arise under this Agreement (including obligations and liabilities arising under any Facility Sale Transaction), whether on account of fees, interest, reimbursement obligations, purchase price obligations, indemnities, out-of-pocket costs, and expenses (including all reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Financing Provider that are required to be paid by the Company pursuant hereto) or otherwise.

Organizational Documents” means (a) with respect to any corporation or company, its certificate, memorandum or articles of incorporation, organization or association and its by-laws; (b) with respect to any limited partnership, its certificate or declaration of limited partnership and its partnership agreement; (c) with respect to any general partnership, its partnership agreement, (d) with respect to any limited liability company, its articles of organization and its operating agreement and (e) with respect to any statutory trust, its certificate of trust and its declaration of trust or trust agreement. If any term or condition of this Agreement or any other Facility Document requires any Organizational Document to be certified by a secretary of state or similar governmental official, the reference to any such Organizational Document shall only be to a document of a type customarily certified by such governmental official.

Outstanding Funded Amount” means, with respect to a Portfolio Investment and a Facility Sale Transaction, the aggregate principal amount of funded loans in respect of such Portfolio Investment held by the Financing Provider on the Facility Sale Settlement Date (for the avoidance of doubt, after giving effect to any Additional Fundings and adjustments in principal resulting from principal repayments or payment-in-kind distributions occurring prior to the Facility Sale Settlement Date).

Outstanding Unfunded Amount” means, with respect to a Portfolio Investment and a Facility Sale Transaction, the aggregate principal amount of unfunded delayed draw and/or revolving commitments in respect of such Portfolio Investment held by the Financing Provider on the Facility Sale Settlement Date (for the avoidance of doubt, after giving effect to any Additional Fundings and principal repayments occurring prior to the Facility Sale Settlement Date).

Parent” means either Apollo Global Management, Inc. or Apollo Management Holdings, L.P.

Parent Rating Event” means the long-term issuer credit rating (or such similar or analogous term) of the Parent is (a) downgraded by S&P or Fitch to BBB- or lower or by Moody’s to Baa3 or lower or (b) withdrawn by S&P, Fitch or Moody’s.

Par/Near Par Facility Sale Confirmation” means the LSTA Par/Near Par Trade Confirmation attached as Exhibit B hereto.

 

10


“Person” means and includes natural persons, corporations, limited partnerships, general partnerships, limited liability companies, limited liability partnerships, joint stock companies, joint ventures, associations, companies, trusts, banks, trust companies, statutory trusts, land trusts, business trusts or other organizations, whether or not legal entities, and Governmental Authorities.

Portfolio Investment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.

Portfolio Investment Documents” means, with respect to any Portfolio Investment, (a) the Underlying Documentation in respect of such Portfolio Investment, (b) the offering memorandum, prospectus, private placement memorandum and other similar documentation relating to the terms and conditions of the Portfolio Investment and (c) the latest performance reports, servicer reports, sub-servicer reports, master servicer reports or any similar reports or information that are available to the Financing Provider (in its capacity as a holder of such Portfolio Investment).

Portfolio Refusal” means, with respect to any Purchase Request, the delivery by the Financing Provider to the Company of written notice that the Financing Provider is rejecting such Purchase Request pursuant to Section 2.02(b); provided that (a) such rejection shall only constitute a Portfolio Refusal if (i) such Purchase Request was delivered by the Company to the Financing Provider in accordance with Section 2.02(a) and (ii) each of the conditions specified in Section 2.03 (other than condition (1)) is satisfied (in the Financing Provider’s reasonable discretion) on the date such rejection notice is delivered, and (b) the date of a Portfolio Refusal shall be the date such rejection notice is delivered by the Financing Provider in accordance with Section 2.02(b).

Portfolio Refusal Amount” means an amount equal to (a) the total Investment Commitment Amount of potential Portfolio Investments in relation to which a Portfolio Refusal has occurred during a Portfolio Refusal Period minus (b) any prior reductions in the Commitment Amount effected by the Company as described in the last sentence of the definition thereof.

Portfolio Refusal Period” means any period of three consecutive months in which a Portfolio Refusal has occurred with respect to at least five Portfolio Investments proposed by the Company, provided that a Portfolio Refusal taken into account for purposes of determining a Portfolio Refusal Period in any period of three consecutive months shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining a Portfolio Refusal Period in any other period.

Primary Market Investment” means a Portfolio Investment purchased by the Financing Provider in the primary market.

Principal Proceeds” means, with respect to a Portfolio Investment, all payments actually received by the Financing Provider in its capacity as holder of such Portfolio Investment in respect of the reimbursement of the principal amount of the Portfolio Investment including principal payments on the maturity date paid to the Financing Provider in its capacity as holder of such Portfolio Investment (whether paid by the obligor, an insurer, guarantor or other obligor or as a result of enforcement of security); provided that it is understood that (a) the principal amount of the Portfolio Investment may be increased from time to time as the result of a “payment-in-kind” feature of the Portfolio Investment and such increases shall not constitute Principal Proceeds and (b) payments in respect of such increased principal amount resulting from a “payment-in-kind” feature shall constitute Interest Proceeds hereunder.

 

11


Principal Repayment Amount” means, with respect to any Portfolio Investment, an amount equal to (a) the aggregate amount of Principal Proceeds actually received by the Financing Provider (in its capacity as holder of such Portfolio Investment) during the period from (and including) the Relevant Trade Date to (and excluding) the Facility Sale Settlement Date in respect thereof minus (b) any such Principal Proceeds the Financing Provider is required (as determined by the Financing Provider in its reasonable discretion) to pay, transfer or return to (i) the Relevant Seller pursuant to the Relevant Trade Confirmation or (ii) the underlying obligor pursuant to the Underlying Documentation.

Purchase” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.

Purchase Period” means, with respect to any Purchase Request, the period beginning on (and including) the date on which the conditions set forth in Section 2.03 were satisfied or waived in respect of such Purchase Request and ending on the earlier of (i) the first date on which the conditions set forth in Section 2.03 are no longer satisfied in respect of such Purchase Request and (ii) the date that is 30 days following the first day of such Purchase Period.

Purchase Request” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.

Received Interest Amount” means, with respect to any Portfolio Investment and any Facility Fee Period, an amount equal to (a) the aggregate amount of Interest Proceeds actually received in Cash by the Financing Provider (in its capacity as holder of such Portfolio Investment) during such Facility Fee Period and prior to the Removal Date minus (b) any such Interest Proceeds the Financing Provider is required (as determined by the Financing Provider in its reasonable discretion) to pay, transfer or return to (i) the Relevant Seller pursuant to the Relevant Trade Confirmation or (ii) the underlying obligor pursuant to the Underlying Documentation.

Received Interest Amount Balance (Begin)” means on any Facility Fee Period End Date (i) the Received Interest Amount Balance (End) as of the Facility Fee Period End Date preceding such Facility Fee Period End Date plus (ii) the aggregate of the Received Interest Amounts determined for the Facility Fee Period ending on (but excluding) such Facility Fee Period End Date minus (iii) any Received Interest Amount Payment applied under Section 2.08 or pursuant to the definition of Sale Loss Amount in relation to a Removal Date occurring during the Facility Fee Period ending on (but excluding) such Facility Fee Period End Date.

Received Interest Amount Balance (End)” means on any Facility Fee Period End Date (i) the Received Interest Amount Balance (Begin) on such Facility Fee Period End Date minus (ii) the Facility Payment Amount (or portion thereof if the entire Facility Payment Amount cannot be so debited) debited against such Received Interest Amount Balance (Begin) on such Facility Fee Period End Date under Section 4.01(b).

Received Interest Amount Payment” means with respect to any Portfolio Investment and the occurrence of any Removal Date for such Portfolio Investment (i) the Received Interest Amount (if any) for such Portfolio Investment for the Facility Fee Period in which such Removal Date occurs plus (ii) (A) the Received Interest Amount Balance (End) as of the Facility Fee Period

 

12


End Date immediately prior to such Facility Fee Period End Date times (B)(i) the Relevant Principal Amount of such Portfolio Investment divided by (ii) the Relevant Principal Amount of all Portfolio Investments as of such Removal Date.

Received Principal Amount” means, with respect to any Portfolio Investment, an amount equal to (a) the aggregate amount of Principal Proceeds actually received by the Financing Provider (in its capacity as holder of such Portfolio Investment) during the period beginning on (and including) the Relevant Settlement Date and ending on (and excluding) the Facility Sale Settlement Date minus (b) any such Principal Proceeds the Financing Provider is required (as determined by the Financing Provider in its reasonable discretion) to pay, transfer or return to (i) the Relevant Seller pursuant to the Relevant Trade Confirmation or (ii) the underlying obligor pursuant to the Underlying Documentation.

Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, partners, trustees, administrators, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Relevant Failed Settlement Date” means, with respect to any Portfolio Investment that is not a Primary Market Investment, if settlement occurred under the Relevant Trade Confirmation by any method other than assignment, the date on which all Failed Settlement Obligations (if any) have been paid to the Financing Provider in accordance with Section 4.02.

Relevant Principal Amount” means, with respect to any Portfolio Investment held by the Financing Provider pursuant to this Agreement on any date of determination:

(a)    if such date occurs on or after the Relevant Settlement Date and prior to the Removal Date, an amount equal to (i) the Initial Value of such Portfolio Investment plus (ii) the Additional Funded Amount minus (iii) the Principal Repayment Amount; and

(b)    if such date occurs on or after the Removal Date, zero;

provided that (x) if any such Portfolio Investment has been sold in whole or in part by the Financing Provider in a transaction permitted or required under this Agreement and such sale or transfer has settled, the Sale Consideration Amount in respect thereof shall be excluded from the Relevant Principal Amount, and (y) if any such Portfolio Investment has been sold (or is subject to an agreement to be sold) or encumbered in whole or in part by the Financing Provider in a transaction prohibited under this Agreement, the principal amount of such Portfolio Investment subject to such sale or encumbrance shall be excluded from the Relevant Principal Amount (for the avoidance of doubt, in each case subject to a floor of zero).

Relevant Seller” means, with respect to any Portfolio Investment that is not a Primary Market Investment, the “Seller” under the Relevant Trade Confirmation.

Relevant Settlement Date” means, with respect to any Portfolio Investment, (a) if such Portfolio Investment is a Primary Market Investment, the initial date on which the Financing Provider funds such Portfolio Investment loans and otherwise (b) the settlement date determined pursuant to the terms of the Relevant Trade Confirmation.

 

13


Relevant Trade Confirmation” means, with respect to any Portfolio Investment, the Trade Confirmation pursuant to which the Financing Provider acquired such Portfolio Investment.

Relevant Trade Date” means, with respect to any Portfolio Investment, (a) if such Portfolio Investment is a Primary Market Investment, the date on which the Financing Provider funds such Portfolio Investment loans and otherwise (b) the “Trade Date” under the Relevant Trade Confirmation.

Removal Date” means, with respect to any Portfolio Investment, the earliest to occur of (a) the Relevant Failed Settlement Date, (b) the Ineligibility Sale Settlement Date and (c) the Facility Sale Settlement Date.

Reported AUM” means the “Total Fee-Generating AUM” figure reported in the most recent quarterly or annual filing under Form 10Q or Form 10K of Apollo Global Management, Inc. (or if such figure ceases to be publicly reported, an equivalent figure for the relevant fiscal quarter determined in accordance with the same criteria as applicable to prior such filings and reported to the Financing Provider not less than 90 days after the end of such fiscal quarter).

Reported AUM Threshold” means $170,000,000,000.

Requested Amount” means, with respect to any proposed Portfolio Investment specified in a Purchase Request, the aggregate principal amount such proposed Portfolio Investment subject to the Purchase Request.

Required Notification Date” means, with respect to a Voting Rights Request, the date that is the earlier of (x) three (3) Business Days after receipt of such Voting Rights Request or (y) the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the last date on which the Financing Provider (in its capacity as holder of the relevant Portfolio Investment) may act with respect to the related vote; provided that, if the Company provides the Financing Provider with a Voting Rights Request within five (5) Business Days prior to the last date on which the Financing Provider (in its capacity as holder of the relevant Portfolio Investment) may act with respect to the related vote, the Financing Provider shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the Company with a Voting Rights Intent Notice promptly and before such vote takes place.

Revolving Loan” means a loan obligation that (a) requires the holder thereof to make one or more future advances to the borrower under the instrument or agreement pursuant to which such loan obligation was issued or created, (b) specifies a maximum aggregate amount that can be borrowed and (c) permits, during any period on or after the date on which the holder thereof acquires such loan obligation, the re-borrowing of any amount previously repaid.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, together with its successors.

Sale Consideration Amount” means, with respect to any sale of a Portfolio Investment to any Person other than a Company Party or any Designated Assignee thereof permitted or required under this Agreement, an amount equal to the cash proceeds actually received by the Financing Provider with respect to such sale.

 

14


Sale Gain Amount” means, if the amount so calculated pursuant to the clause (1) of the definition of “Sale Loss Amount” is less than zero, the absolute value of such amount.

Sale Intent Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04.

Sale Loss Amount” means, with respect to any sale of a Portfolio Investment to any person other than a Company Party or any Designated Assignee thereof permitted or required under this Agreement, an amount equal to the greater of (1) (a) (x) the Initial Value plus (y) the Additional Funded Amount minus (b) (x) the Sale Consideration Amount plus (y) the Received Principal Amount in respect of such Portfolio Investment plus (z) the Received Interest Amount Payment for such Portfolio Investment determined as of the relevant Removal Date and (2) zero.

Scheduled Facility End Date” means February 22, 2022.

Second Lien Loan” means a senior secured loan, including any Delayed Draw Term Loan, which trades as a “second lien loan” as reasonably determined by the Financing Provider under then-current trading practices in the primary or secondary loan market, as the case may be, and which is not a Distressed Loan.

Settlement Date” as defined in Section 4.04.

Termination Date” means the date on which the final Facility Sale Settlement Date occurs following the Facility End Date or Facility Acceleration Event (provided that if there are no Portfolio Investments on the Facility End Date or the date of such Facility Acceleration Event, as applicable, the Termination Date shall be the Facility End Date or the date of such Facility Acceleration Event, as applicable).

Trade Confirmation” means, in each case in accordance with the Underlying Documents:

(a)    In the context of the purchase or sale of Eligible Loans in the secondary loan trading market that are not Distressed Loans, the LSTA Par/Near Par Trade Confirmation or such other purchase and sale documentation as commonly utilized or required by the applicable secondary loan trading market in which the relevant Eligible Loans trades,

(b)    in the context of the purchase or sale of Eligible Loans in the secondary loan trading market that are Distressed Loans, the LSTA Distressed Trade Confirmation or such other purchase and sale documentation as commonly utilized or required by the applicable secondary loan trading market in which the relevant Eligible Loan trades,

(c)    in the context of the purchase of loans in the primary market, written confirmation from the lead lender or agent bank in connection with the proposed Portfolio Investment that a principal amount of such loan equal to the Requested Amount has been allocated to Financing Provider; and

(d)    in any other circumstance, the applicable trade date.

Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(c).

 

15


Transfer means, with respect to any Cash Collateral, payment or delivery by wire transfer into one or more bank accounts specified by Financing Provider.

Underlying Documentation” means, with respect to any Portfolio Investment, the credit agreement or other similar primary agreement documenting the terms of such Portfolio Investment (which, in the case of any Portfolio Investments that is not a Primary Market Investment shall be the “Credit Agreement” specified in the Relevant Trade Confirmation) together with any other transaction documents governing such Portfolio Investment, in each case as such agreements are amended from time to time.

Unsettled Portfolio Investment” means a Portfolio Investment that either (i) is to be settled by assignment but cannot be settled on such basis and for which settlement by participation cannot be effected or (ii) for which “Assignment Only” is elected in the “Form of Purchase” section of the relevant Confirmation contemplated by Schedule 2 or Schedule 3 and for which settlement by assignment cannot be effected.

Unused Amount” means, on any date, an amount equal to the greater of (a)(i) the Commitment Amount on such date minus (ii) the greater of (A) the Minimum Utilization on such date and (B) the Financing Amount and (b) zero.

Unused Fee Amount” means, with respect to any Facility Fee Period, an amount equal to the product of:

(a)    the Average Unused Amount for such Facility Fee Period;

(b)    the Unused Fee Rate; and

(c)    the actual number of days in such Facility Fee Period divided by 360.

Unused Fee Rate” means a rate per annum equal to 0.50%.

Voting Rights” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05.

Voting Rights Intent Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05.

Voting Rights Request” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05.

 

16


ARTICLE II

THE PORTFOLIO INVESTMENTS

SECTION 2.01.    Purchases of Portfolio Investments. From time to time the Company may request (each such request, a “Purchase Request”, and each such requested purchase, a “Purchase”) that the Financing Provider acquire one or more Eligible Loans and sell such Eligible Loans to the Applicable Purchaser on the terms set forth herein (each such Eligible Loan subject to a Purchase Request, a “Portfolio Investment” until the Removal Date in respect thereof).

SECTION 2.02.    Procedures for Purchases.

(a)    Purchase Requests. In connection with each Purchase Request, the Company shall deliver to the Financing Provider a Purchase Request Form (substantially in the form as set forth on Schedule 1 hereto) together with such other information as the Financing Provider reasonably requests (including, if reasonably available to the Company, (1) information regarding such Portfolio Investment, each related obligor and any related underlying instruments, (2) any recent information memoranda, (3) the related obligor’s most recent loan compliance statements and (4) any recent financial statements of each related obligor). The Company shall not deliver to the Financing Provider Purchase Requests with respect to more than twenty (20) Portfolio Investments in any single calendar month or ten (10) Portfolio Investments in any single week, in each case except with the prior written consent of the Financing Provider, such consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

(b)    Right of Financing Provider to Reject Purchase Requests. The Financing Provider shall have the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to approve or reject any Purchase Request and to request additional information regarding any proposed Portfolio Investment. The Financing Provider shall notify the Company (including via email) of its approval or rejection of each Purchase Request no later than the fifth (5th) Business Day succeeding the date on which it receives the Purchase Request from the Company (provided that for the avoidance of doubt, failure by the Financing Provider to timely provide such notice shall not in any circumstances be deemed an acceptance of such Purchase Request).

SECTION 2.03.    Conditions to Purchases. The Financing Provider shall not enter into any requested Purchase unless each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived as provided below):

(1)    the Financing Provider, in its sole and absolute discretion, has approved the related Purchase Request pursuant to Section 2.02(b);

(2)    the related Purchase Request accurately describes in reasonable detail the proposed Portfolio Investment and such Portfolio Investment as of the date of such request satisfies the Eligibility Criteria;

(3)    no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

17


(4)    no event of default under the Underlying Documentation for such Portfolio Investment has occurred and is continuing;

(5)    the representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Facility Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of determination to the same extent as though made on and as of that date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date; provided that, in each case, such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and

(6)    immediately after giving effect to the Purchase of the proposed Portfolio Investment, the Financing Amount does not exceed the Commitment Amount in effect on such date.

The Financing Provider may (in its sole and absolute discretion) waive any conditions to a Purchase specified above in this Section 2.03 by written notice thereof to the Company.

If the above conditions to a Purchase are satisfied or waived, during the related Purchase Period the Financing Provider shall use good faith efforts to promptly enter into such Purchase on the terms set forth in the relevant Purchase Request.

SECTION 2.04.    Sales of Portfolio Investments; No Liens on Portfolio Investments. The Financing Provider will not sell, transfer, pledge, assign or otherwise dispose of any Portfolio Investment without the prior written consent of the Company other than a sale or transfer (i) to the Applicable Purchaser (or to a Designated Assignee in accordance with Section 3.01) pursuant to a Facility Sale Transaction, (ii) during the occurrence and continuance of any Illegality Event or Adverse Claim Event with respect to such Portfolio Investment, (iii) of any Portfolio Investment while it is an Ineligible Investment, (iv) of any Portfolio Investment while it is an Unsettled Portfolio Investment or (v) pursuant to a Default Sale; provided that with respect to the preceding clauses (ii) and (iii) and a Portfolio Investment, (a) the Financing Provider shall provide the Company with five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice (or if no Parent Rating Event has occurred and is continuing, ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice) (a “Sale Intent Notice”) of the Financing Provider’s intent to pursue any such sale or transfer of such Portfolio Investment, (b) the Company or the Initial Purchaser may at any time within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such notice (or if no Parent Rating Event has occurred and is continuing, within ten (10) Business Days’ of receipt of such notice) elect to declare an Accelerated Sale Event (pursuant to clause (b) of the definition thereof) in respect of such Portfolio Investment by written notice to the Financing Provider and (c) if the Company or the Initial Purchaser does not make the election in clause (b) and the Financing Provider proceeds with such sale pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) above, the Financing Provider shall sell such Portfolio Investment in a commercially reasonable manner and in accordance with customary market practice for assets of the same type as such Portfolio Investment (but on the basis that any Received Interest Amount in respect thereof for the Facility Fee Period in which such sale occurs shall be retained by the Financing Provider (and included in the Received Interest Amount

 

18


Payment credited to determination of the Sale Loss Amount or Sale Gain Amount)). For the avoidance of doubt, (i) in the event the Company (or its Designated Assignee) declines to consummate or is not capable of consummating a Facility Sale Transaction, the Initial Purchaser (or its Designated Assignee) shall be permitted to consummate a Facility Sale Transaction in respect of the relevant Portfolio Investments with the Financing Provider and (ii) where a Facility Acceleration Event occurs and results in an Accelerated Sale Event and Accelerated Sale Date under clause (a) of the definition thereof, the Financing Provider shall not be permitted to effect a sale of a Portfolio Investment to a third party unless the Company (or the Initial Purchaser (or any Designated Assignee)) fails to make payment of the Purchase Price (including by a netting as contemplated under Section 2.07(c)(vi)) either (A) on the Accelerated Sale Date or (B) after the Accelerated Sale Date if prior to the date on which the Facility Provider enters into a binding agreement with a third party for the sale of such Portfolio Investment. The Financing Provider shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any lien or encumbrance of any kind with respect to any Portfolio Investment except as expressly permitted under this Agreement.

SECTION 2.05.    Voting of Portfolio Investments.

(a)    The Financing Provider agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts (1) to notify the Company in writing (which may be by email) of the expected occurrence of any event in respect of which (whether under the terms of the Portfolio Investment or otherwise) the Financing Provider (in its capacity as a holder of such Portfolio Investment) has the right to vote on or consent to any waiver, amendment, modification or other action with respect to such Portfolio Investment or the Underlying Documentation relating thereto (collectively, “Voting Rights”), and (2) to provide to the Company any related documentation, instructions or notices provided to the Financing Provider (in its capacity as holder of such Portfolio Investment) in relation to any requested or proposed exercise of Voting Rights, promptly and in any event within two (2) Business Days after the earlier of (i) receipt of notice thereof or (ii) otherwise becoming aware thereof, in each case by personnel of the Financing Provider responsible for administration of this Facility Agreement.

(b)    The Company may, but is not required to at any time, request that the Financing Provider exercise Voting Rights with respect to the Portfolio Investment in a certain way (such request, a “Voting Rights Request”). By the relevant Required Notification Date, the Financing Provider shall notify the Company in writing (which may be by email) whether it will or will not exercise such Voting Rights in accordance with the Voting Rights Request (such notice, a “Voting Rights Intent Notice”). Neither the Financing Provider nor any of its subsidiaries will have an obligation to vote any Voting Rights pursuant to any Voting Rights Request.

(c)    Except for the provisions hereof, neither the Financing Provider nor any of its Affiliates shall have an obligation in connection with any Voting Rights to obtain any consent from the Company when making any decisions and taking or refraining from taking any actions in connection with any Portfolio Investment, including, without limitation, (i) any consent, waiver, modification or release of any term thereof, (ii) the exercise of any rights or remedies thereunder, and (iii) foreclosure, sale or other dealings with respect to any collateral.

 

19


(d)    The Financing Provider shall have no obligation to notify the Company if to do so would constitute a breach of any confidentiality obligations to which the Financing Provider or its Affiliates may (in its capacity as a holder of the relevant Portfolio Investment) be subject (as determined by the Financing Provider’s counsel); provided that, if at any time the Financing Provider could, by entering into a confidentiality agreement with the Company, avoid breaching any confidentiality obligation to which the Financing Provider is subject, the Financing Provider shall use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly offer to enter into a confidentiality agreement with the Company on commercially reasonable terms.

SECTION 2.06.    Documentation, Reports, etc.. To the extent (x) it would not constitute a breach of any confidentiality obligations to which the Financing Provider is subject (as determined by the Financing Provider’s counsel) or (y) the Financing Provider could avoid such breach by entering into a confidentiality agreement with the Company on commercially reasonable terms, the Financing Provider will (with respect to clause (y) only, after entering into a confidentiality agreement with the Company) obtain and provide the Company promptly with copies of all Portfolio Investment Documents reasonably available to the Financing Provider in its capacity as holder of such Portfolio Investment, and thereafter obtain and provide the Company promptly with any and all amendments and modifications thereto reasonably available to the Financing Provider in its capacity as holder of such Portfolio Investment. If the Financing Provider’s counsel determines that such action would constitute a breach of any such confidentiality obligations which could not be avoided by the Financing Provider entering into a confidentiality agreement with the Company, the Financing Provider shall promptly provide the Company written notice of the same, including a detailed explanation of the rationale for such determination.

SECTION 2.07.    Accelerated Sale Events.

(a)    If at any time the Financing Provider determines (in its reasonable discretion) that any of the events set forth in the definition of “Accelerated Sale Event” (other than a Facility Acceleration Event (as to which no additional notice is required) or an event under clause (b) of the definition thereof, and subject to Section 2.07(c) below) has occurred and is continuing with respect to any Portfolio Investment, the Financing Provider may after five (5) Business Days’ written notice to the Company (or if no Parent Rating Event has occurred and is continuing, after ten (10) Business Days’ written notice to the Company), declare an Accelerated Sale Event with respect to such Portfolio Investment by written notice to the Company.

(b)    At any time the Company or the Initial Purchaser may declare an Accelerated Sale Event with respect to any Portfolio Investment by written notice to the Financing Provider; provided that neither the Company nor the Initial Purchaser shall declare an Accelerated Sale Event in respect of any Portfolio Investment at any time following the fifth (5th) Business Day (or if no Parent Rating Event has occurred and is continuing, the tenth (10th) Business Day) following the Company’s receipt of a Sale Intent Notice in respect thereof following one of the circumstances set forth in clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.04 (unless such circumstance has ceased to exist before the Financing Provider has effected the sale of the relevant Portfolio Investment).

 

20


(c)    Notwithstanding the occurrence of an event described in clause (c), (d) or (e) of the definition of “Accelerated Sale Event” with respect to a Portfolio Investment, an Accelerated Sale Event shall not occur with respect to such Portfolio Investment to the extent that the Company or the Initial Purchaser gives notice of its election to comply with the terms of this Section 2.07(c) in relation to such Portfolio Investment (such election a “Collateralization Election” and the relevant Portfolio Investment a “Collateralized Portfolio Investment”). With respect to each such Collateralized Portfolio Investment:

(i)    Within five (5) Business Days (or if no Parent Rating Event has occurred and is continuing, within ten (10) Business Days) after the occurrence of the relevant event in clauses (c), (d) or (e) of the definition of “Accelerated Sale Event” with respect to a Collateralized Portfolio Investment, the Company or the Initial Purchaser shall Transfer to the Financing Provider an amount in Cash equal to the Relevant Principal Amount for such Collateralized Portfolio Investment (each such amount, “Cash Collateral”). Each of the Company and the Initial Purchaser (each a “Pledgor”), hereby pledges to the Financing Provider as the Financing Provider, as security for its Obligations, and grants to the Financing Provider a first priority (subject to customary banker’s liens) continuing security interest in, lien on and right of set-off against all Cash Collateral Transferred to or received by the Financing Provider hereunder.

(ii)    The Financing Provider will be entitled to hold Cash Collateral or to appoint an agent (a “Custodian”) acceptable to the Company (such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to hold Cash Collateral for the Financing Provider. Upon notice by the Financing Provider to the Pledgor of the appointment of a Custodian, the Pledgor’s obligations to make any Transfer of Cash Collateral under this Section 2.07(c) will be discharged by making the Transfer to that Custodian. The holding of Cash Collateral by a Custodian will be deemed to be the holding of that Cash Collateral by the Financing Provider. The Financing Provider will be liable for the acts or omissions of its Custodian to the same extent that the Financing Provider would be liable hereunder for its own acts or omissions. The Financing Provider will have the right to sell, pledge, rehypothecate, assign, invest, use, commingle or otherwise dispose of, or otherwise use in its business any Cash Collateral it holds, free from any claim or right of any nature whatsoever of the Pledgor, including any equity or right of redemption by the Pledgor.

(iii)    If at any time an Event of Default with respect to the Pledgor has occurred and is continuing, then, unless the Pledgor has paid in full all of its Obligations that are then due, the Financing Provider may exercise one or more of the following rights and remedies:

(A)    all rights and remedies available to a Financing Provider under applicable law with respect to Cash Collateral held by the Financing Provider; and

(B)    the right to set-off any amounts payable by the Pledgor with respect to any Obligations against any Cash Collateral held by the Financing Provider (or any obligation of the Financing Provider to Transfer that Cash Collateral).

 

21


(iv)    The Financing Provider will Transfer to a Pledgor any Cash Collateral remaining after liquidation, set-off and/or application under Section 7.02(a)(iv) after satisfaction in full of all amounts payable by the Company or the Guarantor with respect to any Obligations the Company or the Guarantor in all events will remain liable for any amounts remaining unpaid after any liquidation, set-off and/or application under Section 7.02(a)(iv).

(v)    If, on any single date in any Facility Fee Period (A) the Company has notified the Financing Provider that the aggregate amount of Cash Collateral held in relation to any one or more Portfolio Investments with respect to which the Collateralization Option has been elected exceeded the Relevant Principal Amount of the relevant Portfolio Investment(s) or (B) the relevant Accelerated Sale Event has ceased to apply in relation to any Portfolio Investment such that the Portfolio Investment is no longer required to be, and the Company has notified the Facility Provider of the Company’s election to cease treating such Portfolio Investment as, a Collateralized Portfolio Investment, in each case as of the immediately preceding Facility Fee Period End Date, the Financing Provider will Transfer such excess Cash Collateral amount in relation to each relevant Portfolio Investment (or in the case of clause (B), the entire Cash Collateral amount for such Portfolio Investment) to the Company or the Initial Purchaser, as applicable.

(vi)    On the Facility Sale Settlement Date in relation to any Collateralized Portfolio Investment, concurrently with (i) the delivery of the Collateralized Portfolio Investment to the Applicable Purchaser (or its Designated Assignee) and (ii) satisfaction of the payment obligations of the Applicable Purchaser (including through its Designated Assignee) in relation thereto, the Financing Provider shall Transfer to the Applicable Purchaser (or its Designated Assignee) the Cash Collateral amount previously Transferred by the Pledgor in relation to such Collateralized Portfolio Investment, provided that if so elected by the Applicable Purchaser (or its Designated Assignee) such Transfer may be netted or set-off against payment of the Purchase Price for such Collateralized Portfolio Investment by the Applicable Purchaser (or its Designated Assignee).

(vii)    Upon the Transfer by the Financing Provider to the applicable Pledgor of Cash Collateral, the security interest and lien granted hereunder on that Cash Collateral will be released immediately and, to the extent possible, without any further action by any party.

SECTION 2.08.    Principal and Interest Proceeds; Sale Gain Amounts.

(a)    For the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge and agree that all Principal Proceeds and Interest Proceeds received by the Financing Provider in respect of any Portfolio Investment shall be solely for the account of the Financing Provider and shall not be subject to any restrictions under this Agreement or any other Facility Agreement (subject to Section 2.08(b)). For purposes of clarity, the foregoing will not limit in any manner the obligation of the Financing Provider to apply all Principal Proceeds and Interest Proceeds it receives in the manner specified in this Agreement (and, notwithstanding anything to the

 

22


contrary contained in any Trade Confirmation, it is the intent of the parties that to the extent any principal, interest, fee or other amount is received by the Financing Provider on account of an asset at any time, the Financing Provider will apply such amount pursuant to Section 4.01 and distribute such amount to the Applicable Purchaser (or its Designated Assignee) pursuant to clause (b) below).

(b)    On the Removal Date in relation to each Portfolio Investment, the Financing Provider shall pay the Received Interest Amount Payment for such Portfolio Investment (i) if such Removal Date is also a Facility Sale Settlement Date, to the Applicable Purchaser (or, if directed by the Applicable Purchaser, to its Designated Assignee) taking delivery of such Portfolio Investment, or if more than one Applicable Purchaser takes delivery of such Portfolio Investment, to the Applicable Purchasers (or, if directed by the Applicable Purchaser, to its Designated Assignee) pro rata to the principal amount of the relevant Portfolio Investment purchased and delivered to them; provided that in the event any Portfolio Investment is a Collateralized Portfolio Investment, the Financing Provider shall pay to (A) the Guarantor (or, if directed by the Applicable Purchaser, to its Designated Assignee) a portion of such Received Interest Amount Payment in an amount equal to (I) the Relevant Principal Amount for the relevant Portfolio Investment divided by the Relevant Principal Amount for all Portfolio Investments times (II) the Received Interest Amount Payment and (B) following the payment of any amounts under clause (A), the remaining Received Interest Amount Payment to the Applicable Purchaser (or, if directed by the Applicable Purchaser, to its Designated Assignee) taking delivery of such Portfolio Investment, or if more than one Applicable Purchaser (or their Designated Assignees) takes delivery of such Portfolio Investment, to the Applicable Purchasers (or, if directed by the Applicable Purchaser, to their Designated Assignee) pro rata to the principal amount of the relevant Portfolio Investment purchased and delivered to them or (ii) otherwise, to the Company (or its Designated Assignee).

(c)    If during the term of the Facility any one or more sales of Portfolio Investment by the Financing Provider are made to any Person (other than a Company Party or any Designated Assignee thereof) as contemplated by Section 2.04 in respect of which a Sale Gain Amount is determined, then on the Facility End Date the Financing Provider shall pay to the Applicable Purchaser(s) the amount of each such Sale Gain Amount.Without limitation of Section 4.03(c), any such Sale Gain Amounts may paid by the Financing Provider by netting such amounts against any amounts payable by the Company under Section 4.01 or Section 4.02 or otherwise under this Agreement and outstanding and unpaid as of such Facility End Date.

ARTICLE III

FACILITY SALES

SECTION 3.01.    Facility Sales. The Company, the Initial Purchaser and the Financing Provider hereby agree that on the Facility Sale Date in respect of each Portfolio Investment, a Facility Sale Transaction shall become effective between the Applicable Purchaser and the Financing Provider in respect of such Portfolio Investment, pursuant to which the Financing Provider will sell such Portfolio Investment to the Applicable Purchaser on the terms set forth herein (provided that the Applicable Purchaser may, upon at least three (3) Business Days’ notice prior to any Facility Sale Settlement Date (or any shorter period agreed by the Financing

 

23


Provider in its sole discretion), designate (by written notice to the Financing Provider) another Person as the assignee (a “Designated Assignee”) of the relevant Portfolio Investment under such Facility Sale Transaction so long as (a) the Applicable Purchaser represents and warrants that the matters set forth in Section 6.01(b)(i) are true and correct in all material respects with respect to such Designated Assignee and (b) the Financing Provider shall have received all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the PATRIOT Act, in respect of such Designated Assignee; provided further, for the avoidance of doubt, obligations and liabilities arising under any such Facility Sale Transaction shall be “Obligations” of the Applicable Purchaser hereunder and the designation of a Designated Assignee shall not relieve any Company Party of its obligations in respect thereof). For the avoidance of doubt, the parties hereby agree that each Facility Sale Transaction shall be part of this Agreement and, without duplication of any obligations under any of the agreements in Section 3.02 below, any obligations or liabilities of the Applicable Purchaser arising thereunder shall constitute “Obligations” under this Agreement.

SECTION 3.02.    Documentation.

(a)    Each Facility Sale Transaction in respect of a Portfolio Investment that is a Distressed Loan (determined as of the related Facility Sale Date in the Financing Provider’s reasonable discretion) shall be deemed to be entered into pursuant to a Distressed Facility Sale Confirmation with the terms set forth on Schedule 2 (with any modifications, supplements or amendments thereto as the Applicable Purchaser and the Financing Provider may agree in their respective discretion). Each Facility Sale Transaction in respect of a Portfolio Investment that is not a Distressed Loan (determined as of the related Facility Sale Date in the Financing Provider’s reasonable discretion) shall be deemed to be entered into pursuant to a Par/Near Par Facility Sale Confirmation with the terms set forth on Schedule 3 (with any modifications, supplements or amendments thereto as the Applicable Purchaser and the Financing Provider may agree in their respective discretion).

(b)    Unless the parties to the Facility Sale Transaction elect an alternative form of settlement, the form of purchase shall be an assignment. If a Facility Sale Transaction that is to be settled by assignment cannot be settled on such basis, such Facility Sale Transaction shall be settled as a participation; provided that if settlement by participation cannot be effected, the Facility Sale Transaction shall be settled on the basis of a mutually agreeable alternative structure or other arrangement that affords Applicable Purchaser and the Financing Provider the economic equivalent of the agreed upon trade (but subject to the right of the Financing Provider to effect a sale of any Unsettled Portfolio Investment pursuant to Section 2.04).

SECTION 3.03.    Non-Cash Receipts. If, in connection with any Portfolio Investment, the Financing Provider receives any asset or property other than cash, such asset or property will be transferred and assigned on the Facility Sale Settlement Date in respect thereof, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, to the Applicable Purchaser (and in the name of the Applicable Purchaser).

 

24


SECTION 3.04.    Capital Condition. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree that, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, the Company shall not be required to enter into any Facility Sale Transaction unless and until the earlier of the date on which (a) the Capital Condition is satisfied or (b) the Company waives the Capital Condition.

ARTICLE IV

FACILITY PAYMENTS

SECTION 4.01.    Fee Amounts; Received Interest Amounts.

(a)    On each Facility Fee Period End Date, the Company shall pay to the Financing Provider (the sum of such amounts on any Facility Fee Period End Date, the “Facility Payment Amount”) as set forth in (b) below:

(i)    an amount equal to the Facility Fee Amount, plus

(ii)    an amount equal to the Unused Fee Amount, plus

(iii)    an amount equal to the Minimum Utilization Fee Amount.

(b)    On each Facility Fee Period End Date, the Financing Provider shall determine in consultation with the Company the Received Interest Amounts for the Facility Fee Period ending on (but excluding) such Facility Fee Period End Date and the Received Interest Amount Balance (Begin) for such Facility Fee Period End Date. The Facility Payment Amount payable by the Company on such Facility Fee Period End Date shall be paid to the Financing Provider by debiting such amount against the Received Interest Amount Balance (Begin) as of such Facility Fee Period End Date, up to the full amount of such Received Interest Amount Balance (Begin)). If the Facility Payment Amount payable by the Company on such Facility Fee Period End Date exceeds the Received Interest Amount Balance (Begin) on such date, the Company shall pay such excess of the Facility Payment Amount over the Received Interest Amount Balance (Begin) in cash to the Financing Provider on such Facility Fee Period End Date.

SECTION 4.02.    Expenses; Portfolio Investment Sale Losses.

(a)    Expenses. The Company shall pay or reimburse:

(i)    (A) all reasonable and documented fees and reasonable and documented out-of- pocket expenses of the Financing Provider associated with the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of the Facility Documents and any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), including the reasonable and documented fees and out-of-pocket, documented expenses of one outside counsel for the Financing Provider with respect thereto, provided that the aggregate amount of such fees and expenses payable by the Company shall not exceed $125,000, and (B) in connection with any enforcement of the Facility Documents, all reasonable and documented fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the Financing Provider (limited, in each case, to the reasonable and documented out-of-

 

25


pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of, in the case of legal counsel, one firm of outside counsel for the Financing Provider, and if necessary, any local counsel in each material jurisdiction) including all such documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations;

(ii)    in respect of each Portfolio Investment, all (A) documented actual costs and fees required to be paid by the Financing Provider to a lender or agent under the relevant credit documentation, including amounts paid as an indemnity or compensation for acting as agent under or for providing administrative services with respect to the relevant Portfolio Investment or such credit documentation, (B) actual advisory fees required to be paid by the Financing Provider under the Underlying Documentation in respect of a Portfolio Investment as a holder thereof or which were incurred at the request of the Company, (C) reasonable and documented out-of-pocket external legal fees of one firm of outside counsel incurred by the Financing Provider in connection with its ownership of such Portfolio Investment with respect to which a default, event of default or similar event has occurred and is continuing or in connection with any Portfolio Investment that becomes a Distressed Loan (and to the extent not reimbursable under the Underlying Documentation), and (D) assignment or transfer fees required under the Underlying Documentation payable to a trustee, agent, borrower or obligor or similar person in connection with a transfer of the Portfolio Investment permitted or required under this Agreement and any other costs and expenses (including legal costs, duties and taxes) required to be paid by the Financing Provider under the terms of the Underlying Documentation relating to the Portfolio Investment in connection therewith; and

(iii)    without duplication with clauses (i) and (ii) above, in respect of each Purchase requested by the Company, all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket actual costs, fees, expenses and losses incurred by the Financing Provider in completing, or attempting to complete, such Purchase, including with respect to settlement under the applicable Relevant Trade Confirmation (all such costs, fees, out-of-pocket expenses and losses incurred in connection with settlement by any method other than assignment being “Failed Settlement Obligations”).

The Financing Provider shall consult with the Company in advance of incurring any optional expense described in (ii) above that would exceed $25,000 in any instance.

(b)    Portfolio Investment Sale Proceeds. With respect to any sale of any Portfolio Investment by the Financing Provider to any Person (other than a Company Party or any Designated Assignee thereof) as contemplated by Section 2.04, on the Facility Sale Settlement Date the Applicable Purchaser shall pay to the Financing Provider an amount, if any, equal to the Sale Loss Amount.

(c)    Payments. All payments or reimbursements pursuant to this Section 4.02 shall be paid within thirty (30) days of the Company’s receipt of written demand together with reasonably detailed back-up documentation supporting such demand.

 

26


SECTION 4.03.    Payments Generally; Default Interest; Right of Set-off.

(a)    Payments Generally. The Company shall (or, to the extent applicable, the Applicable Purchaser shall) make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of amounts payable under Section 4.01 or 4.02, or otherwise) prior to 3:00 p.m. (New York time), on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the reasonable discretion of the Financing Provider, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day. All such payments shall be made to the Financing Provider at its offices and pursuant to wire instructions, in each case to be provided by the Financing Provider. All payments hereunder shall be made in U.S. dollars.

(b)    Default Interest. If the Applicable Purchaser shall default in the payment of any Obligations to purchase any Portfolio Investment hereunder, the Applicable Purchaser shall on receipt of written demand of the Financing Provider from time to time pay interest, to the extent permitted by law, on all overdue amounts up to (but not including) the date of actual payment (after as well as before judgment) at a rate per annum (computed using the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) equal to 2.0%.

(c)    Right of Set-off. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Financing Provider (and its respective banking Affiliates) are hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits at any time held and other Indebtedness at any time owing by the Financing Provider (or any of its banking Affiliates) to or for the credit or the account of the Company against any and all of any such overdue amounts owing to the Financing Provider under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Financing Provider is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits at any time held and other Indebtedness at any time owing by the Financing Provider to or for the credit or the account of the Guarantor against any and all of any such overdue amounts owing to the Financing Provider under the Guarantee, in each case irrespective of whether or not the Financing Provider shall have made any demand under any Facility Document.

SECTION 4.04.    Makewhole Amount Payment. If the Facility End Date occurs prior to October 22, 2021, the Company shall pay the Makewhole Amount on such Facility End Date.

SECTION 4.05.    Received Interest Amounts Report. (a) Within six (6) Business Days following each Facility Fee Period End Date, the Financing Provider shall provide to the Company for the Facility Fee Period then ended (i) a quarterly payment report, which report shall include in reasonable detail a summary of (A) Received Interest Amounts for such Facility Fee Period (including the dates and amounts of Received Interest Amounts received by the Financing Provider in relation to each Portfolio Investment during such Facility Fee Period), (B) any Received Interest Amount Payments determined during such Facility Fee Period, (C) the Received Interest Amount Balance (Begin) and Received Interest Amount Balance (End) as of such Facility Fee Period End Date and (D) such other information as may be reasonably agreed to by the Company and the Financing Provider, (it being understood that the form and substance of the information included in the first payment report delivered hereunder shall be included in each subsequent payment report delivered hereunder).

 

27


ARTICLE V

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

SECTION 5.01.    Representations and Warranties. The obligation of the Financing Provider to enter into this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder is subject to the satisfaction, or waiver in accordance with Section 8.04, of the following conditions on or before the Closing Date:

(a)    Facility Documents. The Financing Provider shall have received copies of each Facility Document as the Financing Provider shall reasonably request, duly executed and delivered by each Company Party;

(b)    Organizational Documents; Incumbency. The Financing Provider shall have received, in respect of each Company Party, (1) copies of each Organizational Document as the Financing Provider shall reasonably request, and, to the extent applicable, certified as of the Closing Date or a recent date prior thereto by the appropriate Governmental Authority; (2) signature and incumbency certificates of the authorized signatories of such Company Party; (3) actions by written consent of the managing member, resolutions or other authorizations of or by the members, board of directors or similar governing body, as applicable, of such Company Party approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Facility Documents to which it is a party or by which it or its assets may be bound as of the Closing Date, certified as of the Closing Date by its secretary or an assistant secretary as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment; (4) a good standing certificate from the applicable Governmental Authority of such Company Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation dated the Closing Date or a recent date prior thereto and (5) such other documents as the Financing Provider may reasonably request;

(c)    Governmental Authorizations and Consents. Each Company Party shall have obtained all Governmental Authorizations and all consents of other Persons, in each case that are necessary or advisable in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Facility Documents and each of the foregoing shall be in full force and effect and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Financing Provider. All applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority which would restrain, prevent or otherwise impose adverse conditions on the transactions contemplated by the Facility Documents or the financing thereof and no action, request for stay, petition for review or rehearing, reconsideration, or appeal with respect to any of the foregoing shall be pending, and the time for any applicable agency to take action to set aside its consent on its own motion shall have expired;

(d)    Opinions of Counsel. The Financing Provider and its counsel shall have received duly executed copies of opinions of Simpson, Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel to the Company Parties, and Richards, Layton & Finger, PA, special Delaware counsel to the Company, each dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Financing Provider (and each Company Party hereby instructs such counsel to deliver such opinions to the Financing Provider) (it being understood that no such opinion will be required to be given with respect to any foreign party);

 

28


(e)    Fees and Expenses. The Company shall have paid to the Financing Provider (i) all expenses payable pursuant to Section 4.02 that have accrued prior to the Closing Date and (ii) all fees as set forth in the GS Fee Letter;

(f)    No Litigation. There shall not exist any action, suit, investigation, litigation, proceeding, hearing or other legal or regulatory developments, pending or, to its reasonable knowledge, threatened in any court or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority that, in the reasonable opinion of the Financing Provider, singly or in the aggregate, materially impairs any of the transactions contemplated by the Facility Documents or that could have a Material Adverse Effect;

(g)    Patriot Act. On or prior to the Closing Date, the Financing Provider shall have received all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001) the “PATRIOT Act”) in respect of each Company Party; and

(h)    Other Matters. Such other documents as the Financing Provider may reasonably require; provided that nothing in this clause shall imply or impose a duty on the Financing Provider to so require.

ARTICLE VI

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

SECTION 6.01.    Representations and Warranties.

(a)    The Company represents to the Financing Provider that (i) it is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and each other document contemplated hereby to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions herein and therein contemplated, (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each such other related document, and the consummation of such transactions have been duly authorized by it and this Agreement and each such other document constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, (iii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each such other document and the consummation of such transactions (x) do not and will not conflict with the provisions of its governing instruments, (y) will not violate any provisions of applicable law or regulation or any order of any court or regulatory body and (z) will not result in the breach of, or constitute a default, or require any consent, under any material agreement, instrument or document to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property may be bound or affected and (iv) no actions or proceedings at law or in equity are pending (or, to its knowledge, threatened) against it before any court, tribunal, governmental body, agency or official or any arbitrator that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

29


(b)    On each Relevant Trade Date and Facility Sale Date, the Applicable Purchaser represents and warrants that (i) the Applicable Purchaser is an eligible assignee under the documentation governing the relevant Portfolio Investment, however eligibility (or such similar terms as necessary to give meaning to this provision) is determined thereunder and, without limiting the foregoing, is eligible to become the registered owner of such Portfolio Investment (subject to any consents required under the Underlying Documentation) and (ii) no statement or information with respect to the relevant Borrower prepared or delivered by the Company or the Guarantor to the Financing Provider contains any misstatement of a material fact, and there are no omissions therefrom that result in such statement or information being misleading, in each case as of the date made or furnished (or in the case of information prepared by third parties who are not controlled Affiliates of the Company or the Guarantor, the Company, the Guarantor and their controlled Affiliates have no actual knowledge that such statement or information contains any misstatement of a material fact or omissions therefrom that result in such statement or information being misleading).

(c)    Each of the Company and the Financing Provider represents and warrants that, with respect to this Agreement and each Facility Sale Transaction or other transaction contemplated hereby (each, a “Transaction”):

(i)    Non-Reliance. It has made its own determinations regarding the tax and accounting treatment of all aspects of the Transaction including, without limitation, the tax and accounting treatment of any principal, interest or other distributions paid with respect to the Portfolio Investments. It is acting for its own account, and it has made its own independent decisions to enter into that Transaction. It has evaluated for itself whether that Transaction is appropriate or proper for it based upon its own judgment and upon advice from such advisers as it has deemed necessary. It is not relying on any communication (written or oral) of the other party as investment advice or as a recommendation to enter into that Transaction; it being understood that information and explanations related to the terms and conditions of a Transaction shall not be considered investment advice or a recommendation to enter into that Transaction. No communication (written or oral) received from the other party shall be deemed to be an assurance or guarantee as to the expected results of that Transaction.

(ii)    Assessment and Understanding. It is capable of assessing the merits of and understanding (on its own behalf or through independent professional advice), and understands and accepts, the terms, conditions and risks of that Transaction. It is also capable of assuming, and assumes, the risks of that Transaction.

(iii)    Status of Parties. The other party is not acting as a fiduciary for or an adviser to it in respect of that Transaction.

On each Relevant Trade Date and Facility Sale Settlement Date the Applicable Purchaser and the Financing Provider shall each be deemed to repeat all the foregoing representations in this clause (c) made by it.

(d)    Financing Provider Representation and Warranty. The Financing Provider represents and warrants to each Company Party that it (a) shall not, and does not intend

 

30


to, treat or characterize the entry into this Agreement as a “true sale” of any Portfolio Investment, (b) it shall account for each Portfolio Investment on its consolidated balance sheet and (c) shall not legally isolate any such Portfolio Investment with the intention that such assets may not be recoverable by, or available to, the estate of the Financing Provider or its creditors in the event of a bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar event or proceeding.

ARTICLE VII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

SECTION 7.01.    Events of Default.

Each of the following events shall be an “Event of Default” hereunder:

(a)    the Company or the Guarantor shall fail to pay any amount owing by it in respect of the Obligations (whether for fees, valid reimbursement obligations or other amounts) when and as the same shall become due and payable, and, in the case of any fee, cost, expense or loss, such failure is not remedied on or before the second (2nd) Business Day after written notice of such failure is received by the Company;

(b)    any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Company Party herein or in any Facility Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, or in any report, certificate or other document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made;

(c)    any Company Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant or agreement contained herein and such failure is not remedied on or before ten (10) Business Days after written notice of such failure is received by the Company from the Financial Provider;

(d)    an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of any Company Party or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any Company Party or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for sixty (60) days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(e)    any Company Party shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (d) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for such Company Party or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any corporate action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

 

31


(f)    any Company Party shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

(g)    (i) any Company Party shall default in the performance of any obligation relating to Material Indebtedness and any applicable grace periods shall have expired and any applicable notice requirements shall have been complied with, and as a result of such default the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders shall have caused, or shall be entitled or permitted or have the right to cause, such Material Indebtedness to become due prior to its scheduled final maturity date or (ii) any Company Party shall default in the payment of the outstanding principal amount due on the scheduled final maturity date of any Indebtedness outstanding under one or more agreements of such Company Party, any applicable grace periods shall have expired following the applicable scheduled final maturity date thereunder, in an aggregate principal amount at any time unpaid exceeding $100,000,000;

(h)    a Parent Rating Event; or

(i)    the Reported AUM as at the end of any fiscal quarter shall be less than the Reported AUM Threshold.

SECTION 7.02.    Remedies.

(a)    If at any time an Event of Default (other than an event with respect to the Company described in clause (d) or (e) of Section 7.01) has occurred and is continuing, the Financing Provider may, by written notice to the Company, take one or more of the following actions, at the same or different times:

(i)    terminate the commitments and reduce the Commitment Amount to zero;

(ii)    declare a Facility Acceleration Event;

(iii)    declare all of the Obligations then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any Obligations not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the Obligations so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Company accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Company;

(iv)    exercise its rights and remedies under Section 2.07(c) in relation to any Cash Collateral and apply such Cash Collateral to any Obligations due and payable under clause (iii) above;

 

32


(v)    in the event that any Facility Sale Transaction is stayed, enjoined or declared to be ineffective by a court of competent jurisdiction, or if any Company Party files or supports any motion seeking the same, to sell or otherwise dispose of in a commercially reasonable manner (a “Default Sale”) the Portfolio Investment at such price or prices as the Financing Provider may reasonably deem satisfactory, subject to such Facility Sale Transaction and declare any Sale Loss Amounts arising therefrom to be due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Company; and

(vi)    subject to the terms of the Facility Documents, exercise any and all remedies under the Facility Documents and under applicable law available to the Financing Provider,

(b)    Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in clause (d) or (e) of Section 7.01, the actions and events described in Sections 7.02(a)(i), Section 7.02(a)(ii) and Section 7.02(a)(iii) shall be required or taken automatically without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Company and the Guarantor.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 8.01.    Notices. All notices and other communications in respect hereof (including, without limitation, any modifications hereof, or requests, waivers or consents hereunder) to be given or made by a party hereto shall be in writing (including by electronic mail or other electronic messaging system) to:

(i)    if to the Company, to it at;

Apollo Debt Solutions BDC

9 West 57th Street

New York, NY 10019

Attention: Joseph D. Glatt

Telephone: 212.822.0456

Email: LoanNotices@apollo.com and AICNOTICE@apollocapital.com; and

(ii)    if to the Financing Provider, to the address to be provided separately by the Financing Provider;

or, in each case, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a notice to each other party hereto. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when transmitted by telecopier or personally delivered or, in the case of a mailed notice, upon receipt, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid.

SECTION 8.02.    No Waiver. No failure on the part of any party hereto to exercise and no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

 

33


SECTION 8.03.    Indemnity; Damage Waiver.

(a)    The Company shall indemnify the Financing Provider and each of its Related Parties (each such person being called an “Indemnitee”), against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the fees, charges and disbursements of not more than one (1) outside counsel for any Indemnitee, and if necessary, any local counsel in each material jurisdiction, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (1) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the performance by the parties thereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the exercise of the parties thereto of their respective rights or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, (2) the purchase (or attempted purchase), sale (or attempted sale) or ownership of any Portfolio Investment, in each case in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, or (3) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from (x) the bad faith, fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnitee, (y) a claim brought against such Indemnitee for material breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations under this Agreement or the other Facility Documents, if there has been a final and nonappealable judgment against such Indemnitee on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or (z) a claim arising as a result of a dispute between Indemnitees (other than claims arising out of any act or omission by the Company or its Affiliates).

(b)    To the extent permitted by applicable law, no party hereto shall assert, and each party hereto hereby waives, any claim against any other party (or any Related Party to such party), on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement, instrument or transaction contemplated hereby, or the purchase (or attempted purchase), sale (or attempted sale) or ownership of any Portfolio Investment.

SECTION 8.04.    Amendments. No amendment, modification or waiver in respect of this Agreement will be effective unless in writing (including, without limitation, a writing evidenced by a facsimile transmission) and executed by the Company, the Initial Purchaser and the Financing Provider.

SECTION 8.05.    Successors; Assignments. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) the Company may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Financing Provider (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Company without such consent shall be null

 

34


and void) and (ii) the Financing Provider may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Company without such consent shall be null and void). Except as expressly set forth herein, nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

SECTION 8.06.    Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Etc.

(a)    Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York.

(b)    Submission to Jurisdiction. With respect to any suit, action or proceedings relating to this Agreement (collectively, “Proceedings”), each party hereto irrevocably (i) submits to the non- exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the United States District Court located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City and (ii) waives any objection which it may have at any time to the laying of venue of any Proceedings brought in any such court, waives any claim that such Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum and further waives the right to object, with respect to such Proceedings, that such court does not have any jurisdiction over such party. Nothing in this Agreement precludes the Financing Provider from bringing Proceedings in any other jurisdiction.

(c)    Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

SECTION 8.07.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts by facsimile or other written form of communication, each of which shall be deemed to be an original as against the party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

SECTION 8.08.    Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 8.09.    Confidentiality. The Information (as defined below) and the contents of this Agreement are confidential and shall not be disclosed to any third party, and no party hereto shall make any public announcement relating to this Agreement without consent of each other party (except that the any Company Party may make disclosure or an announcement by way of a press release, filing a Form 8-K or other report with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or as otherwise required by applicable law or regulation); except that disclosure by any party of this Agreement and its terms, or by the Financing Provider of the Information, is permitted (i) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, advisors and other representatives who need to know such Information in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (it being understood that (A) the Persons to whom

 

35


such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential to the same extent as provided in this Section 8.09 and (B) it will be responsible for its Affiliates’ compliance with this Section 8.09), (ii) to the extent requested by any regulatory agency or authority with competent jurisdiction over it or its Affiliates (including any self-regulatory authority), (iii) where required or appropriate in response to any summons, subpoena, or otherwise in connection with any litigation or regulatory inquiry or to comply with any applicable law, order, regulation, ruling, or disclosure requirement, including without limitation, any requirement of any regulatory body or stock exchange where the shares of such disclosing party are listed, as determined by the disclosing party in good faith following consultation with the other party hereto, (iv) to any other party hereto or to any rating agency in connection with rating any Company Party, (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Facility Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Facility Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (vi) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 8.09, (A) by the Financing Provider to any assignee of or participant in, or any prospective assignee of or participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement; provided that such Person would be permitted to be an assignee or participant pursuant to the terms hereof or (B) by the Company to any investor or prospective investor in the Company, (vii) on a confidential basis to (A) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to any Company Party or any of their obligations or (B) any market data service, (viii) with the prior written consent of the Company, (ix) to the extent such Information (A) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 8.09 or (B) becomes available to the Financing Provider or any of its Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Company or its Affiliates and is not actually known by it to be in breach of any other Person’s confidentiality obligations to the Company or (x) in connection with the acquisition or transfer of any of the Portfolio Investments or other the assets contemplated by this Agreement or to any party to any of the Underlying Documents or other documents or instruments governing, or entered into in connection with, any Portfolio Investment. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision in this Agreement or any other document, the Company, the Initial Purchaser and the Financing Provider (and each employee, representative, or other agent of the Company, the Initial Purchaser and the Financing Provider) may each disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the U.S. tax treatment and U.S. tax structure of the transaction and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to them relating to such U.S. tax treatment and U.S. tax structure (as those terms are used in Treasury Regulations under Sections 6011, 6111 and 6112 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)), other than any information for which nondisclosure is reasonably necessary in order to comply with applicable securities laws.

For purposes of this Section 8.09, “Information” means all information provided by the Company or the Guarantor to the Financing Provider in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein relating to the Company or any of its businesses or any portfolio investment (including information delivered pursuant to Section 2.01), other than any such information that is available to the Financing Provider on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Company or the Guarantor (as applicable) and is not actually known by it to be in breach of any other Person’s confidentiality obligations to the Company or the Guarantor (as applicable). Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in

 

36


this Section 8.09 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

SECTION 8.10.    Bankruptcy Code; Dodd-Frank Title VII. Each party acknowledges and agrees that this Facility Agreement and each Facility Sale Transaction (A) entered into under this Confirmation is a “debt . . . forward agreement” constituting a “swap agreement” within the meaning given to such term under Section 101(53B) of the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended (the “Bankruptcy Code”); and (B) is not a “swap” or “security-based swap” for purposes of Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010.

SECTION 8.11.    Inconsistency. It is the intent of the parties hereto that the LSTA Par/Near Par Trade Confirmation and the LSTA Distressed Trade Confirmation are both being used for administrative convenience, and if the Company reasonably requests any amendment to this Agreement, any Schedule hereto or any other document in connection therewith (for accounting, regulatory or other reasons) the parties will, in good faith, use their commercially reasonable efforts to amend or modify any such documents as requested by the Company. In furtherance of the foregoing, in the event of any conflict or inconsistency between any term, covenant or condition of this Agreement and any term, covenant or condition of any Schedule or Trade Confirmation, the provisions of this Agreement shall control and govern.

[remainder of page intentionally blank]

 

37


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC,
as the Company
By  

/s/ Joseph Glatt

  Name: Joseph D Glatt
  Title: Trustee
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as the Financing Provider
By  

/s/ Joseph McNeila

  Name: Joseph McNeila
  Title: Managing Director

 

1

Exhibit (r)(1)

APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC

Code of Ethics

Section I. Statement of General Fiduciary Principles

This Code of Ethics (the “Code”) has been adopted by Apollo Debt Solutions BDC (the “Company”) in compliance with Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Act”). The purpose of the Code is to establish standards and procedures for the detection and prevention of activities by which persons having knowledge of the investments and investment intentions of the Company may abuse their fiduciary duty to the Company, and otherwise to deal with the types of conflict of interest situations to which Rule 17j-1 is addressed.

The Code is based on the principle that the trustees and officers of the Company, and the managers, partners, officers and employees of Apollo Credit Management, LLC (the “Adviser”), who provide services to the Company, owe a fiduciary duty to the Company to conduct their personal securities transactions in a manner that does not interfere with the Company’s transactions or otherwise take unfair advantage of their relationship with the Company. All Access Persons (as defined below) are expected to adhere to this general principle as well as to comply with all of the specific provisions of this Code that are applicable to them. With the exception of the Independent Trustees of the Company, Access Persons of the Company are also subject to the Adviser’s Code of Ethics as Covered Persons of the Adviser (as defined in the Adviser’s Code of Ethics), and must comply with all applicable provisions of that Code of Ethics in addition to the provisions of this Code. The Company also has adopted the Stock Trading Policy for Independent Trustees, which governs transactions in stock of the Company by the Independent Trustees.

Technical compliance with the Code will not automatically insulate any Access Person from scrutiny of transactions that show a pattern of compromise or abuse of the individual’s fiduciary duty to the Company. Accordingly, all Access Persons must seek to avoid any actual or potential conflicts between their personal interests and the interests of the Company and its shareholders. In sum, all Access Persons shall place the interests of the Company before their own personal interests.

All Access Persons must read and retain this Code of Ethics.

Section II. Definitions

(A) “Access Person” means an Advisory Person (as defined below) of the Company or of the Adviser. All of the Adviser’s directors, officers, and members are presumed to be Access Persons, and all of the Company’s trustees and officers are presumed to be Access Persons.


( ) An “Advisory Person” of the Company or the Adviser means: (i) any trustee, officer, general partner or employee of the Company or the Adviser, or any company in a Control (as

defined below) relationship to the Company or the Adviser, who in connection with his or her regular functions or duties makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of any Covered Security (as defined below) by the Company, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendation with respect to such purchases or sales; and (ii) any natural person in a Control relationship to the Company or the Adviser, who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Company with regard to the purchase or sale of any Covered Security by the Company.

(C) “Beneficial Ownership” is interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”) in determining whether a person is a beneficial owner of a security for purposes of Section 16 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

(D) “Chief Compliance Officer” means the Chief Compliance Officer of the Adviser who has overall responsibility for ensuring the effectiveness of the Adviser’s Code of Ethics. The current Chief Compliance Officer of the Adviser is Yael Levy.

(E) “Control” shall have the same meaning as that set forth in Section 2(a)(9) of the Act.

(F) “Company Chief Compliance Officer” means the Chief Compliance Officer of the Company who has been appointed pursuant to Rule 38a-1 under the Act. Isabelle Gold has been designated as the Company Chief Compliance Officer.

(G) “Covered Security” means a security as defined in Section 2(a)(36) of the Act, which includes: any note, stock, treasury stock, security future, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a “security,” or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any of the foregoing.

Except that “Covered Security” does not include: (i) direct obligations of the Government of the United States; (ii) bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; and (iii) shares issued by open-end investment companies registered under the Act. References to a Covered Security in this Code (e.g., a prohibition or requirement applicable to the purchase or sale of a Covered Security) shall be deemed to refer to and to include any warrant for, option in, or security immediately convertible into that Covered Security, and shall also include any instrument that has an investment return or value that is based, in whole or in part, on that Covered Security (collectively,

 

2


“Derivatives”). Therefore, except as otherwise specifically provided by this Code: (i) any prohibition or requirement of this Code applicable to the purchase or sale of a Covered Security shall also be applicable to the purchase or sale of a Derivative relating to that Covered Security; and (ii) any prohibition or requirement of this Code applicable to the purchase or sale of a Derivative shall also be applicable to the purchase or sale of a Covered Security relating to that Derivative.

(H) “Independent Trustee” means a trustee of the Company who is not an “interested person” of the Company within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Act.

(I) “Initial Public Offering” means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”), the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

(J) “Investment Personnel” of the Company or the Adviser means: (i) any employee of the Company or the Adviser (or of any company in a Control relationship to the Company or the Adviser) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Company; and (ii) any natural person who controls the Company or the Adviser and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Company regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Company.

(K) “Limited Offering” means an offering that is exempt from registration under the 1933 Act pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) thereof or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 thereunder.

(L) “Security Held or to be Acquired” by the Company means: (i) any Covered Security which, within the most recent 15 days: (A) is or has been held by the Company; or (B) is being or has been considered by the Company or the Adviser for purchase by the Company; and (ii) any option to purchase or sell, and any security convertible into or exchangeable for, a Covered Security described in Section II (M)(i).

(M) “Automatic Investment Plan” means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An Automatic Investment Plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.

Section III. Objective and General Prohibitions

An Access Person may not engage in any investment transaction under circumstances in which the Access Person benefits from or interferes with the purchase or sale of investments by the Company. In addition, Access Persons may not use information concerning the investments or investment intentions of the Company, or their ability to influence such investment intentions, for personal gain or in a manner detrimental to the interests of the Company.

 

3


Access Persons may not engage in conduct that is deceitful, fraudulent or manipulative, or that involves false or misleading statements, in connection with the purchase or sale of investments by the Company. In this regard, Access Persons should recognize that Rule 17j-1 makes it unlawful for any affiliated person of the Company, or any affiliated person of an investment adviser for the Company, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by the person of a Security Held or to be Acquired by the Company to:

(i) employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Company;

( ) make any untrue statement of a material fact to the Company or omit to state to the Company a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

(i) engage in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon the Company; or

(ii) engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Company.

Access Persons should also recognize that a violation of this Code or of Rule 17j-1 may result in the imposition of: (1) sanctions as provided by Section VIII below; or (2) administrative, civil and, in certain cases, criminal fines, sanctions or penalties.

Section IV. Prohibited Transactions

(A) An Access Person may not purchase or otherwise acquire direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership of any Covered Security, and may not sell or otherwise dispose of any Covered Security in which he or she has direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership, if he or she knows or should know at the time of entering into the transaction that: (1) the Company has purchased or sold the Covered Security within the last 15 calendar days, or is purchasing or selling or intends to purchase or sell the Covered Security in the next 15 calendar days; or (2) the Adviser has within the last 15 calendar days considered purchasing or selling the Covered Security for the Company or within the next 15 calendar days intends to consider purchasing or selling the Covered Security for the Company.

(B) Investment Personnel of the Company or the Adviser must obtain approval before directly or indirectly acquiring Beneficial Ownership in any securities in any Initial Public Offering or in a Limited Offering, or Beneficial Ownership in any Covered Security, other than U.S. government and municipal securities, exchange-traded funds, mutual funds, variable annuities and transactions in fully managed accounts, where he/she has no investment control, influence or discretion. Such approval must be obtained from the Chief Compliance Officer, unless he or she is the person seeking such approval, in which case it must be obtained from the Chief Legal Officer of the Adviser.

(C) No Access Person shall recommend any transaction in any Covered Securities by the Company without having disclosed to the Chief Compliance Officer, his or her interest, if any, in such Covered Securities or the issuer thereof, including: the Access Person’s Beneficial Ownership of any Covered Securities of such issuer; any contemplated transaction by the Access Person in such Covered Securities; any position the Access Person has with such issuer; and any present or proposed business relationship between such issuer and the Access Person (or a party in which the Access Person has a significant interest).

 

4


Section V. Reports by Access Persons

(A) Personal Securities Holdings Reports

Except as otherwise hereinafter provided, all Access Persons shall within 5 days of the date on which they become Access Persons, and thereafter, within 45 days after the end of each calendar year, disclose the title, number of shares and principal amount of all Covered Securities in which they have a direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership as of the date the person became an Access Person, in the case of such person’s initial report, and as of the last day of the year, as to annual reports. A form of such report, which is hereinafter called a “Personal Securities Holdings Report,” shall be provided by the Chief Compliance Officer to any Access Person required to submit such report hereunder. Each Personal Securities Holdings Report must also disclose the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the date the person became an Access Person or as of the last day of the year, as the case may be. Each Personal Securities Holdings Report shall state the date it is being submitted and all information contained therein shall be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person in the case of an initial report and prior to the date of submission in the case of an annual report.

(B) Quarterly Transaction Reports

Except as otherwise hereinafter provided, within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, each Access Person shall make a written report to the Chief Compliance Officer of all transactions occurring in the quarter in a Covered Security in which he or she had any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership. A form of such report, which is hereinafter called a “Quarterly Securities Transaction Report,” shall be provided by the Chief Compliance Officer to any Access Person required to submit such report hereunder.

A Quarterly Securities Transaction Report must contain the following information with respect to each reportable transaction:

(1) Date and nature of the transaction (purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

(2) Title, interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security involved and the price of the Covered Security at which the transaction was effected;

(3) Name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected; and

(4) The date the report is submitted by the Access Person.

 

5


(C) Exceptions to Reporting Requirements

Independent Trustees

Notwithstanding the reporting requirements set forth in this Section V, an Independent Trustee who would be required to make a report under this Section V solely by reason of being a trustee of the Company is not required to file a Personal Securities Holding Report upon becoming a trustee of the Company or an annual Personal Securities Holding Report. Such an Independent Trustee also need not file a Quarterly Securities Transaction Report unless such trustee knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a trustee of the Company, should have known that during the 15-day period immediately preceding or after the date of the transaction in a Covered Security by the trustee such Covered Security is or was purchased or sold by the Company, or the Company or the Adviser considered purchasing or selling such Covered Security.

Access Persons

An Access Person need not make any report under Section V with respect to transactions effected for, and Covered Securities held in, any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or Control.

An Access Person need not make a Quarterly Transaction Report with respect to transactions effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan.

Covered Persons of the Adviser

Notwithstanding the reporting requirements set forth in this Section V, an Access Person who is a Covered Person of the Adviser (as defined in the Adviser’s Code of Ethics) need not make a Personal Securities Holdings Report or a Quarterly Transaction Report if all of the information in the report was provided pursuant to the Adviser’s Code of Ethics and would duplicate information required to be recorded pursuant to Rule 204-2(a)(13) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

(D) Brokerage Accounts and Statements

Access Persons, except Independent Trustees and Covered Persons of the Adviser (as defined in the Adviser’s Code of Ethics) who are separately reporting under the Adviser’s Code of Ethics, shall:

(1) within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, identify the name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established an account in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person and identify any new account(s) and the date the account(s) were established. This information shall be included on the appropriate Quarterly Securities Transaction Report.

(2) instruct the brokers, dealers or banks with whom they maintain such an account to provide duplicate account statements to the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

6


(3) on an annual basis, certify that they have complied with the requirements of (1) and (2) above.

(E) Form of Reports

A Quarterly Securities Transaction Report may consist of broker statements or other statements that provide a list of all personal Covered Securities holdings and transactions in the time period covered by the report and contain the information required in a Quarterly Securities Transaction Report.

(F) Responsibility to Report

It is the responsibility of each Access Person to take the initiative to comply with the requirements of this Section V. Any effort by the Company, or by the Adviser and its affiliates, to facilitate the reporting process does not change or alter that responsibility. A person need not make a report hereunder with respect to transactions effected for, and Covered Securities held in, any account over which the person has no direct or indirect influence or control.

(G) Where to File Reports

All Quarterly Securities Transaction Reports and Personal Securities Holdings Reports must be filed with the Chief Compliance Officer.

(H) Disclaimers

Any report required by this Section V may contain a statement that the report will not be construed as an admission that the person making the report has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership in the Covered Security to which the report relates.

Section VI. Additional Prohibitions

These prohibitions apply only to Access Persons who are not Covered Persons under the Adviser’s Code of Ethics, which addresses similar issues:

(A) Confidentiality of the Company’s Transactions

Until disclosed in a public report to shareholders or to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) in the normal course, all information concerning the securities “being considered for purchase or sale” by the Company shall be kept confidential by all Access Persons and disclosed by them only on a “need to know” basis. It shall be the responsibility of the Chief Compliance Officer to report any inadequacy found in this regard to the trustees of the Company.

(B) Outside Business Activities and Directorships

Access Persons may not engage in any outside business activities that may give rise to conflicts of interest or jeopardize the integrity or reputation of the Company. Similarly, no such outside business activities may be inconsistent with the interests of the Company. All directorships of public or private companies held by Access Persons shall be reported to the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

7


(C) Gratuities

Access Persons shall not, directly or indirectly, take, accept or receive gifts or other consideration in merchandise, services or otherwise of more than nominal value from any person, firm, corporation, association or other entity other than such person’s employer that does business, or proposes to do business, with the Company.

Section VII. Certification

(A) Initial and Annual Certification

Access Persons who are trustees, managers, officers or employees of the Company or the Adviser shall be required to certify initially and annually that they have read this Code and that they understand it and recognize that they are subject to it and have complied with its terms. Furthermore, each time an amendment to this Code is made, Access Persons shall be required to submit a written acknowledgement that they have received, read and understand the amendments to this Code and agree to comply with its terms.

(B) Board Review

No less frequently than annually, the Company must furnish to the Company’s board of trustees, and the board must consider, a written report that: (A) describes any issues arising under this Code of Ethics or procedures since the last report to the board, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the Code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to material violations; and (B) certifies that the Company has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code.

Section VIII. Sanctions

Any violation of this Code shall be subject to the imposition of such sanctions by the Company as may be deemed appropriate under the circumstances to achieve the purposes of Rule 17j-1 and this Code. The sanctions to be imposed shall be determined by the board of trustees, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, provided, however, that with respect to violations by persons who are trustees, managers, officers or employees of the Adviser (or of a company that controls the Adviser), the sanctions to be imposed shall be determined by the Adviser (or the controlling person thereof). Sanctions may include, but are not limited to, suspension or termination of employment, a letter of censure and/or restitution of an amount equal to the difference between the price paid or received by the Company and the more advantageous price paid or received by the offending person.

 

8


Section IX. Administration and Construction

(A) The administration of this Code shall be the responsibility of the Chief Compliance Officer, except insofar as it relates to the Independent Trustees. Administration of this Code with respect to the Independent Trustees shall be the responsibility of the Company Chief Compliance Officer.

(B) The duties of the Compliance Officer (or Company Chief Compliance Officer to the extent set out in Section IX(A)) are as follows:

(1) Continuous maintenance of a current list of the names of all Access Persons with an appropriate description of their title or employment, including a notation of any directorships held by Access Persons who are officers or employees of the Adviser or of any company that controls the Adviser, and informing all Access Persons of their reporting obligations hereunder;

(2) On an annual basis, providing all Access Persons a copy of this Code and informing such persons of their duties and obligations hereunder including any supplemental training that may be required from time to time;

(3) Maintaining or supervising the maintenance of all records and reports required by this Code;

(4) Preparing listings of all transactions effected by Access Persons who are subject to the requirement to file Quarterly Securities Transaction Reports and reviewing such transactions against a listing of all transactions effected by the Company;

(5) Issuance either personally or with the assistance of counsel as may be appropriate, of any interpretation of this Code that may appear consistent with the objectives of Rule 17j-1 and this Code;

(6) Conduct such inspections or investigations as shall reasonably be required to detect and report, with recommendations, any apparent violations of this Code to the board of trustees of the Company;

(7) Submission of a report to the board of trustees of the Company, no less frequently than annually, a written report that describes any issues arising under the Code since the last such report, including but not limited to the information described in Section VII (B); and

(C) The Company shall maintain and cause to be maintained in an easily accessible place at the principal place of business of the Company, the following records, which shall be available to the SEC or any representative of the SEC at any time and from time to time for reasonable, periodic, special or other examination:

(1) A copy of all codes of ethics adopted by the Company or the Adviser, as the case may be, pursuant to Rule 17j-1 that have been in effect at any time during the past five (5) years;

(2) A record of each violation of such codes of ethics and of any action taken as a result of such violation for at least five (5) years after the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs;

 

9


(3) A copy of each report made by an Access Person for at least two (2) years after the end of the fiscal year in which the report is made, and for an additional three (3) years in a place that need not be easily accessible;

(4) A copy of each report made by the Company to the board of trustees for two (2) years from the end of the fiscal year of the Company in which such report is made or issued and for an additional three (3) years in a place that need not be easily accessible;

(5) A list of all persons who are, or within the past five (5) years have been, required to make reports pursuant to the Rule and this Code of Ethics, or who are or were responsible for reviewing such reports;

(6) A copy of each report required by Section VII (B) for at least two (2) years after the end of the fiscal year in which it is made, and for an additional three (3) years in a place that need not be easily accessible; and

(7) A record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition by Investment Personnel of securities in an Initial Public Offering or Limited Offering for at least five (5) years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted.

(D) This Code may not be materially amended or modified except in a written form that is approved by majority vote of the Independent Trustees. The board, including a majority of Independent Trustees, must base its approval of any material changes to the Code on a determination that the Code contains provisions reasonably designed to prevent Access Persons from engaging in any unlawful actions described in subparagraph (b) of Rule 17j-1. Any material changes to the Code must be approved no later than six (6) months after the adoption of such changes.

This Code of Ethics was adopted and approved by the board of trustees of the Company, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, at a meeting on July 22, 2021.

 

10

Exhibit (r)(2)

LOGO

APOLLO

CODE OF ETHICS

February 2021


1.     

INTRODUCTION

     1  
2.     

ADMINISTRATION OF THE CODE OF ETHICS

     2  
  2.1   

PERSONS SUBJECT TO THE CODE

     2  
  2.2   

CONSULTANTS, AGENTS AND TEMPORARY WORKERS

     2  
  2.3   

CONSEQUENCES OF VIOLATING THE CODE

     3  
  2.4   

OBLIGATION TO REPORT VIOLATIONS

     3  
  2.5   

CURRENT VERSION OF THE CODE

     3  
  2.6   

CODE OF ETHICS ANNUAL CERTIFICATION

     3  
  2.7   

ANNUAL COMPLIANCE SURVEY & ACCOUNTS CERTIFICATION

     3  
3.     

STANDARD OF BUSINESS AND PERSONAL CONDUCT

     4  
  3.1   

STANDARD OF BUSINESS CONDUCT

     4  
  3.2   

STANDARD OF PERSONAL CONDUCT

     4  
  3.3   

LIMITS OF YOUR AUTHORITY

     4  
  3.4   

USE OF RECORDING DEVICES

     5  
    

3.4.1    PURPOSE

     5  
    

3.4.2    POLICY

     5  
  3.5   

THREAT PROTOCOL

     5  
4.     

DATA PRIVACY AND CONFIDENTIALITY POLICY

     5  
  4.1   

DEFINITIONS

     6  
  4.2   

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

     7  
  4.3   

STORAGE OF PERSONAL INFORMATION AND BUSINESS SENSITIVE INFORMATION

     7  
  4.4   

ACCESS TO PERSONAL INFORMATION AND BUSINESS SENSITIVE INFORMATION

     8  
  4.5   

TRANSPORTING PERSONAL INFORMATION AND BUSINESS SENSITIVE INFORMATION

     8  
  4.6   

REPORTING LOST, STOLEN, OR POTENTIALLY COMPROMISED PERSONAL INFORMATION OR BUSINESS SENSITIVE INFORMATION

     9  
  4.7   

THIRD PARTY ACCESS TO PERSONAL INFORMATION AND BUSINESS SENSITIVE INFORMATION

     9  
  4.8   

PRIOR EMPLOYERS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND TRADE SECRETS

     9  
  4.9   

EXTERNAL COMMUNICATIONS RELATING TO APOLLOS BUSINESS

     10  
  4.10   

EUROPEAN ECONOMIC AREA DATA TRANSFERS

     10  
  4.11   

REQUESTS TO EXERCISE RIGHTS REGARDING PERSONAL INFORMATION

     10  
  4.12   

ADDITIONAL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

     10  
5.     

APPROPRIATE USE OF TECHNOLOGY AND APOLLO RESOURCES POLICY

     11  
  5.1   

GENERALLY

     11  
  5.2   

USE OF THE SYSTEMS

     12  
  5.3   

PASSWORDS

     13  
  5.4   

DEVICE SECURITY

     13  
  5.5   

COMPUTER MALWARE

     14  


  5.6   

MOBILE DEVICE POLICY

     14  
  5.7   

MOBILE SECURITY POLICY

     15  
  5.8   

EMPLOYEE REMOTE NETWORK ACCESS POLICY

     15  
6.     

OTHER BUSINESS CONDUCT

     15  
  6.1   

ASSETS OF THE FIRM

     15  
  6.2   

INTERNAL CONTROLS, RECORD RETENTION, AND REPORTING

     16  
  6.3   

POST-EMPLOYMENT RESPONSIBILITIES

     16  
  6.4   

THIRD PARTY AGREEMENTS

     17  
  6.5   

INVESTOR COMPLAINTS

     17  
7.     

INSIDE INFORMATION

     17  
  7.1   

DEFINITION OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION

     18  
  7.2   

INSIDER TRADING AND TIPPING

     19  
  7.3   

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES CONCERNING PROTECTION OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND OTHER CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

     20  
    

7.3.1    FIRM RESTRICTED LIST

     20  
    

7.3.2    CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION PROCESS

     21  
    

7.3.3    COMMUNICATION WITH INSIDERS

     21  
    

7.3.4    COMMUNICATIONS WITH PUBLIC EMPLOYEES

     21  
    

7.3.5    INADVERTENT OR UNAUTHORIZED RECEIPT OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION

     22  
  7.4   

LIMITING INADVERTENT ACCESS TO MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND OTHER CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

     22  
  7.5   

ARRANGEMENTS WITH CONSULTANTS

     22  
8.     

PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

     22  
  8.1   

PERSONAL TRADING SYSTEM

     23  
  8.2   

EMPLOYEE RELATED ACCOUNTS

     23  
    

8.2.1    NEW EMPLOYEE RELATED ACCOUNTS AND CLOSED ACCOUNTS

     24  
    

8.2.2    MANAGED AND MUTUAL FUND ONLY ACCOUNTS

     24  
  8.3   

PRE-CLEARANCE FOR TRADES OTHER THAN IN APOLLO, APOLLO-SPONSORED, OR ATHENE PUBLICLY TRADED SECURITIES

     24  
    

8.3.1    PRE-CLEARANCE FOR TRADES IN FUNDS SUB-ADVISED BY APOLLO

     26  
    

8.3.2    PRE-CLEARANCE FOR PRIVATE PLACEMENT TRANSACTIONS, PRIVATE FUNDS AND ALTERNATIVE INVESTMENTS

     26  
    

8.3.3    PRE-CLEARANCE FOR PERSONAL CRYPTOCURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

     26  
    

8.3.3.1    INFORMATION ON CRYPTOCURRENCY

     26  
    

8.3.3.2    CRYPTOCURRENCY MINING

     26  
    

8.3.3.3    INITIAL COIN OFFERINGS (“ICO”)

     26  
    

8.3.3.4    CRYPTOCURRENCY NON-ICO TRANSACTIONS

     27  
    

8.3.4    EMPLOYEE TRADING POLICIES FOR APOLLO, APOLLO-SPONSORED OR ATHENE PUBLICLY TRADED SECURITIES

     27  
  8.4   

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

     27  
    

8.4.1    HOLDINGS REPORTS

     27  
    

8.4.2    TRANSACTIONS REPORTS

     28  


  8.5   

PIGGY-BACKING AND FRONT-RUNNING

     29  
9.     

ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING

     29  
  9.1   

AML COMPLIANCE OFFICER

     29  
  9.2   

MONEY LAUNDERING

     30  
  9.3   

KNOW YOUR CUSTOMER

     30  
  9.4   

OFAC PROHIBITED ASSETS

     30  
  9.5   

SUSPICIOUS ACTIVITY

     31  
10.     

FATCA

     32  
  10.1   

HOW DOES FATCA IMPACT APOLLO?

     32  
  10.2   

ARE THERE TOPICS THAT COVERED PERSONS SHOULD NOT DISCUSS WITH INVESTORS?

     32  
11.     

OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES, GIFTS AND OTHER POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

     33  
  11.1   

MAKING IMPARTIAL BUSINESS DECISIONS

     33  
  11.2   

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST UNDER LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENTS AND OFFERING MATERIALS

     33  
  11.3   

DEALING WITH PORTFOLIO COMPANIES

     33  
  11.4   

PERSONAL RELATIONSHIPS

     33  
  11.5   

OUTSIDE BUSINESS AND MEMBERSHIPS

     34  
    

11.5.1    PURSUING FIRM BUSINESS OR INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES

     34  
    

11.5.2    OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT AND BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

     34  
  11.6   

GIFTS

     36  
  11.7   

ENTERTAINMENT

     37  
12.     

SOLICITATION OF POTENTIAL INVESTORS

     37  
13.     

POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     37  
  13.1   

DEFINITION OF KEY TERMS

     38  
    

13.1.1    CONTRIBUTION

     38  
    

13.1.2    COVERED INVESTMENT POOL

     39  
    

13.1.3    EXECUTIVE OFFICER

     39  
    

13.1.4    GOVERNMENT ENTITY

     40  
    

13.1.5    OFFICIAL

     40  
    

13.1.6    PAYMENT

     40  
    

13.1.7    PLAN OR PROGRAM OF A GOVERNMENT ENTITY

     40  
    

13.1.8    REGULATED PERSON

     40  
    

13.1.9    SOLICIT

     41  
  13.2   

PRE-CLEARANCE OF POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND CONTRIBUTION RELATED ACTIVITY

     41  
  13.3   

PAYMENTS FOR SOLICITING A GOVERNMENT ENTITY

     42  
  13.4   

CORPORATE POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND BUNDLING

     42  
  13.5   

VOLUNTEER POLITICAL ACTIVITIES

     42  


  13.6   

SOLICITING COVERED PERSONS AND USE OF FIRM RESOURCES

     43  
  13.7   

REIMBURSEMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS

     44  
  13.8   

POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS OF PORTFOLIO COMPANIES

     44  
  13.9   

FORMAL POLITICAL POSITIONS

     44  
14.     

ANTI-BRIBERY POLICY AND PROCEDURES

     45  
  14.1   

FCPA OVERVIEW

     46  
    

14.1.1    ANTI-BRIBERY PROVISION

     46  
    

14.1.1.1    FOREIGN GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS

     46  
    

14.1.1.2    RESTRICTIONS ON PAYMENTS TO THIRD PARTIES

     47  
    

14.1.2    ACCOUNTING PROVISIONS

     48  
    

14.1.2.1    ACCURATE RECORDS

     48  
    

14.1.2.2    PAYMENTS, RECORDKEEPING AND REIMBURSEMENTS

     48  
    

14.1.2.3    FACILITATION PAYMENTS

     48  
    

14.1.2.4    COMMERCIAL BRIBERY

     49  
  14.2   

THE FIRMS ANTI-BRIBERY PROCEDURES

     49  
    

14.2.1    GIVING AND RECEIVING GIFTS

     49  
    

14.2.2    PROVIDING AND RECEIVING MEALS AND ENTERTAINMENT

     50  
    

14.2.3    PROVIDING TRAVEL

     50  
    

RESTRICTIONS ON REIMBURSEMENTS AND USE OF CASH

     50  
    

14.2.4    CONTRACTS WITH THIRD PARTY AGENTS AND CONSULTANTS (“COVERED INTERMEDIARIES”)

     51  
    

14.2.4.1    COVERED INTERMEDIARIES

     51  
    

14.2.4.2    DUE DILIGENCE REQUIRED TO ENGAGE A COVERED INTERMEDIARY

     51  
    

14.2.4.3    PROVISIONS REQUIRED TO BE INCLUDED IN CONTRACTS WITH COVERED INTERMEDIARIES

     52  
    

14.2.5    MERGERS, ACQUISITIONS AND JOINT VENTURES

     52  
    

14.2.6    CHARITABLE CONTRIBUTIONS

     52  
    

14.2.7    POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     53  
15.     

WHISTLEBLOWER POLICY

     53  
16.     

BUSINESS CONTINUITY PLAN

     53  
17.      NOTE FOR REGISTERED REPRESENTATIVES AFFLIATED WITH APOLLO GLOBAL SECURITIES, LLC      53  


1.

INTRODUCTION

Our integrity and reputation depend on our ability to do the right thing. Apollo is committed to promoting a culture that encourages ethical conduct and compliance with the law and all Firm policies and procedures. As used in the Apollo Code of Ethics (the “Code”), “Apollo” or the “Firm” refers to Apollo Management, L.P., Apollo Capital Management, L.P., Apollo Credit Management, LLC, Apollo Global Real Estate Management, L.P., Apollo Investment Management, L.P., affiliated investment advisers, any subsequently formed or acquired investment adviser (which, collectively, conduct a single advisory business) and all of their affiliated entities, which includes Apollo Management Holdings, L.P., and Apollo Global Management, Inc. (“AGM”). “Apollo” does not include any Apollo fund or Apollo fund portfolio company.

In our capacity as investment managers to various private funds, separately managed accounts, and other vehicles, we act as fiduciaries and thus owe a series of duties to these clients, including a general duty to act in their best interest at all times and avoid actual and apparent conflicts of interest. We have registered Apollo Management, L.P., Apollo Capital Management, L.P., Apollo Credit Management, LLC, Apollo Global Real Estate Management, L.P., and Apollo Investment Management, L.P. with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). In addition, Apollo Management, L.P., Apollo Capital Management, L.P., and Apollo Global Real Estate Management, L.P. (the “filing advisers”) each have a number of “relying advisers” also deemed to be registered with the SEC as investment advisers.

For purposes of the Code, Apollo’s “clients” refers to private funds, separately managed accounts, and other vehicles or persons to which Apollo provides advisory services; “investors” refers to the persons or entities that invest in the Firm’s clients; and “related parties” refers to Apollo and its direct or indirect affiliates (excluding portfolio companies).

The Code describes legal and ethical responsibilities that all Apollo partners, employees, members, owners, principals, directors1 and officers and, where applicable, consultants (as defined in Section 2.2 and collectively “Covered Persons”) are expected to uphold. It is a guide that is intended to alert Covered Persons to significant issues that may arise. However, it is not a summary of all laws or policies that apply to Apollo’s business, nor can it serve as a substitute for good judgment. The Code is based on our fundamental understanding that no one at Apollo should ever sacrifice integrity—or give the impression that they have—even if they think it would help the Firm’s business.

Each of us is accountable for our actions, and each of us is responsible for knowing and abiding by the policies that apply to us. You should look to this Code to guide your decisions in a variety of circumstances. However, no rulebook can anticipate every situation. Ultimately, the personal integrity, honesty and conduct of every person associated with Apollo define the character and reputation of our Firm. The good reputation of the Firm and those associated with it is critical to the success of Apollo.

Never underestimate the importance of your own personal and ethical conduct to the business and success of Apollo.

 

1 

Excludes independent directors of AGM.

 

1


2.

ADMINISTRATION OF THE CODE OF ETHICS

The Code sets forth certain minimum expectations that Apollo has for you. You are expected to conduct the Firm’s business in full compliance with both the letter and spirit of the law, the Code, and any other policies and procedures that may be applicable to you.

The Code is administered by the Chief Compliance Officer or designee (collectively referred to as “Compliance”) and is intended to provide general guidance regarding your conduct as a Covered Person. The Code is not an exhaustive consideration of all policies and procedures that may be applicable to you, and you are responsible for knowing which policies and procedures (whether or not listed here) apply to you, and for understanding and complying with them.

The Firm will take reasonable steps to ensure that the Code is followed, including monitoring and auditing to confirm compliance and to detect any illegal activity. The Firm has designated the Chief Compliance Officer with the responsibility for administering and ensuring compliance with the Code.

As a registered investment adviser, Apollo must comply with the requirements set forth in the Advisers Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. This Code has been adopted in compliance with Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act. In addition to providing general guidance regarding your conduct as a Covered Person, this Code, together with Apollo’s Supervisory Procedures Manual, is intended to set forth the relevant requirements that we must follow as fiduciaries and registered investment advisers.

The Firm conducts training for Covered Persons on various policies set forth in the Code. Additionally, as contemplated by Advisers Act Rule 206(4)-7, Apollo regularly reviews the adequacy of the policies and procedures described herein and the effectiveness of their implementation.

The Code does not create any rights to continued employment, is not an employment contract and does not result in a partnership between you and Apollo. The Firm expects you to be thoroughly knowledgeable regarding the policies and procedures of the Firm, including those outlined herein, at all times. Whenever you have a question as to a particular course of conduct or the interpretation of the Firm’s policies and procedures, you should consult Compliance.

 

2.1

Persons Subject to the Code

The Code applies to all Covered Persons. The provisions of the Code described in Section 6.3 also apply to former Covered Persons of, and other persons formerly associated with, the Firm.

 

2.2

Consultants, Agents and Temporary Workers

Certain temporary workers, independent contractors, third party service providers, operating executives or deal consultants (collectively, “Consultants”) are expected to comply with the Code. Specific arrangements with such persons will vary depending on their relationship to the Firm. Consult Compliance if you have questions about your obligations or those of others.

 

2


2.3

Consequences of Violating the Code

Violating any laws or regulations that relate to the operation of our business, engaging in any other criminal conduct or failing to take reasonable steps to prevent or detect criminal conduct, insensitivity to, disregard of, or failure to comply with the Code and/or any other applicable policies and procedures of the Firm, or failure to cooperate as directed by the Firm with an internal or external investigation, may result in corrective and/or disciplinary action, up to and including immediate termination of employment. The Firm will take all reasonable actions to enforce the Code. In cases where a violation of the Code could cause the Firm irreparable harm, it may seek injunctive relief in addition to monetary damages.

 

2.4

Obligation to Report Violations

Apollo is committed to exercising due diligence to prevent and detect criminal conduct and promoting an organizational culture that encourages ethical conduct and commitment to compliance with the law. This Code and the policies and procedures of the Firm are designed, implemented and enforced with the intention of preventing and detecting criminal conduct and other violations law and/or regulation. Each Covered Person is essential in assisting the Firm in complying with these policies and procedures.

You must immediately report to Compliance any known or suspected violation of the Code or any applicable law or regulation, whether the suspected violation involves you or another person subject to the Code.

You must immediately report to Compliance any misdemeanor (other than a minor traffic violation), criminal charge, or arrest involving you personally, whether it relates to the business of the Firm or not.

 

2.5

Current Version of the Code

A copy of the Code is available through the Compliance portal on the Firm’s Intranet and is also distributed to each Covered Person upon initial hire and at least on an annual basis. The Code and other Firm policies and procedures may be amended from time to time. All amendments are considered part of this Code. The Firm expects Covered Persons to be thoroughly knowledgeable at all times regarding the policies and procedures of the Firm, including, without limitation, the Firm’s policies and procedures set forth herein. It is your responsibility to review the Code frequently to ensure that you understand it and comply with it.

 

2.6

Code of Ethics Annual Certification

At the start of employment and annually thereafter, all Covered Persons are required to complete a Code of Ethics Annual Certification. This Certification requires Covered Persons to attest that they have read, understand, and will continue to comply with the Firm’s Code.

 

2.7

Annual Compliance Survey & Accounts Certification

All Covered Persons are required to complete a compliance survey and accounts certification on an annual basis (the “Annual Compliance Survey”). The Annual Compliance Survey includes (i) a broker accounts confirmation, and (ii) a Code of Ethics survey.

 

3


3.

STANDARD OF BUSINESS AND PERSONAL CONDUCT

 

3.1

Standard of Business Conduct

It is Apollo’s policy to adhere to the highest legal and ethical standards in the conduct of its business. All Covered Persons must adhere to this same standard of conduct which requires, among other things:

 

   

Complying with all applicable laws and regulations, including federal securities laws;

 

   

Being mindful of the Firm’s fiduciary duties at all times;

 

   

Appropriately managing actual and potential conflicts of interests;

 

   

Refraining from entering into transactions, including personal securities transactions, that are inconsistent with client interests; and

 

   

Promptly reporting violations of this Code.

 

3.2

Standard of Personal Conduct

The personal conduct of every person associated with Apollo impacts the reputation of the Firm and is critical to the success of Apollo. It is the Firm’s policy that all Covered Persons adhere to highest standards of legal and ethical behavior in their personal conduct and other dealings both inside and outside of the Firm.

 

3.3

Limits of Your Authority

Your authority to act on behalf of Apollo is limited by various laws, regulations, corporate charters, bylaws and resolutions and by internal policies and procedures. You may not sign any documents, or otherwise represent or exercise authority on behalf of any Apollo entity unless you are specifically authorized to do so.

Any Covered Person who is authorized to act on behalf of Apollo must first conduct appropriate inquiries and due diligence to determine that the taking of such action is appropriate and consistent with the Firm’s business objectives, policies and procedures. Covered Persons who are responsible for supervising any other person in connection with actions taken on behalf of the Firm must provide appropriate supervision under the circumstances, which may include independently verifying information and conducting additional inquiries, to ensure that it is appropriate to rely on such information.

 

4


3.4

Use of Recording Devices

 

  3.4.1

Purpose

Apollo has an obligation and a compelling interest in protecting the security and confidentiality of both its clients’ and employees’ information. To reduce the risk of disclosing that information, the Firm prohibits the use of recording devices as discussed below.

Apollo believes that the use of such devices in the workplace, especially in secret, can negatively impact the open and honest communication and positive working environment that is critical to our success and may serve to exacerbate problems or disputes in the workplace rather than help resolve them. Toward that end, this policy is intended to reduce the risk that recording devices may be used by employees to resolve workplace issues or disputes on their own and without Apollo’s Human Capital, Compliance, or management personnel. Indeed, Apollo has policies and personnel in place to assist you with any workplace issues you may have, and Apollo encourages you to refer to these policies and personnel in the event of any such workplace issue.

By contrast, nothing in the policy is meant to limit employees’ rights under any federal, state, or local laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, please note that the laws of various states, including New York, prohibit as a felony the use of devices to record conversations without the consent of at least one party or all parties to a given conversation. As such, employees should be aware of these requirements for the use of recording devices especially while traveling.

 

  3.4.2

Policy

The recording of conversations between or among Covered Persons during work activities and hours, and at work locations (including client locations), is prohibited without the consent of the individuals being recorded and approval of Compliance. For purposes of this policy, “recording” includes audio and video recording on any device, including via Zoom or other teleconferencing application.

Compliance will evaluate violations of this policy to determine whether discipline should be issued. Depending on the nature and severity of a violation, and the risk a violation poses to Apollo’s confidential client and/or employee information, employee relations or other legitimate business practices, discipline may vary from a verbal warning up to and including termination.

 

3.5

Threat Protocol

In the event a Covered Person receives a communication containing a threat to any Covered Person or the Firm, he or she must notify the Firm’s Chief Compliance Officer. The Chief Compliance Officer shall coordinate escalation to the appropriate parties and determine a proper response, which may include implementing additional security measures.

 

4.

DATA PRIVACY AND CONFIDENTIALITY POLICY

While conducting Apollo business, we may collect and create Business Sensitive Information and Personal Information (as defined in Section 4.1). Such information may be entrusted to us by companies in which Apollo clients invest, prospective portfolio companies of our clients,

 

5


clients, and investors, and we may receive such information from various other sources. To protect Apollo’s reputation and integrity and to comply with our legal obligations, we must all work to safeguard the Business Sensitive Information and Personal Information that we collect or create.

This Data Privacy and Confidentiality Policy establishes Apollo’s expectations for the collection, storage, processing, and sharing of Business Sensitive Information and Personal Information. The Firm has adopted information security policies and procedures designed to support the Data Privacy and Confidentiality Policy. Summaries of these policies and procedures are contained in the Information Security Policy of Apollo’s Supervisory Procedures Manual. For further information regarding the Firm’s information security policies and procedures, please contact the Chief Information Security Officer.

Apollo expects all Covered Persons to familiarize themselves with the Data Privacy and Confidentiality Policy and the policies and procedures that are relevant to their job roles and responsibilities. The unauthorized collection, processing, storage, or disclosure of Business Sensitive Information or Personal Information could result in serious liability for the Firm and could substantially impact our reputation.

 

4.1

Definitions

“Personal Information” means any information collected or created in the course of conducting Apollo business that relates to an individual that is either directly identified by that information, or can be identified using a combination of other information, including, but not limited to, name, phone number (home or business), address (home or business), financial account number, social security number or equivalent, driver’s license number, date of birth, user id, device identifiers, cookie identifiers, or medical records. Personal Information includes information that relates to investors or Covered Persons. In the case of Covered Persons, that information may be contained in resumes, employment contracts, offer letters, work records (including information about disciplinary and grievance proceedings in which they have been involved), performance reviews, and other Human Capital-related records.

“Business Sensitive Information” means any confidential or proprietary business information, collected or created while conducting Apollo business, including information about the Firm, and information related to portfolio companies and prospective portfolio companies of Firm clients, investments, and clients. Business Sensitive Information may also include information about multiple competitors in an industry.

The following are examples of Business Sensitive Information:

 

   

Information about actual or potential investments, clients or investors;

 

   

Marketing plans or strategies of the Firm, clients or clients’ portfolio companies;

 

   

Financial information concerning the Firm, clients, related parties, clients’ portfolio companies, or investors;

 

6


   

Research and development projects of the Firm, clients, related parties, or clients’ portfolio companies;

 

   

Reports or analyses prepared by the Firm, clients, related parties, or clients’ portfolio companies based on Business Sensitive Information; and

 

   

Information subject to written confidentiality agreements between the Firm, its clients, investors, related parties, clients’ portfolio companies and third parties.

Certain types of Business Sensitive Information may be considered material non-public information, which must be handled with additional care and is subject to additional controls as discussed in Section 7.

Personal Information and Business Sensitive Information may be contained in electronic documents, electronic communications, or hard-copy forms.

 

4.2

General Principles

Covered Persons should observe the following principles when dealing with Personal Information or Business Sensitive Information:

 

   

Treat all Personal Information and Business Sensitive Information as confidential;

 

   

Access Personal Information and Business Sensitive Information only for valid business purposes and with proper authorization;

 

   

Do not use or disclose Personal Information or Business Sensitive Information without a valid business purpose and proper authorization; and

 

   

Consult with a member of Legal or Compliance if you have any questions regarding the collection, use, storage, transfer or sharing of Personal Information or Business Sensitive Information.

 

4.3

Storage of Personal Information and Business Sensitive Information

Covered Persons should store Personal Information and Business Sensitive Information in a manner that respects and is appropriate for the sensitivity of the information. Apollo’s Supervisory Procedures Manual and information security policies establish requirements for storing Personal Information and Business Sensitive Information on Firm systems. Covered Persons should consult with their supervisors, Technology Support, or Compliance if they have any questions regarding how Personal Information or Business Sensitive Information should be stored.

Covered Persons should store Personal Information and Business Sensitive Information in accordance with applicable data retention and disposal policies and procedures. When Personal Information or Business Sensitive Information is no longer needed, Covered Persons should dispose of the information in accordance with the Firm’s policies and procedures regarding document retention and disposal, and applicable laws.

 

7


Covered Persons may store Personal Information or Business Sensitive Information on removable media for a valid business purpose and only with authorization from Compliance and Technology Support. Removable media includes devices or media that allow for read or write access and can be moved from one device to another without modification. Such media includes flash memory devices (e.g., thumb drives), cameras, removable hard drives, hard drive-based mp3 players, optical discs (e.g., CD and DVD disks), and floppy discs. Contact Technology Support to assist with putting Personal Information or Business Sensitive Information on removable media to ensure the information is encrypted. Covered Persons should handle all information stored on a computer or downloaded to portable media such as diskette, USB drive or hard copies with appropriate care to prevent unauthorized disclosure of the information. Personal Information and Business Sensitive Information should be removed from removable media when no longer needed for business purposes.

Covered Persons should consult with their supervisors, Technology Support or Compliance if they have questions about the storage of Personal Information or Business Sensitive Information.

 

4.4

Access to Personal Information and Business Sensitive Information

Covered Persons should access Personal Information and Business Sensitive Information only as authorized and for valid business purposes. The Firm’s Access Management Policy maintained by the Technology department sets forth policies and procedures regarding access to Apollo’s computer and communications systems. Covered Persons should consult their supervisors, Technology Support, or Compliance if they have questions regarding this policy or other policies and procedures that may govern access to Personal Information or Business Sensitive Information. Apollo will take steps to provide Covered Persons with access to Personal Information and Business Sensitive Information consistent with their roles and responsibilities. Apollo has established policies and procedures to modify, update, or terminate Covered Persons’ access rights based upon changes in roles and responsibilities, or upon termination of the relationship with Apollo.

 

4.5

Transporting Personal Information and Business Sensitive Information

Covered Persons should transport Personal Information and Business Sensitive Information from the Firm’s premises only for valid business purposes and as necessary to perform job duties. Whenever Personal Information or Business Sensitive Information is transported off Firm premises, there is an increased risk that the information may be compromised. Covered Persons should therefore take reasonable steps to protect Personal Information and Business Sensitive Information during transport. For example:

 

   

Hard copy documents should not be left unattended in vehicles or public locations;

 

   

Covered Persons should take steps to ensure that unauthorized individuals (including family members) cannot see or read Personal Information and Business Sensitive Information; and

 

   

As set forth in Section 4.3, Covered Persons should store Personal Information and Business Sensitive Information on removable media, laptops, mobile devices, and other portable devices only when protected by appropriate encryption technologies or other safeguards and with authorization from Compliance and Technology Support.

 

8


The Information Security Officer will specify requirements for the transmission and storage of Personal Information and Business Sensitive Information. Covered Persons should follow those requirements when transmitting or storing Personal Information or Business Sensitive Information. Covered Persons should contact Technology Support with any questions about the storage or transmission of such information and to set up channels for transmitting such information as needed.

 

4.6

Reporting Lost, Stolen, or Potentially Compromised Personal Information or Business Sensitive Information

If a Covered Person has reason to believe that Personal Information or Business Sensitive Information in any form, including electronic and hard copy formats may have been lost (including where such information is temporarily unavailable), stolen, or otherwise compromised (e.g., made public, disclosed to, or accessed by a third party without authorization) the Covered Person should report the suspicion to Compliance and Technology Support immediately. The failure of any Covered Person to report lost, stolen or otherwise compromised Personal Information or Business Sensitive Information may be deemed a violation of the Code and may result in disciplinary action.

 

4.7

Third Party Access to Personal Information and Business Sensitive Information

Covered Persons should provide third parties with access to Personal Information and Business Sensitive Information only as authorized and only for valid business purposes. Before sharing Personal Information or Business Sensitive Information with third parties, Covered Persons should confirm that the sharing is consistent with applicable policies and procedures set forth in the Supervisory Procedures Manual.

Before engaging service providers to access, store, or otherwise process Personal Information or Business Sensitive Information on behalf of Apollo, Covered Persons must submit the service provider for review in accordance with the Vendor Engagement and Management Policy. For additional information regarding this policy or the service provider review process, please contact the Vendor Management team at VendorManagement@apollo.com.

 

4.8

Prior Employer’s Confidential Information and Trade Secrets

Covered Persons should not disclose to Apollo or other Covered Persons any confidential or proprietary information or trade secret of a prior employer nor should Covered Persons use such information while engaged in Apollo business, unless the information or trade secret is then public information through no action of the Covered Person at issue or unless previously agreed to by the prior employer. In addition, Covered Persons must not encourage individuals to share information that may be confidential or proprietary to their current or former employers. All Covered Persons should contact Compliance if they believe they may have confidential information regarding former employers.

 

9


4.9

External Communications Relating to Apollo’s Business

As a publicly traded company with a global footprint, the Firm frequently receives requests for information from various third-parties, including the media. Information disclosed publicly about Apollo can significantly impact Apollo’s business interests and reputation. Apollo seeks to ensure that its external communications are consistent and accurate when publishing press releases, communicating with the media, participating in conferences and speaking engagements, publishing written works, providing public testimony, posting content on social media and responding to federal and state information act requests.

The Firm’s External Communications Policy is set forth in Appendix 16 to the Supervisory Procedures Manual and sets forth guidelines and procedures relating to external communications made by Covered Persons on behalf of Apollo, including any content that may be posted on the Firm’s social media accounts. It is important that all Covered Persons are mindful of those guidelines and procedures. As a general matter, any communication from the media should be referred to Corporate Communications and Covered Persons should only engage with the media when joined by a member of the Corporate Communications team. In addition, any speaking engagement or conference participation, written publication or public testimony must be pre- approved by Corporate Communications and Compliance.

 

4.10

European Economic Area Data Transfers

Personal Information may be transferred outside of the European Economic Area, whether such transfer is between Apollo entities or between Apollo and a third party (such as a service provider in the U.S.), with appropriate documentation and related protections in place. If there is any doubt about whether such documentation and protections are in place, Covered Persons should consult with Legal or Compliance.

 

4.11

Requests to Exercise Rights Regarding Personal Information

Some jurisdictions in which Apollo operates provide individuals certain rights over the Personal Information which relates to them. These rights may include, subject to local laws, the right to receive a copy of Personal Information about them, the right to have Personal Information updated, corrected or deleted, the right to object to Apollo’s use of their Personal Information, the right to have certain Personal Information transmitted to a third party (also known as the “right to data portability”), the right to withdraw consent, and the right to complain to their local data protection regulatory authority. Covered Persons who receive such a request must follow the process set forth in Apollo’s Supervisory Procedures Manual for responding to requests from individuals about their Personal Information.

 

4.12

Additional Policies and Procedures

Additional policies and procedures are set forth in Apollo’s Supervisory Procedures Manual and its appendices to further Apollo’s compliance with its privacy and data security obligations, including under European Union and California data protection laws, and the Firm’s commitment to safeguarding Personal Information and Business Sensitive Information. Covered Persons may be provided with additional notices regarding the processing of Personal Information.

 

10


5.

APPROPRIATE USE OF TECHNOLOGY AND APOLLO RESOURCES POLICY

 

5.1

Generally

We expect Covered Persons to apply their best judgment when using the Firm’s resources. The Firm provides computers, networks, systems, applications and other resources (collectively, “Systems”) for conducting Firm business. The Systems are Firm property, and, to the extent permitted by applicable laws, the Firm treats all electronic communications created, sent, received, or stored on the Systems as property of the Firm. Telephones, computers, email systems and other electronic communications devices provided by Apollo, whether in the workplace or elsewhere, are owned and maintained by the Firm.

The Firm’s Systems are configured to retain records consistent with the relevant laws, regulations, and other applicable data retention requirements, including but not limited to Securities Exchange Act Rules 17a-3 and 17a-4 and Advisers Act Rule 204-2 (collectively, the “Books and Records Rules”).

To ensure Apollo is compliant with the Books and Records Rules, you must:

 

   

Send all business-related electronic communications through the Firm’s electronic communication systems at all times (e.g., Apollo-provided e-mail, Skype, Slack, Zoom, Bloomberg), including when away from the office;

 

   

Refrain from using text message, personal e-mail, messaging application (e.g., WhatsApp, WeChat), or social media for any business-related electronic communications, except as otherwise authorized by Compliance.2 This prohibition excludes purely ministerial (e.g., scheduling changes) and personal communications; and

 

   

Save and store all files, including but not limited to documents, spreadsheets, and presentations, only on the Firm network or on third party sites approved by Apollo.3 Business-related files may not be stored on unapproved third-party or personal sites (e.g., on personal Dropbox, Google Drive or similar sites).

Subject to applicable laws and regulations, the Firm reserves the right to monitor, review and disclose all electronic communications and all information created, stored, or transmitted via the Systems as the Firm deems appropriate for its legitimate purposes without further notice or consent. The Firm conducts regular monitoring of Systems and electronic communications. Covered Persons should expect to have their communications reviewed as part of this monitoring program.

 

2 

To the extent you engage in any business-related electronics communications through these channels that were not authorized by Compliance, contact Compliance to discuss the best means for ensuring such communications are brought onto firm systems. For additional information regarding social media usage, please see the External Communications Policy at Appendix 15 of the Supervisory Procedures Manual.

3 

Contact Technology Support for a list of approved third-party sites.

 

11


5.2

Use of the Systems

The use of the Systems through the Firm is a privilege, not a right, and may be revoked. Covered Persons should generally access and use the Systems only to perform work on behalf of Apollo. Incidental personal use is permitted if it does not interfere with job performance or employment obligations, impact Apollo’s operations, compromise the Systems, consume more than a trivial amount of resources that would otherwise be used for business purposes, give rise to more than nominal additional costs, or interfere with the activities of other Covered Persons.

Under no circumstances should the Systems be used for personal financial gain, to solicit others for activities unrelated to the Firm’s business, or in connection with political campaigns or lobbying without approval from Compliance.

For example, Covered Persons may not:

 

   

Engage in any activity that may harass, threaten or abuse others;

 

   

Engage in actions that damage Systems, computers, or networks, including hacking or attempting to gain access to a restricted computer or network;

 

   

Use the Systems to engage in illegal activity or activity that would violate the Firm’s policies and procedures;

 

   

Use the Systems to communicate, transmit, copy, publish, store, or otherwise handle Personal Information or Business Sensitive Information except as consistent with the Data Privacy and Confidentiality Policy or other applicable policies and procedures, or as authorized by supervisors or Legal;

 

   

Use the Systems to implement automatic forwarding rules for your Apollo designated email address in Outlook, unless approved by Compliance;

 

   

Use the Systems to copy and/or transmit any documents, software, or other information protected by copyright laws, trade secret, patent, or other intellectual property rights;

 

   

Use the Systems to intentionally access, create, store or transmit material which the Firm may deem offensive, indecent or obscene unless required for a defined business need;

 

   

Bypass, disable, or tamper with security controls, software, equipment, or security logs;

 

   

Attempt to access any data or programs on the Systems without authorization;

 

   

Connect any device to the Firm’s Network unless the device is authorized by Technology Support;

 

   

Attempt to bypass, disable, tamper or change any software, equipment, system configuration or network (including operating system, security controls, registry settings, web browser configuration or printer) without prior approval from Technology Support;

 

12


   

Download or install software on any Firm computer without prior approval from Technology Support;

 

   

Make any warranty or guarantee on behalf of the Firm, either express or implied (unless this activity is part of normal job duties);

 

   

Download or upload any software or electronic files, including legitimate information, without up-to-date virus protection measures in place; or

 

   

Intentionally access, download, upload, save, or send sexual, pornographic, discriminatory, or criminal material.

Among other things, the following are also prohibited:

 

   

Statements, which if made in any other forum, would violate any of the Firm’s policies and procedures, including policies against discrimination and harassment and participation in impermissible or illegal activities;

 

   

Disclosing Personal Information (that is not your own) or Business Sensitive Information on social media web sites, chat rooms, electronic bulletin boards or blogs without prior approval from Compliance;

 

   

Establishing undocumented and unapproved Internet or other external network connections that could allow a non-Apollo user to gain access to Apollo systems and information; and

 

   

Placing Apollo material (software, internal memos, etc.) on any publicly accessible Internet computer without express prior written approval by Cyber Security and Risk Management.

 

5.3

Passwords

Each authorized user is assigned a unique user log-on ID and password. Covered Persons should take reasonable steps to preserve the confidentiality and security of their passwords. Covered Persons must not share passwords, nor may they store user passwords on paper or code them into programs. If Covered Persons suspect that their passwords have been compromised, they should immediately change their passwords and report such suspicions to Technology Support.

Covered Persons should change their passwords regularly, consistent with the requirements published by Technology. See the Access Management Policy maintained by the Technology department for the Firm’s policy regarding password settings and maintenance.

 

5.4

Device Security

Covered Persons should comply with the Access Management Policy maintained by the Technology department. Covered Persons should not leave computers, laptops, tablets, smartphones, or other devices unattended without implementing lock screens or other safeguards.

 

13


5.5

Computer Malware

Computer malware can be injected into the System through the receipt of emails, email attachments, or files from other systems. Covered Persons should use good judgment before opening files attached to emails from unknown senders.

Covered Persons must pay attention to and strictly comply with all warnings and instructions of the Firm relating to malware. Covered Persons must immediately inform Technology Support of the suspected presence of any malware on any Firm computer or the Systems of which they become aware.

Covered Persons should take steps to immediately disconnect from the Firm’s network any computer or device that is suspected of being infected with malware or other harmful code.

Covered Persons are prohibited from disabling or interfering with any malware-scanning software installed on their system.

 

5.6

Mobile Device Policy

This Mobile Device Policy governs the use of mobile and handheld devices, including broadband cards and broadband chips found in some laptops. The term “handheld device” encompasses any device which allows you to process, receive, or send data, or make voice calls on a cellular network without the use of a third-party application.

Apollo may provide certain Covered Persons with a mobile device and a corresponding data service plan. Apollo will determine the types of mobile devices and plans available to Covered Persons and may provide Covered Persons with a choice. Apollo may replace mobile devices as business needs dictate. Any mobile device provided by Apollo remains the property of the Firm and must be returned upon request.

Mobile devices are provided for Firm business, and Covered Persons should use handheld devices in accordance with Section 5.2.

Covered Persons are welcome and encouraged to use their personal mobile devices, provided they are set up by Technology Support for use on the Apollo network.

All mobile and handheld devices that Covered Persons use to connect to the Apollo network or send or receive Apollo Data are subject to Apollo’s Mobile Security Policy, which is set forth below.

If a Covered Person has questions about the proper use of the Systems, he/she should contact Technology Support, Legal, or Compliance.

If a mobile device is lost or stolen, including a personal device that has connectivity to Apollo’s network, Covered Persons must notify Technology Support immediately.

 

14


5.7

Mobile Security Policy

This Mobile Security Policy applies to any device (personal or Firm-owned) that Covered Persons use to send or receive Apollo data and/or connect to the Apollo network. All such devices must be set up to receive mobile security applications and software that Apollo will push to the device. The Mobile Security Policy requires that the device is locked after at most five minutes of inactivity and that the device has a passcode. Apollo has the ability to wipe or remove the device from the Apollo network if the device is lost or stolen or if the device owner’s relationship with Apollo terminates.

 

5.8

Employee Remote Network Access Policy

This Employee Remote Network Access Policy is designed to minimize the potential exposure of the Firm to damages that may result from the unauthorized use of Systems. This Policy applies to all Covered Persons who utilize a Firm-owned or personally-owned computer, workstation, or other device to remotely connect to the Firm’s network.

Covered Persons must follow the Firm’s procedures published by the Technology department regarding secure remote access. Covered Persons must not conduct Firm business using resources not approved by Technology Support (e.g., Yahoo mail, Gmail, or unapproved cloud storage platforms, including Dropbox, Google Drive, and similar sites). Covered Persons should confirm that personal devices and equipment used to connect to Firm’s networks meet the requirements of Firm-owned equipment for remote access. Covered Persons should contact Technology Support if they have questions about the applicable requirements.

Subject to applicable laws and regulations, the Firm reserves the right to monitor, review, or disclose Covered Persons’ remote use of Systems as the Firm deems appropriate for its legitimate purposes without further notice or consent from Covered Persons users. Covered Persons should have no expectation of privacy when remotely accessing Systems.

 

6.

OTHER BUSINESS CONDUCT

You are expected to conduct the Firm’s business in accordance with the highest legal and ethical standards, respecting the Firm’s clients, investors and related parties, dealing responsibly with the Firm’s assets and complying with applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

 

6.1

Assets of the Firm

You are expected to protect the Firm’s and its clients’ assets.

The Firm’s assets include not only financial assets such as cash, securities and physical assets such as furnishings, equipment and supplies, but also client relationships and intellectual property including information about clients, investors, related parties, systems and people. All property created, obtained, or compiled by or on behalf of the Firm belongs to the Firm.

The Firm’s assets should be used only to conduct the Firm’s business. No one is permitted to engage in any activity that could harm a client’s financial interests or the client’s relationship with the Firm.

 

15


6.2

Internal Controls, Record Retention, and Reporting

Internal controls and record retention policies and procedures have been established in order for Apollo to meet legal and business requirements.

The falsification of any book, record or account relating to the business of Apollo, its clients or to the disposition of assets of the Firm or its clients (including, without limitation, the submission of any false personal expense statement, claim for reimbursement of a non-business expense or a false record or claim under an employee benefit plan) is prohibited and may amount to a criminal offense.

All forms of recorded information created or received in the course of conducting the Firm’s business or involving the Firm’s legal obligations must be maintained and/or discarded in accordance with the Firm’s policies and procedures on record retention set forth in Apollo’s Supervisory Procedures Manual. Notwithstanding any other provision of such record retention policies and procedures, no document or record may be destroyed if you have been advised or otherwise should recognize that it may be relevant to a pending or threatened legal or regulatory proceeding.

 

6.3

Post-Employment Responsibilities

Certain responsibilities undertaken as part of a Covered Person’s employment or association with the Firm continue after termination of a Covered Person’s employment or association with the Firm. Specifically, all Covered Persons, after the termination of the Covered Person’s employment or other association, must (in addition to other specific requirements of the Code and any employment agreements with the Firm):

 

   

Return all Firm assets in the Covered Person’s possession, including, but not limited to, files, records, building access cards, keys, cell phones, mobile or remote computers, corporate credit cards, computer software, hardware, and disks;

 

   

Maintain the confidentiality of any Personal Information, Business Sensitive Information, or material non-public information (as defined in Section 7.1) relating to the Firm, its clients, investors, related parties, or any other confidential information obtained during the Covered Person’s employment;

 

   

Refrain from insider trading based on information obtained during employment by Apollo;

 

   

Assist Apollo with investigations, litigation and the protection of intellectual property relating to the Covered Person’s employment;

 

   

Refrain from soliciting business or investment opportunities that the Covered Person became aware of during employment or other association with the Firm; and

 

   

Refrain from engaging in any business opportunity belonging to the Firm or any client that the Covered Person became aware of during the Covered Person’s employment or other association with the Firm.

 

16


6.4

Third Party Agreements

Following completion of the vendor management process, all services, supplier, and vendor contracts, agreements, and/or engagement letters with third parties (“Third Party Agreements”) should be sent to Legal for legal review and confirmation of signatory authority. All Third Party Agreements must be reviewed by and negotiated in coordination with Legal to ensure that Apollo’s interests are adequately represented, and only authorized persons may sign on behalf of Apollo. This policy applies to agreements that are being renewed as well as those being entered into with a third party in the first instance. Third Party Agreements should be sent to the appropriate email address based on what the agreement is related to:

 

   

Firm-wide matters – AGMVendorAgreements@Apollo.com

 

   

Private Equity – PEVendorAgreements@Apollo.com

 

   

Credit – CreditVendorAgreements@Apollo.com

 

   

Real Assets – REVendorAgreements@Apollo.com

 

6.5

Investor Complaints

You must promptly notify Investor Relations and Compliance if you receive written complaints. A “complaint” is defined as any written communication (including electronic communication) from an investor or any person acting on behalf of an investor, whether in an Apollo fund, AGM, or other Apollo-related entity, alleging a grievance involving the activities of the Firm or any of its Covered Persons. Compliance will take such action, if any, as it deems appropriate to resolve the complaint and will retain a central file for all written complaints received.

 

7.

INSIDE INFORMATION

Section 204A of the Advisers Act requires that the Firm establish, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent the Firm and its Covered Persons from misusing material non-public information, also known as inside information. Violations of the laws against insider trading and tipping by Covered Persons can expose the Firm and any Covered Person involved to severe criminal and civil liability. In addition, the Firm and its personnel have ethical and legal responsibilities to maintain the confidences of clients and to protect confidential and proprietary information developed by or entrusted to the Firm.

The Firm and any Covered Person involved may be exposed to potential insider trading or tipping liability under the federal securities laws if the Firm or any Covered Person executes transactions (whether for a client or otherwise) in or communicates information regarding securities for which the Firm or any Covered Person possesses material non-public information. This potential liability is particularly problematic because the Firm as a whole may be deemed to possess material non-public information known by any of its Covered Persons.

The Firm has adopted and implemented the following policies and procedures to (i) ensure the propriety of trading activity by Covered Persons and the Firm; and (ii) protect and segment the flow of material non-public information and other confidential information. Apollo does not

 

17


have information barriers, and therefore, if one employee has possession of material non-public information, the entire organization is deemed to have it as well. The Firm’s lack of information barriers increases the importance of Covered Persons complying with these policies and procedures.

 

7.1

Definition of Material Non-Public Information

Information is generally considered “material” if there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would use the information when deciding to buy, sell or hold the securities of a particular issuer, or if the information is reasonably certain to have an effect on the price of the securities. If the information would influence one’s decision on whether or not to trade, it should be considered material for purposes of the matters discussed in this Code.

“Non-public” information is information that is generally not available to ordinary investors in the marketplace or in general circulation. As a rule, in order to conclude that information is public, a Covered Person should be able to show that the information is generally available (e.g., its announcement in an SEC filing or in a major news publication such as the Wall Street Journal). The information must also have been publicly available for sufficient time for the market to react and reflect the information in the security’s price.

While it is not possible to identify in advance all information that would be deemed material non-public information, illustrations of such information may include:

 

   

Unannounced earnings or other financial performance measures (actual or projected), guidance, or anticipated changes to previously provided guidance;

 

   

Projections and strategic plans;

 

   

Unannounced merger, acquisition, disposition, tender offer, joint venture or other business combination or significant strategic partnership;

 

   

New major contracts, orders, suppliers, customers or finance sources, or the loss thereof;

 

   

Significant new products to be introduced and significant discoveries of natural resources;

 

   

Significant pricing changes;

 

   

Changes in dividend policies or amounts;

 

   

Public or private securities offerings or stock splits;

 

   

Stock repurchase programs;

 

   

Pending C-level terminations, new C-level hires or significant changes in management or operations;

 

   

Significant labor disputes or negotiations;

 

18


   

Significant, non-public litigation, threats of litigation or regulatory/government investigation, or the resolution of such litigation or investigation;

 

   

Financial liquidity problems or extraordinary borrowings;

 

   

Material write-offs or restructurings;

 

   

Proposed issuance of new securities;

 

   

Significant increase or decrease in backlog orders or the award of a significant contract;

 

   

Governmental investigations, criminal actions or indictments and any collateral consequences including potential debarment from government contracts; and

 

   

Governmental decision-making affecting specific parties, including regulatory approval and awards of government contracts.

If there is any doubt as to whether information is material, treat the information as material.

 

7.2

Insider Trading and Tipping

Insider trading refers generally to transacting in any security (which, for purposes of these procedures shall include equity securities, bonds and other debt securities, convertible securities, bank loans, derivatives, options, any stock index including such securities as an element, and any other financial instruments) while in possession of material non-public information regarding the security or the issuer of the security. Insider trading may also include “tipping” such material non-public information. Tipping is the act of communicating material non-public information to any person who could use such information to purchase or sell securities.

Covered Persons who are in possession of material non-public information may not engage in insider trading or tipping. These prohibitions are applicable regardless of how the material non- public information is acquired. Penalties for trading on material non-public information are severe and may include both significant monetary fines and imprisonment.

Unless a decision has been made by Apollo that the receipt of material non-public information in connection with the Firm’s business is necessary or desirable, Covered Persons should affirmatively avoid directly or inadvertently coming into possession of material non-public information, or communicating material non-public information to others, including information in connection with their personal dealings (e.g., Covered Persons may not discuss Firm or client dealings with unrelated business contacts, family, friends, and other third parties). Such affirmative actions by Covered Persons will reduce the likelihood of insider trading and tipping and will avoid the unwanted imputation of material non-public information to the Firm.

Any Covered Person who comes into possession of material non-public information relating to a security or the issuer of a security must immediately contact Legal or Compliance. Covered Persons must refrain from (i) effecting transactions in securities of the issuer; and (ii) communicating the information to any person inside or outside the Firm unless and until Legal or Compliance advises the Covered Person to the contrary. Please remember that since Apollo does

 

19


not have information barriers, if one employee has possession of material non-public information, the entire organization is deemed to have it as well. Therefore, it is critical to contact Legal or Compliance if you believe you have come into possession of such information.

 

7.3

Policies and Procedures Concerning Protection of Material Non-Public Information and Other Confidential Information

It is imperative that the Firm exercise control over the circumstances in which it and its Covered Persons receive material non-public information and other confidential information. Without effective controls in this area, the Firm and its clients may be “frozen” in a position or precluded from taking a new position in a security if the Firm or one of its Covered Persons has come into possession of material non-public information. Covered Persons may find themselves in similar situations with respect to their personal investments. Therefore, it is essential that Covered Persons not seek information that they believe may be material non-public information without prior approval from Compliance.

 

  7.3.1

Firm Restricted List

The contents of the Firm’s Restricted List are confidential and proprietary information of the Firm and may not be communicated to anyone outside of the Firm without the prior approval of Compliance.

The Firm’s Restricted List is comprised of two parts.

Part I consists of the Holdings List, which is maintained by Operations and generally includes all issuers in which Apollo funds maintain a position. However, this list does not include the holdings of Apollo Insurance Solutions Group LP (“ISG”) clients or MidCap FinCo Limited (“MidCap”) clients. The ISG and MidCap holdings are both maintained separately and reviewed daily.

Part II is the Restricted List which is maintained by Compliance and contains the following:

 

   

Names of companies about which the Firm, ISG, Redding Ridge Asset Management LLC (“Redding Ridge”) or MidCap may have material non-public information;

 

   

Names of entities with which the Firm, ISG, Redding Ridge or MidCap has confidentiality agreements that may impose certain restrictions on investments; and

 

   

Names of entities for which members of the Firm, ISG, Redding Ridge or MidCap serve as directors, officers or members of a creditors committee.

The Restricted List is updated daily and is available both on the Firm’s Intranet and within the Firm’s order management system.

Transactions in securities of companies listed on the Restricted List require pre-clearance from Compliance. See the Trading Policy of Apollo’s Supervisory Procedures Manual for the Firm’s trade pre-clearance policy and procedures. See the Personal Securities Transactions Policy of Apollo’s Supervisory Procedures Manual for the Firm’s personal trade pre-clearance procedures.

 

20


  7.3.2

Confidential Information Process

As a condition to the Firm receiving material non-public information or other confidential information, the Firm may be asked to enter into a confidentiality agreement whereby the Firm will, among other things, agree to keep such information confidential. No Covered Person is authorized to seek any material non-public information or other confidential information or enter into any written or oral confidentiality agreement on behalf of the Firm without the express prior approval of either Legal or Compliance. Procedures for receiving confidential information are set forth in the Confidential Information Process Policy of Apollo’s Supervisory Procedures Manual.

Covered Persons also shall notify Compliance in the event they receive any material non-public information or if they are uncertain as to whether the information they receive is material and non-public.

 

  7.3.3

Communication with Insiders

Covered Persons should exercise caution when communicating with representatives of companies, creditors’ committees, boards of directors, advisers or significant shareholders (collectively, “Insiders”). Covered Persons should: (i) identify themselves and the purpose of their communication; and (ii) make clear that the Firm is not seeking material non-public information or other confidential information and that the Firm will assume that any and all information given to it by an Insider has been publicly disclosed or is not material.

If a Covered Person wishes to obtain material non-public information or other confidential information during such discussions, the Covered Person must first request pre-clearance from Legal or Compliance. Legal or Compliance will then review the name of the issuer prior to the Covered Person receiving the material non-public information or other confidential information through the Confidential Information Process.

 

  7.3.4

Communications with Public Employees

Covered Persons should exercise caution with respect to non-public information received from communications with federal legislative, executive, and judicial branch employees (collectively, “Public Employees”). Under federal law, Public Employees are strictly prohibited from making a private profit using material non-public information derived from their position as a Public Employee or gained through performance of their official duties.

If a Covered Person wishes to obtain material non-public information or other confidential information from a Public Employee, the Covered Person must first request pre-clearance from Legal or Compliance. Legal or Compliance will then review the circumstances (including, if applicable, the name of the issuer regarding which the information is to be received) prior to the Covered Person receiving the material non-public information or other confidential information through the Confidential Information Process. Additionally, if a Covered Person is unsure as to whether material non-public information or other confidential information was received, the Covered Person should contact Legal or Compliance.

 

21


  7.3.5

Inadvertent or Unauthorized Receipt of Material Non-Public Information

If a Covered Person inadvertently or without authorization comes into possession of material, non-public information, the Covered Person must notify Legal and Compliance immediately. Upon the receipt of such information, the Covered Person may not: (i) disclose the material, non-public information to others within or outside of the Firm; (ii) participate in discussions or deliberation with others within or outside of the Firm, or work on any transactions involving the company to which such information relates; or (iii) engage in transactions (or recommend or suggest that any person engage in transactions) in the securities to which such information relates, without the prior approval of, and subject to any and all restrictions imposed by, Compliance.

 

7.4

Limiting Inadvertent Access to Material Non-Public Information and Other Confidential Information

Covered Persons should take care that material non-public information is not left in public areas. Documents containing material non-public information, to the extent not being filed, should be shredded or otherwise destroyed when being disposed. Note that prior to disposing of a record or document, Covered Persons should check with Compliance to ensure that it is not required to be maintained by the Firm. Workspaces should be cleared of documents containing material non-public information at the end of each day and whenever left unattended. Computers should also be locked when leaving workspaces. Covered Persons should not discuss material non-public information in public areas, such as hallways, elevators, restaurants, airplanes or trains. Covered Persons should take care when transmitting material non-public information, electronically and should verify addresses to ensure that only the intended recipients receive the information.

To the extent that persons who have not entered into confidentiality agreements with the Firm visit the Firm’s offices, appropriate care should be taken to ensure that they are not afforded access to any material non-public information or other confidential information.

 

7.5

Arrangements with Consultants

From time to time, the Firm may retain the services of outside consultants to provide advice on economic, financial, political or other matters. Apollo’s standard agreement with consultants requires that consultants maintain the confidentiality of any information of the Firm or its clients that is shared with them and, moreover, that they not disclose to any person any material non-public information without the prior written approval of Legal or Compliance. However, if a Covered Person believes that he or she has come into possession of material non-public information from a consultant, the Covered Person should take the steps outlined above in Section 7.3.5, “Inadvertent or Unauthorized Receipt of Material Non-Public Information”.

 

8.

PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

Your personal investment activities should always be conducted with the Firm’s reputation in mind and in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. The Firm generally discourages personal securities transactions where pre-clearance is required. Apollo discourages active trading because of the potential conflicts of interest and distractions during business hours. Covered Persons are prohibited from engaging in day-trading.

 

22


As an accommodation, however, the Firm permits limited personal trading where pre-clearance is required, as described below. In addition to complying with all other Code provisions and relevant policies and procedures, all trading in Employee Related Accounts (as defined below) must adhere to the following policies and procedures.

While personal securities transactions are permitted as described below, Compliance reserves the right to deny personal trading requests.

 

8.1

Personal Trading System

Compliance maintains a web-based application through which Covered Persons may conduct and/or complete various required processes, including the pre-clearance of personal trades. All new Covered Persons are required to register with the Firm’s personal trading system. The personal trading system may be accessed through the Firm’s Intranet home page or via the StarCompliance mobile application.

 

8.2

Employee Related Accounts

The Firm has adopted the following procedures concerning the pre-clearance of certain transactions in, and the reporting requirements with respect to, “Employee Related Accounts,” defined as:

 

   

All accounts in the name of (i) the Covered Person, (ii) the Covered Person’s spouse (iii) any member of the Covered Person’s immediate family to whose support the Covered Person significantly contributes, which may include the Covered Person’s children, stepchildren, grandchildren, parents, grandparents, stepparents, siblings, persons with whom the Covered Person has an adoptive or in-law relationship (collectively, “Relevant Persons”), or (iv) any other person to whose support the Covered Person significantly contributes;

 

   

All accounts in which any of the Relevant Persons has a direct or indirect beneficial ownership interest including all accounts in the name of the Covered Person’s spouse; and

 

   

All other accounts over which any Relevant Person exercises any investment control, influence or discretion (“Discretionary Brokerage Accounts”).

The term “beneficial ownership,” for purposes of the definition of Employee Related Accounts, is interpreted as set forth in Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Under this rule, a person has “beneficial ownership” of securities if the person, directly or indirectly, through any contract arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in the securities. A “pecuniary interest” in a security means the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the security. A person is presumed to have an “indirect pecuniary interest” in securities held by members of such person’s immediate family sharing the same household, although this presumption may be rebutted. For additional information on what would be considered an “indirect pecuniary interest,” see Appendix 8.2.

 

23


All Covered Persons who work in the U.S. and maintain Discretionary Brokerage Accounts must maintain such accounts at a brokerage firm on the approved broker list located in the Personal Securities Transactions Policy of Apollo’s Supervisory Procedures Manual. Any Discretionary Brokerage Account held by a U.S. employee not maintained with an Approved Broker, defined as a broker that allows duplicate statements to be reviewed by Compliance electronically, must be transferred to an Approved Broker within one month of his or her employment date. For Covered Persons who work in the U.S. and maintain Discretionary Brokerage Accounts held outside the U.S., please contact Compliance.

Consult with Compliance if you have any questions as to whether an account is covered by the policies and procedures in this Section 8.2.

 

  8.2.1

New Employee Related Accounts and Closed Accounts

Each Covered Person must promptly notify Compliance through the personal trading system of the opening of any Employee Related Account. The notice must include the broker or financial institution name, account holder name, account number, account classification and approximate account open date of such Employee Related Account. The notice must be given prior to funding the account.

Each Covered Person also must promptly notify Compliance if an Employee Related Account has closed.

 

  8.2.2

Managed and Mutual Fund Only Accounts

Investment transactions in managed accounts, where the Covered Person has no investment control, influence or discretion, or in accounts in which only mutual funds may be traded are both permitted without pre-clearance by Compliance. Certification as to account status is required at least annually though the Firm’s personal trading system and managed accounts should not be structured or used to circumvent the letter or spirit of the Code.

 

8.3

Pre-clearance for Trades Other Than in Apollo, Apollo-Sponsored, or Athene Publicly Traded Securities

Unless an exclusion listed below applies, all transactions in personal securities held in Discretionary Brokerage Accounts require pre-clearance from Compliance. Pre-clearance is authorized for a limited window period of up to three business days including the date of approval and is subject to a minimum holding period of 90 days as measured on a first in, first out basis. Compliance shall ensure that the appropriate pre-clearance limitations are displayed on approval notices through the Firm’s personal trading system.

Approval will not be granted for the purchase of securities of companies with a market capitalization on the date of request between $100 million and $10 billion (the “Market Cap Rule”). From time to time, exceptions may be made to the Market Cap Rule. If an exception from the restriction is granted, Compliance shall make and maintain a record of the basis for the

 

24


exception. In addition, the following transactions in securities are prohibited: (i) personal transactions in initial public offerings (except for those of special purpose acquisition companies (“SPACs”) or real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), which may be permitted subject to pre-approval by Compliance) and initial coin offerings; (ii) short sales; and (iii) purchases of options on equity securities. If a Covered Person currently holds an option position, please contact Compliance for further instructions.

The following types of transactions are excluded from the pre-clearance requirement, the Market Cap Rule (except as it relates to the Apollo or Athene’s publicly traded securities listed in Section 8.3.4) and the minimum holding period:

 

   

Government and municipal securities;

 

   

Exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) and closed-end funds, including any derivatives thereof, except for those closed-end funds advised or sub-advised by Apollo, to the extent transactions are executed by a Relevant Person who is also an access person (see Section 8.3.1);

 

   

Mutual funds (i.e., open-ended investment companies), except for those mutual funds advised or sub-advised by Apollo, to the extent transactions are executed by a Relevant Person who is also an access person (see Section 8.3.1);

 

   

Variable annuities;

 

   

Commodities;

 

   

Transactions in fully-managed accounts, where Relevant Persons have no investment control, influence or discretion; and

 

   

Grants of Apollo publicly traded stock awarded to employees as part of an equity incentive plan. An award agreement shall serve as pre-clearance for Apollo publicly traded stock awarded to employees as part of an equity incentive plan.

Compliance will promptly review and determine whether to approve trades requested by Relevant Persons. In determining whether approval should be granted, Compliance shall consider all relevant facts, including:

 

   

If the security is on the Restricted List, Apollo’s Holdings List, ISG’s Holdings List, MidCap’s Holdings List or deal pipeline;

 

   

If the Relevant Person has or can be attributed with material non-public information about the issuer;

 

   

If the transaction would otherwise violate the Code; and

 

   

If the transaction would usurp an opportunity that properly belongs to Apollo clients (including a consideration of the market capitalization of the company).

 

25


  8.3.1

Pre-Clearance for Trades in Funds Sub-Advised by Apollo

Apollo may act as a sub-adviser for certain closed-end or open-ended funds (the “Sub-Advised Funds”). Certain employees of Apollo should be considered access persons for purposes of these sub-advisory mandates as a result of their role with respect to the funds, including but not limited to their access to information regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the fund. Relevant Persons who are also access persons must pre-clear all purchases and sales of the Sub-Advised Fund for which they are deemed to be an access person. See the Personal Securities Transactions Policy of Apollo’s Supervisory Procedures Manual for a list of Sub-Advised Funds.

 

  8.3.2

Pre-Clearance for Private Placement Transactions, Private Funds and Alternative Investments

Investments in connection with limited offerings that are not sponsored by Apollo (e.g., third party hedge funds, investment partnerships and other private placements) must be pre-cleared through the Firm’s personal trading system. The request must include the issuer name, transaction amount, investment description, percentage of investment in relation to the offering, any management roles, required time commitment, how the transaction was introduced, any relationships to principals of the issuer and any potential business relationships between Apollo and the issuer. Pre-clearance for investments in private placements sponsored by Apollo will be documented through the subscription process.

Relevant Persons shall notify Compliance of all sales of, or withdrawals from, private funds and alternative investments.

 

  8.3.3

Pre-Clearance for Personal Cryptocurrency Transactions

 

  8.3.3.1

Information on Cryptocurrency

Cryptocurrency is a form of digital currency that uses a decentralized network to affect and verify transactions. Examples include Bitcoin, Ethereum, Litecoin and Ripple.

 

  8.3.3.2

Cryptocurrency Mining

Cryptocurrency mining (“Mining”) is a process used to create new digital currency. Covered Persons are not permitted to engage in Mining activities, and Mining activities will not be approved as an outside business activity.

 

  8.3.3.3

Initial Coin Offerings (“ICO”)

An initial coin offering (an “ICO”) is a method of fundraising for a new venture wherein investors obtain interests (in the form of virtual coins or digital tokens) in exchange for legal tender or another established cryptocurrency. Interests in such ventures (i.e., the coins or tokens purchased) may be considered securities.

Accordingly, Covered Persons are not permitted to participate in an ICO or similar investment and requests to do so will not be approved for personal trading purposes.

 

26


  8.3.3.4

Cryptocurrency Non-ICO Transactions

Cryptocurrency is generally considered a “commodity” and falls outside of the definition of a “security” under U.S. securities law. Accordingly, Covered Persons are not required to obtain pre-approval to transact in, and are not required to report, such virtual instruments.

If a Covered Person has any questions about whether a particular virtual instrument requires pre-clearance, he or she should contact Compliance before transacting in such virtual instrument.

 

  8.3.4

Employee Trading Policies for Apollo, Apollo-Sponsored or Athene Publicly Traded Securities

Personal transactions in AGM (NYSE: APO), Apollo Investment Corporation (NASDAQ: AINV), Apollo Commercial Real Estate Finance, Inc. (NYSE: ARI), Apollo Senior Floating Rate Fund Inc. (NYSE: AFT), Apollo Tactical Income Fund Inc. (NYSE: AIF), Athene Holding Ltd. (NYSE: ATH), Apollo Strategic Growth Capital (NYSE: APSG), or Apollo Strategic Growth Capital II (NYSE: APGB) (collectively, “Apollo or Athene’s Publicly Traded Securities”) require pre-clearance from Compliance. Pursuant to the employee trading policies, Compliance shall determine when there is an open trading window. For further details, see Appendix 8.3.4 for the Employee Trading Policies for Apollo or Athene’s Publicly Traded Securities.

 

8.4

Reporting Requirements

Each Covered Person, on both a quarterly and annual basis, must report to Compliance all holdings and transactions in Discretionary Brokerage Accounts.

 

  8.4.1

Holdings Reports

Covered Persons are required to submit through the personal trading system the holdings of all Relevant Persons in Discretionary Brokerage Accounts within five days of joining the Firm (“Initial Holdings Report”) and certify the holdings are accurate at least annually thereafter through the Annual Compliance Survey. The information contained in a Covered Person’s Initial Holdings Report must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date such person became a Covered Person.

Subsequent holdings reports for each Relevant Person’s Discretionary Brokerage Account(s) must be provided no later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, and must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date such holdings report was submitted (“Periodic Holdings Reports,” and together with Initial Holdings Reports, “Holdings Reports”). Duplicate copies of the most recent financial institutions statements of Relevant Persons submitted within the timeframe listed herein, will be sufficient to fulfill the Holdings Reports requirements if such statements include all required information as set forth herein. A sample authorization letter requesting brokerage firms to send duplicate statements to the Firm is available in Appendix 8.4.1.

With respect to Discretionary Brokerage Accounts held by Relevant Persons with Approved Brokers, Compliance will ensure that Periodic Holdings Reports will be transmitted electronically directly from the broker to the Firm’s personal trading system.

 

27


Non-U.S. employees are not required to hold their Discretionary Brokerage Accounts with an Approved Broker. In instances where non-U.S. employees holding Discretionary Brokerage Accounts with a non-Approved Broker are unable to submit Periodic Holdings Reports electronically to the Firm’s personal trading system, the non-U.S. employees shall submit financial institution statements or manual reports to compliancestatements@apollo.com no later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, reflecting all required information for Periodic Holdings Reports as set forth herein. See the Personal Securities Transactions Policy of Apollo’s Supervisory Procedures Manual for a sample Periodic Holdings Report.

Holdings Reports shall contain, at a minimum, the following information:

 

   

The title and type of security, and as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, number of shares and principal amount of each reportable security in which each Relevant Person has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;

 

   

The name of any broker, dealer or bank with which each Relevant Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the Relevant Person’s direct or indirect benefit;

 

   

If securities are held other than with a broker, dealer or bank, the location of the securities; and

 

   

The date that the Covered Person submits the report to Compliance.

 

  8.4.2

Transactions Reports

In addition to Holdings Reports, reports regarding transactions in all Relevant Persons’ Discretionary Brokerage Accounts must be provided to Compliance no later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter (“Transaction Reports”). With respect to Discretionary Brokerage Accounts held by Relevant Persons with Approved Brokers, Compliance will ensure that Transaction Reports will be transmitted electronically directly from the broker to the Firm’s personal trading system. In instances where non-U.S. employees holding Discretionary Brokerage Accounts with a non-Approved Broker are unable to submit Transaction Reports electronically to the Firm’s personal trading system, the non-U.S. employees shall instead submit financial institution statements or manual reports to compliancestatements@apollo.com no later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, reflecting all required information for Transaction Reports as set forth herein.

The Transaction Reports shall cover, at a minimum, all transactions during the quarter, and shall include the following information:

 

   

The date of the transaction, the title and, as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, the interest rate and maturity date, the number of shares and the principal amount of each reportable security involved;

 

28


   

The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

 

   

The price of the security at which the transaction was effected;

 

   

The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected;

 

   

If not executed through a broker, dealer or bank, the location of the securities and a description of how the transaction was effected; and

 

   

The date that the Covered Person submits the report to Compliance.

Transaction reports shall not be required for transactions excluded from the pre-clearance requirement listed in Section 8.3 above.

 

8.5

Piggy-Backing and Front-Running

You may not receive any personal advantage from information which has been obtained by, or in the course of, the performance of your duties at the Firm. Therefore, “piggy-backing” (trading a security in your own account after executing the same trade for a client) and “front-running” (trading a security in your own account prior to trading the same security for a client) are prohibited.

 

9.

ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING

It is the policy of the Firm to comply with all applicable provisions of U.S. federal and state and non-U.S. laws and regulations designed to combat money laundering, including but not limited to the U.S. Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”), as amended by Title III of the USA Patriot Act of 2001 (collectively, “Applicable AML Laws”). In general, money laundering consists of moving cash or other financial assets attributable to illicit activities through one or more legitimate accounts, businesses or other conduits for the purpose of making such cash or assets appear to be attributable to legitimate activities or otherwise more difficult to trace back to their illicit source. In this regard, the Firm’s goal is to accept capital contributions only from legitimate, law-abiding investors and to form business relationships and engage in transactions with legitimate, law- abiding counterparties. The Firm is committed to taking reasonable and practical steps to help achieve this goal.

 

9.1

AML Compliance Officer

The Chief Compliance Officer also serves as the AML Compliance Officer. The AML Compliance Officer is responsible for monitoring compliance with Applicable AML Laws, conducting or overseeing ongoing training programs designed to familiarize employees with the requirements of Applicable AML Laws and compliance efforts, and updating senior management of developments in AML compliance efforts and/or Applicable AML Laws. Any questions regarding these policies and procedures should be directed to the AML Compliance Officer or designee (collectively “AML Compliance”).

 

29


9.2

Money Laundering

Money laundering is generally defined as engaging in acts designed to conceal or disguise the true origins of criminally derived proceeds so that the unlawful proceeds appear to have derived from legitimate origins or constitute legitimate assets. Generally, money laundering occurs in three stages. First cash enters the financial system at the “placement” stage, where the cash generated from criminal activities is converted into monetary instruments, such as digital currency, money orders or traveler’s checks, or deposited into accounts at financial institutions. Second, at the “layering” stage, the funds are transferred or moved into other accounts or other financial institutions to further separate the money from its criminal origin. Finally, at the “integration” stage, the funds are reintroduced into the economy and used to purchase legitimate assets or to fund other criminal activities or legitimate businesses.

Regulators and law enforcement agencies will prosecute firms and individuals for assisting a money launderer, disregarding legal requirements or deliberately “turning a blind eye” to criminal activity. Covered Persons are personally responsible for complying with Applicable AML Laws and are required to immediately report suspicions of money laundering to the AML Compliance Officer. The Firm’s Anti-Money Laundering Policy is set forth in Apollo’s Supervisory Procedures Manual.

 

9.3

Know Your Customer

Know Your Customer (“KYC”) is the process of verifying the identity of potential investors or counterparties. Appropriate due diligence must be completed prior to establishing a financial relationship. Procedures for verifying the identity of investors and counterparties are set forth in the Anti-Money Laundering Policy of Apollo’s Supervisory Procedures Manual.

 

9.4

OFAC Prohibited Assets

The Firm is required to comply with U.S. economic sanctions against certain countries, entities and persons. The U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) and the U.S. Department of State maintain lists of sanctioned foreign governments and “specially designated” persons and entities (“OFAC Sanctions Program”). In connection with KYC due diligence, AML Compliance will screen each potential investor and counterparty against the U.S. sanctions lists to ensure that funds are not accepted from or paid to any geographic region, person or entity subject to U.S. sanctions restrictions or country embargoes. Such screening must be completed prior to establishing a financial relationship. Procedures for verifying the identity of investors and counterparties are set forth in the Anti-Money Laundering Policy of Apollo’s Supervisory Procedures Manual.

The U.S. Department of Treasury has enacted regulations that prohibit effecting transactions in certain assets. Transactions in the following are generally prohibited:

 

   

Securities registered or inscribed in the name of a foreign national from a country which is the subject of an OFAC Sanctions Program;

 

   

Sovereign debt securities representing obligations of the governments of a country which is the subject of an OFAC Sanctions Program;

 

30


   

Debt or equity securities representing obligations of, or ownership interests in, a company which is the subject of an OFAC Sanctions Program;

 

   

Debt or equity securities representing obligations of, or ownership interests in, companies located in a country which is the subject of an OFAC Sanctions Program; and

 

   

Any bankers’ acceptances or any other securities which represent obligations of, or ownership interests in, entities owned or controlled by restricted commercial or governmental entities subject to an OFAC Sanctions Program.

 

9.5

Suspicious Activity

Any “suspicious activities” of any of the Firm’s potential or current investors or counterparties must be reported promptly to AML Compliance. Suspicious activities are difficult to define, but may include:

 

   

A potential or current investor or counterparty that exhibits unusual concern regarding Apollo’s compliance with Applicable AML Laws or other government reporting requirements, or asks specific questions about how the process is conducted;

 

   

A potential or current investor (or persons/entities publicly associated with such investor) or counterparty that has a questionable background or is the subject of news reports indicating possible criminal, civil or regulatory violations;

 

   

A potential or current investor or counterparty who appears to be acting as the agent for another entity but declines, hesitates, or is reluctant to provide any information in response to questions about that entity without legitimate commercial reasons;

 

   

A potential or current investor or counterparty that refuses or declines to provide requested information;

 

   

Information provided by a potential or current investor or counterparty appears false or suspicious, is inconsistent or cannot be explained after additional inquiries;

 

   

The potential or current investor or counterparty appears to be controlled by a senior foreign political figure;

 

   

Wire transfers or transactions with individuals or entities, or through countries, identified by the U.S. Department of Treasury as being a “primary money laundering concern,” financial secrecy haven country, or otherwise reasonably suspected of money laundering, terrorism or other illegal activities without an apparent business reason; and

 

   

Any suspicious financial transactions, such as capital contributions that are attempted to be made in the form of cash, digital currency, travelers checks, money orders, cashier’s checks or third party checks.

For business and security purposes, no one other than AML Compliance may contact any investor suspected of suspicious activities.

 

31


10.

FATCA

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”) is U.S. legislation generally requiring foreign financial institutions (“FFIs”), and certain other non-financial foreign entities (“NFFEs”), to report on the foreign assets held by their U.S. account holders or be subject to withholding on

U.S. withholdable payments. The Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act additionally requires U.S. persons to report, depending on the value, their foreign financial accounts and foreign assets. The goal of FATCA is to reduce the ability of U.S. individuals/entities to evade taxes by investing in or through non-U.S. entities.

 

10.1

How does FATCA impact Apollo?

A majority of Apollo foreign entities (excluding portfolio companies) are considered FFIs under FATCA and therefore subject to FATCA reporting requirements. Apollo maintains a robust FATCA compliance program tracking U.S. persons invested in foreign Apollo entities and reporting these to local tax authorities and the IRS as required. U.S. investors participating in one or more Apollo funds through a foreign Apollo investment vehicle (e.g., Cayman Islands limited partnership) are subject to reporting consistent with Apollo’s FATCA obligations. Information typically reported includes the investor’s name, address, taxpayer identification number and account balance (the dollar value of the investor’s investment in the Apollo entity with the reporting obligation).

To confirm the FATCA status of investors, Apollo requires every subscriber to furnish Forms W-8/W-9 as applicable when subscribing to an Apollo fund.

 

10.2

Are there topics that Covered Persons should not discuss with investors?

Covered Persons must be mindful when communicating with investors to ensure they are not providing advice on ways for the investor to avoid FATCA compliance. For example, Covered Persons should not advise individual investors who have dual citizenship with the U.S. not to disclose their U.S. citizenship status.

Providing advice to an investor on how to avoid FATCA could have serious financial implications for Apollo. As a result, Covered Persons may not provide any advice to any investor related to providing:

 

   

AML/KYC documentation; or

 

   

Tax documentation (Forms W-8 and W-9).

If you receive an inquiry from an investor on AML/KYC or tax documentation, refer them to their personal tax and/or legal advisor. If the investor is persistent and wants to discuss their FATCA compliance responsibilities with an Apollo representative, please refer the investor to the FATCA Program Manager.

 

32


11.

OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES, GIFTS AND OTHER POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

A conflict of interest may arise from a Covered Person’s involvement in outside interests or relationships that may either conflict with the Covered Person’s duty to the Firm, adversely affect the Covered Person’s judgment in the performance of his or her responsibilities or provide an actual or potential personal benefit. The benefit may be direct or indirect, financial or non-financial, through family connections, personal associations or otherwise. It is the policy of Apollo that all Covered Persons conduct the business affairs of the Firm in accordance with the highest principles of business ethics and in such a manner to avoid such conflicts of interest, whether actual or potential.

Covered Persons should promptly report to Compliance any situation or circumstance which may give rise to a conflict of interest.

While it is not possible to describe all circumstances where a conflict of interest exists or may exist, the following is intended to provide some guidance about potential conflicts of interest.

 

11.1

Making Impartial Business Decisions

To avoid a conflict of interest, Covered Persons should approach all persons doing or seeking to do business with Apollo in an entirely impartial manner. The only criterion of any business decision should be whether Apollo’s clients’ best interests are promoted, and any circumstances which could call such impartiality into question should be disclosed to Compliance. For example, any factors suggestive of a possible conflict in connection with recommending an investment must be disclosed, as should any personal connection that a Covered Person may have with an outside party, such as a consultant, with which the Firm is considering doing business.

 

11.2

Potential Conflicts of Interest Under Limited Partnership Agreements and Offering Materials

The Limited Partnership Agreements and offering materials of the Apollo funds contain various provisions relating to possible conflicts of interest, which are too detailed to summarize in this Code. If you are aware of circumstances that you feel might constitute a conflict of interest between Apollo or any of its Covered Persons and Apollo clients or their limited partners, you must bring the matter to the attention of a member of Legal.

 

11.3

Dealing with Portfolio Companies

Having an interest in a firm that does business with a portfolio company could create a conflict of interest. Covered Persons must make full disclosure of any such interests to Compliance.

 

11.4

Personal Relationships

In general, without prior approval from Compliance, you may not act on behalf of Apollo in any transaction or business relationship involving yourself, members of your family, or other persons or organizations with which you or your family have had any significant personal connection or financial interest.

 

33


You may not engage in self-dealing or otherwise trade upon your position with Apollo, or accept or solicit any personal benefit from a client, investor, other persons who have a relationship with Apollo or related party that is not generally available to other persons or made available to you due to your position with Apollo (except in accordance with our policies and procedures regarding the occasional acceptance of gifts) without prior approval from Compliance.

Negotiating with Apollo on behalf of others with whom you or your family has or has had a significant connection should be avoided if there is a risk that your involvement would be perceived as a conflict of interest with your position with the Firm.

 

11.5

Outside Business and Memberships

Any outside activities must not reflect adversely on Apollo or give rise to a real or apparent conflict of interest with your duties to the Firm. You must be alert to potential conflicts of interest and be aware that, as a condition of your continued employment or other association with the Firm, you may be asked to discontinue any outside activity if a potential conflict arises. Outside activities must not interfere with your job performance or require such long hours to affect your physical or mental effectiveness. Your job at Apollo should always be your first work priority.

 

  11.5.1

Pursuing Firm Business or Investment Opportunities

You must obtain approval from Compliance before you:

 

   

Accept a business or investment opportunity from someone doing business or seeking to do business with Apollo that is made available to you because of your association with the Firm and whose acceptance would create a perception that actions you take may not be in the Firm’s or its clients’ best interest;

 

   

Take for yourself a business opportunity belonging to the Firm or any client; or

 

   

Engage in personal investing or trading, except as otherwise permitted herein.

 

  11.5.2

Outside Employment and Business Activities

Outside business activities include any form of employment other than Apollo. Outside business activities also include serving as a director or officer of another company or organization, including of a portfolio company of an Apollo fund, or any activity that has the potential to detract from a Covered Person’s ability to devote appropriate time and attention to the Covered Person’s responsibilities to the Firm.

Except as authorized by Compliance, Covered Persons may not be employed, engaged, provide services for, or receive remuneration from any person or entity other than the Firm or any related party (except in connection with such Covered Person’s employment responsibilities). In seeking approval to engage in an outside business activity, the Covered Person must disclose whether such company or organization has a relationship with the Firm. Covered Persons must notify Compliance if they serve as a director of a portfolio company of an Apollo fund, but pre-approval is not required.

 

34


Examples of Activities Requiring Pre-Approval:

 

   

Any employment, consulting, or other arrangement with another person or entity in which the Covered Person will receive compensation;

 

   

Serving as a director or officer for another company (other than a portfolio company of an Apollo fund), or a charitable, non-profit, or professional organization;

 

   

Starting a business;

 

   

Becoming a candidate for any public office;

 

   

Serving in any government position or office, including, but not limited to, federal, state, or local government, in addition to school or library boards; and

 

   

Serving on a condo, co-op, or housing association.

Each Covered Person seeking to engage in outside business activities must complete and submit an outside business activity request through the personal trading system, describing the nature of the outside business activity, the time commitment involved, the parties for whom such Covered Person will be working or associated with, and any other relevant information regarding the outside business activity.

Compliance shall maintain a record of approvals, denials, exceptions to the policy and any conditions imposed on the Covered Person’s outside business activity.

On an annual basis, all Covered Persons must certify that:

 

   

Previously disclosed outside business activities remain active, or, if inactive, when the activity ceased;

 

   

All outside business activities have been disclosed to, and approved by, Compliance;

 

   

Outside business activities will not interfere with their duties and responsibilities as a Covered Person;

 

   

Outside business activities will not result in any conflicts of interest for Apollo or its affiliates;

 

   

They will not disclose or use any proprietary or confidential information in connection with their current or future involvement with outside business activities; and

 

   

They understand that Apollo and its affiliates have legal and ethical obligations which may govern or impact Covered Persons’ involvement in outside business activities.

 

35


Memberships

The Firm supports its Covered Persons’ involvement in community activities, professional organizations and not-for-profit organizations; such activities do not require pre-clearance as long as they do not violate firm policies and procedures or affect the Firm. Before joining an organization or engaging in such activities, Covered Persons should evaluate whether membership or participation could cause a conflict of interest with Firm policies and procedures. If there is any question as to whether a conflict of interest exists or may exist, the Covered Person must consult with Compliance before joining such organizations or engaging in such activities.

 

11.6

Gifts

Covered Persons must (1) pre-clear with Compliance all gifts given to anyone doing business with, or who is seeking to do business with the Firm and (2) report to Compliance all gifts received from anyone doing business with, or who is seeking to do business with, the Firm regardless of value through the personal trading system.

Covered Persons are prohibited from giving or accepting gifts having an aggregate value of $100 per year from any person associated with a broker-dealer. Covered Persons are further prohibited from soliciting gifts for themselves or for anyone else, or accepting gifts from, or giving gifts to, anyone in return for any business, service, or confidential information of the Firm.

For the purposes of the Code, the term “gift” includes anything of value for which you are not required to pay the retail or usual and customary cost. A gift may include meals or refreshments, goods, services, tickets to entertainment or sporting events, or the use of a residence, vacation home, or other accommodations. Gifts given by others to members of your family, to those with whom you have a close personal relationship, and to charities designated by you, are considered to be gifts to you.

In addition to the above and in order to comply with European rules and regulations, Covered Persons working for Apollo’s U.K. entities and Covered Persons working on European mandates must pre-clear with Compliance through the Firm’s personal trading system any business-related meals, entertainment, outings or similar business related functions offered or accepted if the value per person exceeds (1) in any case, $500 / £350, or (2) if given by a third party to someone who supports Apollo U.K.’s discretionary mandates (“U.K. Discretionary Mandates”), $200 / £150. U.K. Discretionary Mandates include Apollo’s European collateralized loan obligation funds, Apollo Asset Management Europe LLP or Apollo Asset Management Europe PC LLP, or any individual who works on any direct single managed account with an Apollo U.K. firm. Covered Persons are required to obtain approval from their manager prior to seeking pre-clearance. When seeking pre-clearance, the Covered Person must confirm that, in their opinion, they do not view the entertainment or business hospitality as an inducement. Covered Persons may be asked for the rationale behind such confirmation.

 

36


11.7

Entertainment

Covered Persons must pre-clear with Compliance any entertainment provided to a Government Official (e.g., employees at all levels of government, including all state agencies as well as employees of state-owned or state-controlled commercial enterprises, such as banks, and political parties and candidates) regardless of value. Additionally, entertainment provided to or received from anyone doing business with or seeking to do business with the Firm that exceeds $1,000 in total value per person must be pre-cleared with Compliance.

 

12.

SOLICITATION OF POTENTIAL INVESTORS

Proper solicitation of potential investors should emphasize the experience and other benefits of Apollo and concentrate on providing accurate information to investors, so they can make informed decisions. Solicitations that could cast doubt on the integrity of Apollo, its Covered Persons, or its portfolio companies are prohibited regardless of the justification for such activities. Prohibited activities include:

 

   

Using deceptive or misleading statements;

 

   

Attempting to induce individuals to place their personal interests above those of the companies or organizations they represent;

 

   

Inducing an individual to breach a contract with a third party;

 

   

Violating any law, regulation or Apollo policy related to marketing or solicitation;

 

   

Engaging in any activity that could damage Apollo’s reputation; and

 

   

Entering agreements with competitors or violating antitrust laws.

In sum, Covered Persons may only use legal, ethical, and proper methods to solicit potential investors. No Covered Person shall make any payments to potential investors for solicitation purposes.

 

13.

POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS

Any Covered Person wishing to make a political contribution to any election (local, state, federal), committee, political party, political action committee (“PAC”), or other politically-active entity (e.g., a 527 or 501(c)(4) organization) must receive pre-approval from Compliance.

Improper contact with Public Employees (as defined in section 7.3.4) at any level of government—including elected officials, appointed officials, candidates for public office, and Public Employees at the federal, state, and local levels—may adversely impact the Firm’s business interests and reputation. Improper contact may also lead to civil and criminal liability for the Covered Person, and potentially for the Firm as well. This section of the Code sets forth the Firm’s policies and procedures for political giving and related activities.

The Firm and its Covered Persons are prohibited from:

 

   

Making a contribution that is not in compliance with this section of the Code;

 

37


   

Providing or agreeing to provide, directly or indirectly, payment to any person to solicit a government entity for investment advisory services, unless such person is a regulated person or is an executive officer, general partner, managing member (or, in each case, a person with a similar status or function), or employee of the investment adviser; and

 

   

Coordinating or soliciting any person or PAC to make, any:

 

   

Contribution to an official of a government entity to which the Firm is providing or seeking to provide investment advisory services; or

 

   

Payment to a political party of a state or locality where the Firm is providing or seeking to provide investment advisory services to a government entity.

The Firm and its Covered Persons are prohibited from doing anything indirectly that they would be prohibited from doing directly, including making “conduit” contributions through third parties, including through family members, affiliates, or other persons or entities.

The above prohibitions also apply to covered investment pools. Specifically, an investment adviser to a covered investment pool in which a government entity invests or is solicited to invest is treated as though that investment adviser was providing or seeking to provide investment advisory services directly to the government entity.

Key terms relevant to this section of the Code are defined below.

 

13.1

Definition of Key Terms

 

  13.1.1

Contribution

The term “contribution” means any gift, subscription, loan, advance, or deposit of money or anything of value made for the purpose of:

 

   

Influencing any election for federal, state or local office;

 

   

Paying debt incurred in connection with any such election;

 

   

Paying transition or inaugural expenses of the successful candidate for state or local office; or

 

   

Influencing the outcome of any ballot initiative or referendum.

For avoidance of doubt, the term “contribution” includes any gift subscription, loan, advance, or deposit of money or anything of value made to any of the following persons or entities:

 

   

A PAC organized under federal or state law (including a “Super PAC”);

 

   

A national, state or local political party committee, including any convention, building or legal account established by a political party;

 

38


   

A person or any entity, including a for-profit or non-profit entity, that (i) is organized for the purpose of influencing any election for federal, state, or local office, (ii) acts to influence any election for federal, state, or local office, or (iii) is organized for the purpose of influencing the outcome of any ballot initiative or referendum (including a Section 527 organization or a politically-active Section 501(c)(4) organization);

 

   

Any legal defense fund established for the benefit of a person elected to federal, state, or local office;

 

   

Any joint fundraising committee or similar entity composed of or organized to benefit the foregoing entities; or

 

   

Any entity organized, at least in part, for the purpose of, or which now serves as a conduit for, making contributions to a candidate or any of the foregoing entities.

“Contribution” includes “in-kind” contributions, which are non-monetary, such as using corporate resources (e.g., the use of phones, email, conference rooms, or staff time) to conduct campaign activities or to host campaign events.

 

  13.1.2

Covered Investment Pool

For purposes of this section of the Code, “covered investment pool” means:

 

   

An investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Investment Company Act”) that is an investment option of a plan or program of a government entity; or

 

   

Any company that would be an investment company under Section 3(a) of the Investment Company Act, but for the exclusion provided from that definition by either Section 3(c)(1), Section 3(c)(7) or Section 3(c)(11) of the Investment Company Act.

 

  13.1.3

Executive Officer

For purposes of this section of the Code, the term “executive officer” of an investment adviser means:

 

   

The president;

 

   

Any vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division or function (such as sales, administration or finance);

 

   

Any other officer who performs a policy-making function; or

 

   

Any other person who performs similar policy-making functions for the investment adviser.

Please note that a person who is not an employee of the Firm may be deemed to be an “executive officer” in respect of his/her role.

 

39


  13.1.4

Government Entity

For purposes of this section of the Code, “government entity” means any state or political subdivision of a state, including:

 

   

Any agency, authority, or instrumentality of the state or political subdivision;

 

   

A pool of assets sponsored or established by the state or political subdivision or any agency, authority or instrumentality thereof, including, but not limited to a “defined benefit plan” as defined in Section 414(j) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 414(j)), or a state general fund;

 

   

A plan or program of a government entity; and

 

   

Officers, agents, or employees of the state or political subdivision or any agency, authority or instrumentality thereof, acting in their official capacity.

 

  13.1.5

Official

For purposes of this section of the Code, “official” means any person (including any election committee for the person) who was, at the time of the contribution, an incumbent, candidate or successful candidate for elective office of a government entity, if the office:

 

   

Is directly or indirectly responsible for, or can influence the outcome of, the hiring of an investment adviser by a government entity; or

 

   

Has authority to appoint any person who is directly or indirectly responsible for, or can influence the outcome of, the hiring of an investment adviser by a government entity.

 

  13.1.6

Payment

For purposes of this section of the Code, “payment” means any gift, subscription, loan, advance, or deposit of money, in-kind donations of goods and services or anything of value. In-kind contributions include goods and services offered free of charge or at a discount to a campaign, as well as payments to third party vendors for goods and services provided to a campaign.

 

  13.1.7

Plan or Program of a Government Entity

For purposes of this section of the Code, “plan or program of a government entity” means any participant-directed investment program or plan sponsored or established by a state or political subdivision or any agency, authority or instrumentality thereof, including, but not limited to, a “qualified tuition plan” authorized by Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 529), a retirement plan authorized by Section 403(b) or 457 of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 403(b) or 457), or any similar program or plan.

 

  13.1.8

Regulated Person

For purposes of this section of the Code, “regulated person” means:

 

40


   

An investment adviser registered with the SEC that has not, and whose covered associates have not, within two years of soliciting a government entity:

 

   

Made a contribution to an official of that government entity, other than de minimis contribution; and

 

   

Coordinated or solicited any person or PAC to make any contribution or payment described in Section 13.2; or

 

   

A “broker,” as defined in Section 3(a)(4) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)) or a “dealer,” as defined in Section 3(a)(5) of that Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(5)), that is registered with the SEC, and is a member of a national securities association registered under Section 15A of that Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3), provided that:

 

   

The rules of the association prohibit members from engaging in distribution or solicitation activities if certain contributions have been made; and

 

   

The SEC, by order, finds that such rules impose substantially equivalent or more stringent restrictions on broker-dealers than Rule 206(4)-5 imposes on investment advisers and that such rules are consistent with the objectives of Rule 206(4)-5.

 

  13.1.9

Solicit

For purposes of this section of the Code, “solicit” means:

 

   

With respect to investment advisory services, to communicate, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of obtaining or retaining a client for, or referring a client to, an investment adviser; and

 

   

With respect to a contribution or payment, to communicate, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of obtaining or arranging a contribution or payment.

 

13.2

Pre-clearance of Political Contributions and Contribution Related Activity

All Covered Persons are required to obtain approval from Compliance prior to making any political contribution.

 

41


This requirement to obtain prior approval before making a contribution also applies to:

 

   

Any Covered Person’s spouse;

 

   

Any immediate family member who resides with the Covered Person; and

 

   

Any person to whom the Covered Person provides significant financial support, which may include but is not limited to children, stepchildren, grandchildren, parents, grandparents, and persons with whom the Covered Person has an adoptive or in-law relationship.

Requests to make a contribution shall include the following information: (1) the name of the person proposing to make the contribution; (2) the proposed contribution amount; (3) the name and (if applicable) office of the candidate, committee, political party, PAC, or other politically-active entity (e.g., a 527 or 501(c)(4) organization) that would receive the contribution; and (4) an indication of whether or not the person proposing to make the contribution is entitled to vote for the candidate in question. For entities that pose circumvention risks (e.g., PACs, political parties, and other politically-active entities), prior to approving the contribution Compliance must receive an executed representation letter from the recipient to ensure that the contribution is used in a manner that complies with all relevant restrictions.

 

13.3

Payments for Soliciting a Government Entity

Prior to paying or agreeing to provide, directly or indirectly, payment to any person to solicit a government entity to engage Apollo to provide investment advisory services, a written (email acceptable) request must be made to Compliance and approval obtained.

 

13.4

Corporate Political Contributions and Bundling

As a matter of policy, the Firm will not make direct contributions in connection with federal, state or local elections. Because the use of corporate facilities and personnel may result in an “in-kind” direct corporate contribution, as discussed in Section 13.6 below, pre-clearance is required for any use of corporate resources in connection with campaign or political events. In reviewing the pre-clearance request, Compliance will consider whether an in-kind contribution would result.

Federal, and some state, laws prohibit corporate employees from “bundling” political contributions (i.e., physically collecting and forwarding political contribution checks made by others or otherwise providing a means of transmitting such checks including providing envelopes or postage for a contributor to send in his or her political contribution check).

 

13.5

Volunteer Political Activities

Covered Persons are generally permitted to voluntarily participate in political activities on behalf of a candidate, committee, political party or other politically active entity. This includes volunteer activity to support a campaign or political party that does not involve making contributions, engaging in political fundraising, or holding a formal political position. However, to ensure that such activity does not inadvertently cause Apollo to make an impermissible

 

42


corporate contribution or otherwise implicate applicable restrictions, Covered Persons are required to obtain prior approval from Compliance by emailing ApolloPoliticalContributions@Apollo.com before engaging in such volunteer political activity, even where such activity is occasional and isolated.

 

13.6

Soliciting Covered Persons and Use of Firm Resources

Federal, state, and local campaign finance laws prohibit coercion in connection with the solicitation of campaign finance contributions. To avoid coercion and the appearance of coercion, Covered Persons should:

 

   

Refrain from soliciting individuals who are not the same management level (i.e., partners should not solicit junior employees);

 

   

Avoid linking a contribution, whether directly or by implication, with the potential donor’s employment at the Firm, their prospects for a promotion, or any other condition of their employment;

 

   

Inform the potential donor that contributions are voluntary and will not be reimbursed, and that the potential donor may refuse to contribute without fear of reprisal;

 

   

Refrain from pressuring colleagues to make a contribution if they express hesitation about doing so; and

 

   

Refrain from stating that the election of the candidate would benefit Apollo.

Apollo generally discourages use of Firm resources (e.g., use of Apollo computers, phones, staff and letterhead) to solicit contributions during normal business hours. Use of such Firm resources beyond incidental use may constitute a contribution of in-kind goods or services by Apollo.

As a result, Covered Persons are required to obtain approval from Compliance by emailing ApolloPoliticalContributions@Apollo.com prior to coordinating or soliciting any person or PAC to make any contribution. This requirement also applies to certain family members of a Covered Person as described in Section 13.2 above.

Requests to coordinate or solicit a contribution shall include the following information: (1) the name of the person proposing to coordinate or solicit the contribution; (2) the form of the coordination or solicitation; (3) the name and (if applicable) office of the candidate, committee, or PAC that would receive the contribution; and (4) whether Firm resources will be used in connection with soliciting contributions. Compliance may require additional information.

Depending on the circumstances, holding a political event (e.g., fundraiser, candidate or officeholder event) on Apollo premises or using Apollo resources could result in Apollo making an “in-kind” contribution to the candidate or party on whose behalf the event is held, or could trigger gift or lobbying laws. As a result, all political events held on Apollo premises or using Apollo resources must be pre-cleared with Compliance.

 

43


Covered Persons seeking to host a political event on Apollo premises or using Apollo resources (e.g., Zoom, an Apollo conference line) are required to obtain advance approval from Compliance by emailing ApolloPoliticalContributions@Apollo.com with details regarding the event (e.g., the event flier and invitees).

Since the provision of in-kind goods or services may constitute a contribution from Apollo to the campaign, the Firm must obtain reimbursement for the event space and all expenses incurred by the Firm in connection with a political event. The cost of the event space will be reflective of market rates for rental space in the hosting office’s location. Additional costs that should be reimbursed by the campaign and reported to Compliance if incurred in connection with a political event include:

 

   

Any refreshments or entertainment supplied by Apollo;

 

   

Staff time spent assisting with or organizing the event; or

 

   

Any other Firm resources used in connection with an event.

The Covered Person responsible for coordinating the political event is required to obtain reimbursement for all expenses and provide evidence of payment (e.g., copy or scan of check) to Compliance.

Finally, contributions made in connection with political events are strictly voluntary, and Covered Persons may choose not to make a contribution in connection with a political event without fear of reprisal. Any recommended contribution amounts are merely suggestions and Covered Persons may contribute a different amount or elect not to contribute, and Apollo will not favor or disadvantage anyone by reason of the amount of their contribution or their decision not to contribute. In accordance with Section 13.2 above, all Covered Persons are required to pre-clear with Compliance any contribution(s) made in connection with attending an Apollo-hosted political event.

 

13.7

Reimbursement of Contributions

The reimbursement of campaign contributions is a violation of federal, state, and local campaign finance law, and should be diligently avoided. Solicitors are prohibited under any circumstances from agreeing to reimburse all or any portion of a contribution or imply that reimbursement will be forthcoming.

 

13.8

Political Contributions of Portfolio Companies

It is Apollo’s policy not to direct or make recommendations regarding the political contributions of its portfolio companies.

 

13.9

Formal Political Positions

To the extent that a Covered Person holds a formal position with a political campaign, PAC, political party, or other entity, the political contributions and activities of that entity may be attributed to the Covered Person and, through that individual, to Apollo. This attribution may result in pay-to-play and conflict of interest issues for Apollo. Accordingly, Covered Persons are

 

44


required to request pre-clearance through the firm’s personal trading system prior to assuming a formal political position. This requirement to obtain prior approval before assuming a formal political position also applies to certain family members of a Covered Person in accordance with Section 13.2 above.

Requests to assume a formal political position shall include the following information: (1) the name of the person proposing to assume the formal political position; (2) the nature of the formal political position; and (3) the name and (if applicable) office of the candidate, committee, or PAC associated with the formal political position. Compliance may require additional information.

 

14.

ANTI-BRIBERY POLICY AND PROCEDURES

Apollo is committed to upholding the highest ethical standards and operates a zero-tolerance policy with respect to bribery. Compliance with the Anti-Bribery Policy and Procedures is part of that responsibility. To that end, it is Apollo’s policy to strictly comply with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) and similar anti-bribery laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we do business, including, but not limited to, the United Kingdom Bribery Act 2010 (“U.K. Bribery Act”).

The Anti-Bribery Policy and Procedures apply to all Covered Persons and prohibit any Covered Person from giving or taking bribes of any kind. Any violation of this Policy or the Procedures will result in disciplinary action, up to and including termination of employment or engagement.

The FCPA makes it unlawful for any person to promise, authorize, offer or give anything of value, directly or indirectly, to “Foreign Government Officials” (a broad term that includes employees at all levels of government, including all state agencies as well as employees of state-owned or state-controlled commercial enterprises, such as banks, and non-U.S. political parties and candidates) to corruptly influence them to misuse their position or obtain an improper advantage for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business for Apollo. The FCPA applies to the conduct of Apollo and its officers, employees and agents worldwide because Apollo is a U.S. based company.

Countries besides the U.S. also prohibit bribery of domestic and Foreign Government Officials and corrupt payments to private individuals. One such key piece of legislation is the U.K. Bribery Act. Like the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act prohibits individuals from offering, promising, or giving a financial or other advantage to a Foreign Government Official with the intent to influence the official in his or her official capacity in order to obtain or retain business or an advantage in the conduct of business. The U.K. Bribery Act also prohibits bribery of domestic (U.K.) public officials. Importantly, the U.K. Bribery Act prohibits the bribery of individuals in the private sector (so-called “business-to-business” or “commercial bribery”), as well as receipt of bribes from any third party. The U.K. Bribery Act is therefore broader than the FCPA.4

 

 

4 

This document focuses on compliance with the FCPA, but also sets out more restrictive requirements created under the U.K. Bribery Act. All of our obligations under the U.K. Bribery Act are set out in more detail in the

 

45


Relevant anti-corruption laws prohibit corrupt payments to Foreign Government Officials through a third party. Apollo prohibits Covered Persons and persons acting on its behalf from making payments to third parties where there is likelihood that the third party will use any of the funds to make a prohibited payment to a Foreign Government Official. The Firm prohibits Facilitation Payments (defined below). Reasonable and proportionate hospitality and promotional expenditures directly related to the promotion, demonstration or explanation of Apollo’s products or services or the execution or performance of a contract, however, may be approved on a case-by-case basis, but such expenditures require review by Compliance before such a payment is made and must be reported to Compliance and recorded accurately. Apollo further prohibits Covered Persons and persons acting on its behalf from taking payments from third parties to improperly influence their conduct and performance of their duties within the scope of activities associated with Apollo.

Covered Persons must promptly report any violation or suspected violation of the Anti-Bribery Policy and Procedures to Compliance.

Apollo will investigate all reports made and will not tolerate any kind of retaliation for reports or complaints made where the person making the report had a reasonable belief in its truth. To the contrary, Apollo protects all reporters, and employees are expected to cooperate in internal investigations.

 

14.1

FCPA Overview

The FCPA applies to the worldwide conduct of Apollo, its Covered Persons, and its consultants, agents, joint venture partners and other persons acting on behalf of the Firm, regardless of citizenship or geography at any given time. The FCPA has two principal parts: (1) prohibitions against corrupt payments and bribes, and (2) affirmative requirements related to the accuracy of Apollo’s books and records and the proper functioning of its internal controls and approvals over any business activity.

 

  14.1.1

Anti-Bribery Provision

Generally, the FCPA prohibits Apollo and its Covered Persons from promising, authorizing, giving, or offering payment of money or anything of value (including gifts, meals and entertainment), or providing any other benefit (e.g., such as improperly offering an intern position to a relative of a Foreign Government Official (as defined in Section 14.1.1.1)), directly or indirectly (e.g., through third parties such as agents), to a Foreign Government Official in order to induce the recipient to misuse his or her official position or to allow Apollo to retain or obtain an improper advantage.

 

  14.1.1.1

Foreign Government Officials

Under the FCPA, “Foreign Government Official” is defined broadly to cover any employee of any instrumentality at any level (federal, state, or local) of a non-U.S. government, a non-U.S.

 

 

U.K. Supplement to the Apollo Code of Ethics. Those to whom the U.K. Supplement applies must comply with the policies and procedures in both this document and the U.K. Supplement.

 

46


political party, or a “public international organization,” a term that includes, among other entities, the United Nations, the World Bank, and the World Health Organization. This definition covers any employees, officers, or agents of any entity in which a non-U.S. government has substantial direct or indirect ownership or control, and therefore includes employees of commercial enterprises in which there is a sufficient level of governmental ownership or control.

Foreign Government Officials under the FCPA often encompass a broader group of people than the commonplace concept of a government official or public official under the law where the official lives. Thus, an individual may be a Foreign Government Official even if he or she does not have a government title or is not directly employed by a government agency. For example, employees of state-owned or controlled banks, airlines, hospitals, airports, phone companies and other entities subject to government ownership interests are covered under the FCPA, as are the family members of any Foreign Government Official.

Many governments operate through a state-owned or controlled entity (“SOE”), particularly in such areas as aerospace and defense manufacturing, banking and finance, healthcare and life sciences, energy and extractive industries, telecommunications, and transportation. Whether a particular entity constitutes a SOE or instrumentality under the FCPA requires a fact-specific analysis of an entity’s ownership, control, status, and function. Covered Persons are required to consult in advance with Compliance for guidance regarding an entity’s SOE status before providing anything of value to an employee or representative of such entity. Determining whether a particular person is a Foreign Government Official can be complex and may require legal advice. If you are uncertain whether any individual with whom you have business contacts meets this definition, please consult Compliance.

 

  14.1.1.2

Restrictions on Payments to Third Parties

Under the FCPA, you must never promise, authorize, give, or offer anything of value to a third party that you suspect or have reason to believe may be passed to Foreign Government Officials or other persons to improperly influence any person’s decision-making. You must not allow or ignore the risk that certain parties, such as an agent, consultant, representative or business partner (e.g., a joint venture participant), will make any such payment.

Under the FCPA, Apollo and its Covered Persons may be held liable for consciously disregarding indications (by ignoring or failing to investigate warning signs) that a third party may be making improper payments. Examples include:

 

   

The third-party requests payment to offshore bank accounts;

 

   

The size of a payment is not commensurate with services performed; or

 

   

There is a general lack of a visibility into the third-party agent’s activities.

If you suspect or have reason to suspect that a third party is using even its own funds to make such payments, you must report your suspicions to Compliance.

 

47


  14.1.2

Accounting Provisions

The FCPA also prohibits the submission of false or misleading reports or financial statements (e.g., misstating the number of guests at a business dinner in an employee expense report, or attaching a fictitious receipt to support an expense report).

 

  14.1.2.1

Accurate Records

Apollo’s books, records, accounts and financial statements must be maintained in reasonable detail, must accurately reflect Apollo’s transactions, and must be maintained in accordance with Apollo’s system of internal controls.

Any Covered Person who creates or causes the creation of a false or misleading record or accounting entry, or fails to disclose payments, assets or liabilities will be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including dismissal. If you learn of any false or misleading entries, or unrecorded payments, you should report them immediately to Compliance. As noted above, Apollo protects all reporters and will not tolerate any retaliation against parties who report behavior that may be improper.

 

  14.1.2.2

Payments, Recordkeeping and Reimbursements

Covered Persons making business payments must always ensure that any such payments:

 

   

Reflect the actual value of the services provided;

 

   

Are made for a proper business reason;

 

   

Are made to legitimate service providers;

 

   

Are accurately and completely recorded; and

 

   

Meet the requirements of the laws of the U.S., U.K., and of other countries where we do business.

These fundamental requirements take on even greater significance in connection with Apollo’s international business.

 

  14.1.2.3

Facilitation Payments

Facilitation Payments are typically small, often cash payments made to obtain or accelerate a routine government action by a government official. Indeed, Foreign Government Officials sometimes request payments or other things of value to expedite or “facilitate” routine, non-discretionary government actions, such as obtaining utility services or visas, obtaining electrical service, or processing certain papers (“Facilitation Payments”).

Apollo prohibits Facilitation Payments. Facilitation Payments are unlawful under a number of applicable anti-corruption laws, including the U.K. Bribery Act, and they expose the Firm to undue risk.

 

48


  14.1.2.4

Commercial Bribery

The U.K. Bribery Act and other global anti-corruption laws that apply to Apollo and its Covered Persons prohibit so-called “commercial” bribery (i.e., bribes, kickbacks or other compensation paid to, or received by an officer, director, partner, employee or agent of a non-governmental business organization to obtain a business advantage).

Under no circumstances may Apollo or its Covered Persons, consultants, contractors or sub-contractors receive, or agree to receive, give, pay, offer or promise to pay, or authorize the giving or payment of money or anything of value to any person (i) for the purpose of (a) improperly obtaining or retaining business or securing an improper business advantage or (b) inducing or rewarding improper performance of a relevant function or activity, or (ii) when such person knows or believes that acceptance of the advantage would itself constitute the improper performance of a relevant function or activity, regardless of whether that person is a public official or private actor.

 

14.2

The Firm’s Anti-Bribery Procedures

 

  14.2.1

Giving and Receiving Gifts

As noted above, the FCPA and U.K. Bribery Act prohibit improperly giving, promising, authorizing, or offering the payment of anything of value to a Foreign Government Official to induce the official to misuse his or her office or secure an improper advantage to obtain or retain business. Accordingly, the FCPA’s and U.K. Bribery Act’s restrictions extend to many forms of travel and entertainment expenditures for the benefit of Foreign Government Officials, as well as non-cash gifts and other benefits, such as offers of employment, educational placement, internships, secondments, and charitable donations to entities related to Foreign Government Officials. Regulators routinely bring criminal anti-corruption cases premised on improper provision of such value, even where no cash changes hands.

As a general matter, gifts are permissible to a Foreign Government Official when they:

 

   

Meet the applicable value limits and pre-clearance requirements set forth in Section 11.6;

 

   

Do not involve cash or cash equivalent gifts (e.g., gift cards, pre-paid store cards, gambling chips);

 

   

Are permitted under both local law and the policies of the recipient’s employer;5

 

   

Are presented openly with complete transparency;

 

   

Are properly recorded in Apollo’s books and records; and

 

 

5

Many U.S. and non-U.S. pension funds employees are under strict limits (sometimes as low as $50 or $100 per year) regarding permissible gifts, meals, entertainment, and hospitality that they may accept from a business counterparty like Apollo.

 

49


   

Are provided as a token of esteem, courtesy or in return for hospitality and comports with local custom.

 

  14.2.2

Providing and Receiving Meals and Entertainment

Gifts differ from entertainment, which is characterized by both the provider and recipient attending an event at which there are business opportunities or business discussions. Reasonable and proportionate incidental business hospitality of a small value which seeks to improve the Firm’s image, to better present the Firm’s services, or to establish a cordial business relationship may be permitted, provided that the purpose of the hospitality is not to induce or reward improper action by any person, or to influence a Foreign Government Official in order to obtain such business. Whether the entertainment is provided for bona fide reasons and the reasonableness and proportionality of the entertainment will be determined by the surrounding circumstances. Adult entertainment is strictly prohibited.

As a general matter, business meals and entertainment with a Foreign Government Official are permissible when they:

 

   

Meet the applicable value limits and pre-clearance requirements set forth in Section 11.7;

 

   

Are related to the promotion of Apollo’s services or to the execution or performance of its contract with a customer;

 

   

Are permitted under local law and the policies of the recipient’s employer;

 

   

Are customary under local business practices;

 

   

Are reasonable under the circumstances and not lavish or extravagant; and

 

   

Avoid the appearance of impropriety.

 

  14.2.3

Providing Travel

Approval by Compliance is required prior to any payment of a counterparty’s travel, and it will only be approved if it is bona fide, reasonable, and directly related to (a) promotion, demonstration or explanation of products or services, or (b) execution or performance of a contract with a foreign government.

Restrictions on Reimbursements and Use of Cash

Apollo will only pay reimbursements for goods, services, or other expenditures that are fully and properly supported by third-party invoices or receipts in accordance with Apollo’s Travel & Expense Reimbursement Policy and Procedures. With the exception of normal and customary petty cash requirements, cash transactions in connection with Apollo’s business should be avoided.

 

50


  14.2.4

Contracts with Third Party Agents and Consultants (“Covered Intermediaries”)

You, as an individual, and Apollo can be held criminally liable for improper payments by third parties acting on behalf of Apollo. For this reason, Apollo requires that you follow certain steps, detailed below, when obtaining the services of a certain category of third parties (referred to below as “Covered Intermediaries”) in connection with Apollo’s business. These steps include due diligence procedures to be performed before engaging Covered Intermediaries and certain contractual provisions that must be included in the relevant agreements.

 

  14.2.4.1

Covered Intermediaries

“Covered Intermediaries” include all third parties engaged by Apollo:

 

   

To assist in obtaining, conducting or retaining business outside of the U.S. with a government entity or state-owned entity;

 

   

To assist in obtaining permits, licenses or other documentation or certification needed to conduct business outside of the U.S.; or

 

   

To represent Apollo in dealing or having contact with any Foreign Government Officials or government or state-owned entities.

Examples of the types of third parties subject to this policy are:

 

   

Apollo’s “authorized agents” such as placement agents; and

 

   

Certain consultants not typically engaged by Apollo in high-risk countries who deal with discretionary matters relating to Apollo’s business with Foreign Government Officials. A high-risk country is a country that has a score of 60 or less on Transparency International’s Corruption Perceptions Index.6

For countries not listed on the Transparency International Corruption Perceptions Index, please contact Compliance for guidance.

Determining whether a third party falls within the definition of Covered Intermediary can be difficult and may require legal advice. However, any “authorized agent” (i.e., parties contractually designated as agents authorized to act on Apollo’s behalf) and any third party acting on Apollo’s behalf in dealing with any unit of government (including state-owned enterprises) will fall within the definition. If you are uncertain whether any third party with whom you have business contacts meets this definition, please consult Compliance.

 

  14.2.4.2

Due Diligence Required to Engage a Covered Intermediary

Before entering into any contract with a Covered Intermediary, you must first conduct a reasonable due diligence investigation into the background, reputation, and business capabilities of the intermediary. Consult with Compliance to determine an appropriate risk-based program.

 

 

6 

Access the index here: https://www.transparency.org/en/cpi.

 

51


A copy of the due diligence file shall be maintained by Compliance for each Covered Intermediary reviewed, whether or not retained.

 

  14.2.4.3

Provisions Required to be Included in Contracts with Covered Intermediaries

Every Covered Intermediary must enter into a written agreement with Apollo, which must contain representations relating to the FCPA as approved by Compliance. Where applicable, annual certifications should also be obtained from Covered Intermediaries by the appropriate business unit representative and submitted to Compliance.

Contracts that provide for payments to parties other than the contracting Covered Intermediary, or payments to countries other than the home country of the contracting party, are generally not acceptable.

Compensation to Covered Intermediaries must be commercially reasonable and commensurate with the tasks that the contractor undertakes. Payments to Covered Intermediaries must be made in accordance with the terms of their contracts. You must not honor requests to vary the terms of contracts by:

 

   

Increasing or decreasing agreed amounts on any invoice if such a request is contrary to Apollo’s standards, procedures or applicable laws; or

 

   

Submitting multiple invoices if you suspect such invoices may be used in a manner contrary to Apollo standards, procedures or applicable laws or otherwise used improperly.

 

  14.2.5

Mergers, Acquisitions and Joint Ventures

From time to time, Apollo will engage in business transactions such as mergers, acquisitions and/or joint ventures. As part of due diligence procedures for Anti-Corruption, and prior to the execution of these transactions, the Deal Team must ensure that outside counsel representing the Firm on such transactions conducts and documents an appropriate FCPA and U.K. Bribery Act review as described in the AGM Deal Manual to ensure that the joint venture business partner maintains a system of internal controls, accurate books and records and does not engage in corrupt payments. Documentation shall be forwarded and maintained by the Legal Department or by the law firm conducting the review. For additional information regarding Mergers, Acquisitions, and/or joint ventures, please contact the Legal Department and refer to the AGM Deal Manual.

 

  14.2.6

Charitable Contributions

From time to time, Apollo will elect to make charitable contributions. Any known related party interest in the charity involving a Foreign Government Official, or any charitable donations that are requested by a Foreign Government Official, must be reviewed in advance by Compliance prior to any payment being promised, authorized, offered, or made.

 

52


  14.2.7

Political Contributions

For information on Apollo’s policies and procedures related to political contributions, please see Section 13 above. Employees should be mindful that political contributions that comply with Section 13 above, may still violate the FCPA and other applicable anti-bribery laws if made for improper purposes.

 

15.

WHISTLEBLOWER POLICY

See Appendix 15 for the Firm’s Whistleblower Policy.

 

16.

BUSINESS CONTINUITY PLAN

Apollo has created a business continuity plan (the “BCP”) to provide guidance to all Covered Persons in the event of an emergency. The purpose of the BCP is to ensure that Apollo can continue to conduct its business in the event of an emergency that results in a business disruption. A copy of the BCP is distributed only to those with a role in implementing the BCP. Covered Persons should call the following emergency hotline number if a business interruption has occurred:

Hotline: +1 (855) 336-1510

 

17.

NOTE FOR REGISTERED REPRESENTATIVES AFFLIATED WITH APOLLO GLOBAL SECURITIES, LLC

Registered Representatives and Associated Persons of Apollo Global Securities, LLC (“AGS”), are subject to additional obligations in conjunction with those described in this Code. Registered Representatives should review this document in conjunction with the AGS Compliance Manual and Written Supervisory Procedures.

 

53


LOGO

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, INC.

CODE OF ETHICS

February 2021

INDEX OF APPENDICES

 

Description of Form / Document

   Appendix

Indirect Pecuniary Interest

   8.2

Employee Trading Policy for Apollo Publicly Traded Securities:

Apollo Global Management, Inc.

Apollo Investment Corporation

Apollo Commercial Real Estate Finance, Inc.

Apollo Senior Floating Rate Fund Inc. & Apollo Tactical Income Fund Inc.

Apollo Strategic Growth Capital

Apollo Strategic Growth Capital II

   8.3.4

Sample Authorization Letter for Duplicate Account Statements

   8.4.1

Whistleblower Policy

   15


LOGO

APPENDIX 8.2

INDIRECT PECUNIARY INTEREST

The following may result in you having an “indirect pecuniary interest” in an investment:

 

   

A general partner’s proportionate interest in the portfolio securities held by a general or limited partnership;

 

   

Subject to certain exceptions, a performance-related fee, other than an asset-based fee, received by any broker, dealer, bank, insurance company, investment company, investment adviser, investment manager, trustee or person or entity performing a similar function;

 

   

A person’s right to dividends that is separate or separable from the underlying securities;

 

   

A person’s interest in securities held by a trust; and

 

   

A person’s right to acquire equity securities through the exercise or conversion of any derivative security, whether or not presently exercisable. “Derivative security” means any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege at a price related to an equity security or similar securities with a value derived from the value of an equity security.

A shareholder of a corporation or similar entity is not deemed to have a pecuniary interest in the portfolio securities held by a corporation or similar entity in which the person owns securities, if the shareholder is not a controlling shareholder of the entity and does not have or share investment control over the entity’s portfolio.


LOGO

APPENDIX 8.3.4

EMPLOYEE TRADING POLICIES FOR APOLLO OR ATHENES PUBLICLY TRADED SECURITIES

See attached trading policies for the following companies:

 

   

Apollo Global Management, Inc.

 

   

Apollo Investment Corporation

 

   

Apollo Commercial Real Estate Finance, Inc.

 

   

Apollo Senior Floating Rate Fund Inc. & Apollo Tactical Income Fund Inc.

 

   

Athene Holding Ltd. Securities

 

   

Apollo Strategic Growth Capital

 

   

Apollo Strategic Growth Capital II


APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, INC.

INSIDER TRADING POLICY

Apollo Global Management, Inc. (the “Company”) has adopted this Insider Trading Policy (this “Policy”), which prohibits Covered Persons (as defined herein) from trading in the Company’s securities while in possession of material non-public information regarding the Company and outlines the procedures that all Covered Persons must follow in order to transact in Company securities. This Policy and the procedures described herein arise from the Company’s responsibility as a publicly traded company and the federal securities laws that prohibit insider trading. Failure to comply with this Policy and the required procedures could result in a serious violation of the securities laws by you and/or the Company and give rise to both civil and criminal penalties. It is important that you review this Policy carefully.

IT IS THE COMPANY’S POLICY THAT IF ANY COVERED PERSON HAS ANY MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION, HE OR SHE MUST REFRAIN FROM TRADING IN THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES OR DISCLOSING THE INFORMATION TO SOMEONE ELSE UNTIL THE INFORMATION HAS BEEN PROPERLY DISCLOSED BY THE COMPANY TO THE PUBLIC AND THE OTHER REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH HEREIN ARE SATISFIED.

 

1.

Definition of Insider; Covered Persons; Reason for the Policy

In general, an “insider” is any person who possesses, or has access to, Material Information (as defined below) concerning the Company that has not been fully disclosed to the public. Insiders may be subject to criminal prosecution and/or civil liability for engaging in a transaction (purchase or sale) in the Company securities when they know of Material Information concerning the Company that has not been fully disclosed to the public. This policy applies to: (1) members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) and officers of the Company, (2) employees, partners, members, owners or principals of the Company and its subsidiaries, (3) certain consultants, representatives or independent contractors of the Company who have knowledge of Material Information regarding the Company that has not been fully disclosed to the public, (4) with respect to a person covered by the foregoing subsections (1) through (3), any member of such person’s immediate family who resides with such person and to whose support such person significantly contributes, any other person to whose support such person significantly contributes and any entity controlled by such person and (5) any other person as may be designated from time to time by the Chief Compliance Officer (as defined herein) (persons covered by any of the foregoing subsections (1) through (5), collectively, referred to as “Covered Persons”).

Insider trading prohibitions are not limited to actual trading by an insider, but they also make it illegal for an insider or certain other persons to advise others to trade on the basis of Material Information that has not been fully disclosed to the public. Liability in such cases can extend both to the “tippee” (the person to whom the insider disclosed inside information) and to the “tipper” (the insider disclosing such information). It should be noted that while an insider’s parents or siblings may not be considered a Covered Person or insider (unless that person lives in the same household), such person may be deemed a “tippee” for securities laws purposes.


Potential penalties for insider trading violations include: (1) imprisonment for up to 20 years, (2) criminal fines of up to $5 million, and (3) civil fines of up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided. If the Company fails to take appropriate steps to prevent illegal insider trading, the Company may have “controlling person” liability for a trading violation, with civil penalties of up to the greater of $1 million and three times the profit gained or loss avoided, as well as criminal penalties of up to $25 million. The civil penalties can extend personal liability to the Company’s directors, officers and other supervisory personnel if they fail to take appropriate steps to prevent insider trading. Finally, in addition to the potential criminal and civil liabilities mentioned above, in certain circumstances the Company may be able to recover all profits made by an insider and collect other damages.

Without regard to the penalties that may be imposed by others, willful violation of this Policy constitutes grounds for immediate removal from the Board of Directors to the extent permitted by applicable law, termination of employment from the Company or, with respect to the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ partners, members, stockholders, owners, principals, consultants, representatives or independent contractors, termination of their relationships with the Company.

Finally, insider trading can have a negative effect on the public and the securities markets’ confidence in the Company and its securities, which could have a significant adverse impact on the Company and its stockholders.

 

2.

Definition of Full Disclosure

Full disclosure to the public generally means a press release followed by publication in the mainstream print media, a press release issued by a national wire service or a public filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) such as a disclosure made in a Current Report on Form 8-K. On the other hand, a speech to an audience, a TV or radio appearance, or an article in an obscure magazine does not qualify as full disclosure. Full disclosure means that the securities markets have had the opportunity to digest the news.

 

3.

Definition of Material Information

There is no bright-line test for determining what constitutes “Material Information.” A fact may be deemed to be Material Information if there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making a decision to buy, sell or hold a security or where the fact is likely to have an effect on the market price of the security. While it may be difficult under this standard to determine whether certain information is Material Information, there are various categories of information that would almost always be regarded as Material Information, such as:

 

   

Earnings information;

 

   

Changes in forecasts or guidance;

 

   

Mergers, acquisitions, tender offers, joint ventures or changes in assets;

 

   

Changes in control or in management;

 

   

Significant developments involving corporate relationships;

 

   

Changes in the outside auditor or notification by the auditor that the issuer may no longer rely on an auditor’s report;

 

2


   

Events regarding the issuer’s securities, for example, defaults on senior securities, calls of securities for redemption, repurchase plans, stock splits or changes in dividends, changes to the rights of security holders and public or private sales of debt or equity securities;

 

   

Significant borrowings or write-offs;

 

   

Bankruptcies or receiverships; and

 

   

Lawsuits (or threats of lawsuits) involving substantial potential liability and the settlement of such lawsuits.

The contents of any earnings update teleconference or earnings-related press release shall, for purposes of the Policy, always constitute Material Information.

If any person has questions as to the materiality of information, he or she should contact the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee (the “Chief Compliance Officer”) for clarification.

 

4.

Specific Requirements

A. Except as may otherwise be provided herein, before any Covered Person executes a trade in the Company securities, including the placing of limit orders, such Covered Person must submit a request via the Company’s personal trading system, which will then be subject to approval by the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee, as appropriate. In connection with a request to trade submitted via the personal trading system, a Covered Person must make a representation that they are not in possession of non-public Material Information and, in the case of proposed sales, that the securities have been held for a minimum of 90 days. Approved trades will be authorized for a limited window period of up to 3 business days and will be subject to a minimum holding period of 90 days. If the Covered Person has not completed the trade within 3 business days of approval of the trade, then he or she must re-submit the request via the personal trading system to receive a new approval from the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee and re-verify the nonexistence of any restrictions on such trade. This restriction does not apply to the exercise of options issued under the Company’s 2007 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan or any successor plan thereto (the “Equity Plan”).

B. Except as may otherwise be provided herein, and subject to approval by the Chief Compliance Officer, Covered Persons may not purchase or sell securities of the Company during the period of time that commences on the 8th day of the month in which any fiscal quarter of the Company ends and that ends 24 hours after the release of the Company’s quarterly or annual financial information in a press release reporting the results of such fiscal quarter (“Blackout Period”). For any period other than a Blackout Period, purchases and sales of the Company’s securities may be made only after receiving the approval as outlined in paragraph 4A above.

C. Covered Persons who are directors, officers or 10% beneficial owners of the Company are subject to reporting of transactions under Section 16(a) and the restrictions set forth in Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 with respect to round-trip transactions in securities of the Company. Section 16(b) generally prohibits a round-trip transaction in securities of the Company in any period of less than 6 months by such individuals. Any profits made in a round-trip transaction by such individuals are recoverable by the Company, even if the round-trip transaction was done inadvertently.

 

3


D. Covered Persons may not engage in transactions of a speculative nature involving the Company securities at any time, including, but not limited to, the purchase or sale of put options. All Covered Persons are prohibited from short-selling the Company securities or engaging in transactions involving other Company-based Derivative Securities or that hedge or offset, or are designed to hedge or offset, any decrease in the market value of the Company securities. “Derivative Securities” are options, warrants, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights or similar rights whose value is derived from the value of an equity security, such as the Company’s common stock. This prohibition includes, but is not limited to, trading in Company- based put option contracts, transacting in straddles, and the like. However, the receipt of grants of Derivative Securities issued under the Equity Plan or the exercise of options granted under the Equity Plan is not prohibited by this Policy.

E. Covered Persons who are directors, officers or 10% beneficial owners of the Company that are subject to reporting of transactions under Section 16(a) and the restrictions set forth in Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are prohibited from pledging the Company securities as collateral for a loan or holding such securities in a margin account. Covered Persons not restricted by the foregoing may pledge the Company securities as collateral for a loan or hold such securities in a margin account, provided they receive prior written approval from the Company’s compliance department to engage in such transactions.

F. The Chief Compliance Officer has the authority to impose restrictions on trading in the Company securities by appropriate individuals at any time. In such event, the affected individuals will be notified, either personally or by email or voicemail, and informed of the restrictions.

G. Any Covered Person who has placed a limit order or open instruction to buy or sell the Company securities shall bear responsibility for canceling such instructions immediately in the event restrictions are imposed on such person’s ability to trade.

H. All Covered Persons should be particularly careful to avoid the appearance of engaging in transactions in the Company’s securities on the basis of non-public Material Information, which is as important as avoiding a transaction actually based on such information.

 

5.

Very Few Exceptions

There are almost no exceptions to the prohibition against insider trading. For example, it does not matter that the transactions in question may have been planned or committed to before the Covered Person came into possession of the non-public Material Information, regardless of the economic loss that the person may believe he or she might suffer as a consequence of not trading. It is also irrelevant that publicly disclosed information about the Company might, even aside from the non-public Material Information, provide a substantial basis for engaging in the transaction. The existence of a personal financial emergency also does not excuse you from compliance with this Policy. You simply cannot trade in the Company securities while in possession of non-public Material Information about the Company.

 

4


There are no limits on the size of a transaction that will trigger insider trading liability; relatively small trades have in the past occasioned SEC investigations and lawsuits.

The only exceptions to this Policy are as follows:

A. Exercise of options issued under the Equity Plan. Note that this exception does not include a subsequent sale of the shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of options issued under the Equity Plan.

B. Sales made pursuant to a Qualified Selling Plan. For purposes of this exception, a “Qualified Selling Plan” is a written plan adopted by a Covered Person for selling the Company securities which (i) is approved in advance by the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee, (ii) conforms to all requirements of Section § 240.10b5-1(c)(1)(i) of the Code of Federal Regulations as then in effect and (iii) conforms to any other requirements deemed appropriate by the Company in its sole discretion.

C. Transactions for Estate Planning Purposes. Transfers or bona fide gifts of the Company securities by a Covered Person to a trust formed for estate-planning purposes or a family limited partnership, charitable foundation or similar entity shall be exempt from this Policy, if (i) the transfer is approved in advance by the Chief Compliance Officer, (ii) the investment and voting decisions of such transferee organization are controlled by the Covered Person, such that the transfer would not involve a change in beneficial ownership, and (iii) the Covered Person has confirmed in writing to the Chief Compliance Officer that he/she will not permit the transferee organization to sell or otherwise transfer the Company securities during a Blackout Period.

D. Exceptions for Extraordinary Circumstances. Note that transactions under this exception require prior written approval from the Chief Compliance Officer. For purposes of this exception, the determination of whether an extraordinary circumstance exists shall be made at the discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

6.

Post-Termination Transactions

This Policy continues to apply to your transactions in Company securities even after you have terminated employment with or the performance of services to the Company. If you are in possession of non-public Material Information when your employment or service relationship terminates, you may not trade in Company securities until that information has been fully disclosed to the public or is no longer Material Information.

If you have any questions about this Policy, please contact the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

5


INSIDER TRADING POLICY

FOR TRADING IN ARI SECURITIES

General Statement

The following persons are subject to this Insider Trading Policy (this “Policy”) for the trading in securities of Apollo Commercial Real Estate Finance, Inc. (the “Company”):

 

   

Any director of the Company who is an “independent director” of the Company as defined under Section 303A.02 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual (each, an “Independent Director”) and any family member residing within the same household as any such Independent Director, or any entity controlled by any such Independent Director (each such person, together with Independent Directors, an “Independent Director Covered Person”); and

 

   

All employees, partners, directors and officers (each such person an “Apollo Employee”) of Apollo Global Management, Inc. and its subsidiaries (“Apollo Management”) and any family member residing within the same household as any such Apollo Employee, or any entity controlled by any such Apollo Employee (each such person, together with Apollo Employees, an “Apollo Covered Person”).

Independent Director Covered Persons and Apollo Covered Persons are together herein referred to as “Covered Persons.”

Covered Persons may purchase or sell securities of the Company only in accordance with this Policy. Any Independent Director or Apollo Employee who purchases or sells securities of the Company other than in accordance with this Policy will be subject to discipline, up to and including termination. All Independent Directors and Apollo Employees remain subject to any applicable securities reporting requirements under applicable securities laws, the Code of Ethics of the Company and/or the applicable Apollo Management entity. In addition to any requirements set out in this Policy, any transaction in securities of the Company by an Apollo Employee is subject to all applicable policies and procedures adopted by Apollo Management with respect to insider trading and the use of material, nonpublic information. Exceptions to this policy must be evidenced by prior written approval of the Chief Compliance Officer or Chief Legal Officer of Apollo Global Management, Inc. and its subsidiaries, or his or her designee, as appropriate (the “Chief Compliance Officer”), which approval will only be given under extraordinary circumstances.

Pre-Clearance

Independent Directors

Before an Independent Director Covered Person may purchase or sell securities of the Company, a written request must be made for approval to the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee. Independent Directors must provide the information required by the Independent Director Trading Request Form for Trading in ARI Securities, which is included with this Policy, and make the certifications contained therein. The completed form may be submitted via e-mail. Approved purchases and sales are required to be made within 72 hours of such approval unless otherwise designated in the approval.

Apollo Employees

Before an Apollo Covered Person may purchase or sell securities of the Company, an Apollo Employee must submit a request via the personal trading system, which will then be approved by the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee. Any approved purchase or sale must be made within 72 hours of such approval.

 

-1-


Black-out Period

Except as may otherwise be provided herein, Covered Persons may not purchase or sell securities of the Company during the period of time that commences on the 8th day of the month in which any fiscal quarter end of the Company and that ends 24 hours after the release of the Company’s quarterly or annual financial information in a press release reporting the results of such fiscal quarter (the “Black-out Period”). For any other period, purchases and sales of the securities may be made only after receiving pre-clearance as outlined above.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Covered Persons may purchase or sell a security issued by the Company during a Black-out Period pursuant to an arrangement meeting the conditions specified in clause (c)(1) of Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which arrangement has been approved in writing by the Chief Compliance Officer.

Short Sales or Transactions in Company-based Derivative Securities

Covered Persons may not engage in transactions of a speculative nature involving the Company securities at any time, including, but not limited to, the purchase or sale of put options. All Covered Persons are prohibited from short-selling the Company securities or engaging in transactions involving other Company-based Derivative Securities. “Derivative Securities” are options, warrants, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights or similar rights whose value is derived from the value of an equity security, such as the Company’s common stock. This prohibition includes, but is not limited to, trading in Company-based put option contracts, transacting in straddles, and the like. The receipt of grants of Derivative Securities issued under, or the exercise of options granted under, an equity incentive plan adopted by the Company is not prohibited by this Policy.

Short-Term Trading and Reporting Requirements

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set out above, absent extraordinary circumstances, Covered Persons will not be permitted to make a round-trip transaction in shares of the Company (in other words, a purchase followed by a sale, or sale followed by a purchase) until the release of the financial information for the next quarterly or annual report and in accordance with this Policy.

In addition, Independent Directors and Apollo Employees who are directors, officers or ten percent beneficial owners (each an “Insider”) of the Company are subject to the reporting of transactions under Section 16(a) and the restrictions set out in Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 with respect to round-trip transactions in shares of the Company. Section 16(b) generally prohibits a round-trip transaction in shares of the Company in any period of less than six months by any Insider. Any profits made in a round-trip transaction by any Insider of the Company are recoverable by the Company, even if the round-trip transaction was done inadvertently.

Compliance

Independent Directors and Apollo Employees are responsible for assuring that their respective Covered Persons comply with this Policy and all applicable securities laws, rules and regulations.

 

-2-


INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR TRADING REQUEST FORM

FOR TRADING IN ARI SECURITIES

In accordance with the Insider Trading Policy for Trading in ARI Securities (the “Policy”), I request to enter into the following transaction in securities of Apollo Commercial Real Estate Finance, Inc. (the “Company”):

 

Proposed Date of

Transaction

 

Nature of Transaction

(Purchase/Sale)

 

Number of Shares (or

other Securities)

 

 

 

 

 

In making the above request, I certify on behalf of myself and, if applicable, on behalf of any family member residing within the same household as me, or any entity controlled by me (all such persons, “Covered Persons”), that in purchasing or selling securities of the Company as permitted under the Policy, at the time of such purchase or sale, neither I nor any Covered Person, if applicable, is in possession of material, non-public information about the Company, and that the transaction is in compliance with applicable law and all policies and procedures adopted by the Company with respect to insider trading and the use of material, non-public information.

 

Submitted by:    
Signature:    
Date:    

 

Approved by:    
Signature:    
Date:    

 

-3-


EMPLOYEE TRADING POLICY FOR AFT AND AIF STOCK

General Statement

All employees, members, directors and officers (“Employees”) of Apollo Senior Floating Rate Fund Inc. and Apollo Tactical Income Fund Inc. (together, the “Funds”) and Apollo Credit Management, LLC (the “Adviser”) (together with its affiliated investment managers, “Apollo Management” and together with the Funds, “Apollo”), other than directors of the Funds that are not “interested persons,” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, of the Funds (the “Independent Directors”) are subject to this Employee Trading Policy for AFT and AIF Stock (this “Policy”). Employees of Apollo may purchase or sell shares of the Funds only in accordance with this Policy. Any Employee who purchases or sells shares of the Funds other than in accordance with this Policy will be subject to discipline, up to and including termination. All Employees remain subject to any applicable securities reporting requirements under the Code of Ethics of the applicable Apollo entity. In addition to any requirements set out in this Policy, any transaction in shares of the Funds by an Employee is subject to applicable law and all applicable policies and procedures adopted by Apollo with respect to insider trading and the use of material, nonpublic information.

Pre-Clearance

Before an Employee may purchase or sell shares of the Funds, he or she must submit his or her request via the personal trading system, which will then be approved by the Chief Compliance Officer or Chief Legal Officer of the Funds or his or her designee, as appropriate. Any approved purchase or sale must be made within 72 hours of such approval.

Trading Blackout Periods

Employees may not purchase or sell shares of the Funds during the following periods:

 

   

During the period seven (7) days prior to, and 24 hours following, the public release of the Funds’ semi-annual or annual financial reports,

 

   

During the period 48 hours prior to, and 48 hours following a public release of information regarding the timing or amount of Funds’ dividends or distributions;

 

   

During any period, the commencement of which will be determined by the Chief Compliance Officer (in consultation with the Chief Legal Officer), over the course of which the Board of Directors will be asked to approve a material change to the investment operations, financial condition or management of the Funds,1 which period shall end (i) 48 hours following the public release of such information or (ii) immediately upon the Board’s determination not to take such action (if no public announcement shall be made);

 

1 

Examples of such actions may include, without limitation, changes to the Funds’ investment objective, principal investment strategies, dividend declaration policy, investment manager, principal portfolio managers, charter, capitalization or other matters that, in the reasonable view of the Chief Compliance Officer, are likely to be considered material to a Funds investor.

 

1


   

Any other period the Chief Compliance Officer or Chief Legal Officer of the Funds shall consider appropriate.

Short-Term Trading and Reporting Requirements

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set out above, Employees will not be permitted to make a round-trip transaction in shares of the Funds (in other words, a purchase followed by a sale, or sale followed by a purchase) during any 90-day period.

In addition, every person who is directly or indirectly the beneficial owner of more than 10% of any class of outstanding securities (other than short-term paper) of the Funds or who is an officer, director, member of an advisory board, investment adviser, or affiliated person of an investment adviser (each an “Insider”) of the Funds are subject to the reporting of transactions under Section 16(a) and the restrictions set out in Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 with respect to round-trip transactions in shares of the Funds. Section 16(b) generally prohibits a round-trip transaction in shares of the Funds in any period of less than six months by any Insider. Any profits made in a round-trip transaction by any Insider of the Funds are recoverable by the Funds, even if the round-trip transaction was done inadvertently.

 

2


APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, INC. INSIDER TRADING POLICY

FOR TRADING IN ATHENE HOLDING LTD. SECURITIES

Due to Apollo Global Management, Inc.’s (the “Apollo”) relationship with Athene Holding Ltd. (“Company”), Apollo has adopted this Insider Trading Policy (this “Policy”), which prohibits Covered Persons (as defined herein) from trading in the Company’s securities (“Company Securities”) while in possession of material non-public information regarding the Company and outlines the procedures that all Covered Persons must follow in order to transact in the Company’s Securities. This Policy and the procedures described herein arise from federal securities laws that prohibit insider trading. Failure to comply with this Policy and the required procedures could result in a serious violation of the securities laws by you and/or Apollo and give rise to both civil and criminal penalties. It is important that you review this Policy carefully.

IT IS APOLLO’S POLICY THAT IF ANY COVERED PERSON HAS ANY MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION WITH REGARD TO THE COMPANY, HE OR SHE MUST REFRAIN FROM TRADING IN THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES OR DISCLOSING THE INFORMATION TO SOMEONE ELSE UNTIL THE INFORMATION HAS PROPERLY DISCLOSED BY THE COMPANY TO THE PUBLIC AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH HEREIN ARE SATISFIED.

 

1.

Definition of Insider; Covered Persons; Reason for the Policy

In general, an “insider” is any person who possesses, or has access to, Material Information (as defined below) concerning the Company that has not been fully disclosed to the public. Insiders may be subject to criminal prosecution and/or civil liability for engaging in a transaction (purchase or sale) in the Company’s Securities when they know of Material Information concerning the Company that has not been fully disclosed to the public.

This policy applies to: (1) employees, partners, members, owners, principals, directors or officers of Apollo and its subsidiaries (other than independent directors on Apollo’s board of directors), (2) certain consultants, representatives or independent contractors of Apollo who have knowledge of Material Information regarding the Company that has not been fully disclosed to the public, (3) with respect to a person covered by the foregoing subsections (1) and (2), any member of such person’s immediate family who resides with such person and to whose support such person significantly contributes, any other person to whose support such person significantly contributes and any entity controlled by such person and (4) any other person as may be designated from time to time by the Chief Compliance Officer (as defined herein) (persons covered by any of the foregoing subsections (1) through (4), collectively, referred to as “Covered Persons”).

Insider trading prohibitions are not limited to actual trading by an insider, but they also make it illegal for an insider or certain other persons to advise others to trade on the basis of Material Information that has not been fully disclosed to the public. Liability in such cases can extend both to the “tippee” (the person to whom the insider disclosed inside information) and to the “tipper” (the insider disclosing such information). It should be noted that while an insider’s parents or siblings may not be considered a Covered Person or insider (unless that person lives in the same household), such person may be deemed a “tippee” for securities laws purposes.


Potential penalties for insider trading violations include: (1) imprisonment for up to 20 years, (2) criminal fines of up to $5 million, and (3) civil fines of up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided. If Apollo fails to take appropriate steps to prevent illegal insider trading, Apollo may have “controlling person” liability for a trading violation, with civil penalties of up to the greater of $1 million and three times the profit gained or loss avoided, as well as criminal penalties of up to $25 million. The civil penalties can extend personal liability to the Apollo’s directors, officers and other supervisory personnel if they fail to take appropriate steps to prevent insider trading. Finally, in addition to the potential criminal and civil liabilities mentioned above, in certain circumstances the Company may be able to recover all profits made by an insider and collect other damages.

Without regard to the penalties that may be imposed by others, willful violation of this Policy constitutes grounds for immediate removal as an officer or director, termination of employment from Apollo or, with respect to Apollo’s or its subsidiaries’ partners, members, owners, principals, directors, officers, consultants, representatives or independent contractors, termination of their relationships with Apollo.

Finally, insider trading can have a negative effect on the public and the securities markets’ confidence in Apollo, its securities, the Company and its securities, which could have a significant adverse impact on Apollo and its’ shareholders as well as the Company and its’ shareholders.

 

2.

Definition of Full Disclosure

Full disclosure to the public generally means a press release followed by publication in the mainstream print media, a press release issued by a national wire service or a public filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) such as a disclosure made in a Current Report on Form 8-K. On the other hand, a speech to an audience, a TV or radio appearance, or an article in an obscure magazine does not qualify as full disclosure. Full disclosure means that the securities markets have had the opportunity to digest the news.

 

3.

Definition of Material Information

There is no bright-line test for determining what constitutes “Material Information.” A fact may be deemed to be Material Information if there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making a decision to buy, sell or hold a security or where the fact is likely to have an effect on the market price of the security. While it may be difficult under this standard to determine whether certain information is Material Information, there are various categories of information that would almost always be regarded as Material Information, such as:

 

   

Earnings information;

 

   

Changes in forecasts or guidance;

 

2


   

Mergers, acquisitions, tender offers, joint ventures or changes in assets;

 

   

Changes in control or in management;

 

   

Significant developments involving corporate relationships;

 

   

Changes in the outside auditor or notification by the auditor that the issuer may no longer rely on an auditor’s report;

 

   

Events regarding the issuer’s securities, for example, defaults on senior securities, calls of securities for redemption, repurchase plans, stock splits or changes in dividends, changes to the rights of security holders and public or private sales of debt or equity securities;

 

   

Significant borrowings or write-offs;

 

   

Bankruptcies or receiverships; and

 

   

Lawsuits (or threats of lawsuits) involving substantial potential liability and the settlement of such lawsuits.

The contents of any earnings update teleconference or earnings-related press release shall, for purposes of the Policy, always constitute Material Information.

If any person has questions as to the materiality of information, he or she should contact Apollo’s Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee (the “Chief Compliance Officer”) for clarification.

 

4.

Specific Requirements

A. Except as may otherwise be provided herein, before any Covered Person executes a trade in the Company Securities, even during an Open Window Period, such Covered Person must submit a request via the personal trading system, which will then be subject to approval by the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee, as appropriate. In connection with a request to trade submitted via the personal trading system, a Covered Person must make a representation that they are not in possession of non-public Material Information and, in the case of proposed sales, that the securities have been held for a minimum of 90 days. Approved trades will be authorized for a limited window period of up to 3 business days and will be subject to a minimum holding period of 90 days. If the Covered Person has not completed the trade within 3 business days of approval of the trade, then he or she must re-submit the request via the personal trading system to receive a new approval from the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee and re-verify the nonexistence of any restrictions on such trade.

B. Except as may otherwise be provided herein, and subject to the approval by the Chief Compliance Officer, Covered Persons may not purchase or sell Company Securities or otherwise trade in Company Securities during the period that commences on the 15th day of the last month of each fiscal quarter of the Company and that ends one Full Trading Day after the date on which the Company issues quarterly or, in the case of the fourth fiscal quarter, annual financial information in a press release reporting the results of such quarterly or, in the case of the fourth fiscal quarter, annual period (“Blackout Period”, and any period other than a Blackout Period, an “Open Window Period”). For purposes of this Policy, the term “Full Trading Day” means a complete trading daily period on any exchange or quotation system on which the Company’s equity securities may be listed or quoted and prior to the time that such equity securities are listed or quoted, a complete trading daily period on The New York Stock Exchange. For any period other than a Blackout Period, purchases and sales of the Company’s securities may be made only after receiving the approval as outlined in paragraph 4A above.

 

3


C. Covered Persons who are directors, officers or 10% beneficial owners of the Company are subject to reporting of transactions under Section 16(a) and the restrictions set forth in Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 with respect to round-trip transactions in securities of the Company. Section 16(b) generally prohibits a round-trip transaction in securities of the Company in any period of less than 6 months by such individuals. Any profits made in a round-trip transaction by such individuals are recoverable by the Company, even if the round-trip transaction was done inadvertently.

D. Covered Persons may not engage in transactions of a speculative nature involving the Company Securities at any time, including, but not limited to, the purchase or sale of put options. All Covered Persons are prohibited from short-selling the Company Securities or engaging in transactions involving other Company-based Derivative Securities. “Derivative Securities” are options, warrants, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights or similar rights whose value is derived from the value of an equity security, such as the Company’s common stock. This prohibition includes, but is not limited to, trading in Company-based put option contracts, transacting in straddles, and the like.

E. Covered Persons who are directors, officers or 10% beneficial owners of the Company that are subject to reporting of transactions under Section 16(a) and the restrictions set forth in Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are prohibited from pledging the Company Securities as collateral for a loan or holding such securities in a margin account. Covered Persons not restricted by the foregoing may pledge the Company Securities as collateral for a loan or hold such securities in a margin account, provided they receive prior written approval from the Chief Compliance Officer to engage in such transactions.

F. The Chief Compliance Officer has the authority to impose restrictions on trading in the Company Securities by appropriate individuals at any time. In such event, the affected individuals will be notified, either personally or by email or voicemail, and informed of the restrictions.

G. Any Covered Person who has placed a limit order or open instruction to buy or sell the Company Securities shall bear responsibility for canceling such instructions immediately in the event restrictions are imposed on such person’s ability to trade.

H. All Covered Persons should be particularly careful to avoid the appearance of engaging in transactions in the Company’s Securities on the basis of non-public Material Information, which is as important as avoiding a transaction actually based on such information.

 

5.

Very Few Exceptions

There are almost no exceptions to the prohibition against insider trading. For example, it does not matter that the transactions in question may have been planned or committed to before

 

4


the Covered Person came into possession of the non-public Material Information, regardless of the economic loss that the person may believe he or she might suffer as a consequence of not trading. It is also irrelevant that publicly disclosed information about the Company might, even aside from the non-public Material Information, provide a substantial basis for engaging in the transaction. The existence of a personal financial emergency also does not excuse you from compliance with this Policy. You simply cannot trade in the Company Securities while in possession of non-public Material Information about the Company.

There are no limits on the size of a transaction that will trigger insider trading liability; relatively small trades have in the past occasioned SEC investigations and lawsuits.

The only exceptions to this Policy are as follows:

A. Sales made pursuant to a Qualified Selling Plan. For purposes of this exception, a “Qualified Selling Plan” is a written plan adopted by a Covered Person for selling the Company Securities which (i) is approved in advance by the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee, (ii) conforms to all requirements of Section § 240.10b5-1(c)(1)(i) of the Code of Federal Regulations as then in effect and (iii) conforms to any other requirements deemed appropriate by Apollo in its sole discretion.

B. Transactions for Estate Planning Purposes. Transfers or bona fide gifts of the Company Securities by a Covered Person to a trust formed for estate-planning purposes or a family limited partnership, charitable foundation or similar entity shall be exempt from this Policy, if (i) the transfer is approved in advance by the Chief Compliance Officer, (ii) the investment and voting decisions of such transferee organization are controlled by the Covered Person, such that the transfer would not involve a change in beneficial ownership and (iii) the Covered Person has confirmed in writing to the Chief Compliance Officer that he/she will not permit the transferee organization to sell or otherwise transfer the Company Securities during a Blackout Period.

C. Exceptions for Extraordinary Circumstances. Note that transactions under this exception require prior written approval from the Chief Compliance Officer. For purposes of this exception, the determination of whether an extraordinary circumstance exists shall be made at the discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

6.

Post-Termination Transactions

This Policy continues to apply to your transactions in Company Securities even after you have terminated employment with or the performance of services to Apollo. If you are in possession of non-public Material Information when your employment or service relationship terminates, you may not trade in Company Securities until that information has been fully disclosed to the public or is no longer Material Information.

If you have any questions about this Policy, please contact the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

5


APOLLO STRATEGIC GROWTH CAPITAL

SECURITIES TRADING POLICY

Purpose

To describe the standards concerning the handling of non-public information relating to Apollo Strategic Growth Capital (the “Company”) and the buying and selling of securities of the Company.

Persons Affected and Prohibited Transactions

The general prohibitions of this Policy apply to all directors, officers and employees of the Company and all officers, directors, partners and employees of Apollo Global Management, Inc. (“AGM”) and its subsidiaries.

The same restrictions described in this Policy also apply to your spouse, minor children and anyone else living in your household, partnerships in which you are a general partner, trusts of which you are a trustee, estates of which you are an executor and investment funds or other similar vehicles with which you are affiliated (collectively “Related Parties”). You will be responsible for compliance with this Policy by your Related Parties.

For purposes of this Policy, references to “trading” or to “transactions in securities of the Company” include purchases or sales of Company shares, options, puts and calls or other derivative securities based on securities of the Company, gifts of Company securities, loans of Company securities, hedging transactions involving or referencing Company securities, contributions of Company securities to a trust, sales of Company shares acquired upon the exercise of share options, broker-assisted cashless exercises of share options, market sales to raise cash to fund the exercise of share options and trades in Company shares made under an employee benefit plan, such as a 401(k) plan.

Policy Statement

If you possess material nonpublic information (as further discussed below) relating to the Company, neither you nor any Related Party:

 

   

may effect transactions in securities of the Company (other than pursuant to a pre-arranged trading plan that complies with Rule 10b5-1 (“Rule 10b5-1”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as described below) or engage in any other action that take advantage of that information;

 

   

may pass that information on to any person outside the Company, except as permitted under applicable Company policies and procedures;


   

suggest or otherwise recommend that any person effect a transaction in securities of the Company or engage in any other action that takes advantage of that information; or

 

   

assist anyone engaged in any of the foregoing activities.

This Policy will continue to apply after termination of employment to the extent that you are in possession of material nonpublic information at the time of termination. In such case, no transaction in securities of the Company may take place until the information becomes public or ceases to be material.

This Policy also applies to information, obtained in the course of employment with, or by serving as a director of, the Company, relating to any other company, including any entity with which we may be negotiating a major transaction or business combination.

Neither you nor any Related Party may effect transactions in the securities of any such other company while in possession of material nonpublic information concerning such company that was obtained in the course of employment with the Company.

Transactions that may be necessary or justifiable for independent reasons (such as the need to raise money for an emergency expenditure) are no exception. Even the appearance of an improper transaction must be avoided to preserve our reputation for adhering to the highest standards of conduct.

Material Information. “Material information” is any information that a reasonable investor would consider important in a decision to effect a transaction in securities of the Company. In short, any information that could reasonably affect the price of such securities. Either positive or negative information may be material. Common examples of information that will frequently be regarded as material are:

 

   

a pending or proposed merger, joint venture, acquisition or tender offer;

 

   

the offering of additional securities;

 

   

changes in senior management or other key employees;

 

   

significant legal or regulatory exposure due to a pending or threatened lawsuit or investigation;

 

   

impending bankruptcy or other financial liquidity problems; and

 

   

changes in legislation affecting our business.

 

4


20-20 Hindsight. Remember, if your transaction in securities of the Company becomes the subject of scrutiny, it will be viewed after-the-fact with the benefit of hindsight. As a result, before engaging in any transaction you should carefully consider how regulators and others might view your transaction in hindsight.

Tipping Information to Others. Whether the information is proprietary information about the Company or other information that could have an impact on the price of the Company’s securities, you must not pass the information on to others. Penalties will apply whether or not you derive, or even intend to derive, any profit or other benefit from another’s actions.

When Information is Public. You may not trade on the basis of material information that has not been broadly disclosed to the marketplace, such as through a press release or a filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and the marketplace has had time to absorb the information.

Confidentiality Obligations. The restrictions set forth in this Policy are designed to avoid misuse of material nonpublic information in violation of the securities laws. These restrictions are in addition to, and in no way alter, the general obligations that you have to maintain the confidentiality of all confidential or proprietary information concerning the Company and its business, as well as any other confidential information, that may be learned in the course of service or employment with the Company. No such information is to be disclosed to any other person in the Company, unless that person has a clear need to know that information, and no such information may be disclosed to any third parties, except as required or otherwise contemplated by your function or position.

You should take precautions to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or other misuse of such information by maintaining files securely, avoiding discussions of such information in public and taking extra care when distributing such information electronically.

Additional Prohibited Transactions

Because we believe it is improper and inappropriate for any person to engage in short-term or speculative transactions involving the Company’s securities, you, and your Related Parties, are prohibited from engaging in any of the following activities with respect to securities of the Company:

Purchases of securities of the Company on margin. You may not purchase securities of the Company on margin or pledge, or otherwise grant a security interest in, securities of the Company in margin accounts

Short sales (i.e., selling shares you do not own and borrowing the shares to make delivery). The SEC effectively prohibits directors and officers from selling Company securities short. This Policy is simply expanding this prohibition to cover partners and employees.

 

5


Buying or selling puts, calls, options or other derivatives in respect of securities of the Company. This prohibition extends to any instrument whose value is derived from the value of any securities (e.g., ordinary shares) of the Company. This prohibition does not apply to the Company’s warrants.

You, and your designees, are prohibited from purchasing any financial instruments (including prepaid variable forward contracts, equity swaps, collars and exchange funds) or otherwise engaging in transactions that are designed to or have the effect of hedging or offsetting any decrease in the market value of the Company’s equity securities whether they are (1) granted to you by the Company as part of your compensation; or (2) otherwise held, directly or indirectly, by you.

Although the Company is not prohibiting standing or limit orders, you should use extreme caution if you engage in standing or limit orders (other than as established in connection with a Rule 10b5-1 plan as described below) since you might become aware of material non-public information after establishing an order. This could lead to inadvertent trading while in possession of material non-public information.

Blackout Periods

During the time that the Company is seeking a target for its initial business combination, the Company will not institute blackout periods in connection with the Company’s announcement of quarterly financial results.

Nevertheless, the Company may from time to time establish blackout periods, during which you and your Related Parties are prohibited from effecting transactions in securities of the Company (except as otherwise expressly provided below). The Chief Financial Officer of the Company will notify the Chief Compliance Officer of Apollo Global Management, Inc. or his or her designee (the “Chief Compliance Officer”) of any such blackout periods, such that the AGM Compliance team can, as described in more detail below, effectively process all trade pre-clearance requests as well as monitor trading in the Company’s securities as necessary .

You should be aware that the blackout periods described above may be imposed, modified or terminated by the Company at any time. You will receive notice of any prohibition on trading prior to the start of such blackout period. Persons subject to the blackout period restrictions who terminate their employment with the Company during a blackout period will remain subject to the restrictions until the end of such period.

The prohibition described in this Policy shall not apply to gifts of Company securities and contributions of Company securities to a trust so long as the requirements of this Policy below are complied with. We do, however, recommend that gifts and contributions be made, whenever possible, outside of a blackout period. The prohibition shall also not apply with respect to a public offering of Company securities specifically authorized by the Company’s board of directors or duly authorized board committee. In addition, the Chief Compliance Officer may, on a case-by-case basis,

 

6


authorize effecting a transaction in Company securities during a blackout period if the person who wishes to effect such a transaction (i) has, prior to the anticipated transaction date, notified the Company in writing of the circumstances and the amount and nature of the proposed transaction and (ii) has certified to the Company that he or she is not in possession of material nonpublic information concerning the Company.

Pre-Clearance of Securities Transactions

To provide assistance in preventing inadvertent violations of the law (which could result for example, from failure by directors and officers subject to reporting obligations under Section 16 of the Exchange Act) and avoiding even the appearance of an improper transaction (which could result, for example, where an officer engages in a trade while unaware of a pending major development), we are implementing the following procedure:

All transactions in securities of the Company by you or your Related Parties must be pre-cleared with the Chief Compliance Officer.

Persons subject to these restrictions should contact the Chief Compliance Officer in advance and may not effect any transaction subject to the pre-clearance request unless given clearance to do so, which clearance, if granted, will be valid only for three business days following the approval date. If a transaction for which clearance has been granted is not effected (i.e., the trade is not placed) within such three business day period, the transaction must again be pre- cleared.

To the extent that a material event or development affecting the Company remains nonpublic, persons subject to pre-clearance will not be given permission to effect transactions in securities of the Company. Such persons may not be informed of the reason why they may not trade. Any person that is made aware of the reason for an event-specific prohibition on trading should in no event disclose the reason for the prohibition to third parties and should avoid disclosing the existence of the prohibition, if possible. Caution should be exercised when telling a broker or other person who suggested a trade that the trade cannot be effected at the time.

Note that the pre-clearance procedures may delay the disposition of any security after it is purchased.

 

10b5-1 Plans

The SEC has adopted a safe harbor rule, Rule 10b5-1, which provides a defense against insider trading liability for trades that are effected pursuant to a pre- arranged trading plan that meets specified conditions. The trading plan must be properly documented and all of the procedural conditions of the Rule must be satisfied to avoid liability.

Rule 10b5-1 plans allow transactions for the account of an insider to occur during blackout periods or while the insider has material nonpublic information provided

 

7


the insider has previously given instructions or other control to effect pre-planned transactions in securities of the Company to a third party. The insider must establish the plan at a time when he or she is not in possession of material nonpublic information and the insider may not exercise any subsequent influence over how, when or whether to effect transactions. In addition to other specified conditions, a Rule 10b5-1 plan would specify in writing in advance the amount and price of the securities to be sold and the date for the sale (or a formula for determining the amount, price and date) or would otherwise not permit the insider to exercise any subsequent influence over how, when or whether to effect the sales. After adopting a valid Rule 10b5-1 plan, the insider will have an affirmative defense that a sale under the plan was not made “on the basis of” material nonpublic information.

The Company will treat the creation, modification or termination of a pre- planned trading program or arrangement established to meet the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 as a transaction subject to the blackout period rules set forth in this Policy. Transactions effected pursuant to a properly established Rule 10b5-1 plan however will not be subject to the blackout periods under this Policy.

The Company will treat the creation, modification or termination of a pre- planned trading program or arrangement established to meet the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 as a transaction subject to pre-clearance under this Policy at the time the plan is established, modified or terminated. Persons subject to the pre-clearance policy should coordinate any such plans or arrangements with the Chief Compliance Officer. Even though each transaction effected under a Rule 10b5-1 plan does not need to be pre- cleared, it nonetheless must be made in accordance with Rule 144 and must be reported on a Form 4 under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

Assistance

Any person who has any questions about this Policy or about specific transactions may contact the Chief Compliance Officer. Remember, however, that the ultimate responsibility for adhering to this Policy and avoiding improper transactions rests with you. In this regard, it is imperative that you use your best judgment and to ask before acting if you are unsure.

 

8


APOLLO STRATEGIC GROWTH CAPITAL II

SECURITIES TRADING POLICY

February 9, 2021

To Directors, Officers and Employees of Apollo Strategic Growth Capital II (the “Company”) and Directors, Officers, Partners and Employees of Apollo Global Management, Inc. (“AGM”) and its subsidiaries:

Attached is the Securities Trading Policy (the “Policy”) for directors, officers and employees of the Company, which has been adopted by the Board of Directors. This policy also applies to directors, officers, partners and employees of AGM and its subsidiaries. Please read this Policy very carefully.

The Policy

The purchase or sale of, or other transactions in, publicly traded securities of the Company while you are aware of material nonpublic information, or the disclosure of material nonpublic information to others who then trade in publicly traded securities of the Company, is prohibited by the federal securities laws.

The federal securities laws impose liability not only on persons who trade, or tip inside information to others who trade, but on companies and other controlling persons who fail to take reasonable steps to prevent insider trading by company employees. As a result, if we do not take active steps to adopt preventive policies and procedures covering securities trades by personnel (including service providers) of the Company, the consequences could be severe.

We are adopting this Policy to avoid even the appearance of improper conduct by anyone employed by or associated with the Company (not just so-called “insiders”). We cannot afford to have that reputation damaged.

In addition to the limitations on trading contained in this Policy, directors and officers of the Company and beneficial owners of more than 10% of the Company’s ordinary shares are also subject to certain reporting requirements under Section 16 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). In addition, any person who beneficially owns 5% or more of the Company’s ordinary shares is subject to certain reporting requirements under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act. You should contact the Company’s Chief Financial Officer or the Chief Compliance Officer of AGM, or their designees, if you need further information with respect to these reporting obligations.

The Consequences

The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the U.S. securities exchanges are extremely effective in detecting insider trading. The SEC and


the Department of Justice have prosecuted cases involving trading or tipping by employees at all levels of a business, trading or tipping by family members and friends, trading involving offshore accounts and trading involving only a small amount of shares. The consequences of insider trading violations can be severe:

For individuals who trade on inside information (or tip information to others):

 

   

civil penalties of up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided;

 

   

criminal fines (no matter how small the profit); and

 

   

jail terms.

For a company (as well as possibly any supervisory person) that fails to take appropriate steps to prevent illegal trading, civil and criminal penalties.

Moreover, if any employee violates this Policy, Company-imposed sanctions, including dismissal for misconduct or cause, could result. Needless to say, any of the above consequences, even an investigation by the SEC that does not result in prosecution, can tarnish the reputation of the Company, its management and the person involved, and irreparably damage a career.

If you have any questions, please feel free to contact the Company’s Chief Financial Officer at (212) 515-3200.

Once again, please read this material very carefully.

 

Yours truly,

 

Sanjay Patel

Chief Executive Officer

Enclosure

 

2


APOLLO STRATEGIC GROWTH CAPITAL II

SECURITIES TRADING POLICY

Purpose

To describe the standards concerning the handling of non-public information relating to Apollo Strategic Growth Capital II (the “Company”) and the buying and selling of securities of the Company.

Persons Af f ected and Prohibited Transactions

The general prohibitions of this Policy apply to all directors, officers and employees of the Company and all officers, directors, partners and employees of Apollo Global Management, Inc. (“AGM”) and its subsidiaries.

The same restrictions described in this Policy also apply to your spouse, minor children and anyone else living in your household, partnerships in which you are a general partner, trusts of which you are a trustee, estates of which you are an executor and investment funds or other similar vehicles with which you are affiliated (collectively “Related Parties”). You will be responsible for compliance with this Policy by your Related Parties.

For purposes of this Policy, references to “trading” or to “transactions in securities of the Company” include purchases or sales of Company shares, options, puts and calls or other derivative securities based on securities of the Company, gifts of Company securities, loans of Company securities, hedging transactions involving or referencing Company securities, contributions of Company securities to a trust, sales of Company shares acquired upon the exercise of share options, broker-assisted cashless exercises of share options, market sales to raise cash to fund the exercise of share options and trades in Company shares made under an employee benefit plan, such as a 401(k) plan.

Policy Statement

If you possess material nonpublic information (as further discussed below) relating to the Company, neither you nor any Related Party:

 

   

may effect transactions in securities of the Company (other than pursuant to a pre-arranged trading plan that complies with Rule 10b5-1 (“Rule 10b5-1”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as described below) or engage in any other action that take advantage of that information;

 

   

may pass that information on to any person outside the Company, except as permitted under applicable Company policies and procedures;


   

suggest or otherwise recommend that any person effect a transaction in securities of the Company or engage in any other action that takes advantage of that information; or

 

   

assist anyone engaged in any of the foregoing activities.

This Policy will continue to apply after termination of employment to the extent that you are in possession of material nonpublic information at the time of termination. In such case, no transaction in securities of the Company may take place until the information becomes public or ceases to be material.

This Policy also applies to information, obtained in the course of employment with, or by serving as a director of, the Company, relating to any other company, including any entity with which we may be negotiating a major transaction or business combination.

Neither you nor any Related Party may effect transactions in the securities of any such other company while in possession of material nonpublic information concerning such company that was obtained in the course of employment with the Company.

Transactions that may be necessary or justifiable for independent reasons (such as the need to raise money for an emergency expenditure) are no exception. Even the appearance of an improper transaction must be avoided to preserve our reputation for adhering to the highest standards of conduct.

Material Information. “Material inf ormation” is any information that a reasonable investor would consider important in a decision to effect a transaction in securities of the Company. In short, any information that could reasonably affect the price of such securities. Either positive or negative information may be material. Common examples of information that will frequently be regarded as material are:

 

   

a pending or proposed merger, joint venture, acquisition or tender offer;

 

   

the offering of additional securities;

 

   

changes in senior management or other key employees;

 

   

significant legal or regulatory exposure due to a pending or threatened lawsuit or investigation;

 

   

impending bankruptcy or other financial liquidity problems; and

 

   

changes in legislation affecting our business.

 

4


20-20 Hindsight. Remember, if your transaction in securities of the Company becomes the subject of scrutiny, it will be viewed after-the-fact with the benefit of hindsight. As a result, before engaging in any transaction you should carefully consider how regulators and others might view your transaction in hindsight.

Tipping Information to Others. Whether the information is proprietary information about the Company or other information that could have an impact on the price of the Company’s securities, you must not pass the information on to others. Penalties will apply whether or not you derive, or even intend to derive, any profit or other benefit from another’s actions.

When Information is Public. You may not trade on the basis of material information that has not been broadly disclosed to the marketplace, such as through a press release or a filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and the marketplace has had time to absorb the information.

Confidentiality Obligations. The restrictions set forth in this Policy are designed to avoid misuse of material nonpublic information in violation of the securities laws. These restrictions are in addition to, and in no way alter, the general obligations that you have to maintain the confidentiality of all confidential or proprietary information concerning the Company and its business, as well as any other confidential information, that may be learned in the course of service or employment with the Company. No such information is to be disclosed to any other person in the Company, unless that person has a clear need to know that information, and no such information may be disclosed to any third parties, except as required or otherwise contemplated by your function or position.

You should take precautions to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or other misuse of such information by maintaining files securely, avoiding discussions of such information in public and taking extra care when distributing such information electronically.

Additional Prohibited Transactions

Because we believe it is improper and inappropriate for any person to engage in short-term or speculative transactions involving the Company’s securities, you, and your Related Parties, are prohibited from engaging in any of the following activities with respect to securities of the Company:

Purchases of securities of the Company on margin. You may not purchase securities of the Company on margin or pledge, or otherwise grant a security interest in, securities of the Company in margin accounts

Short sales (i.e., selling shares you do not own and borrowing the shares to make delivery). The SEC effectively prohibits directors and officers from selling Company securities short. This Policy is simply expanding this prohibition to cover partners and employees.

 

5


Buying or selling puts, calls, options or other derivatives in respect of securities of the Company. This prohibition extends to any instrument whose value is derived from the value of any securities (e.g., ordinary shares) of the Company. This prohibition does not apply to the Company’s warrants.

You, and your designees, are prohibited from purchasing any financial instruments (including prepaid variable forward contracts, equity swaps, collars and exchange funds) or otherwise engaging in transactions that are designed to or have the effect of hedging or offsetting any decrease in the market value of the Company’s equity securities whether they are (1) granted to you by the Company as part of your compensation; or (2) otherwise held, directly or indirectly, by you.

Although the Company is not prohibiting standing or limit orders, you should use extreme caution if you engage in standing or limit orders (other than as established in connection with a Rule 10b5-1 plan as described below) since you might become aware of material non-public information after establishing an order. This could lead to inadvertent trading while in possession of material non-public information.

Blackout Periods

During the time that the Company is seeking a target for its initial business combination, the Company will not institute blackout periods in connection with the Company’s announcement of quarterly financial results.

Nevertheless, the Company may from time to time establish blackout periods, during which you and your Related Parties are prohibited from effecting transactions in securities of the Company (except as otherwise expressly provided below). The Chief Financial Officer of the Company will notify the Chief Compliance Officer of Apollo Global Management, Inc. or his or her designee (the “Chief Compliance Of ficer”) of any such blackout periods, such that the AGM Compliance team can, as described in more detail below, effectively process all trade pre -clearance requests as well as monitor trading in the Company’s securities as necessary.

You should be aware that the blackout periods described above may be imposed, modified or terminated by the Company at any time. You will receive notice of any prohibition on trading prior to the start of such blackout period. Persons subject to the blackout period restrictions who terminate their employment with the Company during a blackout period will remain subject to the restrictions until the end of such period.

The prohibition described in this Policy shall not apply to gifts of Company securities and contributions of Company securities to a trust so long as the requirements of this Policy below are complied with. We do, however, recommend that gifts and contributions be made, whenever possible, outside of a blackout period. The prohibition shall also not apply with respect to a public offering of Company securities specifically authorized by the Company’s board of directors or duly authorized board committee. In addition, the Chief Compliance Officer may, on a case-by-case basis,

 

6


authorize effecting a transaction in Company securities during a blackout period if the person who wishes to effect such a transaction (i) has, prior to the anticipated transaction date, notified the Company in writing of the circumstances and the amount and nature of the proposed transaction and (ii) has certified to the Company that he or she is not in possession of material nonpublic information concerning the Company.

Pre-Clearance of Securities Transactions

To provide assistance in preventing inadvertent violations of the law (which could result for example, from failure by directors and officers subject to reporting obligations under Section 16 of the Exchange Act) and avoiding even the appearance of an improper transaction (which could result, for example, where an officer engages in a trade while unaware of a pending major development), we are implementing the following procedure:

All transactions in securities of the Company by you or your Related Parties must be pre-cleared with the Chief Compliance Officer.

Persons subject to these restrictions should contact the Chief Compliance Officer in advance and may not effect any transaction subject to the pre-clearance request unless given clearance to do so, which clearance, if granted, will be valid only for three business days following the approval date. If a transaction for which clearance has been granted is not effected (i.e., the trade is not placed) within such three business day period, the transaction must again be pre- cleared.

To the extent that a material event or development affecting the Company remains nonpublic, persons subject to pre-clearance will not be given permission to effect transactions in securities of the Company. Such persons may not be informed of the reason why they may not trade. Any person that is made aware of the reason for an event-specific prohibition on trading should in no event disclose the reason for the prohibition to third parties and should avoid disclosing the existence of the prohibition, if possible. Caution should be exercised when telling a broker or other person who suggested a trade that the trade cannot be effected at the time.

Note that the pre-clearance procedures may delay the disposition of any security after it is purchased.

10b5-1 Plans

The SEC has adopted a safe harbor rule, Rule 10b5-1, which provides a defense against insider trading liability for trades that are effected pursuant to a pre- arranged trading plan that meets specified conditions. The trading plan must be properly documented and all of the procedural conditions of the Rule must be satisfied to avoid liability.

Rule 10b5-1 plans allow transactions for the account of an insider to occur during blackout periods or while the insider has material nonpublic information provided

 

7


the insider has previously given instructions or other control to effect pre-planned transactions in securities of the Company to a third party. The insider must establish the plan at a time when he or she is not in possession of material nonpublic information and the insider may not exercise any subsequent influence over how, when or whether to effect transactions. In addition to other specified conditions, a Rule 10b5-1 plan would specify in writing in advance the amount and price of the securities to be sold and the date for the sale (or a formula for determining the amount, price and date) or would otherwise not permit the insider to exercise any subsequent influence over how, when or whether to effect the sales. After adopting a valid Rule 10b5-1 plan, the insider will have an affirmative defense that a sale under the plan was not made “on the basis of” material nonpublic information.

The Company will treat the creation, modification or termination of a pre- planned trading program or arrangement established to meet the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 as a transaction subject to the blackout period rules set forth in this Policy. Transactions effected pursuant to a properly established Rule 10b5 -1 plan however will not be subject to the blackout periods under this Policy.

The Company will treat the creation, modification or termination of a pre- planned trading program or arrangement established to meet the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 as a transaction subject to pre-clearance under this Policy at the time the plan is established, modified or terminated. Persons subject to the pre-clearance policy should coordinate any such plans or arrangements with the Chief Compliance Officer. Even though each transaction effected under a Rule 10b5-1 plan does not need to be pre- cleared, it nonetheless must be made in accordance with Rule 144 and must be reported on a Form 4 under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

Assistance

Any person who has any questions about this Policy or about specific transactions may contact the Chief Compliance Officer. Remember, however, that the ultimate responsibility for adhering to this Policy and avoiding improper transactions rests with you. In this regard, it is imperative that you use your best judgment and to ask before acting if you are unsure.

 

8


LOGO

APPENDIX 8.4.1

SAMPLE AUTHORIZATION LETTER FOR DUPLICATE ACCOUNT STATEMENTS

[DATE]

[CONTACT]

[NAME]

[ADDRESS]

[CITY, STATE, ZIP]

Re: Account Number [    ]

To Whom It May Concern:

[Employee Name] is an employee of Apollo Management Holdings, L.P., which is an affiliate of Apollo Global Securities, LLC, a member of FINRA. This individual is hereby permitted to maintain accounts and to execute transactions at other FINRA member firms provided that duplicate copies of confirmations and statements are sent to Apollo Global Securities, LLC.

To comply with FINRA Rule 3120, please send all employee trade information, including duplicate account statements, in electronic form for all accounts held by the individual listed above directly to StarCompliance. Please feel free to contact Dana Holzberg at (917) 286-5983 or via e-mail at dholzberg@apollo.com, if you have any questions or require further information.

Regards,

Amanda Huttenlocher

Chief Compliance Officer of Apollo Global Securities, LLC

 

9 WEST 57TH STREET, 43 RD FLOOR

NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10019

212.515.3200


APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, INC.

WHISTLEBLOWER POLICY

 

1.

Statement of Policy

Apollo Global Management, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) is committed to providing a workplace conducive to open discussion of the Company’s business practices and is committed to complying with the laws and regulations to which the Company is subject, as well as the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics of the Company (the “Code”) and the code of ethics of the investment adviser subsidiaries of the Company (the “Advisers Act Code of Ethics”). Accordingly, the Company will not tolerate conduct that is in violation of such laws, regulations, the Code or the Advisers Act Code of Ethics. Each of the Company’s officers, partners, members, owners, principals, employees and stockholders (collectively, “Covered Persons”) has a responsibility, consistent with applicable law, to promptly report any suspected misconduct, illegal activities or fraud, including any questionable accounting, internal accounting controls and auditing matters, or other violations of federal and state laws, of the Code or of the Advisers Act Code of Ethics (collectively “Misconduct”) in accordance with the provisions of this Whistleblower Policy (this “Policy”). Country-specific limitations or requirements for reporting and/or handling information in relation to this Policy are described in Appendix A. Any other third party, such as vendors, clients or competitors also may report, under the procedures provided in this Policy, a good faith complaint regarding accounting or auditing matters. In order to facilitate the reporting of communications regarding alleged Misconduct, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Audit Committee”) has established procedures set forth herein for (i) the submission by Covered Persons of reports of alleged Misconduct and (ii) the receipt, retention and treatment of these reports.

 

2.

Policy of Non-Retaliation

It is the Company’s policy to comply with all applicable laws that protect its Covered Persons against unlawful discrimination or retaliation as a result of their lawfully reporting information regarding, or their participation in investigations involving, alleged Misconduct by the Company or its agents. Specifically, this Policy is designed to prevent Covered Persons from being subject to disciplinary or retaliatory action by the Company or any of its agents or Covered Persons as a result of a Covered Person’s:

 

   

disclosing information to a government or law enforcement agency or a representative of the Company, where the Covered Person has a good faith, reasonable belief that the information demonstrates a violation or possible violation of a federal or state law, rule or regulation;

 

   

providing information, filing, testifying or participating in a proceeding filed or about to be filed, or otherwise assisting in an investigation or proceeding regarding any conduct that the Covered Person reasonably and in good faith believes involves a violation or possible violation of a federal or state law, rule or regulation; or


   

providing information to the Company’s representatives or other persons where the Covered Person has a good faith, reasonable belief that the information discloses a violation or possible violation of the Code or the Advisers Act Code of Ethics.

If any Covered Person believes he or she has been subjected to any discrimination or retaliation or other action by the Company or its agents for reporting suspected Misconduct in accordance with this Policy, he or she may file a complaint with the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer (the “Compliance Officer”) by following the procedures set forth below under the heading “Method of Reporting.” If it is determined that a Covered Person has experienced any improper employment action in violation of this Policy, the Company endeavors to promptly take appropriate corrective action.

 

3.

Method of Reporting

The Audit Committee has designated the Compliance Officer as the individual responsible for administering this Policy. The Company has established a procedure under which alleged Misconduct, including alleged Misconduct relating to questionable accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters may be reported anonymously and confidentially, where permitted under applicable laws. Countries in which anonymous reports are restricted or not permitted are listed in Appendix A. Consistent with applicable laws, Covered Persons may be permitted to anonymously report an alleged violation to (i) the Company’s Compliance Hotline at (877) 827-5434, (ii) the Company’s Compliance Reporting Website at www.reportlineweb.com/agm, or by delivering the report via regular mail to c/o Audit Committee, Apollo Global Management, Inc. 9 West 57th Street, 43rd Floor, New York, New York 10019. Reports regarding retaliation for reporting suspected Misconduct may also be reported by any of these methods.

Covered Persons should make every effort to report their concerns using one or more of the methods specified above. The reporting procedure is specifically designed so that Covered Persons have a mechanism that allows the Covered Person to bypass a supervisor he or she believes is engaged in prohibited conduct under this Policy. Reports should be factual instead of speculative or conclusory and should contain as much specific information as possible to allow the persons investigating the report to adequately assess the nature, extent and urgency of the situation. Covered Persons should realize that if a report cannot be properly investigated without additional information, the Company may have to close the matter for lack of sufficient information.

 

4.

Confidentiality

If a reporting Covered Person wishes to disclose his or her identity, the Covered Person may do so. Confidentiality of the Covered Person submitting the report will be maintained to the fullest extent possible, consistent with applicable laws and the need to conduct an adequate investigation. In the course of any investigation, the Company may find it necessary to share information with others (e.g., legal counsel, auditors, law enforcement, and government authorities) on a “need to know” basis.

 

2


5.

Policy for Receiving and Investigating Reports

Upon receipt of any reported violation of the Code by any person other than an executive officer or director of the Company, the Compliance Officer will, following due inquiry, determine whether the information alleged in the report alleges or contains allegations that might constitute a violation of the Code or the Advisers Act Code of Ethics. To the extent the Compliance Officer deems appropriate, he or she will appoint one or more internal and/or external investigators to promptly and fully investigate such report under the supervision of the Compliance Officer. The Compliance Officer shall, to the extent deemed appropriate, consult with the Audit Committee with respect to conduct or results of any such investigation. The Compliance Officer will inform the reporting person (if his or her identity is known) that the report has been received and, to the extent appropriate, provide him or her with the name of, and contact information for, the investigator assigned to the report.

With respect to any other report pursuant to this Policy, upon receipt of such report, the Compliance Officer will determine whether the information alleged in the report alleges or contains allegations that might constitute Misconduct. The Audit Committee shall be notified promptly of reports of alleged Misconduct determined to involve accounting, internal accounting controls and auditing concerns or alleged violations of the Code or the Advisers Act Code of Ethics by executive officers or directors of the Company. The Audit Committee will, to the extent it deems appropriate, appoint one or more internal and/or external investigators to promptly and fully investigate claims of alleged Misconduct, under the supervision of the Compliance Officer, or, in the case of (i) alleged Misconduct relating to accounting, internal accounting controls and auditing concerns or (ii) alleged violations of the Code or the Advisers Act Code of Ethics by executive officers or directors of the Company, under the supervision and oversight of the Audit Committee or such other persons as the Audit Committee determines to be appropriate under the circumstances. The Compliance Officer will inform the reporting person (if his or her identity is known) that the report has been received and, to the extent appropriate, provide him or her with the name of, and contact information for, the investigator assigned to the report.

If the investigation confirms that Misconduct has occurred, the Company will promptly take appropriate corrective action with respect to the person(s) involved, including possible termination of such person(s), and will also take appropriate steps to correct and remedy any Misconduct.

 

6.

Retention of Reports

The Compliance Officer or his or her designee, as appropriate, will maintain a log of all reports, tracking their receipt, investigation and resolution. Each member of the Audit Committee and, at the discretion of the Compliance Officer, other personnel involved in the investigation of reports, shall have access to the log on a need to know basis. Copies of the log and all documents obtained or created in connection with any investigation will be retained for a period of three years, unless another retention period is required under applicable laws.

 

3


APPENDIX A

Country-specific Limitations/Requirements

The countries listed in the table below have laws limiting the types of issues that may be reported via hotlines or websites, or the manner in which reports may be made. Unless stated otherwise below, the Company’s Compliance Reporting Website may be used in European Union countries only for reports related to accounting, internal accounting controls, audit irregularities, bribery, corruption, securities laws, insider trading, data privacy, and conduct adversely affecting the Company’s ethical commitments.

The General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016/679 (the “GDPR”) applies in each of the countries listed in the table below where personal data are collected, used, stored and disclosed by the Company. In particular, the GDPR requires that collection of data is limited to what is strictly necessary, individuals are informed about the processing of their personal data, rights of access to data are respected, and data collected through reporting are subject to narrow retention periods. Please contact the Compliance Officer or his or her designee with any questions.

 

Germany   

For reporting related to conduct in Germany, the Company’s Compliance Reporting Website is available to all Covered Persons to report serious offenses and misconduct such as criminal activity, discrimination, sexual harassment, bribery, corruption, betrayal of trade secrets and confidence, theft, incorrect accounting and auditing. If a report relates to any other issue, Covered Persons should use the alternative procedures outlined in Section 3 of this Policy. Further, reporting is not permitted for issues concerning private or intimate life, breach of non-smoking rules or allegations of bullying.

 

If no disciplinary or legal action is taken in response to a report, records of the report will be deleted promptly after the decision to not take such action is made.

 

Issues may be reported on an anonymous or non-anonymous basis (the former is strongly encouraged).

 

   
Luxembourg   

For reporting related to conduct in Luxembourg, the Company’s Compliance Reporting Website and other reporting channels may be used only to report issues related to accounting, internal accounting controls, audit, banking, bribery, corruption, and financial crimes.

 

Given the nature and sensitivity of the Luxembourg entities’ activities, all local employees are eligible to file reports, or to be reported for the above matters.

 

Luxembourg personnel are encouraged to disclose their identities when reporting misconduct. However, anonymous reporting is permitted provided that the reports relate only to first-hand observations rather than rumors or mere suspicions.

 


    

 

Records of reporting will be retained for no longer than two months after the completion of any internal investigation, unless legal proceedings are initiated.

 

   
Spain   

For reporting related to conduct in Spain, the Company’s Compliance Reporting Website is restricted to reporting misconduct relating to applicable laws and regulations and to the Company’s Code and Adviser’s Act Code of Ethics.

 

Access to personal data relating to the reports is limited to individuals who carry out internal control and compliance functions and to other individuals designated by the Company.

 

Records of reporting will be retained for no longer than three months unless the record is required as evidence relating to the commission of a crime.

 

Issues may be reported on an anonymous or non-anonymous basis.

 

   
United Kingdom   

For reporting related to conduct in the UK, anonymous reporting is not encouraged but is permitted when reports are related to accounting or audit irregularities.

 

Any issues may be reported on a non-anonymous basis.

 

 

5

Exhibit (s)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PEOPLE BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby makes, constitutes and appoints each of Earl Hunt, Amit Joshi, Joseph Glatt, Isabelle Gold and Kristin Hester with full power to act without the other, as his or her agent and attorney-in-fact for the purpose of executing in his or her name, in his or her capacity as a Trustee and/or officer of Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, (i) the registration statement on Form N-2 or any other appropriate form (including amendments or supplements thereto), to be filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable or (ii) any statement of beneficial ownership on Form 3, 4 or 5 to be filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

All past acts of an attorney-in-fact in furtherance of the foregoing are hereby ratified and confirmed.

This Power of Attorney may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but which taken together shall constitute one instrument.

This Power of Attorney shall be valid from the date hereof until revoked by me.

IN WITNESS HEREOF I have executed this instrument as of the 22nd day of July, 2021.

 

/s/ Earl Hunt    Trustee, Chief Executive Officer and Chairperson                        
Earl Hunt
/s/ Amit Joshi    Chief Financial Officer   

 

Amit Joshi
/s/ Joseph Glatt    Chief Legal Officer and Secretary   

 

Joseph Glatt
/s/ Isabelle Gold    Chief Compliance Officer   

 

Isabelle Gold
/s/ Kristin Hester    General Counsel and Assistant Secretary   

 

Kristin Hester
/s/ Meredith Coffey    Trustee   

 

Meredith Coffey
/s/ Christine Gallagher    Trustee   

 

Christine Gallagher
/s/ Michael Porter    Trustee   

 

Michael Porter
/s/ Carl J. Rickertsen    Trustee   

 

Carl J. Rickertsen